ITX Corp. https://itx.com/ Global Product & Software Development Company Tue, 24 Sep 2024 14:15:50 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.6.1 no Amazing digital experiences don't just happen. They are purposefully created by product people, designers, and engineers, who strategically and creatively get to know the problem, configure a solution, and maneuver through the various dynamics, hurdles, and technicalities to make it a reality. Hosts Sean and Paul will discuss various elements that go into creating and managing software products, from building user personas to designing for trackable success. No topic is off-limits if it helps inspire and build an amazing digital experience for users - and a product people actually want. ITX Corp. false ITX Corp. helpdesk@itx.com podcast Global Product & Software Development Company ITX Corp. https://itx.com/wp-content/uploads/2024/02/Logo-PMP-2024-3000x3000px.png https://itx.com/inspiration/ TV-G 148 / 3 Remedies that Boost Product Launch Success, with James Whitman https://itx.com/podcast/148-3-remedies-that-boost-product-launch-success-with-james-whitman/ Tue, 17 Sep 2024 09:12:13 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=25133 The success rate of new software products varies, depending on the criteria we used to define success. But a common statistic is unflattering: about 70% of new software releases fails to meet their initial expectations or goals. In this episode of Product Momentum – and in his new book, LAUNCH Code – James Whitman explains …

The post 148 / 3 Remedies that Boost Product Launch Success, with James Whitman appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The success rate of new software products varies, depending on the criteria we used to define success. But a common statistic is unflattering: about 70% of new software releases fails to meet their initial expectations or goals. In this episode of Product Momentum – and in his new book, LAUNCH Code – James Whitman explains this phenomenon, describes the factors that contribute to such high failure rates, and presents research-based remedies we can deploy to reverse the trend.

Too often in product development, we become so focused on heads-down requirements building that the act of launching the product feels like an afterthought. And to many, it’s become a lost art. James says that success requires a companywide, comprehensive plan for managing internal handoffs and bringing clients deeply into product development and launch.

The development-to-sale process offers “many rakes to step on,” James says. And even the most well-intended teams make mistakes, often manifested in these critical areas:

Client Listening. We tend to sample only our most favored clients; we limit discovery efforts to a specific segment of our market; and too often we wrongly assume that internal team members possess the domain knowledge to speak on behalf of the client.

James underscores the critical role of continuous client listening and says that that every sales interaction is an opportunity for market research. “Maintaining a dialogue with clients both before and after the market launch is crucial for refining the product and addressing client needs effectively.”

The Product-to-Sales Handoff. Software launches start with innovation and product design, followed by value-added activities within the product function, James says. But then there’s this completely separate activity that happens over here in Sales. The gap between those functions is where many products fail to launch.

The best organizations integrate these activities into a holistic approach where sales and product teams work closely together rather than operating in silos.

The Sales Cabinet. There’s a solid collective understanding that we should listen to our clients and that we should work collaboratively with our colleagues. But why don’t these things happen in the real world?

James introduces the concept of a “sales cabinet,” a group of trusted senior sales representatives who provide early feedback on product ideas and help profile new offerings.

Be sure to catch the entire episode with James Whitman to deepen your understanding of the LAUNCH process: Listen, Assess, Unify, Navigate, Control, and Hone.


The post 148 / 3 Remedies that Boost Product Launch Success, with James Whitman appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The success rate of new software products varies, depending on the criteria we used to define success. But a common statistic is unflattering: about 70% of new software releases fails to meet their initial expectations or goals. In LAUNCH Code, James Whitman helps Product and Sales leaders build strong relationships that lead to greater product launch success. James Whitman 1 1 148 148 3 Remedies that Boost Product Launch Success, with James Whitman full false 31:37
Enhancing Python API with ChatGPT https://itx.com/research/enhancing-python-api-with-chatgpt/ Thu, 12 Sep 2024 18:50:30 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=25113 Alejandro Tommasino is a fixer. Well, he's a Solutions Architect at ITX Corp. But when something's not working properly and no one else can figure out why, you call in Ale.
That's exactly what happened when ITX was deploying a new API to access a My SQL database. The codebase was supposed to go into multiple databases, create a report of ITX employees and their roles from the data, and then deliver that report. However, the site would always mysteriously crash about six hours after the report was delivered.
The team was stumped; a lack of error management in the code prevented them from figuring out what exactly was failing. If your car just shut down while you were driving without showing something like a check engine light, anything could be the problem.
So, that's what Ale was tasked with. The problem? Python. Although Ale had experience with C#, PHP, and JAVA, the project was written in Python, a programming language that he had never even touched before.

The post Enhancing Python API with ChatGPT appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Alejandro Tommasino is a fixer. Well, he’s a Solutions Architect at ITX Corp. But when something’s not working properly and no one else can figure out why, you call in Ale.

That’s exactly what happened when ITX was deploying a new API to access a MySQL database. The codebase was supposed to go into multiple databases, create a report of ITX employees and their roles from the data, and then deliver that report. However, the site would always mysteriously crash about six hours after the report was delivered.

The team was stumped; a lack of error management in the code prevented them from figuring out what exactly was failing. If your car just shut down while you were driving without showing something like a check engine light, anything could be the problem.

So, that’s what Ale was tasked with. The problem? Python. Although Ale had experience with C#, PHP, and Java, the project was written in Python, a programming language that he had never even touched before.

Very early on, Ale decided that he would use ChatGPT to help diagnose and solve the problem; however, he realized the AI would be best used not as a magic box that spat out code, but as a learning tool. “It’s cool to say AI fixes everything, but when it comes to technical things, like coding, there are still a lot of errors,” Ale said. “When I moved my mindset to not having the AI do the work for me, but be there for me and enable me, that’s where I found it to be most helpful.”

Ale started by putting little snippets of code into the AI, asking for an explanation of them. As ChatGPT explained the different elements to him, Ale started to understand the structure of the code and what each line of code was actually doing. “I frequently am brought onto projects where I don’t know the project, the language, the architecture; I need to learn everything. I’ve been through this experience without ChatGPT, and this was way less stressful.”

After he got a grasp of what was going on in the codebase, Ale had a hunch: maybe it was something to do with the database connections. Plugging the relevant code into ChatGPT, Ale asked if that was the case. ChatGPT replied that it was customary to run the script on the database and then afterward close the connections to prevent a crash. Ale double-checked the code: no script to close the connections.

His hunch proven and the problem identified, it was a simple matter for Ale to write some new code with his newfound knowledge. Ale became comfortable reading and writing Python because of how he used ChatGPT. The AI wasn’t doing things for him; rather, Ale was using it as a mentor: almost like coding during your professor’s office hours, able to look up at any time and get clarification or advice.

Ale implemented his fix and created a robust error management system to prevent future confusion. The project reminded Ale of something he once heard from one of his own professors: “You either prevent it from failing or make it fail gracefully.” In coding, that can be the difference between a helpful error message and the dreaded blue screen of death.

When asked about why he didn’t just use ChatGPT to solve the problem for him, Ale was quick to answer: he wanted to learn Python. “I didn’t go into this asking, ‘hey, write this code for me’ because I knew there was a huge chance that there were going to be mistakes in the code that it gave me,” Ale said, “I didn’t have the tools to understand, if ChatGPT got it wrong, how to fix it.”

According to Ale, the codebase ended up much healthier; the code was of a higher quality and far more secure. In addition, it could now handle even more connections to the databases than ever before.

ChatGPT doesn’t just have to be a magic box that solutions come out of. Ale’s genuine interest in his work led him to use AI in a way that not only sped up his work on this project but left him with lasting skills that he will be sure to use again the next time ITX needs something fixed.


Andrew Tyrell-Smith is a UX Writer at ITX. He graduated from the University of San Diego with a BA in English, and has spoken every word he has ever written out loud.

The post Enhancing Python API with ChatGPT appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Content Creation and Management: Why Less is More https://itx.com/blog/content-creation-and-management-why-less-is-more/ Wed, 11 Sep 2024 15:57:01 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=25104 As writers and content builders, we enjoy the creative process. So much so, that we often fall into the “if some is good, more is better” trap. As we know, this is rarely true. Finding the right balance between content length, simplicity, and clarity is essential in satisfying your audience. Our task is to place limits on the creative process and embrace a “Less Is More” mindset.

Is there such a thing as the right amount of Content? Of simplicity? Of clarity? As with all writing concerns, the right answer requires more than a prescriptive, one-and-done response. So much is audience dependent. Human nature is amazingly complex and sometimes confusing; it requires us as creators to explore each creation subjectively, mindful of each audience’s expectations.

The post Content Creation and Management: Why Less is More appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
As writers and content builders, we enjoy the creative process. So much so, that we often fall into the “if some is good, more is better” trap. As we know, this is rarely true. Finding the right balance between content length, simplicity, and clarity is essential in satisfying your audience. Our task is to place limits on the creative process and embrace a “Less Is More” mindset.

Is there such a thing as the rightamount of Content? Of simplicity? Of clarity? As with all writing concerns, the right answer requires more than a prescriptive, one-and-done response. So much is audience dependent. Human nature is amazingly complex and sometimes confusing; it requires us as creators to explore each creation subjectively, mindful of each audience’s expectations.

One thing we do know: bombarding website visitors with walls of text, over-explained content, or a confusing website structure is a sure-fire way to deliver them an unpleasant experience. In this blog, we’ll explore why a “less is more” approach – with the right balance of content, simplicity, and clarity – is essential to effective content creation and management. You will find tremendous value in simplifying website content while simultaneously prioritizing quality.

Over-explanation: What’s the Point?

Give your readers credit where it’s due; they understand more about a topic than you imagine. It can be difficult as a writer to know how to communicate to a general audience without making assumptions about their experience with your chosen topic. Oftentimes, it can be especially hard to not try to cater to a wide range of readers, especially with public-facing website content. After all, visitors from all over the world might be reading your content. Narrowing your target audience and leveraging research to anticipate their needs are preferred as opposed to padding your writing with unnecessary, obvious, or too much information.

Think about what needs explaining – I call this my “Once upon a time” theory. What happens in a classic fairytale? The narrator describes time, place, characters, and the significance of their situation. Website content may not be the same as a work of fiction or a type of narrative, but we can extrapolate these principles and use them to our benefit. Think: What does my audience need to know in order to understand what I’m writing about and where this piece of content is going? How can I best communicate this content to my readers?

Removing Obsolete Content

When was the last time you took a good, hard look at your (or your client’s) website content? Have you ever gone on a website and wondered, “Hmmm….I wonder why they left that there.”? My sense is that the website admin probably forgot to review the site and purge obsolete website content. It’s easy to let a website’s content go unchecked without a clear and actionable process for review. By consistently reviewing content for accuracy and timeliness, website admins and writers will ensure that readers are provided with relevant, up-to-date, and correct information.

It’s important to review a website with an open mind, especially if you created the content. It’s also tempting to view the removal of something you spent your blood, sweat, and tears on as a personal affront. However, content is an ever-changing and evolving life force, and removing content that isn’t essential for a site’s functioning is not a personal failure (as much as it can feel that way).

Analytics are a great resource when considering whether your content has exceeded its shelf life. Website analytics, including how many visitors a website has, the location users access your website from, and the average amount of time users spend on your site, offer helpful insights regarding what they find useful or interesting. Is there a webpage you notice is rarely used by site visitors? What are the hot spots for traffic on your site? Your audience’s site usage sends an important message about what content is necessary and useful, and what content is redundant and not needed.

Simplifying Your Site

Giving site visitors the freedom to choose their own path brings them a sense of independence and an opportunity for discovery. However, an excessive number of pages, content pieces, and links frustrate what could easily be an intuitive site and a pleasant experience. Users benefit from ease of navigation, instinctive search functions, and refined clarity. Imagine you’re reviewing a dinner menu at a local restaurant; do you prefer making your selection from a limited list of excellent options? Or flipping through a chain restaurant’s 30-page menu? Most welcome a more limited list of alternatives, as many become overwhelmed or stressed by an excess of choice.

While a webpage is certainly not a restaurant menu, we can apply the principle of simplicity to both examples. It’s important to consider the content you can remove from a website without adversely affecting the visitor experience or their ability to understand the products and services a company is offering. A colleague of mine refers to this as “condensing content without diluting the message.”

Likewise, managing a site with fewer pages makes administrative work less burdensome, allowing a smoother pipeline for removing obsolete content as the site ages. Time is a precious commodity, and it’s a demonstration of respect for your audience to deliver content in a meaningful, thoughtful way. Producing original, well-researched content enhances your authority and reputation in your field.

SEO Benefits

In the highly competitive online space, good SEO placements on Google are extremely important. Google prioritizes high-quality content over high-quantity content. By consolidating pages and removing excessive or otherwise unnecessary content, you can improve your site’s SEO ranking, which generates more visibility for yourself or your client (after all, isn’t that what we’re chasing here?). There is a delicate balance between SEO and user experience, so including important keywords while prioritizing the site’s usefulness is key in satisfying both.

Sharing appropriate, relevant text on your home page and other key webpages helps to increase the importance of your content on search engines. Keyword bloating and working to push your content to the top of SEO rankings can prove to be counterintuitive, as, while your site may end up at the top of the results list, users will not want to parse through repetitive or confusing statements. Frequently updating and revising content will help your site gain favor – content quality and organization are essential to a website’s success. Annual (even semi-annual) content audits are a great place to start.

The Simple Facts

If you’re feeling stuck with your website, it’s high time to take a deeper look at the roots that hold it up. Are the roots twisting, overlapping, and creating an overall confusing visual and content management tangle? If so, simplification will fast become a great friend to you and your audience. Understanding what your visitors need to know will aid you in delivering relevant and engaging content. Simplifying the website experience respects your audience’s time and enhances your authority as an authority in your field. Less is more when it comes to delivering interesting, clear, and helpful information, and an organized webpage will lead to a truly delightful user experience.


Lydia Pejovic is a UX Writer at ITX. She enjoys creating informative and engaging content for all audiences. Lydia received her BA in English from the University of San Diego and a dual MA & MFA in English from Chapman University.

The post Content Creation and Management: Why Less is More appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
147 / ‘Useful Models’ That Boost Product Launch Success, with Itamar Gilad https://itx.com/podcast/147-useful-models-that-boost-product-launch-success-with-itamar-gilad/ Wed, 04 Sep 2024 17:31:57 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=25045 What percentage of your software product launches have been successful? If you answered, “about 50%,” you’re ahead of the curve, says Itamar Gilad. Itamar is a product leadership coach and author who also held senior product management and engineering roles at Microsoft and Google, where he worked at YouTube and led parts of Gmail. In …

The post 147 / ‘Useful Models’ That Boost Product Launch Success, with Itamar Gilad appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
What percentage of your software product launches have been successful? If you answered, “about 50%,” you’re ahead of the curve, says Itamar Gilad. Itamar is a product leadership coach and author who also held senior product management and engineering roles at Microsoft and Google, where he worked at YouTube and led parts of Gmail.

In today’s conversation, Itamar looks back on his early career that – he readily admits – includes ‘not that many big wins.’ As he explains, “The engineer in me kept whispering, ‘you don’t really know. You’re just faking it.’ And the results spoke for themselves.”

It was then, while still at Google, that Itamar realized the power of discovery and user research. What he called, “all these good things that we now take for granted.” Once he embedded these techniques into his work, his perspective changed, and he started to consider a new product leadership playbook. What he came up with has replaced the traditional Plan and Execute model “that may have worked in the 20th century,” with an outcome- and evidence-based intuitive approach.

“We used to believe that if we spend enough time creating the perfect top-level plan, and build a set of cascading plans, and then execute well on these plans, we will achieve greatness,” Itamar says. “It simply doesn’t work that way.” Even ideas from the most visionary leaders were informed by research and evidence, hypothesis and testing, he adds.

In his book, Evidence Guided, Itamar presents an actionable model for bringing evidence-guided development into our organizations. Nested within Itamar’s larger framework are the GIST model, which leads to the ICE model, which then leads to the Confidence Meter. In this conversation, Itamar explains the role each model plays in specific detail and provides easy access to them.


Be sure to catch our entire episode with Itamar Gilad and consider this famous quote from the late British statistician George E. P. Box: “All models are wrong, but some are useful.”

The post 147 / ‘Useful Models’ That Boost Product Launch Success, with Itamar Gilad appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
What percentage of your software product launches have been successful? If you answered, “about 50%,” you’re ahead of the curve, says Itamar Gilad. Itamar is a product leadership coach and author who also held senior product management and engineering ... Itamar Gilad presents a set of useful models within his larger GIST framework to help product managers boost their product launch success rate. Itamar Gilad 1 1 147 147 ‘Useful Models’ That Boost Product Launch Success, with Itamar Gilad full false 39:52
Figma & AI: Testing the Viability of AI Plugins https://itx.com/research/figma-ai-testing-the-viability-of-ai-plugins/ Thu, 29 Aug 2024 13:21:23 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=25049 As design and developer tools integrate, we're exploring AI's potential to enhance our workflow. We hypothesized that using Figma's AI plugins could deliver higher quality code faster than traditional methods, prompting an experiment to test this.

The post Figma & AI: Testing the Viability of AI Plugins appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Figma’s community of design plugins are an abundance of tools made available to empower our design processes. There are over 3,000 plugins available to download and 200 widgets to add that help us create high-quality designs for our users.

As we face the integration of design and developer tools, we seek new ways to approach our work. The increasing popularity of Artificial Intelligence (AI) provides opportunities to test how well these new tools can translate our designs into code for specific web components. We began thinking of an experiment that would test the viability of such tools. We hypothesized that we could deliver higher quality code in less time compared to traditional coding using AI plugins available through the Figma community.

Builder.io was one plugin that we turned to, after reading reviews of its use by other designers. The software boasts an impressive ability to take a Figma file and translate the designs to code. In theory this would not only significantly reduce the time it takes to deliver frontend code, but would also reduce the time required for the design-to-dev handoff. With 9,300 “likes” in the community and over 720,000 users, we believed this was a good place to start.

Experiment Setup

In the first half of our experiment, we wanted to test how well AI-generated code performed; it was important to create a test environment that wasn’t overly complicated but not too easy either. We created a sample authenticated login screen user interface (UI) for our experiment; it’s a common design request and would include basic UI controls that would weed out AI tools that couldn’t handle simple design files.

Our test authenticated login screen included the following design components:

  • Layout (responsive)
  • Cards
  • Fonts (h1-body)
  • Buttons (all states)
  • Links (all states)
  • Input (all states)
  • Validation error
  • Checkbox

The second half of our experiment required comparing the quality of code that comes from a more traditional coding method versus that of the AI-generated code. Two of our developers stepped in to join the experiment: one to assume the standard procedure of creating traditional code “from scratch,” and the other taking the AI-generated code (with AI prompts) and making whatever changes necessary before the code was ready for release to production.

We evaluated not only whether the code produced by Builder.io would result in a functioning page, but also other key metrics. These included the page’s accessibility score, Lighthouse audit rating (which helps with improving the overall quality of a webpage), time to produce usable code, responsiveness, code quality (peer-reviewed), design fidelity, code agnosticism, and UX support time.

The Results

The experiment yielded some interesting results.

Chart detailing the results of the experiment. The Scratch code yielded the following results; Total Time to Usable Code was 6.5 hours, with base component logic taking 3 hours and traditional coding taking 3.5 hours; Scratch Code passed Accessibility testing; the Lighthouse Audit rating for the Mobile version of the site was 97, and the rating for the Desktop version of the site was 100. The Builder.io code yielded the following results; Total Time to Usable Code was 8.25 hours, with base component logic taking 3 hours, translating the AI code taking 1 hour, and styling, debugging, and fixing deployment issues taking 4.25 hours; Scratch Code passed Accessibility testing; the Lighthouse Audit rating for the Mobile version of the site was 98, and the rating for the Desktop version of the site was 99. Additionally, the the Builder.Io code had Responsiveness automatically included.

From the data, we can see that Builder.io’s time to usable code was significantly longer compared to traditional coding. If you consider the steps of creating code from start to finish, Builder.io’s AI-generated code got us through 80% of the steps in only 4 hours. However, it took longer to debug the code output to ensure that deployment would create a functional experience.

When reviewing the responsiveness of the code, which refers to how quickly and efficiently the code responds to user inputs or external events, we found that Builder.io’s code was responsive right out of the gate. The developer who worked with the AI-generated code did not have to tell the AI to be responsive and add breakpoint classes, which are essential to creating layouts that automatically adjust to the screen size.

This is interesting to note because the developer who created scratch code in the traditional process manually incorporated those breakpoint classes. A required, manual step in the traditional coding process is an automated standard practice for Builder.io; using the AI-generated code mitigates the risk of forgetting to add those breakpoint classes and ensures the responsiveness of the code.

Our Recommendation

Our results show that while Builder.io’s AI-generated code performed on par with traditional code development, and even outperformed in some respects, we don’t believe it is a viable substitute for traditional coding at this point in time.

Builder.io is great out of the box if you’re using it within their content management system (CMS) and for landing and marketing pages. If you’re using its Figma to Code feature in your own development environments and as a base for more complex products, we found it takes more time in the long run.

Nonetheless, we were thrilled to discover that using Builder.io got us 80% through the process extremely fast. Unfortunately, the final 20% of the process took longer than standard coding to deliver our desired level of quality. For that reason, we don’t find it to be a viable solution for now.

Our experiment highlights the future potential of AI-generated code. We’re looking ahead and finding the next AI tool to experiment with. The only way we are going to definitively know whether AI-generated code is worth it is by trying, testing, and experimenting. With over 3,000 Figma plugins available, the possibilities are endless.


Discover key insights

Explore more of our research and innovation stories.


Headshot of Brian Loughner.

Brian Loughner is a Lead UX Designer at ITX. He works to connect with clients, understand their problems and find solutions to meet their needs. Brian co-organizes meetings for Upstate UX Meetup, aimed to facilitate conversation on various UX topics for professionals and students.

The post Figma & AI: Testing the Viability of AI Plugins appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
ITX Earns SOC 2 Type II Compliance https://itx.com/news/itx-earns-soc-2-type-ii-compliance/ Wed, 21 Aug 2024 13:59:40 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=25025 April 24, 2024 Rochester, NY — ITX Corp., an award-winning producer of custom software products headquartered in Rochester, NY, announced it has been named a Great Place to Work – Certified™ company, a national recognition that celebrates organizations who create an outstanding employee experience. The GPTW certification marks the company’s first such national honor; ITX is a five-time recipient of ﷟Rochester’ Top Workplace Award, was selected as a 2023 2023 Best Company to Work for in New York, and was named a winner of Elevate Rochester’s 2021 ETHIE Award.

The post ITX Earns SOC 2 Type II Compliance appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
‘Completely Clean Report’ Reaffirms Strong Security & Confidentiality Controls    

August 21, 2024 Rochester, NY. ITX Corp., an award-winning custom software development firm, announced today it has earned Systems and Organization Controls 2 (SOC 2) Type II compliance after passing an independent audit conducted by MHM Professional Corporation. The report cited “no deficiencies or remediation issues,” presenting ITX with a completely clean report. SOC 2 compliance for service organizations is attained only through a rigorous and thorough review of processes and controls by an independent third party. 

SOC 2 compliance is an essential component of a service organization’s cyber security framework; this is especially true as their clients’ technology’s footprint expands. “The benefits of technological advancement come with certain risks,” said Jonathan Coupal, VP of Security and Infrastructure at ITX. “If our clients are to realize the full benefits, ITX needs to demonstrate that we have the organizational maturity to help manage the risks associated with them. A powerful part of that effort is SOC 2 Type II compliance.”

“ITX achieved Type I compliance a year ago, which demonstrated the presence and reliability of the controls we have in place for security and confidentiality,” Coupal added. “Passing the SOC 2 Type II re-affirms the trust our clients place in ITX to protect their sensitive information and brand reputation.”

SOC 2 Type II compliance marks the next significant milestone in ITX’s ongoing commitment to maintaining strong controls and high levels of governance over them. “Throughout the process, we really leaned into our Values,” said Lisa Young, ITX Director of Process & Compliance, “especially Integrity and Mastery. Having an independent auditor reconfirm that we do what we say we’re going to do – and we do it very well – is super-powerful.”

ITX’s pursuit of SOC 2 compliance aligns with their long-term growth strategy. Whereas Type I compliance recognizes the presence of these controls at a snapshot in time, Type II is evidence of the company’s sustained operational effectiveness. “SOC 2 compliance reflects the quality and value that our clients expect from us,” Coupal added. “This Type II compliance reinforces that high level of trust and satisfaction.”

About ITX Corp. 

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies tackle complex business challenges through custom software product development, delivering solutions that build trust, loyalty, and advocacy among clients and their users. Founded in 1997, the company has expanded beyond its roots in Rochester, NY into a team of nearly 300 talented product professionals and technologists throughout the Americas and beyond.  

Career inquiries: 585.899.4888  

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing | 585.899.4895 

The post ITX Earns SOC 2 Type II Compliance appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
146 / How To Use Product Ops To Make Better, Faster Decisions, with Denise Tilles https://itx.com/podcast/146-how-to-use-product-ops-to-make-better-faster-decisions-with-denise-tilles/ Tue, 20 Aug 2024 20:36:19 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=24982 Can Product Operations transform your role as a product manager? Denise Tilles, who quite literally wrote the book on the subject (Product Operations, with Melissa Perri), thinks so. Especially if you’re interested in making better decisions faster – and who of us isn’t? In her return visit to Product Momentum (having joined us from NY …

The post 146 / How To Use Product Ops To Make Better, Faster Decisions, with Denise Tilles appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Can Product Operations transform your role as a product manager? Denise Tilles, who quite literally wrote the book on the subject (Product Operations, with Melissa Perri), thinks so. Especially if you’re interested in making better decisions faster – and who of us isn’t?

In her return visit to Product Momentum (having joined us from NY Product Conference, back in April), Denise reveals to hosts Sean Flaherty, Paul Gebel, and a standing-room-only audience of Product + Design Conference attendees how Product Operations unlocks the value of our organizations’ collective work.

What Is Product Ops?

Product ops provides the essential systems and supports that capture, review, and analyze data.

“It’s really about surrounding product managers with the tools they need to make faster and better-quality decisions,” Denise offers. It’s based on three key pillars:

  • Business + data insights. Quantitative measures like revenue, engagement, and market performance.
  • Customer + user insights. Qualitative research about customers, users, and they markets they comprise.
  • Processes + practices. Best practices and methods, combined with the systems thinking that complete your operating model.

“Product ops fine-tunes existing ways of working – not by being prescriptive, but by helping people understand how we work so we can work faster, smarter, and hopefully in a more pleasurable way,” Denise adds.

What Product Ops Is Not?

Product ops isn’t designed to take jobs away from product managers; nor does it seek to undermine their efforts. Product ops isn’t about building systems and processes for their own stake. And it isn’t necessarily a formalized role as much as it is an approach to efficient product building. In fact, as Paul suggests, “Even if we don’t have the title, even if we don’t have a product ops team, we can always bring a little bit of it to our daily work to make things a little bit better.”


Be sure to check out the full conversation with Denise Tilles; if you prefer the video experience, you can find our episode with Denise on the Product Momentum YouTube channel!

The post 146 / How To Use Product Ops To Make Better, Faster Decisions, with Denise Tilles appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Can Product Operations transform your role as a product manager? Denise Tilles, who quite literally wrote the book on the subject (Product Operations, with Melissa Perri), thinks so. Especially if you’re interested in making better decisions faster – a... Denise Tilles, co-author of Product Operations, explains how product ops works to help product managers make better, faster, decisions. Denise Tilles 1 1 146 146 How To Use Product Ops To Make Better, Faster Decisions, with Denise Tilles full false 27:27
INDUSTRY Global 2024 https://itx.com/events/industry-global-2024/ Thu, 08 Aug 2024 18:28:10 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=24966 Join ITX at the INDUSTRY Global Product Conference in Cleveland, Ohio—one of the world’s premier gatherings of product leaders.

The post INDUSTRY Global 2024 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Join ITX at the INDUSTRY Global Product Conference in Cleveland, Ohio—one of the world’s premier gatherings of product leaders. ITX EVP of Innovation, Sean Flaherty, will lead two workshops and deliver a keynote, and ITX is a proud sponsor of this year’s event!

Product Momentum will be onsite recording live podcast episodes with hosts Sean Flaherty and Sean Murray.

Learn more about INDUSTRY Global

Learn more about Sean Flaherty’s Workshop

Learn more about Product Momentum

The post INDUSTRY Global 2024 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Two Big Product Problems That UX Research Can Solve https://itx.com/blog/two-big-product-problems-that-ux-research-can-solve/ Wed, 07 Aug 2024 17:11:01 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=24959 Imagine having a clear view into consumers' minds, understanding their wants and needs. While mindreading isn't possible, UX research provides valuable insights into users' behaviors and pain points, empowering teams to make informed decisions and address major challenges effectively.

The post Two Big Product Problems That UX Research Can Solve appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Picture this: you have a crystal-clear view into the minds of consumers, and you understand their wants, their needs, their motivations. It would be easy to craft a product that suits them, right? And while mindreading isn’t an attainable skill, there’s always UX research.

Whether you call it “user experience research,” “UX research,” or just “UXR,” we’re taking about the practice of gathering insights about users’ behaviors, needs, and pain points through observation techniques and feedback methodologies. Put another way, UX research is asking the right questions at the right moment.

From an episode of Product Momentum, Jared Spool said: “I think the number one thing that a strategic UX team needs to do is make sure that the organization is the world’s foremost experts on who the users are and what the users need, what their current experience is like, and what their future experience could be like.”

This expertise is acquired through extensive research. With it, teams are empowered to make well-informed decisions. Even in scenarios where the first thought isn’t to lean on UX research, there are at least two major pain points that this practice can help alleviate.

“I don’t know what the problem is.”

This is typically the first problem for companies that are witnessing a lagging performance in their products. They understand that their product is not as performant as it might be, but don’t know where exactly the problem lies. The key to delivering the right solution is solving the right problem, but when you can’t put your finger on the problem, identifying a solution feels out of reach.

This includes wide-sweeping statements from those far removed from the product that may declare, for example, the need to refresh your website or overhaul the product’s interface to make up for a lack of interaction. When these declarations are made, these folks are working in the solution space, bypassing the problem space. However, UX Research needs to begin in the problem space so that researchers can accurately craft a workable solution.

This problem can plague any organization regardless of size or goals. Take, for example, Measures for Justice, a nonprofit organization dedicated to bringing transparency to the United States criminal justice system. MFJ delivers high-quality data for defense attorneys, public defenders, judges, and legislators to help them make smarter data-driven decisions in their work.

Given how their work contributes to policy reforms that lead to society reform, it’s crucial that their message reaches the right people. But they were struggling to get their message and mission to resonate with that audience. Beyond communicating how their work could make a significant impact in the communities they serve, their message may have been missing the mark with those who could truly benefit. Measures for Justice faced an unknown adversary; they needed someone to help them understand what that challenge was – and how to solve it.

Measures for Justice contacted ITX’s team of experienced UX researchers to partner again with their team to uncover the disconnect between their message and their internal and external stakeholders. After close consultancy and deep discovery, clues were leaning towards issues with the website’s usability. However, it wasn’t only due to the UI of their site – it came down to an incomplete understanding of who Measures for Justice’s audience is. Without knowing who those people are, the website messaging failed to resonate with their audiences. The next steps became clearer, and the teams knew which tests and research methods to deploy to begin crafting a solution.

This deep digging to identify the real core problem is where UX research pays off. Instead of preparing various mockups and drafts that could maybe make the website easier to use, UX researchers went further with their discovery to unearth the core problem. This thoroughness provides the information to address the correct problem and save time and resources later. With the various tests and knowledge at their fingertips, they’re ready to gather insights that will provide a long-lasting solution that better addresses the core problem.

“We know what we need to find out, but we don’t know how.”

Let’s take the problem from above and go one step further; common indicators point to a product’s poor performance, but until it’s been responsibly explored, our sense of what might be wrong remains just a feeling. In the absence of research, we have little data to back it up. There is a myriad of quantitative and qualitative research techniques to deploy that can provide insights into a solution. Enough to overwhelm someone who isn’t well-versed in UX research.

That’s a problem that another client was facing. For the S&P 500 company with a large and global workforce, they understood the importance of keeping teams connected. When they discovered unfavorable user experiences within their intranet, leadership had to get to the bottom of it.

They discovered the issues plaguing their team members – struggles with tedious site navigation, an intranet structure missing key features, a diverse userbase feeling unrepresented. These problems were brought to them, but what to do with them was less clear.

After reaching out to ITX, the team of UX Researchers deployed a series of UXR techniques to uncover the details surrounding the larger problem. Interviews, surveys, focus groups, card sorting; the right tasks needed to get the right information. They took their findings and identified key user themes, needs, and niche pain points. With this information, our UX Researchers shined light on the precise challenges our client was facing.

UX Research Goes Further

This blog highlights how UX Research can help solve two product problems, but the practice brings much more to the table. It’s one thing to realize the financial benefits of UXR, but we need to look beyond the bottom line to understand its full impact.

UX Researchers take time to help clients uncover real problems. Instead of blindly accepting “the website needs a refresh” as the underlying problem, they seek clarity on why the problem exists. Uncovering specific issues helps us to find the root cause of the problem. From there, they label issues if they fall under certain categories, such as qualitative, quantitative, behavioral, or attitudinal. Walking through this level of analysis with UX Researchers will serve as a guide in selecting which future research techniques to apply.

Through UX Research methods, which included stakeholder interviews and competitive analysis, UX Researchers presented Measures for Justice with new user personas and a sound product vision. Taking these new anchor points, Measures for Justice adopted a new website that helped users navigate the page and encouraged engagement. Additionally, these changes came with new internal efficiencies so content managers at Measures for Justice would have an easier time making necessary updates.

With a reinvigorated outpost and sophisticated means to maintain it, Measures for Justice continues its work to push for data transparency. A beacon of information in a vast ecosystem deserved more than “a website refresh.” And UX Research aided in finding the solution that organizations like Measures for Justice, and their audience, deserve.


Ready to uncover insights?

Contact our UX Research specialists to get started.


Headshot of Megan Lawson.

Megan Lawson is a Marketing Content Specialist at ITX. She focuses on creating content that solves problems and engages audiences. Megan received her BA in Communication from the State University of New York at Geneseo.

The post Two Big Product Problems That UX Research Can Solve appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
145 / Patricia Reiners Answers 3 Key Questions at the Intersection of UX and AI https://itx.com/podcast/145-patricia-reiners-answers-3-key-questions-at-the-intersection-of-ux-and-ai/ Tue, 06 Aug 2024 12:36:48 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=24924 In this episode of Product Momentum, Patricia Reiners chats with Paul Gebel and Brian Loughner (a Lead UX Designer at ITX); during the conversation, she tackles three critical topics that UX designers should consider when thinking about how best to interact with AI in their daily work, in their careers, and in their role as …

The post 145 / Patricia Reiners Answers 3 Key Questions at the Intersection of UX and AI appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In this episode of Product Momentum, Patricia Reiners chats with Paul Gebel and Brian Loughner (a Lead UX Designer at ITX); during the conversation, she tackles three critical topics that UX designers should consider when thinking about how best to interact with AI in their daily work, in their careers, and in their role as ethical humans.

About Patricia. In addition to hosting the Future of UX podcast, Patricia Reiners is a distinguished UX innovator and a prominent voice in the field of user experience. Based in Zurich, she works to develop advanced UX methodologies in emerging technologies like AI, focusing on future UX design industry trends.

How do human skills compare with AI capabilities?

AI can analyze content, generate ideas, and present options far faster that humans can, Patricia says. But it lacks the creative spark, personal judgment, and sense of empathy that only humans possess. Creativity involves emotional intelligence through lived experiences that AI cannot replicate – even with the best training. “Those are uniquely human traits that are critical in tech, particularly in leadership roles where you’re working with people.”

AI tools also lack the ability to perform critical thinking and demonstrate sound judgment, which Patricia says is “a super-important skill – especially for designers.” Unlike humans, she continues, AI struggles with making complex decisions that involve ethical considerations and subjective judgments. Designers often draw on research to make informed decisions based on values, principles, and context.

As a UX designer, how can I prepare for my future with AI?

Remember that AI is a tool, Patricia advises. “So, designers should get their hands dirty with AI and learn to collaborate with these tools so that we can better understand how they can make our work easier. When we understand their limitations and leverage them to improve our work, we become better designers.”

Dive into AI, she continues. “It’s so new, and things are changing all the time. AI works best when it augments our human abilities,” Patricia advises. “So, look for ways to integrate AI into your workflows to enhance your productivity.” Patricia also recommends that fellow designers join a UX meetup [like Upstate UX Meetup] to learn from others about the latest trends and technologies, and be willing to share your challenges and your knowledge with others.

How can I make sure the AI tools I use are ethical, protect PII, and are free of bias?

As John Maeda explained during his podcast episode, “We often forget that accepting the bad with the good is a theme of every new technology story.” That is, we understand that AI – like every new technology – is no panacea for all that ails the world. But we cannot discard them because they are flawed.

With respect to ethical considerations in AI, Patricia says that designers should do their best to find and use AI models that are trained with unbiased data. In the interim, she adds, “advocate for ethical practices; develop strategies for using AI before building products that might have been trained using questionable data.” And perhaps most importantly, Patricia says, “designers need to speak up to ask the tough questions about the quality of data AI tools have been trained on and where personal data (used by AI systems) are stored.”


Special thanks to Patricia Reiners for sharing her expert insights in this podcast episode, and especially for delivering an amazing workshop at ITX’s 2024 Product + Design Conference. Unable to attend this year? Check out what you missed!

The post 145 / Patricia Reiners Answers 3 Key Questions at the Intersection of UX and AI appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In this episode of Product Momentum, Patricia Reiners chats with Paul Gebel and Brian Loughner (a Lead UX Designer at ITX); during the conversation, she tackles three critical topics that UX designers should consider when thinking about how best to int... Patricia Reiners offers expert advice for UX designers interacting with AI tools in their work, careers, and in their role as ethical humans. Patricia Reiners 1 1 145 145 Patricia Reiners Answers 3 Key Questions at the Intersection of UX and AI full false 30:10
ITX Captures Pinnacle Award for ‘Internal Communications Initiative’ https://itx.com/news/itx-captures-pinnacle-award-for-internal-communications-initiative/ Tue, 23 Jul 2024 17:31:31 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=24676 July 23, 2024 Rochester, NY — ITX Corp., an award-winning producer of custom software products in Rochester, NY, was named recipient of the 2024 Pinnacle Award for Internal Communications Initiative at its annual ceremony in late June. The Rochester chapter of the American Marketing Association praised ITX’s 2023 Yearbook for its innovative approach to keeping their team informed of accomplishments in serving clients. ITX boasts nearly 300 global team members across the United States, throughout the Americas, and around the world.

The post ITX Captures Pinnacle Award for ‘Internal Communications Initiative’ appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Recognition Cites Local Tech Leader’s Strong & Enduring Culture

July 23, 2024 Rochester, NYITX Corp., an award-winning producer of custom software products in Rochester, NY, was named recipient of the 2024 Pinnacle Award for Internal Communications Initiative at its annual ceremony in late June. The Rochester chapter of the American Marketing Association praised ITX’s 2023 Yearbook for its innovative approach to keeping their team informed of accomplishments in serving clients. ITX boasts nearly 300 global team members across the United States, throughout the Americas, and around the world.

The AMA Pinnacle Award for Internal Communications Initiative showcases excellence in the area of campaigns or strategies that demonstrate innovative approaches to keeping employees informed, motivated, and aligned with company goals. Recognition of ITX’s communication best practices exemplifies their commitment to creating a rewarding and psychologically safe work environment.

As a remote-first organization since its inception in 1997, ITX deploys strong systems for communication and collaboration. They regularly provide their team members with insightful updates on the company’s general direction and major initiatives. Additionally, they highlight significant accomplishments from team members delivering top-level services and solutions to clients.

About ITX Corp. 

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies tackle complex business challenges through custom software product development, delivering solutions that build trust, loyalty, and advocacy among clients and their users. Founded in 1997, the company has expanded beyond its roots in Rochester, NY into a team of nearly 300 talented product professionals and technologists throughout the Americas and beyond.  

Career inquiries: 585.899.4888  

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing | 585.899.4895 

The post ITX Captures Pinnacle Award for ‘Internal Communications Initiative’ appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
144 / Embracing the Human Dynamic in Product Design, with Ryan Rumsey https://itx.com/podcast/144-embracing-the-human-dynamic-in-product-design-with-ryan-rumsey/ Tue, 23 Jul 2024 14:45:37 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=24654 In this episode, Paul and Sean catch up with Ryan Rumsey just moments after his poignant keynote at the 2024 ITX Product + Design Conference. During his keynote and follow-up conversation, Ryan explained that the biggest challenges product builders face are people challenges, “deeply rooted in our own personal experiences and feelings.” Ryan Rumsey is …

The post 144 / Embracing the Human Dynamic in Product Design, with Ryan Rumsey appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In this episode, Paul and Sean catch up with Ryan Rumsey just moments after his poignant keynote at the 2024 ITX Product + Design Conference. During his keynote and follow-up conversation, Ryan explained that the biggest challenges product builders face are people challenges, “deeply rooted in our own personal experiences and feelings.”

Ryan Rumsey is the CEO of Second Wave Dive, an on-demand strategic consultancy, and the founder of Chief Design Officer School, a learning platform for design leaders.  He is also the author of two books and – as conference attendees can attest – a captivating speaker.

Assess Workplace Power & Influence

Ryan also highlighted the significance of power and influence in the workplace, especially within the design and creative domains where his expertise lies. He pointed out that people in design roles sometimes lack influence within corporate structures, leaving them with a sense that their ability to contribute value is somehow diminished.

“We can’t really talk about any of this without talking about power. In this sense, we’re talking working inside of corporations, where power typically doesn’t reside with people who are more on the creative thinking, artistic, exploratory, empathy side of the spectrum,” Ryan says.

Reframe the Meaning of Value Metrics

Designers and creatives can escape this perception by reframing what it means to deliver value and be successful, Ryan adds. We need to shift the focus from traditional metrics like lifetime value (LTV) and return on investment (ROI) to the emotional and personal aspects of work, he explains, stressing that personal fulfillment and how we make ourselves and others feel are crucial in our professional journeys.

“For a lot of us, we don’t tend to see value through our own eyes,” Ryan comments. “Instead, we tend to see value in ourselves as others see value in us. So if the culture is of LTV and that’s not your domain, it’s really hard to feel validated in value if that’s not your love language.”

Prioritize the Human Element

When we prioritize the human element, Ryan offers, we begin to focus on the well-being, motivation, and development of individuals within the team, and we create an environment where people feel supported, trusted, and empowered to contribute their best work. But even then, individuals working alone have limits to what they can achieve.

Invite Others To Be Right with You

“That’s why I embrace the advice I received from a friend and mentor some years ago,” Ryan shares. He said, ‘Look, you know what you’re doing. You’re doing all these things that, you know, are right. But you can’t reach your potential on your own; you’ve reached the limits of your aloneness here. You need others to be right with you.’  And I absolutely felt that double entendre aspect of other people are right, too, just from different angles.”

You can also catch the episode with Ryan Rumsey in video on the Product Momentum YouTube channel!

The post 144 / Embracing the Human Dynamic in Product Design, with Ryan Rumsey appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In this episode, Paul and Sean catch up with Ryan Rumsey just moments after his poignant keynote at the 2024 ITX Product + Design Conference. During his keynote and follow-up conversation, Ryan explained that the biggest challenges product builders fac... Ryan Rumsey joins the team in a poignant conversation where he emphasizes the importance of the human dynamic in designing great software. Ryan Rumsey 1 1 144 144 Embracing the Human Dynamic in Product Design, with Ryan Rumsey full false 27:09
AI, Product Practices, and Growth: 2024 Product + Design Conference Recap https://itx.com/blog/2024-product-design-conference-recap/ Tue, 09 Jul 2024 18:12:10 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=24515 The ITX Product + Design Conference returned on June 27-28. Held at Rochester’s Memorial Art Gallery, attendees enjoyed hands-on workshops, in-depth keynotes, live podcast recordings, and casual fireside chats from our largest-ever speaker lineup.

The post AI, Product Practices, and Growth: 2024 Product + Design Conference Recap appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The ITX Product + Design Conference returned to Rochester June 27 & 28, and while the deep learning and camaraderie between product managers, UX designers, and more didn’t change, we saw several differences that elevated this event.

Held at Rochester’s Memorial Art Gallery, attendees experienced hands-on workshops, in-depth keynotes, intimate live podcast recordings, and casual fireside chats from our largest-ever lineup of speakers.

Artificial Intelligence Takes Center Stage

The topic this year – to the surprise of no one – was artificial intelligence. But we weren’t treated to excessive commentary on how to use the technology (although our speakers provided plenty of real-life applications.) Rather, the speakers leaned into the human side of AI.

“All of the speakers spoke from the human-perspective,” shared Emma Rizzo, ITX Content Strategist. “There was more emphasis on being a human with a job and using AI as a tool, instead of assuming AI will take our jobs.”

John Maeda, VP of Engineering, Head of Computational Design & AI Platform at Microsoft, spoke outright about people’s fears with using AI. During his live recording with Product Momentum, he made the case that it is our lack of understanding AI as the reason we fear it. “We think too often about the negatives,” Maeda said, “and we forget about the great positives that new technologies bring.”

Patricia Reiners and John Haggerty shared their insights around AI during their workshops on Day 1 of the conference and on Keynote Day’s fireside chats. With each leading a workshop in both the design track and product track, respectively, attendees experimented with tools that can help us in our everyday tasks.

Patricia Reiners advocated for designers to embrace AI and the help it provides. About her workshop experience, ITX UX Designer Natania Allan said, “Patricia Reiners empowered us as the users. She presented AI in a more approachable manner, citing that AI can only do what we tell it to do.”

Also, from ITX Senior UX Designer Mimi Ace, “Patricia said in her workshop about how AI will not replace humans – but it will replace designers who don’t use AI correctly. It made me realize that there’s a whole area to experiment with that doesn’t mean solely relying on AI or not using it at all.”

“We think too often about the negatives, and we forget about the great positives that new technologies bring.”

John Maeda

Patricia shared similar thoughts during her fireside chat, discussing the future of our work. It was a fitting conversation the host of the Future Of UX podcast. She placed great emphasis on embracing the future and preparing ourselves for it, and our attendees felt the call. “Patricia said ‘everything you’re working on today is static. But our work in the future is not, and we have to be ready for it,’” said Travis Texido, ITX Senior Business Analyst. “I immediately thought about the work that I do, and I know that change will come and the best thing I can do is be ready for it.”

Haggerty’s product-management-focused fireside chat echoed similar sentiments. In his conversation, John presented more perspectives to understand AI, rather than through a negative lens. “Yes, we have machines that can do the machine work. But there are parts of a Product Manager’s job that can be automated, and should be automated, because otherwise it’s humans acting as machines.”

As the world ventures further into AI, John Haggerty stressed the importance of taking a step back and ensuring we’re doing things right. And by right, he means ethically and fairly. “AI is a big part of our lives, but we don’t know how ethical people are being about it.” ITX Product Manager Matt Bush said, “We’re basing a lot off biased history, and we have to make sure we’re not embedding those views into our AI models. It was an important topic that John [Haggerty] spoke about in his workshop.”

Trends In Product Practices

Another major topic at the Product + Design Conference was the idea of Product Operations. From Denise Tilles, co-author of Product Operations with Melissa Perri, attendees were given an in-depth analysis during her keynote, Product Momentum recording, and fireside chat.

Setting the baseline in her keynote, Denise explained the main goal of Product Operations, which is to provide cross-functional visibility and the insights needed to define winning product strategies. While Denise thoughtfully explained how Product Operations works, she was also vocal about what Product Operations doesn’t do.

For one, it doesn’t take away jobs from the Product Managers, nor does it seek to undermine them. Product Managers and Product Ops Leads work together to create products, and responsibilities attributed to them remain with them. Those in the Product Operations field are striving to bring clarity around business & data insights, customer & user insights, and best processes & practices – by doing so, they empower the Product Managers and Product Owners to make informed decisions about the products they’re creating.

Speaking of customer insights, product workshop attendees took a closer look at how to gather customer insights from Prerna Singh. In her workshop, attendees worked through four discovery methodologies, working to understand which was the best for different scenarios. More than theory, Prerna made sure that the tools attendees learned would be applicable to their current roles and help get deeper insights into their customers’ minds.

Thinking Outside Of The Office

Over two days, our heads filled with new ideas and ways of working. But the practical and theoretical information about the work we do wasn’t all that we learned.

In an informative and colorful keynote, Ryan Rumsey took us on a journey through his career. Not as a history lesson, but more of a cautionary tale – one that could happen to anyone who gets too deep into their work and forgets to think about the person doing that work. Our growth is not limited to the work we accomplish, but also to the way we build our personal and emotional skills.

Ryan’s keynote wasn’t the only one discussing topics outside of practical work. Cliff Gilley, a VP Research Analyst from Gartner, spent the first portion of his keynote explaining why product managers are unhappy in their work (a notion that resonated strongly with our attendees.)

His talk may have begun on a bit of a downer, but Cliff quickly brought the energy back up when he shared different ways in how we can find the joy in our work again. We can decide to change the way we approach our work, and we can rethink how we personally define the jobs we perform.

With frequent reminders that designers and product managers are more than our jobs, conference keynotes marked a refreshing change of pace from the practical knowledge gained.

Even in the simple moments, our speakers found ways to make significant impacts on our attendees. One of these moments came during the Panel Q&A with our Keynote speakers. An attendee asked about something that a speaker gave up to be where they are today, and Denise Tilles answered: “I gave up my dream job at a non-profit that helps people on the spectrum. It wasn’t the right fit, and the environment was not what I anticipated, so I had to make the difficult choice to leave. But by doing so I’m able to be here with everyone.”

“The last comment from Denise about leaving her dream job really stuck with me,” ITX Product Owner Brandon Pierce said. “As someone on the spectrum, I respect her for choosing to go somewhere that will make an impact in people’s lives. But I also relate to the empathy of others, and I can only imagine how hard it must have been to leave that role behind.”

This conference brings so many people together. Whether we’re product- or design-focused, local or out of town, seasoned in our careers or just starting out – there’s power in sharing our stories and knowledge with each other. There are more opportunities for us to strengthen our communities; as our tools and practices evolve, we will only grow stronger.


Find your next product and design community.

Connect with others at Upstate Product Meetup and Upstate UX Meetup.


Headshot of Megan Lawson.

Megan Lawson is a Marketing Content Specialist at ITX. She focuses on creating content that solves problems and engages audiences. Megan received her BA in Communication from the State University of New York at Geneseo.

The post AI, Product Practices, and Growth: 2024 Product + Design Conference Recap appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
143 / John Maeda: Creativity, Risk, and the Role of AI https://itx.com/podcast/143-john-maeda-creativity-risk-and-the-role-of-ai/ Tue, 09 Jul 2024 12:58:34 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=24349 In this episode, John Maeda explains that software products are tools that help us achieve our broader goals – like caring for loved ones and strengthening our relationships – rather than the ultimate objective. So it’s no surprise that John frames artificial intelligence as a power tool that levels up our human potential to create …

The post 143 / John Maeda: Creativity, Risk, and the Role of AI appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In this episode, John Maeda explains that software products are tools that help us achieve our broader goals – like caring for loved ones and strengthening our relationships – rather than the ultimate objective. So it’s no surprise that John frames artificial intelligence as a power tool that levels up our human potential to create an even better future.

John Maeda, VP of Engineering and the Head of Computational Design and AI Platforms at Microsoft, joined the Product Momentum team to record a live podcast episode on the heels of his conference-opening keynote at ITX’s Product + Design Conference, in late-June.

Humans Are ‘Wired for Creativity’

“I think creativity is the foundation of creating capital,” John says. “That capital is emotional capital or sometimes financial capital. But it is a thing that maybe we humans are wired to do.”

Risk-versed vs. Risk-averse

Creating does not come without risk, however. Because the act of creation is a choice, it requires a competitor’s mindset. Deep down, true competitors don’t play to win; they play to maybe win. Like product managers, designers, and engineers who devote their expertise to create things that do not yet exist, they understand the risks that come with innovation. And they approach their work from a risk-versed mindset — an approach that drives our pursuit of innovation while recognizing the inherent risks.

Within the context of AI, we enjoy a vast ocean of opportunity to tap into, John adds. But to take advantage of AI tools in this way, we need to understand the difference between risk-versed and risk-averse. “To pursue that blue zone of possibility, you need to be risk-versed,” John explains. “AI is understandable; It just takes your attention to go there.”

Understanding AI Requires “The Player’s Mindset’

“Going there” is to embrace the player’s mindset – not the victim’s. While some see AI and grumble, “It’s going to take my job” or “It’s going to be a competitive force against me,” others see the blue ocean of opportunity.

“Anyone who’s afraid of AI is afraid of it because they don’t understand it,” John says. “Positives and negatives are a part of every new technology; we tend to focus on the negatives so much that we forget that everything technological is not always bad. If we are to truly understand [AI], it’s important for us to continue to ask these questions.

Be sure to catch the entire episode with John Maeda to hear him discuss the following topics:

(04:02)    Life is lived in 4 quarters: 0 to 25 years, 25 to 50, 50 to 75 years, and 75 to 100. Make the most of the 2nd quarter.

(06:43)    I like to pursue things that I don’t know; when you have no reference for how things are done, you’re kind of free to make your own way.

(9:22)      What mindset do you choose: will you be a victim of AI? Or invite AI to be your co-pilot?

(10:39)    The potential of AI to augment human capabilities: what humans can do by themselves, what AI can do for humans, and the new possibilities that arise when humans leverage AI.

(11:42)    To understand and embrace AI, we need to be risk-versed, not risk-averse.

(14:04)    How powerful art is! Creativity is the foundation of creating capital – both emotional capital and financial capital.

(17:57)    Powerful tools in the hands of the wrong people is a theme of every technology story.

(19:17)    Everyone seems to be talking about AI. But why isn’t AI everywhere already?

(24:07)    We’re in the Unknown / Unknown quadrant for how to manage AI.


You can also watch our episode with John Maeda on the Product Momentum YouTube channel!

The post 143 / John Maeda: Creativity, Risk, and the Role of AI appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In this episode, John Maeda explains that software products are tools that help us achieve our broader goals – like caring for loved ones and strengthening our relationships – rather than the ultimate objective. John Maeda records live at ITX's Product & Design Conference to explain how AI helps us create software so we can achieve our broader goals. John Maeda 1 1 143 143 John Maeda: Creativity, Risk, and the Role of AI full false 30:10
142 / Christian Idiodi, on Product Sense: Integrating Data and Intuition https://itx.com/podcast/142-christian-idiodi-on-product-sense-integrating-data-and-intuition/ Tue, 25 Jun 2024 13:32:45 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=24149 In this episode of Product Momentum, Christian Idiodi shares insights gathered over his 20-year career as a product leader, leaning especially on the significance of human skills and highlighting the importance of product sense in product management. Christian Idiodi is a partner at Silicon Valley Product Group and co-author of TRANSFORMED, with Marty Cagan and …

The post 142 / Christian Idiodi, on Product Sense: Integrating Data and Intuition appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In this episode of Product Momentum, Christian Idiodi shares insights gathered over his 20-year career as a product leader, leaning especially on the significance of human skills and highlighting the importance of product sense in product management.

Christian Idiodi is a partner at Silicon Valley Product Group and co-author of TRANSFORMED, with Marty Cagan and partners at SVPG. He recently joined co-hosts Paul Gebel and ITX Product Manager Dan Sharp for a conversation exploring the two sides of product sense and why its human component is essential to product success in the context of today’s AI-focused world.

Informed Decision-Making + Intuition

Product sense combines informed decision-making with intuition that great product managers develop over time, Christian says. “It’s about having an intuitive feel for what makes a product valuable, which requires a deep understanding of your users and how they experience it.”

Product Sense Is ‘Not Some Magical Gift’

But it’s not some magical gift that we’re born with, he adds. Product sense involves synthesizing data, everything from user feedback to market trends, and making quick, effective decisions that align with both user needs and business goals.“People who have product sense have worked hard to practice and fine-tune it,” Christian explains.

The Essence of Product Management

In this way, product sense lies at the very heart of product management: solving real problems for real users rather than focusing solely on commercial success. Companies lose their way, Christian says, by shifting their focus from helping people to extracting value from them. Product sense helps us maintain a balance between making customers happy and generating revenue for the business.

This episode marks Christian Idiodi’s second visit with Product Momentum. Check out his initial conversation with the team, Product Problems Are People Problems.

Marty Cagan and his partners at Silicon Valley Product Group, wrote INSPIRED, EMPOWERED, and (most recently) TRANSFORMED for product managers and teams; product leaders; and C-suite executives, respectively. Be sure to listen to the entire episode, as Christian explains how each book aligns with purpose to these audience segments.

You can also catch our episode with Christian Idiodi in video on the Product Momentum YouTube Channel!

The post 142 / Christian Idiodi, on Product Sense: Integrating Data and Intuition appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In this episode of Product Momentum, Christian Idiodi shares insights gathered over his 20-year career as a product leader, leaning especially on the significance of human skills and highlighting the importance of product sense in product management. Christian Idiodi explains how product sense combines data with human intuition to keep users happy and generate revenue for the business. Paul Gebel, Christina Halladay, Sean Murray, Brian Loughner 1 1 142 142 Christian Idiodi, on Product Sense: Integrating Data and Intuition full false 36:01
141 / How To Build a Community of Practice, with ITX Leaders in Product + UX https://itx.com/podcast/141-how-to-build-a-community-of-practice-with-itx-leaders-in-product-ux/ Tue, 18 Jun 2024 13:37:36 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=23988 Welcome to this special episode of Product Momentum, where four ITX leaders share their hands-on experience establishing (Upstate Product Meetup) and growing (Upstate UX Meetup, to nearly 600 members!) two Rochester-area communities of practice (CoP). Perhaps it was the recent conversations with Petra Wille and Jared Spool that inspired the idea for this up-close look …

The post 141 / How To Build a Community of Practice, with ITX Leaders in Product + UX appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Welcome to this special episode of Product Momentum, where four ITX leaders share their hands-on experience establishing (Upstate Product Meetup) and growing (Upstate UX Meetup, to nearly 600 members!) two Rochester-area communities of practice (CoP).

Perhaps it was the recent conversations with Petra Wille and Jared Spool that inspired the idea for this up-close look at communities of practice. Or maybe we’re just eager to spread the word about our communities and support our colleagues. And, of course, it could be that we’re ramping up to host our upcoming Product + Design Conference, where the primary focus is always on bringing our communities together for learning and sharing knowledge.

Whatever the reason, the underlying theme of today’s episode is this: work as a designer or product manager is challenging enough; none of us should feel we need to go it alone. So spend a few minutes with ITX CoP leaders Paul Gebel (VP of Delivery), Christina Halladay (Director of UX Design), Sean Murray (Director of Product Management), and Brian Loughner (Lead UX Designer) and catch their advice about how to find (or start from scratch) your own Product or UX community of practice.

5 Tips for Building + Growing a Community of Practice

  1. The community is about the members – first, foremost, always. The first question organizers should ask, Brian advises, is ‘What are you interested in?’ or, better yet, ‘what do you care about?’ Organizers should focus on serving their community, not their own agendas.
  2. Don’t be afraid to fail. Accept the fact that not everything will work out as you expect, Sean says. “That’s totally okay. As CoP leaders, our job is not to direct the community; it’s to facilitate the effort on their behalf based on the direction our members say they want to go.”
  3. CoP Size Doesn’t Matter. The CoP you launch or join doesn’t have to be large. “Upstate Product Meetup’s first gathering was like five people,” Sean says. “But it worked because the people who attended were there to talk about what they were doing as product managers – a topic we all shared and wanted to talk about.”
  4. Balance in-person and virtual events. When you first get going, start with in-person events, Brian says. Then, as your community matures, you can mix in virtual events to ease some of the logistical challenges.
  5. Provide a safe, inclusive environment. Attendees, especially first-timers, will be anxious. You can help relieve some of that social anxiety by doing the little things: provide directions and signage to help folks find your location, supply name tags and markers, show excitement about greeting your guests and introducing them to others, and stay positive.

Communities of practice offer opportunities beyond honing your craft. Sure, you’ll have lots of opportunity to learn and to give back to others. But maybe the greatest discovery you’ll make is how to create real human experiences that foster enduring relationships among your community.

The bottom line is this: Come with an open mind. Expect to make a connection. And remember: you have to play if you want to win.


You can also watch our conversation with Paul, Christina, Sean, and Brian on the Product Momentum YouTube channel!

The post 141 / How To Build a Community of Practice, with ITX Leaders in Product + UX appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Welcome to this special episode of Product Momentum, where four ITX leaders share their hands-on experience establishing (Upstate Product Meetup) and growing (Upstate UX Meetup, to nearly 600 members!) two Rochester-area communities of practice (CoP). ITX leaders in product management and user experience share their first-hand insights on how to launch and grow a community of practice. Paul Gebel, Christina Halladay, Sean Murray, Brian Loughner 1 1 141 141 How To Build a Community of Practice, with ITX Leaders in Product + UX full false 36:56
Insights Into Product Management with Cliff Gilley https://itx.com/blog/insights-into-product-management-with-cliff-gilley/ Thu, 13 Jun 2024 18:46:55 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=24003 Cliff Gilley, VP Analyst of Research, rounds out the lineup of Keynote Day speakers for the 2024 Product + Design Conference. Inviting a research analyst to an event for product managers and UX designers may seem peculiar, but Cliff's keynote will captivate the audience and showcase his invaluable insights.

The post Insights Into Product Management with Cliff Gilley appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
With the addition of Cliff Gilley, the Product + Design Conference Keynote Day speaker lineup is complete! Cliff is a VP Research Analyst at Gartner. It may seem peculiar to invite a research analyst to an event tailored to product managers and UX designers. But attendees who hear Cliff’s keynote will quickly understand how good a fit he is among our roster of thought leaders. 

In his role at Gartner, Cliff collaborates with product teams to offer practical research and guidance to product leaders in enterprise organizations. Cliff’s insights are grounded in 5+ years at Gartner, complemented by boots-on-the-ground experience as a product manager. 

Cliff was then and remains today a big believer in user-focused product management. Like other leaders in the product field who share this philosophy, he worked with his team members to become the resident experts on their customers and work to understand the end user point of view. By doing so, team position themselves to ensure the products they create are for the customer, not at the behest of someone in their organization. 

While Cliff’s work today is not entrenched in building products, he’s advising teams and clients on how to continuously improve the products they build. He’s a proponent of Agile methodologies and applies them to product management processes, which helps balance the innovation and evolution aspects of product planning and development. 

In addition to delivering a keynote, Cliff is hosting our Fireside Chats, a new segment added to the Product + Design Conference this year. Joining him will be some of our other conference speakers and workshop leaders, including Denise Tilles, John Haggerty, and Patricia Reiners. Cliff will guide conversations around topics that explore more deeply the topics covered in their keynotes or workshops.  

With his data-driven expertise and a knack for sharing insights – evident from his blog writing as The Clever PM – Cliff Gilley is a fantastic addition to our 2024 Conference lineup of thought leaders. This year’s conference promises to be one of our largest gatherings of product and design knowledge-sharing enthusiasts yet. 


This month brings the 2024 ITX Product + Design Conference.

Join us on Keynote Day to learn from Cliff Gilley, Ryan Rumsey, Denise Tilles, John Maeda, and more. 


Headshot of Megan Lawson.

Megan Lawson is a Marketing Content Specialist at ITX. She focuses on creating content that solves problems and engages audiences. Megan received her BA in Communication from the State University of New York at Geneseo.

The post Insights Into Product Management with Cliff Gilley appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
140 / Money Talks: Aligning Product Strategy + Business Goals, with Rich Mironov https://itx.com/podcast/140-money-talks-aligning-product-strategy-business-goals-with-rich-mironov/ Tue, 11 Jun 2024 14:34:56 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=23827 What’s the best way to align product strategy with business goals? How can product managers communicate product value to the go-to-market side of the house? Rich Mironov, a 40-year veteran of product management and author of The Art of Product Management 2d, joins Product Momentum to address these and other vexing challenges in the world …

The post 140 / Money Talks: Aligning Product Strategy + Business Goals, with Rich Mironov appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
What’s the best way to align product strategy with business goals? How can product managers communicate product value to the go-to-market side of the house? Rich Mironov, a 40-year veteran of product management and author of The Art of Product Management 2d, joins Product Momentum to address these and other vexing challenges in the world of product management.

Rich remains a good friend of ITX; he delivered a workshop and keynote at the 2023 ITX Product + Design Conference, and this episode marks his second visit to the podcast — his first visit coming 4 years ago.

Know Your Audience: Speaking the Language of Business

“Anytime I talk to business folks about something that doesn’t have currency symbols in it, I’m pretty much assuming they’re not listening,” Rich jokes. So it’s important for product managers to back up whatever you’re saying with economics. Explain why the company cares, instead of why the product team cares. “It’s a basic ‘know your audience’ thing,” Rich says.

Translating Use Cases into Financial Cases

Folks in product, engineering, and design could talk for hours about how we build stuff: the features and workflows, the algorithms and sequence, the code deployments and backlogs, Rich says. “But the go-to-market folks don’t really care what happens in the kitchen. They just want to get their meal on time and have it be hot and tasty.”

What they care about is the outcome of all that work. Will it lead to more customers, lower churn, and opening new markets? And then, of course, will it lead to more money?

Someone Has To Lead This Dance

Even in the absence of a company strategy, product teams can still build a really good product. But if it doesn’t fit the market we’re in or doesn’t meet the needs of our users, it just wanders out there.

Rich provides guidance on how to manage product strategy when there isn’t a clear company strategy from above. “The company strategy is bigger than the product strategy,” Rich observes. “But if nobody else is pushing, then I’m pushing so that everyone around the table can see the options we have. Someone has to lead this dance.”

You can also watch our conversation with Rich Mironov on the Product Momentum YouTube channel!


In July 2024, Rich Mironov is offering a class for product managers wondering about how to move up the management ladder. Rich is also speaking and conducting workshop events in the Fall 2024 in Hamburg and Lisbon. Learn more.

The post 140 / Money Talks: Aligning Product Strategy + Business Goals, with Rich Mironov appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
What’s the best way to align product strategy with business goals? How can product managers communicate product value to the go-to-market side of the house? Rich Mironov, a 40-year veteran of product management and author of The Art of Product Manageme... Rich Mironov, a 40-year veteran of Silicon Valley, rejoins the podcast to help fellow PMs align product strategy with company strategy. Rich Mironov 1 1 140 140 Money Talks: Aligning Product Strategy + Business Goals, with Rich Mironov full false 34:32
139 / User Experience Research: AI’s New Frontier, with John Haggerty & Prerna Singh https://itx.com/podcast/139-user-experience-research-ais-new-frontier-with-john-haggerty-prerna-singh/ Wed, 05 Jun 2024 18:36:58 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=23663 Back in episode 132 of Product Momentum, Janna Bastow talked about using AI tools to do much of the “grunt work” product managers and UX researchers do so that they can spend more time on the higher-value work that’s actually helping to transform product building. In this episode, John Haggerty and Prerna Singh go a …

The post 139 / User Experience Research: AI’s New Frontier, with John Haggerty & Prerna Singh appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Back in episode 132 of Product Momentum, Janna Bastow talked about using AI tools to do much of the “grunt work” product managers and UX researchers do so that they can spend more time on the higher-value work that’s actually helping to transform product building. In this episode, John Haggerty and Prerna Singh go a bit deeper explaining how AIs can expedite – and simplify – those mundane, repetitive tasks to analyze qualitative data compiled from reams of user experience research.

John and Prerna will conduct a pair of workshops at the ITX Product + Design Conference, in Rochester, NY on June 27-28.

Leveraging AI for Customer Research

John’s workshop will include a comprehensive overview of AI applications in product management, covering key topics like product feedback analysis, churn prediction and retention, risk assessment, competitive intelligence, etc. “AI is really good at doing things like sentiment analysis, topic modeling, named entity recognition,” he says. But it can be a lot to take in. “The best, fastest way to get familiar with AI is to just play with it. Just have fun, go out and use it, whatever it is.”

Embracing the Data We Already Have

Prerna’s workshop in Rochester will help attendees understand the data we already have — and how might we leverage it to make better customer decisions. Gathering customer research doesn’t need to be some extensive, intensive effort, she says, “but is really something that we should be doing on a continuous basis to make higher quality decisions.”

Bias, Ethics, and AI

Both John and Prerna stress the importance of understanding AI biases, ethics by design, and ensuring equity in training data. They also highlight the significance of “preserving human elements in user research,” such as non-verbal cues and emotional feedback, to maintain genuine human connections.

Be sure to catch the entire episode to grab a few tips from John Haggerty about AI prompt engineering, and learn why Prerna Singh believes humans are becoming more comfortable responding to an AI researcher than to another person — and the new frontier of opportunity this creates. You can also watch our episode with John Haggerty and Prerna Singh on the Product Momentum YouTube Channel!

The post 139 / User Experience Research: AI’s New Frontier, with John Haggerty & Prerna Singh appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Back in episode 132 of Product Momentum, Janna Bastow talked about using AI tools to do much of the “grunt work” product managers and UX researchers do so that they can spend more time on the higher-value work that’s actually helping to transform produ... John Haggerty and Prerna Singh explore the new frontier of UX Research, leaning into AI tools to help make critical product decisions. John Haggerty & Prerna Singh 1 1 139 139 User Experience Research: AI’s New Frontier, with John Haggerty & Prerna Singh full false 34:37
Embracing Human-Centric Product Management https://itx.com/blog/embracing-human-centric-product-management/ Wed, 05 Jun 2024 17:48:13 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=23743 Can the quality of a decision be measured by the amount of data that informed it? Are emotionally intelligent products distinguishably better than their website data-driven counterparts? Product managers struggling to find their voice as they develop their careers are inundated with recommendations emphasizing one or the other, but are these poles mutually exclusive?

Recently, I had the pleasure of hosting Christian Idiodi, of Silicon Valley Product Group (SVPG) on Product Momentum, ITX’s award-winning podcast. Christian's insights into product management are inspiring and practical. As a top contender for the nicest person in product, he was generous enough to share a map to chart one’s growth that strikes a balance between the essential elements of business health and human empathy.

The post Embracing Human-Centric Product Management appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Can the quality of a decision be measured by the amount of data that informed it? Are emotionally intelligent products distinguishably better than their website data-driven counterparts? Product managers struggling to find their voice as they develop their careers are inundated with recommendations emphasizing one or the other, but are these poles mutually exclusive?

Recently, I had the pleasure of hosting Christian Idiodi, of Silicon Valley Product Group (SVPG) on Product Momentum, ITX’s award-winning podcast. Christian’s insights into product management are inspiring and practical. As a top contender for the nicest person in product, he was generous enough to share a map to chart one’s growth that strikes a balance between the essential elements of business health and human empathy.

The Essence of Product Management

Product management has traditionally been seen as a discipline rooted in solving problems, creating value, and fostering innovation. Christian reminds us time and again that frameworks and methodologies are important, but human problems (not software solutions) are at the core of product management . Our work is about understanding the customer, empathizing with their needs, and crafting solutions that not only meet those needs but also delight and inspire.

Balancing business versus customer does not have to be an either-or scenario. Sacrificing value for one at the cost of the other would cause teams to miss the multiplicative effects of a both-and approach. Christian talks about the delicate balance between a product’s objective value and the perceived value felt by its customers. He argues that focusing solely on one over the other is likely to lead to suboptimal outcomes. But when we’re able to connect each through powerful stories, he continues, we can establish trust in most users – maybe even inspire a few. The most successful companies are those that find a way to make their customers happy while also driving business success.

In product management, what are often termed “soft skills” are better described as “human skills.” Emotional intelligence, self-awareness, and the ability to build and maintain relationships are critical in fostering a collaborative environment where great products can be built.

The more we develop these human skills, the better we hone our product sense. Product sense is a term often misunderstood, but it can be simply described as a deep, intuitive understanding of what makes a product successful. It involves insights into the market, the customer, and the product itself. It’s not something we’re born with; it’s a learned behavior that’s cultivated over time. Product management is a career of continuous learning that comes from exposure to and experience in new and challenging environments. Cultivation is informed by data, but it’s felt through experience.

Practically speaking, Christian knows how to enroll you in his vision for a better world through product management. After we concluded the recorded portion of our conversation, he said, “Always happy to support your work.” And then challenged us with, “By the way, why are you all not doing stuff in Africa?”

Why indeed? Christina Idiodi’s global perspective of helping everyone – yes, everyone – confronted me head-on. I had no good answer.

His work through the Innovate Africa Foundation, founded by Jean-Claude Bastos in 2009, highlights the importance of context in product management. It also highlights the consistency of value he displays in walking the walk.

Assumptions that hold true in one market might not apply in another, so it’s not about helping the aggregate or the average. It’s about helping one person at a time. This underscores the need for product managers to be adaptable and aware of cultures and peoples outside of stereotypically corporate environs.

Applying These Ideas

I left the conversation encouraged to apply what I’d learned, so I’d like to summarize for you here what I’m going to try to apply in my conversations going forward.

Foster a Human-Centric Culture

  • Encourage empathy within your teams. Understand your customers deeply and create products that genuinely solve their problems.
  • Promote human skills development, including emotional intelligence and relationship-building.

Balance Business and Customer Goals

  • Strive to meet business objectives while also ensuring that customer satisfaction is at the forefront of your strategy.
  • Use customer feedback to inform business decisions and drive product improvements.

Cultivate Product Sense

  • Invest in continuous learning and exposure to different markets and customer segments.
  • Encourage your team to immerse themselves in the customer experience and gather insights directly from users.

The product manager’s journey is one of continuous learning and adaptation. By balancing the needs of the business with those of the customer, and by fostering essential human skills within our teams, we can create products that not only succeed in the market but also make a meaningful impact on people’s lives.

Are you ready to optimize your product teams for human skills? Join us for a workshop to explore these concepts further and learn how to implement them in your organization’s products. Methodologies, templates, and models are helpful, but the map is not the territory. During the course of our workshop, we’ll uncover effective discovery approaches, methods of building empathy, and driving meaningful outcomes for people through the technology solutions you’ll build. Schedule your workshop today and start humanizing your approach to product management.


Paul Gebel  is Vice President of Delivery ITX Corp. and co-host of Product Momentum, ITX’s award-winning podcast. He earned his BFA and MBA degrees at Rochester Institute of Technology, where he currently serves as Adjunct Professor. Paul’s experience also includes extensive project and product management experience and consultancy. At ITX, he works closely with high-profile clients, leveraging technology to help solve business problems so they can move, touch, and inspire the world.

The post Embracing Human-Centric Product Management appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
138 / The Science Behind Building Better Products, with Holly Hester-Reilly https://itx.com/podcast/138-the-science-behind-building-better-products-with-holly-hester-reilly/ Tue, 28 May 2024 13:29:53 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=23302 As Holly Hester-Reilly explains, “Intuition isn’t magic. People who have good product intuition know this, because they’ve worked hard over time through lots of hard practice to build it up – and build better products in the process.” Holly is the founder and CEO of H2R Product Science (and a good friend of Product Momentum). …

The post 138 / The Science Behind Building Better Products, with Holly Hester-Reilly appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
As Holly Hester-Reilly explains, “Intuition isn’t magic. People who have good product intuition know this, because they’ve worked hard over time through lots of hard practice to build it up – and build better products in the process.” Holly is the founder and CEO of H2R Product Science (and a good friend of Product Momentum). We jumped at the chance to catch up with Holly right after her talk at the New York Product Conference. 

3 Pillars of the Product Science Strategy

The product managers who develop this intuition have learned real, tangible skills, benefitting from an evidence-based scientific approach to get there. In her keynote, Holly touched on the three pillars of her product science strategy: 

  • Evidence-based product strategy. A plan for how you will win in the marketplace. 
  • Continuous Discovery + Delivery. Gathering evidence and new learnings with every build. 
  • Empowered teams. Aligned on outcomes, trained and supported with context and tools. 

Product managers, regardless of experience or seniority, can develop their own product intuition by applying the methods embedded in this strategy to learn more about their customers, their market, and their product. Evidenced-based decisionmaking helps validate our assumptions, test ideas, and measure outcomes. 

Holly’s Key Takeaways

We’ve only summarized them here, so you’ll want to watch or listen to catch every nugget:

  1. Not every outcome is equally important or equally uncertain. You need to prioritize the outcomes that matter most to your customers and your business, and assess their risks.
  2. It is not enough to be right; you also have to be persuasive. Evidence strengthens your hand as you seek buy-in from stakeholders and team members.
  3. Practice the Built-Learned-Planning demo. “Planning” is another way of saying what you ‘intend to learn.’

Check out our conversation with Holly Hester-Reilly on the Product Momentum YouTube channel!.

The post 138 / The Science Behind Building Better Products, with Holly Hester-Reilly appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
As Holly Hester-Reilly explains, “Intuition isn’t magic. People who have good product intuition know this, because they’ve worked hard over time through lots of hard practice to build it up – and build better products in the process. Holly Hester-Reilly explains how product teams can mitigate risk through evidence-based, continuous discovery. Laura Barnard 1 1 138 138 The Science Behind Building Better Products, with Holly Hester-Reilly full false 12:57
137 / 3 Tips for Fostering a Culture of Change, with Zoia Kozakov https://itx.com/podcast/137-3-tips-for-fostering-a-culture-of-change-with-zoia-kozakov/ Tue, 21 May 2024 15:35:44 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=23269 Among the many hats product managers wear is that of change agent. In many respects, product management is change management. PMs always seem to be flexing their approach to new circumstances, adapting to evolving markets and technologies, and side-stepping organizational landmines. “It’s hard,” says Zoia Kozakov, “especially when the change you’re trying to bring about …

The post 137 / 3 Tips for Fostering a Culture of Change, with Zoia Kozakov appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Among the many hats product managers wear is that of change agent. In many respects, product management is change management. PMs always seem to be flexing their approach to new circumstances, adapting to evolving markets and technologies, and side-stepping organizational landmines. “It’s hard,” says Zoia Kozakov, “especially when the change you’re trying to bring about might actually move the needle.” Zoia heads up device-based Digital Wallets at JPMorgan Chase.

Product Momentum caught up with Zoia Kozakov following her talk at the 2024 NY Product Conference, where she shared her observations on change management (and resistance to it) within the context of innovation and organizational culture. In her keynote and during our conversation, Zoia offered 3 key takeaways:

Embrace the Momentum

Not surprisingly, everyone here on the podcast team believes strongly in the power of momentum; Zoia builds on this notion, encouraging product managers to establish a mindset of continuous wins to keep team members motivated. “Building momentum with continuous wins is a way to keep everybody well-spirited,” Zoia says. “But remember that what keeps you well spirited is likely very different from what keeps me well spirited.”

Recognize the Symptoms of Resistance

Zoia highlights the dangers of organizational apathy as a symptom of momentum-sapping resistance. “To me, disassociation is the worst one,” Zoia adds, “and it shows up when that person who derails your meeting (or doesn’t speak up at all) becomes the villain of your whole change management effort.”

Find Your Innovation-Culture Fit

Zoia introduced the NYPC audience to the notion of innovation-culture fit – and maybe even coined a new term in the process. Product managers often experience resistance to change because the organization’s culture of innovation doesn’t align with their own. “PMs need to evaluate the innovation fit,” Zoia advises. “If working on process enhancement feels like innovation to you, then you should go work at the company that sees the world that way. But if you want to build a rocket ship, there are some that do that too.”

Zoia’s journey reminds us that change management is not just about implementing new strategies, but also about fostering a culture of continuous improvement, proactive engagement, and innovation alignment.


Be sure catch our episode with Zoia Kozakov on the Product Momentum YouTube channel!

The post 137 / 3 Tips for Fostering a Culture of Change, with Zoia Kozakov appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Among the many hats product managers wear is that of change agent. In many respects, product management is change management. PMs always seem to be flexing their approach to new circumstances, adapting to evolving markets and technologies, Zoia Kozakov, Head of Product for Digital Wallets at JPMorgan Chase, explains how to build a culture of change to drive innovation and growth. Zoia Kozakov 1 1 137 137 3 Tips for Fostering a Culture of Change, with Zoia Kozakov full false 18:19
Ryan Rumsey: Changing the Narrative Around Design Leadership https://itx.com/blog/ryan-rumsey-changing-the-narrative-around-design-leadership/ Fri, 17 May 2024 15:35:04 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=23411 Ryan Rumsey, a seasoned design executive and 2024 Product + Design conference speaker, aims to reshape the narrative around design leadership. At the upcoming event, he will lead a workshop and keynote, sharing innovative insights into visualizing metrics and integrating design with business strategies for transformative success.

The post Ryan Rumsey: Changing the Narrative Around Design Leadership appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Ryan Rumsey – former design executive, speaker, author, consultant, and 2024 Product + Design speaker – has one simple goal that has shaped his career aspirations.

To change the narrative around design leadership.

Ryan is coming to Rochester to lead a Design workshop on day 1 of the P + D conference (June 27) and deliver a keynote on day 2 (June 28). Attendees can expect to hear about innovative, new approaches to visualizing, collecting, and interpreting metrics to drive impactful product strategies. They can also expect to benefit from his insights around integrating design, statistics, and business methodologies for transformative insights and breakthroughs in their work.

Ryan’s dynamic career, enriched by experiences at companies like Apple, Google, and Zillow, is sure to provide real-life, tangible learnings for attendees of the upcoming workshop and keynote in Rochester. His journey has been marked by adaptability and rapid learning, particularly in the field of user experience (UX) design. His success soon became a catalyst for growth, guiding him toward a more balanced and fulfilling career. This journey instilled in him a renewed sense of purpose and passion for clarity in design leadership.

Ryan founded Second Wave Dive, a strategic consultancy that offers specialized Product + Design services but with a unique subscription-based model that avoids the hassle of back-and-forth negotiations and the pressure to buy additional services. This flexibility allows organizations to access assistance on individual projects, freeing up time for deeper discussions on design leadership challenges.

Second Wave Dive is the lifeline that Ryan would have appreciated during the early stages of his career – access to a leader with hands-on experience in design leadership who offers tailored solutions to complex problems and guidance around organizational politics.

It seemed almost natural that the second business he launched, Chief Design Officer School, would help train the design leaders of the future. Courses, content, and targeted resources aimed to help professionals develop the skills to become impactful leaders. In theory, when it comes time for those students to pursue a more senior role, they won’t need to call Ryan at Second Wave Dive; they’ll be well-equipped to handle any problem that comes their way.

In addition to his consultancy, Ryan authored two practical guides for designers: one that compliments his coursework and shares even more about his learnings, and a second that helps designers advocate for their work and highlights the importance of it. Both books are available for free download, which is yet another helping hand offered to designers in need of guidance.

The mission of the ITX Product + Design Conference is to learn from industry leaders – and to share the knowledge gained to progress our entire community forward. When we come together with a professional foundation centered around improving the lives of others, we reinforce the community-centric knowledge-sharing environment the event pledges to deliver.


Just over a month until the 2024 Product + Design Conference.

Join us on Keynote Day to learn from Ryan Rumsey, Denise Tilles, John Maeda, and more.


Headshot of Megan Lawson.

Megan Lawson is a Marketing Content Specialist at ITX. She focuses on creating content that solves problems and engages audiences. Megan received her BA in Communication from the State University of New York at Geneseo.

The post Ryan Rumsey: Changing the Narrative Around Design Leadership appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
136 / Product Operations: Why It’s More Important Now Than Ever, with Denise Tilles https://itx.com/podcast/136-product-operations-why-its-more-important-now-than-ever-with-denise-tilles/ Tue, 14 May 2024 14:13:16 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=23236 As a profession, product managers have been battling through some pretty lean times of late. Layoffs in big tech, market uncertainty across the board, and steep competition for fewer vacancies keep many of us up at night. All the more reason, as Denise Tilles explains, that product operations is more important now than ever. In …

The post 136 / Product Operations: Why It’s More Important Now Than Ever, with Denise Tilles appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
As a profession, product managers have been battling through some pretty lean times of late. Layoffs in big tech, market uncertainty across the board, and steep competition for fewer vacancies keep many of us up at night. All the more reason, as Denise Tilles explains, that product operations is more important now than ever.

In this episode of Product Momentum, recorded live at the NY Product Conference, Denise introduces us to this fairly new phenomenon called product operations (aka, “product ops”). She says that exploring product ops solely through the lens of sustained market challenges is short-sighted.

Establish Strong Product Culture

“We all need to be more operationally efficient and crisp when we’re doing more with less,” Denise says. But it’s more than survival; it’s also about establishing the strong product culture that will enable organizations to scale for growth, she adds, “which is the goal.”

Part of it is just having a core understanding of what product operations is, Denise continues — and what it is not. “Product operations is not supplanting product management; it’s enabling it.”

Helping PMs Contribute Real Value

Product management still makes the decisions, she says. Product operations facilitates that process; it’s all about giving product managers the leverage and flexibility to contribute opportunities that offer real impact.

Product operations relieves product managers of time spent on “the work around the work” – by providing (as Denise and co-author Melissa Perri write in their new book, Product Operations) providing three key pillars: data insights, customer market research, and process/practices.

You can also watch our conversation with Denise Tilles on the Product Momentum YouTube channel!

The post 136 / Product Operations: Why It’s More Important Now Than Ever, with Denise Tilles appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
As a profession, product managers have been battling through some pretty lean times of late. Layoffs in big tech, market uncertainty across the board, and steep competition for fewer vacancies keep many of us up at night. All the more reason, Denise Tilles explores product ops and explains why smart organizations are using it to level up their Product Management practice. Denise Tilles 1 1 136 136 Product Operations: Why It's More Important Now Than Ever, with Denise Tilles full false 15:52
135 / The New PMO: Strategic Partner in Business Transformation, with Laura Barnard https://itx.com/podcast/135-the-new-pmo-strategic-partner-in-business-transformation-with-laura-barnard/ Tue, 14 May 2024 12:35:57 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=23233 In this episode of Product Momentum, Laura Barnard invites us to imagine the strong business outcomes our organizations can realize when we create space for strategy and execution to work in concert, instead of at odds. Founder of PMO Strategies and author of The Impact Engine (available Sept. 2024), Laura has been a driving force …

The post 135 / The New PMO: Strategic Partner in Business Transformation, with Laura Barnard appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In this episode of Product Momentum, Laura Barnard invites us to imagine the strong business outcomes our organizations can realize when we create space for strategy and execution to work in concert, instead of at odds. Founder of PMO Strategies and author of The Impact Engine (available Sept. 2024), Laura has been a driving force behind the integration of project management and organizational strategy, helping clients discover the mindset shift that improves how organizations execute strategies through projects.

Sharing the Mindset Shift

The power behind this approach is that the burden for the mindset shift is shared by both the project manager (or project management office (PMO)) and the business executive. As the PMO works to understand the business leader’s desired outcomes (and to speak their language), the business leader begins to see the PMO as a strategic partner in solving their challenges.

“There’s actually a world where product people, project people, and business leaders happily coexist because they’re all doing their part to achieve business goals,” Laura says. “If you’re wasting time and energy defending turf and protecting egos, your business leaders won’t take you seriously. “The only thing they care about is, ‘what are you doing to help us achieve our strategic goals,’ Laura adds.

Shifting Left

A few episodes back, cybersecurity specialist Paul Connaghan spoke about embedding a security mindset into your software as early in the development process as possible. This “shift left” approach works for project management too. Too often, eager executives begin to execute strategy before they have a project plan in place.

“If we set those projects up for success before they start, we’d have this positive ripple effect of benefit to the rest of the life cycle of strategy delivery, project execution, and strategy realization, where you get those better business outcomes,” Laura says.

Facilitating Complex Change

Effective change management is about helping people understand the reason for change, and then bringing them along with you through the process. The secret, Laura continues, is to make the change about the people we’re serving in a way that puts them in the driver’s seat instead of feeling like they’re being dragged behind the car. People want autonomy, freedom, a sense of control, and the ability to be a part of the solution, Laura adds. “People aren’t resistant to change; they’re resistant to having change done to them.”


You can also watch our conversation with Laura Barnard on the Product Momentum YouTube channel!

The post 135 / The New PMO: Strategic Partner in Business Transformation, with Laura Barnard appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In this episode of Product Momentum, Laura Barnard invites us to imagine the strong business outcomes our organizations can realize when we create space for strategy and execution to work in concert, instead of at odds. Laura Barnard enthusiastically describes a new role for today's project management office (PMO): strategic partner in business transformation. Laura Barnard 1 1 135 135 135 / The New PMO: Strategic Partner in Business Transformation, with Laura Barnard full false 34:50
Breaking Down Product Ops with Denise Tilles https://itx.com/blog/breaking-down-product-ops-with-denise-tilles/ Thu, 09 May 2024 15:45:33 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=23290 Join Denise Tilles at the 2024 ITX Product + Design Conference as she explains Product Ops, empowering attendees with insights to drive organizational success. Learn from her journey, where innovation meets streamlined decision-making.

The post Breaking Down Product Ops with Denise Tilles appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
What is Product Ops?

It’s a buzz word, it’s a new concept. It’s certainly an idea that has many different definitions, depending on who you ask and where they work.

At its core, Product Operations provides product managers and product teams with the support they need to make faster, better-quality decisions. These inputs can come from business and data insights, customer and market research, and processes and practices.

For Denise Tilles, it’s a powerful practice that any organization that wishes to scale should seriously consider.

Denise is a product leader, consultant, and coach, helping organizations strengthen capabilities around Product Operations, Product Strategy, and Product Operating Models. And she’s coming to the 2024 ITX Product + Design Conference to share more about Product Ops.

A Lightbulb Moment of Innovation

Before becoming a consultant, Denise could be found deep in the product world with years of experience leading product teams. At one important point in her career, she had the opportunity to add to the team at her organization – specific roles, in fact, that would help the product managers do their jobs. The new capabilities that were brought on spurred more innovation and creation, and at the end of that year the company launched a new product that brought in more revenue than predicted.

The thrill that came with this real-life case study stayed with her for a while. And it wasn’t until she began consulting with Melissa Perri, CEO and founder of Produx Labs, that she understood what had occurred back then. As she learned more about Product Operations, Denise realized that it was the exact same thing her previous team experienced that had produced such impressive results. A lightbulb moment indeed.

Isn’t that often how new concepts develop? Even Denise sought clarity around Product Operations at the organizations where she consulted. Her clients were asking the same questions: what is it? why is it important? can it really help our organization?

Denise saw an opportunity to come up with a common understanding for Product Ops. So, with Melissa Perri, they wrote a book called Product Operations. It arms product leaders with the information they need to define winning product strategies using the right metrics, implement structures and processes to scale, and measure the success of those actions.

This June, Denise will bring her insights and knowledge on Product Operations to our P+D Conference Keynote Day. Her talk will reveal even more about Product Operations and dig deep into how it can help. As an added bonus, Keynote Day attendees can go home with a complimentary copy of Product Operations to continue their learning.


Learn more about Product Operations.

Join us on Keynote Day to learn from Denise Tilles, John Maeda, and more.


Headshot of Megan Lawson.

Megan Lawson is a Marketing Content Specialist at ITX. She focuses on creating content that solves problems and engages audiences. Megan received her BA in Communication from the State University of New York at Geneseo.

The post Breaking Down Product Ops with Denise Tilles appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
134 / Lessons in Product Leadership: The Art of Communication, with Gabrielle Bufrem https://itx.com/podcast/134-lessons-in-product-leadership-the-art-of-communication-with-gabrielle-bufrem/ Tue, 07 May 2024 12:14:59 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=23187 When you’re communicating as a product leader, how often do you consider what your audience needs to hear…at that precise moment in time? How do you deliver your message in a way that they can understand? Product coach Gabrielle Bufrem, in her keynote at the New York Product Conference (NYPC), says that “communication is effective …

The post 134 / Lessons in Product Leadership: The Art of Communication, with Gabrielle Bufrem appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
When you’re communicating as a product leader, how often do you consider what your audience needs to hear…at that precise moment in time? How do you deliver your message in a way that they can understand? Product coach Gabrielle Bufrem, in her keynote at the New York Product Conference (NYPC), says that “communication is effective only when it’s actually heard and interpreted.” In other words, just because you’ve said it doesn’t mean you’ve landed it.

Communication Is a ‘Soft Skill’?

This is especially relevant for product teams and their leaders, Gabi continues, because “product problems are people problems, and a lot of them are solved by really good communication.”

More than mere words and delivery, good communication is about timing (when to communicate). It’s about volume (how much to communicate). And it’s about perspective (audience context).

And they call communication a “soft skill.”

Timing and Context Matter

Regardless of where you are in your product management career, Gabi adds, understanding what to communicate, when to communicate it, and what that communication means in the context of your audience’s experience is vital to your effectiveness as a leader.

In our world of building software – often accompanied by lengthy, overlapping time horizons – you have to balance what you say about the long-term product vision with what you say in the short term about the next MVP release. All the factors that drive your what, when, and how – i.e., message, tone, sense of excitement vs. urgency, audience, etc. – create all sorts of variables that require close attention.

Start With Why

Perhaps Simon Sinek said it best with his book, Start with Why – a sentiment Gabi echoed during our conversation.

“Before product managers can get to how, we need to ask ourselves why. That is, ‘why am I communicating this? What am I trying to achieve?’ And if the answer doesn’t feel like something that’s helpful, is it right for me to communicate this now, or is there a different way that I can say it?”

Missed Gabi’s keynote? No worries; you can catch our conversation here, recorded live with Product Momentum! You can also watch our episode with Gabi Bufrem on the Product Momentum YouTube channel!


If you were unable to attend the New York Product Conference in person, find out what you missed by reading our conference summary: Product Perspectives: Recapping the 2024 New York Product Conference.

The post 134 / Lessons in Product Leadership: The Art of Communication, with Gabrielle Bufrem appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
When you’re communicating as a product leader, how often do you consider what your audience needs to hear…at that precise moment in time? How do you deliver your message in a way that they can understand? Product coach Gabrielle Bufrem, Product coach Gabrielle Bufrem joins Product Momentum to explain why product problems are people problems best solved with good communication. Gabrielle Bufrem 1 1 134 134 134 / Lessons in Product Leadership: The Art of Communication, with Gabrielle Bufrem full false 14:43
133 / From Positioning to Sales Pitch: How to Make the Buying Process Easier, with April Dunford https://itx.com/podcast/133-from-positioning-to-sales-pitch-how-to-make-the-buying-process-easier-with-april-dunford/ Tue, 30 Apr 2024 12:17:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=23169 As the saying goes, not to decide is to decide. And, as April Dunford explains in this episode of Product Momentum, ‘not to decide’ — that is, the customer’s own inability to make a decision — swipes 40-60% of the average B2B salesperson’s revenue pipeline. (source: The JOLT Effect, by Matthew Dixon). B2B selling is …

The post 133 / From Positioning to Sales Pitch: How to Make the Buying Process Easier, with April Dunford appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
As the saying goes, not to decide is to decide. And, as April Dunford explains in this episode of Product Momentum, ‘not to decide’ — that is, the customer’s own inability to make a decision — swipes 40-60% of the average B2B salesperson’s revenue pipeline. (source: The JOLT Effect, by Matthew Dixon). B2B selling is hard, but the purchase side of the transaction is no walk in the park either. Call it what you want: dissonance, doubt, second-guessing. The anxiety that comes with the customer’s desire to avoid making a mistake can be paralyzing.

Recording Live at NYPC

Recording live from the New York Product Conference, April Dunford (author of Sales Pitch and Obviously Awesome) explains further: it’s not that buyers have determined that status quo is the better option. It’s that buyers simply can’t get to the level of confidence they need to pull the trigger.

How can product managers and salespeople work together to make the buying process less ominous?

From Positioning to Sales Pitch

“I think we need to approach it with the idea of ‘how can we be helpful to prospects,’ to help them make [these tough] decisions,” April says. “But at the same time, our mission is to sell stuff, right? So we need to communicate: ‘Why pick us over the other guys? What’s the value that we can deliver that no one else can?’ If we’re going to do that, we need a structure.”

Crafting a Compelling Story

April explains that the structure begins with understanding your positioning and then building a pitch that reflects that positioning. From that framework, “product and sales can work together to build a pitch that meets the needs of the Sales team in terms of doing discovery, handling objections, and crafting a compelling story that accurately reflects our product.” Perhaps as importantly, it also helps the buyer make a difficult choice and feel confident about it.

Learn more about how this structure works when you catch the entire podcast episode with April Dunford. You can also watch our conversation with April Dunford on the Product Momentum YouTube channel!


Want to hear more from April? Check out our earlier episode, How To Get the Positioning Right.

The post 133 / From Positioning to Sales Pitch: How to Make the Buying Process Easier, with April Dunford appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
As the saying goes, not to decide is to decide. And, as April Dunford explains in this episode of Product Momentum, ‘not to decide’ — that is, the customer’s own inability to make a decision — swipes 40-60% of the average B2B salesperson’s revenue pipe... April Dunford shares an innovative approach to help Product and Sales craft a compelling sales pitch, helping B2B buyers overcome indecision. April Dunford 1 1 133 133 133 / From Positioning to Sales Pitch: How to Make the Buying Process Easier, with April Dunford full false 18:15
Product Perspectives: Recapping the 2024 New York Product Conference https://itx.com/blog/recapping-the-2024-new-york-product-conference-recap/ Thu, 25 Apr 2024 16:34:52 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=23111 In the “city that never sleeps,” what better place is there to be – and community of product people to be there with – than in New York City for Product Collective’s 2024 New York Product Conference!

The post Product Perspectives: Recapping the 2024 New York Product Conference appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In the “city that never sleeps,” what better place is there to be – and community of product people to be there with – than in New York City for Product Collective’s 2024 New York Product Conference!

ITX’s EVP of Innovation Sean Flaherty kicked off the 2-day event with NYPC’s only in-person workshop: Influencing Without Authority: The Power of Product Leadership. Sean led a discussion for product leaders who carry much of the burden for product success, but little of the authority that comes with titles and organizational hierarchy.

In another part of the event space, the Product Momentum team was geared up to record live podcast episodes with conference keynote speakers April Dunford, Gabrielle Bufrem, Zoia Kozakov, Holly Hester-Reilly, and Denise Tilles. These insightful thought leaders touched on topics valuable to product people of every stripe: from product positioning to product ops, change management and product discovery. After each presentation, Product Momentum co-hosts Sean Flaherty and Paul Gebel sat down with our guests to drill deeper into their philosophies and practices; we captured these conversations here and in our live podcast episodes.

April Dunford. From Positioning to Sales Pitch: How to Make the Buying Process Easier

If you think B2B selling is hard (full disclosure, it is), get a peek from the other side of the transaction. Make the wrong purchase decision, and it may be your last. Call it what you want: purchase dissonance, doubt, second-guessing. The anxiety that comes with it can be paralyzing.

In fact, as April Dunford explained, 40-60% of the average B2B sales person’s pipeline is lost to ‘no decision’ (source: The JOLT Effect, by Matt Dixon). But it’s not that buyers are determining that the status quo is the better option. Instead, April continues, in the majority of cases buyers simply can’t bring themselves to make a decision they feel confident about. Understanding that dynamic is critical to understanding the challenge. And then, of course, taking the steps to resolve it.

How can we make the buying process less hard? What can salespeople (and their product manager colleagues) do to help prospects and customers make a confident decision?
The answer is simple, but not easy. Learn more when you catch the entire episode with April Dunford on our Product Momentum YouTube channel.

Gabrielle Bufrem. Confessions of a First Head of Product

Hindsight is 20/20, right? We’ve been in situations where we wish we knew more before jumping into a new project or job. It helps to know what we are going to be dealing with, so we can handle it the most effectively.

For today’s product managers, they can turn to Gabrielle Bufrem for those insights. She compiled many lessons she learned from her experience in working in product into a cohesive, engaging talk that brings light to some situations that don’t seem to get much attention.

And for Gabrielle, a valuable insight she learned was the importance of timing. Recognizing the right moments for important conversations and information sharing is vital, and it requires an understanding of audience needs. On the flip side, dealing with the pressure of delivering products takes balancing long-term vision with immediate demands. By nailing the timing just right, we ensure effective timing for achieving both our short and long-term goals.

When it’s time, we’ll share more of our conversation with Gabrielle – more conversations can be found on our YouTube channel here.

Zoia Kozakov. How to Drive Change Management (…when no one wants to change)

Any product manager who’s ever tried to pivot their organization’s approach to a new strategy knows the change management struggle – when no one wants to change. The reasons for resistance are many, and they’re real.

In her keynote, Zoia Kozakov, Vice President, Product Manager at JPMorgan Chase, cited fear of the unknown, mistrust in the organization’s leadership, lack of awareness around the reason for change, being excluded from change-related decisions among the leading candidates.

In response to these challenges, Zoia offered five tactics that help your team, as well as internal stakeholders, navigate the change you’re proposing. Taken together, they reflect the advice offered by recent Product Momentum guest, Jared Spool. “If we want [the change] to succeed,” Jared said, “we have to have a clear definition of what the outcome looks like of how it really does make things better in people’s lives.”

We’ll be dropping our podcast with Zoia in a few weeks; sign up for our Continuous Innovation newsletter so you can be on the lookout for it.

Holly Hester-Reilly. Setting Your Team Up for Success with the Product Science Principles

The tech landscape is ever evolving. For Holly Hester-Reilly, in the 17 years of working on the spectrum of organization size, the way we take what we learned, and use that evidence to help us make informed decisions will not change.

It was a pleasure to speak with Holly again, after hosting her on the podcast and having her as one of our keynote speakers at the 2022 Product + Design Conference. Her keynote focused on product science principles and using evidence to make data-informed decisions.

Like many professionals, Holly ensures to take stock at the end of every sprint, but she uses a specific phrase for this activity – understand what was built, what was learned, and what are we planning. Maybe the verb tense isn’t something to consider, but to Holly, it’s a valuable point (even one that she possibly made subconsciously.)

You can find our previous Product Momentum conversation with Holly here, and in a few weeks when her episode is live on our YouTube channel.

Denise Tilles. A spontaneous chat with a 2024 Product + Design Conference Keynote Speaker.

We were thrilled to see 2024 Product + Design Conference keynote speaker Denise Tilles at the event, and even more excited when she agreed to a spontaneous chat for the podcast!

What’s on her mind? Product Operations. The idea of bringing cross-functional information and insights forward to help align and create winning product strategies. In an era of tech industry layoffs, Denise sees organizations losing Product Operations teams, those orgs citing teams “working on the work” instead of “doing the work.” In her mind, this is an error in judgement.

Having focus on the operations of product teams helps organizations stay crisp and ensure that their practices are aligned with their goals. It’s not just hyper-fixating on processes one team makes, it brings to light all areas in an organization – including those that are end-of-the-line and customer-facing, to help companies make informed decisions.

It’s an area she’s passionate about sharing with others and giving them the resources they need to keep their product strategy in line. Her book Product Operations, co-authored with Melissa Perri, also brings real-life examples that helps readers understand the concepts in their book.

Our podcast episode with Denise is only a fraction of what she’ll talk about at our conference this June, and you can even take home your own copy of Product Operations when you register for our Keynote day.

A huge shout out to Product Collective co-founders Mike Belsito, Paul McAvinchey, and all the team members we worked with, for allowing ITX and Product Momentum to share this great event with you. And to the growing community of product people whom we serve, we’re grateful for your leadership and listenership.

If you couldn’t join us in person, tune into the Product Momentum podcast on ITX.com or YouTube in the coming weeks to hear the episodes.


Find your next learning opportunity.

Join us for the 2024 Product + Design Conference this June.


Peter Sullivan's portrait Picture

Peter Sullivan is Producer of ITX’s Product Momentum podcast and a student of Product and Design processes that work. As ITX’s Marketing Content Lead, he spearheads our efforts to deliver thought leadership that helps Product makers and UX designers understand and shape the future. 

Headshot of Megan Lawson.

Megan Lawson is a Marketing Content Specialist at ITX. She focuses on creating content that solves problems and engages audiences. Megan received her BA in Communication from the State University of New York at Geneseo.

The post Product Perspectives: Recapping the 2024 New York Product Conference appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
ITX Receives Certification as a ‘Great Place To Work®’ https://itx.com/news/itx-receives-certification-as-a-great-place-to-work/ Tue, 23 Apr 2024 14:34:29 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=23078 April 24, 2024 Rochester, NY — ITX Corp., an award-winning producer of custom software products headquartered in Rochester, NY, announced it has been named a Great Place to Work – Certified™ company, a national recognition that celebrates organizations who create an outstanding employee experience. The GPTW certification marks the company’s first such national honor; ITX is a five-time recipient of ﷟Rochester’ Top Workplace Award, was selected as a 2023 2023 Best Company to Work for in New York, and was named a winner of Elevate Rochester’s 2021 ETHIE Award.

The post ITX Receives Certification as a ‘Great Place To Work®’ appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
National Recognition Celebrates the Company’s Outstanding Employee Experience  

April 24, 2024 Rochester, NYITX Corp., an award-winning producer of custom software products headquartered in Rochester, NY, announced it has been named a Great Place to Work® – Certified™ company, a national recognition that celebrates organizations who create an outstanding employee experience. The GPTW certification marks the company’s first such national honor; ITX is a five-time recipient of Rochester’ Top Workplace Award, was selected as a 2023 Best Company to Work for in New York, and was named a winner of Elevate Rochester’s 2021 ETHIE Award.  

“We’re proud to earn this certification, and I am proud of the environment we have created here,” said ITX CEO Ralph Dandrea. “At ITX, we lean on our values to ensure a positive, supportive workplace where experimentation and innovation can thrive, so we can deliver great value to our clients. Most of all, I am grateful to our entire team, who work so hard to strengthen the culture we have built; it gives me great confidence for the future.”  

To be considered for Great Place to Work® certification, ITX underwent a rigorous process that included surveying employees and completing a questionnaire about workplace culture and environment. Requiring at least 90% participation, the survey measures the employees’ level of trust in the organization and the consistency of their survey responses.  

“We are honored to receive this national certification from Great Place To Work,” said ITX Vice President of Global Talent Collene Burns. “Not only does it acknowledge the strength of our workplace culture, but it also echoes our commitment to creating an environment where everyone feels welcome and where our team feels safe to experiment, grow, and learn in pursuit of client value.” 

Earning the Great Place To Work® certification positions the company alongside other leading organizations across the United States, including leading area employers like Paychex and Wegmans. It validates ITX’s concerted efforts to create a rewarding and psychologically safe environment. And it demonstrates unwavering commitment to the ITX mission: to deliver technology that solves challenging problems so our clients can move, touch, and inspire the world. 

About ITX Corp. 

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies tackle complex business challenges through custom software product development, delivering solutions that build trust, loyalty, and advocacy among clients and their users. Founded in 1997, the company has expanded beyond its roots in Rochester, NY into a team of nearly 300 talented product professionals and technologists throughout the Americas and beyond.  

Career inquiries: 585.899.4888  

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing | 585.899.4895 

The post ITX Receives Certification as a ‘Great Place To Work®’ appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
132 / 3 Ways AI Is Transforming Product Management, with Janna Bastow https://itx.com/podcast/132-3-ways-ai-is-transforming-product-management-with-janna-bastow/ Tue, 16 Apr 2024 14:07:38 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=23038 Integrating AI tools into the product management workflow isn’t about cutting humans out of the loop. There’s nothing in the product manager playbook saying, “yeah, yeah, just build this idea and ship it.” Instead, as ProdPad co-founder and CEO Janna Bastow suggests, use AI tools to remove some of the grunt work so that we …

The post 132 / 3 Ways AI Is Transforming Product Management, with Janna Bastow appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Integrating AI tools into the product management workflow isn’t about cutting humans out of the loop. There’s nothing in the product manager playbook saying, “yeah, yeah, just build this idea and ship it.” Instead, as ProdPad co-founder and CEO Janna Bastow suggests, use AI tools to remove some of the grunt work so that we can spend more time working on the important stuff that’s helping to transform product management.

In this episode of Product Momentum, Janna rejoins Paul and ITX Product Manager Sean Murray to discuss how AI tools are driving the transformation of Product Management. (Catch our first conversation with Janna here: The Product Leader’s Dilemma: Balancing Possibility, Predictability).

Swap Out the Grunt Work To Focus on the Premium

So much of what we do is just grunt work, Janna says, repetitive tasks that require little in the way of expertise. “AI tools remove a lot of that pain,” she added. “That’s the sort of thing that product managers can easily outsource to a GPT-type agent to help us reduce our effort on.”

But the real power of AI comes not in streamlining existing tasks, but in “creating time for higher-level tasks that require human interaction, like talking to customers and stakeholders and using those conversations to figure out what our strategy should be.”

AI as Strategic Copilot

Janna sees AI as more of a sidekick than a replacement for human engagement. “I really like the term ‘copilot’ that’s been flying around,” she says, highlighting an AI strong suit in providing insights and feedback that guide product managers’ decision-making and strategy development.

“[AI] is a copilot, an assistant. a sidekick,” she adds. “And it’s there to help us get to the point that we can communicate or make decisions faster and better. It’s all about making sure the whole org is making better products, and the product team is empowered to do so.”

Lowering Barriers of Entry Into Product Management

Years ago, would-be product managers steered away from the role – voluntarily and otherwise. As Janna explains, “The assumption was that we needed a computer science degree or that we should know how to code.” AI tools have lowered that barrier – maybe even removed it – attracting a more diverse range of talent. “It’s going to open product management up to people who otherwise weren’t going to look down this path.”

Learn more from Janna Bastow by reading her blog and checking out her webinars, talks, and podcast.

You can also watch our conversation with Janna Bastow on the Product Momentum YouTube channel!


The post 132 / 3 Ways AI Is Transforming Product Management, with Janna Bastow appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Integrating AI tools into the product management workflow isn’t about cutting humans out of the loop. There’s nothing in the product manager playbook saying, “yeah, yeah, just build this idea and ship it.” Instead, Janna Bastow rejoins Product Momentum with vital guidance for product managers exploring the power of Artificial Intelligence in their roles. Janna Bastow 1 1 132 132 132 / 3 Ways AI Is Transforming Product Management, with Janna Bastow full false 34:59
How Product + Design Work Together To Build ‘A Better Future’ https://itx.com/blog/product-design-join-forces-to-build-a-better-future/ Mon, 08 Apr 2024 20:24:35 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=22974 Valuable Guidance from Jared Spool (Strategic UX) and Roman Pichler (Product)

Compared with other software development disciplines, product management and user experience design are still pretty young professions. That said, they’re maturing rapidly and growing more specialized every day. As they continue their evolution, it isn’t always clear who’s responsible for what and how to best work together (we offered guidance on this topic in a post last year). Maybe it’s no surprise, then, that UX designers and product managers seem to get in each other’s way on the road to success.

This post canvasses the views that Roman Pichler (PM) and Jared Spool (UX) recently shared in consecutive podcast episodes of Product Momentum. What’s most intriguing about both conversations is how they each arrive at the same desired outcome – improving the lives of end users – despite taking parallel paths.

Jared calls that desired outcome a better future, while Roman describes it as the positive change a product should create. But both agree that whatever the solution, it’s less about building shiny new features or making things look pretty (i.e., outputs). Outcomes always trump the digital knickknacks we create along the way.

The post How Product + Design Work Together To Build ‘A Better Future’ appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
3 Tips from Jared Spool (Strategic UX) and Roman Pichler (Product)

Compared with other software development disciplines, product management and user experience (UX) design are still pretty young professions. That said, they’re maturing rapidly and growing more specialized every day. As their evolution continues, it isn’t always clear who’s responsible for what on a product team and how best they can work together (we offered guidance on this topic in a post last year). Maybe it’s no surprise, then, that UX designers and product managers seem to get in each other’s way on the road to success.

This post canvasses the views that Roman Pichler (PM) and Jared Spool (UX) recently shared in consecutive podcast episodes of Product Momentum. What’s most intriguing about both conversations is how they each arrive at the same desired outcome – improving the lives of end users – despite taking parallel paths.

Jared calls that desired outcome a better future, while Roman describes it as the positive change a product should create. But both agree that whatever the solution, it’s less about building shiny new features or making things look pretty (i.e., outputs). Outcomes always trump the digital knickknacks we create along the way.

From Tactical UX to Strategic Influence

“Most UX teams, if they have any UX effort at all, it’s tactical UX,” Jared said. “And by tactical UX, I mean a bunch of folks who have really great skills and can create designs and do usability tests and write fantastic content. They typically work at a very low level in the organization. And if they’re seen by the upper levels of the organization, it’s as sort of a ‘make it pretty’ team.”

As important and essential as their work is to the final outcome, designers are limited to how much they can contribute to it. Jared’s advice to UX designers is simple, but powerful: reach beyond your tactical design activities and embrace strategic UX.

We can call it a movement, an approach, a transformation in the way organizations actually start using all the things that UX has to offer – the obvious talent and technical capability, the knowledge, the experience, the expertise – but strategic UX makes sure the organization is competitive, that the organization is actually solving big problems, and that the organization is providing the best possible solutions.

Product Strategy Is a Shared Objective

Roman argues for the empowerment of product managers to make strategic decisions. But not unilaterally. Instead, he advocates for a shared strategy developed with the extended product team that includes UX design, engineering, internal stakeholders, and development team representatives.

His collaborative approach to developing and articulating product strategy ensures that it’s not just a directive from the top – but instead is a shared vision that leverages the collective intelligence of the team.

It’s not enough that product strategy resides in the head of the CPO or Head of Product. Nor is it sufficient for the strategy to be articulated to the product team; both are necessary, but neither is sufficient by itself.

Unless the people involved in progressing those products actively participate in determining what the product strategy is, Roman added, there will be fatal disconnects in its execution.

“For me, that’s a real issue because it means that in the worst case, teams miss out on the benefits that a strategy delivers: an understanding of the positive change in the user experience that leads to a better future for all.”

UX and Product Strategy as Collaborative Pillars

An overlay of Jared’s and Roman’s insights presents a compelling, even hopeful, narrative. It doesn’t necessarily reject the well-chronicled antagonisms between Product + UX. Instead, by making this more about why and what (the desired outcome) than how and by whom, it may serve an even brighter purpose by providing guidance to help navigate the interplay between the Product and UX design roles.

The integration of strategic UX into product decisions, coupled with the shared formulation of product strategy, is not just complementary. It is essential to each other’s success. This cohesive approach ensures that products are not only designed with a deep understanding of user needs but are also strategically positioned to achieve the organization’s business goals.

At the 2023 Product + Design Conference, Radhika Dutt opened her keynote address by describing the limitations that challenge effective product development approaches. She spoke of –

  • Engineering-led teams that build solutions in search of a problem;
  • Sales-led teams that build whatever it takes to generate revenue;
  • Design-led teams that focus empathy on the lived experiences of real people; and
  • Product-led teams that are guided by the product’s potential, dissolving the line between “the business” and “the product.”

The fact is, as Radhika pointed out, each approach by itself is insufficient to deliver the outcomes our users desire. Even a product-led approach, which at least tries to find a balance on the path to transformation, falls short. To be successful, Radhika emphasizes a vision-driven approach, which most closely aligns with Jared’s and Roman’s recommendations.

As Jared explains, product vision is the delta between two possible futures: the “do nothing different” future you get when you embrace the status quo, and the “do something different” future you get when your outcome-driven focus is inspired by the change you want to bring to the world.

Bridging the Gap: Product + Design Building Better Outcomes Together

Taken together, Jared’s and Roman’s insights underscore the reciprocal, even dependent, relationship between UX and product. It’s a holistic approach, where strategic product decisions are informed by deep user understanding and collaborative effort; it’s what sets apart successful products from the also-rans.

Okay, so how do we get there? A few tips from Roman and Jared:

1. Exploit the Tension. It’s important to embrace the creative tension that exists organically between UX design and product management. Rather than viewing this tension as a hindrance or constraint, use it as a catalyst for creativity and innovation. This tension, when navigated collaboratively, can lead to the discovery of novel solutions that are both user-centric and strategically sound.

2. Shared Understanding and Ownership. Effective product development requires the combination and balance of skills that lean on a cohesive working relationship among team members and stakeholders, cemented together by a common, well-articulated vision.
Suppress the urge to grab (or cede) power. Bridging the gap between UX and product occurs when we share ownership and accountability for addressing user needs. Software solutions are not created in a bubble, as Radhika pointed out. A shared vision not only aligns our efforts, but it also ensures that decisions are made with a 360-degree view of the product’s impact on users and the business.

3. Continuous Evolution. As user needs grow more complex and the tools we use to address them become more sophisticated, so too does the professionalism and maturation of product management and UX design as disciplines. This continuous evolution offers yet another point of convergence; in a rapidly changing market, an organization’s agility in adapting and refining strategies based on user feedback and market trends is crucial.

Product is much stronger when paired with good designers, and design is much stronger when paired with good product managers. Perhaps design leadership coach Jesse James Garrett said it best, in his keynote also at the 2023 Product + Design Conference, when he offered the following advice to product people and his fellow designers:

  • Turn toward the center, not the extremes; that is where you’ll find your partners.
  • Lean into the overlap; you have more in common than you think.
  • Product done right is user-centered; design done right is product-minded.

By bridging the gap between UX and product management, organizations can create products that both delight users and drive business success. This integrated approach is not just a strategy; it’s a philosophy that champions collaboration, empathy, and continuous innovation as the cornerstones of product excellence.


Register now for ITX’s 2024 Product + Design Conference, June 27-28. Early bird pricing ends April 23.


Peter Sullivan's portrait Picture

Peter Sullivan is Producer of ITX’s Product Momentum podcast and a student of Product and Design processes that work. As ITX”s Marketing Content Lead, he spearheads our efforts to deliver thought leadership that helps Product makers and UX designers understand and shape the future. 

The post How Product + Design Work Together To Build ‘A Better Future’ appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Top 10 LinkedIn Influencer John Maeda Keynotes ITX Conference https://itx.com/blog/john-maeda-keynotes-itx-product-design-conference/ Mon, 08 Apr 2024 13:43:19 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=22963 We welcome John Maeda to Rochester, NY as he will lead a Keynote on June 28 for our Product + Design Conference, created for product and UX professionals.

The post Top 10 LinkedIn Influencer John Maeda Keynotes ITX Conference appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Our annual Product + Design Conference returns June 27-28. We’re anticipating product managers and user experience designers from around the region coming together in Rochester, NY for two full days of in-person workshops, keynotes, and conversation with industry thought leaders. And we’re excited to welcome John Maeda to this year’s event as one of our Keynote headlines.

Currently the Vice President of Artificial Intelligence and Design at Microsoft, he is also a LinkedIn Top 10 US Influencer , and was named one of the most influential people of the 21st century by Forbes. John served as the President and Chief Executive Officer at the Rhode Island School of Design; he’s been on advisory boards at eBay and Google, and he also served on the board at Wieden + Kennedy and Sonos.

His CV paints a picture of a brilliant mind, teeming with knowledge. Imagine learning from an authority with his depth of experience and unique way of looking at our world. John Maeda is driven by a passionate commitment to elevate the experiences of others by sharing what he has learned, from others. Clearly evident through his notable accomplishments at the Rhode Island School of Design and his annual creation of the comprehensive Design in Tech Report, John Maeda gathers information and finds innovative and impactful ways to share it with others.

Our team is so excited to bring a thought leader of his caliber to our event, opening a world of possibilities for product and design professionals. The ability to learn and connect with others eager to absorb as much as possible from John Maeda and our other invited speakers is an opportunity that doesn’t come often. While much of our work in the technology space spans across the globe, that doesn’t mean we can’t connect with those who celebrate the power of these two disciplines locally.


John Maeda is speaking on Keynote Date, Friday June 28.

Visit our conference page to learn more about this year’s event, read what happened in previous years, and stay informed about what’s to come.


Headshot of Megan Lawson.

Megan Lawson is a Marketing Content Specialist at ITX. She focuses on creating content that solves problems and engages audiences. Megan received her BA in Communication from the State University of New York at Geneseo.

The post Top 10 LinkedIn Influencer John Maeda Keynotes ITX Conference appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
ITX Product + Design Conference 2024 https://itx.com/events/itx-product-design-conference-2024/ Thu, 04 Apr 2024 20:07:29 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=22526 The event was held in Rochester, NY on Thursday, June 22 and Friday, June 23. It was two days packed with workshops and keynotes led by some of the best minds in the product and design industries.

The post ITX Product + Design Conference 2024 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The Product + Design Conference returns to Rochester, NY on June 27-28, 2024!

Celebrate the power of UX design and product development with a 2-day conference experience and learning from industry thought leaders.

Visit the Conference Page to Learn More

The post ITX Product + Design Conference 2024 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
ITX Honored To Be a Rochester Top Workplace for 2024 https://itx.com/news/itx-honored-as-rochester-top-workplace-for-2024/ Thu, 04 Apr 2024 17:52:12 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=22954 April 4, 2024 Rochester, NY – ITX is honored to celebrate the fifth-consecutive year of being named a Top Workplaces in Rochester, NY. The company commemorated the achievement at the Rochester Top Workplaces award ceremony on Wednesday, April 3.

The post ITX Honored To Be a Rochester Top Workplace for 2024 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
2024 marks the fifth consecutive year of recognition 

April 4, 2024 Rochester, NY – ITX is honored to celebrate the fifth-consecutive year of being named a Top Workplaces in Rochester, NY. The company commemorated the achievement at the Rochester Top Workplaces award ceremony on Wednesday, April 3.  

ITX ranked 42nd in the small-sized category, which highlighted 47 Rochester-area organizations. 

Companies rank on the Top Workplaces list based on internal team member surveys conducted by a third-party service called Energage. The survey includes questions about topics like culture, growth, and leadership. Businesses receive their position based on the results of the survey, comparing answers from each organization to others of similar size in the Rochester area. 

ITX continues to experiment, learn, and grow, while eagerly sharing its knowledge along the way. The company is always seeking to meet outstanding technology professionals and product specialists; to learn more about our workplace, visit: www.itx.com/careers

About ITX Corp. 

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies tackle complex business challenges through custom software product development, delivering solutions that build trust, loyalty, and advocacy among clients and their users. Founded in 1997, the company is recognized as a Best Company to Work For in the State of New York. ITX has expanded beyond its roots in Rochester, NY into a team of nearly 300 talented product professionals and technologists throughout the Americas and beyond. 

Career inquiries: 585.899.4888 

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing | 585.899.4895 

The post ITX Honored To Be a Rochester Top Workplace for 2024 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The New York Product Conference 2024 https://itx.com/events/the-new-york-product-conference-2024/ Wed, 03 Apr 2024 19:58:27 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=22968 The NY Product Conference brings 400 others to Manhattan, NY for a full day of inspiring keynotes. Hosted by Product Collective, the 2024 keynote speakers include leaders from NBC Universal Media, Gumroad, FourSquare, and more. ITX is sponsoring the Official NYPC After Party, and Product Momentum will be recording live podcast episodes during the event.

The post The New York Product Conference 2024 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The NY Product Conference brings 400 others to Manhattan, NY for a full day of inspiring keynotes. Hosted by Product Collective, the 2024 keynote speakers include leaders from NBC Universal Media, Gumroad, FourSquare, and more.

EVP of Innovation Sean Flaherty is leading a workshop on April 17, and Product Momentum will be recording live podcast episodes during Keynote day on April 18. ITX is sponsoring the Official NYPC After Party.

Read our Event Recap Blog

Learn more about Product Collective

The post The New York Product Conference 2024 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
131 / Shift Left: Integrating a Security Mindset Early in the Software Development Life Cycle, with Paul Connaghan https://itx.com/podcast/131-shift-left-integrating-a-security-mindset-early-in-the-software-development-life-cycle-with-paul-connaghan/ Tue, 02 Apr 2024 16:09:45 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=22924 When product development teams build new software tools and systems, they like to start with the end in mind by nudging quality assurance and security scanning closer to the early stages of the process. Paul Connaghan, Principal Application Security Consultant at RiverSafe in London, UK, says this “shift left” approach goes straight to the heart …

The post 131 / Shift Left: Integrating a Security Mindset Early in the Software Development Life Cycle, with Paul Connaghan appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
When product development teams build new software tools and systems, they like to start with the end in mind by nudging quality assurance and security scanning closer to the early stages of the process. Paul Connaghan, Principal Application Security Consultant at RiverSafe in London, UK, says this “shift left” approach goes straight to the heart of business operations by embedding a security mindset in the underlying architecture, in UX and UI design, and in the QA and app hosting apparatus.

In this episode of Product Momentum, Paul sat down with Paul Gebel and Jonathan Coupal, ITX’s VP of Infrastructure, stressing the importance of moving security considerations to the earliest possible phase of the SDLC (software development life cycle).

Shift Left
“Shift left has been something of focus for clients a few years now,” Paul says. “Once we’ve actually written some code, we want to test that code as soon as we can.”

Paul’s passion for app and system security, and threat modeling specifically, is obvious. It’s a task typically performed by security folks, Paul adds, as it can be quite involved to produce threat models for things that we don’t entirely understand. Nonetheless, he advocates for teaching product teams to do this for themselves.

Build a Security-Focused Culture
“It helps us address the skill challenge, because there’s just not enough people in cyber to effectively secure all the applications and products that are out there,” Paul shares. “But it also gets teams into the habit of having daily conversations about security, which is fundamentally really the thing that’s going to help close the [security knowledge] gap and build a security-focused culture.”

Question: within each sprint, how much capacity does your team allocate for security? None? 5%? More? Be sure to catch the entire episode to learn Paul Connaghan’s expert recommendation.


Learn more about application security and threat modeling by catching our earlier Product Momentum episode, with guest Chris Romeo.


You can also watch our conversation with Paul Connaghan on the Product Momentum YouTube channel!

The post 131 / Shift Left: Integrating a Security Mindset Early in the Software Development Life Cycle, with Paul Connaghan appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
When product development teams build new software tools and systems, they like to start with the end in mind by nudging quality assurance and security scanning closer to the early stages of the process. Paul Connaghan, Cybersecurity expert Paul Connaghan recommends a "shift left" approach for software development teams to build a security-focused culture. Paul Connaghan 1 1 131 131 131 / Shift Left: Integrating a Security Mindset Early in the Software Development Life Cycle, with Paul Connaghan full false 27:28
Zimmermann and Peters Selected as Finalists in TechRochester’s Technology Woman of the Year Awards https://itx.com/news/zimmermann-and-peters-finalists-techrochester-technology-woman-of-the-year-awards/ Tue, 19 Mar 2024 17:55:16 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=22861 Both leaders recognized for their tech industry achievements in the Rochester, NY region

March 19, 2024 Rochester, NY – ITX is proud to announce that Product Owner Felicia Zimmermann and Innovation Lead Jessica Peters have been selected as finalists in TechRochester’s 2024 Technology Woman of the Year Awards.

The post Zimmermann and Peters Selected as Finalists in TechRochester’s Technology Woman of the Year Awards appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Both leaders recognized for their tech industry achievements in the Rochester, NY region

March 19, 2024 Rochester, NY – ITX is proud to announce that Product Owner Felicia Zimmermann and Innovation Lead Jessica Peters have been selected as finalists in TechRochester’s 2024 Technology Woman of the Year Awards.

Technology Woman of the Year recognizes, celebrates, and brings visibility to the achievements of women in high technology fields. Selection criteria included a review of individual contributions to the technology profession and community activities supported by the finalists.

As finalists, Felicia Zimmermann and Jessica Peters exemplify the core values of the Technology Woman of the Year awards. They deliver first-rate service to clients and solve challenging software product problems, thus providing valuable contributions to the organization and the Rochester technology community.

TechRochester will name the recipients of both Technology Woman of the Year and Emerging Technology Woman of the Year at the awards ceremony on April 24. Wendi Heinzelman, Dean of the Edmund A. Hajim School of Engineering and Applied Sciences at University of Rochester, will keynote the event, taking place at Casa Larga Vineyards in Fairport, NY.

A local non-profit organization, TechRochester focuses on bringing technology professionals together within the community. By supporting professional growth on an individual level, the organization works to encourage the expansion of technology within the Rochester region.

About ITX Corp.

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies tackle complex business challenges through custom software product development, delivering solutions that build trust, loyalty, and advocacy among clients and their users. Founded in 1997, the company is recognized as a Best Company to Work For in the State of New York. ITX has expanded beyond its roots in Rochester, NY into a team of nearly 300 talented product professionals and technologists throughout the Americas and beyond.

Career inquiries: 585.899.4888

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing | 585.899.4895

The post Zimmermann and Peters Selected as Finalists in TechRochester’s Technology Woman of the Year Awards appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
130 / Discovering the Essence of Product Strategy, with Roman Pichler https://itx.com/podcast/130-discovering-the-essence-of-product-strategy-with-roman-pichler/ Mon, 18 Mar 2024 16:48:30 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=22787 Product strategy is the guiding light that illuminates the path to success for any product. However, articulating and executing this strategy is often easier said than done, says product management expert Roman Pichler. In this episode of Product Momentum, Roman shares valuable insights into the essence of product strategy and how to effectively navigate its …

The post 130 / Discovering the Essence of Product Strategy, with Roman Pichler appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Product strategy is the guiding light that illuminates the path to success for any product. However, articulating and executing this strategy is often easier said than done, says product management expert Roman Pichler. In this episode of Product Momentum, Roman shares valuable insights into the essence of product strategy and how to effectively navigate its complexities.

Defining Product Strategy

Strategy means different things to different people, Roman says. “I would suggest the strategy is a high-level plan: it describes the approach that we’ve chosen to make or keep a product successful.” Strategy and vision are not the same, he notes. “Strategy encompasses crucial elements such as the value proposition, target markets, business goals, and standout features. Without a clearly articulated strategy, product teams risk missing out on the benefits that strategic alignment brings.”

Responsibility, Ownership, and Influence

Traditionally, product strategy formulation has been viewed as the sole responsibility of top management. Roman advocates for a different, more inclusive approach, where product managers and cross-functional teams actively participate in strategic decision-making.

“A single person hardly ever has all the right information, the right data to make the right decisions,” Roman says. “I find it’s better to delegate the product strategy – or the decisionmaking authority around product strategy – to the people who are in charge or who work on those products, and then coach them.

“Empowering product managers to own and evolve strategies not only fosters motivation, but also prevents bottlenecks and promotes continuous adaptation.”

Empowerment and Trust

When it comes to empowerment, two factors are at play, Roman offers. “One we refer to as ‘personal power; that’s aligned with the organizational aspect. But when we look into what individual contributors and  product people can do to empower themselves, that would be strengthening our expert power: the ‘referent power.’

The better we are at earning and exhibiting referent power – at crafting and setting a vision, creating and evolving a product strategy, and at understanding the specific markets and market segments our product serves – the more people are likely to trust us.


Be sure to check out our episode with Roman Pichler on the Product Momentum YouTube channel!

The post 130 / Discovering the Essence of Product Strategy, with Roman Pichler appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Product strategy is the guiding light that illuminates the path to success for any product. However, articulating and executing this strategy is often easier said than done, says product management expert Roman Pichler. Product management guru Roman Pichler rejoins Product Momentum to share his insights about empowerment, influence, and responsibility. Roman Pichler 1 1 130 130 130 / Discovering the Essence of Product Strategy, with Roman Pichler full false 30:10
Can You Use ChatGPT AI for Writing? Our UX Writers Think So https://itx.com/research/can-you-use-chatgpt-ai-for-writing/ Mon, 18 Mar 2024 12:48:39 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=22810 It’ll seem so obvious in 10 years, won’t it?

By 2034, Generative AI may well be on its way to Artificial General Intelligence, capable of outperforming humans at most economically valuable tasks. Possibly this AI boom will pop like another dot-com-style bubble, inflated by hype. Or maybe we’ll be living underground, relying on dogs to sniff out machine infiltrators.

Unfortunately, we’re stuck in the present: a time where AI conjecture, hype, and fear swirls around the public sphere. To cut through this noise, we in the ITX User Experience Content team determined there was only one remedy: the scientific method. We put ChatGPT-4 through its paces to understand if it’s something that can add value to our clients’ products. Here’s what we found.

The post Can You Use ChatGPT AI for Writing? Our UX Writers Think So appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
It’ll seem so obvious in 10 years, won’t it?

By 2034, Generative AI may well be on its way to Artificial General Intelligence, capable of outperforming humans at most economically valuable tasks. Possibly this AI boom will pop like another dot-com-style bubble, inflated by hype. Or maybe we’ll be living underground, relying on dogs to sniff out machine infiltrators.

Unfortunately, we’re stuck in the present: a time where AI conjecture, hype, and fear swirls around the public sphere. To cut through this noise, we in the ITX User Experience Content team determined there was only one remedy: the scientific method. We put ChatGPT-4 through its paces to understand if it’s something that can add value to our clients’ products. Here’s what we found.

Experiment 1: Is an AI Strategy Viable?

In our first experiment, we measured the impact on productivity and quality produced by integrating ChatGPT into our processes. Our hypothesis? That a UX Writer assisted by ChatGPT could produce publishable content faster than an equally skilled UX Writer – working without artificial assistance – with no discernible drop in quality.

We kept things simple by pitting two writers against each other, head-to-head. One could use ChatGPT as much as their heart desired, while the other followed our existing process. We gave them both a brief for a theoretical client’s product and sent them on their way.

The experiment’s results proved our hypothesis in a surprising way: our Large Language Model (LLM)-assisted writer produced the deliverable faster, and in surveys their work scored higher for quality. This result fascinated us and generated considerable discussion throughout the team and among our internal stakeholders, like:

  • Could we discount the qualitative difference in skill levels between the experiment’s writers?
  • If this tool is as powerful as the results suggest, should we prioritize replicating these results? Or should we move ahead with implementing the tool in our processes (and, if so, where in our processes?)
  • What are the risks to ITX, our clients, and the products we co-create with them?
  • What will our clients think?

Cautious optimism carried the day, but risk was a major topic of concerns. We determined that the best path forward would be to run a second experiment.

Experiment 2: Addressing AI Plagiarism and Accuracy Concerns

Our second foray into the world of LLMs for content creation focused on an issue of crucial importance to many peoples’ work across a range of industries: the risk of plagiarism and inaccuracies in LLM output. The risk that a given LLM may output factually incorrect – or stolen – information would weigh heavily on our decision to adopt these tools or avoid them until such risks decreased.

We aimed to test a process to check work for plagiarism and accuracy and determine if that added burden would diminish the productivity gains that the first experiment’s results suggested. In addition to our focus on the LLM’s integrity, we also sought to replicate the first experiment’s results.

Iterating on our method, we expanded our number of subjects from two UX Writers to three and assigned them a blog post for a theoretical client. One could only use ChatGPT to generate their post, the second could use ChatGPT as an assistant, and the third was prohibited from using any LLM assistance.

The results were exciting on two fronts.

1. We found no evidence of plagiarism or factual inaccuracy in any of the deliverables, and

2. We replicated the first experiment’s results when considering both quality and efficiency.

This time, we discovered some important nuance. Before we go there, though, let’s first focus on how we evaluate efficiency and quality. Not surprisingly, we measured efficiency based on the effort and time required to complete the task. As for quality, ITX team members across a range of disciplines rated the content’s quality on two criteria: how easy it was to engage with the content, and how easy was to understand

Now, let’s return to the important nuance. The post created by our writer with LLM assistance – that is, the work not completely delegated to the machine – scored the highest in terms of quality , but required the most time and effort to complete . The post generated fully by the AI scored the lowest for quality, but required the least amount of time to produce. Our human-generated control scored in the middle of these two extremes.

Results: Should we use LLMs in content work at ITX?

The results of these two experiments have convinced us that yes, using these tools is a net positive that will drive greater value for our clients.

However, the question of where in our processes we should use these tools remains unanswered. Our results prove that simply adopting an LLM and relying on it exclusively would be undesirable when quality and readability are essential requirements . Instead, we should identify those points in our processes where we can maximize the effect of the LLM.

Despite all the hype, it’s important to know that LLMs have limitations. We need to consider them and evaluate their potential impact as we determine where in our content development process we should apply these tools.

For example, limited context windows – that is, the number of tokens that an LLM can hold in its “memory” – render them ineffective at creating content from a long list of inputs and prompts. Experiment subjects reported frustrations with this.

“You refine prompts by asking [ChatGPT] to change three things, and it’ll change two of them. But then it completely forgets about the one from two prompts ago,” noted one UX Writer at ITX.

Insights: Where to Adopt LLMs Today

With these limitations in mind, we’ve identified two broad areas where we’re investigating adoption.

1: Rapid outlining

LLMs can help us rapidly generate an initial outline for a content deliverable. We can adapt to issues with the context length (for example, a writer needing to comb through dense outputs to catch issues or discover forgotten prompts) by asking the AI to produce short outputs, such as outlines and brainstorms.

LLMs excel particularly at summarizing sources like scientific papers; these summaries help the content writer efficiently gather information they need to begin their work.

Hallucinations remain a real danger, but human intervention in the form of an expert writer is reduces this risk; with a human still responsible for writing the piece and citing their sources, there is little risk of a hallucination worming its way into the final output.

2: First-pass reviews

People are busy, which means that one key bottleneck in our process hampering overall productivity is peer review. We believe that leveraging LLMs like ChatGPT-4 to perform an independent, “first pass” review can reduce the impact of this bottleneck. Because LLMs are good at analyzing segments of text that fall within their context window limits, the tool is ideally suited for this first pass task.

Take caution, as more investigation is required here. Adopting an LLM for this purpose often requires prompting an LLM with client information, so it’s imperative to address information security in a way that ensures that no NDAs are violated, and no confidential client data inadvertently makes its way into an LLM’s training data set.

What’s Next?

New technology can be intimidating. The experience of seeing ChatGPT stamp out lines of copy seemed to conjure a connection through time to those British weavers of the 1770s, who at the very dawn of the industrial era witnessed mechanized looms spin the textiles that had been the source of their livelihoods. We use the example of the Luddites intentionally, as history demonstrates that there’s no sense in fighting breakthroughs that have the potential to improve your ways of working.

In the UX Content team, we’ve all been working hard to identify ways to use this new technology to the advantage of our clients, to help their products perform more powerfully for a smaller investment. At ITX, we don’t blindly believe the hype; one of our core values is Innovation through Experimentation. We live this value by way of our commitment to testing new technologies, like large language models, that have the potential to move, touch, and inspire the world.


Heading

This is only a tiny fraction of our findings. To read our experiment results in detail, which includes discussion on the future of these Generative AI tools incorporating the cutting-edge research in this space, reach out today.


Lydia Pejovic is a UX Writer at ITX. She enjoys creating informative and engaging content for all audiences. Lydia received her BA in English from the University of San Diego and a dual MA & MFA in English from Chapman University.

Tim Snedden leads the UX Writing and Content Strategy practice at ITX. His work revolves around the idea that excellent communication underpins every great digital experience.

The post Can You Use ChatGPT AI for Writing? Our UX Writers Think So appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
129 / Strategic UX: The Path to Outcome-Driven Design, with Jared Spool https://itx.com/podcast/129-strategic-ux-the-path-to-outcome-driven-design-with-jared-spool/ Tue, 05 Mar 2024 14:33:32 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=22632 When Jared Spool first visited Product Momentum a few years ago, he talked about the struggle designers feel when they’re directed to add new features to a design without first understanding the problem to be solved. “Great designers don’t fall in love with their solutions,” he advised us. “They fall in love with their problems.” …

The post 129 / Strategic UX: The Path to Outcome-Driven Design, with Jared Spool appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
When Jared Spool first visited Product Momentum a few years ago, he talked about the struggle designers feel when they’re directed to add new features to a design without first understanding the problem to be solved. “Great designers don’t fall in love with their solutions,” he advised us. “They fall in love with their problems.”

In today’s episode, Jared chats with Paul Gebel and co-host Christina Halladay, Director of UX at ITX. With his trademark wit and wisdom, he doubles down on that advice by describing what he’s been up to since we last spoke, as a Maker of Awesomeness at Center Centre.

“I’ve been helping UX leaders function at that strategic level, bringing out the value of their contribution and helping them think about the right problems.”

Strategic UX vs. Tactical UX

“Most of the UX practiced these days is tactical UX,” Jared adds, “by the folks who have really great skills who can create designs and do usability tests and write fantastic content. But there’s a limit to how much they can contribute to the organization.”

On the other hand, he says strategic UX helps us get to the root of our users’ problems. It’s about introducing the power of UX early in the product development process and focusing on shipping the right thing. Before we can do that, though, we first need to make sure we’ve identified the right problem.

Strategic UX Drives Outcomes

Tactical UX is output-driven; strategic UX is outcome-driven.

“With strategic UX, we’re finally applying all the great things that UX people do – their skills and talents, the capabilities, the knowledge, the experience, the expertise – to make sure the organization is being competitive and that we’re actually solving big problems for their users.”

Leaders + Vision

Be sure to catch the entire episode to hear Jared Spool discuss leaders (as opposed to managers) and vision: “Leaders inspire others to rally behind a compelling Vision, which is the story that articulates a possible future (as opposed to a ‘do-nothing’ future) and inspires action from all levels of the organization.”

You can also watch our conversation with Jared Spool on the Product Momentum YouTube channel!

The post 129 / Strategic UX: The Path to Outcome-Driven Design, with Jared Spool appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
When Jared Spool first visited Product Momentum a few years ago, he talked about the struggle designers feel when they’re directed to add new features to a design without first understanding the problem to be solved. Jared Spool describes how strategic UX helps leaders create a compelling vision for their organizations and deliver outcome-based solutions. Jared Spool 1 1 129 129 129 / Strategic UX: The Path to Outcome-Driven Design, with Jared Spool full false 38:23
5 Essential Tips to Joining a Product Community https://itx.com/blog/5-essential-tips-to-joining-a-product-community/ Tue, 05 Mar 2024 14:27:25 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=22728 Petra Wille, an independent product leadership coach and author, discusses the significance of product communities on an episode of "Product Momentum." She provides helpful insights on finding the right community.

The post 5 Essential Tips to Joining a Product Community appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The world of product management has been around for decades, but recent clarity around the role product managers play and the placement of senior product leaders in C-Suites are indicators of the practice area’s growth. As it grows, so does the number of communities of practice dedicated to product. Different sizes, different missions – we have our pick of which one we want to call our community.

Petra Wille, an independent product leadership coach and author of STRONG Product People: A Complete Guide to Developing Great Product Managers, understands the value of product communities. So much so that she’s written a second book on the matter, STRONG Product Communities: The Essential Guide to Product Communities of Practice. On an episode of Product Momentum, she shared insights as to how we can find the right product community to further our goals and become better, well-rounded product professionals.

1. Establish Your Personal Goals

Before even considering attending a specific product meetup you might see advertised online, Petra encourages us to take the time to consider why you’re looking for a community.

There are many reasons to join a community – develop new skills, network with others in your local community (including the Upstate Product Meetup Group, a preferred choice among Rochester-area product managers), stay up to date on product trends. Connecting with others, even to share common stresses, can be cathartic enough to seek out others.

Determining your goals will help you understand what you choose to gain from a community. From there, it’s significantly easier to understand what group you should be searching for.

2. Define What Community Means To You

Community means different things to different people. Especially in the context of a professional community of practice, distilling community into a single definition may not be helpful.

The same goes for our individual ideas of what community means to us. We are all different people, so we’ll think of community differently. Is your community small or large? Does it meet up in person or virtually? Do you discuss recent learnings, professional challenges, or just talk shop?

On Product Momentum, Petra says, “So maybe it’s perfectly fine if it’s 12 people and it’s a local community and you can actually meet them for an hour and just talk about stuff. And it’s not as frightening as hanging out in a 300-person online Zoom call discussing the Jobs-to-be-Done framework, right? So I think that really helps to think about community size as well.”

The composition of our community is not the main feature to consider. What truly matters is recognizing that our community plays an important role in accomplishing our goals and enhancing our skills as product professionals.

3. Find A Group To Learn From

Even if skill set development isn’t your primary objective, you can still think of approaching a community as a learning opportunity. If you’re not directly trying to level up your PM game, you might still learn about the people you’re with and the passions they pursue.

Learners and learning come in different shapes and sizes, from more intimate discussions about methods and techniques, to large gatherings to capture an expert’s insights. Product conferences shine in this regard, as many accommodate everyone’s preferred learning environments.

Petra organizes the yearly Product At Heart Conference in Hamburg, Germany. The premise of this event is to tap into your curiosity and expand your knowledge about product. For those looking to go further down into the “why” of our work, events like this make for a great place to connect with those who share your curiosity.

Pendomonium is a unique festival celebrating innovative approaches in products. With multiple breakout sessions, different learning tracks, and thought-provoking keynotes, it offers product-led tactics and strategies. The event educates, inspires, and empowers attendees with hands-on Pendo team trainings, certifications, with nightly festivities capping off jam-packed days.

INDUSTRY Conferences, hosted by the amazing team at Product Collective, offer some of the largest and best gatherings of product professionals around the world. With four different events held during the year, including one virtual event, you’ll have no problem finding the right event for you will be a breeze.

The ITX Product + Design Conference is about learning with and from thought leaders, teammates, and clients too! A full day is dedicated to small in-person workshops and a second is reserved for the large-group keynotes – with plenty of breaks for networking and conversation. This unique community learning opportunity creates comfortable environments for different learners to learn differently.

4. Be Clear With Your Intentions

Let’s circle back to establishing your personal goals: it’s paramount to be upfront with yourself. There’s no right or wrong here, so trust your personal reasoning about whether to join a community and which one serves your needs best.

Be thoughtful about it; it’s okay to take time to decide if you’re going to stick with a group. But if you don’t clarify why you want to join, to those group members and to yourself, you may not find the right fit for you.

Here’s what Petra has to say on this topic: “It often helps if you let people know, ‘Hey, I’m just here to release some steam,’ or, ‘Hey, I’m here to actually seek guidance, and are there any tips and tricks?’ Because there’s nothing more frustrating than getting a lot of helpful tips when the only thing that you wanted to do was just to kind of release some of the steam, right? So, these are things that you could think about before you actually go to an event or join a community.”

A little extra research into the community or attending “trial” meetups can be great ways to understand if the product community aligns with your intentions and goals. By doing so you set yourself up for future success and growth.

5. Benchmark Against Your Peers

When you join a new product community, you’re going to meet product professionals at different points in their careers with diverse work experiences. These interactions bring a wonderful opportunity to network, and they offer a chance to see how you measure up in comparison to your peers. Not necessarily to check if you’re “better,” but more to know where others in your field are in their careers. A little informal “gap analysis” may help uncover new skill areas that you can grow and develop.

“So sometimes it just helps to understand where you’re currently at with your current company’s product management practices, right?” Petra notes. “So that’s another thing why people are seeking community just like to see, ‘Are we really that bad?’ Or, ‘We are not that bad, everybody’s struggling with similar things,’ right?”

And, without even realizing it, you might be serving as a benchmark for others! If someone else struggles with an area that you’re familiar with, you may be the “expert” who can provide ideas or thoughts and contribute insights to the community you sought out. It’s this willingness to share that makes communities of practice such essential components to our personal and professional growth.

Find Your Product Community

There is a whole world of product communities ready to be explored. Quite literally, we have pick of the litter when it comes to selecting our community. Using these tips narrows down our pool of options, which expedites our path for growth.

Take these insights and begin your journey. Cultivate relationships and broaden your horizons with new experiences to make social connections that can benefit you beyond the workplace.


A product community is waiting for you.

Learn and network with your community at the 2024 Product + Design Conference.


Headshot of Megan Lawson.

Megan Lawson is a Marketing Content Specialist at ITX. She focuses on creating content that solves problems and engages audiences. Megan received her BA in Communication from the State University of New York at Geneseo.

The post 5 Essential Tips to Joining a Product Community appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Implementing a Client Self-Onboarding Strategy: Balancing Automation with Personalization https://itx.com/blog/client-self-onboarding-automation-personalization/ Wed, 14 Feb 2024 18:47:20 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=22523 Dive into the differences between automation and personalization in client self-onboarding, and understand the balancing act between them that creates memorable and empowering user experiences.

The post Implementing a Client Self-Onboarding Strategy: Balancing Automation with Personalization appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In many aspects of life, first impressions are important. Meeting new people, interviewing for a new role, even picking up produce from the grocery store.

The same goes for software programs. And first impressions for software programs come in the form of the onboarding process. 86% of people say they’d be more likely to stay loyal to a business that invests in onboarding content that welcomes and educates them after they’ve bought. It makes sense – if new users are trying a program for the first time and are given unclear direction on its use, their next step will be to exit out and never open it again.

Equipping a strong and clear client onboarding program is key, especially for programs that handle sensitive personal information. More of these companies, especially those in the massive payroll industry, are leaning on client self-onboarding strategies. Why? It allows users to move through the onboarding motions independently and often at their own pace, rather than needing support staff to lead them through it. This way, staff can devote more attention to other, high-priority areas.

Let’s explore different examples where a healthy balance of automation and personalization will benefit your client self-onboarding program.

Automation And Efficiency

Employees are looking for quick answers in our digital, fast-paced world. If a program can’t keep up, they’ll turn to the next available option. Companies may retain a dedicated onboarding team prepared to help. But with automation, less of their time is required to walk a new user through their program step-by-step.

Automation tactics allow users to go through the process at their own speed. Some of these tactics may include:

  • In-program messages and educational guides. As users navigate to new sections in the program, offering a guide on what a button does and where a page leads to provides helpful guidance. Programs often use automated messages to help during steps in the setup that require more time to navigate and grasp – offering a helpful hand to them when they need it most.
  • Onboarding checklist. Onboarding includes entering basic information before gaining access, but also involves many additional steps that users may not realize. A visual representation of what needs to be complete in onboarding alleviates their concerns about missing a crucial part. If it flows in the logical form of operations, there’s satisfaction in checking an item off the “to do list.”
  • Pre-fill registration forms. Nobody likes to enter the same information three separate times on three different pages. Pre-filling forms solve this annoyance. Programs that remember user information can pre-fill additional forms that need completing. It’s a classic one-and-done situation for users.

Personalization In Onboarding

Personalization in client self-onboarding is about creating a tailored experience that addresses the needs of each individual user. It’s being fully in-tune with what they need to get from the program and making their first experience with a program one that they keep coming back to.

Personalization is not onboarding 1:1 or in group settings. Customers aren’t required to sign up for a timeslot to learn how to enroll in a program, nor are they expected to learn how to complete basic registration. Instead, we can expect:

  • Engagement outside the platform. When receiving information from the client, it’s not meant to be tucked away into their profile. It offers an opportunity for outreach outside of the program. Personalized emails give users another way they can send feedback, or requests for assistance, if they don’t feel fully confident with the program just yet.
  • User data throughout the welcome flow. Incorporating basic user data, such as the customer’s name, is an elegant feature in self-onboarding. This subtle inclusion contrasts with the generic text encountered in programs that don’t use a personal touch. Adding the customer’s name to the first message in onboarding is a welcoming touch to start things off on the right foot.
  • Automated assistance. At the critical moment where help guides and checklists still aren’t cutting it, make it easy for the user to call for personalized attention from a human support representative. A timely pop-up that links to the help center provides a more engaging experience than users scouring the platform to find where they can ask for help.

Can’t Have One Without The Other

Client self-onboarding with a healthy balance of automation and personalization provides the ideal scenario. If you think about it, an over-reliance on automation may lead to a lack of personal touch. Research from McKinsey and Company found that 71% of consumers expect personalized interactions, and 76% get frustrated when they don’t get it. On the other hand, too much personalization means that human interaction happens more frequently. The time we would otherwise save through automation is wasted.

Beyond that, there are other reasons to balance automation and personalization. Solely relying on automation for a program means that every user will onboard themselves the same exact way. This is a flawed practice. Everyone is different, and not every person will take to certain automated factors the same. We aim to build programs that allow for client self-onboarding without human oversight, but we need to anticipate the edge-case scenarios.

Offering automated assistance is a great example of balancing automation and personalization. When organizations are transitioning into a broader client self-onboarding strategy, they still require visibility into the system to monitor client progress and help as needed. In short, clients onboard themselves, but support staff is available to help when problems occur. Win-win.

And of course, acknowledging the robotic elephant in the room, we need to contend with machine learning and AI. Just under seven in ten Americans say they are concerned about the increased use of artificial intelligence. It wouldn’t be a far leap to believe automation equals robots equals AI equals bad. With this fear comes a reluctance to share personal information, and with that less flexibility with personalization or even getting customers to use a program. Organizations that take these fears seriously and bolster security processes are considered reliable, trustworthy organizations.

There are plenty of opportunities for personalization in automating programs. To find the best way to personalize, we need to understand how users are interacting with the program. Why? It’s the only way to know if the program is doing its job to solve the customer’s problem. Getting this feedback during specific moments in the program’s usage helps uncover pain points and usability issues (as Zhuldyz Alimbek points out in an episode of Product Momentum.) And lucky for us, we can automate this feedback loop by requesting feedback at specific moments during program usage. Personalized automation for the win.


Discover the key to platform growth and user-friendly strategies.

Explore our case study showcasing 25 years of expertise in enhancing client self-onboarding.


Headshot of Megan Lawson.

Megan Lawson is a Marketing Content Specialist at ITX. She focuses on creating content that solves problems and engages audiences. Megan received her BA in Communication from the State University of New York at Geneseo.

The post Implementing a Client Self-Onboarding Strategy: Balancing Automation with Personalization appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
128 / Trusting Data Quality: The Key to AI’s Future, with Scott Ambler https://itx.com/podcast/128-trusting-data-quality-the-key-to-ais-future-with-scott-ambler/ Wed, 07 Feb 2024 16:28:46 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=22486 Trust is the glue that sustains personal relationships. Likewise, trust in AI’s source data holds the key to its future and our confident use of it, says Scott Ambler, Agile data strategist, consulting methodologist, author, and keynote speaker. Trust takes years to build, seconds to break, and forever to repair. In this episode of Product …

The post 128 / Trusting Data Quality: The Key to AI’s Future, with Scott Ambler appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Trust is the glue that sustains personal relationships. Likewise, trust in AI’s source data holds the key to its future and our confident use of it, says Scott Ambler, Agile data strategist, consulting methodologist, author, and keynote speaker. Trust takes years to build, seconds to break, and forever to repair.

In this episode of Product Momentum, Scott joins Sean and Paul to dig into the importance of data quality in AI applications, understanding and managing bias in AI, and the essential role humans play in harnessing AI’s potential – and its risks.

“If you’re trying to use AI to make data-driven decisions, it becomes a garbage in, garbage out situation,” Scott offers. “It’s really that straightforward. A lot of organizations have let their data debt increase over the years. As AI ingests low-quality data, you’ll get a low-quality answer.” That’s when fractures appear in your hard-earned trust.

Scott also explores the issue of pervasive bias in AI systems and pinpoints its source, underscoring the need for us humans to develop ethical practices that ensure fairness and equity in AI-driven outcomes.

“There will always be bias in your data,” Scott adds. “Humans are biased; it is what it is. And your data will reflect that bias in your business processes. So when you train your AI on that, part of the training process has to be to detect whatever biases are there.”

The key, Scott says, is to understand how humans can effectively leverage AI technologies. While AI offers tremendous potential for augmenting human capabilities and streamlining processes, it is not a panacea.

“When you look at it at a high level, AI is magical. Some of these Gen AIs are just incredible,” Scott concludes. We want to think it’s magic. But it’s not magic. It’s just hard work.”

Scott cautions against blind reliance on AI-generated outputs and emphasizes human oversight and judgment in validating and contextualizing AI-driven insights. Before AI, there was a human in that “last mile” who could filter out the garbage from the good stuff. And the problem now that AI can’t do that.”

This human-centric approach may be the key to AI’s future. If we acknowledge the complementary relationship between AI and human intelligence, maybe we’ll also recognize – and trust – that AI technologies will enhance human endeavors rather than replace them.

Be sure to check out our conversation with Scott Ambler on the Product Momentum YouTube channel!

The post 128 / Trusting Data Quality: The Key to AI’s Future, with Scott Ambler appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Trust is the glue that sustains personal relationships. Likewise, trust in AI’s source data holds the key to its future and our confident use of it, says Scott Ambler, Agile data strategist, consulting methodologist, author, and keynote speaker. Scott Ambler explores AI data quality, managing bias in AI, and the essential role humans play in harnessing AI's potential – and its risks. Scott Ambler 1 1 128 128 128 / Trusting Data Quality: The Key to AI's Future, with Scott Ambler full false 32:48
127 / How Holistic Leadership Builds Better Games – and Product Teams, with Ben Carcich and Aaron Smith https://itx.com/podcast/127-how-holistic-leadership-builds-better-games-and-product-teams-with-ben-carcich-and-aaron-smith/ Tue, 23 Jan 2024 17:05:22 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=21602 In this episode, Building Better Games co-founders Ben Carcich and Aaron Smith join Product Momentum, offering an inside look at the contributions the video game industry has brought to enterprise tech – and vice versa. Specifically, Ben and Aaron share a fresh take on how holistic leadership and product management help us build things that …

The post 127 / How Holistic Leadership Builds Better Games – and Product Teams, with Ben Carcich and Aaron Smith appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In this episode, Building Better Games co-founders Ben Carcich and Aaron Smith join Product Momentum, offering an inside look at the contributions the video game industry has brought to enterprise tech – and vice versa. Specifically, Ben and Aaron share a fresh take on how holistic leadership and product management help us build things that matter to the people who use our products.

Aaron shares his personal journey where games provided a safe space for him to reinvent himself, shaping him into the leader he is today. And Ben reflects on how his experiences in game development nurtured his thinking and approach to holistic leadership; he emphasizes the challenges and responsibilities of leading a team of gamers tied to the experience only by their ongoing desire to participate.

“Here I was,” Ben says, “bringing together a group of people with disparate interests, and disparate skill levels…. I wasn’t paying them to be there. They were there by choice. I was leading them, and they were following me by choice. There’s all this stuff that you accept as a responsibility, … but you don’t view it as a burden because you’re happy to be there with that group of people.”

Aaron uses the analogy of a 3-deck ship to explain holistic leadership, with the top deck representing process, the next level is product, and the lowest level – below the water line – is culture: how people are actually behaving.

“As leaders, we have to care about culture first, that lowest level,” Aaron adds. “That’s what holistic leadership means: start at the most foundational level and work your way up. Don’t start with challenges at the most surface level and work your way down. By the time you think about what’s truly important, your ship will have sunk. Leaders need to internalize responsibility for that to be a holistic leader.”

Catch the entire conversation with Ben Carcich and Aaron Smith , and how they talk about the value product managers contribute to their enterprise tech roles – but also how that same value might be realized in the video games world where the term is rarely used. You can also watch our episode with Ben and Aaron on the Product Momentum YouTube channel!

The post 127 / How Holistic Leadership Builds Better Games – and Product Teams, with Ben Carcich and Aaron Smith appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In this episode, Building Better Games co-founders Ben Carcich and Aaron Smith join Product Momentum, offering an inside look at the contributions the video game industry has brought to enterprise tech – and vice versa. Specifically, Ben Carcich & Aaron Smith describe how holistic leadership helps enterprise tech and video game developers create products their users love. Ben Carcich & Aaron Smith 1 1 127 127 127 / How Holistic Leadership Builds Better Games – and Product Teams, with Ben Carcich and Aaron Smith full false 41:52
126 / Community First: Flickr’s Approach to Product Management, with Stephanie Cantor https://itx.com/podcast/126-community-first-flickrs-approach-to-product-management-with-stephanie-cantor/ Tue, 09 Jan 2024 15:06:58 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=21594 On the eve of its 20th anniversary, Flickr’s approach as a community-centric product continues to propel the company forward. For Stephanie Cantor, Flickr’s Senior Director of Product, the Flickr community extends beyond its 112 million global users; it is integral to the product itself. From ideation to prototyping, Flickr involves its users in every step, …

The post 126 / Community First: Flickr’s Approach to Product Management, with Stephanie Cantor appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>

On the eve of its 20th anniversary, Flickr’s approach as a community-centric product continues to propel the company forward. For Stephanie Cantor, Flickr’s Senior Director of Product, the Flickr community extends beyond its 112 million global users; it is integral to the product itself. From ideation to prototyping, Flickr involves its users in every step, sustaining a platform that fosters creativity, connection, and serendipity.

In this episode of Product Momentum, Paul and Stephanie reminisce about her “amazing journey” to Flickr and reflect on the impact she has made in just her first year on the job.

Leading a team of smart, talented people presents challenges at any organization, no matter its scale. But imagine joining a team where the average tenure of your new colleagues is 6-8 years. This was Stephanie’s challenge when she arrived a little over a year ago. Her approach was simple, straightforward, and powerful.

“Everyone knows that I don’t do anything in a vacuum,” she explains. “I’m open and transparent…and very much into collaboration. Back in the day it was just me, an engineer, and I would make really horrible wireframes. And now, I love collaborating with everyone and I think that that’s like the biggest part of my product management philosophy.”

Listen to this episode to hear more from Stephanie Cantor, including:

  • The future of Flickr – remote work, a mobile platform, and sustainability
  • How Agile is reshaping Flickr
  • Inspiring old and new users
  • The “creative past lives” of all PMs
  • Her product management philosophy

The post 126 / Community First: Flickr’s Approach to Product Management, with Stephanie Cantor appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
On the eve of its 20th anniversary, Flickr’s approach as a community-centric product continues to propel the company forward. For Stephanie Cantor, Flickr’s Senior Director of Product, the Flickr community extends beyond its 112 million global users; i... Flickr's Stephanie Cantor explains her product management philosophy and how it helped the company sustain its community-is-product approach. Stephanie Cantor 1 1 126 126 126 / Community First: Flickr’s Approach to Product Management, with Stephanie Cantor full false 23:37
125 / Product Management Communities of Practice, with Petra Wille https://itx.com/podcast/125-product-management-communities-of-practice-with-petra-wille/ Tue, 12 Dec 2023 20:26:29 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=21546 Product managers seem to enjoy talking about how tough it is to be a product manager. And it is no matter the context of your specific business. Fortunately, as the role becomes more professionalized – and more populated – product communities are popping up and providing ready access to others we can learn from, network …

The post 125 / Product Management Communities of Practice, with Petra Wille appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Product managers seem to enjoy talking about how tough it is to be a product manager. And it is no matter the context of your specific business. Fortunately, as the role becomes more professionalized – and more populated – product communities are popping up and providing ready access to others we can learn from, network with, and vent our frustrations to. All of which, Petra Wille says, underscores the significance of product communities and the need for a collaborative mindset.

Petra is a product coach, author of STRONG Product People and STRONG Product Communities, and co-organizer of the Product at Heart conference, in Hamburg, Germany.

The fact is, “we can’t innovate without involving,” Petra says, emphasizing the collaborative nature of successful innovation. It’s the sense of belonging, of being in the same game and facing similar struggles, that draws product managers to one another at community events, Petra adds.

“Before you decide to join a product community or even attend a meetup,” Petra advises, “make sure you know what you want to get out of it. Understand your personal and professional goals.”

Some product managers want to learn a new technical skill. Others are looking to benchmark their organization’s product management practice against others. And some just want to vent, Petra continues. Find the right fit, she jokes, “because there’s nothing more frustrating than getting a lot of helpful tips when the only thing that you wanted to do was release some steam.”

Petra tailors her coaching and guidance in ways that align as well with veteran product leaders as with freshly minted ones. The one constant is that no matter where you are in your career, great product people are always learning and collaborating with others.

Be sure to catch the entire episode with Petra Wille for take on upcoming trends in 2024, including:

  • Profitability and the sustainability of ‘digital business models’
  • Moral & ethical concerns around AI
  • Regulatory compliance with ecological restrictions, especially in the EU
  • First principles thinking, now from the perspective of a ‘global product community’

You can also watch our conversation with Petra Wille on the Product Momentum YouTube channel!

The post 125 / Product Management Communities of Practice, with Petra Wille appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Product managers seem to enjoy talking about how tough it is to be a product manager. And it is no matter the context of your specific business. Fortunately, as the role becomes more professionalized – and more populated – product communities are poppi... Product leadership coach Petra Wille describes the impact product communities can make especially as drivers of innovation and team success. Petra Wille 1 1 125 125 125 / Product Management Communities of Practice, with Petra Wille full false 29:15
ITX Names Brad Johnson to New Director of Project Management Practice Role https://itx.com/news/itx-names-brad-johnson-to-new-director-of-project-management-practice-role/ Mon, 04 Dec 2023 14:23:12 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=21554 December 4, 2023 Rochester, NY. ITX is proud to announce the promotion of Brad Johnson to the newly established role of Director of Project Management Practice. This appointment of oversight to the company-wide practice of Project Management comes as the organization deepens its expertise in existing services and industries.

The post ITX Names Brad Johnson to New Director of Project Management Practice Role appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
New function will enable further growth for ITX while maintaining optimal quality and agility for clients.

December 4, 2023 Rochester, NY. ITX is proud to announce the promotion of Brad Johnson to the newly established role of Director of Project Management Practice. This appointment of oversight to the company-wide practice of Project Management comes as the organization deepens its expertise in existing services and industries.

As the Director of Project Management Practice, Johnson is tasked with consolidating ITX’s best practices in the field and making sure ITX’s software product development teams remain both nimble and highly effective. He will support and mentor Project Managers and Scrum Masters across ITX, audit projects in pursuit of constant operational improvement, and drive project management innovation across the business.

“ITX takes pride in understanding the unique needs of each client, and creating tailored approaches that work for them; no two products are the same,” said Johnson. “Keeping projects running smoothly is important work, and I look forward to supporting ITX’s continued growth in this capacity.”

The creation of this position comes at a pivotal moment in ITX’s growth as the company seeks to leverage existing areas of excellence to further distance itself from competitors and meet the high delivery standards it sets for its clients. Great project management creates consistency between the software development teams at ITX and those of its client counterparts, providing seamless execution of joint software development. It also ensures every project is completed on time, on scope, and on budget.

“One goal at ITX is to continually elevate our level of play as the market for custom development evolves. The creation of this role sets us up for further evolution and growth,” said Fred Beer, ITX President. “Brad’s proven expertise in leading project teams as well as his deep knowledge of project management and Agile approaches make him eminently qualified to lead project management for our clients.”

Johnson joined ITX in 2020, most recently serving as a Program Manager. The company is currently adding to its global team of technology professionals and product specialists; remote-friendly opportunities can be found here: www.itx.com/careers.

About ITX Corp.

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies tackle complex business challenges through custom software product development, delivering solutions that build trust, loyalty, and advocacy among clients and their users. Founded in 1997, the company was recently recognized as a Best Company to Work For in the State of New York. ITX has expanded beyond its roots in Rochester, NY into a team of nearly 300 talented product professionals and technologists throughout the Americas and beyond. Visit itx.com for more.

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing 585.899.4895 | Career Inquiries 585.899.4888


The post ITX Names Brad Johnson to New Director of Project Management Practice Role appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
124 / Mastering Product Management: ‘Zooming Out’ for Strategic Clarity, with Shelly Kalish https://itx.com/podcast/124-mastering-product-management-zooming-out-for-strategic-clarity-with-shelly-kalish/ Thu, 30 Nov 2023 16:42:28 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=21329 In product, it’s easy to lock in on a user-focused or customer-centric mindset. Not necessarily a bad thing, but it can be if we lose sight of the bigger picture. As product managers, we have a business to run. We have team members to grow and develop. We’re responsible for broader financial metrics. Shelly Kalish …

The post 124 / Mastering Product Management: ‘Zooming Out’ for Strategic Clarity, with Shelly Kalish appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In product, it’s easy to lock in on a user-focused or customer-centric mindset. Not necessarily a bad thing, but it can be if we lose sight of the bigger picture. As product managers, we have a business to run. We have team members to grow and develop. We’re responsible for broader financial metrics. Shelly Kalish describes this “zooming out” approach as a way to take a more macro view of our role and establish some context for it.

In this episode of Product Momentum, Paul Gebel is joined by Shelly Kalish, a global product leader with over ten years of experience at companies like Meta/Facebook, American Express, and now SitterCity.

“Zooming out is centered on taking a step back from our product to be able to see a bigger picture,” Shelly adds. “It’s everything from learning about market trends, technology, competition, etc. And it requires us to understand the goals of the business from the perspective of sales, marketing, and finance.” Put another way, it requires communication, that critical skill underlying the “three-legged stool” of product management: impact, optics, and execution.

Shelly also discusses the importance of “zooming in” not only in operational terms of examining the day-to-day optics and communication strategies,but also how we can grow to be a general asset for the organizations and teams we serve as product leaders. This zoom-in, zoom-out approach can be useful both for product growth as well as our individual career growth, Shelly explains.

Be sure to catch the entire episode to hear Shelly’s thoughts about:

  • How lateral growth can revitalize your career
  • How to prioritize and manage your seemingly endless to-do list
  • How inclusivity and creativity drive innovation

The post 124 / Mastering Product Management: ‘Zooming Out’ for Strategic Clarity, with Shelly Kalish appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In product, it’s easy to lock in on a user-focused or customer-centric mindset. Not necessarily a bad thing, but it can be if we lose sight of the bigger picture. As product managers, we have a business to run. Shelly Kalish explains how product managers can zoom out and zoom in to match the context of their role as product leader and career builder. Shelly Kalish 1 1 124 124 124 / Mastering Product Management: ‘Zooming Out’ for Strategic Clarity, with Shelly Kalish full false 24:20
Our Practiced Approach to Problem-Solving in UX Dynamics https://itx.com/blog/our-practiced-approach-to-problem-solving-in-ux-dynamics/ Wed, 15 Nov 2023 13:21:15 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=21007 The ITX User Experience (UX) team has grown steadily in recent years, not only in number, but also in breadth and depth of expertise. It's a growth that reflects the continued recognition of the value of UX, and in turn, the investment businesses are making in UX, including research and discovery.
As we have grown, so too has the need to evolve our teams' norms and practices. More people mean more experiences to learn from, which requires more time that we required to share and discuss our work. This post zeroes in this one area that required improvement – our Design collaboration meetings.

The post Our Practiced Approach to Problem-Solving in UX Dynamics appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The ITX User Experience (UX) team has grown steadily in recent years, not only in number, but also in breadth and depth of expertise. It’s a growth that reflects the continued recognition of the value of UX, and in turn, the investment businesses are making in UX, including research and discovery.

As we have grown, so too has the need to evolve our teams’ norms and practices. More people mean more experiences to learn from, which requires more time to share and discuss our work. This post zeroes in this one area that required improvement – our Design collaboration meetings.

Design meetings: Understanding the Problem

The Lead UX Designers on our team help to oversee design work for various projects. This group took the opportunity to treat this problem like we would for any one of our clients: Understand the problem, define the problem, experiment, measure, iterate.

Our team is diverse and distributed – literally – repping the U.S., South America, Europe, and the Pacific Rim. It’s a composition that presents some complex challenges, but also a wealth of cultures and lifestyles that offer diverse perspectives. Team members encompass a spectrum of UX experience, from early-career professionals to seasoned practitioners.

With UX Designers in different locations, we can’t be satisfied with a one-size-fits-all solution. If we don’t find common ground in how we should meet and how we want to meet, we’re unable to show up in our best form. Understanding the needs of our team was a crucial first step.

We sent out a survey asking a few questions about our current meetings and beyond: what’s working well? What isn’t? What do you need as a designer to do your best work?

The survey provided us with valuable insights. As different as the answers were, common themes surfaced across responses, including:

  • Design critiques need to remain a core piece of our meetings.
  • Individual growth and development is an important reason to meet.
  • We must create an environment for growth and learning.

Defining the problem & HMW

After we workshopped the problem, we met with our Vice President of Interaction Design and Director of UX and discussed the needs and direction of the team. Together, we solidified our problem and How Might We (HMW) statement. (Here is a great article on HMW statements and how they can turn challenges into questions that can be solved and create opportunities for generative thinking.)

We landed on a HMW that not only gave us insight to the challenges we currently face – but also provided a clear starting point that we could look back to when measuring our progress.

The cool thing about this problem statement is that it came with its own built-in hypothesis: if we build these things into our design review meetings, we will move the needle in significant ways for team, our individual members, and the products we design/build. In the near term, we also learned that if the meeting structure and agenda didn’t point directly back to these success measures, we needed to rethink them.

For other teams interested in changing things up, this exercise is easily replicable. Perform activities to understand your problem (Surveys, workshops, etc.), generate your problem to a question that can be solved (HMWs) and customize the solution your needs. Different teams in different organizations face different problems and this isn’t a one-size-fits-all. However, we can’t deny the results that our experiment yielded.

Discovery – Exploring

Now that our problem was established, it was time to get to work. We brainstormed, workshopped, ideated new activities to experiment with. We looked at what others in the community were doing.

We had the freedom to make this meeting anything we wanted – as long as it tied back to our problem statement. Make no mistake; with this freedom comes a lot of responsibility. Our experience with Discovery techniques boosted our confidence in our ideas, knowing that we exhausted the most probable options.

Experiment

We discussed and proposed a workable experiment. Here’s where we landed:

  • The UX team would into Subteams of 3-5 people.
  • Subteams would consist of designers of varying degrees of experience, in terms of seniority and in product types/domains.
  • Subteams would meet for 2 hours once a week.
  • Every 3 months we rotate team members, so we regularly expose people to different perspectives, and we build team rapport along the way.

To ensure consistency across our Subteams, we set parameters on how these meetings would run, from agendas to tools utilized.

  • Subteams would hop on a virtual call and use a Miro board for the shared working space.
  • At the start or before the regular meetings, each designer selects which topic they wish to discuss from a list shared across the Subteams.
  • Each topic would be accompanied with a “size” to manage time and prioritization. We settled on “Small, Medium or Large.”
  • One person in each Subteam would act as facilitator for 2 consecutive weeks, and they are responsible for leading discussion and encouraging broad participation.
  • If there is time at the end of a meeting, the facilitator looks through a backlog of interesting UX topics, articles, and learnings for additional conversation. Designers can add topics that excite them, or they want to learn more about.

As we created our new process, we understood that this might not be the “final” iteration of this meeting format. Any activities that were particularly special to us individually needed to be looked at through a critical lens. If we tried new activities and they don’t seem to stick, we needed to find new ways to work. That’s the beauty of experimenting – we don’t throw in the towel after one failed application. We look at what worked and find a different way to get those same results.

How our meeting experiment ties to the problem statement

If we take a closer look at a few factors of our experimental process, we notice how the they match the key themes of our problem statement.

Switching facilitators every 2 weeks

By switching facilitators, anyone can start and run the meeting. It is not dependent on any one person, and we create a more peer-to-peer dynamic. Everyone is on the same page and great for socializing.

Everyone will act as facilitator, which means everyone has a chance to develop new skills or hone existing skills. Newer designers can learn time management, prioritization and how to start conversations. They practice these soft skills in a safe environment and also learn from more experienced designers. Experienced designers have a chance to mentor by example.

We strive to create psychologically safe environments for our team members to practice new skills, including meeting facilitation and presenting to an audience. As team members practice new presentation techniques and adjust their performance based on team feedback from the Subteam, they can apply these new learnings in other settings, such as client meetings. We create a smooth journey for our clients, one of ITX’s UVPS, with clear and helpful presentations.

Structure and flexibility

In our initial survey to the team, we received feedback that sometimes meetings would churn or go off topic. We created the Discussion Guide to guide positive conversation and feedback through each topic.

Everyone, regardless of experience, will set the stage in roughly the same way. These also serve as a reminder for the Subteam members about the work they are about to review and prepare them to offer helpful feedback.

The questions in the Discussion Guide are essential for designing successful products, presenting, etc. They are things that often need to be ironed out before we can begin our work. Knowing that they will be asked, designers need to consider these questions earlier in their process and prepare to answer them quickly off the top of their head.

The purpose of our Design collaboration meetings is to receive feedback on our projects. We’re not looking for a blanket “this is good” or “this needs work” when discussing our product. The Discussion Guide provide structure to our meetings that will give clarity to the team moving forward.

Evaluate & Measure

We tried it and it got us closer to our objectives! The celebration doesn’t come from being “right” but rather stepping through a proper procedure to find a better way our team can work and grow together. Surveys sent after experimenting found that the new Subteam format was unanimously better. Designers relayed the improvements – 94% of the team noted that the quality of the feedback they received was better versus our feedback received in our previous meeting format. Everyone had had enough time to share (a critical aspect of the experiment) and open discussion added more value.

A perfect first go would be impressive, but we’re not in a perfect world. We found areas of improvement that are easily changeable, including cutting the meeting time down from 2 hours to 1 ½.

Continuing to evolve

This experimental activity is now a part of our standard process. After each rotation we survey the team to ask them what they imagine the next iteration could be.

We’re on version 4 or 5, and it’s continuing to evolve and change. Some favorite additions to these Subteam meetings include ice breaker activities to warm up the group and a facilitator playbook to help newer designers formally improve running meetings. Looking ahead, our next iteration includes incorporating a floating Lead UX Designer to present specialized topics and address subjects the design team is eager to explore.

As these meetings continue to evolve, we update to make progress with the end user in mind (in this scenario it happened to be our team.) How we approached this problem is exactly how we work to create impactful products for our clients’ end users.


Graphic of blog author Brian Loughner.

Brian Loughner is a Lead UX Designer at ITX. He works to connect with clients, understand their problems and find solutions to meet their needs. Brian co-organizes meetings for Upstate UX Meetup, aimed to facilitate conversation on various UX topics for professionals and students.

The post Our Practiced Approach to Problem-Solving in UX Dynamics appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
123 / Essential Lessons in Digital Accessibility and Inclusive Design, with Dave Dame https://itx.com/podcast/123-essential-lessons-in-digital-accessibility-and-inclusive-design-with-dave-dame/ Tue, 14 Nov 2023 17:55:31 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=20972 “I have Cerebral Palsy,” says Dave Dame, Senior Director of Product Accessibility for Windows at Microsoft®. “But my money doesn’t. So if you want my money, you better build a product or a service I can use, or I’m going to spend my disposable income somewhere else.” Imagine hearing that from the estimated 2 billion …

The post 123 / Essential Lessons in Digital Accessibility and Inclusive Design, with Dave Dame appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
“I have Cerebral Palsy,” says Dave Dame, Senior Director of Product Accessibility for Windows at Microsoft®. “But my money doesn’t. So if you want my money, you better build a product or a service I can use, or I’m going to spend my disposable income somewhere else.”

Imagine hearing that from the estimated 2 billion individuals worldwide who identify as having a disability. Not to mention those have a disability but don’t identify as such.“ So that’s 2 billion minimally that we know of,” Dave adds.

The fact is, he continues, we’re all going to be disabled someday. “It’s just that some of us beat you to it. So when we design products for someone like me today, we’re also designing for everyone else in the future. So why not get ahead?”

In today’s conversation with Paul Gebel and co-host Emma Rizzo, a UX Writer and Content Strategist at ITX, Dave explains that we’ve all needed accessibility features – and will need them again in the future –  whether our disabilities are permanent, temporary, or situational.

Accessibility features allow those of us in the disabled community to do things they were never able to do before, Dave says. They can be innovative, and frankly, life changing. And for everyone else who is not yet disabled, these features open more options for use and often allow product people to discover the routes with the fewest pain points.

All this can be intimidating to consider. Dave Dame offers the following advice: “Don’t worry about saying the wrong thing; worry about saying nothing.” As product people, we are bound to make mistakes, that is when the learning occurs.

Interested in more on the subject of inclusive design and digital accessibility? Check out the following content from Product Momentum and ITX:

A 3-part blog series, authored by Susana Pallero, ITX Accessibility Consultant and a CPACC-certified Accessibility Solutions Specialist.

Product Momentum’s conversation with Sheri Byrne-Haber.

Q&A with Antonella Iselli, a Senior UX Designer at ITX.

The post 123 / Essential Lessons in Digital Accessibility and Inclusive Design, with Dave Dame appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
“I have Cerebral Palsy,” says Dave Dame, Senior Director of Product Accessibility for Windows at Microsoft®. “But my money doesn’t. So if you want my money, you better build a product or a service I can use, Microsoft's Dave Dame shares important lessons in digital accessibility and inclusive design for product leaders, UX designers, and engineers Dave Dame 1 1 123 123 123 / Essential Lessons in Digital Accessibility and Inclusive Design, with Dave Dame full false 26:27
Special Edition / Audience-first Innovation: How to Use Data to Create People-Centric Products, with Quincy Olatunde https://itx.com/podcast/special-edition-audience-first-innovation-how-to-use-data-to-create-people-centric-products-with-quincy-olatunde/ Thu, 09 Nov 2023 22:00:45 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=20733 What’s the point of building a product if it doesn’t actually help to solve a user problem? And how do you grow and scale your product without understanding consumers’ behavior with it?  Quincy Olatunde, Peacock’s VP of Products, Direct-to-Consumer explores these questions through the lens of data – what he calls the third leg of …

The post Special Edition / Audience-first Innovation: How to Use Data to Create People-Centric Products, with Quincy Olatunde appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
What’s the point of building a product if it doesn’t actually help to solve a user problem? And how do you grow and scale your product without understanding consumers’ behavior with it?  Quincy Olatunde, Peacock’s VP of Products, Direct-to-Consumer explores these questions through the lens of data – what he calls the third leg of the 3-legged stool.

Only when working in concert do the interface, the platform, and the data support the product, Quincy says. In the same way it’s true for stools it’s true for software.

Quincy also talks about the nuanced distinction between being data-driven and data-informed. One constrains our curiosity, the other nurtures it. Being data driven, he adds, means that everything you do is tied to the data. Being data-informed, on the other hand, combines art with science to find the right solution.

As subtle as the difference seems on its face, it lies at the heart of what it means to be a product manager or leader – the ability to influence people, to lead through influence. “Half the time you don’t have the authority because you’re working across so many teams and departments to make your product successful,” he says.

It’s a reality that requires us to be curious about what can be, to be vulnerable in front of our colleagues, and to be comfortable asking questions when we don’t know.

On this last point, Quincy Olatunde leaves us with two all-time classic quotes:

  • “Don’t let data be the limitation of your imagination.” In other words, if our approach to problem-solving is limited to being data-driven, there is only so much that we can grow.
  • “Wake up stupid every day.” Borrowed from a colleague, Quincy reminds us to embrace each day “with the curiosity of a child.”

Tune in to catch the entire conversation with Quincy; see how the product truths that apply to his world of global media apply to us all.

Subscribe to Product Momentum now and be notified when the next episode drops!

The post Special Edition / Audience-first Innovation: How to Use Data to Create People-Centric Products, with Quincy Olatunde appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
What’s the point of building a product if it doesn’t actually help to solve a user problem? And how do you grow and scale your product without understanding consumers’ behavior with it?  Quincy Olatunde, Peacock’s VP of Products, Peacock's Quincy Olatunde explains how to leverage data to nurture curiosity and creativity to build successful people-centric products that grow and scale. Quincy Olatunde 1 1 Special Edition / Audience-first Innovation: How to Use Data to Create People-Centric Products, with Quincy Olatunde full false 25:17
Special Edition / Revolutionize Your Product Development Process with Customer Feedback, with Jay Brewer & Zhuldyz Alimbek https://itx.com/podcast/special-edition-revolutionize-your-product-development-process-with-customer-feedback-with-jay-brewer-zhuldyz-alimbek/ Tue, 07 Nov 2023 16:36:32 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=20623 It hurts to admit, but product designers and teams don’t always know what our users need. We need to seek out user feedback and create ways for them to tell us spontaneously, often in the heat of the moment. Houghton Mifflin Harcourt’s Jay Brewer & Zhuldyz Alimbek – fresh from the stage at Pendomonium 2023 …

The post Special Edition / Revolutionize Your Product Development Process with Customer Feedback, with Jay Brewer & Zhuldyz Alimbek appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
It hurts to admit, but product designers and teams don’t always know what our users need. We need to seek out user feedback and create ways for them to tell us spontaneously, often in the heat of the moment. Houghton Mifflin Harcourt’s Jay Brewer & Zhuldyz Alimbek – fresh from the stage at Pendomonium 2023 – join Sean Flaherty and Kyle Psaty to talk about UX research and customer feedback and the essential value they deliver throughout the product development process.

User roles have become increasingly specialized in recent years, and so have user demands. At the same time, the pace of change is accelerating wildly. Taken together, these factors create a scenario that only adds to the importance and urgency of gathering feedback regularly – and from a variety of sources.

Zhuldyz, a UX researcher, highlights the power of spontaneous feedback, “which is received in the moment of frustration. That’s super important for us. It’s a different type of emotion,” she adds, “and it’s a different sense of responsibility you have as UX researchers or design team. It’s crucial to pay attention to this type of feedback, as it often reveals critical pain points and usability issues.”

Jay, Sr. VP of Digital Product Design, says it’s also important to find a balance between the spontaneous and interruptive feedback, as well as the negative and the positive.

“Finding that balance tends to even out those data doubters or those feedback doubters that we’re not actually getting a representative of engaged, kind of frustrated customers, not engaged customers. We need to go back and make sure we have a well-rounded set of feedback.”

Be sure to catch the entire episode with Jay Brewer & Zhuldyz Alimbek; they bring the UX perspective into the frame, doubling down on the power of collaboration within the product trio and the empathy required not just between builder and user – but among researchers, designers, and the product team as well.

It’s the ideal way to align user needs with product roadmaps to ensure that the right solutions are delivered.

Subscribe to Product Momentum now and be notified when the next episode drops!

The post Special Edition / Revolutionize Your Product Development Process with Customer Feedback, with Jay Brewer & Zhuldyz Alimbek appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
It hurts to admit, but product designers and teams don’t always know what our users need. We need to seek out user feedback and create ways for them to tell us spontaneously, often in the heat of the moment. Jay Brewer & Zhuldyz Alimbek explain how user research and feedback empower the product building process, leveraging empathy + collaboration. Jay Brewer & Zhuldyz Alimbek 1 1 Special Edition / Revolutionize Your Product Development Process with Customer Feedback, with Jay Brewer & Zhuldyz Alimbek full false 31:55
Special Edition / Taking an AI-first Approach to Product Development, with Yochai Konig https://itx.com/podcast/special-edition-taking-an-ai-first-approach-to-product-development-with-yochai-konig/ Mon, 06 Nov 2023 17:04:51 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=20698 Yochai Konig, Vice President, Machine Learning & AI at Ada, has worked in product and specialized in AI-enabled capabilities for more than 2 decades. All of a sudden, it seems, the rest of the world is catching on. Yet despite the recent buzz, many remain confused about how AI truly works. There was a lot …

The post Special Edition / Taking an AI-first Approach to Product Development, with Yochai Konig appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Yochai Konig, Vice President, Machine Learning & AI at Ada, has worked in product and specialized in AI-enabled capabilities for more than 2 decades. All of a sudden, it seems, the rest of the world is catching on.

Yet despite the recent buzz, many remain confused about how AI truly works. There was a lot of effort to create AI by learning from how humans do things and somehow transferring those methods to a machine, Yochai explains.

“But AI is not about this. AI is not functioning as humans do…. Instead, it’s about ‘let’s make as few assumptions, and insert as least bias, as possible.” In other words, let’s provide the raw data and the objective function and use the best AI in the world to find the best way for AI to do it.

“The purpose of AI is to serve the application,” Yochai Konig says, “meaning you have to set a measurable objective for the use of AI in the product.” It’s a theme that echoes comments from Pendo’s Todd Olson and Trisha Price in our earlier Live from Pendomonium episode, Entering the Age of Intelligence.

Yochai describes the field of AI as emerging – or, more precisely, emergent. But in doing so, he applies a unique approach to the definition. “In its most simplistic form, emergent describes what happens as the model gets to a different scale; and suddenly, new capabilities emerge.”

And that’s where we are with AI, large language models, and the like. As a community, we are making progress to understand this, he adds. “But some of these emergent capabilities just happened, the model developed this concept and has outputted it. Now, we’re trying to reverse engineer and explain how it is doing all of this stuff.”

Subscribe to Product Momentum now and be notified when the next episode drops!

The post Special Edition / Taking an AI-first Approach to Product Development, with Yochai Konig appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Yochai Konig, Vice President, Machine Learning & AI at Ada, has worked in product and specialized in AI-enabled capabilities for more than 2 decades. All of a sudden, it seems, the rest of the world is catching on. Yet despite the recent buzz, Yochai Konig works at the intersection of AI + product and explains that the purpose of AI is to serve the product and its users. Yochai Konig 1 1 Special Edition / Taking an AI-first Approach to Product Development, with Yochai Konig full false 23:52
Special Edition / Entering the Age of Intelligence, with Todd Olson & Trisha Price https://itx.com/podcast/special-edition-entering-the-age-of-intelligence-with-todd-olson-trisha-price/ Thu, 02 Nov 2023 12:28:02 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=20310 If you believe all you read about AI, it’s easy to come away feeling that it’s the cure for all ills. But in many ways, it’s a solution in search of a problem. In this episode with Pendo CEO Todd Olson and CPO Trisha Price, we move past the hype to remind ourselves, as Todd …

The post Special Edition / Entering the Age of Intelligence, with Todd Olson & Trisha Price appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
If you believe all you read about AI, it’s easy to come away feeling that it’s the cure for all ills. But in many ways, it’s a solution in search of a problem. In this episode with Pendo CEO Todd Olson and CPO Trisha Price, we move past the hype to remind ourselves, as Todd says, “AI isn’t just magical pixie dust you can sprinkle onto your products and get benefit. You still have to go back to the core product management fundamentals, which means your product has to solve real pain.”

Todd Olson & Trisha Price joined co-hosts Sean Flaherty and Kyle Psaty to kick off a 4-epiosde series of conversations with keynotes and presenters recoded live from Pendomonium 2023: A Festival of Product.

So, if AI isn’t the panacea we’ve made it out to be, how are product leaders supposed to think about it in this “age of intelligence”?

“There’s two ways to think about AI,” responds Trisha. “One is, how do I use it in my day-to-day job to make myself smarter, more efficient, and achieve my goals? And the second, how do I embed it into my product to help my users and solve real pain?”

When we connect these two components, AI tools start to feed off one another to create their own momentum.

“The more I can use AI to make my team more efficient, the more we can spend time figuring out how best to use it,” Trisha adds.

What if AI eliminated all the busy work that fills our schedules, Todd asks. Or synthesizes thousands of data points and distills them into something more actionable?

“That’s going to save time so that product leaders can now do more of the right things – e.g., negotiating with engineering, reaching out to customers, being more business- an outcome-focused.”

With AI still in its infancy, considering its potential can be an interesting exercise – exciting for some, daunting for others. Fear not, Todd says.

“Look, there’s plenty for product managers to do. AI can’t set the strategy or vision for a business, so product still has a role. But maybe AI can make it easier to go through reams of data to help inform that strategy. That’s where I think it’s really, really powerful. So hopefully we’ll be setting better strategies that won’t replace what people are doing, rather just make them better at their function.”

Catch the entire conversation with Todd Olson & Trisha Price –

  • Does AI actually deliberate over our prompts and questions?
  • The “dark age of AI” at Pendo, and how a shift in mindset cleared the way
  • TLMs, purpose-built for a specific function, and their applicability in the future of business
  • Why it’s important to “protect your data”

Subscribe to Product Momentum to be notified when the next episode drops!

The post Special Edition / Entering the Age of Intelligence, with Todd Olson & Trisha Price appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
If you believe all you read about AI, it’s easy to come away feeling that it’s the cure for all ills. But in many ways, it’s a solution in search of a problem. In this episode with Pendo CEO Todd Olson and CPO Trisha Price, Pendo CEO Todd Olson and CPO Trisha Price explore AI's role in the future of product, and how product leaders can use AI to solve user pain. Todd Olson & Trisha Price 1 1 Special Edition / Entering the Age of Intelligence, with Todd Olson & Trisha Price full false 22:23
122 / The Human Connection: The Tie that Binds Product Teams + Users, with Christine Itwaru https://itx.com/podcast/122-the-human-connection-the-tie-that-binds-product-teams-and-users-with-christine-itwaru/ Tue, 31 Oct 2023 19:38:03 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=20305 In this episode, Christine Itwaru, Principal Strategist at Pendo, describes her journey from a product management role to product ops to strategy, tackling big-picture issues and leaves kernels of wisdom for us to use in our own product roles. Among them, how to strengthen the human connection between product teams and their users. Key takeaways …

The post 122 / The Human Connection: The Tie that Binds Product Teams + Users, with Christine Itwaru appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In this episode, Christine Itwaru, Principal Strategist at Pendo, describes her journey from a product management role to product ops to strategy, tackling big-picture issues and leaves kernels of wisdom for us to use in our own product roles. Among them, how to strengthen the human connection between product teams and their users.

Key takeaways from our conversation with Christine Itwaru:

Product management starts with the human connection. “The human connection extends beyond the market you serve,” Christine says. “It’s internally at your company – the people who help you understand problems not just from a product perspective, but also that something they need you to solve so they can do their jobs well to help the business continue to grow.”

Product ops works to keep product teams healthy. The mission of a product ops team is to “help the product team in service of the health of the rest of the business,” Christine adds. “Product managers and product teams need to feel empowered to do their best work; product ops helps them achieve that.”

Strategy merges a macro understanding of the business with being in service to customers. Christine’s new-ish role as Pendo’s Principal Strategist allows her to remain close to the product team and Head of Product, which helps her understand their goals and how they align to product vision and company strategy. “My role combines business strategist and advisor to our customers and prospects – generally, to the entire product community.

The right way to approach AI is the same way we approach all things as product people. “Embrace AI in service of our customers,” Christine says, “and try to set ourselves up to do this thing really responsibly. We have so much to learn before we can make any definitive calls. And I love when companies are not pivoting 100%” because of some new thing that’s come up with AI.

Stay tuned for upcoming releases of Product Momentum episodes recorded live at Pendomonium 2023!

The post 122 / The Human Connection: The Tie that Binds Product Teams + Users, with Christine Itwaru appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In this episode, Christine Itwaru, Principal Strategist at Pendo, describes her journey from a product management role to product ops to strategy, tackling big-picture issues and leaves kernels of wisdom for us to use in our own product roles. Pendo's Christine Itwaru describes the human connection that binds product teams to their users and strengthens teams' overall health. Christine Itwaru 1 1 122 122 122 / The Human Connection: The Tie that Binds Product Teams + Users, with Christine Itwaru full false 28:22
Objective Prioritization is Impossible https://itx.com/blog/objective-prioritization-is-impossible/ Mon, 30 Oct 2023 21:20:18 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=20427 In this blog, ITX EVP of Innovation Sean Flaherty explores the power of Vision to help product teams realize their full capabilities.

Getting the Vision Right is Hard Work – But It’s Vital to Team Success
A great vision is one that unlocks human potential and creativity by painting a clear picture of what is possible. Stewarding, adapting, and continuously refining the product vision is the top priority of successful leaders because it is a key driver of the organization’s strategy.
Vision is really hard to get right, but there is a pattern that I have found in the work of great leaders that can be replicated (discussed below). It can help us craft and steward better, more motivating language for our visions.

This blog is a refreshed version of the original, which was first published February 15, 2022, on Medium.

The post Objective Prioritization is Impossible appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>

The prioritization of anything complex must be a collaborative process.

This article is a refreshed version of the original, which was published on Medium, Feb. 14, 2020.

If you don’t have a plan when you hit the beach, you are dead. If you don’t change the plan the minute you hit the beach, you are dead.

Unknown Navy Seal

According to Dictionary.com, the first two definitions of priority are listed as:

  1. The state or quality of being earlier in time, occurrence, etc.
  2. The right to precede others in order, rank, privilege, etc.; precedence.

We use the term a little differently in the software development industry.

In our world, prioritization is –

The art of combining everything we think we know about the past with the fixed resources we have right now to predict the order in which to do things to improve our collective future.

It is complicated, imperfect, and messy. The most powerful prioritization schemes are those which align our teams and empower them to make better decisions.

Many models exist intending to help us prioritize in a more objective and data-based way. These frameworks try to balance value, cost, and risk. In my experience, they rarely work because it is nearly impossible to capture, in any objective way, all of the possible factors that influence those things. When trying to use logic to objectively prioritize features in a software product, what tends to happen is the creation of politics, lobbying, and divisiveness between factions.

Seemingly by default, the most outspoken and/or highest-paid person in the room, the HiPPO, typically makes or powerfully influences the priorities. Before we came to this realization, this is how it had always been done and it was how our teams were practicing prioritization.

We also realized that our approach wasn’t working for our users. In our fast-paced environment, where the entire business landscape is changing around us in real-time, we needed a better way to prioritize and to empower our teams to drive what happens first, next, or not at all.

No matter the quantity and quality of the data we have, the best that we can ask of it is a prediction. There are unknown factors and unpredictable “black swans,” as we are seeing now, that impact our decisions around priority – often to our detriment, but not always. Sticking with the theme, black swans can be positive; we refer to them as blue birds, which symbolize joy, hope, and harmony.

Thus, we are always using a combination of data and intuition to navigate these decisions. From where I sit, it is better to have a group of motivated people, each of whom is committed to a shared set of goals, agree to a prioritization scheme together than to rely on the intuition of a single leader.

Alignment, confidence, and commitment result when a group is able to prioritize together.

Feature prioritization is hard work. Determining the minimum viable product (MVP) for your digital solution is near impossible to get right on the first try. For many, that can be a tough pill to swallow, because getting the MVP right has the potential to make or break your product. But remember this: whatever features you decide to include and whatever process you choose to prioritize them will most likely be wrong.

It’s not an ideal outcome, but it is not a fatal one either. The key is to understand that it is OK to make imperfect priority decisions for the sake of progress.

The term “MVP” is an industry buzzword thrown around with the broad assumption that its meaning is accepted by all. But I have learned that it has vastly different meanings to different people.

The concept of keeping your sprints and your requirements lean is what is important to a management team, so I’ll stay focused on how to create a feature prioritization scheme to keep your backlog relevant and robust for your product.

In our 25+ years of doing this work, we have found it is more important to agree on a scheme for prioritizing features than it is to gain perfect consensus on the actual feature prioritization.

Getting leadership to agree on your prioritization methodology is a signal that you have earned their trust, and that they have confidence in your ability to do the everyday, micro-prioritizations that are required for your product to find success in the wild.

Imagine emerging from a prioritization session knowing that everyone in the room agrees on how prioritization decisions are to be made. Imagine how empowering it will be for your team knowing that that same group accepts the fact that not all decisions will be perfect, and that we are all aligned and confident in our prioritization scheme. It truly is energizing!

Each product team is different and has to figure out the right tools to work with for their unique combination of skills, knowledge, and personalities. I am not suggesting your current prioritization scheme, which you might feel is objective, is not useful. I believe any thoughtful system is better than the ad-hoc, squeakiest wheel method. However, determining how to prioritize features is extremely difficult and it is imperative to learn how to do it better.

We have found the MoSCoW (Must Have, Should Have, Could Have, Won’t Have) method creates confusion for the team because of its complete subjectivity and lack of a unifying scheme for prioritization. There’s no shortage of solid arguments for why each feature should land in the “Must Have” column. But without criteria for evaluating them and a decisionmaking process for restricting where each feature goes, discussion quickly dissolves into a deadlock with political factions arguing for their own subjective interests.

Key takeaway: Using an “objective” prioritization scheme creates a distraction from what is important: The prioritization process.

My teams here at ITX have also tried using a number of algorithmic tools and methods in the past, such as:

  • The Eisenhower Matrix (Impact vs. Effort)
  • RICE (Reach, Impact, Confidence, Effort)
  • ICE (Impact, Cost, Effort)
  • WSJF (Weighted Shortest Job First)
  • And many other decision matrix “algorithms”

In most situations I have encountered, no matter what “algorithm” we are using, we still have humans filling out the scoring and weighing the variables.

While Reach (in RICE) may be objective, Impact, Confidence, and Effort are not. There are many other factors involved in prioritizing product features, but almost all of them are difficult and cost-prohibitive to quantify. They are subjective and imperfect. Using an algorithmic method will get your team stuck in analysis paralysis.

You may generate some useful dialog, but very little will get done.

Every product serves myriad user personas, so it is challenging to articulate feature priority for any given user in a vacuum. You must prioritize the personas and balance your deliveries across personas. Assessing “impact” (the ‘I’ in RICE) within each persona is also completely subjective.

The following diagram expresses how these two dimensions are often represented.

User Value vs. Business Value: Two subjective scales

There is significant merit to considering product features that bring value to your users in the context of your product, even if they don’t add much value directly to the business. Including well-thought-out features allows you to be creative with ways to valorize or monetize the data you are able to collect. For items valuable to the business, but not to users, you might want to find ways to make it fun using engagement mechanics or gamification.

Some examples of other business factors that impact your feature decisions include:

  • Short-term revenue opportunities
  • Long-term profitability opportunities
  • Support costs
  • Team morale
  • Brand and Firm reputation
  • Competitive positioning
  • Market opportunities
  • Funding priorities

Final comment on this: the effort required is ALWAYS subjective. You never know how much time and money and other resources will be needed until the work is done, according to your definition of “done.”

This is why my teams and I use relative sizing. This diagram demonstrates the complexity of systematic prioritization when you factor in these three subjective scales.

Maximizing this equation also requires a distinct understanding of who does not fit this mold. Let’s call this our core advocacy position.

If we were to draw a simple graph that shows the number of persona sets (people) that we serve on the vertical axis and the problem sets that we solve on the horizontal, our core advocacy position would be found in the lower left-hand quadrant of the graph.

As I said before, this is a difficult task. It involves creating clarity around all of the relationships that the organization has to sustain, from employees and vendors to investors and customers. The key to understanding here is that there are a limited number of people whom you can turn into advocates for your organization. Without a clear understanding of who we are here to serve, confusion ensues.

OK, here’s how to graph the equation:

a. Place the subset of customers that you have the most success in creating a sustainable advocacy relationship with, in the number 1 spot toward the core. Place the second most important group of people that you can create sustainable advocacy relationships within the number 2 spot, and so on.

b. Do the same with the problems that you solve for those people with the most important problems on the x-axis in the number 1 spot, and so on. As the graph expands, it becomes easier to see what group of people most of your energy should be focused on.

Note, however, this won’t last forever.

User Value vs. Business Value vs. Effort: All Subjective

In short, software products have to live in a dynamic world where priorities need to change regularly in order to ensure their short-term health and long-term survival. There is no perfect prioritization system.

As researcher and author Robert Sapolsky tells us:

Evolution is not about getting more complicated. Evolution is about running faster and faster while staying in the same place to deal with whatever the current pressures are.


Evolution is not about getting more complicated. Evolution is about running faster and faster while staying in the same place to deal with whatever the current pressures are.

So where do we start?

Mariano Sigman and Dan Ariely have been conducting some research into how groups make good decisions and have found results that demand our attention.

Their research shows how predictably making better decisions requires better framing of the problem. It reminds me of the quote attributed to Einstein: “If I had an hour to solve a problem, I would spend 55 minutes defining the problem and 5 minutes solving it.” (Although it is a great quote, there is no evidence Einstein ever uttered those words.)

For software product teams, our job is to frame the problem for the group properly, then allow the group to engage in challenging dialogue together in a safe environment to jointly create a prioritization scheme.

Adequately framing this problem means we must start by understanding who we are serving and agreeing on the importance of the user in the whole equation. Instilling customer empathy into the team is a step that cannot be skipped.

Brian Clark wrote about a concept called the “Minimum Viable Audience,” which is a useful way to think about the problem. If we can hone in on the minimum viable audience with whom we can achieve success by turning them into advocates, our team will be able to better focus and optimize feature prioritization decisions with the information we have.

“Of course everyone wants to reach the maximum audience. To be seen by millions, to maximize return on investment, to have a huge impact. And so we fall all over ourselves to dumb it down, average it out, pleasing everyone and anyone. You can see the problem. When you seek to engage with everyone, you rarely delight anyone.”

Seth Godin

These are the predecessors to creating your prioritization scheme before any prioritization can be useful:

  • Your team must have assembled and agreed upon a primary user persona.
  • Your team must have agreed on strategic goals for the user.

Stated another way, we have to agree to the long-term goals, and they should be indices that represent the relationship you are building with the user. The best goals are those that demonstrate how you are maximizing the number of “advocates” produced by the system.

RPI: Relationship Performance Indices

Short-term goals (i.e., objectives and key results) are critical steps in the short-term process to achieve tactical success along the way. But first we need motivating, long-term goals so we know where we are aiming.

The team can now make these decisions together, but with these agreements, they will now do it with a “user-centric-mind.” It is not a perfect system (as I mention above, no system is), but it has proven to work extremely well.

Once we have these things, we follow this procedure:

  1. Assemble the right team with the most diverse customer perspectives. A healthy team of leaders will represent the customer from as many angles as possible in the business. It will also sufficiently represent the business’s interests. Marketing, IT, Sales, Customer Service, Support, Call Center, etc. should all be included. Including a couple of customers who are already advocates of your business can be extremely powerful.

Key takeaway: make sure the team has the influence and power to make their decisions stick.

  1. Use relative sizing. Using t-shirt sizes with relative points works well for this. At this stage, it is less important to be right about the size than it is to get them right in relation to each other. Working at the right level of granularity to make feature prioritization useful is a bit of an art. It is also super important to use relative sizes and not actual sizes to keep the environment feeling “safe” from over-commitment. It is easiest to use a scale based on 5’s to reduce the team’s cognitive load when they are shuffling the features. {5, 10, 25 & 50}
  2. Coach the team through the creation of the primary persona’s top five concerns. Make sure they are clearly articulated and supported by the team. You cannot do this without (a) a healthy, agreed-upon persona, and (b) alignment with the team on the persona or persona set.
  3. Coach the product leadership team through the use of the Hoshin Star methodology to prioritize these concerns. Everyone must agree. My colleagues and I have created a workbook to walk through how to do this. {Reach out to me if you want a copy of it}
  4. Organize the prioritized user concerns into what we call a “Cascade of User Concerns.” Place these concerns front and center for the rest of the prioritization session.
  5. Establish a number of columns on the board, using titles like First Priority, Second Priority, Third Priority, etc. We then divide the number of columns by the total number of points. Each column will be boxed in by this number of points. We have found a maximum of four columns works well.
  6. Issue each team member an equal number of “points” to distribute. For large groups, create groups of 2 or 3 people who will prioritize together. It is important for each member, or sub-team, to get the same number of points, as each perspective is equal and important.
  7. Have each member of the team (or sub-team) choose their features. Using their best judgment, members choose their top features. They should consider ALL of the factors the business cares about from the list above but should have the user front-and-center in their decisions. Proceed in reverse order of “authority.” In other words, leaders go last. Those who are newest to the organization or who have generated the least amount of political capital, get to express their opinions first. This helps us avoid the HiPPO problem discussed above and ensures the leadership has taken the entire group’s thoughts and arguments into consideration before inserting their opinion.
  8. Each team member places their chosen features into the first available bucket. But here is the key: Before anyone can place their chosen features on the board, they have to first agree to the prioritization of ALL of the features placed in front of their chosen features.

    Facilitators have to make it clear to each member as they are placing their features, to specifically imply agreement with the feature prioritization as it is currently placed. If they do not, they have to negotiate with everyone who went before them to rearrange the features.

As each member completes their turn, they state out loud which features they chose and explain their rationale. If there is any debate about what should come first, the team must use the “Cascade of Concerns” to break ties and have dialogue that explains “why” each feature is important from the customer’s perspective. By the time you get to the most influential folks in the room, they will have to explain to their entire team why they are re-prioritizing the team’s decisions and use the “Cascade of Concerns” to support their arguments.

  1. Get confirmation from everyone. To complete the exercise, re-read everything the team placed into column one; then re-read the “Cascade of Concerns.” Once complete, ask everyone in the room to confirm they have chosen the proper top priorities for the firm.

This process may look like prioritization by consensus, but it is not. It gives everyone a chance to express their concerns and perspectives in a systematic way. If you have set the exercise up properly, the folks with the most power go last and end up with the ultimate say.

Key takeaway. Prudent leaders will be careful not to change the decisions made by their entire team without a healthy dialogue.

Congratulations! You have just prioritized the next set of features for your product. More importantly, your team has accomplished these powerful things together:

  1. They have mutually agreed upon the primary persona, and the core concerns they are solving for.
  2. They have mutually agreed upon a starting point and initial priorities for your product.
  3. They have mutually agreed to a scheme for future prioritization.
  4. The team is aligned with both the initial priorities and the prioritization scheme.
  5. The team will naturally have more confidence in how feature decisions are made.
  6. The team will be aligned and confident because they put the plan together themselves –and have ownership over it. They will be committed to executing it as a result.
  7. They will be energized by the work.

These things will enable the team to make sprint-by-sprint decisions more effectively. There is still a lot of work to be done to create a tenable roadmap, but your team will have confidence in the more detailed approach they created to micro-feature prioritization for your product. The health of a product is dependent upon the health of its backlog.

References

The term HiPPO first referenced here: https://www.amazon.com/Web-Analytics-Hour-Avinash-Kaushik/dp/0470130652/

Definition of Priority: https://www.dictionary.com/browse/priority

The Black Swan, by Nassim Taleb

Antifragile, by Nassim Taleb

Why Zebras Don’t Get Ulcers, by Robert Sapolsky

Behave, by Robert Sapolsky (Note: The actual quote above was taken from this video: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PV6XKnVWNsk

Minimum Valuable Audience attributed to Brian Clark https://copyblogger.com/unfair-business-advantage/ and later popularized by Seth Godin: https://seths.blog/2017/07/in-search-of-the-minimum-viable-audience/

The Loyalty Ladder, by Sean Flaherty

KPI’s That Inspire, by Sean Flaherty

Product Leadership and Sticky Notes, by Sean Flaherty

The Hoshin North Star Process, by Matthew Cross (From Edwards Demming’s work)

Sean Flaherty is Executive Vice President of Innovation at ITX, where he leads a passionate group of product specialists and technologists to solve client challenges. Developer of The Momentum Framework, Sean is also a prolific writer and award-winning speaker discussing the subjects of empathy, innovation, and leadership. 

The post Objective Prioritization is Impossible appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
121 / A Gigantic Vision: Infusing Joy into Workplace Culture, with Michael Sacca & Chloe Oddleifson https://itx.com/podcast/121-a-gigantic-vision-infusing-joy-into-workplace-culture-with-michael-sacca-and-chloe-oddleifson/ Wed, 18 Oct 2023 18:06:17 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=20210 Working in a startup brings the concept “CEO of the product” to a whole new level. Suddenly, as Gigantic CEO Michael Sacca and COO Chloe Oddleifson know well, you’re responsible for every aspect of your product’s development, launch, promotion, sales – and everything in between. Fun fact: there’s plenty to take away from the startup …

The post 121 / A Gigantic Vision: Infusing Joy into Workplace Culture, with Michael Sacca & Chloe Oddleifson appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Working in a startup brings the concept “CEO of the product” to a whole new level. Suddenly, as Gigantic CEO Michael Sacca and COO Chloe Oddleifson know well, you’re responsible for every aspect of your product’s development, launch, promotion, sales – and everything in between. Fun fact: there’s plenty to take away from the startup mindset for all us product managers.

In this episode of Product Momentum, Michael Sacca & Chloe Oddleifson share their journey, from 6 years of working together at Dribbble to now building Gigantic from the ground up. Gigantic is a product- and marketing-focused training institute that aims to fill knowledge gaps through perpetual learning.

“Michael and I were coming from a place where we knew our jobs inside and out,” Chloe says. “We knew exactly how to be useful, exactly how to bring value. And then we started Gigantic and moved into a world where it’s just us. There are no processes, there are no rules, nothing is set in stone, and there are no clear answers. We just have to pick up and figure it out.”

“It doesn’t take long to see the power of a brand,” Michael adds. “I don’t think I ever respected it before as much as I do today. We can have a better product than the competition out there, but it’s so much harder to get people’s attention” when you’re just starting out. “We can build whatever we want,” he adds, but getting the attention and going to market are much different and much harder.

“If someone wants to be the CEO of the product internally…,if you really want your head of product to be the CEO of the product, then they really need to understand those other disciplines and they need to be able to do them,” Michael says.

In many ways, that mindset becomes easier to execute when the culture that nurtures it is founded in joy.

“As we started thinking about the type of company we wanted to build, the type of culture we wanted to infuse, and the type of experience we wanted for our customers, joy was the term that best described it,” Chloe explains. “We should be able to find joy at and in the work we do because life is just too short for it to be any other way.”

Catch the entire conversation with Michael Sacca & Chloe Oddleifson to learn even more about that journey and their plans to deepen Gigantic’s impact.

The post 121 / A Gigantic Vision: Infusing Joy into Workplace Culture, with Michael Sacca & Chloe Oddleifson appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Working in a startup brings the concept “CEO of the product” to a whole new level. Suddenly, as Gigantic CEO Michael Sacca and COO Chloe Oddleifson know well, you’re responsible for every aspect of your product’s development, launch, promotion, Michael Sacca and Chloe Oddleifson share their journey, launching Gigantic to provide a holistic training curriculum for product people. Michael Sacca & Chloe Oddleifson 1 1 121 121 121 / A Gigantic Vision: Infusing Joy into Workplace Culture, with Michael Sacca & Chloe Oddleifson full false 28:07
Product Momentum Podcast Wins w3 2023 Gold and Silver Awards https://itx.com/news/product-momentum-podcast-wins-w3-2023-gold-and-silver-awards/ Wed, 18 Oct 2023 14:59:16 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=20263 October 18, 2023 Rochester, NY. ITX Corp. is proud to announce that Product Momentum, a podcast by ITX, won both a Gold and Silver in the 18th annual w3 Awards. The Gold went to the podcast in the “General Series-Interview & Talk” category, and episode 100 earned Silver in the “Individual Episodes & Specials-Interview” category.  

The post Product Momentum Podcast Wins w3 2023 Gold and Silver Awards appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The Entire Podcast Takes Gold; Episode 100 Earns Silver 

October 18, 2023 Rochester, NY. ITX Corp. is proud to announce that Product Momentum, a podcast by ITX, won both a Gold and Silver in the 18th annual w3 Awards. The Gold went to the podcast in the “General Series-Interview & Talk” category, and episode 100 earned Silver in the “Individual Episodes & Specials-Interview” category. 

In Product Momentum episode 100, Sean and Paul welcomed Jesse James Garrett, one of the most prominent voices in digital product design for more than 20 years and author of The Elements of User Experience. Garrett delivered the conference-opening keynote at ITX’s Product + Design Conference 2023.  

The w3 Awards honors creative excellence on the web and recognizes the people behind award-winning Websites, Online Marketing, Web Video, Mobile Sites and Apps, Social, Podcasts, and Emerging Tech. Winning entries are evaluated based on a standard of excellence as determined by the Academy of Interactive & Visual Arts (AIVA) and judged solely on the podcast link provided as additional supporting documents and/or explanation is not accepted.  

About ITX Corp.

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies tackle complex business challenges through custom software development, delivering solutions that build trust, loyalty, and advocacy among clients and their users. Remote-first since 1997, the company is recognized as a Best Company to Work For in the State of New York. ITX has expanded beyond its roots in Rochester, NY into a team of nearly 300 talented product professionals and technologists throughout the Americas and beyond. Visit itx.com for more.

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing 585.899.4895 | Career Inquiries 585.899.4888


The post Product Momentum Podcast Wins w3 2023 Gold and Silver Awards appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Inside INDUSTRY Global Conference 2023: Lessons in Product Management and Beyond https://itx.com/blog/inside-industry-global-conference-2023-lessons-in-product-management-and-beyond/ Fri, 13 Oct 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=20229 From Marty Cagan's product models to battling cognitive bias, our team explained the top takeaways from INDUSTRY Global that you may have missed.

The post Inside INDUSTRY Global Conference 2023: Lessons in Product Management and Beyond appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The INDUSTRY Global Conference is a premier global gathering for software product professionals. Over three days, attendees are immersed in a rich blend of education, networking opportunities, and the delightful extravagance of top-notch event production.

As second-year sponsors we took all that we learned from last year’s event and traveled to Cleveland, Ohio, to prepare for yet another year of hearing from industry leaders and to hear absorbing insights.  We were inspired by the variety of speakers and subjects and came away with many new ideas.

A True Product Operating Model

It was hard to decide who was “the best speaker,” or which speaker gave “the most interesting keynote.” But it was unanimous within our group that  Marty Cagan, a partner at Silicon Valley Product Group and the special guest of INDUSTRY Global was the most impressive. Marty’s expertise ranges from building successful and customer-centric products to the crucial role empowered product teams play in driving innovation (which was a topic of discussion during our conversation with him on our podcast.) His upcoming book TRANSFORMED will share ways that organizations can move towards a Product Operating Model. His keynote gave us many insights into the new book.

Marty pushed the need for this model, one that differs from product-led strategies. Product Operating Models are customer-centric – the focus is on the needs, preferences, and satisfaction of the customers throughout the entire product development and operational process. By being customer-centric, we can effectively solve the right problems in ways that delight customers. We found ourselves nodding in complete agreement as he continued to make strong points in his argument.

In his keynote, Marty explained more about Product Operating Models, including improved team alignment . He reaffirmed that Product Managers not only need to drive value and viability for their products, but also maintain close relationships with our designers and tech lead peers. The knowledge and value that developers bring to the table goes beyond the ability to code,  – a sentiment that rang true with the collective audience. “Nothing is more important than empowered engineers.” Cheers to that.

Cognitive Bias Is Here to Stay

No matter how hard we try, we cannot escape our cognitive biases. It is a problem that plagues professionals in the product and UX design spaces, and it can severely impact our product management decision-making. And it usually creeps in without realization. Upon recognition of these thoughts, we cannot help but wonder  how often we let confirmation bias drive our roadmaps and strategies? How do we make sure we get outside of our bubbles when validating problems and solutions?

Enter Avantika Gomes, a Product Leader at Figma. She explained that it is possible to  combat our cognitive bias and prevent it from controlling our decisions. She shared decision-making frameworks that can mitigate biases during critical decision-making times, and techniques we can use to help identify when we fall victim to our biases. Her keynote emphasized that cognitive bias would remain, but we were left assured that there are ways to work around it and not let it impact our work.

Quick Takes

Other fascinating conversations were held during INDUSTRY. (We honestly wished we could talk longer with our peers.) We are unable to  give the play-by-play of every minute, but we can provide some quick takes of our favorite moments.

April Dunford delivered a standout keynote, highlighting her expertise in product positioning for technology companies. She emphasized the challenges of both selling and buying software, likening it to the unenjoyable process of buying insurance (which we all know is not fun.) Loading products with numerous features, while well-intentioned, can overwhelm potential customers and potentially turn them away. April advocated for a better way to sell that focuses on creating a seamless buyer experience. We should aim to act as a guide – provide insights, explain alternatives, and align our product with the customer’s needs. We do this by fully understanding our customers and tailoring conversations accordingly.

Product software conferences today would not be complete without conversations around Artificial Intelligence. Several of the speakers offered interesting insights  on this rapidly evolving technology. Search interest for the term “AI” increased by over 300% in the past year; there are millions of conversations happening around AI and different articles advising what we should and should not do with it. Christine Itwaru suggests we cut through the noise and understand how we can use AI as a tool. As product managers we can harness  AI and make dramatic changes to how we work. That begins with knowing how we can use it, rather than throwing it at our work and assuming it will do everything for us.

As many of the speakers discussed software and product strategy, Diana Tobey talked product and…play. As a Senior Design Director in the Play Lab at IDEO, Diana argued for play in the workspace. Play opens up new possibilities for product teams to explore, experiment, and innovate. When we embrace play, she explained, we approach challenges with a fresh perspective and find novel solutions to global issues.

Get Your Ticket for INDUSTRY 2024

We’re serious. INDUSTRY is advertised as “the premier conference for software product managers” but take it from us – you don’t have to be a product person to attend.

People who are passionate in any area of product development, research, or design will gain insights that they may not have had access to otherwise. It’s large enough to feel comfortable networking, and small enough where it doesn’t feel overwhelming. The speakers are world class and share insights that leave you feeling excited to get back to work.


Get more insights from our ITX team.

Sign up to receive our Continuous Inspiration newsletter.

We’d like to highlight the invaluable contributions from Paul Gebel, Director of Innovation, Anne Pressman, Innovation Lead, Daniel Sharp, Innovation Lead, and Roberta Oare, Engagement Lead, that enriched this recap blog.

The post Inside INDUSTRY Global Conference 2023: Lessons in Product Management and Beyond appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
AGILE Connect 2023 https://itx.com/events/agile-connect-2023/ Thu, 12 Oct 2023 14:15:35 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=20186

AGILE Connect Rochester is a full day event focused on learning and sharing Agile best practices with the TechRochester community. Attendees will engage in interactive breakouts and thought-provoking discussions to explore successful Agile implementations and learn how to address common challenges.Paul Gebel, Director of Innovation, will lead one of the breakout sessions at the event.

The post AGILE Connect 2023 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
AGILE Connect Rochester is a full day event focused on learning and sharing Agile best practices with the TechRochester community. Attendees will engage in interactive breakouts and thought-provoking discussions to explore successful Agile implementations and learn how to address common challenges.

Paul Gebel, Director of Innovation, will lead one of the breakout sessions at the event. ITX is proud to partner with TechRochester and celebrate the technology industry in Rochester, NY.

Learn more about AGILE Connect

The post AGILE Connect 2023 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Product Momentum at Pendomonium 2023 https://itx.com/events/product-momentum-at-pendomonium-2023/ Wed, 11 Oct 2023 19:01:31 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=20221 Product Momentum is on the road traveling to Pendomonium, a celebration of all things product, with 30+ breakout sessions along 5 learning tracks and learning from Pendo experts to level up technical skills.

The post Product Momentum at Pendomonium 2023 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Product Momentum is on the road traveling to Pendomonium, a celebration of all things product, with 30+ breakout sessions along 5 learning tracks and learning from Pendo experts to level up technical skills. Our podcast hosts will conduct exclusive 1:1 interviews with a few of Pendomonium’s keynote speakers. These episodes will join our podcast community featuring the brightest minds in the product and software space.

Learn more about Product Momentum

Learn more about Pendomonium 2023

The post Product Momentum at Pendomonium 2023 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
ITX Wins 2023 GREAT Award for Tech Service Provider Excellence https://itx.com/news/itx-wins-2023-great-award-for-tech-service-provider-excellence/ Wed, 11 Oct 2023 14:39:13 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=20195 October 11, 2023 ROCHESTER, NY. ITX received the 2023 GREAT Award for Tech Service Provider Excellence at the GREAT Awards last night, hosted by TechRochester. The award celebrates the achievements of professional services firms that excel in providing exceptional professional services, creating cutting-edge solutions and products by leveraging technology. This is the third year in a row ITX has received recognition as a trusted technology partner in Rochester.

The post ITX Wins 2023 GREAT Award for Tech Service Provider Excellence appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Reaffirming commitment to delivering exceptional technology service in Rochester

October 11, 2023 ROCHESTER, NY. ITX received the 2023 GREAT Award for Tech Service Provider Excellence at the GREAT Awards last night, hosted by TechRochester. The award celebrates the achievements of professional services firms that excel in providing exceptional professional services, creating cutting-edge solutions and products by leveraging technology. This is the third year in a row ITX has received recognition as a trusted technology partner in Rochester.

The Tech Service Provider Excellence Award recognizes ITX’s unwavering commitment to their clients. Award entrants were assessed on technological expertise, client impact, service quality, customer-centricity, sustainability, and scalability. Receiving this recognition highlights ITX’s continuous mastery of technical practice development and strong client relationships as technology partners rather than service providers.

ITX continues to experiment, learn, and grow, while eagerly sharing its knowledge along the way. The company is currently adding to its global team of technology professionals and product specialists; remote-friendly opportunities can be found here: www.itx.com/careers.

About ITX Corp.

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies tackle complex business challenges through custom software development, delivering solutions that build trust, loyalty, and advocacy among clients and their users. Remote-first since 1997, the company is recognized as a Best Company to Work For in the State of New York. ITX has expanded beyond its roots in Rochester, NY into a team of nearly 300 talented product professionals and technologists throughout the Americas and beyond. Visit itx.com for more.

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing 585.899.4895 | Career Inquiries 585.899.4888


The post ITX Wins 2023 GREAT Award for Tech Service Provider Excellence appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Great Visions Unlock Human Potential https://itx.com/blog/great-visions-unlock-human-potential/ Thu, 05 Oct 2023 19:44:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=19790 In this blog, ITX EVP of Innovation Sean Flaherty explores the power of Vision to help product teams realize their full capabilities.

Getting the Vision Right is Hard Work – But It’s Vital to Team Success
A great vision is one that unlocks human potential and creativity by painting a clear picture of what is possible. Stewarding, adapting, and continuously refining the product vision is the top priority of successful leaders because it is a key driver of the organization’s strategy.
Vision is really hard to get right, but there is a pattern that I have found in the work of great leaders that can be replicated (discussed below). It can help us craft and steward better, more motivating language for our visions.

This blog is a refreshed version of the original, which was first published February 15, 2022, on Medium.

The post Great Visions Unlock Human Potential appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>

In this blog, ITX EVP of Innovation Sean Flaherty explores the power of Vision to help product teams realize their full capabilities.

This blog is a refreshed version of the original, which was first published February 15, 2022, on Medium.

Getting the Vision Right is Hard Work – But It’s Vital to Team Success

A great vision is one that unlocks human potential and creativity by painting a clear picture of what is possible. Stewarding, adapting, and continuously refining the product vision is the top priority of successful leaders because it is a key driver of the organization’s strategy.

Vision is really hard to get right, but there is a pattern that I have found in the work of great leaders that can be replicated (discussed below). It can help us craft and steward better, more motivating language for our visions.

A great vision is one that unlocks human potential and creativity by painting a clear picture of what is possible.


When a vision is well articulated, understood by the team, and shared across stakeholders, it motivates people to apply creativity in their work – the kind of creativity that delivers value by driving toward the future described by the vision.

When we combine a clear vision and a motivated team to achieve it, we put in place a healthy, powerful strategy.

When a group of motivated people shares clarity and alignment on the strategic output they seek to achieve, they create a foundation from which to achieve great clarity around both the strategic inputs needed to accomplish the stated goals.

A clear vision also helps us attract the right people to join the cause – i.e., those who care about solving the same problems for the same people that you have defined in your vision. It becomes a lot easier to realize we have the wrong butts in seats throughout their organization.

When a vision is weakly constructed or poorly articulated, motivation languishes. The team will have a poor understanding of the capabilities required to achieve it, resulting in confusion, frustration, and waste.

A shared vision is a powerful part of any group’s culture. Similar to other components of an organization’s culture, the vision’s primary reason for being rests in the language used to express it. This fact makes it  critical for leadership teams to communicate the organization’s vision clearly and frequently.

Done poorly, teams experience one of two problems. They either lack clarity around whom they are serving, or they are solving the wrong problems.

Done well, clarity of purpose serves as the foundation for directional, strategic decisionmaking and as the primary guardrails keeping the organization on track toward a meaningful and motivating goal.

A Definition for Vision in Business

A distinct pattern of success exists in our space; it is demonstrated in the language used by the greatest leaders of our comparatively brief history and by their most ardent followers. They embrace an inherent understanding of who is being served and what problems are being solved. What’s more, they set the context for the work being done. In their most powerful forms, they share a crystal clear understanding of what success looks like. Taken together, these three components motivate the people doing the hard work that brings the vision to life.

In simple terms, a great vision paints a picture of how the world will look for the people we serve after we have solved problems for them, together.

Abraham Lincoln was known to be incredibly purposeful with the spoken word and worked hard to get them just right. We remember his speeches because of their clarity, brevity, elegance, and his almost lyric delivery. Lincoln’s Gettysburg address, for example, totaled only 272 words and required fewer than 2 minutes to deliver. Yet it remains among the most significant speeches in his or any presidency.

He chose words that connected with those he was leading, which aligned them around the future he sought to create. Winston Churchill did the same, through language, rallying his nation to beat back the Nazi assault through “the spirit of the British Nation… who have been bred to value freedom far above their lives.” Mother Teresa created an enormous shift in humanity by painting verbal pictures of a more humane and more empathetic world and showing us how it is possible to live into them.

I alone cannot change the world, but I can cast a stone across the waters to create many ripples

– Mother Teresa

Nelson Mandela ended apartheid in South Africa through his vision for an authentic democracy. This is the pattern that can be seen in the language of the greatest leaders of our collective history.

Not all of us are trying to change the world in the same way as Mother Teresa or Nelson Mandela, but each of us wants to believe that our work matters to the people we are serving. We want our efforts to have meaning and we can take a lesson from the playbooks of great leaders about how to create an environment that improves our chances of success.

The pattern modeled by these great leaders is not complicated. It lies in clarifying the language we use to foster our vision with our team.

Constructing a great vision, however, is hard work. The team must develop the ability to embrace it, steward it, deepen it, and pivot over time to maximize strategic success. This is particularly important when outside forces shock the environment. These are the three high-level components of a powerful vision that show up in the language of the great leaders of our collective history. They show up in all domains if you look closely enough: politics, human rights, and business. Let’s address these one at a time.

1. People. Only when people have extreme clarity about who they are serving can groups of people dig in to understand why they would care and how they will connect with the problems to be solved.

When groups have this clarity, they also know the priority order of whom they are serving (which includes an understanding of who they are not serving). This is not an easy task. Understanding the complex ecosystem of perspectives associated with any worthwhile vision is constantly shifting and brings layers of complexity. We will dive a little deeper into this later.

2. Problems. With clarity about who is to be served by our vision, the group can determine what problems can and should be solved for them. Ultimately, we want to know what problems this organization is poised to solve that will turn casual customers into passionate advocates.

In psychology, this is called needs satisfaction, and there is a tremendous body of work around this in the academic community. In the business lexicon, it is referred to as “understanding the problem space,” “clarifying the underlying concerns,” “communicating the jobs-to-be-done,” or “articulating the benefits” for your consumers vs. the features.

The key is in the articulation and prioritization of the problems being solved for the benefactors of the organization’s hard work. When it is done well, the group also knows which problems will not be solved. This too is a complex and multi-layered problem, which I dissect in another article. This combination of having clarity around who is being served and what problems are being solved that will turn these people into advocates allows us to communicate unique position in the market. The only thing missing is having clarity around our strategic success.

3. Metrics. Having a clear understanding of what success looks like can be incredibly motivating for people. Articulating a set of clear and objective outcome metrics that demonstrate strategic, as well as tactical, success over time is the final component of a great vision.

People And Problems

A powerful vision for your firm is one that clearly recognizes the need to create great experiences for your customers in the process of solving problems that they care about. When you solve problems by producing a great experience, you build great relationships, and that can be measured through trust, loyalty, and advocacy.

Now, let us take a graphical look at how we might structure our vision. We described earlier that the vision must include a crystal clear understanding of the people in your organizational ecosystem and the problems that you solve for them.

The graph below shows how creating and sustaining focus on your core group of users, through experience, is the key to a great vision. It gives us access to discussing how and when to pivot.

Obviously, your organization cannot solve all problems for all people. What positions your organization and creates the opportunity to generate a profit is your ability to understand, target, and service a group of people who you can turn into your advocates by solving a core set of problems that is valuable to them in the context that you are serving.

Maximizing this equation also requires a distinct understanding of who does not fit this mold. Let’s call this our core advocacy position.

If we were to draw a simple graph that shows the number of persona sets (people) that we serve on the vertical axis and the problem sets that we solve on the horizontal, our core advocacy position would be found in the lower left-hand quadrant of the graph.

As I said before, this is a difficult task. It involves creating clarity around all of the relationships that the organization has to sustain, from employees and vendors to investors and customers. The key to understanding here is that there are a limited number of people whom you can turn into advocates for your organization. Without a clear understanding of who we are here to serve, confusion ensues.

OK, here’s how to graph the equation:

a. Place the subset of customers that you have the most success in creating a sustainable advocacy relationship with, in the number 1 spot toward the core. Place the second most important group of people that you can create sustainable advocacy relationships within the number 2 spot, and so on.

b. Do the same with the problems that you solve for those people with the most important problems on the x-axis in the number 1 spot, and so on. As the graph expands, it becomes easier to see what group of people most of your energy should be focused on.

Note, however, this won’t last forever.

At some point, every organization is faced with great opportunities to expand the core advocacy position. These opportunities come in one of two categories.

The first is to grow the market base. A smart sales executive will inevitably build a relationship with someone who has a problem solved that lies within our domain of expertise, but is outside the current core advocacy position in the upper left-hand range of the chart, shown in purple.

In other words, they want to expand the core set of people that we solve problems for. This sounds exciting. We can take our expertise and expand into a new market segment; theoretically, it shouldn’t create much more work and we will be able to generate more revenue, which will lead to more profit. “An authentic win-win,” says the sales exec.

The second opportunity is to solve more problems. In this case, a smart salesperson will have a deep conversation with one of our best customers and uncover a fantastic market opportunity to solve an important (but very different) problem for our existing advocates that will deepen our relationship and, thus, deepen the level of advocacy that we can achieve with them.

On the graph, this will allow us to expand into the lower right-hand quadrant, shown in blue. This sounds awesome. We can learn a new skill, develop a new feature, or provide a new service that will generate more revenue opportunities that will ultimately lead to a more sustainable relationship and long-term profit.

Both are inevitable and necessary for every business, eventually. But these are the kinds of decisions that form the core of your visioning and the essence of your organizational strategy. Changes to how you define your core advocacy position are critical to establishing the right capabilities, the right roadmap, and finding the right people to put on your bus.

When you pivot your core advocacy position, the ripple effects throughout your business can be profound. There is no way you can take your fixed set of resources and expand your customer base or learn to solve more problems without causing diffusion of your ability to maintain your existing core advocacy position. Every attempt to expand will adversely impact your ability to service the core advocates.

When you point your core capability set at a shiny new target, you lose focus on the market you had. When you invest in learning how to solve new problems, your ability to solve the same problems of the past will inevitably falter.

Sometimes, there is a structural shift that disrupts your market and creates a shock to the system, requiring a pivot. A global pandemic, geopolitical upheaval, regulatory volatility, or another technological disruption, for example, may devastate your existing customer base. You would be forced to either change the way in which your organization solves problems or change course and target a different market.

Other times, a great opportunity might appear that justifies a pivot to maximize the generation of sustainable advocacy. That same structural upheaval might create a market for your products and services where one previously did not exist. It is the ability to see these structural shifts and to capitalize on them that enables great leadership to adjust their focus and create clarity in the face of chaos and uncertainty.

Focus vs. Diffusion

The pattern that shows up in successful organizations lies in the focus.

Great leadership teams make these shifts carefully and purposefully with their core advocacy base in mind. When they expand, they work to only expand with minimal impact on their historical core advocacy position while opening up opportunities for future advocates. They serve to expand the total number of advocates and the depth of advocacy that they are able to create through their expansion or through their shifts.

Another pattern that this shows represents a problem that all business leaders share. Pareto’s law applies to an organization’s customer base in that 20% of the customers you have often cause 80% of the headaches. The reason for this is that firms lack a concise understanding of the problems they solve in a way that matters to those they have turned into advocates. If they did, it would be obvious which customers should be avoided (or fired).

If the team can figure out how to avoid taking on more of the 20% whose problems we seem unable to solve, the organization can become much more efficient. There will always be some customers that none of us wants; they don’t value the same things we do, and despite every effort we can’t seem to make them happy. We sometimes chase these customers because their money is green, and we think we can capture a lot of revenue. However, if the organization cannot turn these customers into advocates, in time, our culture will be diluted and we will end up reducing our capacity to serve our core advocates and deliver on our vision.

The better we know the people we serve and the problems we solve, the more empowering our vision will be. When our vision is paired with a motivated team, aligned on the same human-oriented goals, we have a complete strategy to steward that will help us maximize the number of advocates that our organizations create, together.

References and Further Reading:

Business is High Art — A Birds Eye View of Culture

Greatest Leaders of Our History

The Nature of Competition

Competing Against Luck by Clayton Christiansen

Measuring Relationships, Organizational North Stars

Objective Prioritization is Impossible

Inspiring Indicators of Success

Ryan, R. M., Sheldon, K. M., Kasser, T., & Deci, E. L. (1996). All goals are not created equal: An organismic perspective on the nature of goals and their regulation. In P. M. Gollwitzer & J. A. Bargh (Eds.), The psychology of action: Linking cognition and motivation to behavior (pp. 7–26). New York: Guilford Press.

Pareto’s Law / Principle

The Handbook of Self Determination Theory (2004) by Ed Deci, Richard Ryan and Others

Sean Flaherty is Executive Vice President of Innovation at ITX, where he leads a passionate group of product specialists and technologists to solve client challenges. Developer of The Momentum Framework, Sean is also a prolific writer and award-winning speaker discussing the subjects of empathy, innovation, and leadership. 

The post Great Visions Unlock Human Potential appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The Power of WordPress: My Experience at WordCamp Rochester 2023 https://itx.com/blog/the-power-of-wordpress-my-experience-at-wordcamp-rochester-2023/ Thu, 05 Oct 2023 15:50:36 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=20032 Developer Claire Beringer explains the benefits of in-person collaboration and community involvement gained from attending WordCamp Rochester 2023.

The post The Power of WordPress: My Experience at WordCamp Rochester 2023 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
On the WordCamp Central webpage, which serves as the main hub for worldwide WordCamp events, the WordCamp organizers proudly state that “WordCamps are informal, community-organized events that are put together by WordPress users like you.”

Before attending WordCamp Rochester, I wouldn’t have understood what this group was talking about. I also couldn’t imagine how something with such a large presence in many places around the world claims to be just a casual hangout. But after attending this year’s event, I can confidently say they nailed their promise.

It’s a promise perfected over the years, with the first WordCamp event taking place in San Francisco in 2006. Since then, they have expanded to 394 cities across 65 countries and organized over 1,100 WordCamps. It’s safe to say that they know what they’re doing.

ITX is dedicated to thriving together, within our team and our communities. From local conferences to small meetups, we understand the benefit that comes from collaboration. We delivered on this promise as proud sponsors of WordCamp Rochester 2023.

I’m always searching for similar opportunities to learn alongside my developer peers. Our team talks daily about the nuances of our jobs, but with our remote workforce it’s not as easy to meet up with my co-workers at a coffee shop to bounce ideas off each other in person. It was an easy decision to take the chance to talk to new individuals and share a lot about my job.

A Strong Community in Rochester

On September 30, I showed up at the Rochester School of the Arts, eager to see what would happen. The environment was distinct from our previous ITX Product + Design Conferences, which draw up to 300 guests, or the smaller Upstate Meetups that my colleagues on the Innovation and UX Design teams arrange. It turned out to be the best of both of those worlds.

The WordPress community is a lot more tightknit than I originally thought. People came from all over the country (and the world!) to attend the event here in Rochester. In addition to traveling to celebrate and learn about WordPress, I took note of the friendships fostered through this community – everyone seemed to know everyone else. A friendly and energetic atmosphere that contrasted the stuffy and boring conferences frequently portrayed in media.

I made great connections with other WordPress professionals. It didn’t matter that it was my first time meeting these people or my first time at a WordCamp. I bonded with others through our mutual appreciation of WordPress. These connections will be easy to cultivate as time goes on.

Deep Appreciation for WordPress

From healthcare institutions to publicly accessible personal blogs, many have discovered WordPress to be a useful platform for building their websites. Choosing topics to address and finding WordPress thought leaders to speak was likely a challenge for the conference organizers. But the variety of topics was fantastic. I learned how to harness the many tools open to WordPress users through the lens of professionals outside of ITX.

Speakers were actively conversing and participating in other talks besides their own. From Jonathan Desrosiers, I learned exactly how WordPress’s “pluggable” functions work in terms of hooks and filters for manipulating core functionality. After his session, I had the chance to speak with him about the work we’re doing at ITX with WordPress. He was so excited to hear about it, and it was easy to match his enthusiasm!

One of the speakers that stood out to me was Robbie Adair, a proficient WordPress specialist with over 25 years of experience creating media and web solutions for her clients. Her presentation, titled “Using AI To Speed Up Your WordPress Builds”, shared different ways developers can use Artificial Intelligence in WordPress. My approach to working with AI aligns with others in our industry, as I prefer to have a clear understanding of how a tool will enhance my work and support my objectives. I was curious how it can be used to spruce up builds for our clients.

Robbie totally delivered on her presentation! She provided various ways we can incorporate AI platforms into mockup work. When we present new features to clients in code demonstrations, we often show them the bare bones of the feature. This is not as detailed as the final product, and it’s difficult for our clients to visualize how they will use the feature we are providing.

By using AI, Robbie explained how we can provide mock images and content in our features that are tailored to our clients. This provides a much clearer look as to what their finished product will look like, adding to the excitement in a delivery update.

The Best Part of WordCamp Rochester

I was almost sad to see WordCamp Rochester end, but I was itching to get behind my keyboard and work through some of the new ideas shared. Having these opportunities to learn and expand my skills cannot be overstated. I can only wait for the next event that brings a similar level of collaboration and community that WordCamp Rochester delivered on.

And the end, if I had to choose one of the best things about WordCamp, it would easily be the people I met. It sounds corny, but it was refreshing to talk shop in person. It’s a different level of comradery from working with a remote team. Amongst the attendees and speakers at WordCamp, we share the same passion of using technology to make things better and learning how to leverage these tools to create a better, smarter tomorrow.


Get more insights from our ITX team.

Sign up to receive our Continuous Inspiration newsletter.

Claire Beringer is a Frontend Developer for ITX. She uses her knowledge in various programming languages to make meaningful contributions to projects for our diverse clientele. Claire earned her Computer Science degree from Allegheny College located in Meadville, PA.

The post The Power of WordPress: My Experience at WordCamp Rochester 2023 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
120 / Understanding Communication Structure To Effect Positive Change, with Marsha Acker https://itx.com/podcast/120-understanding-communication-structure-to-effect-positive-change-with-marsha-acker/ Tue, 03 Oct 2023 15:26:23 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=19314 When we’re afraid to have difficult conversations, we hold ourselves back and create more frustration and work in the long run, says Marsha Acker, founder and CEO of Team Catapult. “We spend a lot of time trying to avoid conflict and the things that make us feel uncomfortable. And yet in our attempts to avoid …

The post 120 / Understanding Communication Structure To Effect Positive Change, with Marsha Acker appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
When we’re afraid to have difficult conversations, we hold ourselves back and create more frustration and work in the long run, says Marsha Acker, founder and CEO of Team Catapult. “We spend a lot of time trying to avoid conflict and the things that make us feel uncomfortable. And yet in our attempts to avoid all that, I think we create a lot of extra work for ourselves,” Marsha adds.

In today’s episode of Product Momentum, Paul and Marsha go deep on the topic of communication and leadership, exploring the structure of our communication and the role it plays in effecting personal and organizational change. Marsha is a coach, author, speaker, facilitator, and podcaster whose work is focused on communication in leadership.

“Communication sits at the core of our ability to lead,” Marsha says. We don’t all see the world in the same way, leading to gaps in understanding, she adds.

“What I’m articulating here is how I believe change happens,” Marsha explains. “When we communicate with one another, the words that we say, it’s like putting a train on a track. [That communication] moves us forward, propels us back, or just kind of keeps us stuck in a place. So I think it’s about how we communicate with one another and having a language to make sense of it that makes the difference.”

Leadership range and communicative competence are cornerstone concepts that Marsha uses to analyze the way successful leadership is measured. There’s a very specific way she helps people self-assess not only their ability to bring a variety of different communications into a conversation, but also to examine the breadth of their leadership style.

Listen to hear more from Marsha Acker in today’s episode of Product Momentum.

The post 120 / Understanding Communication Structure To Effect Positive Change, with Marsha Acker appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
When we’re afraid to have difficult conversations, we hold ourselves back and create more frustration and work in the long run, says Marsha Acker, founder and CEO of Team Catapult. “We spend a lot of time trying to avoid conflict and the things that ma... Marsha Acker, CEO of Team Catapult, shares communication tools that equip leaders at all levels to facilitate sustainable behavioral change. Marsha Acker 1 1 120 120 120 / Understanding Communication Structure To Effect Positive Change, with Marsha Acker full false 26:25
Becoming a Certified Professional in Accessibility Core Competencies https://itx.com/blog/becoming-a-certified-professional-in-accessibility-core-competencies/ Thu, 21 Sep 2023 19:57:54 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=19291 Senior UX Designer Antonella Iselli earned her CPACC Certification from the International Association of Accessibility Professionals. She explains the steps that brought her to this point, and how a passion for inclusive design enables her knowledge-sharing with others.

The post Becoming a Certified Professional in Accessibility Core Competencies appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Antonella Iselli's Portrait

The International Association of Accessibility Professionals offers certifications to individuals who wish to grow their skills in diversity and inclusion. Earning certification demonstrates a candidate’s knowledge and comprehension in a practice that still experiences scrutiny. Senior UX Designer Antonella Iselli earned her certification in July 2023, and she shares why she sat for the exam and the impact it will have on her role.

Can you tell us a little about your background – how long have you been working in UX Design?

When I was a web designer, I attended various UX conferences and workshops to gain a fundamental understanding of user experience design. I enjoy helping users and finding creative solutions to tackle business challenges, so moving into the UX Design field was an easy choice.

How did you start learning about accessibility?

During the pandemic, I felt stuck in my career. I decided to work towards a Diploma in People-Centered Design (Diplomatura en diseño centrado en las personas), which I earned from Universidad Nacional de San Martín (UNSAM) in 2020.

My teacher was Susana Pallero, an accessibility solutions specialist. She is the co-founder of Dalat and is part of the group that is co-creating the next version of the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG 3.0). Susi emphasized the importance of putting people first in our designs, and that really resonated with me. I was inspired to continue my education in the subject and find ways to share my knowledge with my peers.

Why is accessibility important?

An estimated 1.3 billion people experience a significant disability. Imagine how many people are being excluded from using our products/services. With the internet serving as a necessity for everyday life, designing with accessibility means we’re including everyone in our products. Designing products and services with accessibility in mind makes daily tasks easier for everyone, and it’s good business practice.

Let’s talk about the IAAP – who are they?

The International Association of Accessibility Professionals is a global association of organizations and professionals that have joined together to define, promote, and improve the accessibility of services, products, and environments for people with disabilities. Earning certification from them is very valuable. We have a great team of professionals at ITX, and there is always room to suggest new ideas.

Receiving recognition from an international organization validates my ability to provide insight on accessibility guidelines for our clients and our team.

Antonella Iselli
Senior UX Designer

What prompted this push to get your certification?

While studying at UNSAM, Susi shared how a temporary disability changed her life and made us realize everyone can be temporarily disabled. This experience motivated me to be more mindful of the various types of disabilities and ensure that my services are accessible to everyone.

As I began working at ITX, internal conversations around diversity and inclusion were happening, and I knew that Susi could help us get started on the right foot. I connected Susi to our team, and her experience brought a vast amount of knowledge. We were able to create even more materials to help team members with internal training and share our experiences with our community.

Can you tell us about your certification and how it changes the way you approach design?

I opted for the CPACC (Certified Professional in Accessibility Core Competencies) as it’s the ideal starting point for mastering accessibility core competencies. This certification covers various domains, including the web and other digital technologies, architecture, the built environment, consumer and industrial design, and transportation systems. It emphasizes the significance of thoughtful design, policy, and management in enhancing disability access.

I am confident that this certification validates my expertise in accessibility and enhances my credibility in the field. Not only am I a source of information for clients and partners, but my peers can also reach out to me for guidance or assistance. I am eager to help anyone interested in learning more about accessibility.

How can someone get started with learning about accessibility?

A great place to start is the WCAG (Web Accessibility Guidelines) website. They provide more resources for learning about accessibility, as well as tips for getting started. Below are a few more sources of information.

If we don’t include accessibility on purpose, we unintentionally exclude people. Learning about accessibility is a continuous journey, not just a destination. It should be integrated throughout the entire process of discovery, design, and development. It’s perfectly fine to start with small steps as long as we encourage others and keep moving forward.


The post Becoming a Certified Professional in Accessibility Core Competencies appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
119 / Building Resilient Organizations and Safe Cultures, with Alla Weinberg https://itx.com/podcast/119-building-resilient-organizations-and-safe-cultures-with-alla-weinberg/ Tue, 19 Sep 2023 15:18:36 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=18642 Alla Weinberg, CEO of SPOKE & WHEEL, says that the key to designing relationships that resolve (even avoid) workplace tensions is to have different conversations than the ones we’re currently having. Our relentless focus on the work, she explains, distracts us from focusing on the people and making sure that we have created an organization …

The post 119 / Building Resilient Organizations and Safe Cultures, with Alla Weinberg appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Alla Weinberg, CEO of SPOKE & WHEEL, says that the key to designing relationships that resolve (even avoid) workplace tensions is to have different conversations than the ones we’re currently having. Our relentless focus on the work, she explains, distracts us from focusing on the people and making sure that we have created an organization where they feel safe.

Alla is a culture designer who has incorporated her design background with the principles of neuroscience, positive psychology, and relationship research. She is also an author; in her book, A Culture of Safety, she applies these principles to improve workplace culture. In our chat with Alla, she defines psychological safety through these lenses.

“To create psychological safety,” Alla continues, “we need to intentionally find time for conversations that are drastically, even radically different than what we are doing right now.”

Yes, we are at work to perform a job, to deliver a solution for our clients. But there are times, she says, when not talking about work creates deeper connections and, as a result, more resilient teams. Creating these connections is an opportunity to practice leadership, by introducing (if not modeling) candor and vulnerability.

“Leaders need to get vulnerable first,” she adds. “If you’re a leader and you’re seeing evidence that people don’t feel safe, you need to say that. Then ask your teams, ‘what am I doing to create that environment?’ And when they tell you, don’t be defensive or try to justify your behavior.

“Show yourself to be vulnerable and say, ‘Yes, I am doing that and I’m going to try to be better.’”

Keep in mind: psychological safety and resilience are not the same. It’s only when leaders create a psychologically safe environment for individuals that we can create resilient organizations.

Looking for more tips from Alla Weinberg to build resilience in your organization? Be sure to listen to the entire conversation.

The post 119 / Building Resilient Organizations and Safe Cultures, with Alla Weinberg appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Alla Weinberg, CEO of SPOKE & WHEEL, says that the key to designing relationships that resolve (even avoid) workplace tensions is to have different conversations than the ones we’re currently having. Our relentless focus on the work, she explains, Alla Weinberg explains that leaders must model vulnerability to encourage psychological safety and build resilience in their organizations. Alla Weinberg 1 1 119 119 119 / Building Resilient Organizations and Safe Cultures, with Alla Weinberg full false 21:26
The Secret to Successful and Effective Virtual Meetings https://itx.com/blog/the-secret-to-successful-and-effective-virtual-meetings/ Thu, 14 Sep 2023 12:56:21 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=18933 Meetings represent a valuable tool that address a variety of situations. Lead UX Designers Elisa Goyeneche and Shannon Baird provide tried-and-true techniques to bring real value to the time invested in meetings.

The post The Secret to Successful and Effective Virtual Meetings appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Meetings represent a valuable tool that address a variety of situations – to better understand design requirements, to collaborate on possible solutions, or to align on a product direction, to name a few. With our UX design team stationed around the world, virtual meetings enable connection and collaboration across multiple time zones.

As Lead UX Designers, we’re tasked with overseeing a stream of product design work that is executed on by a pod of UX designers and UX content writers. We find ourselves in a lot of meetings, either as an attendee or facilitator. Our distributive workforce enables unrestricted collaboration, which means we need to carefully plan and organize meetings that help us achieve our goals.

This blog will provide you with tried-and-true techniques to build the foundation of your meeting and add value back to your team and organization. While they are particularly effective in today’s remote and distributed workforce, our strategies are applicable to in-person meetings as well.

What is the purpose of my meeting?

Set a goal for your meeting. Let the attendees know what the desired outcome of the meeting should be. By having a common goal to work toward conversations in a meeting are more focused on achieving the established outcome. Before you schedule your next meeting ask yourself “What do you need to accomplish?” Designers schedule meetings for lots of important reasons, including;

  • I need design approval.
  • I need to define a problem.
  • I need team alignment.

Determining the goal of the meeting provides a solid reason that helps you answer the next few questions.

Why is it important to meet with my team?

Now that you’ve established the “what”, the next question that comes to mind is “why.” UX Designers are inquisitive people (it’s part of our job to use practices that unlock essential insights.) Your reasons for meeting can be:

  • I need design approval…the project can’t move forward until we have team consensus.
  • I need to define a problem…I can’t impact project and business outcomes without understanding what I’m solving for.
  • I need team alignment…we need on what we’re creating, for who, by when, and to what end.

Taking time to understand why we need to meet provides further context for your attendees. For you, it may uncover additional questions that could alter the format of your meeting. If you’re seeking team alignment, a logical next question may be “which team members need to attend?” If you need design approval, it’ll be important to get the right stakeholders in the room.

How can I solve my problem efficiently?

The last thing we want is to join a meeting where there is no structure. Meetings without any structure or format typically become free-for-all conversations, with a slim to none chance of accomplishing your goal.

Not all meeting formats solve the same problem. From storyboarding to forced ranking, there are a variety of ways you can facilitate and work towards the desired outcome. And it’s okay to not know right away how to best to run the meeting. Leaning on team leads or managers is a great place to start.

As a facilitator, you are responsible for keeping the meeting on track and ensuring the established goal is met. Pro Tip: Next time you are running a meeting that has over 5 attendees make sure you have a copilot to assist you.  Here are some tips to try during your next meeting. 

  • Schedule “Alone but together” time: While some people are comfortable speaking in front of the group, others could be more reserved. Create activities where everybody can contribute which can include, asking everyone to think of ideas separately before posting them on a Miro board or other collaborative software. To make decision, enable private voting to ensure everybody can have a say.
  • Assign a co-pilot: For times when you experience unexpected technical difficulties, or the meeting group is quite large, a co-pilot can cover you while you recover and help facilitate conversations. Co-pilots are also helpful for ice breaker activities, checking on engagement from the group, or assisting with documentation so you as the meeting facilitator can focus on running the meeting.
  • Be visual: Consider using visual examples to clearly emphasize the point you’re making. It does not need to be a perfect drawing, just something that appropriately expresses the idea to avoid misinterpretations.

Who should I plan on attending the meeting?

We have all felt the pain of a meeting that did not have the right stakeholders in it. When our team needs to determine who should be in attendance, we refer to a RACI Matrix. A RACI Matrix is a listing that defines all stakeholders on a project and their level involvement in each task, denoted with the letters R, A, C or I (Forbes, 2022.)

Project partners, and possible meeting attendees, are sorted into four different categories – by determining which person falls into which category, you will narrow down your options and get the people you need in the meeting.

  • RESPONSIBLE
    • Is hands-on working on the project.
    • Working in the project, completing tasks to get the project over the finish line.
  • ACCOUNTABLE
    • The ultimate decider.
    • They answer to others about the project, so their job is to make sure it is what’s expected.
  • CONSULTED
    • Individuals who should be brought in and provide feedback or review.
    • Hold some level of expertise but is not involved in the project.
  • INFORMED
    • They need to be up to date on the project, but it’s not necessary for them to attend.
    • Let them attend if they wish, but sending notes after the meeting is an option.

It’s important to know that these roles are not permanent. It’s dependent on what you need to accomplish in your meeting. For example, when you’re seeking design approval, a previous Informed team member may be on your invite list, but they weren’t part of the project process. It varies from team to team, organization to organization.

When does it work best for everyone to meet?

Now that we have our meeting attendees sorted, we start to do what some call the most difficult part of any meeting prep – finding a time that works for everyone. There are various tools, some included in different email applications, others available via downloaded, that help with the task.


COMBAT MEETING FATIGUE

Everyone understands how exhausting days of back-to-back meetings are. Polling suggests that 45% of employees feel overwhelmed by the number of meetings they attend. As a facilitator remember to keep a pulse check on your attendees. If you feel the focus on your meeting slipping, know that its ok to end the meeting early and schedule more time later. Your attendees will thank you.


We’re a remote-first organization with global team members around the world. Keeping calendars up to date and ensuring availability sharing is key to scheduling meetings easily. Our teams also schedule asynchronous meetings, which are helpful for scenarios of working over a period of time, rather than in a single, real-time session.

Am I missing anything for my meeting?

Now that your meeting is scheduled, there are two necessary inclusions that go forgotten. The meeting agenda is a key component that sets up your meeting attendees for success. Sharing the meeting agenda provides context for your attendees – the important “what” and “why” discuss earlier. It also serves as the vehicle to communicate additional information or context to provide your attendees with the information they need to participate.

Even more forgotten are the actionable next steps. This might be the last thing on your mind, or possibly forgotten after a killer meeting, but make sure attendees know what should be expected after your session concludes. Assign follow-up tasks to participants as needed, send meeting notes or a quick recap to the group post-meeting, or even send out the meeting recording if needed. Our work doesn’t end after a meeting, we must keep the momentum going after time is up.

Putting it together

Now it’s your turn. It takes time and practice to develop the right skills to be a fantastic facilitator. The next time you need to schedule a meeting consider using these questions as a framework to help guide you.


Get more insights from our UX Design team.

Sign up to receive our Continuous Inspiration newsletter.

Headshot of Lead UX Designer and Blog Author Elisa Goyeneche.

Elisa Goyeneche is a Lead UX Designer at ITX. She is passionate about creating solutions through design and cultivating the centered human design vision in her community. Elisa received her Audiovisual Communicator and Professor on Audiovisual Art degrees from Universidad Nacional de La Plata in Argentina.

Headshot of Lead UX Designer and Blog Author Shannon Baird.

Shannon Baird is a Lead UX Designer at ITX. She thrives on solving challenging problems with a user-centered design process, taking problems through research, ideation, prototyping, and testing design phases. Shannon earned her BFA in New Media Design from Rochester Institute of Technology.

The post The Secret to Successful and Effective Virtual Meetings appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
INDUSTRY Global 2023 https://itx.com/events/industry-global-2023/ Wed, 06 Sep 2023 16:29:43 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=18191 INDUSTRY Global Product Conference in Cleveland, Ohio is among the world’s largest and most significant assemblies of product leaders. ITX EVP of Innovation, Sean Flaherty, is scheduled to lead two workshops and provide a keynote. ITX is proud to be a sponsor this year.

The post INDUSTRY Global 2023 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
INDUSTRY Global Product Conference in Cleveland, Ohio is among the world’s largest and most significant assemblies of product leaders. ITX EVP of Innovation, Sean Flaherty, is scheduled to lead two workshops and provide a keynote. ITX is proud to be a sponsor this year.

Learn more about INDUSTRY Global

The post INDUSTRY Global 2023 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
118 / Empathy, Transparency, and Intentionality in Product Management, with Devan Goldstein https://itx.com/podcast/118-empathy-transparency-and-intentionality-in-product-management-with-devan-goldstein/ Tue, 05 Sep 2023 19:00:27 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=17506 Success as a product manager requires finding the right balance between solving user problems and meeting rigid business demands. For Devan Goldstein, a Group Product Manager at Trello (an Atlassian product), “product management’s fundamental accountability is to ensure that the business gets what it needs out of the teams it has put in place to …

The post 118 / Empathy, Transparency, and Intentionality in Product Management, with Devan Goldstein appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Success as a product manager requires finding the right balance between solving user problems and meeting rigid business demands. For Devan Goldstein, a Group Product Manager at Trello (an Atlassian product), “product management’s fundamental accountability is to ensure that the business gets what it needs out of the teams it has put in place to do the work.”

That means making sure users are getting what they need out of the product such that, in a perfect world, what they need is something that drives product market fit.

“It can’t be something they need that doesn’t create a sustainable business,” Devan says. “It can’t be something they need that is ancillary to the business’ reason for existing.”

How do we get there? Devan Goldstein believes we solve this challenge by adopting a service orientation, aiming above all to help users, the business, and the team.

“Having this sense of omni-directional caring and empathy – not just for users, which is the one we talk about the most, but for your partners, for the teams that work with your partners, and for your stakeholders – helps us understand how all those overlapping needs intersect as inputs to the strategic and prioritization decisions we have to make,” he adds.

Tune in to hear Devan’s comments on the critical traits that all product managers should possess in this episode of Product Momentum:

  • Empathy for both your users and co-workers.
  • Intentionality in your day-to-day interactions; nothing happens by accident.
  • Integrity and humility, even when they might compete.

The post 118 / Empathy, Transparency, and Intentionality in Product Management, with Devan Goldstein appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Success as a product manager requires finding the right balance between solving user problems and meeting rigid business demands. For Devan Goldstein, a Group Product Manager at Trello (an Atlassian product), Devan Goldstein reminds us that solving product problems begins with recognizing the needs of our users, our business, and our teams. Devan Goldstein 1 1 118 118 118 / Empathy, Transparency, and Intentionality in Product Management, with Devan Goldstein full false 25:51
WordCamp Rochester 2023 https://itx.com/events/wordcamp-rochester-2023/ Tue, 05 Sep 2023 14:39:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=18305 ITX is proud to be a sponsor at the 2023 WordCamp Rochester event. WordCamps are locally-organized conferences covering everything related to WordPress.

The post WordCamp Rochester 2023 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
WordCamps are casual, locally-organized conferences covering everything related to WordPress. WordCamp Rochester will be held on September 30 with speakers from the area sharing their stories on different ways to use WordPress. ITX is proud to be a sponsor this year.

Get Tickets For The Event

Learn More

The post WordCamp Rochester 2023 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
ITX Acquires SUMO Heavy https://itx.com/news/itx-acquires-sumo-heavy/ Fri, 01 Sep 2023 11:30:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=19324 ROCHESTER, NY – August 16, 2023. ITX Corp., an award-winning custom software development firm, announced today it has achieved Systems and Organizations Controls 2 (SOC 2) Type 1 compliance after passing an independent audit conducted by MHM Professional Corporation. SOC 2 compliance for service organizations is attained only through a rigorous and thorough review of processes and controls.

The post ITX Acquires SUMO Heavy appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Acquisition Reflects Rochester, NY Tech Firm’s Commitment to eCommerce Excellence

September 1, 2023 Rochester, NY. ITX Corp., an award-winning custom software development firm, is excited to announce the acquisition of SUMO Heavy, a Philadelphia-based provider of customized eCommerce solutions serving global clients of all sizes, from startups to Fortune 1000 organizations. The addition of SUMO Heavy deepens ITX’s existing eCommerce knowledge and complements their other specializations in healthcare and financial services.

Founded in 2010 by Bart Mroz and Robert Brodie, SUMO Heavy emphasizes a process-focused approach to successfully deliver scalable enterprise and eCommerce solutions. These include custom software products and integrations that drive growth and increase profitability.

“ITX is proud to add SUMO Heavy’s eCommerce expertise to our existing capabilities in transaction- and data-centric industries like financial services and healthcare,” said ITX CEO Ralph Dandrea. “We are also extremely excited to welcome another highly skilled team of problem solvers and an impressive roster of clients to ITX.”

“The special sauce at SUMO Heavy continues to be our focus on creating business outcomes for the customer through process and predictability. ITX operates with the exact same mindset. This is a great fit,” said Mroz, SUMO Heavy’s co-founder and CEO. “ITX is in growth mode, and we’re excited to be a part of that.”

The addition of SUMO Heavy points to ITX’s ongoing commitment to growth both organically and through acquisition. Demand for ITX’s full-service offerings in custom software development continues to accelerate. By deepening their expertise in eCommerce and digital transactions, ITX reinforces its position as a leader in the space, enhancing the business value they deliver to an expanding list of clients.

Mroz and Brodie join ITX as Engagement Lead and Delivery Director, respectively. The whole SUMO Heavy team continues to work on eCommerce- and enterprise work under the ITX banner.

About ITX Corp.

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies tackle complex business challenges through custom software development, delivering solutions that build trust, loyalty, and advocacy among clients and their users. Remote-first since 1997, the company was recently named a Best Company to Work For in the State of New York. ITX has expanded beyond its roots in Rochester, NY into a team of nearly 300 talented product professionals and technologists throughout the Americas and beyond. Visit itx.com for more.

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing 585.899.4895 | Career Inquiries 585.899.4888


The post ITX Acquires SUMO Heavy appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
WordPress Accessibility Day 2023 https://itx.com/events/wordpress-accessibility-day-2023/ Thu, 31 Aug 2023 16:27:31 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=18183 WordPress Accessibility Day is a global volunteer-based annual event dedicated to providing information about creating accessible websites in WordPress. ITX is proud to be a sponsor this year.

The post WordPress Accessibility Day 2023 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
WordPress Accessibility Day is a global volunteer-based annual event dedicated to providing information about creating accessible websites in WordPress. Subject matter experts from around the world will deliver their insights to an audience of WordPress developers, designers, content creators, and users. This year’s event is happening September 27 – 28, 2023, with webinars happening virtually for 24 hours. ITX is proud to be a sponsor this year.

Register For The Event

Learn More

The post WordPress Accessibility Day 2023 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Where Are The Innovations? https://itx.com/blog/where-are-the-innovations/ Wed, 30 Aug 2023 00:08:54 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=17946 Keys to Stewarding the Client Investment & Maximizing ROI

Getting to the heart of a client’s concern is the crucial first step to delivering an effective software solution. But deciphering complex requirements and balancing competencies between a client and a technology partner can be a daunting task. This is where discovery comes into play.
In our series’ first post, Discovery: Understanding the Problem Space, we learned that discovery begins before kickoff with a client-focused “needs analysis session.”
In this blog, we’ll explore how discovery activities help teams gain powerful insights, establish trust, and deliver impactful solutions as they work to steward the client investment.

The post Where Are The Innovations? appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>

In this blog, ITX EVP of Innovation Sean Flaherty explores where innovation comes from, discusses obstacles that stand in its way, and offers a simple technique you can share with your teams for capturing ideas that lead to more innovations.

This blog is a refreshed version of the original, which was first published February 15, 2022, on Medium.

In building a culture of innovation, teach your leaders to write down their ideas, lest they get lost in the clutter of their minds.

Sean Flaherty,
EVP of Innovation, ITX Corp.

Innovations Come Only From People

Innovation doesn’t have to be disruptive to be impactful. Some, as Dr. Timothy Clark shared, “ are light bulb moments of lone genius.” But most of the time, he adds, “it’s a collaborative enterprise where we are all working together.” In other words, even small innovations can add up over time and lead to a sustainable and hard-to-copy competitive advantage.

But let’s back up for a moment and talk about how leadership and creativity intersect. I believe leadership is a function that initiates an environment where creativity thrives for the people being led. It’s an art that leadership fosters an environment where meaningful innovations occur with regularity.

The Function of Leadership Inspires Creativity

If you need creativity at scale, you need leadership; if what you need is a process to be followed, you need management.

Sean Flaherty,
EVP of Innovation, ITX Corp.

If the environment is perfectly predictable and you need to continue to do the same things in the same way, managing your team for efficiency is all that is required. The environment does not require leadership if you know exactly what is expected.

However, if the environment is volatile, uncertain, complex, or ambiguous (VUCA), creativity is required, and hence, you need leadership to ensure the environment is optimized to find your way through the fog.

Leadership is the function that continuously looks at the environment to optimize for the creativity of the people in the system. It can be broken down into four primary jobs, as explained by The Momentum Framework: Vision, Motivation, Capabilities, and Execution. The result, when firing on all four cylinders, is improved creativity in the pursuit of a worthwhile set of business goals.

To be clear, when I use the distinction of “innovation,” I mean:

An idea, tactic, or process improvement that enhances relationships with the people in your ecosystem.

In the traditional sense, it may mean that you have implemented a change that makes the whole ecosystem more efficient and more profitable, thereby improving your relationships with shareholders. Or, it may make your product or service much more attractive to your chosen market of customers, improving your ability to retain them and convert them into advocates.

In a less traditional sense, innovation may be an improvement in your team’s ways of working. When a team can reduce the friction within it, the experience each member has with your organization improves, which positively impacts retention and your ability to earn advocacy from your team.

Either way, every micro-innovation matters. They accumulate over time. And it is these ongoing improvements that ensure an organization remains adaptable and resilient to changes in the environment.

Innovations Come Only From Ideas

If you lead an organization long enough, you learn that most of the ideas you hear from the people around you are mediocre, at best. Most ideas are well-intentioned, but when you experiment with them in the wild, they bear little fruit.

After having worked in the software development industry for three decades, I can affirm this to be the case. Many features end up buried inside complicated menus and are rarely put to use. In my experience, this phenomenon approximately follows Pareto’s principle that 20% of software features get 80% of the usage. In fact, according to The Standish Group, many get no usage at all.

So where do ideas come from?

I assert that ideas come only from thoughts. At least for now, only people have thoughts with the potential to be innovations. It thus follows that only people who care about your future to some degree will share those thoughts and ideas with you, giving you the opportunity to consider, refine, and experiment with them.

People > Advocates > Thoughts > Ideas > Innovations

Daniel Kahneman and Amos Tversky, in studying human evaluation of moments in their research on decision making and memory, determined that the “experiencing self” has a complete thought about once every three seconds.

Each moment of the experiencing self lasts about three seconds.

Daniel Kahneman, Thinking, Fast and Slow
Author, Psychologist, Economist

Here is a mathematical thought experiment to consider. My teams run workshops with client executive leaders to help them to create more customer empathy and create the space for innovations to occur. In those workshops, we typically have between six and sixteen leaders. But to keep the math simple, let’s assume we have 10 leaders in attendance for a particular workshop.

A handful of additional assumptions for our exercise:

>> If there are 10 leaders in the room, and

>> If we spend about 7 hours in the Workshop, and

>> If there are 3,600 seconds in an hour (there are), and

>> If we have a thought every 3 seconds (per Kahneman’s research)…

We generate 84,000 potential thoughts in a typical Workshop. (10 x 7 x 3,600) / 3 = 84,000

Now, we have to get creative and take some liberties to complete the thought experiment, so let’s make a couple of very conservative assumptions:

>> If we assume 84,000 ideas generated during a Workshop (see above), and

>> If we assume that 1 in 500 thoughts might be an idea,

That leaves us with 168 ideas to experiment with. In a day that has been reserved for the specific purpose of generating ideas, this seems reasonable (and probably a bit conservative).

>> If we further assume that 10% of our ideas might actually deliver incremental value to our ecosystem, we should emerge from the Workshop with at least 16.8 reasonable innovations.

That sounds amazing, right? You’d think, given those numbers, that we should be doing these workshops on a regular basis.

But experience tells us that it doesn’t work that way. Innovations are much more fleeting and far more rare in real life. Why?

I have a few theories; here are two of them:

  1. Psychological safety in these sessions is almost always lower than we think it is. Participants are sometimes afraid to make themselves vulnerable in front of their peers. Or maybe ideas they come up with have already been tried. Whatever the reason, they don’t feel comfortable sharing their ideas. And that’s a huge obstacle for innovation. This must be addressed to maximize innovation, but that is not the point of this article.
  2. Since we are recycling our thoughts about every three seconds, we have no shortage of ideas. But we lose them to our own rapid-fire neurology. This problem can be addressed with a simple habit change in the people you lead.

I assert that we can improve our odds of capturing more, great ideas from the people we are leading if we were to leverage something like Mel Robbin’s Five-Second Rule. Her claim is that if we don’t tie an idea to a specific action within 5 seconds, it will never happen. Her work deals with changing your automatic behaviors and the habits in your life that are not giving you the results that you desire. This is a similar argument.

If you can lead your team to create a habit of idea capture and sharing simply by writing down their ideas whenever and wherever they have them, you stand to capture more great ideas. This simple technique will invariably lead to more innovations.

One of the keys to this is to create an environment of “open awareness” around what is important. You can do this by setting meaningful goals.

Also, recognize that when people are fully aligned, confident, and committed to a shared goal, creativity can strike at any point and on any day. It is not restricted to the Workshop day.

If you are in the business of leading, write down ideas and turn the good ones into actions.

Sean Flaherty,
EVP of Innovation, ITX Corp.

Teach your team members to do this too. Make it a shared practice and habit.

Leadership By Setting the Example

In summary, lead your teams by setting the example. Model the behaviors you want to see from them.

Keep a notepad by your side and create a habit of capturing your ideas when they happen. Encourage your teams to do the same, review all ideas periodically, and celebrate the practice.

The next time you lead a Workshop, share the math with them and get them to imagine how it might feel if they came out of the session with even eight new micro-innovations – only half of what we calculated above.

Then, after the Workshop, count up the ideas that the team shared and you will be surprised at the change.

References

The Momentum Framework, by Sean Flaherty (2021)

An Advocacy Strategy, by Sean Flaherty (2021)

The Pareto Principle, by Vilfredo Pareto (1896)

The Standish Group Benchmark Reports (2020 Chaos Study)

Psychological Safety Inspires Innovation, Product Momentum podcast (Feb 2022)

Thinking Fast and Slow, by Daniel Kahneman, PhD (2011)

The 5 Second Rule, by Mel Robbins (2017)

Is Too Much Psychological Safety Bad for Business, by Sean Flaherty (2020)

Unleashing Creativity and Innovation, by Sean Flaherty (2018)

Sean Flaherty is Executive Vice President of Innovation at ITX, where he leads a passionate group of product specialists and technologists to solve client challenges. Developer of The Momentum Framework, Sean is also a prolific writer and award-winning speaker discussing the subjects of empathy, innovation, and leadership. 

The post Where Are The Innovations? appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Maximizing Developer Value: The Intersection of Tech and Business Domains https://itx.com/blog/maximizing-developer-value-the-intersection-of-tech-and-business-domains/ Thu, 24 Aug 2023 17:31:32 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=17823 . Leaning on content curated from thought leaders like Amazon’s Jesse Watson and SVPG’s Marty Cagan, and others, John offers a word of caution to engineers, their product teams, and C-suite leaders alike: “If you fail to see beyond technical skill as what makes developers valuable, you’ve got it wrong.”

The post Maximizing Developer Value: The Intersection of Tech and Business Domains appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In his role as Principal Software Engineer at ITX, John Roets knows the value engineers bring to the table and describes it in the blog below. Leaning on content curated from thought leaders like Amazon’s Jesse Watson, SVPG’s Marty Cagan, and others, John offers words of caution and support to his fellow engineers and their teammates: “If you fail to see beyond technical skill as what makes developers valuable, you’ve got it wrong.

My new favorite article is The Hard Thing About Software Development, from Jesse Watson, a software development manager at Amazon. I discovered it through James Coplien, an Agile influencer, who has labeled the article as ‘profound.’

The article itself isn’t new – it was written in 2017 – but its message is as relevant as ever.

In the article, Jesse is responding to an independent remote developer – a freelancer, gig worker – who is lamenting the fact that gigs don’t pay well.

On the surface, this seems contradictory. After all, developers are in high demand and are paid well. Right? What’s going on here?

The Value of Engineering: Experts Weigh In

In his article, Watson offers the following to help us understand this seeming contradiction:

The greatest misconception about software development is that it is a separable discipline from deep analysis of the business problem.

Programming skill in the absence of business domain knowledge is becoming increasingly worthless.

A developer’s value to their employer or customers is almost directly proportional to the depth and breadth of…the knowledge that they have internalized and synthesized in their business’s problem domain.

Pretty powerful stuff. But let’s not take just Jesse’s word for it. Let’s have a look at what other respected folks have to say.

From David Farley, in his book Modern Software Engineering:

The ease at which most people can pick up a few concepts that allows them to write a few lines of code [lulls them] into a false sense of their own capabilities. Professional programming isn’t about translating instructions [i.e., requirements] from a human language into a programming language. Machines can do that.

Professional programming is about creating solutions to problems…. (emphasis added)

The real skills – the things that really differentiate great programmers from poor programmers – are not language-specific or framework-specific. They lie elsewhere.

And from Marty Cagan, with excellent related articles here and here, as well as his podcast episode with our Product Momentum team and recently published book Empowered:

…it’s normal for an engineer to need several months to learn…the domain well enough to play the key role they need to play (emphasis added).

The concept that any engineer…can easily and instantly switch between major areas and be expected to innovate defies reality and goes way beyond wishful thinking.

A Word of Caution to Developers

The message to developers is this: If you fail to see beyond technical skill as what makes developers and teams valuable, you’ve got it wrong.

Developer and organizational attitudes, structures, and operational models continue to (mistakenly) reinforce the idea that developers are mere “order takers,” fungible assets to be moved around from domain to domain where the work is.

The message to developers and teams is this: If you fail to see beyond technical skill as what makes developers and their teams valuable, you’ve got it wrong.

John Roets,
Principal Software Engineer, ITX

Another misguided notion is that teams are “feature factories” to be run like a cost center, where value judgment of individuals and teams revolves primarily around technical knowledge and skill.

Here are some signs that you’ve got things wrong –

  • Developers believe “you give me the spec, and I will code it.”
  • Development teams are treated like feature teams – not like truly empowered product teams.
  • Software development is project-oriented, not product-oriented.
  • Development resources/teams are not kept in the same domain for long periods of time.
  • Attempts to keep a “skills inventory” for development staff focus only on technical items.
  • Finding the “right” candidates for hire is an exercise in looking primarily for technical matches.

The most valuable asset in the software industry is the synthesis of programming skill and deep context in the business problem domain, in one skull.

Jesse Watson,
Software Development Manager, Amazon

Additional insights from Jesse Watson:

The hard part isn’t the technology – the number one failure of the software industry is building the wrong product.

The most valuable asset in the software industry is the synthesis of programming skill and deep context in the business problem domain, in one skull.

Mercenaries and Missionaries

At this point let me be clear about what I am not saying: I am not saying that programming skill is not hugely important. It is. But it’s not valuable in the absence of other things. That’s the point.

Marty Cagan likes to make a distinction between “Teams of mercenaries” and “Teams of missionaries”, which makes a lot of sense to me:

Teams of missionaries are engaged, motivated, have a deep understanding of the business context, and tangible empathy for the customer. Teams of mercenaries feel no real sense of empowerment or accountability, no passion for the problem to be solved, and little real connection with the actual users and customers.

How Developers Can Maximize Their Value

As a developer, in spite of your desires or beliefs, your value is not defined by your ability to be handed a list of requirements and go off on your own and write some code.

As Watson notes, “There are an ever decreasing number of software problems that are so cut and dried that they can be tossed over a wall and implemented in isolation of business expertise. This is why the price for remote programming keeps dropping to zero.”

That may also explain why our gig worker’s lamentation about pay is less contradictory than we first thought.

As you consider the value you offer, think about your work experience (as well as your experience at work), and ask yourself the following:

  • Do you actively participate in requirements specification? Or are you instead a passive bystander, with no sense of responsibility for getting the requirements right?
  • Do you take the time to understand the product and the problems it’s solving for users? Or are you instead mostly interested in being told what to build?
  • Do you (or others) believe your need to ask clarifying questions during development is a failure of someone else to give you all the information you need? Or do you see information gathering as part of your role on the team?

The following behaviors demonstrate that you, as a developer, understand the importance of “internalization and synthesis of the business’s problem domain”:

  • You ask clarifying questions about requirements and suggest product improvements.
  • You point out potential impacts/risks of implementation choices.
  • You ask questions about users and consider the product’s future (i.e., things that users are likely to want, or design choices).
  • You actively participate in discussions about product features or product roadmap.
  • You write requirements.
  • You push for improvements to software design (e.g., decoupling).
  • You push for organizational change (think Conway’s Law)

If you’re doing these things, well done. These are the behaviors that produce better solutions to customer problems.

Advice for Career-Minded Developers

There is an aspect of integrity at play here. Software development is (or should be) a problem solving profession. Problem solvers don’t orient around “tell me how you’d like your problem solved and I’ll implement it.” We participate in finding the right solution.

Additionally, my experience tells me that a developer’s career rarely advances on programming ability and technical knowledge alone. Those things matter, of course, but not in the absence of problem domain knowledge. Not in the absence of expertise in engineering practices. And not in the absence of a demonstrated ability and interest in problem solving, learning, and collaboration.

So, if you are a developer:

  • View yourself as much more than a programmer.
  • Orient yourself around the user and their problems.
  • Become an expert in the product domain.
  • Learn and master engineering best practices.
  • Become a professional software engineer and a problem solver.

That’s what users deserve from you.


John Roets is Principal Software Engineer at ITX Corp. He and the teams he works with follow Agile development practices. John has an MS degree in Software Development and Management from Rochester Institute of Technology and a BS degree in Electrical and Computer Engineering from Clarkson University. His passion is to develop the right software the right way.

The post Maximizing Developer Value: The Intersection of Tech and Business Domains appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
117 / Re-Imagining the Future of Product, with Erica Orange https://itx.com/podcast/117-reimagining-the-future-of-product-with-erica-orange/ Tue, 22 Aug 2023 16:26:33 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=17789 Vision and Strategy are terms often used interchangeably. It’s easy to do, especially when the future is racing toward us. But when we conflate the notion of vision and strategy — as Eastman Kodak learned the hard way years ago — we confuse our objective with the path to achieving it. We can we adjust …

The post 117 / Re-Imagining the Future of Product, with Erica Orange appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Vision and Strategy are terms often used interchangeably. It’s easy to do, especially when the future is racing toward us. But when we conflate the notion of vision and strategy — as Eastman Kodak learned the hard way years ago — we confuse our objective with the path to achieving it. We can we adjust our mindset to think in terms of re-imagining the future of our products in a way that helps us avoid this trap, Erica Orange explains in today’s episode of Product Momentum.

Erica Orange is the Executive Vice President & Chief Operating Officer of The Future Hunters, one of the world’s leading futurist consulting firms. Erica uses futures thinking to help us understand the pace of change and evaluate trends in a rapidly changing world. By slowing things down, the future’s unknowns feel less ominous, more approachable. We get better at becoming comfortable with the ambiguity we confront every day.  

Erica explains how successful companies adapt their vision-driven strategies in real-time to fit uncertain, rapidly evolving markets.

“As we go into the future, successful companies need to begin with a blank slate for each strategy and reimagine what is appropriate and effective for each,” she says. “It goes back to the things that are all tried and true. Companies that do their future and their vision and their strategies in terms of the correct mental math will be the ones that get it right.”

Hold your vision near, Erica adds, and keep multiple strategies close by. This can make it easier to abandon the ones that aren’t working.

Be sure to catch the entire episode with Erica for a fresh take on the future! 

The post 117 / Re-Imagining the Future of Product, with Erica Orange appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Vision and Strategy are terms often used interchangeably. It’s easy to do, especially when the future is racing toward us. But when we conflate the notion of vision and strategy — as Eastman Kodak learned the hard way years ago — we confuse our objecti... Futurist Erica Orange shares strategies that help product leaders grow more comfortable with today's unprecedented pace of change. Erica Orange 1 1 117 117 117 / Re-Imagining the Future of Product, with Erica Orange full false 26:50
ITX Passes SOC 2 Type 1 Review https://itx.com/news/itx-passes-soc-2-type-1-review/ Wed, 16 Aug 2023 13:07:29 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=17696 ROCHESTER, NY – August 16, 2023. ITX Corp., an award-winning custom software development firm, announced today it has achieved Systems and Organizations Controls 2 (SOC 2) Type 1 compliance after passing an independent audit conducted by MHM Professional Corporation. SOC 2 compliance for service organizations is attained only through a rigorous and thorough review of processes and controls.

The post ITX Passes SOC 2 Type 1 Review appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Compliance Audit Affirms Strong Security Processes and Reliable Controls

August 16, 2023 Rochester, NY. ITX Corp., an award-winning custom software development firm, announced today it has achieved Systems and Organizations Controls 2 (SOC 2) Type 1 compliance after passing an independent audit conducted by MHM Professional Corporation. SOC 2 compliance for service organizations is attained only through a rigorous and thorough review of processes and controls.

“By passing this formal audit, ITX has demonstrated that the controls we have in place for security and confidentiality are ideal for the services we provide to our clients,” said Jonathan Coupal, VP of Security and Infrastructure at ITX. “Passing the SOC 2 Type 1 examination re-affirms the trust our clients place in ITX to protect their sensitive information and brand reputation.”

SOC 2 Type 1 compliance is the next significant milestone in ITX’s ongoing commitment to strengthen their information security processes and establish reliable controls. Pursuit of SOC 2 Type 2 examination, which addresses the effectiveness of those controls over time, is already underway.

About ITX Corp.

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies solve complex business challenges through product development, delivering software that builds trust, loyalty, and advocacy among clients and users. Remote-first since inception over 25 years ago, the company was recently named a Best Company to Work for in the State of New York. ITX has expanded beyond its roots in Rochester, NY into a team of hundreds of talented product professionals and technologists throughout the Americas and beyond. Visit itx.com for more.

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing | 585.899.4895 Career inquiries: 585.899.4888


The post ITX Passes SOC 2 Type 1 Review appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
116 / Innovate with Empathy: Unpacking Trauma-Informed Design, with Matt Bernius https://itx.com/podcast/116-innovate-with-empathy-unpacking-trauma-informed-design-with-matt-bernius/ Tue, 08 Aug 2023 18:40:39 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=17521 It can be overwhelming to think about all of the impacts – both positive and negative – that our products might have on those who use them. In this episode of Product Momentum, Paul is joined by Matt Bernius, friend of ITX and Principal User Researcher at Code for America. Matt discusses trauma-informed design in …

The post 116 / Innovate with Empathy: Unpacking Trauma-Informed Design, with Matt Bernius appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
It can be overwhelming to think about all of the impacts – both positive and negative – that our products might have on those who use them. In this episode of Product Momentum, Paul is joined by Matt Bernius, friend of ITX and Principal User Researcher at Code for America. Matt discusses trauma-informed design in an approachable way that will change how you think about your work.

Awareness should be your first step in working toward being trauma-informed and trauma-responsive, Matt offers. The simple act of listening to this episode puts you squarely on the right path.

Matt Bernius explains that experimentation that brings about even incremental changes can make a difference and be truly innovative. When we improve products for users who have experienced trauma, he says, we make them better for everyone using or building the product, regardless of their life experiences.

Through trauma-informed individuals we can build more resilient organizations. “It’s a responsibility of the organization to create an environment that doesn’t require extreme resilience,” Matt adds, “not the fault of an individual for not being resilient.” Matt points out.

We can all work toward developing resilience in ourselves and each other and, in the process, can create psychologically safe organizations where innovation thrives best.

Catch the whole episode to hear more of Matt’s practical tips and impactful insights:

  • About half of adults in the U.S. have experienced trauma of some form or another.
  • Trauma “lives in the body.”
  • Re-traumatization – when your body re-lives a traumatic experience – has long-term adverse impacts.
  • Listen to your innermost feelings, even in situations where you’re trained to be objective.

The post 116 / Innovate with Empathy: Unpacking Trauma-Informed Design, with Matt Bernius appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
It can be overwhelming to think about all of the impacts – both positive and negative – that our products might have on those who use them. In this episode of Product Momentum, Paul is joined by Matt Bernius, Matt Bernius, Principal User Researcher at Code for America, explains trauma-informed design and helps product builders innovate with empathy. Matt Bernius 1 1 116 116 116 / Innovate with Empathy: Unpacking Trauma-Informed Design, with Matt Bernius full false 24:26
115 / How Emotional Intelligence Drives Product Success, with Kate Leto https://itx.com/podcast/115-how-emotional-intelligence-drives-product-success-with-kate-leto/ Wed, 26 Jul 2023 15:26:44 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=17355 For years product management’s “hard skills” have gotten much of the spotlight, maybe because they’re easier to get our arms around. But as product management coach and consultant Kate Leto explains, the conversation seems to be shifting toward product leadership’s more elusive collection of “soft skills,” which she refers to as emotional intelligence. In this …

The post 115 / How Emotional Intelligence Drives Product Success, with Kate Leto appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
For years product management’s “hard skills” have gotten much of the spotlight, maybe because they’re easier to get our arms around. But as product management coach and consultant Kate Leto explains, the conversation seems to be shifting toward product leadership’s more elusive collection of “soft skills,” which she refers to as emotional intelligence.

In this episode of Product Momentum, Kate emphasizes the need to develop aptitude around empathy, conflict resolution, resilience, and maintaining a positive attitude. Her first book, Hiring Product Managers: Using Product EQ to go beyond culture and skills, discusses how the human approach to product leadership often makes the difference in individual, team, and product success.

Sharpening our product technique and functional skills remains vital, she explains. “But we need to reframe the narrative and realize that things like emotional intelligence are important skills sets as well.”

All these soft skills come together to form Product EQ, really bringing emotional intelligence front and center into the product community, Kate adds.

Catch the entire episode with Kate Leto, and be sure to listen for her insights on hiring and team building that go beyond the functional proficiency, especially:

  • The Role Canvas. A collaborative approach to creating a meaningful role.
  • The Product EQ Wheel. A self-reflection exercise designed to help you understand and assess your product EQ.
  • Sphere of Influence. Understanding that our ability to truly control behaviors and outcomes is limited.

The post 115 / How Emotional Intelligence Drives Product Success, with Kate Leto appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
For years product management’s “hard skills” have gotten much of the spotlight, maybe because they’re easier to get our arms around. But as product management coach and consultant Kate Leto explains, the conversation seems to be shifting toward product... Renowned product coach Kate Leto explains how we can build emotional intelligence (EQ) skills to drive individual, team, and product success. Kate Leto 1 1 115 115 115 / How Emotional Intelligence Drives Product Success, with Kate Leto full false 22:29
114 / Building Authentic Communities: Gen Z Leads the Way, with Alex Crandall https://itx.com/podcast/114-building-authentic-communities-gen-z-leads-the-way-with-alex-crandall/ Tue, 11 Jul 2023 19:48:26 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=17122 Imagine a world where you can just be yourself. Where you can be safe and be expressive and be just how you want to show up and not be worried about being judged for it. This is the sort of community that Landing product designer Alex Crandall is helping to build. It’s a refreshing world …

The post 114 / Building Authentic Communities: Gen Z Leads the Way, with Alex Crandall appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Imagine a world where you can just be yourself. Where you can be safe and be expressive and be just how you want to show up and not be worried about being judged for it. This is the sort of community that Landing product designer Alex Crandall is helping to build. It’s a refreshing world far removed from where many Gen Z users cut their teeth.

In this episode of Product Momentum, Alex joins co-hosts Paul Gebel and Mimi Ace, a Sr. UX Designer at ITX, to explore how Gen Z is embracing new communities that support creative inspiration while rejecting the inauthenticity of the social media platforms they grew up with.

“We don’t need to get into all the statistics of how negatively social media has impacted and has spiked anxieties with younger generations,” Alex says. “But I think many are realizing – having grown up in this toxic culture – that the so-called ‘authenticity’ that people are playing at and presenting on social media is not what they want.”

Today’s mainstream platforms goad their users into to being confrontational and adversarial. “It’s staged. It’s bought. It’s rented,” he explains. “And it’s not true to who anyone actually is.”

Today’s users totally recognize when people aren’t being their most authentic selves. And they’re turning away, demanding to go back to a time when they can simply, safely, be themselves.

Tune in to learn more about the many communities that are sprouting up. Like the one Alex Crandall is helping to build and like so many of the insights he shares here, they’re uplifting and hopeful, offering a new direction and a sense of renewal.

Imagine that.

The post 114 / Building Authentic Communities: Gen Z Leads the Way, with Alex Crandall appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Imagine a world where you can just be yourself. Where you can be safe and be expressive and be just how you want to show up and not be worried about being judged for it. This is the sort of community that Landing product designer Alex Crandall is helpi... Landing's Alex Crandall describes how Gen Z is creating on-line communities that embrace personal authenticity and psychological safety. Alex Crandall 1 1 114 114 114 / Building Authentic Communities: Gen Z Leads the Way, with Alex Crandall full false 30:23
Leading Your Team For Innovation Webinar https://itx.com/events/leading-your-team-for-innovation-webinar/ Mon, 10 Jul 2023 14:04:45 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=17116 Join our Executive VP of Innovation Sean Flaherty for a virtual Fireside Chat, hosted by Product Collective.

The post Leading Your Team For Innovation Webinar appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Join our Executive VP of Innovation Sean Flaherty for a virtual Fireside Chat, hosted by Product Collective. Part of the INDUSTRY Product Interviews series, Sean will share how Product Leaders and Product Team Members can make an impact on their team’s ability to innovate. The webinar will include a live Q&A chat.

Register for the webinar

Learn about INDUSTRY Global

The post Leading Your Team For Innovation Webinar appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Bridging the Gap: Highlights from ITX’s 2nd Annual Product + Design Conference https://itx.com/blog/bridging-the-gap-highlights-from-itxs-2nd-annual-product-design-conference/ Thu, 29 Jun 2023 16:49:31 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=17011 In the Planning Stage, look for the ITX innovation lead to guide the product team from Vision to Strategy to Roadmap. In our recent post, we explained that Vision represents a desired future state. Strategy explains how you’ll get there, and Roadmap lists the mile markers along the journey. In this post, we examine the innovation lead’s role in navigating that path.

Building software isn’t about the features you add – the bells and whistles. It’s about helping your end users be more successful. Any notion that a product with more features is by definition better than a product with fewer features is a misguided one.
Innovation leads help their clients and teams discover the difference between adding features for features’ sake and adding features that solve problems for users and create business value for clients.
Our journey starts with Vision, which directs everyone’s effort and investment toward making users more successful. In addition to vision statement – a declaration of objective – innovation leads help teams strategically derive two additional artifacts: the product strategy and the product roadmap.

The post Bridging the Gap: Highlights from ITX’s 2nd Annual Product + Design Conference appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
ITX hosted its 2nd Annual Product + Design Conference on June 22-23 at the Grand Hyatt Hotel Ballroom in downtown Rochester. The 2023 event’s 225+ Keynote Day attendees included every fashion of product maker and leader.

They may have entered the conference as product managers, designers, engineers, QA specialists, and content strategists. But they exited as members of a product team, collectively responsible for solving one shared problem: how do we improve the lives of our users?

“Turn Toward Each Other.” – Jesse James Garrett, Design Leadership Coach

In preparation for his keynote, Jesse James Garrett asked his 8,000 LinkedIn product manager and designer followers to share their biggest complaint regarding the other.

He transformed their feedback into his first new talk in 5 years, a frank, honest, inspiring presentation that shined a light on product team dysfunction and offered advice for bridging the gap between them.

Product teams spend too much time and energy working on the wrong things, Jesse said. We lose sight of the who, what, and why we’re solving for and instead direct our attention to winning the decision-making power over research, requirements, resources, and roadmaps.

He urged product leaders and designers alike to “turn to the center, toward one another. Product + Design are both stronger when you work together.”

“Making Futures Work” – Phil Balagtas, Futures Design Expert

Phil Balagtas draws on 20 years of experience designing digital products, the last 10 thinking about the future. Not about predicting it, but about creating scenarios that help us prepare for life’s “inevitable surprises.”

Ours is a VUCA world, he continued, filled with volatility, uncertainty, complexity, and ambiguity. Phil introduced the Futures Wheel as a tool – a map of implications, he said – to help us identify the potential consequences of trends and events and understand how today’s decisions bring direct and indirect consequences / opportunities for the future.

Phil uses design programs to help us envision future opportunities and challenges and ask ourselves, is this the kind of world we want? and with the future always upon us, how do we want to prepare for it?

“Radical Product Thinking” – Radhika Dutt, Entrepreneur, Product leader, Author

One of the key threads woven through the 2-day conference was the notion that problems need to be understood before they can be solved.

Radhika Dutt, author of Radical Product Thinking: The New Mindset for Innovating Smarter, has observed and studied the many problems that many product teams face. During her presentation, she shared not only her diagnoses, but their remedies as well.

As organizations have transformed from sales led to engineering led to product led and beyond, they experienced obsessive sales disorder, narcissus complex, pivotitis, and locked-in syndrome – each, Radhika says, is the result of product iterations that lack clear vision and strategy and is often fatal to innovation.

Radhika described Radical Product Theory (RPT) as a methodology for building world-changing products and gave attendees a step-by-step approach for engineering transformation within their organizations.

RPT comes in five key components, she explained. And when big-picture vision joins strategy, tactical prioritization, and roadmap execution (+ metrics), organizations can apply all of these ideas to enhance their culture.

“Ways to Measure Design” – Krissi Xenakis, Product Design Leader

Actually, the complete title of Krissi’s keynote presentation includes the parenthetical “(without selling your creative soul).”

Product design leader, advisor to startups, and an educator at the School of Visual Art’s Products of Design MFA program in Manhattan, Krissi Xenakis is a lover of design. She’s also a lover of the people whose lives are improved by design. It’s why she finds it so difficult to separate her design craft from her design hobby.

It’s also why she struggles with what she described as “sad soul scenarios” – comments that diminish the contributions designers make every day, like:

  • “We already know the pain points; we don’t need to do research.”
  • “It’s okay if it doesn’t look good; we just need some wireframes.”
  • “What’s the ROI of Design? Can’t Engineering do their work without design?”

Using delightful illustrations and examples, Krissi responded to each with an assortment of “creative soul” remedies:

  • Put distance between yourself and the work using hypothesis tests and project constraints.
  • Always align design work to company goals, and use design principles to measure what matters.
  • Show cost savings through risk mitigation and design program optimization activities.

“How Design Can Lead the Conversation” – Jocelyne Dittmer, Design Leader

Jocelyne Dittmer is a design leader with over 14 years of product, industry, and consulting experience.

“Designers contribute great insights into user needs, the problem that needs to be solved, and how to get to a solid outcome,” Jocelyne said.

Design is about solving user problems. But too often design seems to be included as an afterthought – too late in the conversation to steer the strategy and direction of a project.

Who among us hasn’t had that brief land on our desk with the technology in place or the solution already identified. Right?

Using a model centered on effective communication, Jocelyne revealed the many pitfalls and lessons learned from leading over 50 client engagements. She also suggested new tools and techniques we can all use to get design leading the conversation.  

When design leaders find the empowerment and support they’re after, good product outcomes will follow, she concluded. But even more than that, their newfound influence will accelerate the structural outcomes that encourage organizations to think differently about the value UX designers bring.

“Product Waste, Discovery, and Stakeholder Input” – Rich Mironov, Product Management Coach

Rich Mironov has been doing product for 40 years, and he continues to learn and write and blog and mentor new product managers. He authored The Art of Product Management in 2002, which many rely on as the “how to guide” for product management.

“There’s nothing more wasteful than brilliantly designing and engineering a product that drives business results or boost customer joy,” Rich declared.

The job of product is to extract more value from the development/design effort by giving them the guidance and space to do their best work and deliver the outcomes the product vision calls for. And it helps if product managers are multi-lingual, Rich joked, as they need to understand their many audiences (stakeholders).

“If you’re in the product chair,” he concluded, “you need to communicate a lot of stuff to people who don’t speak your language.”

Key takeaways:

  • Product and design deliver more value when they lean on honest discovery, a shared focus, and making the difficult choices, Rich explained.
  • This is not about velocity. Product waste happens early in the process, with strategic failure.
  • Stakeholders care less about process than they do about outcomes.

“The $1 Million Notebook” – Mike Belsito, Co-Founder of Product Collective

For the second consecutive Product + Design event, Mike Belsito seamlessly guided attendees throughout keynote day. By introducing each speaker’s keynote and facilitating attendee interaction in between, he served to connect the learning with its application.

Mike also urged attendees to use the notebook ITX provide to all attendees, describing it as a simple but powerful notetaking tool to (maybe) capture the next “$1 million idea”!

Mike is not only a good friend of ITX, he’s also the co-founder of Product Collective and co-organizer of INDUSTRY: The Product Conference.


Keep in touch with our Product + Design Community!

Product MeetUp

UX Design MeetUp


Peter Sullivan's portrait Picture

Peter Sullivan is Producer of ITX’s Product Momentum podcast and a student of Product and Design processes that work. As ITX”s Marketing Content Lead, he spearheads our efforts to deliver thought leadership that helps Product makers and UX designers understand and shape the future. 

The post Bridging the Gap: Highlights from ITX’s 2nd Annual Product + Design Conference appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
ITX Wins a 2023 Pinnacle for Product + Design Conference https://itx.com/news/itx-wins-a-2023-pinnacle-for-product-design-conference/ Wed, 28 Jun 2023 18:42:01 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=16997 June 28th, 2023 Rochester, NY – ITX won a top spot at the 2023 Pinnacle Awards from the American Marketing Association of Rochester in the Special Events category.

The post ITX Wins a 2023 Pinnacle for Product + Design Conference appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The Honor is Bestowed by the American Marketing Association

June 28th, 2023 Rochester, NY – ITX won a top spot at the 2023 Pinnacle Awards from the American Marketing Association of Rochester in the Special Events category. The company received recognition for their work in producing the first-annual 2022 Product + Design Conference; the 2nd annual event took place from June 22-23 in downtown Rochester, NY. Results are based on a panel of judges that evaluate real results measured against objectives per award category and for both profit and non-profit businesses.

The ITX Product + Design Conference is an annual event held in Rochester, NY that comprises two days of learning and networking among 250+ product and design practitioners. Thought leaders from around the world share their insights and experience through hands-on workshops and keynotes.

The Pinnacle Awards Ceremony is an annual celebration of marketing excellence. For almost a decade, local marketers are recognized by the American Marketing Association of Rochester for their program strategy, tactics, creative, and most importantly results.


About ITX Corp.

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies solve complex business challenges through user experience and product development, delivering software solutions that build trust, loyalty, and advocacy. Founded 25 years ago and headquartered in Rochester, NY, ITX now celebrates 250+ product professionals and technologists across the U.S, throughout the Americas, and around the world.

Career inquiries: 585.899.4888

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing | 585.899.4895

The post ITX Wins a 2023 Pinnacle for Product + Design Conference appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
113 / Embracing Human Complexity in Product Management, with Matt LeMay https://itx.com/podcast/113-embracing-human-complexity-in-product-management-with-matt-lemay/ Tue, 27 Jun 2023 16:46:04 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=16906 The myth of product management is that human complexity can be reduced to a manageable framework, one that lets us show up for work feeling confident and comfortable and ready to take on the world. Not so fast, says Matt LeMay, internationally recognized product leader, consultant, and author of Agile for Everybody and Product Management …

The post 113 / Embracing Human Complexity in Product Management, with Matt LeMay appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The myth of product management is that human complexity can be reduced to a manageable framework, one that lets us show up for work feeling confident and comfortable and ready to take on the world. Not so fast, says Matt LeMay, internationally recognized product leader, consultant, and author of Agile for Everybody and Product Management in Practice, 2d.

“There are a lot of people who really want to cling to this notion that there’s a single right way to do product management,” Matt continues, “and that once all the messy human complexity disappears you’ll be guaranteed success.”

Matt LeMay recalls his early days as a product manager, initially believing that some secret knowledge would magically transform his complex role into a series of straightforward tasks. Over time, he realized that success requires product managers to be constantly listening, learning, and adapting their practices.

“When I see product managers failing, it’s not because they lack some specific competency, but rather because they’ve become entrenched,” Matt adds. “They are defending some particular position rather than opening themselves up to changing their own position.”

Humility, he adds, emerges as a crucial trait for all product leaders. “It’s the only way I feel confident doing my work because I know there’re a lot of folks who know things that I don’t know, have learned things I haven’t.” Coupled with a healthy dose of intuition, we can protect ourselves from an over-reliance on select pieces of quantitative data.

Good product management is hard work that embraces human complexity. It doesn’t try to reduce it into tiny little data points armed with magical powers.

The post 113 / Embracing Human Complexity in Product Management, with Matt LeMay appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The myth of product management is that human complexity can be reduced to a manageable framework, one that lets us show up for work feeling confident and comfortable and ready to take on the world. Not so fast, says Matt LeMay, Matt LeMay, author of Product Management in Practice, describes humility and intuition as keys to embracing complexity in product management. Matt LeMay 1 1 113 113 113 / Embracing Human Complexity in Product Management, with Matt LeMay full false 24:32
112 / Beyond the Handoff Culture: How To Collaborate in a Post-Pandemic World, with Gavin Deadman https://itx.com/podcast/112-beyond-the-handoff-culture-how-to-collaborate-in-a-post-pandemic-world-with-gavin-deadman/ Thu, 15 Jun 2023 18:28:27 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=16782 Product teams emerging from 3 years of remote-work hibernation are now living through what Gavin Deadman calls the “handoff culture.” Acquisition marketer turned product management coach, Gavin supports a product team of 150 product managers and product leaders within the division of Flutter International and Flutter Entertainment. A prolific blogger, Gavin’s writing is must-read content …

The post 112 / Beyond the Handoff Culture: How To Collaborate in a Post-Pandemic World, with Gavin Deadman appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Product teams emerging from 3 years of remote-work hibernation are now living through what Gavin Deadman calls the “handoff culture.” Acquisition marketer turned product management coach, Gavin supports a product team of 150 product managers and product leaders within the division of Flutter International and Flutter Entertainment. A prolific blogger, Gavin’s writing is must-read content for product managers, marketers, makers, and leaders.

In a pre-pandemic workplace, core product development functions were typically co-located in the same office space, Gavin explains. So collaborating with designers, engineers, and the rest of the business was pretty straightforward.

“When you’re actually working with human beings in the flesh, understanding why you’re solving particular problems becomes quite natural,” he adds.

But the Covid-driven disruption not only created a physical disconnect between product managers and their teams; it also forced us to create new, specialist-type roles and applications to do smaller parts of the job relative to collaboration. Over time, we figured out how to untangle that web.

We got really good at having conversations; we established ways of working that actually accelerate decisionmaking; and, maybe because some of those decisions went sideways, we learned to iterate more quickly.

Over the past 3 years, we’ve formalized processes that have driven much of the pre-pandemic inefficiencies from our work. Now, we find ourselves with a new code to crack:

  • How do we move from the sterile efficiency of the handoff culture to build back some of the “healthy friction” occurring organically as product teams return with new energy to their workspaces?
  • Have the skill sets we expect from product managers, designers, and engineers changed? If so, how do we reassess them?
  • In this dynamic new workplace, where does the role of “servant leader” fit into the product manager job description?

Catch the entire Product Momentum conversation with Gavin Deadman to hear his insights.

The post 112 / Beyond the Handoff Culture: How To Collaborate in a Post-Pandemic World, with Gavin Deadman appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Product teams emerging from 3 years of remote-work hibernation are now living through what Gavin Deadman calls the “handoff culture.” Acquisition marketer turned product management coach, Gavin supports a product team of 150 product managers and produc... Product management coach Gavin Deadman helps product teams navigate "the handoff culture" in a post-pandemic workplace. Gavin Deadman 1 1 112 112 112 / Beyond the Handoff Culture: How To Collaborate in a Post-Pandemic World, with Gavin Deadman full false 24:38
ITX Product + Design Conference 2023 https://itx.com/events/itx-product-design-conference-2023/ Tue, 13 Jun 2023 11:25:31 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=14377 The event was held in Rochester, NY on Thursday, June 22 and Friday, June 23. It was two days packed with workshops and keynotes led by some of the best minds in the product and design industries.

The post ITX Product + Design Conference 2023 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The event was held in Rochester, NY on Thursday, June 22 and Friday, June 23.

It was two days packed with workshops and keynotes led by some of the best minds in the product and design industries.

Visit the Conference Page to Learn More

The post ITX Product + Design Conference 2023 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
ROC On Tech 2023 Conference https://itx.com/events/roc-on-tech-2023-conference/ Mon, 12 Jun 2023 20:20:15 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=16812 The ROC on Tech Conference is designed to create excitement around digital technology, introduce regional companies to the latest technology concepts, and give them direction on what they should be doing to upgrade their businesses to thrive for the next generation.

The post ROC On Tech 2023 Conference appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
This full-day technology conference is designed to create excitement around digital technology, introduce regional companies to the latest technology concepts, and give them direction on what they should be doing to upgrade their businesses to thrive for the next generation. Collene M. Burns, Vice President of Global Talent, participated in a moderated panel titled “Beyond Borders: Recruiting and Managing Top Tech Talent in a Hybrid/Remote Workforce”.

Learn more about ROC On Tech

The post ROC On Tech 2023 Conference appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
111 / Using Data to Inform Design, with Krissi Xenakis & Jocelyne Dittmer https://itx.com/podcast/111-using-data-to-inform-design-with-krissi-xenakis-and-jocelyne-dittmer/ Fri, 09 Jun 2023 18:13:53 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=16697 The world may be shrinking, but it doesn’t always feel that way. As product design leaders Krissi Xenakis & Jocelyne Dittmer explain, it’s more important than ever to get aligned around culture and craft, balancing the needs of the business with the needs of the team. Especially with remote and distributed teams, collaboration around complementary …

The post 111 / Using Data to Inform Design, with Krissi Xenakis & Jocelyne Dittmer appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The world may be shrinking, but it doesn’t always feel that way. As product design leaders Krissi Xenakis & Jocelyne Dittmer explain, it’s more important than ever to get aligned around culture and craft, balancing the needs of the business with the needs of the team. Especially with remote and distributed teams, collaboration around complementary skills is essential. One of the most important areas of collaboration for design leaders today is with data scientists and data teams.

In this episode of Product Momentum, Krissi Xenakis & Jocelyne Dittmer join co-hosts Paul Gebel and Freddy Romano, a UX Design Lead at ITX, using their journey to share how maintaining a community of collaboration helps overcome both distance and professional disciplines.

“The design practice continues to evolve,” Jocelyne says. “As it does, similar advances in data science have created an intersection point, making it crucial for these two disciplines to work together so that we can create meaningful experiences for users and drive better outcomes.”

Data is a really big word, adds Krissi. “People assume that if I’m talking about ‘data,’ I must be referring to quantitative metrics or user insights. And I touch on the aspects of qualitative and quantitative in my talk, but it’s less about qualitative vs. quantitative; it’s more about choosing the right research program based on what you need to learn.”

Designers, she continues, sometimes fall into the same trap as other makers when it comes to building a solution before they’ve defined the problem. “It’s wrong to jump in and say, ‘okay, today we’re going to do user testing’ before making sure that user testing will give us the answers we need. There are so many different ways to learn, just like there are so many different ways to design.”

The connection between design and data will become even more important over time, especially with the emergence of AI and other advanced technologies, these experts agree. Designers need to be able to react to that, but also have the foresight to think about what comes next.

“Designers want to be part of the conversation, and if we’re not, we need to inject ourselves into it,” Jocelyne says, “to make sure we’re thinking about desired outcomes and not just about, ‘here’s the data we have today.’”


Want to hear more from Krissi Xenakis and Jocelyne Dittmer? Grab your tickets now for ITX’s 2nd annual Product + Design Conference, June 22-23 in Rochester, NY. Learn more.

The post 111 / Using Data to Inform Design, with Krissi Xenakis & Jocelyne Dittmer appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The world may be shrinking, but it doesn’t always feel that way. As product design leaders Krissi Xenakis & Jocelyne Dittmer explain, it’s more important than ever to get aligned around culture and craft, balancing the needs of the business with the ne... Design leaders Krissi Xenakis and Jocelyne Dittmer discuss how to align qual + quant research to drive UX design and solve product problems. Krissi Xenakis & Jocelyne Dittmer 1 1 111 111 111 / Using Data to Inform Design, with Krissi Xenakis & Jocelyne Dittmer full false 29:33
Harness the Power of Discovery: Matching Team Skills to Client Needs https://itx.com/blog/harness-the-power-of-discovery-matching-team-skills-to-client-needs/ Thu, 01 Jun 2023 14:42:19 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=16524 Keys to Stewarding the Client Investment & Maximizing ROI

Getting to the heart of a client’s concern is the crucial first step to delivering an effective software solution. But deciphering complex requirements and balancing competencies between a client and a technology partner can be a daunting task. This is where discovery comes into play.
In our series’ first post, Discovery: Understanding the Problem Space, we learned that discovery begins before kickoff with a client-focused “needs analysis session.”
In this blog, we’ll explore how discovery activities help teams gain powerful insights, establish trust, and deliver impactful solutions as they work to steward the client investment.

The post Harness the Power of Discovery: Matching Team Skills to Client Needs appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>

Keys to Stewarding the Client Investment & Maximizing ROI

Getting to the heart of a client’s concern is the crucial first step to delivering an effective software solution. But deciphering complex requirements and balancing competencies between a client and a technology partner can be a daunting task. This is where discovery comes into play.

In our series’ first post, Discovery: Understanding the Problem Space, we learned that discovery begins before kickoff with a client-focused “needs analysis session.”

In this blog, we’ll explore how discovery activities help teams gain powerful insights, establish trust, and deliver impactful solutions as they work to steward the client investment.

Matching Project Scope with Domain & Technical Competence

Finding the right fit can be elusive, but it’s often the difference between projects that spark long-lasting relationships and the ones that stumble to the finish line.

Smaller projects may require only a single resource – maybe a project manager or tech lead – to churn through a backlog of software enhancements that engineers then code and deploy. Larger ones call for UX, Dev, and QA resources to build a pre-assigned roadmap of features on a regular cadence.

True product teams, as Marty Cagan explained, face a more complex task. They’re not handed a task list and a timeline for completion, he says. Their job is to identify a problem (and its source) and then go out and find an efficient solution for it.

Clients want their technology partner as invested in delivering a successful outcome as they are – that they’re sharing the risk burden with them, like we have ‘skin in the game’ too. It means we’re personally committed to the project’s success and share accountability for its results.

Regardless of the project’s scope, complexity, or duration, clients want to feel that their technology partner is as invested in delivering a successful outcome as they are – like we have ‘skin the game’ too.


Discovery’s Role in Finding the Right Fit

At the start of each project, ITX innovation leads ask client stakeholders a lot of questions to get a sense of the size and scope of problem. And, because the product team is often a joint team with the client, it’s also important to understand the roles and responsibilities each team member will play.

We use the Pre-kickoff image below to represent the client’s and ITX’s domains of responsibility, starting with a couple key assumptions: business-specific expertise lands in the Client domain. Product development expertise rests with ITX.

Once the project kicks off and the two domains interact, collaboration begins and the product team finds the right blend and balance of each other’s strengths. And the line bends and bows as responsibilities are assigned (Graphic 2). Team member interaction flexes throughout the project as progress is made and resource availability changes.

Using Discovery to Find the Right Fit – 4 Examples

Anyone who’s done software product development knows that no two projects are alike. Much as we try to streamline the process, there’s no ‘one size fits all’ solution. All sorts of issues bubble up and need to be addressed.

That’s why shifting discovery activities earlier in the project is crucial to its success. It’s also why innovation leads continue with discovery throughout.

In an earlier post in this series, How To Convert Client Needs To Establish Clear Product Vision, we described risk as “the unavoidable reality of software product development.”

Done well, innovation leads help their teams avoid or mitigate that risk. Done poorly, we’ve learned the hard way, and projects can go sideways in a hurry. Here’s a few real-life examples –

  1. Unallocated Resource. Occurs when a need goes unfilled, creating a resource gap.
    Example: Client A assigns a deep bench of backend developers to the project, but no one with frontend dev or UI experience.
    Adverse Impact. Lack of adequate coverage.
    Remedy. Early-stage conversations with client-side stakeholders help innovation leads understand the expertise and availability of their team members.
  2. Skill Set Overlap. Occurs when both ITX and the client allocate a team member to perform the same role.
    Example: Eager to please the client, ITX deploys a highly skilled innovation lead to the team. At the same time, Client B allocates a similarly talented product manager.
    Adverse Impact. Overlap of highly talented team members, which can lead to:
    • Confusion. Client B’s PM and ITX’s innovation lead both trying to perform the PM role, leaving team members uncertain as to the team’s leadership.
    • Conflict. Client B’s PM and ITX’s innovation lead may differ on strategy and roadmap, creating tension on the team.
    • Cost. Both the client and ITX face increased opportunity cost; each should consider redeploying their team member, deferring to the client’s preference.
    Remedy. Discovery can help to define clear roles and responsibilities within team leadership and technical roles – e.g., architecture, design, engineering, QA, etc.
  3. Insufficient Allocation: Occurs when the project scope expands beyond the original estimate, and there’s more work than the product team can manage.
    Example: Client C expands the project’s scope to account for a shift in the market environment. The client soon discovers the initial assignment is insufficient.
    Adverse Impact. Situations like this one are often unavoidable, but here’s an example of why iterative discovery is so valuable.
    Remedy. When teams foster and sustain open lines of communication, options arise to address unpredictable events. In this case, the client’s options include: reducing project scope to its pre-kickoff level; providing training to deepen the team’s skill set; deploying additional internal resources; or requesting support from ITX.
  4. Resource Mismatch. Occurs when a product team overstates a team member’s technical competence.
    Example: Client D doesn’t completely understand the project’s complexity scope and assigns a team member it believes can succeed in the role – but soon realizes they’re in over the head as the project falls behind schedule.
    Adverse Impact. Skill set misaligned to project scope.
    Remedy. Discovery helps product teams establish constructive “ways of working” and frameworks for decision-making (like RACI). It also creates opportunities for innovation leads to guide and support their team members.

Collaborative Excellence: 5 Steps to Eliminate Risk and Deliver Project Success

Building software is a team sport. Stewarding the client investment occurs naturally when innovation leads position their teams to succeed.

Early-stage (and iterative) discovery arms product teams with crucial information about client needs, matching team member deployments to align with those needs.

Here’s 5 key tactics used by ITX innovation leads to identify risks before they adversely impact your project’s success:

  1. Understand the expertise and availability of all team members.
  2. Define clear roles and responsibilities within technical disciplines – e.g., architecture, design, engineering, QA, etc.
  3. Foster and sustain open communication among all product team members.
  4. Establish a “ways of working” framework for decision making, e.g., the RACI matrix.
  5. Be present, eager to guide and support your team members.


Need help with your next software project? ITX can help. Let’s talk.


Peter Sullivan is Producer of ITX’s Product Momentum Podcast and a student of Product and Design processes that work. As ITX’s Marketing Content Lead, he spearheads our efforts to deliver thought leadership that helps product makers and UX designers understand and shape the future. 

The post Harness the Power of Discovery: Matching Team Skills to Client Needs appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
110 / Futures Thinking and UX Design, with Phil Balagtas https://itx.com/podcast/110-futures-thinking-and-ux-design-with-phil-balagtas/ Tue, 30 May 2023 15:36:53 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=16437 For more than a decade, Futures Design thinker Phil Balagtas has been developing tools for fusing the concepts of strategic foresight and speculative design with traditional design strategy. On June 22-23 at the ITX Product + Design Conference, he’ll share many of these insights. In a Day 1 workshop and Day 2 keynote, Phil will …

The post 110 / Futures Thinking and UX Design, with Phil Balagtas appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
For more than a decade, Futures Design thinker Phil Balagtas has been developing tools for fusing the concepts of strategic foresight and speculative design with traditional design strategy. On June 22-23 at the ITX Product + Design Conference, he’ll share many of these insights. In a Day 1 workshop and Day 2 keynote, Phil will show us how we might envision our future, considering all those things that demand our attention: our users, our businesses and current strategies, and our impact on society – through the lens of design.

In this episode of Product Momentum, Phil describes his work to build and support a community of futures thinkers, insisting that the community formed through a series of ‘right time, right place’ events. Using terms like speculative design, strategic foresight, and traditional design strategy, he talks about how the power of community has been crucial to creating the momentum that drives innovation.

The futures design vocabulary avoids words like predict or forecast, instead preferring foresight and possibility to answer “what if?” types of scenarios, Phil explains. But the cool part is that this practice is not dissimilar from current business strategy approaches.

“We did similar things before, looking at alternate possibilities of the future,” he adds. “But now we have very rich visions and scenarios, and we use them to explore how we want to operate in that world, how we create innovations and pioneer new markets.

“We’re a future-minded species. Naturally, we’re always thinking of the future. ‘What if this happens? What do I do then?’ What I’m working on is a new set of tools that help us do what we’ve always done, now aiming them at business and product strategy applications.”

Listen to the entire pod – or check out the ITX Product + Design Conference – where you can learn more from Phil Balagtas about the fresh perspective futures thinking and speculative design bring to the conversation – issues that don’t always come to mind in traditional business methods, but are gaining importance every day.

The post 110 / Futures Thinking and UX Design, with Phil Balagtas appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
For more than a decade, Futures Design thinker Phil Balagtas has been developing tools for fusing the concepts of strategic foresight and speculative design with traditional design strategy. On June 22-23 at the ITX Product + Design Conference, Futures thinker Phil Balagtas shares a new set of tools that provide foresight and help us visualize our future through design. Phil Balagtas 1 1 110 110 110 / Futures Thinking and UX Design, with Phil Balagtas full false 25:32
ITX Completes Product + Design Conference Speaker Lineup https://itx.com/blog/itx-completes-product-design-conference-speaker-lineup/ Wed, 24 May 2023 16:01:13 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=16400 Data-Driven Design and Futures Design Added to Conference Keynotes, Workshops

It’s true what they say: “Good things come to those who wait.”

I’m beyond excited to introduce Krissi Xenakis, Jocelyne Dittmer, and Phil Balagtas to the speaker roster for ITX’s Product + Design Conference 2023, June 22-23 in Rochester, NY.

The post ITX Completes Product + Design Conference Speaker Lineup appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Data-Driven Design and Futures Design Added to Conference Keynotes, Workshops

It’s true what they say: “Good things come to those who wait.”

I’m beyond excited to introduce Krissi Xenakis, Jocelyne Dittmer, and Phil Balagtas to the speaker roster for ITX’s Product + Design Conference 2023, June 22-23 in Rochester, NY.

Krissi Xenakis & Jocelyne Dittmer – Data-driven design

Krissi and Jocelyne will join forces to deliver a day 1 workshop and a day 2 keynote.

The workshop, entitled Accelerating impact: How to align design, data, and business through insights and experiments, gets right at the heart of the UX designer’s mission: solving user problems. It’s a pretty weighty topic, but one they will combine with fun, hands-on activities designed to help fellow UXers to navigate real-world scenarios leveraging data.

Their keynote, How effective communication gets design leading the conversation, will remind us of the  tremendous insights UX designers bring in terms of understanding user needs, solving for the right problem, and getting to a solid outcome.

The challenge, they say, is that UXers aren’t always involved early enough in the conversation to guide a project’s vision, strategy, and direction. Using a model centered on effective communication, Krissi and Jocelyne will help their UX colleagues shift their influence to the left by offering new tools and techniques that better position UX to lead the conversation. 

Data-driven design and collaboration are themes that harken back to their shared days at IBM, where Krissi and Jocelyne first met and built up their own practices. But it was by building and sustaining a broad community of collaborators – across technical disciplines – that they were able to draw support even as careers pulled its members in different directions.

From Krissi and Jocelyne, conference attendees will leave with an even deeper understanding of the power of data, a toolkit of activities to build alignment around a common goal, and a solid plan for designing experiences with your product teams.

Phil Balagtas – Futures Design

Phil Balagtas is the founder of a global community dedicated to the education and advancement of Futures Thinking. During his workshop and keynote, he will present examples of futuring across the centuries and share stories about practitioners who have made futures work across design and product teams.

Futures Thinking is an emerging field that incorporates principles and methodologies taken from Strategic Foresight, Speculative Design and Design Thinking. It offers a rich set of tools that designers and product leaders can use to determine what forces are driving the world and how we might want to operate in future environments.

The software products we build are not usually one-off designs; they’re living, breathing problem-solving assets. Phil’s day 2 keynote, entitled Activating Innovation, Entrepreneurship and Strategy through Futures Design & Thinking, will help us understand how to understand oncoming trends and adapt to them with a more structured approach so that we can help our customers nurture their software assets and be more innovative – and more prepared.

Those attending his workshop, How to think about the future with Strategic Foresight and Speculative Design, will get an up-close look into the forces of change that are constantly pulling and pushing on society.

In both cases, attendees will benefit from Phil’s expertise, which lies in applying futures as a practical and accessible design and strategy tool, with the goal of giving individuals and businesses the tools to develop informed strategies and design solutions that drive innovation.


See all six of our speakers in action at the ITX Product + Design Conference. For one day only, hear keynotes from some of the best in product and UX design.

Get your tickets now.


Peter Sullivan is Producer of ITX’s Product Momentum podcast and a student of Product and Design processes that work. As ITX’s Marketing Content Lead, he spearheads our efforts to deliver thought leadership that helps Product makers and UX designers understand and shape the future. 

The post ITX Completes Product + Design Conference Speaker Lineup appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
109 / Co-creation in the Age of Digital Transformation, with Yuting Chu https://itx.com/podcast/109-cocreation-in-the-age-of-digital-transformation-with-yuting-chu/ Tue, 16 May 2023 16:56:22 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=16215 Though product management remains a relatively young profession, the pandemic-induced digital transformation has accelerated its maturation at a rate far faster than it would have otherwise. Yuting Chu believes this phenomenon has positioned product managers to take a more entrepreneurial approach to product development – one that incorporates the experiences of all stakeholders, called co-creation. …

The post 109 / Co-creation in the Age of Digital Transformation, with Yuting Chu appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Though product management remains a relatively young profession, the pandemic-induced digital transformation has accelerated its maturation at a rate far faster than it would have otherwise. Yuting Chu believes this phenomenon has positioned product managers to take a more entrepreneurial approach to product development – one that incorporates the experiences of all stakeholders, called co-creation.

In this episode of Product Momentum, Paul chats with Yuting Chu, a veteran product manager and consultant. Though his background rests in quantitative methods, Yuting also brings a human-centered, empathetic perspective to problem-solving.

Product managers are naturally collaborative, he says. As the pandemic has accelerated the growth of digital products, the importance of co-creation is greater than ever before.

“Co-creation means surfacing the various perceptions, hypotheses, and experiences that all stakeholders have,” he adds. “By linking them together, we demonstrate that they’re just different parts of the same puzzle.”

One thing we’re able to recognize through co-creation, Yuting continues, “is that just because I disagree with you doesn’t mean you’re wrong. And just because everyone agrees with me doesn’t mean I’m right. The world’s far too complex for that.”

Catch the entire conversation with Yuting, and learn about The Partner Happiness Framework – a powerful quantitative tool to help product managers surface stakeholders’ pain points and develop an action-oriented mindset for converting problems into solutions in the most targeted and helpful way.


The speaker line-up for ITX’s Product + Design Conference 2023 is set! June 22-23 in Rochester, NY. Learn more!

The post 109 / Co-creation in the Age of Digital Transformation, with Yuting Chu appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Though product management remains a relatively young profession, the pandemic-induced digital transformation has accelerated its maturation at a rate far faster than it would have otherwise. Yuting Chu believes this phenomenon has positioned product ma... Product manager Yuting Chu describes how a co-creation mindset links stakeholder perspectives, hypotheses, and experiences to solve problems. Yuting Chu 1 1 109 109 109 / Co-creation in the Age of Digital Transformation, with Yuting Chu full false 24:56
108 / The Human Reality of User Experience, with Aaron Usiskin https://itx.com/podcast/108-the-human-reality-of-user-experience-with-aaron-usiskin/ Tue, 02 May 2023 19:31:03 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=16164 The recent acceleration of artificial intelligence into the product + design space may spark more answers than questions. But the questions that persist are big ones. In this episode of Product Momentum, Aaron Usiskin, Director of UX/UI Enterprise Incubation and Enablement at Zelis, explores this philosophical head-scratcher: with AI/ML, are we at risk of losing …

The post 108 / The Human Reality of User Experience, with Aaron Usiskin appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The recent acceleration of artificial intelligence into the product + design space may spark more answers than questions. But the questions that persist are big ones. In this episode of Product Momentum, Aaron Usiskin, Director of UX/UI Enterprise Incubation and Enablement at Zelis, explores this philosophical head-scratcher: with AI/ML, are we at risk of losing the humanity from our human-centered design practice?

Aaron guides host Paul Gebel and guest co-host Brian Loughner, a Lead UX Designer at ITX, through his multi-level response.

“There are so many ways that AI and ML have already streamlined our process as designers and UXers,” Aaron says, “that we shouldn’t step away from it. We really should embrace it even more than we do today.”

At the same time, he concedes, “AI is based only on the things that people have done on a website or a mobile app. Plus, it’s really hard to understand how one person or a group of people are going to use your system, regardless of how much research or AI you do.

“If you really want to understand people, you have to be among them. You have to be learning with them, interacting with them, communicating with them, interviewing them. And when you’re interviewing them, it’s not writing down their answers. It’s looking into their eyes, understanding the facial recognition of what they’re doing.”

There’s no AI that’s going to be able to tell you if someone’s paying attention, he adds. “I don’t think it’s ever going to take away the humanistic factor of design out of it.”

We’re looking to a future that combines the power of AI with the fundamentals of human-centered design. Thank goodness; that sounds like a winning combination.

Be sure to catch the entire conversation with Aaron Usiskin: learn how to apply AI/ML to streamline the design process – but only after you have the fundamentals of user experience in place.


Join Jesse James Garrett, Rich Mironov, and Radhika Dutt at ITX’s Product + Design Conference, June 22-23 in Rochester, NY. Final 3 speakers to be announced soon. Learn more.

The post 108 / The Human Reality of User Experience, with Aaron Usiskin appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The recent acceleration of artificial intelligence into the product + design space may spark more answers than questions. But the questions that persist are big ones. In this episode of Product Momentum, Aaron Usiskin, Aaron Usiskin, Director of UX/UI Enterprise Incubation and Enablement at Zelis, explores the impact of AI on human-centered user experience design. Aaron Usiskin 1 1 108 108 108 / The Human Reality of User Experience, with Aaron Usiskin full false 26:39
Understanding Co-Design to Unlock Essential Insights https://itx.com/blog/understanding-co-design-to-unlock-essential-insights/ Thu, 27 Apr 2023 12:47:59 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=16147 Before planning a co-design session, it's important to understand if it's the right research method for your team. Lead UX Designer Shannon Baird explains more about this unique and valuable practice.

The post Understanding Co-Design to Unlock Essential Insights appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Are you ready to run a successful co-design session?

Gathering research and information to make calculated decisions on products and designs is a regular practice for designers. Various methods for getting this information exist, but one valuable method stands out from the rest.

Co-design is a research methodology that brings together end users and domain experts early in the design process (Sanders, E.B.-N., Braun, E. and Singh, S. 2018.). It’s unique in that aspect because we invite the people who will be using the products we’re designing and ask them to collaborate alongside us.

Co-design aims to bring the end users into every stage in the design process. Our end users will play an important role in moving the design from the exploration phase all the way to the prototyping and testing phase. Gathering their valuable opinions at every point in the design journey is an incredible experience, and it’s an opportunity that should be embraced by the UX design team.

Like any brainstorming workshop, a series of operational tasks that need to be completed before facilitating. However, before you gather your supplies or check calendars for open dates, we also need to look inward to mentally prepare for a co-design session. Reaffirm for yourself and the team that co-design is the right method to solve the problem at hand.

Do we need co-design?

While gathering information in real time from end users in the room seems like the ideal solution, certain scenarios exist that may suggest a different research methodology. Consider running a co-design session if:

  • Information about the challenge and the end user perspective is limited.
  • The project timeline allows for this kind of research.
  • The path forward is unclear.

There are times where a co-design session is neither necessary nor feasible – especially if our team is further along in the process and just need to carve out some time to generate ideas, mockups, or a tangible design to present to stakeholders. Design sprints are perfect for those situations and are structured to get us from point A to point B fast.

Take the time to understand if a co-design session is even possible, well before we ask for participants or begin planning the day of logistics.

Find the right participants

Outside of the recruited participants, make sure the team included in the study come from a variety of disciplines. From UX designers to key product stakeholders, it is important to include the product delivery team in the study. More importantly, we need to get the end users into our sessions.

The distinct characteristic of co-design sessions includes bringing the end users and stakeholders early into the definition and vision stage. Here, we get the opportunity to learn about their experiences and ideas, which inform what features should make it into the final product. It saves time and resources to incorporate schematics that will be invaluable to the end user at the start, rather than realize it’s a necessity during a later iteration.

The value of bringing in these end users cannot be overstated. The interactions during these sessions lead to a broader understanding of the challenges, needs, and desires of our end users. We plan activities to gather targeted insights from our participants that we can take direct action on during the development and creation stages. These sessions tap directly into our end users’ expertise. Access to this information help shape and create a product that that will provide real benefit to them – and drive adoption post-launch.

Create the safe space

Asking for participants to share not only what they expect from a product, but also their deep and personal experiences, is a tall order. And we need to create the space for them to communicate in the way that is most comfortable for them. Depending on the project, or the group of people we’re creating for, those people may not wish to divulge personal information about themselves.

A safe space isn’t just about ensuring their physical wellbeing – creating a safe space allows for everyone to open and share deep insights into their experiences and needs. It goes beyond surface level reasoning and provides the facilitators the opportunity to completely understand why they would get value from the product we’re creating. Try some of these facilitating tips from Adam F.C. Fletcher, writer, speaker, and consultant focused on human engagement and meeting facilitation.

  1. Acknowledge that everyone brings preconceived ideas about others – or prejudices – that can damage others and ourselves.
  2. Focus and limit our conversations until trust within the group increases.
  3. Seek true dialogue and ask relevant questions.
  4. Encourage participants to examine their personal assumptions by checking in with others rather than hiding or defending them.
  5. Speak from personal experience by using “I” statements and avoid making generalizations about others.

Space to explore and broaden your horizons
The Product + Design Conference 2023 brings UX Designers into one room to learn together.
Get your tickets today.


Leave bias at the door

As experienced and accomplished designers, we create a wide variety of products. When we need to create a product but have little information on the challenges, needs, and desires of the end user, we’re designing based only on what we think is correct. Any research we gather in the process ranges from competitive research or examining data. But if there is minimal interaction with end users, we’re left to make assumptions on what we think users need to solve the problem we are designing for. In doing so, we fail to consider the user. As a result, we unwittingly bake our own bias into the solution.

Co-design mitigates this problem. We’re gathering input from end users, enough so that we can make informed decisions for our designs and products down the road. By generously listening and taking this time to understand their challenges, needs, and desires, we shift the focus from us to them, precisely where it should be.

Regardless of how strongly we believe in them, it’s essential that we set aside our own solutions during co-design. We don’t enter these sessions with the answers to their problems, even if we think we have them.

Final check-in

If you now feel more prepared to launch into your co-design session, that’s great! If you have more questions, that’s a natural reaction. Good co-design is challenging work, but there are plenty of resources out there to support you as you get your feet wet.

Your first step is to understand what you want to learn from your participants and to begin planning the activities to get those answers.

Design is a team sport. Turn to other designers and researchers in the community – learn together and prepare well to get the answers you need. Here are some of our favorite resources to get started on your co-design journey:

  1. Articles and videos from Liz Sanders, the founder of MakeTools and a longtime practitioner of co-design.
  2. Additional resources for creating a safe space from Amplifier.
  3. An analysis on the importance of user research in design from Arin Bhowmick, Chief Design Officer at SAP.

Learn Together at the Product + Design Conference 2023
Renowned Designer Jesse James Garrett is coming to Rochester to share his knowledge.
Learn More.


Headshot of Lead UX Designer and Blog Author Shannon Baird.

Shannon Baird is a Lead UX Designer at ITX. She thrives on solving challenging problems with a user-centered design process, taking problems through research, ideation, prototyping, and testing design phases. Shannon earned her BFA in New Media Design from Rochester Institute of Technology.

The post Understanding Co-Design to Unlock Essential Insights appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The New York Product Conference 2023 https://itx.com/events/the-new-york-product-conference-2023/ Thu, 20 Apr 2023 20:18:59 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=16073 The NY Product Conference brings 400 others to Manhattan, NY for a full day of inspiring keynotes. 2023 keynote speakers include leaders from Etsy, SoulCycle Inc., Facebook, and more.

The post The New York Product Conference 2023 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The NY Product Conference brings 400 others to Manhattan, NY for a full day of inspiring keynotes. Hosted by Product Collective, the 2023 keynote speakers include leaders from Etsy, SoulCycle Inc., Facebook, and more. ITX is sponsoring the Official NYPC After Party, happening at Beer Authority.

Learn more about The NY Product Conference

Learn more about Product Collective

The post The New York Product Conference 2023 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
107 / A Lesson in Product Management: Outcomes > Outputs, with Kax Uson https://itx.com/podcast/107-lesson-in-product-management-outcomes-outputs-kax-uson/ Tue, 18 Apr 2023 17:54:25 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=15914 The journey of Kax Uson from employee #1 at an e-commerce start-up in the Philippines to Head of Product at Adevinta looks familiar to the path so many product managers have taken. At every turn, she’s learned the processes and tools that come with the role – and then unlearned the ones that became a …

The post 107 / A Lesson in Product Management: Outcomes > Outputs, with Kax Uson appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The journey of Kax Uson from employee #1 at an e-commerce start-up in the Philippines to Head of Product at Adevinta looks familiar to the path so many product managers have taken. At every turn, she’s learned the processes and tools that come with the role – and then unlearned the ones that became a burden to her effectiveness in it.

In this episode of Product Momentum, Kax guides us along her journey and offers a primer on what it means to be a successful product manager in the 21st century.

“When users look at the products we build,” she says, “they don’t care whether it was built using Kanban or Scrum or Waterfall. Our users see only the product and feel the experience we’ve delivered for them. The process that we use to get there is not relevant.”

There’s a lot of focus in the product space on ‘getting these things right versus actually getting things done.’ The outputs over the outcomes, Kax adds.

“Things to do. Rules to follow as product managers. When really, that’s just a very small part of how to build products. I feel that we’re favoring more these tools and these frameworks, rather than learning how to work with people in order to build good products.

“Our contribution [as PMs] to product building is very intangible. Our role is to bring people together, to rise through the uncertainty and make sense of things, so that other people can actually understand what’s going on and bring trust inside the room. That’s a skill that you cannot learn from school, or any camp probably…it’s a skill that you learn by practice and by getting feedback and failing in some cases.

Be sure to catch the entire pod conversation with Kax Uson; so many more nuggets to share.


Is this a reunion of Product Momentum alumni? Not quite. It’s ITX’s Product + Design Conference 2023. June 22-23 in Rochester, NY. Featuring Radhika Dutt, Jesse James Garrett, Rich Mironov – additional speakers coming soon! Learn more.

The post 107 / A Lesson in Product Management: Outcomes > Outputs, with Kax Uson appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The journey of Kax Uson from employee #1 at an e-commerce start-up in the Philippines to Head of Product at Adevinta looks familiar to the path so many product managers have taken. At every turn, she’s learned the processes and tools that come with the... Kax Uson, Head of Product at Adevinta, describes her path to product management and offers a primer on 21st-century product leadership. Kax Uson 1 1 107 107 107 / A Lesson in Product Management: Outcomes > Outputs, with Kax Uson full false 30:06
Radhika Dutt Joins Product + Design Conference 2023 Speaker List https://itx.com/blog/radhika-dutt-joins-product-design-conference-2023-speaker-list/ Fri, 14 Apr 2023 16:44:31 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=15864 Author of Radical Product Thinking to Offer Workshop, Keynote

Shortly before publishing our June 2020 podcast episode with Radhika Dutt, she posted an article entitled,What’s sucking momentum from your product development journey – and what you can do about it. As soon as I read that piece, I knew we Radhika to invite her to guest on our Product Momentum pod. The fit was just too good.

Here we are, 3 years on, and the fit is just as strong.

We’re excited to welcome Radhika to conduct a workshop and deliver a keynote address during our 2-day Product + Design Conference, here in Rochester, NY on June 22-23!

Radhika – an entrepreneur, product leader, and author of Radical Product Thinking: A New Mindset for Innovating Smarter, joins UX and product management legends Jesse James Garrett and Rich Mironov on an increasingly impressive speaker line-up.

The post Radhika Dutt Joins Product + Design Conference 2023 Speaker List appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Author of Radical Product Thinking to Offer Workshop, Keynote

Shortly before publishing our June 2020 podcast episode with Radhika Dutt, she posted an article entitled, What’s sucking momentum from your product development journey – and what you can do about it. As soon as I read that piece, I knew we needed to invite Radhika to guest on our Product Momentum pod. The fit was just too good.

Here we are, 3 years on, and the fit is just as strong.

We’re excited to welcome Radhika to conduct a workshop and deliver a keynote address during our 2-day Product + Design Conference, here in Rochester, NY on June 22-23!

Radhika – an entrepreneur, product leader, and author of Radical Product Thinking: A New Mindset for Innovating Smarter, joins UX and product management legends Jesse James Garrett and Rich Mironov on an increasingly impressive speaker line-up.

She launched the notion of Radical Product Thinking as a framework to help us product people progress beyond lean agility and speed, and as a movement for leaders creating vision-driven change.

“We innovate faster because we’re lean and agile,” she said in an interview with Productized, “but the problem is they don’t tell us where we need to go. They’re good for execution, but not for defining the direction.

That’s where Radical Product Thinking comes in, she added, helping product people define the change we’re trying to the world – at least our little corner of it.

Product vision and strategy, prioritized roadmaps, and collaborative peers in product + design remain vitally important to building products that address user pain points. But when we can align our team and organization around those ingredients for success, we build a solid base for making the difficult decisions as product + design leaders.


Join Radhika Dutt, Jesse James Garrett, and Rich Mironov (more speakers coming soon!) at the ITX Product + Design Conference 2023. June 22-23, in Rochester, NY. Early-bird tickets are available until April 21. Learn more!


Peter Sullivan is Producer of ITX’s Product Momentum podcast and a student of Product and Design processes that work. As ITX’s Marketing Content Lead, he spearheads our efforts to deliver thought leadership that helps Product makers and UX designers understand and shape the future. 

The post Radhika Dutt Joins Product + Design Conference 2023 Speaker List appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
From Product Strategy to Roadmaps and Release Plans https://itx.com/blog/from-product-strategy-to-roadmaps-and-release-plans/ Tue, 11 Apr 2023 19:43:20 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=15732 In the Planning Stage, look for the ITX innovation lead to guide the product team from Vision to Strategy to Roadmap. In our recent post, we explained that Vision represents a desired future state. Strategy explains how you’ll get there, and Roadmap lists the mile markers along the journey. In this post, we examine the innovation lead’s role in navigating that path.

Building software isn’t about the features you add – the bells and whistles. It’s about helping your end users be more successful. Any notion that a product with more features is by definition better than a product with fewer features is a misguided one.
Innovation leads help their clients and teams discover the difference between adding features for features’ sake and adding features that solve problems for users and create business value for clients.
Our journey starts with Vision, which directs everyone’s effort and investment toward making users more successful. In addition to vision statement – a declaration of objective – innovation leads help teams strategically derive two additional artifacts: the product strategy and the product roadmap.

The post From Product Strategy to Roadmaps and Release Plans appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In the Planning Stage, look for the ITX innovation lead to guide the product team from Vision to Strategy to Roadmap & Release Plans. In our recent post, we explained that Vision represents a desired future state; Strategy explains how you’ll get there, and the Roadmap lists the mile markers along the journey. In this post, we examine the innovation lead’s role in navigating that path.

Building software isn’t about the features you add – the bells and whistles. It’s about helping your end users be more successful. Any notion that a product with more features is by definition better than a product with fewer features is a misguided one.

Innovation leads help their clients and teams discover the difference between adding features for features’ sake and adding features that solve problems for users and create business value for clients.

Our journey starts with Vision, which directs everyone’s effort and investment toward making users more successful. In addition to vision statement – a declaration of objective – innovation leads help teams strategically derive two additional artifacts: the product strategy and the product roadmap.

Product Strategy

Product strategy wears many hats. It represents the team’s approach to achieving your objective. It serves as a vehicle that communicates that approach to your team, your client, and your own internal management. And it’s a guide for transforming vision into reality.

In his post, My Product Strategy Model, product management expert and friend of ITX Roman Pichler writes that coming up with product strategy requires us to make 4 important choices (paraphrased here):

  1. Selecting the precise user/client needs the product should address. We learned in blog one of this series that much of this knowledge is gained through Discovery activities in the Foundation stage (and later applied in discerning our product vision).
  2. Determining the market or market segment. This represents the scope of individuals we believe will benefit most from using the product. Product Momentum podcast guest Neha Bansal recommends starting with an atomic network.
  3. Choosing standout features that set the product apart from competitors’ offerings. More on this, below.
  4. Setting realistic performance and business goals. Innovation leads help their teams establish product (pKPIs)and business (bKPIs) key performance indicatorsto evaluate the engagement’s overall success.

Making these choices is no small task. Saying “yes” to some and “no” to most is hard work and requires discipline – along with a healthy dose of diplomacy – especially when choosing between options that add value and stakeholders that have influence.

All the more reason to secure alignment and commitment early on.

Product Roadmap

Not long ago, travelers used to unfold poster-sized maps across the car’s dashboard to envision the route to their destination. These days, GPS plays that role. But then as now, we were able to visualize the exact route we wanted to take.

Coupled with “turn-by-turn” instructions, the product roadmap helps us capture the activities to be completed, in the precise order and within a given timeline, to achieve our goal.

Now, anyone who’s heard “re-calculating” from their car’s GPS knows that there’s more than one path to every destination. Unlike vision, a roadmap is not static. Adjustments can be made; pivots executed; resources increased or reduced based on market conditions and user needs.

Innovation leads use the roadmap as “a plan to diverge from,” constantly monitoring progress against goals to frame conversations, prioritize decisions, allocate resources, and evaluate dependencies.

The Key to Effective Roadmaps: Outcomes > Outputs

In his blog, A Guide to Roadmaps and Release Plans for Software Product Teams, ITX product strategist Zack Kane shared the following:

“The product roadmap is intended to be dynamic and flexible. It’s designed to flex and adapt to changing circumstances. So it should change and evolve, and you should be revisiting it regularly and refining it as needed.”

Roadmap checkpoints, he adds, should be framed through the outcome-based lens of “what problems are we solving?” instead of the outputs-based perspective that leans toward “what features can we build?”

We get to innovation not by generating additional features, necessarily, but by investing the time needed to study problems. When you do that, your roadmap assumes exponentially greater value.

Jared Spool
Maker of Awesomeness at Center Centre – UIE

Roadmaps & Release Plans

For the same reason we should not confuse vision and strategy, we need to remember that your roadmap is not – and shall never be – your release plan.

Your roadmap answers the why? and the what?.  Why have we chosen to solve those specific problems? What problems are we solving for our customers?

Your release plan is not – and shall never be – your roadmap. The product’s release plan is derived from your roadmap; it answers the when? and the how?. When can we forecast the solution to be delivered? How are we going to deliver?”

The release plan supports your roadmap as a tactical artifact, Zack continues, that forecasts when specific milestones will be met and, in most cases, when new features or feature-updates will be delivered to end users. It also contains more granular details about what you’re delivering, including schedule dependencies, budget information, dates, and release versions.

As the team rolls into the Development Stage, they are supported by the creation and maintenance of requirements documentation to guide their progress, including:

  • Theme/Epic/User Story Mapping + Scope Refinement 
  • Feature and Roadmap Prioritization + Release Planning 
  • Dependency Mapping & Risk Analysis 
  • Establishing + Maintaining a Healthy Backlog 

The transformation of product vision to product strategy and product roadmaps requires a mix of strategic thinking, market research, technical savvy, and communication skills. The innovation lead brings this unique blend of skills to the process.

In our next post, we’ll look at how the innovation lead works with the client team to find just the right balance and blend of collaboration to optimally steward the client’s investment.


Jesse James Garrett, Rich Mironov, and Radhika Dutt are set to headline ITX’s Product + Design Conference 2023.
June 22-23, in Rochester, NY. Early-bird tickets available until April 21. Learn More.


Peter Sullivan's portrait Picture

Peter Sullivan is Producer of ITX’s Product Momentum podcast and a student of Product and Design processes that work. As ITX’s Marketing Content Lead, he spearheads our efforts to deliver thought leadership that helps Product makers and UX designers understand and shape the future. 

The post From Product Strategy to Roadmaps and Release Plans appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Burns and Halladay Selected as Finalists for Technology Woman of the Year https://itx.com/news/burns-and-halladay-selected-as-finalists-for-technology-woman-of-the-year/ Mon, 10 Apr 2023 18:25:44 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=15681 April 10, 2022 Rochester, NY – ITX is proud to announce that Collene M. Burns and Christina Halladay have been selected as finalists for Technology Woman of the Year by TechRochester.

The post Burns and Halladay Selected as Finalists for Technology Woman of the Year appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Both leaders recognized for their achievements in the Rochester technology sector

April 10, 2023 Rochester, NY – ITX is proud to announce that Collene M. Burns and Christina Halladay have been selected as finalists for Technology Woman of the Year by TechRochester.

Technology Woman of the Year recognizes, celebrates, and brings visibility to the achievements of women in high technology fields. Selection criteria included a review of individual contributions to the technology profession and community activities supported by the finalists.

As leaders at ITX, Burns and Halladay support and mentor team members throughout the organization. Their contributions – which include leading the Global Talent division and optimizing the company’s UX Design practice, respectively – advance the company’s business goals and provide valuable support to all ITX team members.

TechRochester will name the Technology Woman of the Year recipient at the awards ceremony on April 26. Dr. DeAnna R. Burt-Nanna, Ph. D. will keynote the event, taking place at Monroe Golf Club in Pittsford, NY.

A local non-profit organization, TechRochester focuses on bringing technology professionals together within the community. By supporting professional growth on an individual level, the organization works to encourage the expansion of technology within the Rochester region.

ITX continues to experiment, learn, and grow, while eagerly sharing its knowledge along the way. The company is currently adding to its global team of technology professionals and product specialists; remote-friendly opportunities can be found here: www.itx.com/careers.


About ITX Corp.

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies solve complex business challenges through user experience and product development, delivering software solutions that build trust, loyalty, and advocacy. Founded 25 years ago and headquartered in Rochester, NY, ITX now celebrates 250+ product professionals and technologists across the U.S, throughout the Americas, and around the world.

Career inquiries: 585.899.4888

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing | 585.899.4895

The post Burns and Halladay Selected as Finalists for Technology Woman of the Year appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
ITX Announces First 2 Speakers For Product + Design Conference 2023 https://itx.com/blog/itx-announces-first-2-speakers-for-product-design-conference-2023/ Wed, 05 Apr 2023 14:00:10 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=15507 What is the Product + Design Conference? For those who couldn't attend last year's event, or have no idea what we're talking about, read through our event rundown.

The post ITX Announces First 2 Speakers For Product + Design Conference 2023 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Rich Mironov and Jesse James Garrett, Veterans in Product and UX, to Keynote 2nd Annual Event

As producer of ITX’s Product Momentum Podcast, I was only too excited to learn that past guests Jesse James Garrett and Rich Mironov had accepted our invitation to speak at the 2nd annual Product + Design Conference 2023, on June 22-23, 2023.

Rich Mironov – Product Track

By the time the conference opens, it will have been almost exactly 3 years since Rich and I met (virtually) when he guested on the pod. He won’t recall the interaction as I still do; “absolutely spinning gold” was how co-host Paul Gebel described it, peppering the conversation with a self-deprecating wit and a careers-worth of hard-earned wisdom.

Rich portrayed the product manager role “as the one who nobody works for, but who seems to work for everyone else.”

He followed that by drawing an analogy between forest-fire-fighting ‘smoke jumpers’ and his role as temporary CPO or head of product, stepping in to ‘put out fires’ until company leaders can make the right hire to carry them forward.

So there’s plenty for everyone regardless of whether you’re a seasoned veteran or a freshly minted PM looking for guidance.

The product manager is the one who nobody works for, but who seems to work for everyone else.

Rich Mironov

The world of Product + Design has evolved exponentially since those early days, Rich says, citing the sheer volume of information currently available to product leaders as one of the most significant changes.

“Now, we can actually find out what users are using, which features are catching on, and where folks are getting in trouble in their clickstreams,” he says. “So instead of going on gut instinct, product managers now can unpack the data and really look at what it’s telling us. That’s a huge change.”

The other, he adds, is the tremendous social network that’s developed. There were product managers back in the 80s and 90s, he says. He was one.

“Most of us didn’t know what we were doing,” Rich says. “But one thing we learned – quickly – was that everybody’s battling the same issue as you. That’s why today, it’s a lot less lonely to be a product manager.”

Jesse James Garrett – UX + Product In Collaboration

When he joined the Product Momentum Podcast team to help us celebrate our 100th episode, Jesse echoed Rich’s sentiments as to the evolution of product management and UX as refined disciplines in the software development space.

The field as a whole, especially for product managers and designers, has professionalized so much over the last 20 years, he offered.

UX Design was still in its infancy when Jesse authored the first edition of Elements and created the scaled model of his 5 elements: Strategy, Scope, Structure, Skeleton, and Surface.

Though Jesse won’t be conducting a Day 1 workshop at the conference, he will be on site throughout the event, kicking off the Day 2 keynotes with a talk directed at both product + design leaders.

Look for Jesse to help us imagine a world in which Product + Design come together to identify best practices for working collaboratively, and to describe the transformative outcomes we can realize when they do.

“There are whole careers in this space that didn’t exist before,” Jesse said. “We’re a much more professional bunch than we used to be, never mind the notion that it could be as formalized and standardized to the extent that it is today.”

But even as they have matured as a profession, UX leaders want to do even more, he adds. He hears regularly about their desire to contribute even greater value to their users, but also about the organizational and cultural obstacles that frustrate their desire.

“This is where the real potential exists for cultural change of a type that we haven’t seen before,” Jesse explained.

The collaboration of Product + UX, “brings a level of institutional knowledge that hasn’t been possible before,” he added. “Which means you now have an organization that operates culturally in different ways; product and design are making different decisions because they have fresh, new awareness of different factors in their decisions.”

The collaboration of Product + UX, brings a level of institutional knowledge that hasn’t been possible before.

Jesse James Garrett

Foundational Works from Product + UX Veterans

Rich (The Art of Product Management, 2008)and Jesse (The Elements of User Experience, 2002; 2nd ed., 2011) each authored seminal works in their respective fields just as product management and UX design were finding their footing as formal disciplines in the software space.


Join keynote speakers Jesse James Garrett and Rich Mironov (more speakers coming soon!) at ITX Product + Design Conference 2023. June 22-23, in Rochester, NY. Early-bird tickets available until April 21. Learn more!


Peter Sullivan is Producer of ITX’s Product Momentum podcast and a student of Product and Design processes that work. As ITX’s Marketing Content Lead, he spearheads our efforts to deliver thought leadership that helps Product makers and UX designers understand and shape the future. 

The post ITX Announces First 2 Speakers For Product + Design Conference 2023 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
106 / Using Atomic Networks to Find Product-Market Fit, with Neha Bansal https://itx.com/podcast/106-using-atomic-networks-to-find-product-market-fit-with-neha-bansal/ Tue, 04 Apr 2023 12:51:05 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=15390 Product and UX professionals want their product to be ‘the next big thing.’ Right? But Google’s Neha Bansal reminds us that designing a product with everyone in mind ignores the adage, “aim small, miss small.” Instead, Neha recommends narrowing your target market to what Andrew Chen calls atomic networks. “The broader your market, the harder …

The post 106 / Using Atomic Networks to Find Product-Market Fit, with Neha Bansal appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Product and UX professionals want their product to be ‘the next big thing.’ Right? But Google’s Neha Bansal reminds us that designing a product with everyone in mind ignores the adage, “aim small, miss small.” Instead, Neha recommends narrowing your target market to what Andrew Chen calls atomic networks.

“The broader your market, the harder it is to find product-market fit,” Neha says. “Starting small allows you to analyze the root cause when something isn’t working; when you have a small base of users – an atomic network – you can pick up the phone and ask about what you can do better.”

Neha Bansal is a product leader, angel investor, and mentor to dozens of startups. She currently heads Merchant Growth and Monetization for Google’s B2B commerce business. In this episode, Neha and Paul discuss Chen’s The Cold Start Problem and how product leaders can apply the atomic network mindset to find product-market fit.

Atomic networks help you gain traction and work through problems, Neha explains. When you know your audience intimately, it is easier to connect with them and work through the barriers and frustrations they are experiencing. Neha describes this as turning ‘zero’ moments into ‘magic’ moments.

Catch the entire episode to hear Neha describe how Facebook, Uber, and Bank of America identified and expanded their atomic networks first to find product-market fit on their way to becoming household names. Neha also shares key metrics that will let you know when you’ve discovered your own.

Jesse James Garrett and Rich Mironov to keynote at ITX Product + Design Conference 2023. June 22-23, in Rochester, NY. Early-bird tickets available until April 21. Learn more!

The post 106 / Using Atomic Networks to Find Product-Market Fit, with Neha Bansal appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Product and UX professionals want their product to be ‘the next big thing.’ Right? But Google’s Neha Bansal reminds us that designing a product with everyone in mind ignores the adage, “aim small, miss small.” Instead, Google's Neha Bansal explains the power of atomic networks to guide your product team in discovering the elusive Product-Market Fit. Neha Bansal 1 1 106 106 106 / Using Atomic Networks to Find Product-Market Fit, with Neha Bansal full false 24:37
Embracing a Human-Centric Mindset to Create Innovative Designs https://itx.com/blog/embracing-a-human-centric-mindset-to-create-innovative-designs/ Fri, 31 Mar 2023 15:20:51 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=15458 Lead UX Designer Brian Loughner shares different practices and tactics on how to design with a human-centric mindset to create innovative results that nail the end user experience.

The post Embracing a Human-Centric Mindset to Create Innovative Designs appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
A guide to help UX designers be the human they’re designing for.

Believe it or not, there’s a real person behind popular and not so popular designs. While each of these experiences had time, money, and brainpower behind them, the level of thought that was given to the end user experiences varied.

In an age of growing technology and artificial intelligence, it is important to distinguish the human impact on user experience. Studies show that focusing on the customer experience is key to influencing their brand loyalties – a sentiment 73% of consumers would agree with. A full 65% go on to say that a positive experience with a brand gives more confidence in their purchase decision making versus brand advertising (PwC 2018.)

Ensuring that products nail the client experience takes an entire team, but there’s one professional in that group who holds a particularly relevant role. UX designers, and the many professionals that work in the user experience field, are solving problems for the end user. Inherently, we believe that whatever we are producing will solve a complex and challenging problem. It reflects a level of empathy that is spurred by a human-centric mindset.

There are various ways to work with a human-centric mindset. Let’s step through a few core practices that will assist UX designers in crafting solutions to solve real problems.

Complete, thorough Discovery

Reaching out to end users to better understand the problems we’re solving for is part of Discovery. This is the phase where designers seek as much information as possible. Whether it be from conducting stakeholder interviews, or gleaning data and insights to benchmark against, this step is critical in fully understanding the problem we’re solving for.

The ITX Design Process Diagram
The UX Design Process is cyclical and iterative, focusing on 3 key phases. The Listen & Discover phase is critical to drive clarity in understanding what and who we are solving for.

It’s worth mentioning that when working with clients, they are entrusting us to solve their problems. It doesn’t necessarily mean that we are tasked to create next best innovation, but it would be a disservice to our clients and to the humans we’re designing for if we didn’t do our due diligence. It will aid in our problem solving and will “wow” our client when we present how deep the Discovery dive took us – and how dedicated we are to fixing their problem.

Be the voice of all users

The UX Designer devotes their attention to the end user. Contrast that to the role of the product manager, whose primary responsibility is to serve as the voice and advocate of the customer.

As designers, we are their advocates. We are their voice in the discussions and brainstorming sessions, ensuring that their voice is heard. From the findings in the Discovery phase, we know what is best for them and are prepared to fight for them.

Projects might have identified specific users with detailed personas; however, top tier designers are thinking about all users. We ensure that while there exists a specific end user for the product we’re designing, our choices cater to everyone. It is morally correct to design with inclusivity in mind, and we gain from considering all users in our choices.

Shifting from “one user” to “all users” doesn’t necessarily mean that the product vision is altered, rather the way we design encompasses all users. Using helpful checklists or referencing guides is a move that ensures that your designs will not exclude anyone.

Get everyone to ask the right people the right real questions

When jumping into a project, designers have just one goal – what is the problem we’re solving for, and for whom are we solving it?” And to determine this, we ask ourselves many questions, and many questions directed toward others.

It’s important to sit down with your team, whether it be product managers, engineers, or fellow designers, and find common ground. Not doing so will result in a misaligned team, as podcast guest Kim Goodwin argued in a previous episode, and could reap serious problems down the line. Once everyone understands what the problem is, who we are solving it for, and how to solve it, we’re ready to move into the Problem and Solution spaces.

Not only will we garner valuable information that will assist with decisions down the line, but we’re taking time to connect with your end users. It sends the message that we’re listening, and we’re going to do everything in our power to solve their problem. It’s an entirely new level of dedication.

Establish internal partnerships

It is rare to come across a project that solely requires UX designers. The projects that include designers and product managers are increasing, and that means that forging strong partnerships with our fellow team members is more important than ever.

Looking at the technical standpoint, it makes sense to entrust the aspects of a project to the designated professional. Each person that is involved is working at what they are best at, and it frees up the designers to think of the end user, to be their advocate. Because at the end of the day, there is no product without the end user.


Product + Design Professionals, Learning Together
Register for the 2023 Product + Design Conference, happening this June 22-23.
Learn More.


Beyond the logical explanation, tangible benefits occur when designers and product managers collaborate. As each role seeks more responsibilities and definitions of their career paths, working in tandem will actualize these desires and create a strong, cohesive product for the end user.

Use real-time collaborative software

Before thinking of solving the problem, it’s important to look at the tools to use. Are we using the right technology to work at maximum efficiency? Can our fellow designers see what the plans are? Is collaboration possible?

As pioneers of remote work, ITX designers strive to find the technology that empowers our team members around the globe to work together. Utilizing real time collaborative software is a simple and innovative solution. Creating a project on various platforms, such as Figma or Miro, allows for team members to collaborate and work on these projects together. 

Even for smaller teams, this technology is a game changer. No longer does the software live on a single computer, inaccessible. A team member can start the project in Rochester, NY while another team member can finish it in Buenos Aires, Argentina. This is how we function as a global, remote-first organization. Collaboration isn’t restricted to one device, and creativity is free to come from everywhere.

Pointing north

The simple act of “solving the problem for the end user” isn’t a clear instruction. It’s helpful advice that will put designers on the right path when they are in the weeds of a project. However, it’s easy to drift away from the core goal of each UX designer. The practices are my suggestions; they represent ways that the ITX Design team works with clients and their customers from a human-centric mindset. Take these with you and solve problems for your end users.


Get your tickets for the 2023 Product + Design Conference
Join us for 2 days filled with interactive workshops, inspiring keynotes, and more.
Learn More.


Graphic of blog author Brian Loughner.

Brian Loughner is a Lead UX Designer at ITX. He works to connect with clients, understand their problems and find solutions to meet their needs. Brian co-organizes meetings for Upstate UX Meetup, aimed to facilitate conversation on various UX topics for professionals and students.

The post Embracing a Human-Centric Mindset to Create Innovative Designs appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
ITX Named a Rochester Top Workplace for 2023 https://itx.com/news/itx-named-a-rochester-top-workplace-for-2023/ Tue, 28 Mar 2023 21:25:17 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=15441 March 28, 2023 Rochester, NY – ITX celebrates the fourth-consecutive year of being named a Top Workplaces in Rochester, NY. The company commemorated the achievement at the Rochester Top Workplaces award ceremony on Wednesday, March 22.

The post ITX Named a Rochester Top Workplace for 2023 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
2023 marks the fourth consecutive year of recognition

March 28, 2023 Rochester, NY – ITX celebrates the fourth-consecutive year of being named a Top Workplaces in Rochester, NY. The company commemorated the achievement at the Rochester Top Workplaces award ceremony on Wednesday, March 22.

Recently listed as a Best Company to Work for in New York, ITX ranked 29 in the small-sized category, which highlighted 54 Rochester-area organizations.

Companies rank on the Top Workplaces list based on internal team member surveys conducted by a third-party service called Energage. The survey includes questions about topics like culture, growth, and leadership. Businesses receive their position based on the results of the survey, comparing answers from each organization to others of similar size in the Rochester area.

ITX continues to experiment, learn, and grow, while eagerly sharing its knowledge along the way. The company is currently adding to its global team of technology professionals and product specialists; remote-friendly opportunities can be found here: www.itx.com/careers.


About ITX Corp.

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies solve complex business challenges through user experience and product development, delivering software solutions that build trust, loyalty, and advocacy. Founded 25 years ago and headquartered in Rochester, NY, ITX now celebrates 250+ product professionals and technologists across the U.S, throughout the Americas, and around the world.

Career inquiries: 585.899.4888

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing | 585.899.4895

The post ITX Named a Rochester Top Workplace for 2023 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
How To Convert Client Needs To Establish Clear Product Vision https://itx.com/blog/how-to-convert-client-needs-to-establish-clear-product-vision/ Tue, 21 Mar 2023 19:51:40 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=15248 In this second of our 3-part blog series on Digital Accessibility, we present the business case in favor of digital accessibility. In Part 1, we argued the moral imperative and studied the legal consequences for infringing this basic human right. Here, we argue in support of accessible design by examining the economic benefits for businesses in service to vast, underserved market segments.

Accessible Design Creates Market Opportunities
Doing the right thing brings its own reward. When we embed accessible design best practices into our software product development, we effect positive change in a world that desperately needs it.
Incorporating an accessibility mindset into the digital tools we build (to avoid the legal and financial risk of doing otherwise) is also a step in the right direction – even though it may not produce the same “feel good” moment inspired by the altruistic moral imperative.
Bringing software solutions to underserved markets not only yields trust, loyalty, and advocacy across broad swaths of our population; it also delivers immediate, significant, and enduring financial reward to the product builders.
Product managers and business leaders are forever seeking the next available market to serve; here’s 5 to choose from, and 5 more arguments for promoting accessible design.

The post How To Convert Client Needs To Establish Clear Product Vision appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>

In this second post in our series, Leading Product Innovation, we look at how ITX innovation leads help clients establish a clear Vision for their software product. In the series’ opening blog, we talked about how Discovery activities guide the product team to answer Why? What? For whom? Here, we explore their role in building stakeholder alignment around the product Vision and articulating that Vision in a way that rallies the team to confidently commit to its fulfillment.

Managing risk. It’s the unavoidable reality of software product leadership. Sometimes that risk comes from not knowing what to do first, or next. Other times it’s the risk of not staying current with technology. Ultimately, product leaders face the risk that any one of these will damage their company’s brand or bottom line.

ITX innovation leads help clients manage that risk – first by guiding the product team through Foundation Stage discovery activities, later transitioning into the Planning Stage of the product development process with a clear product vision.

Exploring Product Vision

In his blog, 8 Tips for Creating a Compelling Vision, product management coach Roman Pichler described the challenge in this way:

Having an idea for a new product is not enough. You need a vision that guides everyone involved in making the product a success. The product vision is the overarching goal you are aiming for, the reason for creating the product. And it provides a continued purpose, acts as the product’s true north, provides motivation when the going gets tough, and facilitates effective collaboration.


In our experience, as teams explore the right vision for their product, ITX innovation leads ask them to consider these questions:

  • What excites you about this product?
  • Why do you care about it?
  • What positive change should the product bring about?
  • How will it shape your organization’s future?

Their innovation lead guides conversation to land on breakthrough outcomes, including –

  1. Establish and document “ways of working” for your team(s) – e.g., guidelines for personal interaction, productivity, and decision-making. Share it across your organization. As circumstances change and knowledge grows, be prepared to update the document regularly with new ideas.
  2. Connect regularly with your teams. Assume that anxiety levels are high. A listening ear and soothing tone will help calm many concerns.
  3. Now more than ever, clarity around vision, expectations, and goals is vital to team success.
  4. Where in-person contact is dissuaded, videoconferencing is the next best option. Remember, distributed work teams don’t enjoy the benefit of water cooler conversations. So if it feels like you’re over-communicating, it’s probably just right!
  5. Make sure all your team members know how to use the communication and productivity tools you provide – especially newer members. It’s not too late to re-share user instructions. Your teams will welcome the refre

Distinguishing Product, Vision, Strategy

Over 2+ decades of experience building custom software, we’ve seen clients and teams use the terms product, vision, and strategy synonymously. It’s a popular trap that innovation leads will help teams avoid.

For example, teams sometimes pivot to what they think is a new strategy – which in many cases is fine, even wise. New learning, technological developments, competitor activities, and shifting market dynamics often create a landscape that requires a change in tack.

But other times, what they believe to be only a change in strategy turns out to be a whole new product vision. A significant shift in product vision – or abandoning it entirely – can signal to the team, key internal stakeholders, and investors that your initial assumptions were wrong and, perhaps, that your business model itself is flawed. It should change very rarely.

In these situations, innovation leads step in to exercise their right (and responsibility) by saying “no.” In his podcast episode with the Product Momentum team, Dan Olsen, author of The Lean Product Playbook, said that focusing on your product vision and the strategy for getting there actually means “saying ‘no’ to a thousand other good ideas.”

Product vision, Roman says, reflects your organization’s motivation for building a product – the big picture outcomes they desire. Product strategy is the plan for achieving that vision, he adds. And product, Roman defines in terms of the output by which you achieve the overarching goal.

“An effective product vision,” Roman concludes, “goes beyond the product and captures the change the product should instigate.”

Product Vision Looks Outward

The ultimate outcome sought by product leaders is driven by the change we want to bring to the world, says Radhika Dutt in Product Success Starts with a Clear Vision, episode 27 of the Product Momentum Podcast.

“That’s why a good vision statement doesn’t look inward,” she adds. “It’s not about our own goals and aspirations. It’s centered on the problem you want to solve in the world.”

Think of product vision as your “true north,” and understand that many paths can lead to your final destination. But the best plan – i.e., the best product strategy – must be adaptable in the face of market realities.

By keeping a close eye on the market environment and customer needs, innovation leads help provide an adequate buffer between and vision and strategy. This enables you to tweak your strategy – to pivot – while remaining fixed on your vision. Pivoting is a tactic familiar to innovation leads often in response to new discovery or a change in the business environment.

Balancing Vision with Business Reality of Business Objectives

In his blog The Four Big Risks, product management expert Marty Cagan cited an important update he made in the 2nd edition of his book, Inspired.

Initially, Marty wrote that a successful product requires three things: it must be valuable, usable, and feasible. To complete the list, he later added viability.

“It’s not enough to create a product your customers love,” he wrote. “The product must also work for your business.”

Among the innovation lead’s many strategic responsibilities in the Planning Stage is coordinating the needs of external users and the needs of the business. Many clients ask, “As much as I want to change people’s worlds, I still have numbers I need to hit this quarter. How do I balance my product vision with the reality of my business objectives?”

The answer, Radhika says, is simple – but not easy.

“Your vision can continue to live on based on the changes you’re inspired to bring, but how you prioritize product features offers the counterbalance between inspiration and market reality.”

Every time the innovation lead evaluates the next feature in the roadmap, they ask themselves (and the team): “Is this feature helping us make progress toward our vision?” If it is, great. Even better if it’s helping reduce my organization’s business viability risk. In the series’ next post, we’ll explore the innovation lead’s responsibilities throughout the Planning Stage – product strategy, feature prioritization, and roadmaps / release plans – as we continue our journey along the product development process.


Want to join our ITX Product + Design community?

Subscribe now to the ITX Continuous Inspiration newsletter; when you do, you’ll find out first when the next blog drops and receive regular updates about the 2023 Product + Design Conference, scheduled June 22-23, in Rochester, NY.

Learn more.


Peter Sullivan is Producer of ITX’s Product Momentum Podcast and a student of Product and Design processes that work. As ITX”s Marketing Content Lead, he spearheads our efforts to deliver thought leadership that helps product makers and UX designers understand and shape the future. 

The post How To Convert Client Needs To Establish Clear Product Vision appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
105 / Innovation Through Open APIs: Shifting the Locus of Value Creation, with Marshall Van Alstyne https://itx.com/podcast/105-innovation-through-open-apis-shifting-locus-of-value-creation-marshall-vanalstyne/ Tue, 21 Mar 2023 13:59:16 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=15127 Open APIs are sets of rules that enable systems to freely communicate with each other. They allow companies to “tap into the wisdom of the crowd,” Marshall Van Alstyne explains, shifting the burden of value creation to external sources. “You want people you don’t know to bring you ideas you don’t have,” he adds. In …

The post 105 / Innovation Through Open APIs: Shifting the Locus of Value Creation, with Marshall Van Alstyne appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Open APIs are sets of rules that enable systems to freely communicate with each other. They allow companies to “tap into the wisdom of the crowd,” Marshall Van Alstyne explains, shifting the burden of value creation to external sources. “You want people you don’t know to bring you ideas you don’t have,” he adds.

In this episode of Product Momentum, Sean is joined by guest host Nathan Shapiro, Head of Platform Strategy and User Experience at Paychex. Together, they draw out Marshall’s expert insights on the correlation between a firm’s open APIs and the progressive growth of its financial performance over time. Marshall is a Professor of Information Economics at Boston University and co-author of the international bestseller, Platform Revolution.

Firms that open their architecture and APIs expand their ecosystem and ignite an interoperability within it, thereby creating a network effect – a phenomenon by which the value a user derives from a good or service depends on the number of users of compatible products.

The key, Marshall adds, is to position your firm to “command the center” of your ecosystem.

“Individuals tend to gain influence or power in proportion to the degree of centrality within their network,” he says. “We found exactly the same thing for firms. The more focal you are, the more central you are in your ecosystem, the greater your increase in market capitalization.”

But, he cautions, opening your data is not without risk. Bad actors exist everywhere. So your firm needs to open for a reason, all the while weighing the pros and cons of sharing your data externally. One of those reasons, Marshall adds, is to “invert the firm,” a mindset that leverages APIS and enables you to share the production of value beyond your own employees.

Marshall van Alstyne is one of the world’s foremost experts on network business models. Be sure to catch the entire podcast to capture all his insights.

The post 105 / Innovation Through Open APIs: Shifting the Locus of Value Creation, with Marshall Van Alstyne appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Open APIs are sets of rules that enable systems to freely communicate with each other. They allow companies to “tap into the wisdom of the crowd,” Marshall Van Alstyne explains, shifting the burden of value creation to external sources. Marshall Van Alstyne, a leading expert on network business models, explores the power of open APIs on a firm's financial performance. Marshall Van Alstyne 1 1 105 105 105 / Innovation Through Open APIs: Shifting the Locus of Value Creation, with Marshall Van Alstyne full false 28:50
ProductCamp EU Cyprus 2023 https://itx.com/events/productcamp-europe-2023/ Mon, 20 Mar 2023 18:50:24 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=15219 ProductCamp Europe brings together over 500 tech leaders from around the world, with over 50 speakers giving keynotes and workshops on 3 different stages. At the 2023 event held in Cyprus, ITX’s EVP of Innovation Sean Flaherty gave a Masterclass on Product Leadership.

The post ProductCamp EU Cyprus 2023 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
ProductCamp Europe brings together over 500 tech leaders from around the world, with over 50 speakers giving keynotes and workshops on 3 different stages. At the 2023 event held in Cyprus ITX’s EVP of Innovation Sean Flaherty gave a Masterclass on Product Leadership.

Watch Sean’s Masterclass Replay

Learn more about ProductCamp Europe

The post ProductCamp EU Cyprus 2023 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
What is the Product + Design Conference? https://itx.com/blog/what-is-the-product-design-conference/ Thu, 16 Mar 2023 14:41:48 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=15134 What is the Product + Design Conference? For those who couldn't attend last year's event, or have no idea what we're talking about, read through our event rundown.

The post What is the Product + Design Conference? appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
A rundown of the ITX product- and design-focused event.

ICYMI, we announced the dates for our 2023 Product + Design Conference!

If you went to our 2022 Product + Design Conference, you might be just as excited as we are (which includes clearing your schedules for June 22 and 23.) If you weren’t able to make it, or you have no idea what we’re talking about, let me explain.

What is the Product + Design Conference?

The Product + Design Conference, hosted by ITX, is an in-person gathering of product and design professionals from across the country and around the globe. We meet in Rochester, NY for two full days of workshops, keynotes, and conversation with industry thought leaders, and more importantly, connecting and learning with each other.

Our conference team selects thought leaders whose philosophies align with our conference goals: training our team members, deepening relationships with clients, and elevating our visibility in the Rochester community.

Day 1 includes small group, intimate workshops. Attendees choose either a product track or design track; either way, they work closely with other professionals from their field. On the second day, we gather to hear inspiring keynotes from our speakers.

While the workshops are specialty-focused, all attendees can learn from professionals in both the product and design fields. It’s a “best of both worlds” opportunity!

With plenty of breaks built in to the agenda, there’s lots of time to meet new people, catch up with peers or contacts in your networks, and learn from others in your industry. And there’s free food.

How did the P + D Conference come to be?

ITX is a global team dedicated to continuous innovation. We have our pick of professional development courses and conferences that our team members can attend, but at ITX we believe in the power that comes from learning and growing together. Not only with our co-workers, but also with client teammates and new-found friends.

What better way to share our knowledge and celebrate the atmosphere of collective learning than by inviting clients and contacts outside of ITX to join us?

Not only do they get to enjoy teachings from some of the best and brightest in the industry, but they get a first-hand look as to how we learn and grow.

Product and Design together? Aren’t they two different practice areas?

Sure, we could put on two separate conferences and let our team members attend the conference that better suits their roles. We’ve done so in the past.

But no more, and for a few good reasons.

Our product teams and design teams work in tandem, each bringing their shared and unique perspectives to their work. Bountiful outcomes occur from the partnerships, for our clients and for our team members. When it came time to plan this event, grouping product and design together not only made logical sense but also broadened the horizons of our product managers and UX designers as they learned even more about how the other worked.

When does the conference happen?

We typically aim for a conference date of mid- to late-June. It’s the ideal time of year to bring our teams together as we welcome the warm summer weather to Western New York. (And remain well outside any late winter weather that surges toward Rochester.)

This year, our Product + Design Conference will be happening on Thursday, June 22 and Friday, June 23. It also happens to be the first weekend of the critically acclaimed Rochester International Jazz Festival, in case you need another great reason to attend our conference.

Wow, this sounds cool. Can I come?

Of course! We offer two ticket options. Choose between –

  • The 2-day workshop and keynote ticket, or
  • The one-day keynote-only ticket.

Early bird pricing is now available! Get your ticket now, and lock in a lower individual or team rate!


I still have questions; where can I find more information?

Check out last year’s event page and find an overview of what happened. We’ve included the agendas from both conference days, photos from our larger-than-life keynotes, and testimonials from previous attendees. While the 2023 conference topics will stray from last year’s, you can bet that they’ll be just as informative and inspirational.

I must register for this conference now! Where do I go to save my spot?

We like your enthusiasm! And lucky for you, our ticket sales for the event are now live!

As we confirm more details about the conference – including who our speakers will be, the agendas for the workshops and keynotes, and more – we’ll be sure to share. To stay up to date, check out the 2023 conference page. This is the best place to find it all, and you have the choice to sign up for email alerts when we have exciting conference information to share.

We’ll see you there.


A portrait of blog author Stephanie Caito.

Stephanie Caito is a Marketing Project Manager at ITX. Working alongside the conference production team, she plans, manages, and directs the logistics of ITX conferences, bringing value to some of the largest professional gatherings happening in the region.

The post What is the Product + Design Conference? appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Discovery: Understanding the Problem Space https://itx.com/blog/discovery-understanding-the-problem-space/ Tue, 07 Mar 2023 17:38:44 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=14994 In this second of our 3-part blog series on Digital Accessibility, we present the business case in favor of digital accessibility. In Part 1, we argued the moral imperative and studied the legal consequences for infringing this basic human right. Here, we argue in support of accessible design by examining the economic benefits for businesses in service to vast, underserved market segments.

Accessible Design Creates Market Opportunities
Doing the right thing brings its own reward. When we embed accessible design best practices into our software product development, we effect positive change in a world that desperately needs it.
Incorporating an accessibility mindset into the digital tools we build (to avoid the legal and financial risk of doing otherwise) is also a step in the right direction – even though it may not produce the same “feel good” moment inspired by the altruistic moral imperative.
Bringing software solutions to underserved markets not only yields trust, loyalty, and advocacy across broad swaths of our population; it also delivers immediate, significant, and enduring financial reward to the product builders.
Product managers and business leaders are forever seeking the next available market to serve; here’s 5 to choose from, and 5 more arguments for promoting accessible design.

The post Discovery: Understanding the Problem Space appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>

Leading Product Innovation, the ITX Way is a new blog series offering an inside look at how Product + Design come together to deliver innovative product solutions. In this first post, we explore the role of product managers during an engagement’s early days, with specific focus on the Discovery activities that get us closer to solving the right problem for the right audience.

The product manager role at ITX has evolved throughout our 25-year history. Here, product managers are called innovation leads – more than nuance, the title emphasizes our belief that our clients manage the products we help them build; we are partners in that development.

To best understand the innovation lead’s impact, it’s helpful to drill into their involvement during key stages of the process – Foundation, Planning, Development, and Deployment. In this article, we’ll look at how innovation lead guides discovery activities to help their product team understand the problem space.

Dan Olsen, author of The Lean Product Playbook and guest on the ITX Product Momentum Podcast, offered this insight in describing the problem space:

“The trick is your job is to figure out the answer to those key questions: who’s our customer? What are their underserved needs? How do we meet them in a way that’s better or different? What is it going to take? It’s the product manager’s job to develop hypotheses and make assumptions in the problem space about needs and customers.”


The Foundation Stage is where this discovery work begins. But it doesn’t end here; at ITX, discovery occurs throughout the engagement as an iterative loop designed to reaffirm product vision or pivot as needs and circumstances change.

Too often, over-eager clients and product teams want to jump into hands-on-keyboard development work before first answering why, what, and for whom. When this occurs, the innovation lead will step in to make sure the team is solving the right problem for the right audience. Good thing.

“Research brings opportunities to discover all the things that you can actually stumble on and explore and understand,” said UX Design Manager Jon Daiello in a recent Product Momentum Podcast episode. “It’s really easy to lose that because you’ve already come to the table with what you think you know and what you think you want. That approach robs you of the chance to deeply hone in on what a problem is, and how do we craft something that fits well with that problem, so that we can bring your value proposition to the end user in a way that’s valuable.”

Slow Down To Go Fast

In Overcoming Barriers to Successful Product Discovery, designer Mike Thone and ITX Director of Innovation Paul Gebel write, “A healthy discovery process allows us to understand product-market fit and identify key user needs. Without first understanding key user needs and assessing product-market fit, a team could easily spend a lot of money building the wrong things and solving problems their users do not have.”

In other words, sometimes you need to slow down to go fast.

Discovery activities include –

  • Relationship building with key stakeholders
  • Conducting interviews with users and client-side SMEs
  • Performing competitive and comparative research, and
  • Analyzing the client’s business environment

Discovery occurs throughout the engagement as an iterative loop designed to reaffirm product vision.


Discovery is very much a team sport. The innovation lead may orchestrate the process, they lean considerably on their teammates to effectively deliver their shared responsibilities, for example, to –

  • Cultivate alignment, confidence, commitment around a product vision.
  • Foster collaboration among the product trio (Product, User Experience, Engineering).
  • Establish and nurture working relationships with client SMEs, stakeholders, and teams.
  • Emerge from Foundation stage with a clear product vision, and vision statement, to rally the team around.

Articulating a precise vision is harder than it looks. Some clients come to the engagement with a sound product vision that addresses those earlier questions about why, what, and for whom. At the same time, it’s not uncommon for clients to enter an engagement struggling for clarity around their vision. For those who do, the ITX innovation lead may offer to facilitate a 1-day workshop to help clients gain alignment around their vision, commitment to shared objectives, and confidence in the team’s ability to achieve it.

In our next post, we’ll discuss the power behind the product vision, exploring as product management coach Roman Pichler suggests, the product vision’s ability to communicate the change we want to bring to the world.


Want to join our ITX Product + Design community? Subscribe now to the ITX Continuous Inspiration newsletter; when you do, you’ll find out first when the next blog drops and receive regular updates about the 2023 Product + Design Conference, scheduled June 22-23, in Rochester, NY. Learn more.


Peter Sullivan is Producer of ITX’s Product Momentum Podcast and a student of Product and Design processes that work. As ITX’s Marketing Content Lead, he spearheads our efforts to deliver thought leadership that helps product makers and UX designers understand and shape the future. 

The post Discovery: Understanding the Problem Space appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
104 / Building the Business Case for UX Design, with Jon Daiello https://itx.com/podcast/104-building-the-business-case-for-ux-design-with-jon-daiello/ Tue, 07 Mar 2023 17:31:16 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=14890 UX Design isn’t about building beautiful products for the sake of beauty itself, says Jon Daiello. We’re building something that solves people’s problems. “Design isn’t here to just manufacture,” Jon adds. “It’s here to help us understand what we should manufacture. That’s one of the big distinctions.” In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, …

The post 104 / Building the Business Case for UX Design, with Jon Daiello appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
UX Design isn’t about building beautiful products for the sake of beauty itself, says Jon Daiello. We’re building something that solves people’s problems. “Design isn’t here to just manufacture,” Jon adds. “It’s here to help us understand what we should manufacture. That’s one of the big distinctions.”

In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul chat with Jon Daiello. Jon is a UX Design Manager at Paychex, where he encourages his designers to “have your head in the clouds and your feet in the mud.”

Think of design as “a long-term investment,” he says, like retirement planning. “You don’t start a job and have your retirement built on day one. Design is like that; you’re looking into the future and asking, ‘What is my goal? Where do I want to go? What do I want this thing to be in the end?’ Design can really help you kind of tease out what that future could look like.”

Over time, within the team’s Agile process, you’re choosing the most important pieces to deliver, Jon adds. So the business case is understanding that Agile practices are not in competition with design; but that they’re inside the process and baked in in a way that works with design.

Catch the entire conversation to hear Jon’s practical tips for answering the ultimate question: what are we actually solving for?

  • Get as many people involved as possible; workshops help.
  • Be creative with time you have available – even just an hour here or there can be productive.
  • Creativity blocked? Change your workspace. Try a different design medium.
  • Simple design tools like paper & pencil help express design ideas quickly and cheaply.

Early bird pricing is now available as the ITX Product + Design Conference returns. Save the date: June 22-23 in Rochester, NY. Learn more.

The post 104 / Building the Business Case for UX Design, with Jon Daiello appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
UX Design isn’t about building beautiful products for the sake of beauty itself, says Jon Daiello. We’re building something that solves people’s problems. “Design isn’t here to just manufacture,” Jon adds. “It’s here to help us understand what we shoul... UX Design Manager Jon Daiello connects the dots between creative, system design practices and innovations that align with our product vison. Jon Daiello 1 1 104 104 104 / Building the Business Case for UX Design, with Jon Daiello full false 25:49
ITX Named a 2023 Best Company to Work for in New York https://itx.com/news/itx-named-a-2023-best-company-to-work-for-in-new-york/ Fri, 03 Mar 2023 17:10:41 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=15130 March 3, 2023 Rochester, NY – ITX is selected as a Best Company to Work for in New York by the New York State Council of the Society of Human Resource Management, Best Companies Group, and Rochester Business Journal. This is the first time that the 25-year-old organization is recognized at the state level.

The post ITX Named a 2023 Best Company to Work for in New York appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
This marks the company’s inaugural recognition at the state level

March 3, 2023 Rochester, NY – ITX is selected as a Best Company to Work for in New York by the New York State Council of the Society of Human Resource Management, Best Companies Group, and Rochester Business Journal. This is the first time that the 25-year-old organization is recognized at the state level.

Best Companies to Work for in New York identifies, recognizes, and honors the best places of employment in New York. An evaluation of their workplace policies, practices, and demographics, determined ITX’s placement on the list, as well as the results of an employee survey to measure the employee experience. Both measurements decide where the organization ranks in comparison to other New York companies; the final ranking will be announced at the April 19 awards ceremony in Albany, NY.

Update April 19, 2023: ITX was honored to attend the awards ceremony in which we were named 13th on the list of best companies.

ITX has repeatedly ranked on the Rochester Top Workplaces List. ITX is also a two-time winner of Rochester’s Tech Company of the Year and is an honoree of a Rochester-area business that exemplifies high standards of ethical behavior.

ITX continues to experiment, learn, and grow, while eagerly sharing its knowledge along the way. The company is currently adding to its global team of technology professionals and product specialists; remote-friendly opportunities can be found here: www.itx.com/careers.


About ITX Corp.

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies solve complex business challenges through user experience and product development, delivering software solutions that build trust, loyalty, and advocacy. Founded 25 years ago and headquartered in Rochester, NY, ITX now celebrates 250+ product professionals and technologists across the U.S, throughout the Americas, and around the world.

Career inquiries: 585.899.4888

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing | 585.899.4895

The post ITX Named a 2023 Best Company to Work for in New York appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
103 / A Product Manager’s Journey through Discovery, with Nesrine Changuel https://itx.com/podcast/103-product-managers-journey-through-discovery/ Tue, 21 Feb 2023 16:06:47 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=14806 Dr. Nesrine Changuel credits innate curiosity and a personal motivation for unlocking new knowledge as the catalyst that has brought her to Nokia, Microsoft, Spotify, and now Google. Her career journey has been thoughtful and deliberate, first as a researcher and later a transition to product management. Nesrine explains how a growth mindset encourages learning …

The post 103 / A Product Manager’s Journey through Discovery, with Nesrine Changuel appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Dr. Nesrine Changuel credits innate curiosity and a personal motivation for unlocking new knowledge as the catalyst that has brought her to Nokia, Microsoft, Spotify, and now Google. Her career journey has been thoughtful and deliberate, first as a researcher and later a transition to product management.

Nesrine explains how a growth mindset encourages learning – and the confidence that comes with it – that allows us to break out of our comfort zones to grow as individuals and product leaders.

The key to success, Nesrine adds, is never forgetting what the problem is. “Fall in love more with the problem than the solution,” she says. One way to achieve this mindset is to have a very clear product discovery roadmap that is distinct from your execution roadmap.

The discovery roadmap outlines a list of problems – not solutions. It leans on her experience as a researcher, generating incredible value validation that includes lots of time engaging with users to understand their challenges and pain points. And it’s work that brings together the product trio: product manager, UX researcher, and engineering to deliver products that improve users’ lives.

Be sure to listen to the entire pod; capture in minutes some of the vital nuggets Nesrine Changuel has picked up as her career continues to unfold, including:

  • Failing fast during product discovery: taking educated risks, validating them through regular, rapid feedback.
  • The power of iteration: the ability to stop, inspect, and adjust.
  • Avoiding the Scrum Fall Trap.
  • Using data to distinguish between what users say they want and what users actually do.

Product Collective’s Mike Belsito returns to emcee the 2023 ITX Product + Design Conference. Save the date: June 22-23, 2023 in Rochester, NY. Learn more.

The post 103 / A Product Manager’s Journey through Discovery, with Nesrine Changuel appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Dr. Nesrine Changuel credits innate curiosity and a personal motivation for unlocking new knowledge as the catalyst that has brought her to Nokia, Microsoft, Spotify, and now Google. Her career journey has been thoughtful and deliberate, Nesrine Changuel describes how her journey of discovery has inspired her success as a product manager and her career growth and development. Nesrine Changuel 1 1 103 103 103 / A Product Manager's Journey through Discovery, with Nesrine Changuel full false 29:25
Product + Design: Collaborative Best Practices That Deliver Transformative Results https://itx.com/blog/product-design-collaborative-best-practices-that-deliver-transformative-results/ Wed, 08 Feb 2023 13:01:32 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=14543 Not long ago, Jesse James Garrett shared his concern over persistent conversations around “the differences between design and product and the antagonisms they sometimes provoke.”
In this post, we –
1. Explore the product and design roles, pointing out the differences and embracing the similarities;
2. Identify 5 best practices to exploit the tension and avoid the antagonism;
3. Realize the transformative outcomes that can result when UX + Product join forces.

The post Product + Design: Collaborative Best Practices That Deliver Transformative Results appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
A discussion of UX Design and Product Manager roles, best practices for working collaboratively, and the transformative outcomes to be realized

Not long ago, Jesse James Garrett shared his concern over persistent conversations around “the differences between design and product and the antagonisms they sometimes provoke.”

In this post, we –

  1. Explore the product and design roles, pointing out the differences and embracing the similarities;
  2. Identify 5 best practices to exploit the tension and avoid the antagonism;
  3. Realize the transformative outcomes that can result when UX + Product join forces.

Product + Design: 2 Different Roles, 1 Shared Objective

One of the biggest challenges in creating an effective working relationship between designers and product managers is reaching agreement on roles and responsibilities. Historically, the tasks each perform are sufficiently different. So it’s no surprise that product and design roles have been more clearly defined. But as these roles have evolved, their responsibilities offer complex shades of gray – which is where opportunities to collaborate thrive.

Throughout its 25-year history, ITX has partnered with thousands of clients, always seeking the optimal balance and blend of our shared capabilities. In our experience, we see product managers working with clients to realize a vision for the product. Some clients come with their vision already well articulated; others seek help from product strategists to sharpen their focus and gain alignment, commitment, and confidence around their product vision.

Because of the breadth of their perspective, product managers wrestle with tradeoffs that UX designers may not. They see the world through a maze of conflicting lenses – e.g., weighing client expectations against available budget; balancing deadlines and deliverables with scarce resources; and supporting end user workflows while avoiding feature bloat…what Jared Spool refers to as experience rot.

UX design is about solving real problems for real humans. Rich in empathy, designers research, discover, and reflect the concerns, needs, and voice of their end users. From their findings they socialize data and inform decisions for the functional expression of the product vision.

Like their PM counterparts, UX designers have their own dilemmas to navigate. They control for bias and manage assumptions by instilling an evidence-based approach and UX mindset across the entire team. The integration of continuous discovery throughout the development process is a big part of that mindset. Pausing to check back with users or pivoting based on fresh insight combats the risk of tunnel vision that can result from a strict roadmap-release plan focus. Reconciling the needs of users in the wake of stakeholder and schedule demands remains the role of UX design.

5 Tips For Product + Design To Work Collaboratively

Instead of wrangling over blurred territorial lines, we believe the best approach is to discuss openly how best to share these responsibilities. None of this happens automatically. It takes aligning the teams in ways tailored to everyone’s needs and strengths.

  1. Establish a psychologically safe environment. Trust lies at the foundation of all successful relationships. But trust evaporates in environments where acts of vulnerability – i.e., asking questions, giving feedback, pointing out a mistake – are punished. “Psychological safety,” says Dr. Timothy Clark, “is the great enabler of creativity.”
  2. Exploit the tension. Bringing product and design (and let’s not forget engineering) onto the same team may feel awkward at first. But if you think that’s awkward, imagine Design going off and unilaterally creating functionality that wasn’t asked for. Or Product hastily delivering an incomplete feature set. Tension is a constraint that drives creativity.
  3. Share your journey. Abandon the notion that you have all the answers. One of the best ways to build trust is to allow yourself to be vulnerable. Share your work, describe your challenges, and ask for feedback. Initiate a channel to create a free flow of information.
  4. Eliminate role limitations. Product success is more about what gets done than who does it. Establish a framework that identifies tasks to be completed, assigns responsible parties to execute them, and sets a feedback mechanism for reporting and collaboration.
  5. Include your engineers. Product development is a team sport. Marty Cagan describes empowered teams as having a product manager, designer, and engineer. “Engineers,” he says, “are working with enabling technology every day. They see what’s possible. But executives, customers, and other stakeholders can imagine only what they can imagine.”

Bringing product, design, and engineering together may put them at odds. But their shared responsibility for product success quickly becomes a forcing function for collaboration, leading to discovery of the optimal solution.

“When a product trio works together to develop a shared understanding of the customer, they are in a much better position to create products that customers love.”

Teresa Torres Portrait
Teresa Torres,
Author, The Product Trio

When Product + Design Converge: Transformative Outcomes and Outputs

It’s often said that the product manager carries much of the responsibility for a product’s success, but little of the authority to bring it about.

Product management coach Rich Mironov goes a bit further: “While everyone else has carved out their own place in the organization, the product manager is the person nobody works for. And who, it often seems, works for everybody else.”

As product managers seek to clarify their role, designers want to expand theirs. Jesse James Garrett hears regularly about their desire to do more, to contribute greater value. Standing in the way, he says, is a lack of organizational support and empowerment.

How does the collaboration of product and design advance their respective missions? We believe in the following ways, whether the result of the convergence or the inspiration for it:

  1. Continued maturation of Product. If product management is to continue its evolution toward strategic leadership, aspiring product leaders will enjoy greater exposure to the user perspective, and will be better positioned to incorporate it into their decisionmaking.
  2. More expansive role for Design. When design leaders find the empowerment and support they’re after, good product outcomes will follow. But even more than that, their newfound influence will accelerate the structural outcomes that encourage organizations to think differently about the value UX designers bring.
  3. Cultural transformation within organizations. When Product and Design converge, we see the very real potential for human-centered design to drive human-centered decision-making, which eventually brings about human-centered culture within organizations.

“Imagine an organization that has dialed in its process for understanding its customers and has been executing that process repeatedly for years,” Jesse offers.


“You now have a level of institutional knowledge that hasn’t been possible before,” Jesse concludes. “Which means you now have an organization that operates culturally in different ways; product and design are making different decisions because they have fresh, new awareness of different factors in their decisions.”


Save the Date! ITX’s Product + Design Conference is back! June 22-23 in Rochester, NY. Learn more.


Headshot of Christina Halladay

Christina Halladay is a Director of UX Design at ITX. She brings a background in Psychology and a passion for ‘people’ problems, working with distributed cross-functional teams to build impactful, human-centered digital products.

Zake Kane is a Product Strategist at ITX. His commitment to creating digital experiences that solve real-world problems for real people starts with generating alignment, confidence, and commitment around a shared product vision.


The post Product + Design: Collaborative Best Practices That Deliver Transformative Results appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
102 / Driving Innovation Through Inclusion, with Bernadette Smith https://itx.com/podcast/102-driving-inclusion-through-innovation/ Tue, 07 Feb 2023 16:23:52 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=14482 Inclusion is for everyone, says guest Bernadette Smith, CEO of Equality Institute. And, she adds, it’s good for business. Companies that prioritize diversity, equity, and inclusion are more profitable than those that don’t. But the key piece of DEI best practices, she concludes, is inclusion. “In order to realize the financial benefits, we have to …

The post 102 / Driving Innovation Through Inclusion, with Bernadette Smith appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Inclusion is for everyone, says guest Bernadette Smith, CEO of Equality Institute. And, she adds, it’s good for business. Companies that prioritize diversity, equity, and inclusion are more profitable than those that don’t. But the key piece of DEI best practices, she concludes, is inclusion. “In order to realize the financial benefits, we have to unleash psychological safety; we have to unleash inclusion.”

In this episode, Bernadette joins Sean and Paul and shares her best practices for bringing an inclusive mindset to your organization, many of which are captured in her best-seller, Inclusive 360: Proven Solutions for an Equitable Organization. She “keeps it real” in this discussion and is not afraid to admit that she’s still learning, too.

“We’re all on our own learning journey, whatever it happens to be or look like,” she says. “And when leaders model that, and share a sense of their own vulnerability, it gives other folks permission to do the same.”

Bernadette presents the A-R-C Method, a framework for getting to connection before content – a mantra that drives better conversations among teams. With practice, this simple method can help you create a more inclusive environment where there is genuine learning among individuals from diverse backgrounds.

  • Ask. Be curious. Learn more about another person’s perspective. Allow yourself to be vulnerable.
  • Respect. Be present and attentive. Listen…actively. Trust will follow.
  • Connect. We’re all on our own learning journey.

Using the A-R-C method is one way to foster the inclusion that drives innovation.

Catch the whole pod with Bernadette Smith, and bring a true DEI mindset to your organization.

Save the date! The ITX Product + Design Conference is back. June 22-23, Rochester, NY. Learn more.

The post 102 / Driving Innovation Through Inclusion, with Bernadette Smith appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Inclusion is for everyone, says guest Bernadette Smith, CEO of Equality Institute. And, she adds, it’s good for business. Companies that prioritize diversity, equity, and inclusion are more profitable than those that don’t. Bernadette Smith offers practical tips for bringing DEI best practices to your team, and describes inclusion's impact on innovation. Bernadette Smith 1 1 102 102 102 / Driving Innovation Through Inclusion, with Bernadette Smith full false 31:24
Product Momentum Podcast – 100th Episode Book Giveaway https://itx.com/podcast/product-momentum-podcast-100th-episode-book-giveaway/ Tue, 27 Dec 2022 17:37:06 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=14081 The Product Momentum Podcast team is taking a brief pause this week but be sure to enter our 100th Episode Book Giveaway. We hope you’re enjoying some R&R time as well. See you again in the New Year!

The post Product Momentum Podcast – 100th Episode Book Giveaway appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The Product Momentum Podcast team is taking a brief pause this week but be sure to enter our 100th Episode Book Giveaway. We hope you’re enjoying some R&R time as well.

See you again in the New Year!

The post Product Momentum Podcast – 100th Episode Book Giveaway appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The Product Momentum Podcast team is taking a brief pause this week but be sure to enter our 100th Episode Book Giveaway. We hope you’re enjoying some R&R time as well. See you again in the New Year! The Product Momentum Podcast team is taking a brief pause this week but be sure to enter our 100th Episode Book Giveaway. We hope you’re enjoying some R&R time as well. See you again in the New Year! ITX 1 1 full false 1:40
101 / How No-Code Tools Accelerate the Learning Process, with Jonathan Anderson https://itx.com/podcast/101-how-nocode-tools-accelerate-the-learning-process-with-jonathan-anderson/ Tue, 13 Dec 2022 20:51:26 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=14031 No product manager wants to build a bad version of their software. But sometimes that’s what it takes to accelerate the learning process. Well, maybe not a bad version. But an early, admittedly incomplete one. Something you can quickly get out in front of users, gather some feedback about, and iterate on. Today’s podcast guest, …

The post 101 / How No-Code Tools Accelerate the Learning Process, with Jonathan Anderson appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
No product manager wants to build a bad version of their software. But sometimes that’s what it takes to accelerate the learning process. Well, maybe not a bad version. But an early, admittedly incomplete one. Something you can quickly get out in front of users, gather some feedback about, and iterate on. Today’s podcast guest, Candu co-Founder and CEO Jonathan Anderson, explains, “If you then decide to go down the development route, you’ll be so much smarter, so much further along the path of figuring out what the right thing to build is.” This concept of drafting is super-valuable, he adds, “but not because we know what the end product will look when we’re done. But because we don’t.”

Candu provides no-code web tools for SaaS apps; at its core, no-code is like products for product people. It helps non-tech-savvy product managers bring even greater impact to their teams – a sort of counter-punch to the vexing “all the responsibility, none of the authority” PM mantra.

“So often we think of building software a little bit like a sacred cow, something only a handful can do along a very prescriptive process.” Jonathan says. “Maybe it’s time to allow non-technical people – like product managers, growth teams, maybe even customer teams – to actually build some of these interfaces themselves.”

No-code, low-code tools help transform passive, receive-only PMs just waiting for requirements to fall from on high into more engaged product builders. We’re better positioned to shift the development effort upstream and figure out where that cut-off is – when the “bad” version of our software is still good enough to ship.

Be sure to catch the whole conversation with Jonathan Anderson; and don’t forget about our 100th Podcast Episode Book Giveaway. Enter for your chance to win!

The post 101 / How No-Code Tools Accelerate the Learning Process, with Jonathan Anderson appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
No product manager wants to build a bad version of their software. But sometimes that’s what it takes to accelerate the learning process. Well, maybe not a bad version. But an early, admittedly incomplete one. Candu's Jonathan Anderson explains how no-code tools help product managers deepen their influence and enhance the learning process. Jonathan Anderson 1 1 99 99 101 / How No-Code Tools Accelerate the Learning Process, with Jonathan Anderson full false 25:11
100 / The Emergence of Product + Design Leadership, with Jesse James Garrett https://itx.com/podcast/100-emergence-of-product-and-design-leadership-with-jesse-james-garrett/ Tue, 29 Nov 2022 13:29:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=13976 When UX design guru Jesse James Garrett first started out, user experience as we know it today wasn’t even a thing. Yet he remains among the most prominent voices in digital product design. As both witness and catalyst for more than 20 years, Jesse’s work in this space triggered much of the UX evolution and …

The post 100 / The Emergence of Product + Design Leadership, with Jesse James Garrett appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
When UX design guru Jesse James Garrett first started out, user experience as we know it today wasn’t even a thing. Yet he remains among the most prominent voices in digital product design. As both witness and catalyst for more than 20 years, Jesse’s work in this space triggered much of the UX evolution and inspired the cultural change we’re now experiencing within our organizations. The emergence of product and design leadership has accelerated the ‘professionalization’ of traditional roles and has empowered teams to deliver better products and user outcomes.

As Jesse explains in this – the 100th episode of the Product Momentum Podcast – “The exciting thing is that many product leaders are finding the way to gain the empowerment and the support and the leverage to drive not just good product outcomes, but organizational outcomes that fundamentally shift the way these organizations approach and think about what they do.”

Product leaders are forever balancing the technical realities of what it takes to deliver a good product with the market realities of the business model, the competitive landscape, and customer realities, he continues. “And what I’m seeing are product leaders turning to design as a way to deepen their expertise … around that customer piece of the equation,” Jesse adds. “The designers who are elevating into those more senior leadership roles are the ones who are able to frame design in terms of its ability to deliver value around user insight more than around delivery.”

Sean and Paul chat with Jesse not to wax nostalgic about the early days of UX, but instead to discuss the growing influence that human-centered design is having on human-centered decision-making, which eventually brings about a human-centered culture within organizations.

Listen in to hear more tips from Jesse James Garrett about strategic leadership and the role of design in delivering value in this 100th episode of Product Momentum.

You can also watch our conversation with Jesse James Garrett on the Product Momentum YouTube channel!

The post 100 / The Emergence of Product + Design Leadership, with Jesse James Garrett appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
When UX design guru Jesse James Garrett first started out, user experience as we know it today wasn’t even a thing. Yet he remains among the most prominent voices in digital product design. As both witness and catalyst for more than 20 years, Jesse James Garrett discusses the impact of Product and Design Leadership on the growth of the human-centered organizational culture. Jesse James Garrett 1 1 100 100 100 / The Emergence of Product + Design Leadership, with Jesse James Garrett full false 24:06
Top WordPress Accessibility Day 2022 Takeaways https://itx.com/blog/top-wordpress-accessibility-day-2022-takeaways/ Fri, 18 Nov 2022 15:52:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=13825 November 2 – 3, 2022 was WordPress Accessibility Day 2022. This free, volunteer-run virtual global event provided opportunities for attendees to learn about the best practices for creating accessible WordPress websites, but the general discussion of accessibility on the internet was front and center in all panel discussions. ITX was a proud sponsor for this …

The post Top WordPress Accessibility Day 2022 Takeaways appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
November 2 – 3, 2022 was WordPress Accessibility Day 2022. This free, volunteer-run virtual global event provided opportunities for attendees to learn about the best practices for creating accessible WordPress websites, but the general discussion of accessibility on the internet was front and center in all panel discussions.

ITX was a proud sponsor for this event, and team members from across the company – and around the globe – participated. With 24 hours of interesting panels and world-renown experts sharing their experiences, our team was eager to participate and absorb and learn all that we could.

So, what did we learn at WordPress Accessibility Day?

“Accessibility is not about tech – it’s about people.”

Nicolas Steenhout, keynote speaker, offered this declaration during the event’s first session. Not to dimmish the impact that technology has on creating an accessible space, but to remind us – designers, developers, users – that we shouldn’t be using the technology to create even more confusion for users.

It’s a similar sentiment shared by recent Product Momentum Podcast guest Sheri Byrne-Haber, and both of these accessibility champions possess the tenure to speak with authority on the subject. Steenhout is a pioneer in web accessibility, having worked in this community since the mid-90s. While today he serves as a consultant for private and non-profit organizations, he still remembers the “aha” moments early in his career that encouraged him to pay close attention to accessibility going forward.

In his professional work, Steenhout encounters clients and customers who, despite their interest in improving their product’s accessibility, remain resistant to change. He hears a common question – “how many disabled people are there?” He explains that the clients who ask this aren’t really asking for a number, they’re gauging whether accessibility is a worthwhile investment or not.

To that, Steenhout counters with questions of his own, for example: “What is the oldest browser you support? What is the percentage of visits you get from that browser?” These data-driven queries set up the fact that the small percentage of users who utilize an older browser is dwarfed in comparison to the number of users with disabilities in the world.

We love creative explanations and responses, and this is a particularly powerful reply to clients who are looking at every factor of accessibility but excluding the people they should be serving.

“Would you build your office space without a doorknob?”

A silly question, for sure. But one that brings perspective to a conversation with clients. Because of course they wouldn’t – how would anyone get into the building? It was the question raised in “Selling Accessibility to Skeptical Clients.” The panel, featuring Colleen Gratzer, Chris Hinds, and Rob Howard, explored how they are navigating the conversation around implementing accessibility with particularly difficult clients.

As Steenhout mentioned in his keynote, clients and prospects can be wary when adopting accessibility. Some may be unaware of the rich benefits; others may be hesitant due to the corresponding price tag. Still others daunted by the idea of starting from scratch.

Consultants face an uphill battle when convincing wary clients to design with accessibility. If they don’t have the reasons to prove why digital accessibility is important, or if they are dealing with particularly stubborn clients, the panelists agreed that you can’t force the issue.

Usually, a question about doorknobs is the enlightening query that convinces anyone who’s listening why accessibility should be a vital component of a website or product. If that doesn’t work, they advise establishing clear guidelines as to why they are making the design choices, and work to the best of their ability.

“People are not aware of the experience of using the web with a screen reader.”

This was the opening remark from Lazar Bulatovic. “Since I started being part of the accessibility community, I was shocked on one side and amazed on the other.” In the “Boost up conversions with accessible eCommerce” panel, Lazar joined Anne-Mieke Bovelett and Piccia Neri to demonstrate to the audience the experience of using the internet with a screen reader.

An obvious obstacle appeared instantly. As Lazar navigated to a website and turned on his screen reader, we were all stunned when the voice reader began reciting the descriptive text without pause. An onslaught of information with no rhyme or reason.

The culprit was a slider on the homepage with an automatic transition feature. As soon as the screen reader finished with the descriptive text on one slide, it was time to recite the text on the next. It was chaotic and distracting, to say the least.

An error on the company’s side, one that should hopefully be remedied soon. (Note: At the time of writing this blog, the slider was still on the webpage.)

ITX attendees were particularly interested when we noticed this eCommerce-centric panel on the WordPress Accessibility Day schedule. We have experience working on eCommerce projects, and we wanted to better understand the common challenges through the lens of the visually impaired user. We didn’t expect to witness such an egregious error right out the gate, but it was a powerful demonstration of the challenges that users who rely on screen readers face daily.

“Alt-text isn’t just for visually impaired users.”

Why should we use alt-text?

Alt-text is a tool to aid users who are unable to see or understand an image on a webpage. While it was developed to provide information that a screen reader can recite for users, there are other benefits to this tool, according to Meg Miller. They shared this line of thinking in their panel, “The Alt Scene: When and How to Write Alternative Text.”

  • Search Engine Optimization: Search engine crawlers scour pages to properly rank them in search engines. The more information on a page related to what a user is searching for, the better that page will rank. An image that has related and descriptive alt-text will bolster your page’s ranking.
  • Slow loading pages: If a page crashes before all elements are fully loaded, images are left behind with a blank shape left in its place. In these situations, alt-text loads instead, so all users can understand what the image was meant to be, instead of wondering what it could be.

Meg provided examples of what bad, good, and great alt-text looks like, as well as advice on when to use it and what to write. Their presentation empowered our team as we create more content that will be designed to serve all users.

“Perfect is the enemy of good.”

Listening to the various subject-matter experts share their knowledge and experiences on WordPress Accessibility Day filled our team with new information and fervent inspiration. We joined the various panels to deepen our knowledge in our roles and help us grow as we provide value-creating service. Our expectations were exceeded.

If you came away from WordPress Accessibility Day feeling overwhelmed by the volume and complexity of the information shared, you’re in good company. But fear not.

And keep in mind a piece of advice from Anne-Mieke Bovelett: “Perfect is the enemy of good.” Attempting to tackle all aspects of accessibility at once is daunting. Identify each need one at a time, and work with a team to address those needs one at a time. Research various guides, resources, and tools that will enable you to get started with creating accessible products and experiences.

Getting involved in different communities and attending events like WordPress Accessibility Day is a valuable way to connect with other passionate learners who seek to create rich experiences for all.

Need Help?

We would be more than happy to get you started on a path to accessible design. ITX offers a variety of services including website audits, and 1:1 consultation. Get started today.


The post Top WordPress Accessibility Day 2022 Takeaways appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Congreso Latinoamericano de Accesibilidad y Usabilidad https://itx.com/events/congreso-latinoamericano-de-accesibilidad-y-usabilidad/ Wed, 16 Nov 2022 12:29:10 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=13761 Congreso Latinoamericano de Accesibilidad y Usabilidad / Latin American Accessibility and Usability Congress (CLAU) is a free virtual event that is live streaming on YouTube. The inaugural event is an opportunity to support the development of Digital Accessibility from a Latin American perspective. ITX is proud to be a sponsor this year.

The post Congreso Latinoamericano de Accesibilidad y Usabilidad appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Congreso Latinoamericano de Accesibilidad y Usabilidad / Latin American Accessibility and Usability Congress (CLAU) is a free virtual event that is live streaming on YouTube. The inaugural event is an opportunity to support the development of Digital Accessibility from a Latin American perspective. ITX is proud to be a sponsor this year.

Learn more about the event

The post Congreso Latinoamericano de Accesibilidad y Usabilidad appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
99 / Overcoming the ‘Fragility of AI’ to Improve User Outcomes https://itx.com/podcast/99-overcoming-the-fragility-of-ai-to-improve-user-outcomes/ Tue, 15 Nov 2022 17:06:57 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=13682 Make no mistake. Artificial intelligence and machine learning are super-powerful tools; their benefits seem endless. But let’s not confuse them with superpowers. AI possesses a fragility, says Dipanwita Das, co-founder and CEO of Sorcero, who is working to improve patient outcomes through advanced analytics. More blind spot than flaw, the fragility of AI is nuance …

The post 99 / Overcoming the ‘Fragility of AI’ to Improve User Outcomes appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Make no mistake. Artificial intelligence and machine learning are super-powerful tools; their benefits seem endless. But let’s not confuse them with superpowers. AI possesses a fragility, says Dipanwita Das, co-founder and CEO of Sorcero, who is working to improve patient outcomes through advanced analytics.

More blind spot than flaw, the fragility of AI is nuance that algorithms cannot now account for. Ironically, even paradoxically, AI requires interaction with humans to reveal its true power. Thought of in this way, AI quickly becomes more approachable. It’s really thinking about the people who build the tool, those who interpret its suggestions and predictions, and all the lives impacted by the outcomes down the road. Dipanwita shares some examples relating to human health.

Dipanwita continues: “So it goes right back to us in how we’re collecting and organizing the data, how we’re designing the products, how we are applying this AI, and then what we are doing with its suggestions that will determine the end outcome.”

Anything we have not factored in, she explains, we have to account for somewhere else. If you don’t, you invite uncertainty as to whether the AI-driven product feature will perform as it needs to.

“AI is neither the silver bullet nor is it a demon,” Dipanwita concludes. “It is, at the end of the day, a tool, like anything else in software, to help us do our jobs better.”

Catch the entire podcast with Dipanwita Das as she joins ITX co-hosts Paul Gebel and Roberta Oare to discuss –

  • The role of bias in data collection and interpretation, and gaps it creates
  • The impact of nuance on user experience design
  • Criteria for finding the right balance of AI + Human Interaction
  • Sorcero’s “human in the loop” approach – a built-in touchpoint where an expert is able to give active feedback.

The post 99 / Overcoming the ‘Fragility of AI’ to Improve User Outcomes appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Make no mistake. Artificial intelligence and machine learning are super-powerful tools; their benefits seem endless. But let’s not confuse them with superpowers. AI possesses a fragility, says Dipanwita Das, co-founder and CEO of Sorcero, Dipanwita Das explains how the 'fragility of AI' can be overcome by human interaction to drive positive outcomes Dipanwita Das 1 1 99 99 99 / Overcoming the ‘Fragility of AI’ to Improve User Outcomes full false 25:48
ITX Named ‘Tech Company of the Year’ 2022 https://itx.com/news/itx-named-tech-company-of-the-year-2022/ Thu, 10 Nov 2022 14:23:17 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=13691 November 10, 2022 Rochester, NY – ITX won Tech Company of the Year honors at TechRochester’s GREAT Awards last night. The award, presented by the local non-profit trade organization for the technology industry, “recognizes excellence in achieving an engaged and productive workforce and for a company focused on the development or manufacturing of technology within the Greater Rochester Area.

The post ITX Named ‘Tech Company of the Year’ 2022 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The win marks two consecutive years being honored

November 10, 2022 Rochester, NY – ITX won Tech Company of the Year honors at TechRochester’s GREAT Awards last night. The award, presented by the local non-profit trade organization for the technology industry, “recognizes excellence in achieving an engaged and productive workforce and for a company focused on the development or manufacturing of technology within the Greater Rochester Area.” Previously known as the “Best Tech Workplace Award,” this was the second consecutive year ITX was named as the top technology employer in Rochester.

The distinction carries special meaning this year, as ITX celebrates its 25th birthday. Learn more about ITX’s path to 25 years.

ITX continues to experiment, learn, and grow, while eagerly sharing its knowledge along the way. The company is currently adding to its global team of technology professionals and product specialists; remote-friendly opportunities can be found here: www.itx.com/careers.


About ITX Corp.

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies solve complex business challenges through user experience and product development, delivering software solutions that build trust, loyalty, and advocacy. Founded 25 years ago and headquartered in Rochester, NY, ITX now celebrates 250+ product professionals and technologists across the U.S, throughout the Americas, and around the world.

Career inquiries: 585.899.4888

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing | 585.899.4895

The post ITX Named ‘Tech Company of the Year’ 2022 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
When Teams Celebrate Constructive Feedback, They Win https://itx.com/blog/when-teams-celebrate-constructive-feedback-they-win/ Mon, 07 Nov 2022 19:27:17 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=24273 I was recently given some amazing feedback on a talk that I gave to a group of CEOs in Oklahoma. I took too long and added too many details to my opening story before I explained the context and reason for the story. The CEO who provided the feedback was lost and found himself wondering where I was going. He found himself wandering off. I sometimes get lost in the story when I am speaking and often lose track of my audience. It is not good.

That feedback caused me to seriously revamp the opening of my speech, starting with some direct context early on in the speech. The last couple of talks I gave since the revamp were markedly better and gained more powerful, early engagement from the CEO groups. I was able to turn that feedback into gold immediately. In my early business career, that would not have been the case for me. This is the result of learning how to celebrate feedback when I get it. (p.s. I sent the CEO a small gift to thank him in this case.)

The post When Teams Celebrate Constructive Feedback, They Win appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>

Experience is what creates sustainable competitive advantage. This is the nature of competition.

I was recently given some amazing feedback on a talk that I gave to a group of CEOs in Oklahoma. I took too long and added too many details to my opening story before I explained the context and reason for the story. The CEO who provided the feedback was lost and found himself wondering where I was going. He found himself wandering off. I sometimes get lost in the story when I am speaking and often lose track of my audience. It is not good.

That feedback caused me to seriously revamp the opening of my speech, starting with some direct context early on in the speech. The last couple of talks I gave since the revamp were markedly better and gained more powerful, early engagement from the CEO groups. I was able to turn that feedback into gold immediately. In my early business career, that would not have been the case for me. This is the result of learning how to celebrate feedback when I get it. (p.s. I sent the CEO a small gift to thank him in this case.)

For the last several decades, I have been leading teams that build enterprise software applications. I have watched hundreds of teams build products, some of which succeeded and some of which failed. One of the distinguishing features of successful teams is how they handle constructive feedback from their customers, stakeholders, and users. Successful teams thoroughly and passionately embrace feedback. They dig into it, dive into root cause discussions, and determine how they will learn from it. The very best teams celebrate it when they get really meaty, detailed feedback. I’ve observed a very different pattern amongst unsuccessful teams.

What typically happens when teams receive constructive feedback about their work?

What I have observed is that the team’s behavior follows very closely the Elizabeth Kubler-Ross grief cycle. Teams faced with negative feedback go through each stage of the cycle, in turn. My conjecture is that this occurs for a few obvious reasons. Teams of people spend eight hours or more a day working on their products and services. One-third of their day, most days of their working lives. I equate it to calling their baby “ugly.” It is a perfectly natural response to having your work criticized. Here are the stages, as I have observed them:

1.Denial: They are somewhat shocked and in a state of denial. “How could that have happened?” is commonly heard.

2. Anger: They get angry, sometimes at the customer, sometimes at themselves, but they usually express some sense of frustration and anger.

3. Bargaining: They try to negotiate and downplay the impact of the problem. “It’s not that big of a deal,” “The customer is overreacting,” or “We can deal with this later.”

4.Sadness: They recognize the error and think through the root causes. They enter a state of remorse and sadness for the errors and omissions that led to the problem.

5.Acceptance: They realize they have to address the problem in some way.

Most of the teams I have observed clean up the mess that was made, eventually. However, instead of keying in on the learning, celebrating it, building the learnings into their systems, and sharing the learnings with other teams, they tend to carefully sweep these incidents under the rug. On underperforming teams, you will see this pattern where the teams do not want to talk about their flaws, errors, and mistakes out loud. The problems get quietly resolved and teams promptly move on to the next challenge of the day and forget about looking for the learnings. Maybe it happens because they are worried about embarrassment, perception, or worse, a black mark on their performance review. This is a huge, missed opportunity.

The key here is that learning really doesn’t start until after they start to look for the root causes, after the acceptance phase of the Elizabeth Kubler-Ross cycle.

As a result of this phenomenon, the amount of business value via both hard labor expenses and missed opportunity costs can be profound. There is no productive business value created in the time spent below the line. It is all waste, represented by the red hashed area of the graph. No business value is created until something is learned and it creates sustainable value if that learning is integrated into the business’s systems, processes, and products.

When leaders set the example of celebrating constructive feedback and the learning that results, teams learn to buck this trend. It can be as simple as teaching your teams to identify the emotions associated with having their work criticized so that they can identify the cycle in action, earlier. When they can see it, they can change their behavior and move through the cycles faster, getting to the learning and integration of the learning into systems and processes faster.

Constructive feedback is an expected behavior when you have authentic advocates. Advocates are the people who are invested in your long-term success. They demonstrate that they care about your future when they invest the time from their busy days to tell you how badly you screwed up and they offer up ideas about how to fix it. These behaviors deserve to be celebrated when you see them. Thriving teams recognize this and capitalize on it in profound ways. Often, they will engage the customer in the resolution process and in fixing the systems that led to the problem. When teams have incorporated systems for productively handling constructive feedback and are operating really well, they celebrate the learnings and the requisite innovations that result from their customers, completing the cycle.

Not all feedback is useful. Some feedback, particularly the kind that comes from people who do not care about your collective future, might be cataloged under “complaints.” You know what this feedback looks like because it doesn’t typically carry any thoughtful or helpful information that can help you improve. Often, when you get complaints from people who are not advocates, they often don’t give that feedback to you. They give it to everyone or anyone else who will listen or worse, they may post it in a public forum. You should listen to this feedback as well, but give more weight to the feedback that you get from the customers who demonstrate that they care about your success and demonstrate positive intent to improve, together.

Knowing how to tell the difference between complaints and authentically delivered constructive feedback is a powerful muscle that needs to be developed if you want to develop a culture that innovates. When your teams break this cycle and the learning accelerates, your organization will realize the business value of the feedback much more quickly as demonstrated in the green hashed area in the graph below.

Notice there is still a red area, as I do not think it is reasonable to expect that we can eliminate this cycle. It is a normal part of human processing, and we will be better off if we embrace and acknowledge that it is going to happen. The goal here is to improve our conversations about feedback and to reduce the amount of time and energy expended beneath the line.

Here is a list of things you can experiment with as a leader to foster faster integration of learning from constructive feedback:

  • Model the behavior. If you are not modeling these behaviors yourself, they will not stick. Celebrate when you get constructive feedback and identify the cycle within yourself. Do it out loud with your team.
  • Teach your teams this cycle. Once they have awareness of the cycle, it is impossible to ignore and you may find that they want to celebrate it when they see it and even create some humor around it.
  • Create the space in your ceremonies for constructive feedback review, celebration, learning, and integration. Purposefully integrate feedback processing into your meetings, especially recurring meetings.
  • Formally measure the receipt of constructive feedback as a positive force in your organization.

What gets measured, gets managed

Peter Drucker
  • Celebrate the learnings broadly by finding ways to tell stories about the learnings and resulting innovations.
  • Include your advocate customers in the process wherever possible. It reinforces the relationship and strengthens the bond.

If you liked this, clap, share widely, and let me know how it works for you. I promise to honor your feedback.

References:

On Grief and Grieving, by Elizabeth Kubler Ross.

An Advocacy Strategy is Nutrition for Your Culture, by Sean Flaherty.

Bragging Rights, How to Pull Customers Over the Advocacy Threshold, by Sean Flaherty.

The Effective Executive, by Peter Drucker.

Sean Flaherty is Executive Vice President of Innovation at ITX, where he leads a passionate group of product specialists and technologists to solve client challenges. Developer of The Momentum Framework, Sean is also a prolific writer and award-winning speaker discussing the subjects of empathy, innovation, and leadership. 

The post When Teams Celebrate Constructive Feedback, They Win appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
WordPress Accessibility Day 2022 https://itx.com/events/wordpress-accessibility-day-2022/ Wed, 02 Nov 2022 12:00:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=13723 WordPress Accessibility Day is a global volunteer-based annual event dedicated to providing information about creating accessible websites in WordPress. Subject matter experts from around the world delivered their insights to an audience of WordPress developers, designers, content creators, and users. The event was held virtually for 24 hours from November 2 - 3, 2022. ITX was proud to be a sponsor this year.

The post WordPress Accessibility Day 2022 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
WordPress Accessibility Day is a global volunteer-based annual event dedicated to providing information about creating accessible websites in WordPress. Subject matter experts from around the world delivered their insights to an audience of WordPress developers, designers, content creators, and users. The event was held virtually for 24 hours from November 2 – 3, 2022. ITX was proud to be a sponsor this year.

Visit the event site to replay the live stream

The post WordPress Accessibility Day 2022 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
98 / Digital Accessibility & Inclusive Design: Understanding the Why https://itx.com/podcast/98-digital-accessibility-and-inclusive-design-understanding-the-why/ Tue, 01 Nov 2022 17:24:55 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=13542 Accessibility is not one of those things that’s done well when it’s tacked on to the end of a project, Sheri Byrne-Haber says. “It’s going to cost more, it’s going to put your schedule at risk, and it’s not going to offer the best experience.” Embedding accessibility into product design early on, she adds, becomes …

The post 98 / Digital Accessibility & Inclusive Design: Understanding the Why appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Accessibility is not one of those things that’s done well when it’s tacked on to the end of a project, Sheri Byrne-Haber says. “It’s going to cost more, it’s going to put your schedule at risk, and it’s not going to offer the best experience.” Embedding accessibility into product design early on, she adds, becomes a whole lot easier when your organization’s mindset defaults toward diversity and inclusion.

In this episode of Product Momentum, Sheri joins Paul Gebel and guest co-host Collene Burns, ITX’s VP of Global Talent. She explains what happens when the why of product design comes before the what. You’re free to escape a rigid checklist mentality and naturally consider how your product will be experienced in the world. When you hire the best and brightest – regardless of ability – accessible design outcomes follow because the teams are diverse. You start to see it in the DNA of the products they develop.

In our conversation, Sheri also discusses the implications that new technologies have on accessibility. “Technology is moving faster than our ethical use can keep up,” she says. She adds that we can close the gap by building teams who think about all the humans who use their products, and designing experiences that actually solve the problem the product is trying to solve.

Sheri Byrne-Haber is a prominent global thought leader in the fields of engineering, accessibility, and inclusion.  A senior accessibility architect at VMware, she was recently named a LinkedIn Top Voice for Social Impact 2022.

The post 98 / Digital Accessibility & Inclusive Design: Understanding the Why appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Accessibility is not one of those things that’s done well when it’s tacked on to the end of a project, Sheri Byrne-Haber says. “It’s going to cost more, it’s going to put your schedule at risk, and it’s not going to offer the best experience. Sheri Byrne-Haber, a prominent thought leader on accessibility, explains why diverse teams are better prepared to practice inclusive design. Sheri Byrne-Haber 1 1 98 98 98 / Digital Accessibility & Inclusive Design: Understanding the Why full false 33:42
Setting Objective Measurements Growth https://itx.com/blog/setting-objective-measurements-growth/ Sat, 22 Oct 2022 19:17:52 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=24291 One day, I had a good friend call my cell and say, “I need a team that can pick up the pieces from another vendor. I need help getting these small features out the door in three months or I’m going to lose my job. Can you help me?” For context, the teams I work with have been building software products for two and a half decades and this has happened on more than a few occasions. This time, my team had worked on this technology platform before, and, represented confidently that they would be able to knock the project “out of the park.” Everyone on my team expressed confidence that this was a no-brainer. You might guess where this is going next.

The post Setting Objective Measurements Growth appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>

Set objective, behavior-based, metrics for both individual and team competence to keep everyone growing.

One day, I had a good friend call my cell and say, “I need a team that can pick up the pieces from another vendor. I need help getting these small features out the door in three months or I’m going to lose my job. Can you help me?” For context, the teams I work with have been building software products for two and a half decades and this has happened on more than a few occasions. This time, my team had worked on this technology platform before, and, represented confidently that they would be able to knock the project “out of the park.” Everyone on my team expressed confidence that this was a no-brainer. You might guess where this is going next.

We did not deliver. Not even close. I will spare you the details of my friend’s professional fate, but it was not a good result. The problem, as I see it, wasn’t malicious intent. No one on my team was lying about their perception of their skills. We asked good questions. We even probed deeply into the causes of the prior vendor’s failure. We thought we had done a thorough assessment of the current state of the system. The team authentically believed that it would be easy. The raw subjectivity that comes along with this territory makes it difficult to lead well. Additionally, the business of building software products is a competitive, high-pressure environment and the incentives are often organized to inadvertently pit vendors against clients.

We would have been able to successfully build the features and save this friend’s tail if we had been more objective about our assessment of our skills. We would have had a much better chance of filling the competence gaps.

On teams where skills are objectively measured, confidence soars, and teams thrive.

When team skills are objectively assessed, they naturally have more confidence in each other and in the team as a unit. I served on an aircraft carrier during the first Persian Gulf conflict, worked on F-14 Tomcats, and got a close look at how skills are assessed in this high-stakes environment. Three decades ago, when I served, this was something that the Navy did really well. There were rigid and obsessively objective standards for knowledge and skills. You had to pass tests and demonstrate your competence, have it checked and double-checked, multiple times in order to move up in rank. There were many sets of eyes on your demonstrated level of competence. It was an expensive process to manage, but given the life-or-death consequences of the work, it was necessary and it worked well. An aircraft carrier is one of the most complex feats of human engineering ever accomplished. The amount of human coordination is astounding.

In the modern VUCA (Volatility, Uncertainty, Complexity, & Ambiguity) business world, many of the skills our teams need to innovate are hard to come by or don’t exist yet. Objectively determining competence under ever-changing circumstances is very hard to do. In many cases, by the time you work up a way to test people effectively, you have to change the test. In addition, it is often the people skills that are more valuable than the hard skills. These skills are often context-dependent and can be really hard to measure with a standardized testing instrument. However, all skills can be observed and demonstrated in the wild.

It is imperative for teams to know where they are, objectively, in order to predict success with any degree of accuracy. Unfortunately, we have blind spots. We often tell ourselves stories and create a sense of false confidence that leads to uncomfortable situations. Let’s explore where these come from.

Blind Spots And Fallacies

One way to think about our perceived competence is to plot on a graph what we believe others know vs. what we believe we know. In 1955, two psychologists, Joseph Luft and Harrington Ingram described this phenomenon as the “Johari Window”. The model helps people better understand their relationship with what they know and what they don’t know. The model can also be extended in the context of competence for a team, an organization, or a group of people. Near the origin are the things that we believe to have a solid, measurable understanding of. These are the things that are well-known by both our team and others outside of our group. This is the arena in which we compete and is represented by the green area in the graph below. These are our known, knowns.

We also have areas we don’t know: our blind spots. Think of our blind spots as those things we believe others know that we do not. We might know they are out there, but we have not yet mastered the things in this domain. This is represented by the purple area in the diagram above. In the bottom-right portion of the chart are the things we think we know, that others do not. This region is labeled as the façade because we too often overestimate the knowledge and skills of our teams and what we think we know. Our egos sometimes work hard to defend this region. It is safer to assume that others possess the knowledge in question so that we keep an open mind and a growth mindset.

The next two regions that are important to understand in this chart are the known unknown region, beneath the green dashed line, and the near-infinite unknown unknowns region. Thinking in this way keeps us focused on building and planning for adaptability so that we don’t get pigeonholed by an unpredictable event in our unknown future. Authentic and meaningful competence — i.e., building our stock of known knowns — is how we achieve adaptability and agility as an organization. Based on what we and others know, we can attain the confidence to experiment with other pathways to success. On complex problems, the pathways have to be invented. Teams stay motivated by keeping their eye on the mission without getting paralyzed by the complexities lying in the way. It takes meaningful competence to turn our chaos into more predictable progress.

Meaningful Competence

Creating an adaptable organization relies on building tiers of competence in your team. The more complicated the work you do, the more important it is to work on improving the competence of the people working on it. The ability to build systems that build competence in people will be a competitive advantage for your organization. When your team members are learning new skills and they attribute that to their work, they enjoy their work more and spend more time in “flow.” This will have real economic value in the short term, measured by the quality of the work that gets done improves and in your team retention metrics. In the long term, it will ensure that your organization remains adaptable. In most domains, a group of people building competence is exponentially more valuable for the ecosystem than any single person achieving that competence. Some exceptions to this might be domains that value individual contributions over the needs of the organization, like purely artistic endeavors or pure research and development organizations.

People who grow, learn, and contribute to a meaningful goal are more intrinsically motivated and thus, more creative. The role of competence in any human ecosystem is crucial to understanding and evolving. In the handbook of Self Determination Theory, Edward Deci and Richard Ryan describe competence as the difference between “I think” and “I know.” When you have meaningful competence, you can apply it to accomplish a shared goal from the perspective of others. It is only when others, either colleagues or some objective third party whose concerns you are meeting, agree that we have accomplished something, can we objectively claim some level of competence. If you accomplish something, but it doesn’t add value to the ecosystem, it is not meaningful to the ecosystem. Likewise, if no one else agrees that you are capable, it is not yet reliable and therefore, not yet meaningful competence.

Conscious Competence

Another of my favorite age-old frameworks for understanding how mastery works is Martin Broadwell’s framework for learning. He claims that we start as novices — assuming we see knowledge we want to acquire. We consciously learn as we practice. Over time, we build habits and patterns into our way of working or being until we master that knowledge — an “unconscious competence” occurs for us. We move clockwise around the diagram, beginning in the lower left quadrant and ending in the bottom right quadrant of mastery. Mastery of any domain takes time to learn and, in most cases, someone to observe and learn from.

Authentic Competence

Competence appears more like an “S-curve” of learning for organizations. The Competence Continuum, shown below, is an attempt to integrate previous models about how people learn in a way that allows us to deconstruct knowledge. As a result, we can support the learning process and shift the entire curve to the left, allowing our teams to gain competence faster.

As you progress along the continuum toward mastery, you can break mastery up into six, measurable stages. Each stage has an important threshold that allows you to measure whether or not it has been objectively achieved. When those criteria are met, it demonstrates the achievement of the corresponding level of competence. I call this the competence continuum.

Ground zero (Awareness) shows the point at which you are first exposed to the domain of knowledge. Each stage of learning takes time. After you achieve “mastery,” you realize that the line continues into infinity. There are always next-level “unknown-unknowns” to conquer.

Let’s talk about the six stages. I used an alliteration with “A’s” to make it more memorable:

Awareness. Achieving awareness exposes the learner to language that provides access to the basic concepts, facts, and content. This allows the learner to begin building a sense of familiarity, and they soon become conscious of the fact that they are incompetent in the domain. This is the beginning of their journey. At this stage, it is critical to the consumer’s mindset to make them aware that the domain of competence is both accessible and achievable. For example, if you want to move the needle on “diversity and inclusion” in the workplace, building competence in your team around what “diversity and inclusion” means is a key foundational step. You have to first expose them to the concepts and the language that surrounds diversity and inclusion. They have to be aware that the problem exists, and they have to believe that they can do something about it to consider learning more about it.

The Appreciation Threshold: the point at which learners determine that they care about this domain of competence enough to try to understand and learn more about it. This demonstrates that they are ready to take the next step. You might measure that they have reached this stage because they have made a time commitment to look into it.

Appreciation. At this stage, the learners understand the basic concept exists. But the learners have not yet put what they’ve learned into action yet. They don’t actively use the information to make decisions because they have not yet connected to the purpose and have not yet decided to adopt it. Our job as leaders is to connect learners to the purpose of the knowledge or skill. We need to inspire them to want to learn it. Another key to the appreciation phase is the growth mindset. The learner has to believe that they can attain the skill or knowledge. If they enter this phase with a fixed mindset, they are doomed to fail. That’s because people don’t learn linearly. As they consciously practice, they will make mistakes on their way to conscious competence.

The Adoption Threshold: learners cross the “Adoption Threshold” when they self-determine that they care enough about this domain of competence to incorporate it into their lives and adapt their behavior to gain knowledge or skills through learning and practice. You might measure that they have reached this stage because someone else has observed them accomplishing it or utilizing the knowledge in the wild.

How to Objectively Measure Appreciation:

  • Has a stated or written, SMART goal for learning the thing.
  • Has demonstrated progress toward learning the thing.

Adoption. The magic really starts when we recall the information or content at the appropriate times without external triggers. This is competence in action. We can put the knowledge to work to make decisions and, as a result, our personal behavior changes. We have made the knowledge our own. We do things right and we actively learn the language or skills required to adapt and adopt behaviors and knowledge, as well as assimilate the competence into our work and our lives.

The Application Threshold: learners cross the “Application Threshold” when they demonstrate that they have learned the skills or gained the necessary knowledge. You might measure that they have reached this stage because multiple people have observed and provided feedback on them accomplishing it or utilizing the competence in the wild.

How to Objectively Measure Adoption:

  • Recognized by their peers as having successfully done the thing at least once.
  • Recognized externally as having successfully done the thing.
  • Recognized by an externally validated third party, like a certification.

Application. Mastery only comes with practice and time. This is the origin of the 10,000 rule of mastery in any domain. The rote application of a skillset over a period of time, in the arena, is where authentic confidence is built. This is the point at which the learner has demonstrated many times that they are able to apply the knowledge or skill consistently. In this phase, the learner actively stays in the “zone” of learning and improving different nuances of knowledge or skill. They recognize when they have mastered part of the domain and are growing bored and they seek out new learning. Alternatively, they recognize where their knowledge or skill gaps are causing them frustration and put their heads down to overcome the challenges at hand.

The Advancement Threshold: when a learner puts their personal seal of approval on the content, shares concepts they have learned in conversations with others, and learns to teach the concepts, they begin to help spread awareness. At this point, they have crossed the “Advancement Threshold.” You might measure that they have reached this stage because multiple people have provided feedback that they taught or purposefully exposed others to the domain in the wild.

How to Objectively Measure Application:

  • Recognized by their peers as having successfully done the thing multiple times.
  • Recognized externally as having successfully done the thing multiple times.
  • Acknowledge as reliably capable of doing the thing by others.

Advancement. This is a high form of engagement with knowledge. It occurs when learners initiate conversations with others in the context of the knowledge to move the needle on performance. This is where you start to build competence in a community or people. When we have engaged others and created an impact beyond ourselves, we have gained momentum within the context of the ideas and are turning them into wisdom through sharing. It is in this phase that the consumer of knowledge turns into a teacher and sharer of that domain of knowledge.

The Amplification Threshold: When your community begins to experiment with new ways of executing, training, or improving the value delivered in the domain, they have crossed the “Amplification Threshold.” When they care enough about the domain to reach for an even better result and work to improve the domain, this is a powerful form of mastery. You might measure that they have reached this stage because they have been recognized by their peers or by the outside for their contributions to the domain.

How to Objectively Measure Advancement:

  • Recognized by their peers as having trained others in the domain.
  • Recognized externally as having demonstrated proficiency in the domain.
  • Demonstrated evangelism of the knowledge.

Amplification. Momentum occurs when we work to improve the domain of knowledge through thoughtful experimentation. Some of these experiments result in innovations that improve the performance of the system. This is the evolution of competence. When we have engaged others and have worked to improve the domain for others, we have gone beyond what is expected and are creating ways to accelerate the learning and the craft. At this stage, we experiment with ways to improve access to the ideas, advance the ideas, and take the skills to higher levels. The amplification stage is the holy grail for competence-building in any domain. Our goal should be to maximize the number of people in our ecosystem that reach this stage. Our longer-term goal is to collapse the timeline in which competence is achieved, moving the curve to the left.

How to Objectively Measure Amplification:

  • Recognized by their peers as having advanced the domain by teaching better practices.
  • Recognized through an award or third-party acknowledgment of accomplishment.
  • Confirmed contribution to training materials or process documentation.

These levels can be put into a matrix or a spreadsheet to show where each member of your team is with respect to their objective level of competence. You can then roll your skillsets up to give you a view of your organizational competence.

I have seen too many instances of “competence surveys” that lead to inauthentic conversations and bruised egos. Attempts to assess competence that are based on subjective surveys are better than nothing, but an objective, observation-based, and validated approach is much more meaningful for your organization, will breed confidence, and will reduce organizational politics and posturing.

Confidence and Overconfidence

I have met many business leaders and entrepreneurs in my travels and career. The successful ones are those who know how to ride this line of competence and confidence masterfully. Leaders offer a bold vision of the future — even if the leader isn’t sure that this vision is perfect. The team will build its competence — and everyone’s confidence — as they learn and create to achieve the vision. A proper vision and an environment where people can safely experiment, grow, and learn, can lead to unbelievable accomplishments.

On the other hand, I have seen dramatic failures when overconfidence is taken to the extreme and teams are sent on death marches with no chance of success. This is often because their leaders are either not aware of their confidence levels or not focused on powerfully growing their people and teams along the way. It is important to keep a finger on the pulse of your team so you can ride the line and support their confidence without them becoming overconfident.

When leaders understand their blind spots, they can plan to learn and refine their vision of the future, based on the teams’ deliverables. When teams understand their own blind spots, they can see what else they need to learn. The more transparency and objectivity we create around competency levels, the more our teams can achieve over time, as they learn. Progress and success rely on having proven competence, a growth mindset, and the confidence to create an environment that allows our teams to learn and achieve even more.

If you liked this, clap, share widely, and let me know how it works for you. I promise to honor your feedback.

References:

Objective Prioritization is Impossible, Sean Flaherty (2019).

Flow, Czikszentmihalyy, Mihaly (2008).

Blink, Malcolm Gladwell (2005).

Insanely Simple, Segall, Ken (2012) (Note: In his story about Steve Jobs, he describes the “Reality Distortion Field” created by Jobs that people were able to step into to create products that didn’t exist before.).

Teaching for learning (XVI), Broadwell, Martin M. (1969).

“The Johari window, a graphic model of interpersonal awareness,” Luft, J.; Ingham, H. (1955).

Proceedings of the Western Training Laboratory in Group Development. (Note: This is a graphic model of interpersonal awareness. I am extending it to groups in this article).

Mindset, Carol Dweck (2006).

The Handbook of Self Determination Theory, Ed Deci and Richard Ryan (2004).

Sean Flaherty is Executive Vice President of Innovation at ITX, where he leads a passionate group of product specialists and technologists to solve client challenges. Developer of The Momentum Framework, Sean is also a prolific writer and award-winning speaker discussing the subjects of empathy, innovation, and leadership. 

The post Setting Objective Measurements Growth appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
97 / Empowering Product Managers To Unleash Product’s True Value https://itx.com/podcast/97-empowering-product-managers-to-unleash-products-true-value/ Tue, 18 Oct 2022 19:37:09 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=13535 Kent Weathers is Chief Product Officer at Brainmates and Director at the Association of Product Professionals (APP) – valuable perspectives for a conversation about the future of software product management. In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Kent Weathers joins Paul Gebel and asks us product people to imagine for a moment a world …

The post 97 / Empowering Product Managers To Unleash Product’s True Value appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Kent Weathers is Chief Product Officer at Brainmates and Director at the Association of Product Professionals (APP) – valuable perspectives for a conversation about the future of software product management.

In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Kent Weathers joins Paul Gebel and asks us product people to imagine for a moment a world without waste – specifically, the staggering 70% of the estimated $6.8 trillion investment that companies will make in digital transformation in 2023 (HBR). As product managers, our role must be to teach organizations not only how to build things better – but also how to build better things.

“That’s what product management does; that’s the missing component,” he adds.

Despite making tremendous progress in recent years, professional development for product managers has been slowed. Not by the scarcity of training/learning options for them, but “by organizations that unintentionally prevent them from doing good product work.” Kent’s mission (and, by association, APP’s) is to empower product people to do what they know to do by helping C-suites structure their organizations and develop their processes around product.

The key is to develop within the organization a product management practice, Kent explains. “A practice is about aligning all the necessary product functions and all the functional heads around good, sound product management and then developing a culture where people are empowered, where they’re trusted, where they know what to do.”

The end result, he adds, is an organization that can unleash the power that product management brings to the table. “Without it,” he concludes, “they’ll never actually see the true value of product.”

Catch the entire episode to learn more about Kent’s and APP’s shared approach:

  • Problem. Unlike the fields of law, accounting, and education (among others), no clear standards exist that guide candidates and prospective employers where product managers are in their careers.
  • Action. Through APP, Kent is working to get all the voices together to create – and codify – industry-standard best practices for the field of product management.
  • Objective. Provide a genuine assessment of where product managers are in their careers, and what hiring managers should be looking for, to optimize the PMs’ fit within their organizations.

The post 97 / Empowering Product Managers To Unleash Product’s True Value appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Kent Weathers is Chief Product Officer at Brainmates and Director at the Association of Product Professionals (APP) – valuable perspectives for a conversation about the future of software product management. Brainmates CPO Kent Weathers discusses alignment around important product functions to create an empowered product management culture. Kent Weathers 1 1 97 97 97 / Empowering Product Managers To Unleash Product's True Value full false 33:58
ITX Corp. Celebrates 25 Years of Creating Client Value https://itx.com/news/itx-25-year-history-press-release/ Wed, 12 Oct 2022 12:29:57 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=13395 Oct 12, 2022 Rochester, NY – ITX Corp., an award-winning software development firm in Rochester, NY, today celebrates 25 years of delivering high-tech solutions to their clients. Over the past quarter-century, ITX has elevated the performance of hundreds of organizations by combining industry-leading technical expertise with a unique approach to the client relationship.

The post ITX Corp. Celebrates 25 Years of Creating Client Value appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Building Future-Facing Custom Software to Solve Complex Business Challenges

Oct 12, 2022 Rochester, NYITX Corp., an award-winning software development firm in Rochester, NY, today celebrates 25 years of delivering high-tech solutions to their clients. Over the past quarter-century, ITX has elevated the performance of hundreds of organizations by combining industry-leading technical expertise with a unique approach to the client relationship.

Founder and CEO Ralph Dandrea established ITX in 1997. As client needs deepened and technology grew more sophisticated, the company expanded from a 2-person consultancy to a full-service developer of custom software. Under Dandrea’s leadership, ITX’s growth was methodical, deliberate, and the direct result of a culture driven by like-minded problem solvers. The ITX team is now comprised of 250+ technologists and product professionals across the United States, throughout the Americas, and around the world.

“I started ITX to give myself a steady diet of interesting problems to solve,” Dandrea said. “I quickly realized I’d need many more passionate problem solvers to help our clients. So I’ve spent the last 25 years building a team who are as enthusiastic about the work as I was then and continue to be,” he added. “Many members of our team have been with ITX for over 20 years, and I think that’s a testament to the sense of belonging people at ITX feel. The problems just keep getting more interesting – more sophisticated.”

As do the technical capabilities of the company, whose ranks now include designers, developers, architects, product managers, and security professionals. By blending its expertise with that of its clients, ITX finds just the right balance of talent and teamwork to optimize positive outcomes. Since ITX’s inception and refined over time, this approach helps client-organizations of all sizes and industries build and sustain a competitive edge well into the future.

“I am proud of the environment we have created here,” Dandrea shared. “We lean on our values to ensure a positive, supportive workplace where experimentation and learning and innovation can thrive. These same values enable us today to bring new ideas, new practices, and new capabilities to our clients. In short, ITX’s environment is what helps our clients stay ahead. That’s the culture we have built, and it gives me great confidence for the next 25 years.”

As demand for their expertise continues to accelerate, ITX remains committed to equipping its teams with talented technologists and product specialists who are eager to continue ITX’s mission to help clients move, touch, and inspire the world.

Learn more about ITX’s path to 25 years


About ITX Corp.

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies solve complex business challenges through product development, delivering software that builds trust, loyalty, and advocacy. Remote-first since inception 25 years ago, the company was named Best Tech Workplace by the non-profit trade association TechRochester in 2021. ITX has expanded beyond its roots in Rochester, NY into a team of hundreds of talented product professionals and technologists throughout the Americas and beyond. Visit itx.com for more.

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing | 585.899.4895

Career inquiries: 585.899.4888

The post ITX Corp. Celebrates 25 Years of Creating Client Value appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
ITX at 25: Creating a Culture of Product Innovation https://itx.com/podcast/itx-at-25-creating-a-culture-of-product-innovation/ Tue, 11 Oct 2022 14:45:20 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=13094 When Ralph Dandrea founded ITX a quarter-century ago, the notion of product was a whole lot different than it is today. In 1997, he and other product builders thought about software through the lens of themselves as users – not of the end users who were truly using the products they built. That thinking evolved …

The post ITX at 25: Creating a Culture of Product Innovation appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
When Ralph Dandrea founded ITX a quarter-century ago, the notion of product was a whole lot different than it is today. In 1997, he and other product builders thought about software through the lens of themselves as users – not of the end users who were truly using the products they built.

That thinking evolved over time, not unlike the software industry itself. “In those early days,” Ralph explains, “we weren’t thinking through all the edge cases that would be discovered out in the real world. Product thinking gives you this opportunity to look at something separate and distinct and to analyze it in a way that you really can’t if you’re just trying to substitute yourself as the user.”

In this special episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, ITX Founder and CEO Ralph Dandrea joins Sean and Paul to recognize the company’s 25-year history – from the Internet’s infancy and Y2K to the post-Covid era and beyond – but also to celebrate the people who helped create the culture of innovation that ITX enjoys today.

The attention paid to culture at ITX is not accidental. At the intersection of intentionality and culture lies an environment where not just product innovation thrives – but also the people who drive those innovations.

“That’s the foundation of our work at ITX,” Ralph says. “We’re creating this environment where we use our values, like Integrity, to create a sense of workability. We share similar beliefs; and we have expectations about how each other is going to behave,” he adds. “It makes life so much easier, makes our work so much easier. We’re lot more efficient than we would otherwise be.”

“As I reflect on these past 25 years, I feel gratitude,” Ralph concludes. “I’m very grateful to everyone who’s ever worked at ITX, many of whom are still around me, which has been fantastic. A lot of it is because of the fun we’ve been able to enjoy because the environment has been set up the right way.

“While I’m proud of where we are, I’m even more excited to see where we go next.”

Catch the entire conversation with Ralph to hear his insights on the next 25 years –

  • People. The broad trend is that people will be even more at the center of what we do. As product people, we can facilitate that through the software we build by including more users with different needs and goals.
  • Discovery. The fun part is discovering trends as they’re happening, experimenting to see what works, and bringing solutions to our customers as a new innovation.
  • Value. We look at innovation from the value that’s created in the outcome. Everything we do to innovate is about helping people do what they want to accomplish in a way that better suits their needs.

The post ITX at 25: Creating a Culture of Product Innovation appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
When Ralph Dandrea founded ITX a quarter-century ago, the notion of product was a whole lot different than it is today. In 1997, he and other product builders thought about software through the lens of themselves as users – not of the end users who wer... When Ralph Dandrea founded ITX a quarter-century ago, the notion of product was a whole lot different than it is today. In 1997, he and other product builders thought about software through the lens of themselves as users – not of the end users who were truly using the products they built. That thinking evolved … ITX 1 1 full false 21:53
96 / How Product Managers Build Reputational Capital Within Their Organizations https://itx.com/podcast/96-how-product-managers-build-reputational-capital-within-their-organizations/ Tue, 04 Oct 2022 16:29:55 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=13086 There’s a lot that product managers can do to empower themselves and build reputational capital within their organizations. But the path is not a straight one. We know all too well the imbalance between our substantial responsibilities and the comparatively meager authority we have to execute on them. “It’s a tough world out there for …

The post 96 / How Product Managers Build Reputational Capital Within Their Organizations appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
There’s a lot that product managers can do to empower themselves and build reputational capital within their organizations. But the path is not a straight one. We know all too well the imbalance between our substantial responsibilities and the comparatively meager authority we have to execute on them. “It’s a tough world out there for product managers,” Paul Ortchanian says. “It’s an up-and-coming function that’s been around for a while, but it’s still misunderstood by most leaders in organizations.”

In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Bain Public’s Paul Ortchanian sits down with Paul Gebel to discuss not only the tactics required to navigate everyday challenges, but also the career strategies we need to build reputational capital within our organizations that allow us to effectively do our jobs.

There’s a case to be made for training organizational leaders about what a product manager can be, and to deepen their understanding of what the product manager role is truly capable of.

“As much as PMs try to learn and practice their craft, there’s some critical soft skills that we need to learn and apply,” Paul adds. “We want to make sure that we’re planting the seeds that help develop product managers of the future to work within those organizations where the process, the tools, and the value we bring is well understood by leaders.”

Catch the entire pod with Paul Ortchanian to learn his take on –

  • The importance of empathizing with Customer Support and Sales, as they are proxies of your B2B customers
  • How to manage your leadership team and convince them to embrace PM best practices
  • The power behind the “good, old-fashioned business case” for prioritizing decisions
  • Putting yourself in the position of problem solver – proposing more than a feature, but a feature that actually solves the problem

The post 96 / How Product Managers Build Reputational Capital Within Their Organizations appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
There’s a lot that product managers can do to empower themselves and build reputational capital within their organizations. But the path is not a straight one. We know all too well the imbalance between our substantial responsibilities and the comparat... Paul Ortchanian offers practical ideas to help C-suite leaders understand the value and impact product managers bring to their organizations. Paul Ortchanian 1 1 96 96 96 / How Product Managers Build Reputational Capital Within Their Organizations full false 31:22
Women’s Leadership Summit 2022 https://itx.com/events/womens-leadership-summit-2022/ Thu, 29 Sep 2022 15:57:49 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=13739 ITX was proud to sponsor this year's Women's Leadership Summit hosted by the Rochester Business Journal.

The post Women’s Leadership Summit 2022 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
ITX was proud to sponsor this year’s Women’s Leadership Summit hosted by the Rochester Business Journal.

Learn more about the event

The post Women’s Leadership Summit 2022 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
UI Best Practices https://itx.com/events/ui-best-practices/ Wed, 28 Sep 2022 16:03:50 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=13753 UI Best Practices is a free virtual workshop led by ITX‘s Nancy Neumann, Vice President of Interaction Design, and Christina Halladay, UX Director. Hosted by NextCorps.

The post UI Best Practices appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
UI Best Practices is a free virtual workshop led by ITX‘s Nancy Neumann, Vice President of Interaction Design, and Christina Halladay, UX Director. Hosted by NextCorps.

Learn more about the event

The post UI Best Practices appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
What we learned at INDUSTRY Product Conference 2022 https://itx.com/blog/what-we-learned-at-industry-product-conference-2022/ Mon, 26 Sep 2022 18:53:49 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=13000 The INDUSTRY Product Conference in Cleveland, Ohio, is one of the largest gatherings for software product professionals from around the world. The conference is packed with three days of learning, networking, and indulging in the multiple coffee stations and impressive top-notch production that went into this event. We felt like royalty. Our team traveled from …

The post What we learned at INDUSTRY Product Conference 2022 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The INDUSTRY Product Conference in Cleveland, Ohio, is one of the largest gatherings for software product professionals from around the world. The conference is packed with three days of learning, networking, and indulging in the multiple coffee stations and impressive top-notch production that went into this event. We felt like royalty.

Our team traveled from Rochester, NY to experience all that INDUSTRY has to offer; eager to absorb as much as we could and meet as many like-minded people as possible. Growing our networks is a perk, but we appreciate the value in gaining new perspectives and learning from our peers.

Upon our return, and shaking off the post-conference blues, we sat down to answer the question – what did we love about INDUSTRY?

The Value of Telling a Story

Christian Idiodi is no stranger to product management. His tenure in the product space spans over 15 years, and today he continues to mentor new and upcoming product professionals. Christian spoke at length about product during his talk at INDUSTRY, tapping into his experiences to provide a real and engaging conversation.

Put in the words of our team, he was “phenomenal. A great storyteller.” (Something we know first-hand after having him as a guest on our podcast.) His anecdotes were relatable and engaging – the audience couldn’t help but be enthralled by his words. 

In that, we understood how important it is to tell the story. The story itself isn’t required to be groundbreaking (lack of inspiration was certainly not an issue in Christian’s scenario). But the delivery must also resonate. Engage with an audience and build content that is relatable and captivating, and they’ll be sitting on the edge of their seats, eager to hear what comes next. We certainly were.

Creativity as a Strength

Our team on the floor wasn’t the only ITX representation at INDUSTRY. Our EVP of Innovation Sean Flaherty was invited to lead two workshops and speak to the masses in a keynote. The vibrant lights and the eyes of the attendees were on him during his talk, and he wasted no time in diving into the conversation.

He emphasized the value of creativity in an organization and stressed how good leadership in the product industry produces creativity. Even though we work with Sean and are quite familiar with his philosophies, we were still blown away by the intent of his words. Maybe we understand it well because we know it’s not a false narrative.

The creativity Sean calls upon is deeply ingrained in how our organization functions. Creativity spurs innovation, and innovation keeps our wheels moving. Not just to create on our own. We are eager to reside within the large community of people sharing their own inspired ideas.

We simply can’t imagine working in an environment where we’re not encouraged to tap into our creativity, experiment boldly, and share what we’ve learned. How else would we be able to grow?

Beyond the sense of pride of seeing one of our own on stage, we were left inspired and eager to try and create new things.

Candid Advice on Connecting with Our Clients

Listening to a problem, providing a solution – it’s a distilled explanation of what product managers do. According to some product people, it’s not enough.

Justin Bauer, Chief Product Officer at Amplitude, brought the hard facts to his panel discussion. A lot of products fail. He listed a myriad of reasons why these products fail, including long iteration cycles and building for trends only. It’s helpful information for us to hear, but it’s still some tough pills to swallow. Justin shared solutions to circumvent this, which included the practice of problem framing. From his talk came a simple phrase that was like an awakening for our team.

Fall in love with the problem, then the solution.

Justin Bauer
Chief Product Officer, Amplitude

As a company that is dedicated to solving problems for our clients, this hit home particularly hard. We understand what it takes to go above and beyond for our clients. We realize the importance of showing up not only for them, but for the end users as well.

If we’re falling in love with the problem, we’re telling our clients that we want to understand every little detail that relates to it. It’s digging into the roots to find those hidden problems that may pop up down the road. When we understand the entire scope, we can provide a solution to mitigate any potential downfalls that would cause severe delays.

We’re in the practice of falling in love with a problem. It’s a practice that’s been in place for 25 years at ITX. Since hearing it from Justin Bauer, we now have an exceptional way of connecting to our clients and explaining how dedicated we are to them.

The Conversation Around Standing Out

It’s the age-old problem: how can a company in a saturated industry compete and become the top choice for potential clients?

One first activity is to understand which phase of the market an organization lies in. David Cancel from Drift notes the three phases markets go through based on scarcity.

Edison Phase

New Concepts and Building Them

Model T Phase

Who Can Build Quickest?

Procter & Gamble Phase

Everything is Commoditized and Anything is Replicated

Our team’s individual opinions on ITX’s placement on this scale sparked an interesting debate – one side asking how we prevent commoditization, and another asking how to embrace commoditization.

Regardless of what side you lean on, the issue we face is that we’re not the only fish in the sea. We must innovate and create new ways to break into the market and find the best ways to prove our value to potential clients. And luckily David Cancel had several different tips for doing just this:

  • Talk to users without a proxy
  • Research competitors and the market
  • Become “customer zero” for products – either our own or for our clients

Bringing It Home

The exhaustion of being engulfed by the pageantry of a conference like INDUSTRY is dwarfed in comparison to the euphoria of surrounding ourselves with passionate and driven people. Sitting with our thoughts and experiences from this conference – on creating engaging stories, tapping into our creativity, connecting with our clients, and standing out in a crowd – has only launched us into a mindset determined to take our learnings and apply them to our normal routines.


The post What we learned at INDUSTRY Product Conference 2022 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
95 / The Product Marketing Framework: Connecting the Market to the Product https://itx.com/podcast/95-product-marketing-framework-connecting-market-to-product/ Tue, 20 Sep 2022 10:24:29 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=12484 As consumers of everything from soap to software, all we’re looking for is better, easier, simpler. Most of the time we can’t explain why a thing is better; we just know delight when we experience it. “That’s the height of product management done well,” says Martina Lauchengco. “And it’s also when product marketing takes over …

The post 95 / The Product Marketing Framework: Connecting the Market to the Product appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
As consumers of everything from soap to software, all we’re looking for is better, easier, simpler. Most of the time we can’t explain why a thing is better; we just know delight when we experience it. “That’s the height of product management done well,” says Martina Lauchengco. “And it’s also when product marketing takes over to help the world understand why your product is truly different.”

Martina Lauchengco is a Partner at Costanoa Ventures and author of LOVED: How to Rethink Marketing for Tech Products. In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, she joins Sean and Paul to explore the role product marketing plays in a go-to-market strategy. Too often, Martina explains, we emphasize the marketing piece and fail to recognize the connection between our product and the humans who are using it. And that’s the big thing that gets missed. “Product marketing is the act of connecting the market to the product, not just promoting the product in the market.”

There’s actually a strategic framework for all the activities that bring your product successfully to market, she adds. “And it represents a very big difference in terms of the actions that are taken. First is the when and why. Then comes the what, followed by the how. In that order.”

Martina’s framework examines not only the activities we product managers need to navigate. We’re also responsible for encouraging our teams to share product market-facing activities – each of which is assigned a specific role.

Listen to the entire pod to learn more about Martina’s product marketing framework, including the fundamental roles responsible for its execution: the Ambassador, the Strategist, the Storyteller, and the Evangelist.

Other insights from Martina Lauchengco:

  • Owning the market is about owning the conversations in your category – and you can do that pre-launch.
  • Product marketing is more a framework than a checklist of activities.
  • Building software is not about the features you add; it’s about making someone more successful at the job they’re trying to do.

The post 95 / The Product Marketing Framework: Connecting the Market to the Product appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
As consumers of everything from soap to software, all we’re looking for is better, easier, simpler. Most of the time we can’t explain why a thing is better; we just know delight when we experience it. “That’s the height of product management done well,... Martina Lauchengco, partner at Costanoa Ventures, explains the framework of Product Marketing: connecting the market to the product. Martina Lauchengco 1 1 95 95 95 / The Product Marketing Framework: Connecting the Market to the Product full false 24:35
INDUSTRY Global 2022 https://itx.com/events/industry-global-2022/ Mon, 19 Sep 2022 11:30:34 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=13767 INDUSTRY Global Product Conference in Cleveland, Ohio is among the world’s largest and most significant assemblies of product leaders. ITX EVP of Innovation, Sean Flaherty, was invited to keynote and lead two workshops. ITX was proud to be a sponsor this year.

The post INDUSTRY Global 2022 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
INDUSTRY Global Product Conference in Cleveland, Ohio is among the world’s largest and most significant assemblies of product leaders. ITX EVP of Innovation, Sean Flaherty, was invited to keynote and lead two workshops. ITX was proud to be a sponsor this year.

Watch Sean’s keynote replay

Learn more about INDUSTRY Global

The post INDUSTRY Global 2022 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
94 / A Pragmatic Approach to Data Science for Product Managers https://itx.com/podcast/94-pragmatic-approach-to-data-science-for-product-managers/ Wed, 07 Sep 2022 13:16:43 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=12670 Data we collect about our products are really just a summary of the thousands of stories our users would tell us if they could. Part of our job as product managers is gathering and processing these stories, and then converting them into the products and tools that enhance the human experience. Taylor Murphy provides some …

The post 94 / A Pragmatic Approach to Data Science for Product Managers appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Data we collect about our products are really just a summary of the thousands of stories our users would tell us if they could. Part of our job as product managers is gathering and processing these stories, and then converting them into the products and tools that enhance the human experience. Taylor Murphy provides some insight into how product managers can approach data science in this episode.

In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul are joined by Taylor Murphy, Head of Product and Data at Meltano, an open-source data platform whose mission it is to make data integration available to all by turning proprietary ELT solutions into true open-source alternatives.

Part of the PM’s role is to be the conduit through which data are shared, what Taylor refers to as being “the glue and message broker between everyone to make sure folks are aligned.” But data are only one part of the message. And not all data are created equal.

“We’re gathering insights from the market. We’re listening to consultants. And we’re digesting what others are saying about our space,” he adds. “The challenge for PMs is integrating all those data points into “Okay, now we’re going to build this feature; now we’re going to fix this bug.”

Catch the entire pod to hear Taylor’s straightforward approach to data management and data science for product managers –

  • Importance of working with anonymized data
  • When, in the product life cycle, to use qualitative vs. quantitative data (see below)
  • Applying the golden rule to data sharing
  • Risks associated with over-indexing your data
  • Role of the scientific method in our decision-making process
  • Knowledge of SQL in the PM skill set
graph-application-qualitative-data-quantitative-date
As Taylor explains, reliance on qualitative data works well when your company is pre-Product-Market Fit. “But it can take you only so far,” he adds. “As time passes and you grow and mature, you can lean more on quantitative because you have more data to work with.”

The post 94 / A Pragmatic Approach to Data Science for Product Managers appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Data we collect about our products are really just a summary of the thousands of stories our users would tell us if they could. Part of our job as product managers is gathering and processing these stories, Taylor Murphy, Head of Product and Data at Meltano, offers a pragmatic approach to data science for product managers. Taylor Murphy 1 1 94 94 94 / A Pragmatic Approach to Data Science for Product Managers full false 30:07
93 / Teams That Trust Find Innovation and Success https://itx.com/podcast/93-teams-that-trust-find-innovation-success/ Tue, 23 Aug 2022 15:37:12 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=12289 When we trust others – including organizations – we do business with them whenever it makes sense. When we don’t, we look for alternatives. Trust is the foundation of every positive relationship, and its absence is the reason so many relationships struggle. In the product space especially, where we’re building complicated things that don’t yet …

The post 93 / Teams That Trust Find Innovation and Success appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
When we trust others – including organizations – we do business with them whenever it makes sense. When we don’t, we look for alternatives. Trust is the foundation of every positive relationship, and its absence is the reason so many relationships struggle. In the product space especially, where we’re building complicated things that don’t yet exist, the risk of failure is everywhere. Teams that trust overcome these challenges to find innovation and success, says Charles Feltman.

In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean is joined by Charles Feltman, author of The Thin Book of Trust and a nationally recognized expert in organizational trust. Charles offers a unique perspective: “I talk about trust, or more specifically, trusting, as making what I value vulnerable to another person’s actions.”

The essence of Charles’ definition is the reliance on another individual to honor and protect what we hold dear. Even more important is the notion that our act of mutual trust “will further our work together.” So whether it’s a relationship between two friends or the complex interactions among an entire software team, when we make what’s important to each member vulnerable to others, we create an environment in which we can work more effectively together.

This is precisely the kind of psychologically safe environment in which innovation abounds and product teams thrive. Trusting behaviors manifest in team compacts – explicit, agreed-upon ways of working that members buy into and are set to live by – foundational activities for newer teams searching for a foothold. And for established teams focused on next-level performance.

Catch the entire episode to hear Charles describe trust as a compilation of four assessment domains, including Care, Sincerity, Reliability, and Competence.

The post 93 / Teams That Trust Find Innovation and Success appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
When we trust others – including organizations – we do business with them whenever it makes sense. When we don’t, we look for alternatives. Trust is the foundation of every positive relationship, and its absence is the reason so many relationships stru... Charles Feltman, author and organizational trust expert, explains why teams that respect what members value work more effectively together. Charles Feltman 1 1 93 93 93 / Teams That Trust Find Innovation and Success full false 29:13
92 / Product Leaders: Don’t Overlook Your Own Contributions https://itx.com/podcast/92-product-leaders-dont-overlook-your-own-contributions/ Tue, 09 Aug 2022 15:19:02 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=11950 Turns out there is an ‘I’ in ‘team.’ Effective product leaders know the importance of giving credit to their teams for a job well done. But too often, we forget to accept some of the praise for ourselves. The risk we run in overlooking our own contributions can actually be detrimental to the team in …

The post 92 / Product Leaders: Don’t Overlook Your Own Contributions appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Turns out there is an ‘I’ in ‘team.’ Effective product leaders know the importance of giving credit to their teams for a job well done. But too often, we forget to accept some of the praise for ourselves. The risk we run in overlooking our own contributions can actually be detrimental to the team in the long run, says Jocelyn Miller.

In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul catch up with Jocelyn Miller, who converted her product management experience at Google and Amazon to help professionals in product, tech, and UX create their dream careers.

“If you leave the ‘I’ out of ‘we,’” she says, “that’s when product managers are more likely to get burned out…when even the most effective leaders can become resentful. One of the things so many of us forget is that the more we are recognized and rewarded, the more we can bestow that recognition upon our teams, and the more we can elevate others,” Jocelyn adds.

As we learn what it is to be a product manager, she adds, we’re learning that it’s okay to think about ourselves in the team and to accept that it’s okay to think about ourselves outside the team, in our own lives.

Catch the entire episode to learn more from Jocelyn Miller, especially –

  • How to balance team advocacy with self-advocacy
  • Why leading a team requires confidence in both the vision and the path
  • Modeling the behaviors you want to see in your team
  • If the culture you’re in isn’t fun, it isn’t sustainable

The post 92 / Product Leaders: Don’t Overlook Your Own Contributions appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Turns out there is an ‘I’ in ‘team.’ Effective product leaders know the importance of giving credit to their teams for a job well done. But too often, we forget to accept some of the praise for ourselves. The risk we run in overlooking our own contribu... Jocelyn Miller describes the risks product leaders run when they overlook their own contributions to the team. Don't forget the 'I' in 'we.' Jocelyn Miller 1 1 92 92 92 / Product Leaders: Don’t Overlook Your Own Contributions full false 32:59
91 / Capacity to Learn: A Skill All Top Product Managers Possess https://itx.com/podcast/91-capacity-to-learn-skill-all-top-product-managers-possess/ Tue, 26 Jul 2022 16:42:31 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=11902 “It depends.” A two-word answer that might seem overly safe. But is the only honest response to the question: “What does it take to be one of the top product managers?” Among dozens of dependencies, the PM role depends on whether you’re at a startup vs. a large, well-established company, says Karthik Suresh, co-founder of …

The post 91 / Capacity to Learn: A Skill All Top Product Managers Possess appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
“It depends.” A two-word answer that might seem overly safe. But is the only honest response to the question: “What does it take to be one of the top product managers?” Among dozens of dependencies, the PM role depends on whether you’re at a startup vs. a large, well-established company, says Karthik Suresh, co-founder of Ignition and a product leader with extensive experience as an early start-up hire and a key player in defining product strategy at Facebook.

“It’s like two completely different roles,” he adds. When at a startup, Karthik realized that product managers worked with limited resources, so much of the role was based on how well you hustle just to get things done. At Facebook, his role focused more on stakeholder management and collaboration than product strategy.

One skill that all top product managers possess – regardless of specific role or circumstance – is the capacity to learn. Particularly helpful when things don’t go according to plan. As Henry Ford once said, “The only real mistake is the one from which we learn nothing.”

This holds true even when that mistake cost a company $400 million in just 30 minutes! Be sure to listen in as Karthik Suresh shares a story about an algorithm gone wrong – and the important takeaways not only for a company, but also for an entire industry.

The post 91 / Capacity to Learn: A Skill All Top Product Managers Possess appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
“It depends.” A two-word answer that might seem overly safe. But is the only honest response to the question: “What does it take to be one of the top product managers?” Among dozens of dependencies, the PM role depends on whether you’re at a startup vs... Ignition co-founder Karthik Suresh explains why 'the capacity to learn from mistakes' is a common skill all top product managers possess. Karthik Suresh 1 1 91 91 91 / Capacity to Learn: A Skill All Top Product Managers Possess full false 26:43
The Relationship Ladder https://itx.com/blog/the-relationship-ladder/ Sat, 23 Jul 2022 12:42:52 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=23452 Keys to Stewarding the Client Investment & Maximizing ROI

Getting to the heart of a client’s concern is the crucial first step to delivering an effective software solution. But deciphering complex requirements and balancing competencies between a client and a technology partner can be a daunting task. This is where discovery comes into play.
In our series’ first post, Discovery: Understanding the Problem Space, we learned that discovery begins before kickoff with a client-focused “needs analysis session.”
In this blog, we’ll explore how discovery activities help teams gain powerful insights, establish trust, and deliver impactful solutions as they work to steward the client investment.

The post The Relationship Ladder appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>

On the island of Oahu in Hawai’i is a beautiful, dormant volcanic mountain with a huge crater called Koko Head. On the South slope of the mountain is a challenging hike called the “Stairs of Doom.” The trail is made up of a series of railroad ties from the base of the cone, at almost sea level, that ascends to 885 feet at the summit. It was built to be a short military cog railway for moving munitions and people to the top of the crater to defend Hawai’i during World War II. When you get to the top of what feels like a giant ladder, no matter how good of shape you are in, you are sweating buckets from the hard work. It pays off, however, in a magnificent 360 degree collection of spectacular vistas. To the East, you can see Hawai’i Kai. It includes a bay with cerulean blue water and looking South, the equally impressive Hanauma Bay crater lies below. Inside the Koko Head crater to the North is a botanical garden with spectacular fauna. Relationships are similar; They take work, purposeful investment, and they are built one step at a time.

Building Relationships

If you are fortunate, you have formed a handful of brilliant, life-long relationships with people in your life. My best friend from elementary school is a trusted advisor to me whenever I need a little honest kick-in-the-butt or have some good news about my life to share. While months may go by without seeing each other, when we do get together, we don’t miss a beat. It feels as though we were hanging out just yesterday. Consider your own friendships for a moment. How did those relationships form? Sometimes there is immediate chemistry, but in my experience, the real power in the relationship came after a long period of time that included many serial experiences. Strong, resilient relationships have ups and downs and take some amount of conflict with the commensurate resolution to become strong. All relationships, good and bad, are formed, over time and through steps.

Relationships between organizations and individuals function the same way. They take time, require a series of interactions, and can be purposefully improved. As leaders, it is imperative to invest in systems that improve each experience that we have control over. The better we understand and can communicate how relationships are both formed and broken, the more purposeful leaders can be in bringing about sustainable, strategic success for their organizations through resilient relationships.

The analogy of a ladder is a powerful tool for leaders to use to describe and measure the systematic formation of relationships for teams and organizations. It is a memorable, teachable framework that demonstrates the strategic long-term success that can be applied and will help teams collaborate more powerfully. Similar to a ladder, relationships occur in stages and move through different phases, like trust, loyalty, and ultimately, advocacy for organizations.

The Ladder

Diagram That shows the 3 stages going up the Relationship Ladder. Number 1. from bottom up, Trust Threshold.  Number 2 Loyalty Threshold, and number 3. Advocacy Threshold

The Trust Threshold

The first stage in any relationship is awareness. When the existence of the organization and its purpose is first discovered, it is always through experience. The first goal of the organization, in the context of the relationship, is to move into a trusting relationship with the person. This is true for all of the organization’s human relationships with its customers, vendors or employees.

This can be called the “Trust Threshold,” where we have purposefully built enough trust, through experiences, to earn enough confidence for the person to trust us.

The Loyalty Threshold

The next goal is to continue to produce experiences over time that move the relationship into a place of loyalty. This occurs when there has been enough education that the person is aware of the breadth of possibilities in which the organization can provide value and there have been enough experiences to warrant recurring engagement with little assessment or challenge.

This can be called the “Loyalty Threshold,” where we have thoroughly earned the right to ongoing engagement and the person doesn’t consider alternatives by default.

The Advocacy Threshold

The ultimate demonstration of a relationship between an organization and the people that it serves is one of advocacy, where each is investing in the other’s long-term future. This only occurs when there have been enough experiences, that the person is willing to actually perform investment behaviors that are meant to help the organization thrive.

When these behaviors are witnessed, the organization has earned them, and we call this tipping point in the relationship the “Advocacy Threshold.”

The Analogy

Here are a few detailed explanations for why and how this ladder analogy works:

1. Relationships require experiences (rungs).

Most of us are looking to build positive, productive relationships in our lives and want to create good experiences for those around us. And, we want to have good experiences ourselves. It is important to recognize and acknowledge that the way we get traction on the relationship ladder is through experiences. To form opinions, make judgments, and move up the ladder, something must happen that influences the person in a way that shifts the relationship. Often, this movement happens subconsciously, without them even realizing it is happening. Without a series of experiences, people will not have an opportunity to move up or down the ladder. People are not generally sitting around thinking about their relationships with companies. Relationships are powerfully built by producing impactful experiences.

This means that we should purposefully work to maximize the quality of each experience by looking at it as an opportunity to move them up the ladder, with each experience functioning like a rung. Of course, you might try to maximize the number of experiences or speed up the frequency of them as well. However, trying to intercede and interrupt your customer’s journey may feel manipulative, like spam. You are almost always better off in the long run investing in systems that improve the experience at each rung of the ladder.

2. The micro-experiences matter.

Even the small, micro-experiences that occur are opportunities to move the other up or down the ladder. Every email sent, every phone call made, every user interface built into your organization’s software, and every small interaction on the retail floor serves as an opportunity to improve the relationships the organization has with the people it serves.

Imagine if everyone in the organization acknowledged the importance of the micro-experiences we produce for our customers? How might it change the conversations that happen between employees and customers or even between employees? When teams pay attention to the impact of each experience they produce, they are less likely to allow their current mood, the events of the day, or other circumstances to impact our customer’s experience. Teams will pay closer attention to the details of their interactions when they understand why and how relationships work.

3. It is hard to ascend by skipping steps.

Relationships that have resiliency take time to build. To climb a ladder to the top, teams must invest and do the work it takes to get there. You can learn to ascend the ladder faster by building muscle memory and working those muscles out, but you still have to climb it. Resilient relationships require you to play a long game and make strategic investments in the foundation of the ladder (trust) and build up from there, on your customer’s timeline. Invest in the steps that work best for your customers. Over time, there will be inevitable moves down the ladder. Sometimes, they may be “several-rung” drops. Those big drops can be seen as opportunities for big recoveries and jump up the ladder. Teams can be taught how to engage and move into action when movement down the ladder is observed.

4. Measuring progress with granularity is helpful.

Breaking the relationship ladder up into segments like “trust, loyalty, and advocacy” provides a level of granularity that is valuable for teams of people because it is a long game. Most organizations will quickly recognize that moving everyone in your ecosystem into an advocacy relationship is nearly impossible. People are complex, value different things, and are otherwise occupied with their lives. We have found that there will always be some people whom you may never get to the level of advocacy. That is ok, as long as you can identify those who can; then, simply focus on those folks.

Segmenting the measurement of relationships into multiple steps gives us “relationship granularity” that allows us to see progress at lower levels. Since this is a long process that takes time to achieve, having some level of granularity is valuable for the team to see the progress of each relationship and to see their progress at scale.

5. It’s easy to fall off if you aren’t paying attention.

One misstep is all it takes to fall off of a ladder. When the relationship ladder is working, it is an infinite game where there are no losers. It creates a sustainable environment of mutual gain where each is investing in the other. If the team fails to keep their eye on the goal of optimizing the relationship, it generally manifests as apathy or complacency. From there, progress can stall or the customer can fall off the ladder entirely and be blindsided when they suddenly shift to a competitor.

Paying attention to progress and movement is an antidote to falling off the ladder. Great relationships are built with intention and purpose by everyone who interacts with customers from the leader to the front-line team members in the organization. Keeping everyone focused on the strategic intent of creating more advocates is a powerful way to avoid falling off the ladder.

6. If the bottom of the ladder is rotten, it is dangerous to climb.

The base or foundation of a ladder is critical to its function. If the bottom breaks or rots, you have a major problem. Relationships are similar and they start with trust. Trust is shown at the base of the ladder because it serves as the foundation of all organizational relationships. When trust is broken, it doesn’t matter how high you have gotten, you can lose the entire investment in a flash. If you are working on the higher levels of the relationship, on a foundation that is not firm and trustworthy, it is only a matter of time before the ladder collapses and personal relationships can be damaged along the way.

7. It’s safer if you have help.

Anyone who has used a ladder on soft ground knows how important it is to have a set of helping hands to keep the ladder stable. Relationships for organizations function the same way. When there are multiple touch points and systems in place that are all working on the same goal, it diversifies the relationship and improves organizational resiliency.

Relationships that are 1:1 between people are definitely valuable, but when you have multiple people in an organization with strong 1:1 bonds between multiple people, you have something really special and deeply resilient. It is much safer for the organization when there are multiple people shoring up the relationship ladder.

8. The real work begins when you get to the top.

Much like a ladder in real life, the relationship ladder is a tool that helps you strategically ascend. Once you get to the top, the real work of keeping the gutters clean, the lights functioning, and the roof clean and functional begins. Relationships work the same way. Your strongest organizational relationships will atrophy with time if they are not tended to. They require thoughtful and purposeful reinvestment in the advocacy relationship over time.

There are lots of things that teams can do to periodically check in and make sure advocacy relationships continue to thrive. It’s hard work, but few investments will pay off more than building real human relationships in your organization’s ecosystem.

What Can You Do About It?

First and foremost, the organizations that are best at building advocacy relationships with their customers deeply understand their customers and the problems they solve for them. This allows them to understand and build empathy for the customer at scale. The better you know your customer, the easier it becomes to find more people to connect with that look like your current advocates. It becomes a self-fulfilling prophecy. Imagine how much easier business becomes when you have an ever-improving percentage of your customers who act like advocates. Marketing becomes easier and less expensive. Sales come faster. Ideas flow more frequently and with more depth from customers to your products and services. Life is good.

Second, acknowledge that every decision that impacts your customers, or your team should be made with care and concern for the impact it will have on the experience. The details matter and the best leaders work to model this belief system. They work the important micro-experiences into their culture and model these behaviors in their own interpersonal work relationships.

References

The Relationship Ladder (Earlier Version), by Sean Flaherty (2016).

The Calculus of Trust, by Sean Flaherty (2021).

Measuring Loyalty, by Sean Flaherty (2020).

An Advocacy Strategy, by Sean Flaherty (2021).

Great Visions Unlock Human Potential, by Sean Flaherty (2021).

Sean Flaherty is Executive Vice President of Innovation at ITX, where he leads a passionate group of product specialists and technologists to solve client challenges. Developer of The Momentum Framework, Sean is also a prolific writer and award-winning speaker discussing the subjects of empathy, innovation, and leadership. 

The post The Relationship Ladder appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
90 / Amid The Great Resignation, It’s Time To ‘Productize Your Career’ https://itx.com/podcast/90-amid-great-resignation-time-productize-your-career/ Tue, 12 Jul 2022 13:32:15 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=11663 Not everyone experiences that polarizing, “fork in the road” moment in their career. That catalyzing realization when a choice needs to be made about which path to take. Before we get there, how do we recognize the signals telling us to step back, take stock, and unpack where we are in our personal and professional …

The post 90 / Amid The Great Resignation, It’s Time To ‘Productize Your Career’ appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Not everyone experiences that polarizing, “fork in the road” moment in their career. That catalyzing realization when a choice needs to be made about which path to take. Before we get there, how do we recognize the signals telling us to step back, take stock, and unpack where we are in our personal and professional life? Liz Li provides some answers in this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast.

Liz Li, a Senior Director of Product at LinkedIn, introduces us to the notion of “career principles” to help us navigate that decision. “Think about your career in the same way you think about the products and solutions you build,” she says. Like getting clarity of vision for our next software product, Liz wants us to ‘productize our careers’ by crafting a vision for our future and a plan to achieve it.

“Especially for folks in product management, think of your career principles like it was a product strategy or spec – personal rules that you align your career to,” she says. “Write down your career principles in the same way you’d prepare to guide the building of your next product.”

Liz believes that for every phase of our careers, we should have a set of rules – unique to ourselves – that we set down to guide our next play. These rules help answer fundamental questions, like what job to take, what role to assume, and what project to take on.

Catch the entire pod with Liz and hear her comments about –

  • Women in tech, especially women of color, in people management roles
  • The signals to look for that tell us to reevaluate our circumstance, and think through what’s important
  • Why innovation is more than “a big idea;” there’s actually addressing the challenge and doing the work

The post 90 / Amid The Great Resignation, It’s Time To ‘Productize Your Career’ appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Not everyone experiences that polarizing, “fork in the road” moment in their career. That catalyzing realization when a choice needs to be made about which path to take. Before we get there, how do we recognize the signals telling us to step back, Liz Li advises product people to 'productize our careers' by thinking of our roles and jobs the same way we think about our products. Liz Li 1 1 90 90 90 / Amid The Great Resignation, It’s Time To ‘Productize Your Career’ full false 24:45
89 / Innovation Starts With Self-Awareness https://itx.com/podcast/89-innovation-starts-with-self-awareness/ Tue, 28 Jun 2022 16:07:44 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=11316 Saleema Vellani first visited the Product Momentum Podcast two years ago, shortly before the release of her now best-selling book, Innovation Starts with I, and just as a global pandemic tightened its grip on our world. Now two years later, we’re delighted have her back on the pod, this time with Paul and ITX product …

The post 89 / Innovation Starts With Self-Awareness appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Saleema Vellani first visited the Product Momentum Podcast two years ago, shortly before the release of her now best-selling book, Innovation Starts with I, and just as a global pandemic tightened its grip on our world. Now two years later, we’re delighted have her back on the pod, this time with Paul and ITX product strategist Roberta Oare. Saleema shares her experiences during what she coined “the reinvention revolution.”

Product leaders tend to emphasize a market- or user-focused awareness, and rightly so. Empathy for others is a critical ingredient in improving their experience.

But is that truly where innovation begins? Or might the source of that “lightbulb moment” be found elsewhere?

Saleema believes that until you truly know yourself – and know what motivates you to be your best self – it’s difficult to bring your best effort to your team, to your users, to your product community.

“It’s important to understand who we are as individuals,” she adds. “Whether you’re a business owner or a product manager, if you’re trying to design or innovate and ignite some kind of change, it’s important to start with knowing who you are and what makes you unique. It’s not about just having new ideas.”

Tune in to hear more from Saleema Vellani about how you can start your own transformative journey, including:

  • How important it is to get comfortable with being uncomfortable for reinvention and innovation to occur
  • Why failure is the key to success
  • What she means by “optimizing the constants and customizing the variables”

The post 89 / Innovation Starts With Self-Awareness appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Saleema Vellani first visited the Product Momentum Podcast two years ago, shortly before the release of her now best-selling book, Innovation Starts with I, and just as a global pandemic tightened its grip on our world. Now two years later, Saleema Vellani, author of "Innovation Starts with I," shares insights from a journey of self-discovery that you can use to reinvent yourself Saleema Vellani 1 1 89 89 89 / Innovation Starts With Self-Awareness full false 28:33
ITX Product + Design Conference 2022 https://itx.com/events/itx-product-design-conference-2022/ Fri, 24 Jun 2022 14:41:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=10345 The event was held in Rochester, NY on Thursday, June 23 and Friday, June 24.

It was two days packed with workshops and keynotes led by some of the best minds in the product and design industries.

The post ITX Product + Design Conference 2022 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The event was held in Rochester, NY on Thursday, June 23 and Friday, June 24.

It was two days packed with workshops and keynotes led by some of the best minds in the product and design industries.

Visit the Conference Event Page to Learn More

The post ITX Product + Design Conference 2022 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
88 / Effective Product Managers Embrace a ‘Back to Basics’ Mindset https://itx.com/podcast/88-effective-product-managers-embrace-back-to-basics-mindset/ Tue, 14 Jun 2022 15:11:52 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=11235 Imagine you have over 300,000 customers who love your product. Then, in the span of one weekend in March 2020, you suddenly find yourself with no product to deliver them. Where do you go from there? You go back to the basics, says James Mayes, who joined Sean and Paul in this episode of the …

The post 88 / Effective Product Managers Embrace a ‘Back to Basics’ Mindset appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Imagine you have over 300,000 customers who love your product. Then, in the span of one weekend in March 2020, you suddenly find yourself with no product to deliver them. Where do you go from there? You go back to the basics, says James Mayes, who joined Sean and Paul in this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast.

As co-founder and CEO of Mind The Product, the global flagship product management conference, James Mayes went from having a business model he thought was the product, to the brutal reminder that the market is in control.

“The pandemic, and the lockdown that followed, made our core product unviable,” he adds. “When your environment changes at that magnitude, you can’t prepare for that. So this was a reminder of something we already knew: You cannot be prepared for every eventuality and every change that will occur.”

In a world full of uncertainty, James contends, you go back to what you know. “So we said, ‘we’re product managers, right? We’re designed to live in uncertainty. It’s part of our DNA.’ So we did just that; we went back to the basic fundamentals of product management.”

Turns out, the same lessons MTP applied to navigate the pandemic will help your team in times of ambiguity. Catch the entire fast-paced conversation with James, and learn how the steps MTP applied can work for your team too –

  • Stop the bleeding. When you find yourself deep in a hole, stop digging.
  • Take inventory. What do we have that still works in this world.
  • Tweak existing assets where we can. Create new ones as opportunities arise.
  • Stay close to customers. Be available, accessible.
  • Discover, create, test, refine, release, learn, and repeat.

The post 88 / Effective Product Managers Embrace a ‘Back to Basics’ Mindset appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Imagine you have over 300,000 customers who love your product. Then, in the span of one weekend in March 2020, you suddenly find yourself with no product to deliver them. Where do you go from there? You go back to the basics, says James Mayes, Mind The Product CEO James Mayes explains how MTP's back-to-basics mindset guided their pandemic response, and how it can help your team too. James Mayes 1 1 88 88 88 / Effective Product Managers Embrace a ‘Back to Basics’ Mindset full false 26:56
87 / Service Design: Methods & Tools that Improve the User Experience https://itx.com/podcast/87-service-design-methods-tools-that-improve-user-experience/ Tue, 07 Jun 2022 20:07:17 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=10892 Service design is not new; in fact, today’s guests Adam Lawrence and Marc Stickdorn have been writing and teaching service design for more than a decade. But even in that time, the question of its precise definition remains, as Adam points out, “very active.” It “is really the design process around any service that is …

The post 87 / Service Design: Methods & Tools that Improve the User Experience appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Service design is not new; in fact, today’s guests Adam Lawrence and Marc Stickdorn have been writing and teaching service design for more than a decade. But even in that time, the question of its precise definition remains, as Adam points out, “very active.”

It “is really the design process around any service that is the route or the basis for any experience,” Marc offers. It looks at both the customer experience and what an organization needs to do to actually achieve the customer’s desired outcomes.

Adam’s definition is more succinct, but no less thoughtful: “Service design is what service designers do,” he says. That sounds trite on its face, Adam admits, but there’s a good deal of thought behind it. Citing friend and colleague in the field Mauricio Manhaes, Adam adds, “We should spend less time defining service design and more time exposing people to it. Because often you don’t get it until you’ve actually tried it.”

So in their work – including delivering a pair of workshops and keynote addresses at ITX’s Product + Design Conference 2022 – Adam Lawrence and Marc Stickdorn are exposing audiences to service design thinking, methods, and tools “so they understand it in their gut before they understand it in their heads,” Adam says.

Tune in to catch Paul’s entire conversation with Marc and Adam, as they –

  • Explain how service design tools and methods help reduce the risks associated with product development
  • Describe trends in service design, from the early days spent convincing people that services are useful to the shift from a hands-on, tactical approach to a more strategic mindset
  • Provide examples for how you can use service design tools as part of your refined approach to organizational management

The ITX Product + Design Conference 2022 is coming to Rochester, NY on June 23-24; get your tickets here.

The post 87 / Service Design: Methods & Tools that Improve the User Experience appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Service design is not new; in fact, today’s guests Adam Lawrence and Marc Stickdorn have been writing and teaching service design for more than a decade. But even in that time, the question of its precise definition remains, as Adam points out, Marc Stickdorn & Adam Lawrence explain how service design methods and tools deliver improved experiences for both customers and team members. Marc Stickdorn & Adam Lawrence 1 1 87 87 87 / Service Design: Methods & Tools that Improve the User Experience full false 30:10
Accessible Design is My Passion: The Most Common Errors in Digital Products https://itx.com/events/accessible-design-is-my-passion-the-most-common-errors-in-digital-products/ Tue, 07 Jun 2022 17:08:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=11953 Join Director of UX Christina Halladay in this conversation surrounding Accessibility and UX Design. With Susana Pallero and Silvia Marquez, viewers will understand the difference between accessibility and usability in the UX Design world, discover why classic design frameworks need to be expanded for accessibility, and learn the most common mistakes and misconceptions in design around accessibility. Presented during 24 Hours of UX 2022 in partnership with Dalat.

The post Accessible Design is My Passion: The Most Common Errors in Digital Products appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Passed Online event.

Join Director of UX Christina Halladay in a conversation surrounding Accessibility and UX Design. With Susana Pallero and Silvia Marquez, viewers will understand the difference between accessibility and usability in the UX Design world. Discover why classic design frameworks need to be expanded for accessibility, and learn the most common mistakes and misconceptions in design around accessibility. Presented during 24 Hours of UX 2022 in partnership with Dalat.

Watch Recording Now

The post Accessible Design is My Passion: The Most Common Errors in Digital Products appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
10 Reasons to Prioritize Flow Efficiency over Resource Efficiency https://itx.com/blog/10-reasons-to-prioritize-flow-efficiency-over-resource-efficiency/ Tue, 07 Jun 2022 14:49:45 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=10978 In this second of our 3-part blog series on Digital Accessibility, we present the business case in favor of digital accessibility. In Part 1, we argued the moral imperative and studied the legal consequences for infringing this basic human right. Here, we argue in support of accessible design by examining the economic benefits for businesses in service to vast, underserved market segments.

Accessible Design Creates Market Opportunities
Doing the right thing brings its own reward. When we embed accessible design best practices into our software product development, we effect positive change in a world that desperately needs it.
Incorporating an accessibility mindset into the digital tools we build (to avoid the legal and financial risk of doing otherwise) is also a step in the right direction – even though it may not produce the same “feel good” moment inspired by the altruistic moral imperative.
Bringing software solutions to underserved markets not only yields trust, loyalty, and advocacy across broad swaths of our population; it also delivers immediate, significant, and enduring financial reward to the product builders.
Product managers and business leaders are forever seeking the next available market to serve; here’s 5 to choose from, and 5 more arguments for promoting accessible design.

The post 10 Reasons to Prioritize Flow Efficiency over Resource Efficiency appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Overcoming the Resource Efficiency Paradox

“Transformation comes more from pursuing profound questions than seeking practical answers.”

Peter Block
author of The Answer to How Is Yes

Many Scrum teams’ sprint burndowns look like a cliff, with numerous backlog items in progress at the same time, and most not marked ‘done’ until the end of the sprint.

The Sprint Burndown Cliff

If you’re not familiar with burndowns, the grey line represents an ideal rate of story closure. The red line represents the actual rate. Theoretically, the red line should track pretty closely to the grey line. In the example above, few stories were completed (marked “done”) until the end of the sprint.

Notwithstanding basic administrative failure to keep the team’s board up to date, in my experience this is a problematic pattern we see all too frequently in software development, caused by the Resource Efficiency approach to work assignment and execution.

According to Karsh Kunwar, lead product owner at Latitude Financial Services: ”Resource efficiency, at its heart, is primarily concerned with whether resources are sitting idle or adding value…. In this paradigm, idle resources are the least desirable state. Therefore, the idea is to ensure that work (queues) is always readily available to be allocated to resources as they get free.”

This is how most teams operate. It’s what we were taught, and it’s what many believe is still the most productive way to do work. Resource Efficiency is a concept that comes from Manufacturing, evolved out of Frederick Taylor’s theory of Scientific Management.

In fact, in manufacturing, where you’re producing identical widgets, it makes total sense. But in knowledge work, like Software Engineering, where every widget is a one-off, it is problematic.

The Resource Efficiency Paradox

Sprint burndowns that look like cliffs are a symptom of the problems with Resource Efficiency.

  • Excessive context switching by team members throughout the sprint.
  • The team is unable to focus on one (or a few) epics at a time.
  • Multiple sprint goals (or none!) in each sprint.
  • You can’t tolerate multiple stories in a sprint that touch the same area of the code.
  • Low collaboration among team members, as each person is working independently.
  • Resource constraints that prevent pulling desired stories into sprints.
  • Numerous backlog items in ‘waiting states’ after they start.
  • Excessive handoffs, passing a backlog item from individual to individual.
  • Stand-ups that feel more like individual status reporting than daily team planning.
  • Inability to achieve “potentially shippable software” at the end of each sprint.
  • Inability to frequently and consistently release fully completed features (epics).
  • Team members lacking “big picture” perspective, as they focus on their specialty.

In their book This Is Lean, Niklas Modig and Par Ahlstrom coined the term the Efficiency Paradox to describe these problems, writing: “when organisations focus too much on utilising resources efficiently – the traditional and most common form of efficiency – it tends to lead to an increase in the amount of work there is to do. Consequently, the more organisations try to be efficient (being busy), the more inefficient they will actually become.” (to learn more, I recommend Niklas’ TED Talk on the Efficiency Paradox.)

We can do Better.

Benefits of the Flow Efficiency Approach

In my endeavor to solve these problems, I discovered some fundamental aspects of Kanban and Lean that I believe can help. They’re based on another type of efficiency approach, known as Flow Efficiency.

Flow Efficiency evangelists believe that you maximize effectiveness when you focus on getting things out the door quickly. In other words, when teams minimize cycle time, they reduce the time it takes to get backlog items from “in progress” to “done.”

A focus on cycle time is a forcing function. To reduce cycle time, you must:

  • Limit the number of backlog items in progress at any one time.
  • Pair-up or swarm or mob-develop each backlog item.
  • Create smaller backlog items.
  • Remove potential risks/blockers before starting a backlog item.
  • Focus on one aspect (epic) of the product at a time.
  • Explore ways to eliminate external dependencies.

The Flow Efficiency approach embraces the focus on reducing cycle time, claiming that any decrease in busyness is more than made up for by other efficiencies. Here are 10 reasons why that might be true:

  • Context Switching is reduced significantly, as the team focuses on 1-2 items at a time. Technical team leaders can get much more involved in the implementation, because they’re not juggling the need to support every story simultaneously.
  • The learning curve is less steep, and everyone learns faster because they learn together.
  • Because everyone learns together, the risk of over-specialization is mitigated. Why? Because more team members know more stuff, and the team becomes more capable and flexible.
  • Internal bottlenecks and dependencies evaporate. You might not need internal code reviews, for example, because pairing up or mob developing is self-reviewing.
  • The end-of-sprint test crunch goes away. Correspondingly, the risk of several not-really-done stories at the end of a sprint goes away.
  • A constant stream of “done” work imparts a better feeling of progress by stakeholders, which can lead to their increased trust in the team.
  • Sprints will be more focused, and the team will probably be able to do smaller, more frequent releases, as they can work on one big thing (epic) at a time.
  • More broadly knowledgeable team members means a better understanding of the big picture, which leads to a more product-oriented team.
  • Daily stand-ups can be improved, becoming the mini-planning meetings they are intended to be, instead of the status meetings they’ve become. Application of practices like swarming or mobbing keeps the team in constant contact and focused.
  • Story points may no longer be needed. Story counting and/or cycle time and work-in-progress measurements can be used in place of points. This might save time in refinement sessions and might even yield a reduction in Estimation Dysfunction (a topic for a future blog post).

Challenges with a Flow-Based Approach

To be fair, a flow-based approach isn’t perfect; risks and challenges do exist, including:

  • Some will protest the idea of pairing, swarming, or mobbing. You risk losing people who don’t want to work this way or who won’t do well working this way. The team chemistry needs to be very good, and teams run the risk of fatigue caused by frequent face-to-face remote discussions.
  • Without the pressure of a sprint deadline, or (assuming you keep sprints) if you fail to monitor your progress against plan and/or fail to take reduced cycle-time or work-in-progress seriously, teams may tend to spend too much time on each story, leaving one or more stories unstarted or unfinished.
  • Because unanticipated blockers don’t show up until stories are started, doing stories as a team one at a time in a sprint risks more stories not getting done because blockers aren’t identified soon enough.
  • External dependencies could be a problem for minimizing work-in-progress, causing whole-team context switching as they put stories “on hold” and switch back and forth as dependencies get resolved.
  • It requires all team members’ work schedules to significantly overlap. A team can’t work together if they don’t work the same hours.

Addressing Common Misconceptions About a Flow-Based Approach

In spite of these challenges, I remain a strong advocate for a flow-based approach – especially in the field of software product development. So in closing, it’s important to correct some of the common misconceptions about Flow Efficiency –

  • For remote teams, the belief that everybody is on a call all day with the entire team. Teams can design an approach where this is not the case.
  • The opportunity for independent work does not exist. Again, you can design an approach where this is not the case.
  • There is no opportunity for specialization. This is definitely not the case. We want to get rid of over-specialization, but we need specialists.
  • Adopting a flow mindset means abandoning resource efficiency completely. This is inaccurate; it means only that you prioritize flow efficiency over resource efficiency.

Resources

A case study of a team that switched to a flow-based approach.

And a video from Johanna Rothman that is very approachable to this topic.

TED Talk on the Efficiency Paradox (not specific to software, but highly applicable).

Evidence of the high cost of context switching:

Forbes

Psychology Today

UC Irvine study

American Psychological Association

Harvard Business Review

USC

Context-switching waste is easily visualized in a short video by Henrik Kniberg.

Regarding over-specialization, read up on the concept of Generalizing Specialist.

EFFICIENT PROCESSES AND WAYS OF WORKING.

ITX is ready to partner with your team to expand the markets you serve. Learn more.


John Roets is Principal Software Engineer at ITX Corp. He and the teams he works with follow Agile development practices. John has an MS degree in Software Development and Management from Rochester Institute of Technology and a BS degree in Electrical and Computer Engineering from Clarkson University. His passion is to develop the right software the right way.

The post 10 Reasons to Prioritize Flow Efficiency over Resource Efficiency appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Why a Digital Content Strategy Is Your Website’s Superpower https://itx.com/blog/why-a-digital-content-strategy-is-your-websites-superpower/ Mon, 06 Jun 2022 19:13:18 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=10545 Your business’ website projects the ultimate first impression, so it’s worth making it well-designed and responsive. But an effective website requires more than just wise aesthetic choices.   To create a site that generates leads and informs buying decisions, you need to make it influential. And, the bulk of your influence comes from content.  From strong …

The post Why a Digital Content Strategy Is Your Website’s Superpower appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Your business’ website projects the ultimate first impression, so it’s worth making it well-designed and responsive. But an effective website requires more than just wise aesthetic choices.  

To create a site that generates leads and informs buying decisions, you need to make it influential. And, the bulk of your influence comes from content. 

From strong copywriting to engaging audio, website content generates leads and drives conversion. Content solves problems for your customers and inspires brand advocacy, and you can unlock these superpowers by giving every piece of content a job. A rock-solid content strategy is the key to making writing and media work for you.  

What Is a Content Strategy, Really?

Developing content is not something you do on a whim. Well-thought-out content serves an intentional purpose; whether that’s to support your brand, describe your product or service, pitch an idea, or drive home a key message. Content strategy is how you ensure that your content serves that intention. 

Simply put, content strategy is the process of planning, researching, creating, and promoting content that supports your business goals and objectives. Your content strategy defines how to measure your content’s effectiveness and provides guidelines for the governance and production of future content – for example, by defining your processes. Content encompasses writing, graphics, photography, video, and audio – putting everything together to convert site visitors into customers.  

Here are the top reasons you should build a content strategy for your new or existing website. 

What Are The Benefits of a Digital Content Strategy?

Content for content’s sake isn’t enough. Creating content with intention? That’s where you’ll activate your superpower and captivate your target audience.  

A well-considered content strategy is a worthwhile investment for every business and offers these key benefits.  

Convert High-Quality Leads.

Generating leads from your website is just one part of the equation; generating highquality leads is another. A clear-cut content strategy defines who your audience is, what messaging will speak to their pain points, and how to deliver that messaging. It’s what distinguishes a successful strategy from casual content creation.  

When you cater content to your target audience, you’re increasing your chances of turning informal browsers into paying customers.  

Case Study

Revitalized Site Content Drives Traffic, Leads

Our SEO-focused content strategy delivered rapid improvement in site traffic, search engine impressions, and leads.

Increase Time on Page

You may be designing an eye-catching new website that will draw new traffic. But what will keep site visitors on the page? Many factors influence time on page, but positive UX and captivating content certainly play a role. 

The key is creating content that users want to engage with. Punchy copy, appealing visuals, useful videos  – each of these elements by itself can keep a user on the page. But what’s even more effective is when marketers and designers collaborate to deploy all three as part of a comprehensive content strategy. 

The New Zealand Department of Conservation’s website is a great example of content that generates user interest .  They’ve packed their website with informative content targeted towards their nature-loving audience, and use their social media pages to signal boost their latest articles. Site visitors browse by topic and find ways to get involved.  

With so much relevant and engaging content at their fingertips, your own users will likely spend more time on the site as well. Just be sure to pay attention to your Google Analytics data and note where your users spend the most time. This information will give you ideas for future content development.  

Solve Problems for Your Customers

With a clear content strategy in place, every headline, graphic, and interactive element speaks to your customers. They see their unique pain points right on the page, as well as the solutions you present.  

Take Rochester’s hometown grocery store, Wegmans, for example.  

Their target customers are most often busy, on-the-go families. So, the Wegmans digital content strategy might look something like this: Using our web presence and social media channels, generate in-store sales and build customer loyalty by providing healthy and reliable meal solutions for families.  

Wegmans’ hero banner promotes their ready-to-cook entrees by emphasizing convenience, something that their busy customers are looking for.  

By providing solutions to customer problems through a clear-cut content strategy, you can support your sales goals as well.  

Boost Your SEO

In 2022, search engine optimization is a non-negotiable part of your website’s marketing utility. However, it is challenging to create SEO content that appeals to both Google’s algorithms and your users’ needs. This is where a content strategy can help.  

Baking SEO into your content strategy means writing high quality copy that provides value to your target audience. The days of keyword stuffing and writing only for Google’s site crawlers are long gone.  Search engines reward a steady stream of robust content, logical heading hierarchies, and pages that answer search queries (hello, featured snippet!).  

While there are seemingly countless factors that go into an SEO strategy, content is certainly a biggie.  Keep your foot on the gas and pay attention to the data, and you’ll surely reap the benefits in the search rankings.  

Build Authority in Your Industry

What do clients look for in your industry? It’s likely that expertise is on their list. Your website content is an opportunity to build authority and present yourself as a go-to expert. Let’s take a look at authority in practice.  

HubSpot is an industry leader in inbound marketing (their CEO even coined the term – talk about a superpower), and their suite of products are go-to tools for many businesses. It’s no question that their content strategy makes them stand out. In addition to their Customer Relationship Management (CRM) platform and other product offerings, HubSpot offers downloadable freebies on their resources page and useful guides on their blog. 

HubSpot’s content strategy emphasizes the effectiveness of their products, while offering insider tips and tricks to site visitors. It positions them as an authority within their industry and builds both brand loyalty and recognition. The result? Site users who continuously come back to read the blog and download their free resources. 

Connect With Your Customers

For many industries, establishing a personal connection is key to lead generation. You need to show that you understand your customers’ problems and interests, and a content strategy helps you do this. It’s likely that you’re already employing this tactic on your social media, but there are ways to build connections on your website as well.  

Paradox Interactive, a video game company, has clearly designed their content strategy to build these types of connections. The company offers interactive forums, wikis, and other user-generated content on their site. In addition, every team of theirs continuously produces ‘dev blog’ content sharing insights into their design process. 

It’s clear that Paradox Interactive wants their users to be active participants in their content strategy, rather than passive consumers. It’s this type of engagement that will generate sales and turn gamers into repeat customers.  

Remember: Websites benefit from custom content strategies. There’s no one-size-fits-all approach. You know your customers better than anyone. You know their pain points and interests. However, as you try out your content strategy, don’t hesitate to change course. You’ll likely create and promote different types of content as you learn how your users are engaging.  

Ready to Get Started?

A digital content strategy will help you meet your business goals, but leveraging these superpowers can be intimidating. ITX’s UX Content Team is here to be your content partner. We’ll work with you to understand your target audience, make a content plan, and design your content with intention. Contact us today to get started.  

Emma Rizzo is a Marketing Copywriter on the UX Content team at ITX. She specializes in content strategy and SEO writing, creating custom content solutions across a variety of industries. Emma holds a BA in Journalism from Ithaca College.

The post Why a Digital Content Strategy Is Your Website’s Superpower appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
86 / Optimize Alignment For High Performance https://itx.com/podcast/86-optimize-alignment-for-high-performance/ Tue, 31 May 2022 15:02:03 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=10497 A staggering 70-90% of digital products fail or underperform, says Jonathon Hensley, Co-Founder and CEO of Emerge. That translates to trillions of dollars in unrealized investment. In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Jonathon points to misalignment as the most common source of product or project failure. “Most products underperform not because the team …

The post 86 / Optimize Alignment For High Performance appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
A staggering 70-90% of digital products fail or underperform, says Jonathon Hensley, Co-Founder and CEO of Emerge. That translates to trillions of dollars in unrealized investment. In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Jonathon points to misalignment as the most common source of product or project failure.

“Most products underperform not because the team didn’t care,” Jonathon explains. “I think what’s really happening is that there are barriers to success that are not that well understood.”

Those barriers manifest in a number of ways, he adds, such as sacrificing essential design components to save money in the short term, or a lack of objective evaluation of strategy. Jonathon brings a healthy dose of realism to this conversation that is refreshing. He claims that a disconnect between Alignment’s four components – Individual, Team, Organization, and Market – can have cascading effects throughout the product lifecycle. Each builds off the others, but when there is alignment, these collaborate to instill a high-performance mindset.

Catch the full episode to hear more from Jonathon Hensley, including –

  • The 5 core elements of strategy
  • The difference between product ownership and product management
  • What investors look for in terms of alignment and value creation
  • What strategy is – and isn’t – Jonathon’s insights may surprise you

The post 86 / Optimize Alignment For High Performance appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
A staggering 70-90% of digital products fail or underperform, says Jonathon Hensley, Co-Founder and CEO of Emerge. That translates to trillions of dollars in unrealized investment. In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Jonathon Hensley explains how Alignment between the Individual, the Team, the Organization, and the Market drives a high-performance mindset. Jonathon Hensley 1 1 86 86 86 / Optimize Alignment For High Performance full false 31:20
ITX Honored with Best Work/Life Flexibility Award https://itx.com/news/itx-honored-with-best-work-life-flexibility-award/ Fri, 27 May 2022 14:13:04 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=10735 Software Firm to Capitalize on Need for Specialized Service Offerings
April 6, 2022 Rochester, NY – Custom software developer ITX Corp. is pleased to announce the promotion of Michael Lesher to the newly created role, Vice President of Technology. Lesher will leverage his 16 years of industry experience to sharpen the firm’s focus on technical practice area development as part of its growth strategy.

The post ITX Honored with Best Work/Life Flexibility Award appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Software tech firm ranked 23rd on the Rochester Top Workplaces List

May 27, 2022  Rochester, NY ITX celebrated two accolades at the Rochester Top Workplaces Award Ceremony on Wednesday, ranking 23rd on the list of Top Workplaces in Rochester, NY and also receiving the Work/Life Flexibility award.

This is the third consecutive year ITX has made the list, and the company witnessed a five-place jump in rank compared to 2021. Additionally, ITX received the Work/Life Flexibility Award. This recognition honors the company with a culture that enables team members to maintain a healthy work/life balance.

Companies rank on the Top Workplaces list based on internal team member surveys conducted by a third-party service called Energage. The survey includes questions about topics like culture, growth, and leadership. Businesses receive their position based on the results of the survey, comparing answers from each organization to others of similar size in the Rochester area.

ITX continues its growth with strategic leadership placements and emphasis on expanding service offerings to create value for their clients. The company is adding to its team of software and design professionals, and open, remote-friendly opportunities can be found here: www.itx.com/careers.


About ITX Corp.

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies solve complex business challenges through product development, delivering software that builds trust, loyalty, and advocacy. Founded nearly 25 years ago, ITX has expanded beyond its roots in Rochester, NY into a team of hundreds of talented product professionals and technologists throughout the Americas and beyond. Visit itx.com for more.

Career inquiries: 585.899.4888

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing | 585.899.4895

The post ITX Honored with Best Work/Life Flexibility Award appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
85 / Product Management Is Business Management https://itx.com/podcast/85-product-management-is-business-management/ Tue, 17 May 2022 14:22:17 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=10338 Vision and strategy and building a delightful experience are all necessary pieces of the product manager playbook. But Steven Haines says it’s not enough. Product leaders need business acumen, the oxygen that keeps your product alive. As founder of Sequent Learning Networks and the Business Acumen Institute, Steven Haines has trained countless leaders in the …

The post 85 / Product Management Is Business Management appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Vision and strategy and building a delightful experience are all necessary pieces of the product manager playbook. But Steven Haines says it’s not enough. Product leaders need business acumen, the oxygen that keeps your product alive.

As founder of Sequent Learning Networks and the Business Acumen Institute, Steven Haines has trained countless leaders in the fields of business and product management. In this episode, he explains what he sees as the primary challenge to their success and offers insights in finding the solution.

Too many product leaders, he explains, come to the product manager role bearing excess baggage from their functional paradigms. They come into a job that requires them to analyze data, detect industry signals, and manage internal operations. All these are different functions. We need to get them thinking in these different ways, as opposed to the function from which they’ve come.

“Senior executives need to create an environment that encourages this nurturing or cultivation of talent,” Steven adds, “to include key dimensions of business acumen. Go beyond understanding your markets and your customers. Think about how they operate and their mindset. Leveling up those skills is critical.”

Catch the entire podcast to hear all of Steven’s advice on developing business acumen in product leaders – not just for the hand-picked “rising stars,” but creating the tide that raises entire cohorts of future business leaders.

The post 85 / Product Management Is Business Management appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Vision and strategy and building a delightful experience are all necessary pieces of the product manager playbook. But Steven Haines says it’s not enough. Product leaders need business acumen, the oxygen that keeps your product alive. Steven Haines offers expert advice for building the business acumen product managers need and transforming them into true business leaders. Steven Haines 1 1 85 85 85 / Product Management Is Business Management full false 29:04
Johnathan Halpenny Honored as a RBJ’s Financial Leader of 2022 https://itx.com/news/johnathan-halpenny-honored-as-a-rbjs-financial-leader-of-2022/ Fri, 13 May 2022 12:22:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=10426 Software Firm to Capitalize on Need for Specialized Service Offerings
April 6, 2022 Rochester, NY – Custom software developer ITX Corp. is pleased to announce the promotion of Michael Lesher to the newly created role, Vice President of Technology. Lesher will leverage his 16 years of industry experience to sharpen the firm’s focus on technical practice area development as part of its growth strategy.

The post Johnathan Halpenny Honored as a RBJ’s Financial Leader of 2022 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
May 13, 2022 Rochester, NY – The Rochester Business Journal named Johnathan Halpenny, Senior Accountant for ITX, as a “Rising Star” Honoree on the Financial Leaders 2022 list.

Financial Leaders Awards recognize financial professionals who have made outstanding contributions to their organizations and to the Greater Rochester community during the past year. An outside panel of judges selected the honorees based on professional accomplishments and civic involvement. Halpenny’s selection signifies his diligence and leadership within the Finance team at ITX. Starting at the company in March 2019 as a staff accountant, he was promoted to Senior Accountant in November 2020 due to his exceptional accounting skills and expansive financial knowledge. Halpenny is a member of the Audit team and Compliance Task Force team, with his careful attention to detail making him a valuable addition to both teams.

“Johnathan is an exemplary and outstanding ITX team member,” said Josephine Sgro, Director of Finance. “He demonstrates the company’s Values in everything he does, from ensuring that our team succeeds together, to performing his work with precision and elegance. I am proud to have him on my team.”

ITX is adding to its team of professionals with a variety of remote-friendly positions. Find all opportunities at www.itx.com/careers.


About ITX Corp.

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies solve complex business challenges through product development, delivering software that builds trust, loyalty, and advocacy. Founded nearly 25 years ago, ITX has expanded beyond its roots in Rochester, NY into a team of hundreds of talented product professionals and technologists throughout the Americas and beyond. Visit itx.com for more.

Career inquiries: 585.899.4888

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing | 585.899.4895

The post Johnathan Halpenny Honored as a RBJ’s Financial Leader of 2022 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Ralph Dandrea Named to RBJ’s Power 50 Technology List https://itx.com/news/ralph-dandrea-named-to-rbjs-power-50-technology-list/ Tue, 10 May 2022 16:31:06 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=10179 Software Firm to Capitalize on Need for Specialized Service Offerings
April 6, 2022 Rochester, NY – Custom software developer ITX Corp. is pleased to announce the promotion of Michael Lesher to the newly created role, Vice President of Technology. Lesher will leverage his 16 years of industry experience to sharpen the firm’s focus on technical practice area development as part of its growth strategy.

The post Ralph Dandrea Named to RBJ’s Power 50 Technology List appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
May 10, 2022 Rochester, NYITX Corp is proud to announce that CEO & Founder Ralph Dandrea was named to the Rochester Business Journal’s Power 50 Technology List.

The Power 50 Technology list honors the individuals leading innovative companies in the prominent and growing tech hub of Rochester, NY. Ralph and ITX were identified by the RBJ, alongside other honorees, for “…leading innovative companies, incorporating new technologies into highly complex work, providing expert support to other companies in the community, championing local start-ups and more. [These leaders] have not only kept their companies moving forward throughout the COVID-19 pandemic, in most cases they have accelerated the innovative trajectories their organizations were already on.” Ralph is joined on the prestigious list by local leaders of large, international organizations, including L3Harris, Paychex, Gorbel Inc., and more.

ITX’s impact is visible in the strategic services they deliver as the company focuses efforts on creating secure and sound software products that are inclusive and accessible by all. In its 25th year of operation, ITX remains true to their founding mission of delivering custom software products to solve their complex challenges. The company is adding to its team of software professionals, and open, remote-friendly positions across the board can be found here: www.itx.com/careers/.


About ITX Corp.

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies solve complex business challenges through product development, delivering software that builds trust, loyalty, and advocacy. Founded nearly 25 years ago, ITX has expanded beyond its roots in Rochester, NY into a team of hundreds of talented product professionals and technologists throughout the Americas and beyond. Visit itx.com for more.

Career inquiries: 585.899.4888

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing | 585.899.4895

The post Ralph Dandrea Named to RBJ’s Power 50 Technology List appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
84 / Diversity Boosts Capacity To Build Customer Value https://itx.com/podcast/84-diversity-boosts-capacity-to-build-customer-value/ Tue, 03 May 2022 12:43:35 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=10092 The role of product leader isn’t just about numbers and KPIs. It’s really setting the stage for your teams to boost their capacity to build customer value, says Megan Murphy. In this episode of Product Momentum, Sean and Paul catch up with Megan Murphy, VP of Product at Hotjar. “What got us to now won’t …

The post 84 / Diversity Boosts Capacity To Build Customer Value appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The role of product leader isn’t just about numbers and KPIs. It’s really setting the stage for your teams to boost their capacity to build customer value, says Megan Murphy.

In this episode of Product Momentum, Sean and Paul catch up with Megan Murphy, VP of Product at Hotjar. “What got us to now won’t get us to next,” Megan reminds us. “So my approach to ‘getting to next’ was to tap into different communities and make the team composition feel more ‘diverse.’ That may not be the right word, but I knew I wanted to have a great mix of people from all around the world.”

The beauty of diversity is the breadth of perspectives it brings to a team. The power of diversity comes from exposing blind spots that get in the way of honest engagement. “When we’re honest with each other,” Megan remarks, “we can get real work done.”

At Hotjar, Megan primes her teams for success by recruiting talent through nontraditional channels to make sure her teams represent a range of perspectives.

Tune in to hear more from Megan Murphy. Learn how her interests have expanded beyond the product itself into the go-to market, the category creation, and harvesting the value in the category. She urges us product leaders to ask: are we designing a product for a new category? Or a product that harvests value in an existing category?

The post 84 / Diversity Boosts Capacity To Build Customer Value appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
The role of product leader isn’t just about numbers and KPIs. It’s really setting the stage for your teams to boost their capacity to build customer value, says Megan Murphy. In this episode of Product Momentum, Hotjar's Megan Murphy explains how recruiting diverse talent will expand your team's ability to boost its capacity to build customer value. Megan Murphy 1 1 84 84 84 / Diversity Boosts Capacity To Build Customer Value full false 28:22
Understanding DevOps Practices https://itx.com/blog/understanding-devops-practices/ Mon, 02 May 2022 12:00:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=10107 In this final post of my 3-part series on Digital Accessibility, I close by contending that the future of accessibility is here – and it’s time to get on board. In Part 1, I asserted that digital access was a human right requiring our protection. I laid out a strong business case in Part 2 that studied the economic benefits of accessibility. Here, I conclude with one final argument and declare that the future of accessibility is now.

The post Understanding DevOps Practices appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
What is DevOps?

It’s a buzzword, to be sure. It’s a practice. It’s a process. It’s a culture. It’s a tool set. It’s all of those things, and more. Sometimes, its definition will change depending on who you ask and what problems their organization faces. What never changes? That the ultimate aim of DevOps is to help organizations deliver higher quality software products faster.

In the traditional software development process, developers write code and hand it off to IT operators to run. However, both development and IT operations teams wanted to simplify this handoff. This is how DevOps practices emerged. Just as the Agile manifesto challenged traditional software development methods, the DevOps movement challenged how teams were releasing that software. And out of these basic ideas, we have witnessed revolutionary shifts in technologies and cultures that have impacted how we design, build, and manage software today.

How it Works

DevOps in practice works at addressing two areas:

  1. Organizational culture, and
  2. The product pipeline itself.

Changing Organizational Culture
The term “DevOps” itself is a combination of “development” and “operations.” In traditional organizational structures, these two disciplines rarely, if ever, communicate with each other. DevOps breaks down the silos of these two disciplines. As DevOps practices have matured, teams operating within this framework seek to break down silos across ALL disciplines who contribute to building software products. This includes designers, security engineers, architects, data science analysts, and more. Anyone who is involved in the product lifecycle, from ideation to production and beyond. Changing organizational culture is the first (and usually the hardest) step.

Optimizing the Product Pipeline Process
Since DevOps practices help teams deliver higher quality software products faster, optimizing the product pipeline process encompasses everything from ideation to managing and monitoring the product in production. DevOps seeks to raise effectiveness and efficiencies in all areas.

Graphic representing a pipeline

Here are some ways that DevOps practices can improve the product pipeline:

  • Increased revenue
  • Lower operational and overhead cost
  • Significantly shorter time-to-market
  • Improved customer satisfaction
  • Better product quality
  • Improved productivity and efficiency
  • Increased collaboration and employee satisfaction
  • Improved security integration

Putting it Into Practice

So, what are some practical steps that an organization can take to begin benefiting from DevOps? In this section we’ve listed some of the core tenants of any DevOps strategy, what they are, and why they’re important. The ideas we’ll be covering here are:

  1. Collaborating and Sharing Knowledge
  2. Identifying and Simplifying Processes
  3. Automating Processes
  4. Monitoring Success and Failures

Collaborating and Sharing Knowledge

No one is going to have all the answers. Even if someone does, no company can leverage their time and resources effectively if only one or a handful of people hold the keys to the knowledge safe. For anything to be scalable beyond a single human’s effort, other team members need to have the knowledge too. This way, they can repeat the process independently.

A good starting place for building or revamping a knowledge base is to start with a list of questions to answer. Every team has their own set of questions they need answered to do their jobs appropriately. Gathering all those questions in a centralized location can lay the foundation for documentation that teams find useful. Collaboration can start to come into play as we work with each team to start answering those questions.

One way we’ve found to be effective at getting team members to provide us with their lists of questions is asking them “If we told you that we needed to you to perform task X right now, what questions immediately pop into your head?”

For a more concrete example, at ITX, each product we build is unique in the services it provides and the challenges it confronts (and solves). Still, despite their uniqueness, they all share certain commonalties—questions we know we must answer for every project. Questions like:

  • Where will we store the source code?
  • How will we deploy the product locally?
  • How will we deploy the code?
  • What resources does this code need to run in production?
  • Where will our application logs live and how will we access them?
  • What security concerns do we have?
  • What kind of metrics should we be collecting?

Developing a knowledge-sharing culture is the first step because every step after it only works if there’s a successful strategy in place to teach people how to use it. What we build might be a unique snowflake. The way we build doesn’t have to be.

Identifying and Simplifying Processes

To address a product pipeline from ideation to management and monitoring in production, a clear picture of that pipeline is essential. To create that picture, multiple disciplines need to work together to identify the many steps involved along the way. This can turn into a marvelous exercise in identifying gaps and unnecessary complexities. It’s only when you can see the big picture from start to finish that the holes become apparent; it’s unlikely that you’ll notice a puzzle piece is missing if you haven’t put together most of the puzzle.

Identifying and simplifying processes is also a crucial first step to automating anything for one simple reason: you can’t automate what doesn’t exist. If you don’t know what your process is, you’re going to have a very difficult time programming something to run it for you.

Let’s say you know that you want to automate the build process for your application. Do you know at what point in the process the automation gets triggered? Will it happen every time a developer commits any type of code to your repository? Does code need to be reviewed and approved first? How will code be reviewed and approved?

When you’re considering automating deployments, do you know what your rollback strategy will be if something goes wrong? How do deployments get triggered? Who needs to be notified? How will they be notified?

Likewise with simplification, the only thing worse than attempting to work with an overly complex process is attempting to automate an overly complex process. More complexities mean more potential points of failure. That means more time spent troubleshooting your automation tools than benefiting from them.

Take the time to ensure your processes are as clean as you can before trying to automate them. Trust us.

Automating Processes

Now for the really cool part. This is where the hard work of getting different teams talking to each other starts to pay off. Now you take elements from all those disciplines and apply it to the kind of work that everyone likes to brag about.

Developers can work with IT operators to set up servers and jobs that let them scan their code for quality issues or build their software automatically from source code. Security teams can set and enforce standards with Static Application Security Testing (SAST) tools. You can start putting checkpoints in place that no longer rely as much on human interactions, which means you can begin to reduce bottlenecks and opportunities for human error.

Of course, this is not an overnight shift. While there are countless tools in place to support these endeavors, you still need to link these tools to support your specific project needs. That still takes time. And often a LOT of trial and error.

Monitoring

The next step—metrics. How do you know your app is working? How do you know when something goes wrong? What about the times when you’re not allowed to access your production environment for security and/or compliance reasons?

We often use the word “launch” to talk about deploying our applications to production. If we continue that analogy, when NASA launches a probe to Mars, they’re operating under the assumption that they’re never going to be able to touch that machine again. They need to include all required tools to understand the probe’s health and performance before it makes its way to the stars.

We know that factors outside our control may impact how the application is running. By keeping a watchful eye on the output, you can remain vigilant with minimum effort. The minute something isn’t running as it should, you can move into action with a problem-solution mindset.

In Summary

Implementing DevOps practices throughout an entire organization is difficult, and it takes time. But we believe that the effort and investment is ultimately worth it. The proof, as they say, is in the pudding. Building higher quality products faster means everyone wins.


ITX has DevOps expertise ready to bring you and your product to the next level. Let us help uncover what hinderances are keeping the world from experiencing your next big product.


Portrait CatherineCrichlake

Catherine Crichlake is a Solutions Architect at ITX. She has extensive experience establishing continuous integration/continuous deployment pipelines with a strong focus on security. At ITX, Catherine works closely with high-profile clients, leveraging her multi-functional skills and perspective to help solve complex business problems.

The post Understanding DevOps Practices appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
83 / Design’s True Purpose: Answer The How https://itx.com/podcast/83-designs-true-purpose-answer-the-how/ Tue, 19 Apr 2022 12:04:39 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=9197 What is the role of design in product development for startups? And what characteristics do the great designers share? In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, John Zeratsky joins host Paul Gebel to explain – interestingly, using David McCullough’s The Wright Brothers biography as a backdrop. The book “provided this interesting illustration of the …

The post 83 / Design’s True Purpose: Answer The How appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
What is the role of design in product development for startups? And what characteristics do the great designers share? In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, John Zeratsky joins host Paul Gebel to explain – interestingly, using David McCullough’s The Wright Brothers biography as a backdrop.

The book “provided this interesting illustration of the difference between craft and invention. Designers,” John says, “obsess about craft. When the Wright brothers were building bikes, they were craftsmen – detail-oriented, patient, and introspective. And they made super high-quality bikes.… But when they invented the airplane,” he continues, “they leveraged those skills to do something very, very different. And that is much more akin to the role of design at startups that are trying to do something new.”

John Zeratsky ought to know. With a career journey that includes both craftsman and inventor roles, John is now co-founder and General Partner at Character, where he supports startups with capital and sprints. He and partner Jake Knapp noticed that in the world of venture capital, product was often neglected. Yet product is the foundation of every business; a business cannot be successful without a successful product.

“If you’re starting a company, the hardest thing about it – the core thing – is the product,” John says. “If there’s no product, none of the rest matters.” Design’s role is not to answer the what, John adds. It’s the how. “How are we going to figure out this tricky problem? How are we going to figure out what our customers want and describe it in a way that makes sense for them?”

Tune in to hear John’s insights about how to improve your team’s design sprint process. And be sure to catch his breakdown of the three levels of the facilitation pyramid, and learn why OATS matters if you’re a startup interested in partnering with Character.

The post 83 / Design’s True Purpose: Answer The How appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
What is the role of design in product development for startups? And what characteristics do the great designers share? In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, John Zeratsky joins host Paul Gebel to explain – interestingly, John Zeratsky, co-founder of Character and design sprint co-creator, explains the role of design in product development: Answer the How. John Zeratsky 1 1 83 83 83 / Design's True Purpose: Answer The How full false 28:45
Leadership Expansion Enriches Client Partnerships https://itx.com/news/leadership-expansion-enriches-client-partnerships/ Wed, 06 Apr 2022 20:52:08 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=10295 April 6, 2022 Rochester, NY – In line with its plan for strategic growth, ITX Corp. made changes to the leadership structure within its Delivery organization designed to maintain peak service delivery for its clients. The change empowers ITX team members to deliver software development services in line with the specific needs of clients by placing greater executive energy and emphasis on every account.

Delivery Director Chris Zirbel assumes a newly created role as Senior Delivery Director and now oversees the management and leadership of a delivery organization dedicated to a single, long-time account. At the same time, Lisa Young, Vice President of Delivery, shifts focus to support new client relationships and the rest of ITX’s key accounts.

“It’s a divide-and-delight strategy, so to speak,” said Fred Beer, President. “This is a great example of the changes ITX is making to better serve clients. We are fortunate to have such strong leaders within the Delivery team.”

The post Leadership Expansion Enriches Client Partnerships appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Focus redistribution primes ITX delivery organization for future growth

April 6, 2022 Rochester, NY – In line with its plan for strategic growth, ITX Corp. made changes to the leadership structure within its Delivery organization designed to maintain peak service delivery for its clients. The change empowers ITX team members to deliver software development services in line with the specific needs of clients by placing greater executive energy and emphasis on every account.

Delivery Director Chris Zirbel assumes a newly created role as Senior Delivery Director and now oversees the management and leadership of a delivery organization dedicated to a single, long-time account. At the same time, Lisa Young, Vice President of Delivery, shifts focus to support new client relationships and the rest of ITX’s key accounts.

“It’s a divide-and-delight strategy, so to speak,” said Fred Beer, President. “This is a great example of the changes ITX is making to better serve clients. We are fortunate to have such strong leaders within the Delivery team.”

This follows the appointment of Michael Lesher to Vice President of Technology, as both moves anticipate continued growth for ITX. These changes fortify the pledge ITX makes to deliver exceptional customer service while shipping high quality custom software on behalf of its clients.

Open, remote-friendly positions across the company are available at https://itx.com/careers.


About ITX Corp.

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies solve complex business challenges through product development, delivering software that builds trust, loyalty, and advocacy. Founded nearly 25 years ago, ITX has expanded beyond its roots in Rochester, NY into a team of hundreds of talented product professionals and technologists throughout the Americas and beyond. Visit itx.com for more.

Career inquiries: 585.899.4888

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing | 585.899.4895

The post Leadership Expansion Enriches Client Partnerships appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
ITX Corp. Appoints Lesher To New Vice President of Technology Role https://itx.com/news/itx-corp-appoints-lesher-to-new-vice-president-of-technology-role/ Wed, 06 Apr 2022 12:35:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=9263 Software Firm to Capitalize on Need for Specialized Service Offerings
April 6, 2022 Rochester, NY – Custom software developer ITX Corp. is pleased to announce the promotion of Michael Lesher to the newly created role, Vice President of Technology. Lesher will leverage his 16 years of industry experience to sharpen the firm’s focus on technical practice area development as part of its growth strategy.

The post ITX Corp. Appoints Lesher To New Vice President of Technology Role appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Software Firm to Capitalize on Need for Specialized Service Offerings

April 6, 2022 Rochester, NY – Custom software developer ITX Corp. is pleased to announce the promotion of Michael Lesher to the newly created role, Vice President of Technology. Lesher will leverage his 16 years of industry experience to sharpen the firm’s focus on technical practice area development as part of its growth strategy.

Lesher will continue to lead ITX’s Architecture group as he deepens the company’s existing expertise in the application security, software engineering, and deployment practice areas. He will also expand ITX’s offerings in application performance, regulatory compliance, and accessibility while recruiting leaders whose skills qualify them as subject matter experts in those and other emerging areas.

“We are pleased to name Mike as our first VP of Technology,” said ITX President Fred Beer “Under his technical leadership, we have done amazing work. He’s contributed greatly to ITX’s growth trajectory. As we look ahead, Mike’s plans for team skills development across new and emerging technical practice areas will help us remain focused on client demands and reaffirm ITX as a highly capable technology partner.”

Lesher joined ITX in 2011 as the Director of Software Architecture, following several years as the owner of a software development agency. At ITX, he leads an established team of solutions architects and engineers, successfully blending his extensive technical expertise and entrepreneurial mindset.

“ITX is committed to bringing in-house technical expertise to the table, and I’m thrilled to lead that effort in this new role,” said Lesher. “ITX has been my professional home for a long time, so this is an honor for me. We know the future of software development is all about offering clients specialization in key areas. Experience counts, and many other vendors are already being left behind.”

ITX’s renewed focus on practice area skill development equips team members to address complicated client challenges. As the building blocks required for effective and secure software increase in complexity, ITX is prepared to respond with the talent, technology, and teamwork to fulfill our problem-solving mission.


About ITX Corp.

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies solve complex business challenges through product development, delivering software that builds trust, loyalty, and advocacy. Founded nearly 25 years ago, ITX has expanded beyond its roots in Rochester, NY into a team of hundreds of talented product professionals and technologists throughout the Americas and beyond. Visit itx.com for more.

Career inquiries: 585.899.4888

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing | 585.899.4895

The post ITX Corp. Appoints Lesher To New Vice President of Technology Role appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
82 / Threat Modeling for Product Managers https://itx.com/podcast/82-threat-modeling-for-product-managers/ Tue, 05 Apr 2022 12:51:07 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=9075 As product managers, we’re taught to prioritize customer needs above all else. If that’s correct, where does threat modeling land in our list of priorities? After all, if we can’t provide a secure solution, our users will go elsewhere. Chris Romeo, CEO and co-founder of Security Journey, suggests we “shift left” to get these concepts …

The post 82 / Threat Modeling for Product Managers appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
As product managers, we’re taught to prioritize customer needs above all else. If that’s correct, where does threat modeling land in our list of priorities? After all, if we can’t provide a secure solution, our users will go elsewhere. Chris Romeo, CEO and co-founder of Security Journey, suggests we “shift left” to get these concepts into the conversation as soon as possible.

In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Chris joins Paul and guest co-host Jonathan Coupal, ITX Chief Security Officer, for an impassioned conversation about Security and Privacy – often-overlooked dimensions of application and system quality.

“Security and privacy are rarely written ‘on the same napkin’ as the new product idea,” Chris says. “Lots of times, they end up being added later, resulting in lots of developer rework. So we use this concept of ‘shift left’ to describe the notion of moving that security mindset earlier into the development process.”

Chris’ mission is to bring security culture change to all organizations. In this episode, he discusses collaborative threat modeling and other tactics that can feed your organization’s security culture. Intuitively, we already know how to threat model, Chris adds. We just need to adopt this mindset when building our products.

Listen in to hear more from Chris Romeo about threat modeling for product managers, including:

  • How security has gained importance over his career
  • How to build a program of security champions
  • The importance of cross-team collaboration

The post 82 / Threat Modeling for Product Managers appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
As product managers, we’re taught to prioritize customer needs above all else. If that’s correct, where does threat modeling land in our list of priorities? After all, if we can’t provide a secure solution, our users will go elsewhere. Chris Romeo, Chris Romeo, CEO of Security Journey, offers threat modeling tactics for product managers and ways to build a security mindset for our teams. Chris Romeo 1 1 82 82 82 / Threat Modeling for Product Managers full false 28:26
Accessible Design Inspires Innovation for All https://itx.com/blog/accessible-design-inspires-innovation-for-all/ Wed, 23 Mar 2022 23:27:04 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=9201 In this final post of my 3-part series on Digital Accessibility, I close by contending that the future of accessibility is here – and it’s time to get on board. In Part 1, I asserted that digital access was a human right requiring our protection. I laid out a strong business case in Part 2 that studied the economic benefits of accessibility. Here, I conclude with one final argument and declare that the future of accessibility is now.

The post Accessible Design Inspires Innovation for All appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In this final post of my 3-part series on Digital Accessibility, I close by contending that the future of accessibility is here – and it’s time to get on board. In Part 1, I asserted that digital access was a human right requiring our protection. I laid out a strong business case in Part 2 that studied the economic benefits of accessibility. Here, I conclude with one final argument and declare that the future of accessibility is now.

Accessible Innovations Benefit All

“Necessity,” the saying goes, “is the mother of invention.” In other words, when a user’s wants and desires becomes a necessity, product builders need to come up with innovative ways to meet the new demand.

Once in a while, as Dr. Timothy Clark commented in a recent Product Momentum Podcast episode, innovation can be “a lightbulb moment of lone genius.

“But most of the time,” he added, “innovation is the result of a collaborative enterprise, with teams of talented individuals working together and pursuing new ideas.”

I absolutely agree; however, it is difficult to discover new ideas while peering through the cloudy lens of old biases.

Accessible design offers a different view, one that strives to be free of ableism – a continuous pursuit. It allows the active participation of diverse people who bring diverse experiences to the discussion. Their wide and varied experiences introduce new perspectives and new ways to examine old problems.

Take the latest assistive technologies, many of which were initially created to support people with disabilities or other temporary impairments. Many of these innovations have become wildly popular across all segments of society. What’s amazing about the notion of designing for accessibility is that the innovative outcomes become welcome technological advances for all to enjoy. For example –

  • Automobile navigation systems work seamlessly with speech-to-text and text-to-speech technologies. Originally created for people with motor disabilities and visual impairments, we all now enjoy access to a far safer hands-free navigation experience, thanks to this innovation.
  • The popular Segway has become international phenomenon. Again, the Segway was initially conceived as a reconversion of the gyroscope-based wheelchair, created by Dean Kamen. And now, it is used as a personal transport for commuters and tourists – even for law enforcement on patrol.
  • Eyegaze technology was developed to allow people with advanced motor disabilities navigate using just their eyes. More recently, though, marketers and software designers use Eyegaze to create the “heat maps” that track user attention on-line to better understand how people use their products.

Other examples of assistive technologies include voice-activation tools such as Alexa, Siri, and Google devices. Imagine how a simple innovation like your cell phone’s “vibrate mode” helps the deaf and hearing impaired.

Consider this: nearly 60% of the internet is written in English (source: Visual Capitalist, March 2021). Great news if you can read and speak the language. But if not, it means that 40% of the web is inaccessible – unless you’re fluent in multiple languages. Browser translators open the web to the rest of us, and in the process is shrinking our world.

Necessity may be the mother of invention; but an accessible design mindset converts those inventions into exciting new applications that serve us all.

The Scalability & Compatibility argument

Consumers discover accessibility’s presence (or absence) in their first engagement with the interface. And while user interaction may begin there, the many technical decisions that support a product’s features and functionality begin long before.

Accessibility is about the underlying strength of your digital product’s architecture, which sets the table for what and how you build – both now and later.

While many aspects of the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) provide technical accommodations for users’ disabilities, its construction is not alien to the basic protocols of all technologies. The WCAG’s accommodations leverage the infrastructure’s logic and the visual arrangement of information to meet technology protocols that are built by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C). The W3C, by the way, is the same international community that developed and maintains the WCAG. All new technologies are created based on these protocols.


NOTE: New technologies leverage the same infrastructure protocols as the WCAG. And product infrastructure that supports accessible design aligns with the accommodations initially conceived by W3C.


That’s one reason why an accessible product is also more easily scalable. If you believe as I do that digital tools are living, breathing assets, then you’ll recommend that your architects and developers apply the right coding standards at the outset. In this way, your digital product will be light years ahead in laying the necessary foundation not only to support today’s assistive technologies but also tomorrow’s innovations that have not yet been conceived.

When we create products and websites that protect accessibility, and when we respect WCAG and proper coding standards, we’re embedding legacy directly into them. Technologies evolve; and your code needs to enable and support that evolution.

Closing Argument

Protecting Digital Access: Balancing the Power and Responsibility

The adage, “With great power comes great responsibility” applies as much today as it did in ancient Greece.

As builders of digital products, we enjoy an immense privilege. We also bear considerable responsibility to our products. We are charged with creating digital realties for all – ourselves included – through the products we build. That’s the unspoken understanding, at least.

Perhaps it’s time to question this assumption and ask, “Are my practices including or excluding people?”

In spite of overwhelming evidence, disputes against digital accessibility persist. But as I have outlined in this blog series, they pale in the shadow of the arguments supporting this fundamental right.

As an Accessibility Professional and human rights activist, I find it difficult to explain or convince individuals, businesses, and government leaders why they should adopt accessibility without stating the “you should do your work without violating a basic Human Right” argument first and last.

I am also a person without permanent disability who was born into a world and a culture that ignores (inadvertently and otherwise) the fact that our daily decisions contribute sometimes to the exclusion of several groups. In fact, I recall the day I acquired this knowledge and realized that I would never perceive the world as I once did.

So, while there’s a strong business case to make for accessibility implementation, there’s a more powerful argument that as architects, developers, designers we must abide. In our role as product builders, as creators of the digital world, we are also protectors of human rights in it. Creating accessible products within accessible environments allows more diverse people with different kinds of disabilities and impairments to play an active role in inhabiting and building the digital world of the future.

In some small way, I hope this series helps you consider your own journey on a path to accessibility for all.


ACCESSIBILITY FOR ALL, BUILT FROM THE GROUND UP

ITX architects and developers build software from the ground up to ensure its functionality, accessibility, compliance, and security. 


Portrait Susana Pallero

Susana Pallero is a CPACC-certified Accessibility Solutions Specialist. She is also Subject Matter Expert at the International Association of Accessibility Professionals (IAAP) and Collaborating member of the Silver Task Force Community at the W3C. She applies accessibility principles to the most diverse environments and tasks.

The post Accessible Design Inspires Innovation for All appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
81 / Why Gamification Drives Human Behavior https://itx.com/podcast/81-why-gamification-drives-human-behavior/ Tue, 22 Mar 2022 11:26:40 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=8930 Gamification mechanics work because they motivate user audiences to participate, engage, and act. Yu-kai Chou, who began work in this space nearly 20 years ago, explains why the application of game technique is so much more than points, badges, and leaderboards. It extracts all the fundamental components in games and applies them to real-world and …

The post 81 / Why Gamification Drives Human Behavior appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Gamification mechanics work because they motivate user audiences to participate, engage, and act. Yu-kai Chou, who began work in this space nearly 20 years ago, explains why the application of game technique is so much more than points, badges, and leaderboards. It extracts all the fundamental components in games and applies them to real-world and business activities. 

In this episode, Yu-kai breaks down gamification into digestible pieces in a captivating conversation with Paul Gebel and guest host, ITX Senior Product Manager Zack Kane. Yu-Kai is the President of Octalysis Group and the creator of the Octalysis Framework, a human-focused gamification framework.

It’s all about motivation and engagement, Yu-kai says. “Gamification is making sure that what we build is not just something that works. It has to be something that motivates us to do things.”

Yu-kai Chou discusses explicit versus implicit gamification, as well as white hat and black hat design. Both are useful, he adds, but only when aligned to the product’s design, customer base, and the company’s goals.

Tune in to hear lots of examples that your team will find helpful, from Porsche to SEC compliance, to applying game technique principles in your product. Applying these principles will be sure to engage and delight your users.

The post 81 / Why Gamification Drives Human Behavior appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Gamification mechanics work because they motivate user audiences to participate, engage, and act. Yu-kai Chou, who began work in this space nearly 20 years ago, explains why the application of game technique is so much more than points, badges, Gamification pioneer Yu-kai Chou explains how gamification can motivate us to different activities that optimize our emotions and engagement. Yu-kai Chou 1 1 81 81 81 / Why Gamification Drives Human Behavior full false 29:50
The Business Case for Accessible Design https://itx.com/blog/the-business-case-for-accessible-design/ Thu, 17 Mar 2022 13:21:44 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=9101 In this second of our 3-part blog series on Digital Accessibility, we present the business case in favor of digital accessibility. In Part 1, we argued the moral imperative and studied the legal consequences for infringing this basic human right. Here, we argue in support of accessible design by examining the economic benefits for businesses in service to vast, underserved market segments.

Accessible Design Creates Market Opportunities
Doing the right thing brings its own reward. When we embed accessible design best practices into our software product development, we effect positive change in a world that desperately needs it.
Incorporating an accessibility mindset into the digital tools we build (to avoid the legal and financial risk of doing otherwise) is also a step in the right direction – even though it may not produce the same “feel good” moment inspired by the altruistic moral imperative.
Bringing software solutions to underserved markets not only yields trust, loyalty, and advocacy across broad swaths of our population; it also delivers immediate, significant, and enduring financial reward to the product builders.
Product managers and business leaders are forever seeking the next available market to serve; here’s 5 to choose from, and 5 more arguments for promoting accessible design.

The post The Business Case for Accessible Design appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In this second of our 3-part blog series on Digital Accessibility, we present the business case in favor of digital accessibility. In Part 1, we argued the moral imperative and studied the legal consequences for infringing this basic human right. Here, we argue in support of accessible design by examining the economic benefits for businesses in service to vast, underserved market segments..

Accessible Design Creates Market Opportunities

Doing the right thing brings its own reward. When we embed accessible design best practices into our software product development, we effect positive change in a world that desperately needs it.

Incorporating an accessibility mindset into the digital tools we build (to avoid the legal and financial risk of doing otherwise) is also a step in the right direction – even though it may not produce the same “feel good” moment inspired by the altruistic moral imperative.

Bringing software solutions to underserved markets not only yields trust, loyalty, and advocacy across broad swaths of our population; it also delivers immediate, significant, and enduring financial reward to the product builders.

Product managers and business leaders are forever seeking the next available market to serve; here’s 5 to choose from, and 5 more arguments for promoting accessible design.

Access to key market segments

The 1 Billion Users argument

What percentage of a 1 billion user market would impact your business’ bottom line?

That’s right. More than 1 billion people with disabilities around the globe have nearly zero access to digital products. This same population wields market power in excess of $490 billion. (source: WebAIM 2021)

Product builders generally make decisions to serve the largest portion of their audience. This inclusive design approach allows designers and developers to add features and functionality that serve the greatest number of users. It’s not only the wise approach from a market growth perspective. It’s the right approach in terms of granting people access to innovative and better solutions.

Because that’s what we do as product builders. When we envision a new digital product, we seek to solve identified challenges. Perhaps the biggest challenge of all is lack of access.

Inaccessible products are unusable products. Nonetheless, I hear counterarguments that typically go like this:

  • “‘People with disabilities’ is not our target market.”
  • “The size of markets represented by people with disabilities ‘doesn’t justify the investment.’”
  • “That ‘feature’ will be added to the roadmap in later releases.

Accessibility is not a feature. Accessibility is usability.

When we build people-centered products, we bring innovative solutions to complex problems. Digital solutions don’t ask whether their users have permanent, temporary, or situational disabilities. As we’ll see in part 3 of our series, the broad population of users benefit from the same solutions that were initially designed to benefit people with disabilities.

But an inclusive design mindset gets us only part of the way in tearing down these obstacles. Some user needs are more specific, more nuanced. In those cases, we also need to consider product decisions within the context of accessible design. Designing for accessibility shifts the task.

Instead of deciding which features to add, product builders can embed configuration settings directly into their products. This freedom allows users to choose for themselves how to interact in ways that address their specific, nuanced requirements.

User choice is the essence of accessible design.

The Pandemic / e-Commerce argument

The pandemic has unilaterally upended global culture in ways that no other event in our memory has. Its impact was immediate and life-altering. Shuddered in their homes to avoid personal contact, consumers flocked to an on-line environment to communicate, learn, shop, and work.

Less abrupt, but not without impact to e-commerce, was society’s more deliberate migration from a brick-and-mortar retail industry to remote shopping.

These circumstances exposed the online world’s general lack of accessibility, revealing the huge role it plays in product adoption. Accessible products (and those that worked to remediate the absence of accessibility over time) enjoyed a generous advantage as the pandemic unfolded, finding favor with broad market segments at an international level.

The products that failed the digital migration shake-out found themselves losing huge market share and on the wrong side of accessibility-related litigation.

The Older Adults argument

The United Nations predicts that 1 out of 6 people in the world will be over the age of 65 in 2050. In the U.S., that number jumps to 1 in 5. U.S. seniors (≥65 years of age) will outnumber children (≤18) by 2035.

As we age, we develop varying degrees of acquired disability; not surprisingly, the need for accessibility to accommodate acquired disabilities increases over time.

This may not represent a huge problem for our first generation of digital natives as they reach middle age; but it presents all sorts of challenges for “digital migrants.”

Embracing an aging consumer population will inure to the benefit of smart, successful, forward-thinking companies. And it will all but guarantee our own inclusion.

The Region argument

For example, some apps from the government contain information regarding Covid vaccines or certificates to circulate; they were often so “heavy” that we had to remove other apps just to download them. This, by the way, is an example of an environmental disability in which accessibility is limited because of a temporary change in the environment.

Requiring people to remove some apps to use another one is not the experience we envision during the product development process. And it may happen only in certain circumstances. But failing to consider the environment in which people engage with your product will no doubt result in people choosing other software solutions to perform the task they need.

Accessible code is more semantic code. It complies with other basic protocols that “reduces the weight” of your product and makes it more compatible with a broader type of devices. (See the scalability and compatibility argument, coming soon in part 3.)

Network infrastructure represents an additional blocker. We all know that adding images, graphics, and other visuals enhances the user experience. But if the network infrastructure is substandard, it may prevent you from even opening the image. We include alt text to provide necessary support to users who are blind or visually impaired; this is vital access to critical information that would otherwise be missed.

Finally, language presents another obstacle in getting your product to more users. It’s expensive to “localize” all your products; that is, make content available in various different languages. But if product builders apply the rules of plain language contain in the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG), that may help people with cognitive disabilities. In addition, automatic translation motors will be more precise.

Rules of plain language are spelled out in WCAG, which explains how to make web content and applications easier to read and understand for people with and without disabilities.

The Cost-Saving argument

A Forrester Research Economic Impact Study commissioned by Microsoft concluded that digital accessibility could contribute to cost savings when integrated into existing and ongoing development cycles.

Complex, code-heavy apps and platforms – particularly ones that undergo frequent code deployments – present huge opportunities for cost savings. By embedding accessible design into the product infrastructure at the start of the development process, product builders can reduce costs associated with downstream maintenance and refinements.

The study revealed that a robust accessibility strategy provided both tangible and intangible benefits to the workplace environment, including:

  • The same, cutting-edge technology solutions that support people with disabilities also helped the broader workforce.
  • Businesses that invest in and visibly support accessibility strategies enjoy greater workplace morale and employee satisfaction.
  • Technologies that support digital accessibility not only attract a greater audience of qualified candidates; they support employee retention.
  • Companies now celebrate savings in equipment costs, not having to replace employee devices as frequently.

Making the Business Case for Accessibility

In Part 1 of our Digital Accessibility blog series, I presented two arguments in support of accessible design: the Moral Imperative argument and the Legal argument.

Here, I make the business case for protecting this fundamental human right. Product people who acknowledge the 1 billion people with disabilities in our world – and serve their unique needs – will not only be doing the right thing; they’ll reap the benefits of the vast market opportunity before them.

Stay tuned for Part 3 of our series, where I address the future of accessible design – especially how architects and developers look beyond today’s current challenges to examine their products’ scalability and extensibility. By preparing for future expansion, we are able to realize the benefits of their vision and foresight. Products initially developed to serve people with disabilities are now used throughout our society.


LEVERAGE ACCESSIBLE DESIGN TO BOOST YOUR BOTTOM LINE

ITX is ready to partner with your team to expand the markets you serve. Learn more.


Portrait Susana Pallero

Susana Pallero is a CPACC-certified Accessibility Solutions Specialist. She is also Subject Matter Expert at the International Association of Accessibility Professionals (IAAP) and Collaborating member of the Silver Task Force Community at the W3C. She applies accessibility principles to the most diverse environments and tasks.

The post The Business Case for Accessible Design appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Digital Accessibility: Making the Case to Protect a Human Right https://itx.com/blog/digital-accessibility-making-the-case-to-protect-a-human-right/ Thu, 10 Mar 2022 13:01:03 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=8985 In this first of a 3-part blog series, learn why digital accessibility is usability, and consider the compelling case for protecting digital access as a fundamental human right. Opening statement In spite of overwhelming evidence, well-worn arguments against digital accessibility persist.Some suggest the risk of litigation is low, or that the size of markets represented …

The post Digital Accessibility: Making the Case to Protect a Human Right appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In this first of a 3-part blog series, learn why digital accessibility is usability, and consider the compelling case for protecting digital access as a fundamental human right.

Opening statement

In spite of overwhelming evidence, well-worn arguments against digital accessibility persist.
Some suggest the risk of litigation is low, or that the size of markets represented by people with disabilities “doesn’t justify the investment.” Others argue that they are not the “target of my product.” And even more offer the notion that this “feature” will be added to their roadmaps in later releases.

To me, accessibility is usability. It should not be mistaken for a “feature.”

Consider:

  • 15% of the world’s population lives with some form of disability. That’s ~ 1 billion people.
  • 51.4 million accessibility errors were detected among the top 1 million website home pages. That’s >51 per home page.
  • 62% of U.S. adults with any disability own a laptop/desktop computer compared to 81% with no disability.
  • In 2021, plaintiffs filed more than 4,000 ADA-based cases involving a website, mobile app, or video content. That’s more than 10 cases per day. (source: WebAIM 2021)

Access is about more than using an app to book a flight, order a pizza, or find a job. It’s about every human’s right to engage fully in 21st century society. Understanding the intersection of people and their environment. And witnessing how far we can go based on our unique abilities when our environment is not an impediment.

You’d think that, given the vital role that technology plays in delivering equity for all, support for digital accessibility would be unanimous. And yet it isn’t.

Even though each of us navigates our world with a host of permanent, temporary, or situational impairments, society continues to perpetuate practices that create life-limiting barriers. While the same barriers present no obstacle for some, they create significant challenges for others, including absolute exclusion.

In this 3-part blog series, I present 10 arguments that explain why accessibility is the smartest next step for your digital products. These arguments not only make the case that accessibility is an urgent and important matter, but they also represent 10 invitations to rethink our old ways, and 10 calls to action to change them.

So that is why I open this post with the first and most important argument: the moral imperative.

Strategic Context: The compelling case for change

The Moral Imperative argument.

When we think of digital access as a human, inalienable right, we take a big step toward understanding why it’s so important to protect. As a function of inclusive design, accessibility is the outcome we pursue when our empathetic mindset reminds us of our mission.

We’re not building products for technology’s sake.

We’re building products for a broad and diverse set of people whose lives we seek to improve.

If you are not actively including, you are excluding.”

Katherine Vargas
backend developer and accessibility activist who is blind

Somehow, we forget that all of us have impairments of one form or another; the person who can do everything does not exist.

Still, society fails to recognize people with disabilities despite efforts by this community to protect their human rights. Barriers that single them out render a large segment of our population largely “invisibilized.”

Regardless of whether the disability is permanent or episodic, or whether impairments are temporary or situational, they should not limit access to life’s amazing experiences. Nor should they deny fulfillment of most basic human needs: employment, education, health-related information and care, economic independence, etc. Disabilities are not impediments.

Impediments come from inaccessible environments that represent barriers for people with disabilities and impairments.

As a privileged generation who gets to build the digital world, we need to ask ourselves: will we repeat the errors and exclusions that exist in the physical world? Or will we commit to doing better?

The Legal argument

As with other human rights, accessibility is required by law in almost all countries in the world. Companies within their borders are learning the hard way that failure to comply with even the most fundamental principles of accessibility presents very real legal and financial risk.

ADA-based lawsuits have spiked 75% since 2018; in 2021, plaintiffs filed more than 4,000 cases involving a website, mobile app, or video content.

Civil litigation is hitting companies across a number of industries, from retail to hospitality to ecommerce. Complex websites, especially those that regularly release new code or utilize third-party vendors to do so, are easy targets. Especially if they haven’t deployed strong accessibility programs. (source: WebAIM 2021)

In many cases, the use of widgets, toolbars, overlays, and plug-ins – theoretically developed to enhance accessibility – actually exacerbate the problem. Not only do they not mitigate legal risk as they say they do, but instead of providing relief, they often serve as just another obstacle to website accessibility for persons with disabilities resulting in fully valid legal claims.

For example, overlays cannot add captions or transcripts to media. Sometimes they provide their own assistive technology, impeding a person’s right to use the ones they prefer. Overlays are unable to interpret context or add labels that would otherwise provide valuable information for screen reader users.

The Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) “prohibits discrimination against people with disabilities.” The Act is unequivocal; it tolerates no form of discrimination. It doesn’t define standards; the ADA is bigger than that. And that’s why you cannot comply simply by following a set of guidelines.

Digital equity is one among many rights guaranteed. Protecting that right is not only a moral imperative. It is a legal obligation as well.

The SEO Positioning argument

Google’s mission is “to organize the world’s information and make it universally accessible and useful.” Google likes websites that help them achieve their mission. Not only that, they reward sites whose content is structured in ways that help Google algorithms do their jobs in a better way.

Accessibility and SEO work together for the benefit of both. Accessible websites help users of all abilities by providing design features and intuitive user interfaces that generally provide a more delightful experience. And well-ordered sites drive more traffic by optimizing their search engine rankings and improving SEO positioning organically.

Content design professionals play an important role in maximizing the overlap between SEO and accessible design: well-crafted page titles, heading tags, sitemaps, anchor text, and alt text work to boost traffic and enhance the experience for all users.

The Public Sector argument

Like all businesses, governments in the U.S. and around the globe use technology to conduct business and communicate vital information to its vendors, suppliers, and customers. As such, they’re required to make sure that opportunities to participate are granted equally – including to people with disabilities.

So, if your organization aspires to do business with a government entity – or receives any benefit from the state, such as tax breaks or other program credits – it must comply with the regulations that oversee these interactions. Working with the federal government requires compliance with HHS policy section 508 (Compliance and Accessibility of Information and Communications Technology (ICT)).

In closing

If this were a typical legal proceeding, I would file a motion for summary judgment and look to dispose of this matter. But this is not a courtroom.

As an Accessibility Professional and human rights activist, I have found it difficult to convince individuals, businesses, and government leaders to adopt accessibility without reiterating with every argument that “digital access is a human right.” But again I must.

The right to digital access is real and undeniable. And we must protect it.

Stay tuned for the second of my 3-part series, presenting the market-driven business case for accessible design. Would you turn away a 1-billion-person market?


HOW TO MITIGATE YOUR LEGAL EXPOSURE

Accessibility and product inclusion are human problems that require human solutions. ITX accessibility consultants and technologists offer a range of services – from website audits to 1:1 consultation and remediation – that will help bring your apps and websites to a broader market segment.


Portrait Susana Pallero

Susana Pallero is a CPACC-certified Accessibility Solutions Specialist. She is also Subject Matter Expert at the International Association of Accessibility Professionals (IAAP) and Collaborating member of the Silver Task Force Community at the W3C. She applies accessibility principles to the most diverse environments and tasks.

The post Digital Accessibility: Making the Case to Protect a Human Right appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
80 / Lessons in Fearless Product Leadership https://itx.com/podcast/80-lessons-in-fearless-product-leadership/ Tue, 08 Mar 2022 14:08:35 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=8579 In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Ronke Majekodunmi, Senior Product Manager at PayPal, for an inside look at product leadership. Especially during tumultuous times, it’s the leader’s job to acknowledge the context that the team is working in and to support them both personally and professionally. This can be …

The post 80 / Lessons in Fearless Product Leadership appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Ronke Majekodunmi, Senior Product Manager at PayPal, for an inside look at product leadership. Especially during tumultuous times, it’s the leader’s job to acknowledge the context that the team is working in and to support them both personally and professionally. This can be done in big or small ways, and she shares several easy-to-apply examples.

Ronke Majekodunmi also points to imposter syndrome as another challenge of product leadership. What if my dev team doesn’t trust me? Am I good enough? What’ll happen if I screw this up?

Her advice is not to minimize the feelings or push them aside. But rather to embrace the vulnerability and work through it.

“To overcome this, I verbally acknowledge to myself and others, ‘I don’t have all the answers, but let’s go sort it out together,’” she said. “The scary thing is that’s actually become the secret to my success. Recognize you don’t know everything; then go out and learn as much as possible from your team.”

Listen in to catch Ronke’s insights about building trust on teams, and how making decisions “within the triangle” helps ensure that your team is working together toward a shared vision. At the end of the day, she says, “It’s everybody’s perspective that makes the product successful.”

The post 80 / Lessons in Fearless Product Leadership appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Ronke Majekodunmi, Senior Product Manager at PayPal, for an inside look at product leadership. Especially during tumultuous times, it’s the leader’s job to acknowledge the context t... Ronke Majekodunmi talks about imposter syndrome at all levels of product leadership, and offers sound advice to work through it. Ronke Majekodunmi 1 1 80 80 80 / Lessons in Fearless Product Leadership full false
ITX Corp. Names Burns Vice President of Global Talent https://itx.com/news/itx-corp-names-burns-vice-president-of-global-talent/ Thu, 24 Feb 2022 12:03:46 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=8906 ITX expands its bench of departmental leaders with experience from across the tech landscape

February 24, 2022 Rochester, NY – ITX Corp. is proud to announce the appointment of Collene M. Burns to the position of Vice President of Global Talent. Burns will leverage her 20 years of experience in human resources and operations to shepherd ITX’s culture and champion its continued commitment to its team as the firm grows.

The post ITX Corp. Names Burns Vice President of Global Talent appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
ITX expands its bench of departmental leaders with experience from across the tech landscape

February 24, 2022 Rochester, NY – ITX Corp. is proud to announce the appointment of Collene M. Burns to the position of Vice President of Global Talent. Burns will leverage her 20 years of experience in human resources and operations to shepherd ITX’s culture and champion its continued commitment to its team as the firm grows.

Burns joined the Global Talent organization as a human resources consultant in 2019 and was named acting Vice President of the group in late-2021. She brings a wealth of international human resources experience to the position, having held HR leadership roles at Microsoft and Aramark. Burns earned her master’s degree in business administration from the Simon Business School at the University of Rochester; her commitment to lifelong learning and entrepreneurial experience both align well with ITX’s values.

“Collene steps into this important role at a critical time,” said ITX CEO Ralph Dandrea. “I appreciate the experience and knowledge she brings to the company, and I look forward to watching her flourish as we continue our growth throughout 2022 and beyond.”

Burns assumes the role with a focus on continuing the expansion of the ITX workforce and adjusting her department’s approach to serve the needs of an evolving job market.

“ITX has an agile and committed Global Talent team, and I’m excited to work alongside them,” said Burns. “Together, we are adjusting the ways we recruit and retain great talent – from the tools we use to locate new members to the processes we use to ensure their onboarding journeys are smooth. We are also examining ITX’s career offerings and making sure they serve our existing team members as well as those seeking new opportunities.”

The demand for ITX’s expertise in software product development is accelerating as the economy emerges from the pandemic-driven recession. ITX remains committed to equipping its teams with highly qualified technologists and product specialists who align well with the company’s rich, mission-driven culture. Information about employment at ITX as well as postings reflecting dozens of new and open positions can be found at itx.com/careers.


About ITX Corp.

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies solve complex business challenges through product development, delivering software that builds trust, loyalty, and advocacy. Founded nearly 25 years ago, ITX has expanded beyond its roots in Rochester, NY into a team of hundreds of talented product professionals and technologists throughout the Americas and beyond. Visit itx.com for more.

Career inquiries: 585.899.4888

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing | 585.899.4895

The post ITX Corp. Names Burns Vice President of Global Talent appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
79 / Create Outcomes That Change Human Behavior https://itx.com/podcast/79-create-outcomes-that-change-human-behavior/ Tue, 22 Feb 2022 17:21:45 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=8584 Josh Seiden broke into product development from the designer’s perspective, crafting beautiful things he could be very proud of. Sometimes they worked; sometimes they didn’t change human behavior at all. “That deafening silence that comes when no users engage with your product is just a terrible feeling,” he says. So what we’re always trying to …

The post 79 / Create Outcomes That Change Human Behavior appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Josh Seiden broke into product development from the designer’s perspective, crafting beautiful things he could be very proud of. Sometimes they worked; sometimes they didn’t change human behavior at all. “That deafening silence that comes when no users engage with your product is just a terrible feeling,” he says. So what we’re always trying to do is generate the maximum outcome from the minimum output.

In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Josh presents a simple but thought-provoking framework, called The Logic Model. The framework introduces three important levels: outputs, outcomes, and impact. Outputs, Josh adds, are the stuff we make. Outcomes are what we get from having made the stuff. Impact is the change in user behavior that drives business results.

To change human behavior, Josh adds, product teams need to do three things: understand how their work aligns with the overall strategy; express that strategy in terms of outcomes – not outputs; and be aware of the big uncertainties that are out there. That requires discovery.

“Discovery may reduce your team’s delivery velocity,” Josh says. “But it also means your product development is more efficient. Prioritizing the things that create value…outcomes over outputs.

Tune in to catch the entire conversation with Josh Seiden.

The post 79 / Create Outcomes That Change Human Behavior appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Josh Seiden broke into product development from the designer’s perspective, crafting beautiful things he could be very proud of. Sometimes they worked; sometimes they didn’t change human behavior at all. “That deafening silence that comes when no users... Josh Seiden describes how incremental outputs drive outcomes that change human behavior, driving business results. Josh Seiden 1 1 79 79 79 / Create Outcomes That Change Human Behavior full false 22:13
Dos & Don’ts of Adobe ColdFusion Migration  https://itx.com/blog/dos-donts-of-adobe-coldfusion-migration/ Wed, 09 Feb 2022 19:18:03 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=7351 Adobe ColdFusion is a robust and reliable development platform for many businesses. However, that doesn’t mean you’ll stay on ColdFusion forever. Even if you’ve been using the platform for years, there are many reasons you might want to make the switch to a platform like NodeJS, Rails, or Java.   Perhaps you’re ready to scale …

The post Dos & Don’ts of Adobe ColdFusion Migration  appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Adobe ColdFusion is a robust and reliable development platform for many businesses. However, that doesn’t mean you’ll stay on ColdFusion forever. Even if you’ve been using the platform for years, there are many reasons you might want to make the switch to a platform like NodeJS, Rails, or Java.  

Perhaps you’re ready to scale up your application, or you may simply lack the resources to keep up with the software’s demands. Whatever the reason, there are several best practices to keep in mind for a successful ColdFusion migration.  

Here are the dos and don’ts of moving your application off ColdFusion.  

DO work with a professional ColdFusion developer.  

Migrating data off ColdFusion is a difficult process, especially if you’re using an older version of the platform. This is why partnering with a ColdFusion support professional is key.  

There are a number of challenges that could arise during migration, but let’s consider an example: 

Adobe built ColdFusion to be highly versatile. However, some old monolith systems may exist with all pieces sharing one database.  

This is unlike some modern, microservices-oriented applications, which are typically made of interconnected modules.  

Migrating a ColdFusion web application may involve breaking up this monolith without disrupting the app, and this is a delicate process that calls for experienced hands. 

Without a doubt, making the move without downtime requires a team of experts.  

While you may be tempted to perform the migration in house, working with a professional ColdFusion developer is always the best approach. These developers will analyze your existing application and create a migration roadmap with your software goals in mind. If something goes wrong, you’ll proceed with confidence with a built-in support team on your side.  

DON’T rush the migration.  

Your team may be eager to move to a new platform as soon as possible. However, it’s important to balance efficiency and effectiveness. Running ColdFusion migration without the proper precautions can lead to unplanned downtime, security concerns, and ultimately, an even longer migration process.  

When mistakes lead to downtime and a prolonged migration, businesses eat up both money and time trying to solve these issues.  

Remember, a ColdFusion development firm will create a step-by-step plan for your company and manage the entire project. The key is to transfer your application successfully, not necessarily quickly. 

DO plan out your data migration. 

Migrating ColdFusion to another platform means migrating your data as well. You need a robust mechanism to move data from one location to another – and this mechanism requires a detailed plan.  

With the right plan, you’ll also ensure that the data stays consistent during the migration. Think of this as “syncing the data.” You should have a consistent experience using the old and new platform, and the data shouldn’t look different. 

Work with a ColdFusion professional to create a detailed process and plan for any errors. This way, you ensure that your data stays consistent and ends up where it needs to be.  

DON’T write off ColdFusion entirely.  

It’s possible that your team is set on moving your web app to a new platform. But how do you know if that’s the right decision? Some businesses have discovered that updating ColdFusion or changing your practices may be a better option than ditching the software altogether.  

With the right support, ColdFusion can be a powerful platform that’s easy to read, write, and maintain. And if you’re running a large web application, you might be able to sidestep migration. A savvy ColdFusion development team will help you make the right decision. 

DO prioritize security.  

Insufficient of complete absence of web application security could prove dangerous for both your company and your customers, as malicious actors look for vulnerabilities in your website. Talk to your ColdFusion developer about which security measures you need to take before you start migrating your application.  

Encrypting data, storing passwords, and tightening access privileges are all steps you should take to minimize the risk of data loss. It’s also essential to have an airtight disaster recovery plan if there is a security breach.  

It’s no secret that ColdFusion migration is a complicated process. The experienced ColdFusion developers at ITX bring decades of knowledge to your project. We’re here to optimize your ColdFusion application and facilitate migration when you’re ready to switch platforms. Contact us today to discuss your project. 

Fernando D’Agostino is a Delivery Team Manager at ITX. He earned a degree in Information Systems Engineering from Universidad Tecnológica Nacional in Argentina. Fernando specializes in software architecture and data analysis, and his ColdFusion expertise translates to significant business value for ITX clients. 

The post Dos & Don’ts of Adobe ColdFusion Migration  appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
78 / Psychological Safety Inspires Innovation https://itx.com/podcast/78-psychological-safety-inspires-innovation/ Tue, 08 Feb 2022 13:57:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=7288 Psychological safety is the great enabler, says Dr. Timothy Clark, founder and CEO of LeaderFactor. In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Tim joins Sean to give us a behind-the-scenes look at his 4 Stages of Psychological Safety and explain why it’s the foundation of all high-performing teams. Product leaders are vital to building …

The post 78 / Psychological Safety Inspires Innovation appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Psychological safety is the great enabler, says Dr. Timothy Clark, founder and CEO of LeaderFactor. In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Tim joins Sean to give us a behind-the-scenes look at his 4 Stages of Psychological Safety and explain why it’s the foundation of all high-performing teams.

Product leaders are vital to building that foundation, he adds. When they model and reward “everyday acts of vulnerability,” they guide their teams from Stage 1 (it’s not expensive to be yourself) through Stage 4 (respectfully challenge the status quo). Imagine an environment where you’re free to direct your energies and intellect to solving complex problems — instead of whether your team members will criticize your every suggestion.

Acts of vulnerability include asking questions, challenging opinions, offering feedback, and even responding, “I don’t know” – perhaps the epitome of vulnerability. Teams that do this well are on the fast track to building psychological safety and celebrating the innovative creativity that is sure to follow.

Tune in to learn more from Timothy Clark, and follow along as he guides us through the 4 Stages. Listen carefully as he clearly defines a glossary of key terms we use regularly in our product space. By simplifying the complex, Tim provides actionable strategies from which we can all benefit.

The post 78 / Psychological Safety Inspires Innovation appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Psychological safety is the great enabler, says Dr. Timothy Clark, founder and CEO of LeaderFactor. In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Tim joins Sean to give us a behind-the-scenes look at his 4 Stages of Psychological Safety and explain ... Dr. Timothy Clark describes how rewarding "acts of vulnerability" supports psychological safety and inspires innovation for product teams. Timothy Clark 1 1 78 78 78 / Psychological Safety Inspires Innovation full false 28:35
5 Dysfunctions of Using Profit As Your Only North Star Metric https://itx.com/blog/5-dysfunctions-of-using-profit-as-your-only-north-star-metric/ Mon, 07 Feb 2022 21:06:20 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=24012 A Momentum-Based Mathematical
Tool To Assess Your Blindspots. The best teams, who perform with precision, purpose, and efficiency emanate vitality and optimism. These teams universally have great clarity of vision, intrinsic motivation, confidence in the competence of their team, and the proficiency that comes from their ability to execute well together. I call this combination of four leadership levers (vision, motivation, execution, and capabilities), The Momentum Framework. It is represented by a bounded four-quadrant model that represents an organization’s inputs, outputs on the horizontal, and its strategy and tactics on the vertical. When a team is firing on all four of these cylinders, pulling on all four of these levers, it manifests in clarity, creativity, adaptability, and proficiency (represented in the diagram by the orange arrows).

The post 5 Dysfunctions of Using Profit As Your Only North Star Metric appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>

In a capitalistic society, profit is the fuel that allows us organizations to sustain and thrive. It is the fuel that can be used to invest in better and stronger human relationships. When it is used to create more possibilities in the world through re-investment, it is a beautiful thing. We need profit, so that we have the freedom to invest in our long-term future, and without it, it is only a matter of time before we are written into the history books. However, when we choose to make a profit or an ROI (Return on Investment), our ultimate driving metric, as many leaders do, causes distortions in how the people in your ecosystem think, speak, and behave. We have to stamp out the mantras and leadership talk that worships profit, or ROI (Return On Investment) as the only north-star goal in business.

When we get the hierarchy of our goals and metrics clear for our teams, as a part of our vision, we are more likely to build environments where teams thrive as a result of their motivation and resiliency in the face of an ever-changing environment. It is a “yes, and” problem. We need to make a profit, and we need metrics that will create the space for and focus the intention and attention of the team so that creativity is sparked and progress is made toward these worthwhile goals.

There are many ways that overfocusing on profit leads to distortions in behavior. I’m going to explore five of the top reasons by analyzing them as polarities that demonstrate the need for both with clear dominance applied to the people-oriented, behavioral metrics. The 2suggestion here is that human behaviors can be measured and that goals that point us toward the purposeful development of human relationships should be at the top of our dominance hierarchy of goals. I call this “The Relationship Ladder” and propose some language for these goals around Trust, Loyalty, and Advocacy.

I will be referring to this diagram throughout the discussion:

1. Lagging vs. Leading Indicators of Success

The first observation is that profit is a lagging indicator. As far as metrics go in business, it is the ultimate lagging indicator. You do not get to see how much profit was actually earned until you have done all of the things required to earn it and keep it. At the end of everything else that had to be done to earn that profit, it is what it is. It is too late to do anything about it.

In our workshops, we ask leaders, so what is the most leading indicator of how much profit will be available to the organization in the future? Alternatively, what is the earliest signal that you get that you will be able to earn a future return? The first answers I almost universally get are “market demand,” “lead funnel,” “sales funnel,” or “our ability to deliver.” All are great answers and are definitely leading indicators for profit. But, I assert that there is something you might measure that is way earlier in your signal pipeline. You can shift your thinking further to the left if you consider that it is possible to measure human behaviors. If you could measure the ability of the organization to build and develop relationships with prospective customers, employees, and existing customers, through their behaviors, that would be the earliest indication of our impending ability to thrive and earn a healthy profit.

The most leading indicator for how much profit will be available to you in the future is the way in which the people in your spheres of influence are behaving today.


It gives you a healthy understanding of whether you would be able to earn more or less profit in the future, based on these trends. You’ll see in the diagram that I labeled the three stages of a relationship between an organization and the people it leads as Trust, Loyalty, and Advocacy. Imagine how much profit might be available if you were to figure out how to maximize the number of customers and employees who authentically trusted you, were loyal, and ultimately, acted as though they were advocates. If you see the number of advocates that your organization is able to produce on the rise, it is pretty easy to assume that you will be able to defend or even improve your future margins.

Again, we need profit, in order to invest in these relationships, but if we don’t put the relationships first in our long-run thinking, we will distort our behaviors for short-term profit-maximizing behaviors that might ultimately sink the ship.

2. Management vs. Leadership Metrics

We manage the numbers in our business so that we can optimize our tactics in the short term. The CEO of a successful manufacturing organization, in one of my leadership seminars, shared this reasoning with me and it stuck. We manage for predictability; it is what allows us to optimize for profit in the short term. It is important to pay close attention to our marketing funnel, our sales funnel, and our operational flow metrics, so that we improve predictability where we want it. But we need a check and balance on what is important to us in the long run.

We manage the numbers for predictability; we lead our people for possibility.


When creativity is needed, leadership is needed to foster the environment that spawns it. Again, we need to manage, in order to get a reasonable amount of predictability, but if we don’t lead by putting our relationship metrics ahead of our profit-oriented metrics, we run the risk of distorting our behaviors and missing out on the creative potential that exists in the people that we lead. Putting leadership metrics before management metrics helps us optimize our system for productive creativity.

3. Efficiency vs. Effectiveness Measures

To play on the language above, efficiency is what we get when we manage well. We need to constantly be on the lookout for the sources of waste in our environment so that we can optimize our profits for future investments. However, efficiency should not trump effectiveness. We are effective with people when we take the time to ensure that their experience is worthy of a long-term relationship. We will know we are effective when we see the behaviors that indicate Trust, Loyalty, and Advocacy. Only after we have proven that we are effective should we be working to tweak our efficiencies to improve our profits.

Be effective at building relationships with people; then be efficient with the numbers that optimize for profit.


4. Finite vs. Infinite Assessments

Finite operational metrics, allow us to see cause and effect in the short term so that we can assess what levers to pull to improve throughput, minimize waste or optimize profit. If we over-focus on any of these operational metrics, however, we run the risk of distorting the whole system.

Try this thought experiment: If we were to say, “Optimize for profit,” above all else, there are lots of nasty things we might do in our business to make that so. We might squeeze our employees for everything we could get out of them. We might purposefully nickel and dime our clients to squeeze out more revenue. We might mindlessly forego those accouterments that are creating advocates in the short term to lock down more short-term profits. There always has to be a loser in that game.

Using relationship-based, behavioral metrics creates a win-win environment for everyone in the game.

If we were to focus on the long game by optimizing for relationships, in the long run, you are playing an infinite game with no clear winners or losers. It turns out to be a win-win scenario over and over again. When you care about your customers and they are authentically advocating for you in return, they are often willing to pay more so that you maintain a healthy, reasonable margin. When there is mutual care, they have little interest in squeezing you for their personal benefit. The incentive, when you have behavioral-based, relationship metrics is actually to prolong the game, as your team is being intrinsically rewarded for doing good work and improving the world for the people they are serving.

In order to earn Trust, you have to be trustworthy. In order to earn Loyalty, you have to engage with your customers and be worthy of that loyalty. In order to earn Advocacy, you have to first be advocating for your customers by working that relationship.

5. Low-Quality vs. High-Quality Motivators

Lastly, the Self-Determination Theory has demonstrated the limitations of externally acting tools, like money on the creativity of people. In fact, one of the three human needs proven to create an environment of intrinsic motivation is called “relatedness.” Relatedness refers to the drive to be cared for and to care for others. Using metrics in your daily conversations that cause this “caring for” to be ever-present is what the social scientists refer to as a high-quality motivator. The difference between high-quality and low-quality motivation is determined by how stable the motivation is when the motivator is taken away.

Try this thought experiment:

Imagine what would happen if profit was your motivator. If it was built into your rituals, your conversations and provided the fabric for your discussions around success. Now imagine that the market changed, causing your business to lose money for a year. What would happen to your team’s motivation and your culture?

Now, flip the script and imagine what it would be like if relationships with your customers and with each other were key motivators for your team and the same market crash occurred. Your culture would be much more resilient and ready to take on challenges to take care of each other and “right the ship” so that profit became available again.

It should be clear by now that I am not advocating for the demonization of profit in any way. In fact, I am arguing for the opposite of that. A great company, operating as a work of performance art, optimizes for the relationships that it builds first and for its economic sustainability second. What results, in the long run, is a steady increase in profits that provide more opportunities for everyone in the future. It creates a win-win scenario for everyone in the ecosystem. Now, if you can’t earn a healthy profit while turning customers and employees into advocates, I assert that you are destined for the history books.

One last argument on this point: When was the last time anyone came to work with a spring in their step and said, “I cannot wait to make a profit for the owners of this company?” It doesn’t work that way. You will see distortions in behavior when leaders over-focus on profit which are generally ugly. You will get creativity from your team, but not the kind of creativity that you desire. When the leader says: “We need our primary focus to be on our bottom-line profitability,” the team responds in their mind: “I will get creative in figuring out how to extract as much of that profit for myself.”

What we want for our businesses, is to create environments where people are intrinsically motivated, looking for win-win scenarios, effectively building relationships, leading each other for possibility, and creatively pursuing long-term relationships that are highly profitable.

To get there, start by getting your metrics in proper order.

If you like this, clap, like, share widely, and reach out with some feedback. I promise to honor it. Also, check out this article on the dysfunctions of using surveys as your north star metric.

References

Inspiring Indicators of Performance, by Sean Flaherty (2018).

The Relationship Ladder, by Sean Flaherty (2016).

An Advocacy Strategy Is Nutrition For a Healthy Culture, by Sean Flaherty (2021).

Why We Do What We Do, by Ed Deci (1996).


Sean Flaherty is Executive Vice President of Innovation at ITX, where he leads a passionate group of product specialists and technologists to solve complex client challenges. Developer of The Momentum Framework, Sean is also a prolific writer and award-winning speaker discussing the subjects of empathy, innovation, and leadership. 

The post 5 Dysfunctions of Using Profit As Your Only North Star Metric appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
77 / Building Human Solutions for Human Problems https://itx.com/podcast/77-building-human-solutions-for-human-problems/ Tue, 25 Jan 2022 16:14:13 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=7264 We product leaders work to solve problems that are fundamentally human, explains Tatyana Mamut. They are by the people, with the people, and for the people. Applying a human-centered mindset is key to creating value for our customers and our teams. An anthropologist by training, Tatyana Mamut, Senior VP of New Products at Pendo, brings …

The post 77 / Building Human Solutions for Human Problems appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
We product leaders work to solve problems that are fundamentally human, explains Tatyana Mamut. They are by the people, with the people, and for the people. Applying a human-centered mindset is key to creating value for our customers and our teams.

An anthropologist by training, Tatyana Mamut, Senior VP of New Products at Pendo, brings her unique perspective to how product people work to understand and relate to the customers and their real-life experience. In addition to anthropology, Tatyana has experience in design, entrepreneurship, advertising, and product innovation.

“The key to building good products is understanding that customers are humans,” she explains. “They are not a market. They are not abstract. Customers are people.” When we solve problems for real people, they become evangelists for our product – every product person’s dream.

The human experience cannot be captured in a dashboard or PowerPoint presentation, she adds. Only when product leaders immerse ourselves into our customers’ real-life environment can we bring their “life-world” onto our teams.

Catch this entire episode of the Product Momentum Podcast to hear Tatyana describe the product leader’s number one challenge, and learn why sharing the broad context that only we have as product leaders is part of its solution.

The post 77 / Building Human Solutions for Human Problems appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
We product leaders work to solve problems that are fundamentally human, explains Tatyana Mamut. They are by the people, with the people, and for the people. Applying a human-centered mindset is key to creating value for our customers and our teams. Pendo's Tatyana Mamut explains why product leaders must adopt a human-centered mindset to truly appreciate their needs. Tatyana Mamut 1 1 77 77 77 / Building Human Solutions for Human Problems full false 27:46
76 / JTBD and the Benefits of Self-Disruption https://itx.com/podcast/76-jtbd-and-the-benefits-of-self-disruption/ Tue, 11 Jan 2022 08:31:02 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=7189 Jay Haynes, founder and CEO of thrv.com, guests on this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast. He and Paul discuss market disruption and the role Jobs-To-Be-Done plays in assessing the risks and optimizing the benefits. Jay learned all about the phenomenon of disruption from the late Clay Christensen; it’s what happens when market leaders become …

The post 76 / JTBD and the Benefits of Self-Disruption appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Jay Haynes, founder and CEO of thrv.com, guests on this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast. He and Paul discuss market disruption and the role Jobs-To-Be-Done plays in assessing the risks and optimizing the benefits. Jay learned all about the phenomenon of disruption from the late Clay Christensen; it’s what happens when market leaders become so focused on pleasing their most profitable customers that they overlook the needs of their other segments.

We product managers find it tempting to measure our progress based on what we want our products to do rather than on what customers want to get done. Just ask product leaders at Blackberry and Kodak. Resisting the temptation requires fortitude and takes a lot of work, Jay says. But it’s worth the investment.

“You have to change an organization’s culture that is product-focused into a culture that is customer-focused,” he adds. That’s a mental leap many are reluctant to take, as it calls for commitment to a vision and leadership to initiate and sustain the transformation. It takes time to realize that the risk of doing nothing is greater than the risk of self-disruption.

What type of risk analysis is required to move from the current state of your product to what it could be? Jay explains: “If it’s obvious your product could be better (and every product in the world could be better), you can then go and communicate, ‘We’ve got to avoid this risk.’”

Listen in as Jay Haynes explains how to get your organization’s self-disruption plan headed in the right direction and happening faster.

The post 76 / JTBD and the Benefits of Self-Disruption appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Jay Haynes, founder and CEO of thrv.com, guests on this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast. He and Paul discuss market disruption and the role Jobs-To-Be-Done plays in assessing the risks and optimizing the benefits. Jay Haynes, JTBD innovation thought leader, helps product managers mitigate risk and optimize market opportunities through self-disruption. Jay Haynes 1 1 76 76 76 / JTBD and the Benefits of Self-Disruption full false 27:58
Diagnosing Leadership https://itx.com/blog/diagnosing-leadership/ Fri, 07 Jan 2022 22:24:40 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=23906 A Momentum-Based Mathematical
Tool To Assess Your Blindspots. The best teams, who perform with precision, purpose, and efficiency emanate vitality and optimism. These teams universally have great clarity of vision, intrinsic motivation, confidence in the competence of their team, and the proficiency that comes from their ability to execute well together. I call this combination of four leadership levers (vision, motivation, execution, and capabilities), The Momentum Framework. It is represented by a bounded four-quadrant model that represents an organization’s inputs, outputs on the horizontal, and its strategy and tactics on the vertical. When a team is firing on all four of these cylinders, pulling on all four of these levers, it manifests in clarity, creativity, adaptability, and proficiency (represented in the diagram by the orange arrows).

The post Diagnosing Leadership appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
A Momentum-Based Mathematical Tool To Assess Your Blindspots

The best teams, who perform with precision, purpose, and efficiency emanate vitality and optimism. These teams universally have great clarity of vision, intrinsic motivation, confidence in the competence of their team, and the proficiency that comes from their ability to execute well together. I call this combination of four leadership levers (vision, motivation, execution, and capabilities), The Momentum Framework. It is represented by a bounded four-quadrant model that represents an organization’s inputs, outputs on the horizontal, and its strategy and tactics on the vertical. When a team is firing on all four of these cylinders, pulling on all four of these levers, it manifests in clarity, creativity, adaptability, and proficiency (represented in the diagram by the orange arrows).

Most teams eventually falter.

The infinite game of leadership involves the toil of figuring out which lever to pull on more purposefully to maximize momentum.

There is a finite set of things that lead to team failure. They fall into one of the four quadrants, identified above. The ability to diagnose signs of potential failure or drag early on can change the fate of a team and improve its outcomes dramatically. Later we will walk through what sources of friction teams experience when each of the four quadrants is deficient. But first, let’s walk through the math.

The formula for organizational momentum, in its most basic form goes back to the 4th or 5th century, BC and comes from The Art of War by Sun Tzu.

While I cannot find evidence of that quote in the writing, the book is crafted into two distinct sections, one on strategy and one on tactics. We can faithfully reproduce this with a simple equation using multiplication. If either component is zero, it will lead to zero momentum. If we increase either, it has a multiplicative effect on the other and increases momentum. It looks like this:

Now let’s break each term (Strategy x Tactics) into its component parts starting with the distinction of Strategy.

Strategy.

An organization’s strategy involves the combination of having a clearly articulated vision that unlocks human potential and having a highly motivated team that is signed up to achieve that vision. Sun Tzu talked about this in the Art of War.

If you don’t have a clear articulation of what future you are trying to create, how far can you get? If your team is not signed up to get after that vision, where are you going?

Tactics.

An organization’s tactics are represented by the combination of the capabilities that an organization has and its ability to deploy those resources to execute effectively.

How far can a team go without the right skills, tools, resources, and knowledge? Alternatively, how far will it go if it can’t use those skills to effectively prioritize, and create throughput that results in a return on investment?

Putting it all together, the formula looks like this:

Friction.

If any of the four components = zero, you would get zero momentum. Improving any of the four improves the momentum that results. When you see this math, it might give you the sinking sensation that, as a leader, this is an infinite game. When you improve any of the components, the momentum of the system rises, but only if you don’t have reductions in any of the other three. Thus, you need a way in which to monitor for symptoms in each of the four categories. Ideally, you could create a way to monitor for symptoms of vitality and improvement as well as symptoms of atrophy and dysfunction. When any of the four components are in a state of dysfunction, friction emerges and works against the team’s momentum. We want to monitor for the sources of friction and work to minimize or eliminate them.

Vision.

When the vision is strong, it manifests as clarity. The team has a clear understanding of who is being served, what problems are being solved, and how the team will know they are successful. A strong vision serves to unlock human potential. It paints a picture for the team of what the future will look like for the people that you serve. A strong vision provides the basis for the next part of the equation and leads to intrinsic, high-quality motivation.

However, even if a team is motivated, has strong capabilities, and knows how to prioritize their work with a roadmap for execution, they may experience confusion. When we lack clarity in our vision, it is difficult to remain aligned for long. Teams lose confidence in leadership and find themselves confused about their work. People will have a hard time tapping into their creativity if they don’t have clarity around whom they are serving and what problems they are solving. Markets change, consumer preferences change, pandemics happen that change the way your customers interact with your firm. A vision should not be so fixed that you feel as though you don’t have to monitor its health. There are many sources of friction that lead to confusion.

As a leader, monitor for confusion and work to maximize clarity.

Motivation.

When a team has high-quality, intrinsic motivation, it manifests in alignment, confidence, and commitment. A clear vision that a team assembles together, is a cause for alignment, a source for confidence, and an inspiration for commitment. If you find that your team is not motivated by the current vision, you have to ask yourself two questions:

  1. Do you have the wrong butts in the wrong seats? Not everyone is going to be as motivated by your vision as you. That’s OK. But if you have even one bad apple in the bunch, who is not aligned with the vision, you have much work to do. You may have to shuffle people around, but make sure that you have people on your bus who are motivated by the vision.
  2. Is the vision clear enough? I have seen many leaders who were unsuccessful because they were not able to articulate their vision in a way that was motivating to their team. Stop what you are doing, if this is the case, and get your team in a room to articulate your vision together. Make sure it is a worthwhile vision and that the team is aligned on it.

When everyone is aligned, decisions flow faster, conversations improve, and organizational collaboration is palpable. When everyone is confident in the vision and in each other, trust goes up and business gets done. When everyone is committed to the vision and to each other, they become a force to be reckoned with and creativity is abundant.

Even if the team has a clear vision, a healthy roadmap for execution, and the necessary skills, tools, and knowledge, they may experience apathy. Over long periods of time, this friction may manifest as burnout. People will have ups and downs in terms of their levels of motivation, but if you are not monitoring for it, it can fall off fast and have a terrible impact on morale.

As a leader, monitor for apathy and work to maximize the space for creativity.

Execution.

With a strong vision and a healthy amount of intrinsic motivation, we have a “One Team-One Dream” situation. You have a collection of people aligned, confident, and committed to a vision for making the world a better place through your organization’s products or services. This is incredibly powerful for a leader because the team does not need to be micro-managed. They can be trusted to make decisions at the ground level where they are most important and the team is equipped to handle them. It is very difficult, if not impossible, for leaders to create systems that allow people to objectively prioritize most things in the wild. Thus, setting up a clear vision and making sure the team is intrinsically motivated by that vision will empower great execution.

Teams that are executing well demonstrate proficiency that manifests as a great experience. A great experience, not only for customers but also for the team when they are in flow together. Over time, teams that optimize their execution also find ways to improve throughput, create stronger roadmaps, improve predictability, and reduce costs.

Even if the team has a clear vision, is highly motivated, and has the skills, tools, and knowledge to succeed, they may still experience waste. Teams that execute deficiently experience waste that manifests as a low-quality experience for customers and team members. Sometimes, it results in a lack of throughput for the organization. Team members will be scrambling to clean up messes and dealing with inefficiencies. These are the frictions that reduce their ability to be in flow in their work.

As a leader, monitor for waste and work to maximize the time teams spend in flow.

Capabilities.

When your teams are operating in “One-Team-One-Dream” mode and they have a clear roadmap for execution and their capabilities are strong, they are set up for success. Leaders cannot sit on their current competence levels for long, however, as markets change, customer needs change, and most importantly, people get bored when they are not learning. Leaders keep a healthy focus on maximizing capabilities and hold their teams accountable to an ongoing standard for learning. They set themselves up to adapt to the environmental changes that are inevitable. Adaptability comes from preparedness and training. Ask the Navy SEALS.

Teams that have strong capabilities are growing continuously by improving their knowledge, skills, and access to resources at the individual, team, and organizational levels. They are intrinsically motivated to go learn the next most important skills that will be required to achieve the vision. In the best cases, they will learn them before they need them.

Even if the team is in “One Team-One Dream” mode and they can see the yellow brick road through their robust and executable roadmap, they will become frustrated in leadership without the right butts in the right seats. Without the proper skills, knowledge (or access to knowledge), your team will lack the competence to accomplish at a rate that will keep them satisfied. Without the proper tools to complete a task, the team will become anxious and lose confidence. The lack of ability and/or resources simply creates friction that leads to frustration on a team.

Monitor for Frustration and work to maximize the ongoing growth of your team and your teammates.

Maximization.

Few teams have ever fully maximized their potential for momentum. Working to maximize each of the components in the momentum framework is the infinite game of leadership. It’s like a game of “Whack-a-Mole” in that you are never done, and one of the four quadrants is always in the most need of your attention.

After working for three decades with hundreds of teams and many CEO’s, military, and government leaders, I have seen all kinds of permutations of friction slowing down team progress. Without a framework like this, leaders are constantly whacking at whatever problems seem most urgent today. It pays to look at your ecosystem through the lens of a framework so that you can organize your thoughts and apply your precious attention and intellect in a meaningful and thoughtful manner. Teach your teams to do the same.

If you like this, please clap, share widely and most importantly, give me some love through your feedback. It is the only way I get to keep learning and growing.

Resources and References

Great Leadership, Strategy, and Tactics, by Sean Flaherty (2021).

The Art of War, by Sun Tzu (4th or 5th Century BC).

Great Visions Unlock Human Potential, by Sean Flaherty (2019).

An Advocacy Strategy is Nutrition for Your Culture, by Sean Flaherty (2021).

The Leadership Flip, by Sean Flaherty (2020).

How, When, and Why Bad Apples Spoil the Barrel, by William Felps (2016).

Objective Prioritization is Impossible, by Sean Flaherty (2020).

Optimize for Team Flow, by Sean Flaherty (2021).

What Navy SEALS can teach us about adaptability, by Brent Gleeson (2019).

Is Your Strategy a Word Salad, by Sean Flaherty (2021)

The multiplication diagram is visually based on the “The Knoster Model,” T Knoster, Presentation to TASH Conference, Washington DC, 1991.


Sean Flaherty is Executive Vice President of Innovation at ITX, where he leads a passionate group of product specialists and technologists to solve complex client challenges. Developer of The Momentum Framework, Sean is also a prolific writer and award-winning speaker discussing the subjects of empathy, innovation, and leadership. 

The post Diagnosing Leadership appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
5 Signs You Need ColdFusion Support  https://itx.com/blog/5-signs-you-need-coldfusion-support/ Mon, 03 Jan 2022 19:51:19 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=7135 When it comes to maintaining robust web applications, Adobe ColdFusion is a tried-and-true development platform. However, general ColdFusion adoption is in decline, and Adobe is retiring old versions of the software. In 2022, successfully running ColdFusion web applications requires more external support than ever. If you’re developing, managing, and troubleshooting your web applications in house, you could be overlooking some serious …

The post 5 Signs You Need ColdFusion Support  appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
When it comes to maintaining robust web applications, Adobe ColdFusion is a tried-and-true development platform. However, general ColdFusion adoption is in decline, and Adobe is retiring old versions of the software. In 2022, successfully running ColdFusion web applications requires more external support than ever.

If you’re developing, managing, and troubleshooting your web applications in house, you could be overlooking some serious issues. Downtime, security concerns, and usability problems are just some of the symptoms of an under- supported web application.  

Fortunately, this doesn’t have to be the case.  

The ColdFusion support professionals at ITX will help you manage a quality web application, so you can reach your business goals. We understand the ColdFusion ecosystem, as well as how to unlock the platform’s full potential.  

Here are some key signs that it’s time to call in ColdFusion support services.

You’re Using an Outdated Version of ColdFusion 

Haven’t upgraded in a while? Your web application may be running well enough, but you could be overlooking vulnerabilities on your site. Remember, Adobe improves the security and usability of their programs with every release. Outdated software makes your site an easier target for ransomware and other attacks, while also dragging down your application’s user experience.   

While upgrading the program is essential to security, you also need to pay attention to unplanned releases. Adobe released an emergency update in March 2021, patching security gaps that made it easier for cyber criminals to upload arbitrary code. Overlooking updates like this could be catastrophic for your business.  

The reality is that Adobe software updates often fall through the cracks. General operations and more pressing issues simply take precedence.  

The trick to checking maintenance off your list? Enlisting consistent ColdFusion support.  

An expert will ensure that you’re using the latest software release and running all essential updates, so you can focus on your firm’s next big strategic initiative.  

You’re Building a New Web Application 

Creating a quality app and positive user experience requires in-depth knowledge. But it’s not 2011 anymore, and experienced ColdFusion developers are hard to come by.  

If you’re committed to building a competitive ColdFusion web app, professional support is a must. Connect with a ColdFusion developer as early as possible to perfect your design and ensure a smoother rollout.  

You’re Experiencing App Inefficiencies 

Web applications should accelerate your business, not slow it down. Unfortunately, inadequate coding knowledge and the challenges that come with constant upkeep make your ColdFusion apps less efficient than they could be.  

The cause of these inefficiencies? Poor configuration, incorrect indexes, and caching issues are just some common culprits. When facing these issues, your business doesn’t have time for a misdirected troubleshoot. 

Working with an experienced ColdFusion developer takes the guesswork out of creating a more efficient web application. This professional will diagnose the problem, make the fix, and outline steps for future maintenance.  

You’re Ready to Migrate to Another Platform 

While ColdFusion is a reliable option for web application development, this platform is declining in popularity. The cost of upgrades and allure of more modern platforms are simply drawing firms away from Adobe’s software.  

If your business is keen to migrate your web application to another development platform, you’re not alone. However, this process is far from simple. Re-platforming a ColdFusion application requires significant resources that are often in short supply: time, money, and expertise. 

Those eager to jump platforms should hire a ColdFusion support team from the start. Much like how a graceful leap is more energy efficient than a death-defying scrabble up from the ledge, having support available early and often will save you money, time, and effort.  

ColdFusion developers, like those at ITX, will help you choose your next program, ensure an efficient migration, and mitigate security risks through every stage.  

You’ve Never Consulted a Professional for ColdFusion Support 

It’s possible that you’ve managed your ColdFusion applications in-house for years without incident. But what are you missing? There may be errors and vulnerabilities lurking under the surface, even if your web apps appear to be working well.  

A ColdFusion pro will ensure that your software is secure, up to date, and running as smoothly as possible. Even just a cursory glance from fresh, attuned eyes could spot something critical that you’ve overlooked. 

Now is the time to future proof your ColdFusion programs by seeking expert support. The development team at ITX has more than 25 years of ColdFusion experience. As a leading software and web development company, we provide ColdFusion development, modernization, and migration solutions for our industry-leading clients. 

Contact us today to discuss your ColdFusion needs. 

The post 5 Signs You Need ColdFusion Support  appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
75 / Relatedness: The Catalyst for Care and Creativity https://itx.com/podcast/75-relatedness-catalyst-for-care-and-creativity/ Tue, 28 Dec 2021 08:20:48 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=7171 In this final episode of our 3-part series on Self-Determination Theory, Scott Rigby, Ph.D. discusses Relatedness – “the experience of belonging or connection between people.” As product leaders, we feel the power of that connection when a customer says, “Wow, it’s like the people who designed this app were thinking about me when they built …

The post 75 / Relatedness: The Catalyst for Care and Creativity appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In this final episode of our 3-part series on Self-Determination Theory, Scott Rigby, Ph.D. discusses Relatedness – “the experience of belonging or connection between people.” As product leaders, we feel the power of that connection when a customer says, “Wow, it’s like the people who designed this app were thinking about me when they built it.”

Scott ties the three episodes together here, describing what happens when the fundamental human needs of autonomy, competence, and relatedness are simultaneously met. Quite literally, we create a psychologically safe environment where the art of caring abounds. And where the needs of the business are tended to as well.

“I understand we all have business objectives,” Scott cautions, “and that there’s a fundamental nature to how businesses and employees interact.” The good news, he adds, is that one does not stand in opposition to the other.

“The key is to demonstrate care for employees and customers for their own sake, not so we can get more out of them,” Scott offers. “As a customer or employee, we’re blown away when a person or a company has put our needs ahead of their own.” We feel the connection; it’s like we belong.

Listen in to hear more from Scott about strategies to build relatedness on your teams, how emotional metrics can be measured, and more.

Liked this episode? Check out the first two from the series with Scott Rigby on Autonomy and Competence.

The post 75 / Relatedness: The Catalyst for Care and Creativity appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In this final episode of our 3-part series on Self-Determination Theory, Scott Rigby, Ph.D. discusses Relatedness – “the experience of belonging or connection between people.” As product leaders, we feel the power of that connection when a customer say... Scott Rigby, Ph.D. discusses our need for Relatedness; when met, product leaders create a catalyst for team members' caring and innovation. Scott Rigby 1 1 75 75 75 / Relatedness: The Catalyst for Care and Creativity full false 20:39
Optimize for Team Flow To Spark Creativity https://itx.com/blog/optimize-for-team-flow-to-spark-creativity/ Thu, 23 Dec 2021 21:04:43 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=23801 Authentic, self-determined loyalty only occurs after hard-earned, authentic trust is well established. This is true for interpersonal relationships just as it is for the relationships between customers and firms or between employees and firms. Trust is always a fundamental prerequisite to loyalty. If you are serious about earning sustainable and authentic loyalty, you must have established an authentic and thorough foundation of trust.

Once you have gained trust, the next natural step in your customer relationships is loyalty. The “buy 12 cups of coffee and get the 13th cup free” type of loyalty behaviors some companies use to bribe through discounts or freebies are not sustainable. You have to keep giving the discounts to continue to get the behaviors. The type of blind loyalty demanded by drug warlords or mafia boss “leaders” who use fear, manipulation or outright bribery is generally feigned as well. When a more powerful, more frightening or higher paying leader comes along, loyalty is quickly questioned.

The post Optimize for Team Flow To Spark Creativity appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Teams that grow together, flow together

When a team is in “flow,” they are happier, more satisfied with their work, and innovations abound. The innovations that result are not always where you would expect them. Sometimes, they are small and they result in improvements in efficiency or even the overall happiness of the team. Those small innovations matter, as they add up.

Teams that are not in flow are often apathetic. They may follow the process, collaborate in prescribed ways, and execute with precision, but not much creativity results. They create predictable results. Maybe that sounds like a good thing, but, over time, these teams always seem to burn out. Teams that consistently produce superior long-term results are those that push on their boundaries in creative ways and innovate regularly.

There is a distinct relationship between innovation and the amount of time that teams spend in flow.

How might we, as leaders, maximize team flow? There are many ways, but I do believe there are some quick win ways purposeful spark more flow. Here is a listicle for you with some links for further reading:

  • Increase the team’s focus by communicating and measuring meaningful goals like trustloyalty, & advocacy. Having goals that inspire your team and demonstrate that their work is improving the lives of those impacted by their work will make everything better.
  • Improve the team’s ability to independently prioritize, in the wild, by clearly articulating your vision and the dominance hierarchies in your ecosystem. When teams are aligned on who they are serving and on what problems they are solving, they become more agile, they learn faster, and they will naturally feel more empowered to make more decisions.
  • Monitor for motivation, by observing for “alignment, confidence, and commitment.” When you see apathy, resistance or burnout, ask questions and act quickly. Motivation is critical for flow. Understanding how high-quality, intrinsic motivation works is a critical skill for leaders.
  • Build a culture that distinguishes “flow” and makes it a priority. The words you use to lead, matter. Set an example by talking about it, celebrating it, working into the stories that are told about your work. Make it a value.
  • Make sure your people are growing by understanding and gaining a shared commitment to growth. Teams that grow together are much more effective and motivated. Teams, and most people, fall into apathy with their work when they are no longer growing. If you want motivated and creative teams, make learning and growth a priority.
  • Build systems that optimize flow time and minimize wasted human cycles and interruptions. Minimize recurring meetings and waste wherever possible. Prioritize creative time. Carve out time for workshops and group flow. Make space for divergent thinking.

It is hard work to produce things that didn’t exist before. Leadership is about tapping into the creativity of the people around you to create a better future.


Sean Flaherty is Executive Vice President of Innovation at ITX, where he leads a passionate group of product specialists and technologists to solve complex client challenges. Developer of The Momentum Framework, Sean is also a prolific writer and award-winning speaker discussing the subjects of empathy, innovation, and leadership. 

The post Optimize for Team Flow To Spark Creativity appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Roets Named Principal Software Engineer as ITX Corp. Continues Growth https://itx.com/news/roets-named-principal-software-engineer-as-itx-corp-continues-growth/ Tue, 21 Dec 2021 16:26:30 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=7129 December 21, 2021, Rochester, NY – ITX is proud to announce the promotion of John Roets to the newly established role of Principal Software Engineer. In this role, John will be responsible for the practice of software product development. He will oversee the ongoing adoption of architecture and development techniques that ensure quality, consistency, and performance in every line of code ITX writes. John joined the company 10 years ago, most recently serving as Senior Solution Architect.

The post Roets Named Principal Software Engineer as ITX Corp. Continues Growth appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
New role charged with ensuring ITX’s software product development practice continues to adapt rapidly as the technology ecosystem evolves

December 21, 2021, Rochester, NYITX is proud to announce the promotion of John Roets to the newly established role of Principal Software Engineer. In this role, John will be responsible for the practice of software product development. He will oversee the ongoing adoption of architecture and development techniques that ensure quality, consistency, and performance in every line of code ITX writes. John joined the company 10 years ago, most recently serving as Senior Solution Architect. 

As ITX has grown into a top tech company to work with and for, so has its breadth of capability as the organization continues to deliver more complex and varied solutions. This growth has created an opportunity to dedicate a person to enhancing the software engineering practice.  With John’s reputation as an expert across the scope of the technical and non-technical aspects of software development, and his passion for helping people organize and collaborate to create better products, this “full scope” skill set leaves him uniquely qualified for this new role at ITX.

“I have had the pleasure of working with John for the past decade.” Said Mike Lesher, ITX Director of Architecture. “Over this time, I have witnessed John develop into a trusted advisor to our clients, and I have observed ITX grow tenfold. It is perfectly clear to me that, as ITX looks to the future, John is the right person to help us reach the next level.” 

“My goal is to ‘Do software right.’ In the big picture, software products don’t fail in the market because of a lack of technical talent or because they were delivered late or over budget. Those things are important, but the fact is that most software products fail because the wrong thing was built,” said Roets. “Software engineering should be as much about building the right thing as it is about building the thing right.” 

John’s expertise in this role further solidifies ITX as a world-class software development organization. ITX will continue to strategically grow the company through internal promotion & professional development and recruitment in 2022 to support the increase in new and existing customer work. There are nearly 20 open remote-friendly positions actively available on itx.com/careers.


About ITX Corp. ITX helps mid- to large-size companies solve complex business challenges through custom software development. Recently named Rochester’s 2021 Top Technology Workplace by TechRochester and founded in 1997, the company’s 250+ designers and technologists apply time-tested methodologies to help smart companies across industries build trust, loyalty, and advocacy with their customers. Visit itx.com for more.

The post Roets Named Principal Software Engineer as ITX Corp. Continues Growth appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
74 / Crafting A Product Vision Begins With ‘Scaling Trust’ https://itx.com/podcast/74-crafting-product-vision-begins-with-scaling-trust/ Tue, 14 Dec 2021 10:53:31 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=7015 Among the many lessons Shopify’s Mamuna Oladipo has learned in her career is that communicating a product vision isn’t a “one-and-done” exercise. Working with such diverse audiences requires product leaders to create a narrative around the vision and communicate it multiple times, in different ways. Not everyone, she explains, digests information in the same way …

The post 74 / Crafting A Product Vision Begins With ‘Scaling Trust’ appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Among the many lessons Shopify’s Mamuna Oladipo has learned in her career is that communicating a product vision isn’t a “one-and-done” exercise. Working with such diverse audiences requires product leaders to create a narrative around the vision and communicate it multiple times, in different ways. Not everyone, she explains, digests information in the same way or at the same pace.

In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Mamuna Oladipo joins Sean and Paul to share her vast experience leading product teams across a broad range of industries. Currently VP of Product at Shopify, Mamuna’s experience includes service at Kickstarter, SeamlessDocs, and The Orchard, a division of Sony Music.

“A product leader’s view of the world is a lot better than their teammates’,” she says. “They can’t always see what we see. So our job is to help them get up there as efficiently as possible. We do that by ‘scaling trust’,” which is a sort of shorthand for deepening team cohesion, understanding customers’ needs, and thinking holistically about our product. It’s a significant investment, Mamuna adds, but it’s critical to communicating product vision and delivering value to your users.

Check out our pod conversation with Mamuna, and catch more of her insights –

  • Product work is people work. Spend time with the people who use your product and who build your product.
  • Change is going to happen. Learn to embrace it so you can minimize its impact on your team.
  • Words matter. Adapt your vocabulary – and your approach – to communicate the product narrative to diverse audiences.

The post 74 / Crafting A Product Vision Begins With ‘Scaling Trust’ appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Among the many lessons Shopify’s Mamuna Oladipo has learned in her career is that communicating a product vision isn’t a “one-and-done” exercise. Working with such diverse audiences requires product leaders to create a narrative around the vision and c... Shopify's Mamuna Oladipo explains how scaling trust builds the cohesive understanding teams need to create a winning product vision. Mamuna Oladipo 1 1 74 74 74 / Crafting A Product Vision Begins With 'Scaling Trust' full false 26:45
ITX Corp Named Recipient of 2021 ETHIE Award https://itx.com/news/itx-corp-named-recipient-of-2021-ethie-award/ Thu, 09 Dec 2021 19:04:55 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=6993 December 9, 2021 Rochester, NY — ITX Corp., a leading producer of custom software products headquartered in Rochester, NY, announced today that it has been named a Recipient of Elevate Rochester’s 2021 ETHIE Award. The ETHIE, sponsored by Elevate Rochester, recognizes organizations in the Rochester region that exemplify high standards of ethical behavior in their everyday operations, particularly in response to heightened challenges and crises. The ETHIE is widely considered among the region’s premier awards.

The post ITX Corp Named Recipient of 2021 ETHIE Award appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>

Celebrating Rochester-Area Businesses that Exemplify High Standards of Ethical Behavior

December 9, 2021 Rochester, NY — ITX Corp., a leading producer of custom software products headquartered in Rochester, NY, announced today that it has been named a Recipient of Elevate Rochester’s 2021 ETHIE Award. The ETHIE, sponsored by Elevate Rochester, recognizes organizations in the Rochester region that exemplify high standards of ethical behavior in their everyday operations, particularly in response to heightened challenges and crises. The ETHIE is widely considered among the region’s premier awards.

ITX followed a rigorous screening and review process that included a comprehensive, 13-point application and rounds of interviews with key leaders, mid-level managers, and individual contributors. The list of recipients includes other prominent Rochester-area companies: ESL Federal Credit Union, Regional Transit Service (RTS), and Excellus BC/BS.

“After careful consideration of all the applicants, we congratulate ITX on being a recipient of the 2021 ETHIE,” Bob Whipple, Chairman of the Board at Elevate Rochester said. “We are delighted to have companies in the Rochester region dedicated to building and fostering ethical and inclusive cultures. ITX is a prototypical example of the kind of business Elevate Rochester hopes to shine a spotlight on through the ETHIE Awards process.”

“We’re deeply honored to be a recipient of the 2021 ETHIE Award,” said ITX CEO Ralph Dandrea. “I accept this prestigious recognition on behalf of the extraordinary team we have at ITX. I’d also like to extend sincere congratulations to the other finalists and recipients. To be considered for the award that celebrates ethical business practices and behaviors speaks highly of the leaders and people who make those organizations great.”

Elevate Rochester’s selection committee cited the values-driven belief system behind ITX’s ethical excellence, and referenced the company’s unique mission – to build software that helps clients move, touch, and inspire the world – that is quite clearly supported by their client-focused, employee-first philosophy.

“For nearly 25 years, ITX has been guided by our core company values,” said ITX President Fred Beer. “But those values can only provide the scaffolding. It’s our team, dedicated to delivering valuable business outcomes without diverging from who we are committed to being, that makes ITX great.”


About ITX Corp. ITX helps mid- to large-size companies solve complex business challenges through custom software development. Founded in 1997, the company’s 250+ designers and technologists apply time-tested methodologies to help smart companies across industries build trust, loyalty, and advocacy with their customers. Visit itx.com for more.

The post ITX Corp Named Recipient of 2021 ETHIE Award appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Teams That Grow Together, Flow Together https://itx.com/blog/teams-that-grow-together-flow-together/ Wed, 08 Dec 2021 19:40:52 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=23880 One of the greatest teams I ever worked with delivered some amazing, impactful software for a small scrappy startup. We were building something amazing for the world and we knew it. Some of the technologies we worked with were cutting edge. Very few people in the world, at the time, had experience with some of these technologies and documentation was scarce. Our team had to figure a lot of things out and many mistakes were made. Additionally, when we started, we were working in a domain that we knew nothing about. We had to acquire both a tremendous amount of domain knowledge and the requisite technical skills in order to succeed together. The team had many ups and downs and overcame some incredible challenges. In the end, the company was successfully acquired by a multi-national, multi-billion dollar enterprise and their services were incorporated into their offerings.

The team learned at an incredible rate and was able to accomplish what felt like super-human things that none of us could have possibly accomplished on our own. If you have had this type of experience in your career, you know what a feeling it is to be a part of a team like this. It is amazing. Looking back, you will reflect on these experiences as the best working experiences of your life. Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi calls these peak experiences for individuals “flow.” This concept of flow extends to high-performing teams. When a team of competent people “flow” together, creativity emerges and they thrive.

Your teams want to produce great things together. They want to build things that will change the world. Change that is worthwhile requires the coordination of many competent minds, communicating and cooperating at scale. Most teams that accomplish worthwhile things, however, don’t start out with all the knowledge required to succeed — they have to figure out how to get it. When equipped with a motivating, worthwhile vision and some initial skills and knowledge, teams learn together and innovate and deliver amazing things. The more they learn, the more they realize how much knowledge is out there that they will never know, but this shared quest is a powerful, creative force for change.

When you have the right people on your team, those who care deeply about solving the problems you intend to solve, they will crave the kind of work environment that pushes the limits of their creativity.

The post Teams That Grow Together, Flow Together appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Optimizing for your team’s peak performance 

One of the greatest teams I ever worked with delivered some amazing, impactful software for a small scrappy startup. We were building something amazing for the world and we knew it. Some of the technologies we worked with were cutting edge. Very few people in the world, at the time, had experience with some of these technologies and documentation was scarce. Our team had to figure a lot of things out and many mistakes were made. Additionally, when we started, we were working in a domain that we knew nothing about. We had to acquire both a tremendous amount of domain knowledge and the requisite technical skills in order to succeed together. The team had many ups and downs and overcame some incredible challenges. In the end, the company was successfully acquired by a multi-national, multi-billion dollar enterprise and their services were incorporated into their offerings.

The team learned at an incredible rate and was able to accomplish what felt like super-human things that none of us could have possibly accomplished on our own. If you have had this type of experience in your career, you know what a feeling it is to be a part of a team like this. It is amazing. Looking back, you will reflect on these experiences as the best working experiences of your life. Mihaly Csikszentmihalyi calls these peak experiences for individuals “flow.” This concept of flow extends to high-performing teams. When a team of competent people “flow” together, creativity emerges and they thrive.

Your teams want to produce great things together. They want to build things that will change the world. Change that is worthwhile requires the coordination of many competent minds, communicating and cooperating at scale. Most teams that accomplish worthwhile things, however, don’t start out with all the knowledge required to succeed — they have to figure out how to get it. When equipped with a motivating, worthwhile vision and some initial skills and knowledge, teams learn together and innovate and deliver amazing things. The more they learn, the more they realize how much knowledge is out there that they will never know, but this shared quest is a powerful, creative force for change.

When you have the right people on your team, those who care deeply about solving the problems you intend to solve, they will crave the kind of work environment that pushes the limits of their creativity.

Everyone has a place to grow on sustainable, successful teams. This is a pattern that I have seen, over and over again. In this environment, the leaders and the team members have regular, clear conversations about growth paths, goals, and progress. Each team member, on a hyper-successful team, has a personal growth vision that balances their personal career and desires, their team’s needs, and the needs of their organization. They are also held accountable for their growth at a pace that they generally set with their leaders. On the highest performing teams, the conversations are open and energetic. I’ve found that this leads to the team members holding each other accountable and even holding their leaders accountable for their growth as well. It is harder than it sounds, however, as it assumes that the people on your team authentically care about the domain they are working in. If your teammates are not advocates of the work they are doing, there is a misalignment that can be uncomfortable. In the long run, this is unsustainable as it will have a deleterious impact on their motivation at work, and apathy or burnout will result, which often bleeds into the culture of the rest of the team.

Some teams are led without any consideration, much less accountability, for growth and learning. This is acceptable in an environment where predictability is a key measure of success, but in any environment that values progress, innovation, and ongoing improvement, it is not sustainable.

If you want predictability, manage. If you want possibility and innovation, lead.

Unfortunately, I have seen a tendency for teams that have been together for long periods of time to have a diminishing focus on learning. The beating drum of capitalistic incentives in our society leads teams toward more and more focus on outputs and outcomes that are most often economic in nature. While I would never suggest that teams forget about their need to produce an economic benefit, leaders need to be aware of the impact on innovation when growth goals are de-prioritized or abandoned. Innovation is the reward you get when you keep enough pressure on learning and growth as a purposeful component of your strategy. Teams that grow together, flow together.

There is a direct and powerful correlation between learning and innovation.

Teams need leadership with confidence, and maybe even a reality distortion field, to point out the top of the mountain, create the narrative, and cause the discomfort that comes with the uncertainty that elicits unrelenting creativity. No great change has ever come about without people learning, growing, and getting far out of their comfort zones. It takes leadership that has confidence in the abilities, knowledge, and skills of the people being led. Leaders leverage the motivation and creativity of their people to create a positive and productive change in the world in the context of their goals. They challenge the team while paying close attention to the capabilities that they have.

High-functioning teams and their leaders recognize when they are not being challenged enough and when they lack the knowledge, tools, or talent to be successful and are getting frustrated. When some of the team members are not growing or contributing, while everyone else around them is, it sometimes leads to politics and infighting. When leaders hold themselves accountable for the growth of the people they serve, these problems are less likely. This accountability creates an environment that will help to maximize the team’s creativity and support their focus on their shared goals. This balance of increasing challenge and a focus on team growth creates an environment of team flow. It is in the flow zone where teams perform at their best, together.

This is where innovations are most likely to appear. It is well established that you cannot plan for innovation, but you can create environments that produce flow for your teams and greatly improve your odds of coming up with impactful ideas.

Innovations only come from ideas and ideas only come from people who care about their collective future.

When you have a team of advocates who are being sufficiently challenged and are growing as a result, you will be amazed at the flow of ideas that come from them.

If you liked this, clap, share it widely and let me know how it works for you and the people you lead. I promise to honor your feedback.

REFERENCES:

Czikszentmihalyi, Mihaly (2008), Flow.

Segall, Ken (2012), Insanely Simple (Note: In his story about Steve Jobs, he describes the “Reality Distortion Field” created by Jobs that people were able to step into to create products and features that didn’t exist before.).

Flaherty, Sean (2021), A Healthy Dose of Confidence.

Broadwell, Martin M. (1969), Teaching for learning (XVI).

Flaherty, Sean (2021), An Advocacy Strategy is Nutrition for Your Culture.

Stanley, Kenneth O., Ph.D.(2015), Why Greatness Cannot Be Planned.


Sean Flaherty is Executive Vice President of Innovation at ITX, where he leads a passionate group of product specialists and technologists to solve complex client challenges. Developer of The Momentum Framework, Sean is also a prolific writer and award-winning speaker discussing the subjects of empathy, innovation, and leadership. 

The post Teams That Grow Together, Flow Together appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
73 / The Competence Ramp: From Efficacy to Mastery https://itx.com/podcast/73-competence-ramp-from-efficacy-to-mastery/ Tue, 30 Nov 2021 16:20:29 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=6902 Scott Rigby, Ph.D. joins Sean and Paul for the second in a three-part series on Self-Determination Theory – specifically, the basic human needs of Autonomy, Competence, and Relatedness. In this episode, our conversation centers around Competence: the need to be effective and successful at what we’re doing. It doesn’t come easily, or immediately; rather, it’s …

The post 73 / The Competence Ramp: From Efficacy to Mastery appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Scott Rigby, Ph.D. joins Sean and Paul for the second in a three-part series on Self-Determination Theory – specifically, the basic human needs of Autonomy, Competence, and Relatedness. In this episode, our conversation centers around Competence: the need to be effective and successful at what we’re doing. It doesn’t come easily, or immediately; rather, it’s part of a continuum that develops over time through a series of stages.

As product managers, we can think of these stages as a ramp, or an evolution, that begins with “understanding the schema” – i.e., the rules of the game. Schema frames the question, what can I do inside this experience? As learning occurs, competence deepens. And users gain comfort in knowing they possess the ability to be successful. This efficacy leads to skill – that is, a sense that not only can I accomplish this task; but I’m really good at it. Efficacy and skill form the foundation upon which we build a sense of growth in pursuit of mastery –  the sense that I’ve reached a level of competence where I can create new ways of using this application or interacting in this environment, or I can be training others.

Catch more of our conversation with Scott Rigby, and learn to apply the Competence Ramp in building successful user experiences through your products. And be sure to tune in to part 3 of our conversation on Self-Determination Theory – Relatedness.

The post 73 / The Competence Ramp: From Efficacy to Mastery appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Scott Rigby, Ph.D. joins Sean and Paul for the second in a three-part series on Self-Determination Theory – specifically, the basic human needs of Autonomy, Competence, and Relatedness. In this episode, our conversation centers around Competence: the n... Scott Rigby, Ph.D. discusses The Competence Ramp: the user journey from efficacy, through skill development, leading ultimately to mastery. Scott Rigby 1 1 73 73 73 / The Competence Ramp: From Efficacy to Mastery full false 20:33
Is Your Product Strategy a ‘Word Salad’? https://itx.com/blog/is-your-product-strategy-a-word-salad/ Sun, 21 Nov 2021 15:42:29 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=23512 Keys to Stewarding the Client Investment & Maximizing ROI

Getting to the heart of a client’s concern is the crucial first step to delivering an effective software solution. But deciphering complex requirements and balancing competencies between a client and a technology partner can be a daunting task. This is where discovery comes into play.
In our series’ first post, Discovery: Understanding the Problem Space, we learned that discovery begins before kickoff with a client-focused “needs analysis session.”
In this blog, we’ll explore how discovery activities help teams gain powerful insights, establish trust, and deliver impactful solutions as they work to steward the client investment.

The post Is Your Product Strategy a ‘Word Salad’? appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Using a Framework For Collective Thinking Will Rock Your Ability to Lead

Frameworks, however flawed, are critical tools for leaders. Having a system to help you think clearly, segment activities, and create priorities, will help you create momentum and scale thinking through those you lead. It will help you achieve better strategic and tactical outcomes. The higher up you go in an organization, the more important it is to be able to share ideas and structure thinking in a memorable way.

Useful Frameworks

A useful framework will serve to order the thinking of your teams in ways that will align them, promote project confidence, and elicit intrinsically motivated, authentic commitment. It will reduce the collective cognitive load associated with strategy and prioritization and allow your teams and the people on them to spend more time creating and working toward your shared strategic goals. Analogies, metaphors, and contextual models, in the form of a framework, help us scale our leadership through others. When teams are using the same language and shared context, through metaphors, outcomes will improve. Language and the context that we create, shape everything that people, in groups, do together. We lead, as Chalmers Brother’s writes in his popular series, through conversations. It is through powerful conversations that things get done. If you don’t share metaphors and models with your teams that are “sticky,” you will have a hard time getting things done when you are not in the room. A useful framework will allow you to tell stories from history consistent with the model. It should explain, retrospectively, what worked and what might have worked better. More importantly, the framework will help you create metaphors and structure thinking in a way that will help your people and your teams adapt in the future.

Metaphor is a fundamental mechanism of mind, one that allows us to use what we know about our physical and social experience to provide understanding of countless other subjects. (adapted)

Lackoff & Johnson

Humility and Genius

It is important to know and to communicate humility to your team around whatever frameworks you decide to implement. There is no perfect framework, no ideal model, and no metaphor that will answer every question or solve every problem. If there were, we wouldn’t need the creative genius of the people we lead.

The point is to achieve better outcomes together. We need ways to explain what we objectively see, to the humans that we are leading, in a subjective context that resonates. Creativity is unpredictable and requires a subjective approach.

A useful framework will help you better merge the subjective with the objective.

Your team should also know that you are maintaining a growth mindset and are willing to adapt or completely change your frameworks if they are not helping you achieve better outcomes. As George Box famously said:

Remember that all models are wrong; the practical question is how wrong do they have to be to not be useful.

Lackoff & Johnson

When you don’t have a framework or use one that is grossly incomplete, it strains your team, and leads to confusion, apathy, waste, and frustration.

Leading without a framework is like leading with a word salad.

Unstructured thinking leads to completely unstructured results. While a lack of structure may be what an individual artist needs to create, it doesn’t work when trying to coordinate groups of people to be creative in accomplishing a collective goal. I’ve worked on teams without a clear framework for thinking, which evolved in a misguided strategy with catastrophic results. This is much more common than it should be.

Leadership

Leadership is required to unlock the creativity of teams. If you care about innovation and unleashing the creativity of the people that you lead (including yourself), leverage a framework that makes sense to you. It will help you scale. If you are looking for a tested, but imperfect framework to rock your ability to lead, check out The Momentum Framework.

If you liked this, please clap, share widely and give me some feedback. I promise to honor it.

References

Chalmers Brothers (2004), Language and the Pursuit of Happiness.

Lackoff & Johnson (2003), Metaphors We Live By.

Kenneth O. Stanley (2015), Why Greatness Cannot Be Planned.

Carol Dweck (2007), Mindset: The New Psychology of Success.

George E.P. Box (1987), Prediction Corrected Visual Predictive Checks for Diagnosing Nonlinear Mixed-Effects Models.

Sean Flaherty (2021), The Momentum Framework.

Sean Flaherty (2020), The Leadership Flip.

Sean Flaherty is Executive Vice President of Innovation at ITX, where he leads a passionate group of product specialists and technologists to solve client challenges. Developer of The Momentum Framework, Sean is also a prolific writer and award-winning speaker discussing the subjects of empathy, innovation, and leadership. 

The post Is Your Product Strategy a ‘Word Salad’? appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
An Advocacy Strategy is Nutrition for a Healthy Culture https://itx.com/blog/an-advocacy-strategy-is-nutrition-for-a-healthy-culture/ Fri, 19 Nov 2021 15:20:58 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=24129 I travel a lot. I could always choose the cheapest airline, or the most convenient, or I could look for the airline with the most comfortable seats. I don’t. I always start with Delta airlines. Why? Because I believe that they run a responsible business that cares about the people it serves. My family recently traveled and had a bag come open somewhere in transit. I’ll spare you the details of what was lost, but I will tell you that it was something very important to our trip. Delta made us feel as though they mobilized, what felt like, a small army of people searching across the baggage claim systems of three airports until our problem was solved. More importantly, they kept us looped in, by text and phone, on the progress as they worked it out. Even though the device was forever lost, we actually felt good about our relationship with the airline in the end.

The post An Advocacy Strategy is Nutrition for a Healthy Culture appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>

I travel a lot. I could always choose the cheapest airline, or the most convenient, or I could look for the airline with the most comfortable seats. I don’t. I always start with Delta airlines. Why? Because I believe that they run a responsible business that cares about the people it serves. My family recently traveled and had a bag come open somewhere in transit. I’ll spare you the details of what was lost, but I will tell you that it was something very important to our trip. Delta made us feel as though they mobilized, what felt like, a small army of people searching across the baggage claim systems of three airports until our problem was solved. More importantly, they kept us looped in, by text and phone, on the progress as they worked it out. Even though the device was forever lost, we actually felt good about our relationship with the airline in the end.

Issues will arise if you travel enough. Delta has woven some magic into their culture, at least for those who have worked their way into an “advocacy relationship” with them and it shows up at the ground level. Delta is a huge company, with lots of moving parts and I know that they don’t make all of their customers happy. We all know that this isn’t in the realm of possibilities. However, establishing a clear north star metric for your business is possible, and I believe that Delta has that figured out.

When I earned my MBA in 2006, I was taught the Milton Friedman — Esque mantras of “Shareholder Value,” “Return on Investment,” and “Profit” as the core measures of success for any business. One of the first books I was asked to read in the program was “The Goal” by Eliyahu Goldratt, a treatise to the “Theory of Constraints” as a way to manage an organization. One thing all business leaders know for sure is:

You Got To Have Goals.

Zig Ziglar

Goals

We know that goals are important and the research supports this. People that dedicate their time and intellectual energy on the task at hand need to understand why their work matters. A great way to align them, build confidence and achieve higher levels of commitment is to rally them around a goal like “advocacy.”

I propose that an organization’s north star should be a behavioral metric that indicates advocacy. Even better, let’s create a set of metrics and call them RPIs (Relationship Performance Indices), for your products, services, and even for the relationships that your organization fosters at the highest levels. Ideally, the metric should be some combination of behaviors that you see from your consumers when they are acting as your advocates. Ideally, the more embedded you make this concept in your culture, the more you will build relationships with your advocates like Delta does.

If you are struggling with the word “advocacy,” you are not alone. Advocacy is not quite the right word to describe what I mean here. The legal community uses the word in a precise way, and if you use it without being clear about its meaning, it could cause confusion. I have seen other organizations use words or phrases like champion, promoter, net promoter, or even apostle. Terms like zealot, fanatic, or phrases like die-hard or raving fan don’t quite embody some of the more important behaviors that we see from advocates that are essential. The English language does not have a better way to describe what I am describing here as the strategic purpose of every organization. The word advocate and the act of advocacy has been the closest proxy I could find to represent this critical north star relationship metric. You can use any word you want, but you must take the time to embed this concept into the fabric of your organization’s culture.

Measuring Behaviors

Every product, service, and company solves a set of problems for a set of people. And the goal should be to derive the ultimate positive outcome for those people. We should be measuring that ultimate positive outcome by observing their behaviors. The most powerful forms of behaviors help us continuously build a better product, service, or organization. They come in the form of investments in our collective future.

I define an advocate and the act of advocacy, very specifically, in the following way:

Advocate: One who invests in our collective future.

The highest form of a relationship between an organization and the people that it serves can be described as “advocacy.” When an individual in the organization’s ecosystem invests in that organization’s collective future and/or its people, you have strategic success. No organization can exist for very long without a group of people investing in its collective future. Our job, as leaders, is to maximize both the number of people working toward this future and the intensity (motivation) with which they pursue it.

Close your eyes for a moment and imagine a world in which all of the people in your organization were authentically and powerfully behaving as advocates of the organization by investing their creative energy in its success. What would the culture of that organization feel like?

Keeping your eyes closed, now imagine a world in which all of the customers or benefactors of your organization’s work were authentically advocates of the products, services, and outcomes that your organization produces. Imagine they were out in the wild, promoting your products, referring new customers, and helping you build your next service offering through deep partnerships. What would that feel like for your organization?

It should be painfully obvious to you that this is an infinite goal. It is a goal that can never be fully achieved and is difficult to optimize, but a worthwhile and motivating strategic goal.

Advocacy is the ultimate strategic outcome for any organization. It is the north star for your organization.

Advocacy Behaviors

Advocacy behaviors come in the form of investments in our collective future. In our work and grounded research, we studied the phenomenon of “advocacy,” defined in this way, for more than two decades and have had the opportunity to survey hundreds of successful business leaders on this concept. One of the questions we always ask leaders in our workshops is: “What do you get from customers or employees who behave as advocates?” Authentic advocates invest in your collective future by giving you informationtime, and their personal social capital. They move outside of their communications with you to share their story in the most powerful ways.

Here are a variety of examples that include a combination of these three elements:

  1. Introductions. Advocates are one of the best sources for the next potential customer or employee referral. Universally across successful and sustainable businesses, these people, who are investing in our collective future by making introductions, are coveted by organizations.
    Why is this important? Imagine the marketing and sales cost savings you would have if 100% of your new customers came from advocates. Your advocates do the heavy lifting for you in the relationship-building process, and who better to know where your next potential advocate might be? In most ecosystems, birds of a feather literally flock together. In other words, your ideal customers are already talking to each other. When you solve problems and leave a resonating impact on your customers and employees, they will go out of their way to invest in your future by making introductions for you. Ask the same question of your talent base. Imagine the HR and recruiting savings you would have if 100% of your new hires came from employee referrals. All of the same arguments apply.
  2. Credibility. Advocates are a powerful source of credibility. The form of credibility that comes from advocates is the fuel for an organization’s marketing and sales efforts. Universally across successful and sustainable businesses, advocates are leveraged in testimonials and case studies, and also become reference accounts.
    Why is this important? Unsolicited testimonials might be the best possible form of credibility available. Imagine trying to market your products and services without any stories of authentic success. Your best advocates go out of their way to help you build more credibility. There have been times in my business history when ALL of my client accounts had one or more advocates within their ranks. This has allowed me to proudly proclaim that my prospects can feel free to choose from ANY of the case studies, testimonials, or client accounts that we have talked about, and I would be able to produce a reference for them to speak with. Imagine how much easier it is to earn confidence and trust from these prospects in this scenario.
  3. Promotion. Advocates will sometimes promote your products or services without prompting. It might come in the form of a subtle and benign social media like or, more powerfully, as a blatant public endorsement at a quintessential moment in front of an audience of prospects during your most important annual conference.
    Why is this important? While a single Facebook like might not seem to do much for the organization today, those subtle behaviors, comments, and shares add up over time. They are public affirmations of the collective goodwill for your organization and its outputs. Review sites exist for just about every industry today, and your advocates’ comments and ratings speak volumes to your next prospects. Authentic public endorsement at the right time and in front of the right people is obviously valuable. They may be more powerful if you are not in the room when they occur! The market of social media influencers today proves the value of this market. However, when these behaviors are observed in the wild and are authentic, they might be the most potent form of advertising any organization can hope for. When your customers or employees put their personal brand on top of your brand, it represents the ultimate behavioral demonstration of the relationship you have crafted together. A clear example of this is the Harley Davidson fans who tattoo their bodies and wear the brand proudly and excessively wherever they go.
  4. Constructive Feedback. Someone who cares about your collective future will go out of their way and expend both creative energy and time to tell you when you suck at something or when you have screwed something up in their eyes. When customers or employees go out of their way to spend their valuable time to write a two-page diatribe about your dysfunctions while attempting to give you insights about how to improve, you know you have an advocate. There will always be some people who are not advocates and are deeply unhappy with your organization’s performance. Question: What do they do with their constructive feedback? These folks don’t tell you. They tell everyone else. In fact, much research shows that the negative effect is much greater whereas a disgruntled customer may tell anywhere from 8–16 people (before there was internet). Negativity and complaining typically come from unhappy customers who don’t care about your learning or your future.
    Why is this important? Constructive feedback is worth its weight in gold. It will give you access, and insight into your customers’ (or employees’) frustrations and the importance of different aspects of the problems that you solve for them. Critical, useful feedback should not only be welcome, but it should also be celebrated, followed up on, and if it is valuable enough, gratefully rewarded. An organization can not grow, learn, and improve without an authentic and empathic understanding of what is frustrating to its customers and employees.
  5. Encouragement. Someone who cares about your collective future will also care about the people behind your organization’s work. When customers invest in your future by describing how your work has positively impacted their lives, this demonstrates affective empathy toward your people. When employees do it for each other, we might call it recognition or praise.
    Why is this important? Praise, kudos, congratulations, celebration, and words of encouragement are the fuel for your culture. They demonstrate to your teams, the strategic value of the work they are doing.
  6. Insights. When your customers and employees care about your collective future and are exposed to something in your industry that might help you, they will invest in your future by providing these insights. It might be a nudge to look into what your competition is up to, or it might be looking around the corner into the future of your industry. I have seen examples of the most staunch advocates providing direct insights into the relationship’s future and even going one step further by providing analysis or data to help you succeed.
    Why is this important? Insights lead to ideas that lead to innovations. The more information we have from the wild, the better informed and empowered we will be to craft our collective future together.
  7. Beta-Testing. When it comes time to implement a new feature or try out a new business line, where are we most likely to go? Our advocates are the most obvious crew to tap for feedback. I learned this in the context of building software products over the course of multiple decades. No great software product is built without a passionate group of people who understand the context and are willing to jump in and invest their time and creative energy in our new features.
    Why is this important? Perfection, as we know, is the enemy of progress. We need to iterate, and we need early feedback to improve our products and services. We need a safe space to expand our products and service lines without fear of retribution or financial consequences. We need an objective, third-party opinion to make progress. Without a group of advocates that are willing to help us get there, we will struggle to innovate. The best folks to try our new ideas on are our advocates, largely because of their proclivity for forgiveness.
  8. Forgiveness. What happens when we screw something up with our advocates? Our advocates are incredibly forgiving. Because we have earned our way into this relationship and have built up the “relationship equity” through trust and loyalty, it is our advocates who are most willing to forgive us. I believe this is one of the key ways to determine if you have an authentic advocate.
    Why is this important? The world is full of surprises and change. We cannot predict the future. Additionally, we are all dealing with complicated and sometimes unpredictable people in our ecosystems. We need space for problems to occur as they inevitably do. Our advocates are the customers and employees that understand that problems will arise, and they have our backs.
  9. Co-Investment. When you have a new idea of innovation to try, it makes the most sense to partner up with an authentic advocate to get it started. Similar to “beta-testing,” it is your advocates who will be straight with you and will put their money and their time where their mouth is to invest in your collective future.
    Why is this important? We need partners to help us work out the kinks and be our first source of credibility and goodwill when we move into new markets or solve new problems within our existing markets. Our advocates are our best source for partnerships and will maximize the odds of succeeding.
  10. Defense. I like to use a short thought experiment to explain this concept by asking three simple questions:
    >> Raise your hand if you are an Apple person.
    >> Raise your hand if you are an Android person.
    >> Now, raise your hand if you have ever had that conversation with another person about why your choice is better?
    100% of the hands typically go up. Your advocates will defend you, your products, and your company, even when you are not in the room.
    Why is this important? This is essential for any business to grow and thrive because you will most likely not be in the room when you need to be defended. Advocates that defend you are critical to long-term success.
  11. Celebration. Advocates are eager to celebrate successes with you. These are behaviors that feed your culture like no other. It could be as simple as inclusion in their existing celebrations that feel like encouragement, or it could be more overt. The ultimate celebrations may manifest as them nominating your people, products, or company for an award in your community or industry. Whatever the behavior, when you see it, you know you have an advocate.
    Why is this important? Similar to encouragement, celebration, and overt recognition are essential fuels for building a positive culture. Relatedness is possibly the most powerful way for your team to find meaning in their work.
  12. Innovation. You might define innovation as something that causes a structural shift to how a large number of people behave. Alternatively, if you are like me, you might define it as anything, no matter how small, that moves your team toward a better future. No matter how you define innovation, there is a cascade of truths about all innovations:

Innovations only come from ideas.
Ideas only come from people.
Ideas only come from people who care about our collective future.

Why is this important? Without a steady flow of ideas to experiment on that result in innovation, every business is on the path to irrelevance. We need ideas to fuel our curiosity, feed our culture, improve our products, and maximize our profits. Without innovations, our teams will atrophy through boredom, and our products and services will fade into obscurity.

An advocacy strategy is nutrition for a healthy culture.

Zig Ziglar

They are the strategic north star that every organization strives to maximize. I have yet to find successful organizations that sustain themselves for long without a group of advocates, investing passionately in the organization’s future.

The Prime Advocate

Review the list of behaviors that you want to see from your advocates again. Take careful notice that these are behaviors that you also expect from your teammates. If you don’t see one or more of these behaviors from the people that surround you, in the course of your work, on a regular basis, then you have a deep-seated cultural problem. It is not only your customers who you need to earn advocacy from, it is your team and your vendors as well. These people are dedicating a portion of their lives to your endeavor. Their willingness to expend their creativity, invest their time, and endow their intellect on your collective goal is the fuel you need for innovation. They are much more likely to expose you to ideas that might lead to innovations and are some of your most valuable advocates. People who do not care about your future will not take the time nor expend the energy to give you ideas on how to improve. They will either file their ideas away or give them to someone else.

This conversation about advocates does not exclude you. In theory, if you are leading an organization, it should naturally follow that you are the prime advocate. Hopefully, that means that your primary efforts look like investments in your organization’s future and you are modeling behaviors that look like those described above. You need to be the prime advocate for your own work, or you should consider finding another calling.

The Prime Advocate

The strategic income for your organization is the attention and intent of the people that it serves. The best place to start, if you want to maximize your strategic income is to set a north star metric that identifies your advocates through their behaviors. Invest in them by putting them at the center of your strategy and build this concept into the fabric of your culture. Delta Airlines earned my advocacy because they invested in me when it mattered to me. They know who their advocates are and they invest heavily in systems that identify, measure, and celebrate the relationship.

You can do the same.

Further Reading:

Capitalism and Freedom, by Milton Friedman (2003)
The Goal, by Eliyahu Goldratt (2014)
A Theory of Goal Setting and Task Performance, by Locke and Latham (2017)
Goals, by Zig Ziglar (2020)
Self-Determination Theory, by Ed Deci and Richard Ryan (2018)
Inspiring Indicators of Performance, by Sean Flaherty (2019)
The Objective Measurement of Trust, by Sean Flaherty (2020)
Can You Hear Me?, by Carder & Gunter (2001)
Great Leadership Requires That Your Strategy is Distinct From Your Tactics, by Sean Flaherty (2021)

Sean Flaherty is Executive Vice President of Innovation at ITX, where he leads a passionate group of product specialists and technologists to solve client challenges. Developer of The Momentum Framework, Sean is also a prolific writer and award-winning speaker discussing the subjects of empathy, innovation, and leadership. 

The post An Advocacy Strategy is Nutrition for a Healthy Culture appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
72 / The Product Leader’s Dilemma: Balancing Possibility, Predictability https://itx.com/podcast/72-product-leaders-dilemma-balancing-possibility-predictability/ Tue, 16 Nov 2021 17:27:15 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=6307 As product leaders, we’re rarely hired to build a product from scratch. Unless, of course, you’re the founder. Much of the time we’re handed our predecessor’s backlog with little guidance – other than, perhaps, “Here, help us with this.” And with that, you’re faced with a decision to make, as introduced by Janna Bastow: press …

The post 72 / The Product Leader’s Dilemma: Balancing Possibility, Predictability appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
As product leaders, we’re rarely hired to build a product from scratch. Unless, of course, you’re the founder. Much of the time we’re handed our predecessor’s backlog with little guidance – other than, perhaps, “Here, help us with this.” And with that, you’re faced with a decision to make, as introduced by Janna Bastow: press forward, predictably and safely, in a project-led mindset. Or change tack, introducing the thrill of possibility and risk into a product-led process.

In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast Sean and Paul are joined by Janna Bastow, co-founder of ProdPad, ProductTank, and Mind the Product. Janna discusses the tension within organizations between the predictability that shareholders long for, and the uncertain sprint-to-sprint existence of the product manager.

“The people who are investing in your company are watching your stocks,” Janna says. “They want predictability at that level. They don’t care about the individual product features and, you know, agile vs. waterfall vs. whatever else. To them, Agile is just a means to the end.”

But for product managers, predictability is often just as risky as innovation. To us, Agile helps us run our experiments we need – some of which lead to innovation. It’s not reasonable to expect us to know what the results of these experiment are, though. Janna suggests that product leaders should work with management to carve out the freedom and budget to find the right balance between predictability and possibility.

The post 72 / The Product Leader’s Dilemma: Balancing Possibility, Predictability appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
As product leaders, we’re rarely hired to build a product from scratch. Unless, of course, you’re the founder. Much of the time we’re handed our predecessor’s backlog with little guidance – other than, perhaps, “Here, help us with this. ProdPad co-founder Janna Bastow helps product managers find the right balance between predictability and possibility for product-led teams. Janna Bastow 1 1 72 72 72 / The Product Leader's Dilemma: Balancing Possibility, Predictability full false 31:41
The Calculus of Trust https://itx.com/blog/the-calculus-of-trust/ Thu, 11 Nov 2021 03:23:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=23668 Keys to Stewarding the Client Investment & Maximizing ROI

Getting to the heart of a client’s concern is the crucial first step to delivering an effective software solution. But deciphering complex requirements and balancing competencies between a client and a technology partner can be a daunting task. This is where discovery comes into play.
In our series’ first post, Discovery: Understanding the Problem Space, we learned that discovery begins before kickoff with a client-focused “needs analysis session.”
In this blog, we’ll explore how discovery activities help teams gain powerful insights, establish trust, and deliver impactful solutions as they work to steward the client investment.

The post The Calculus of Trust appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
A mathematical exploration of how Trust works.

Many of my friends distrust their internet providers. The cable company I subscribe to for internet services, for example, has clearly demonstrated that they don’t care about my family. To fix a recent bandwidth issue, we had to call several times, explain our problem to several people and ask to speak to a manager to finally get a technician to visit our home to troubleshoot the recurring latency issues. Their gross demonstration of incompetence and lack of concern for me led me to have deep feelings of distrust for the firm. Even though the technician who ultimately resolved the issue was competent and clearly wanted to do a good job, the corporate bureaucracy, incompetence, and clear placement of profits over people broke any trust I had down. While my family is still paying for the service, the moment a better alternative comes along, what do you think we will be doing? I assure you, based on many conversations that I have had since the incident, that I am not alone.

If we take the time to break trust down and describe it mathematically, it will help us to be more purposeful with our language when we speak about it and when we use it to lead others. It will also help us to brainstorm and craft our tactical approach to earning more trust in more powerful ways with our teams.

The Research

I have been doing some grounded research on the language used to describe trust in the workplace for the better part of two decades. From this work, I assembled a database of the definitions of trust used by CEOs and key corporate leaders during talks, seminars, and workshops I have facilitated with my team over the past decade and have discovered a few powerful patterns in the language. In my research, the simplest definition for “trust” that I could find is in the Merriam-Webster online dictionary, where it is stated as:

“One in which confidence is placed.” — Merriam-Webster, Definition 1(b)

The authoritative sources of the English language use the word confidence to describe “trust” about three times more frequently than any other word. Business leaders also commonly describe trust with the word confidence. Trust is issued when we are reliant upon the future worthiness of the subject of trust for our own success. When we have confidence in someone or something, we are convinced that the other party is both competent and authentically cares for us. The words used and actions most commonly observed in the context of confidence can be placed into two distinct categories:

  1. The demonstration of competence in the domain of concern.
  2. The demonstration of authentic caring for those you are trying to earn trust from.

For example, words like reliability, consistency, reputation, and capabilities are words that can be categorized into the domain of “demonstrated competence.” Words like vulnerability, transparency, listening, and openness can be classified into the domain of “demonstrated caring and collaborative intent.” These are some of the most common words that are used to describe trust. Another phrase that I have frequently heard used to describe trust, is that the other has our “best interests” in mind. We will revisit these concepts later.

The Step Function

In order to earn trust between two parties, there must be an experience in the context of the evaluation. I use the word confidence to describe the perception of competence and caring in my definition at the beginning of this article because we use trust as a tool to determine the future worthiness of the thing we need to accomplish. Sustainable trust is formed when competence and authentic caring are demonstrated over an extended period of time. Important relationships in our lives require a repeated pattern of trustworthiness over long periods of time. In order to earn trust, one needs to be afforded the opportunity to create an experience for the other, in the context of the trust. Thus, trust is a step function that occurs by earning confidence, through experience, over time. This is how it would appear on a graph:

This confidence is only earned when there is an experience for the subject. Thus, trust is a step function that occurs through experience, over time. To further break it down, trust is the confidence that is earned when both competence and caring are consistently demonstrated, over time.

Mathematically, it would break down as follows:

The last time you felt either significant trust for someone or for an organization, it most likely involved both their demonstration of relevant competence over time and your belief in their positive intent. Now consider the contrary, by thinking about those whom you distrust deeply. It is likely they have either demonstrated gross incompetence in the domain you are assessing or that they exposed, in some way, manipulative, selfish, or otherwise negative intent, like my cable company in the example above.

In new relationships, the benefit of historical experience is not available. Thus, it is difficult to observe the caring component necessary for sustained trust. Positive intent is often assumed until the other has the opportunity to prove negative intent. The competence component, however, can often be directly observed from past activities or from the described experiences of others. This is why organizations spend so much money and effort on marketing and reputation management. They want to have an impact on those early experiences that consumers have with their organization.

Competence And Trust

When competence is present, there is a perception of capability. There is a belief that you can do the thing you are being trusted with. More trust is earned when more competence is demonstrated that is specific to the relevant context of the trust. You wouldn’t, for example, trust your automobile mechanic to make informed decisions about your health any more than you would take your doctor’s advice in the context of your automobile. We rely on a broad and complex medical system, with its checks and balances to certify that our doctor is reliable in her domain. In essence, the more important the outcome, the more intense the amount of trust we required. The same logic applies when the thing you are being trusted with is challenging or requires specialized skills or knowledge. The more challenging the thing, the greater the intensity of the demonstrated competence we require to issue trust.

The words that business leaders use to describe competence are words like reputation, repetition, and consistency. In another daily example, when people on your team show up for work, every day of the week for a year, prepared and energetic, having demonstrated a pattern of reputable competence, consistency, and commitment, they earn an immense amount of trust.

Trust is a pragmatic, tangible, actionable asset that you can create

Stephen M. R. Covey

This allows one to be reasonably confident that these people will continue to show up, in the same way, tomorrow, the next day, and for the foreseeable future. When competence is missing, inconsistency is present, or a lack of commitment is demonstrated, trust is diminished and we lose confidence.

Caring and Trust

Caring is the belief in the positive intent of the other.

Trust is when you make something valuable to you vulnerable to the actions of another.”

Charles Feltman

When we trust something, to use Charles Feltman’s definition of the word, we make something of value to us vulnerable to another. We are making an assumption that it is safe to do so and that the entity we are trusting has the best of intentions with the thing we are making vulnerable. The more vulnerability that is required, the larger the opportunity for trust to build.

Trust is the choice to take care of the other at your expense.

Adapted from John Gottman

For example, when a member of your team regularly demonstrates authentic caring for your concerns, personal success, or value as a person beyond what is required to get the job done, more trust is inherently built. This occurs powerfully when we see the demonstration of transparency, vulnerability, and active and purposeful listening. These behaviors earn more confidence that the team member is worthy of our trust and our own vulnerability.

The Context Is Important

To make the formula even more accurate, we would add an exponential variable to each of these metrics to add differing weight to both competence and caring. You would change these variables based upon the context. For example, you might be exponentially more concerned with competence in the medical or automotive scenarios above, while you would weigh caring much higher in your important and interpersonal life relationships. The context matters.

Now that you have a mathematical formula for trust, you can do some other operations on the formula to see if it makes sense. For example, the derivative of this equation represents the “Trust Trajectory” at any given time. It would tell you whether you were trending up or down in trust.

Trust Equity

The integral of the equation would represent the area under the curve. This is really powerful to consider because of what it means. The area under the curve represents the amount of investment the other has made in the relationship over time. It visually demonstrates the amount of “Trust Equity” that has been built between the two parties.

Before enough experiences have occurred to determine if another is trustworthy, one relies mostly on their perception of both competence and caring. For example, when you hire someone into your organization, you make evaluations based on their stated reputation, their appearance of consistency, and whatever other perspectives and data points you can get your hands on. Until the opportunity to evaluate actual competence occurs in the course of the work, it is merely the perception of confidence that causes the person to get hired. In the long term, it is the demonstration of authentic caring for their team that builds strong cultures and teams over time in addition to their contributions through their competence. We hope that over time, relationship equity is continuously built up. Trust is at the foundation of all relationships. It is a proxy for how worthy someone is of being trusted. You earn this equity, represented by the area under the curve, over extended periods of time. There will be ups and downs in the relationship. It is this equity that forms the basis of almost all relationships of value, and it is this equity that allows one to make mistakes, take calculated and reasonable risks, and ultimately, to innovate.

Distrust

Sharp declines in relationship equity can occur if one is deemed to be not worthy of trust. One of two things generally occur that causes sharp declines.

a.    Gross Incompetence is demonstrated.

b.    Non-positive intent is demonstrated.

Consider your own decision-making when it comes to trust. When someone has earned your trust suddenly demonstrates gross incompetence in the domain they are being trusted with, how likely are you to trust them again? On the contrary, we know that honest mistakes happen, and when someone we trust has built up enough relationship equity, we are always willing to give them a chance to rectify their mistakes and clean up their messes. What about those who demonstrate a blatant lack of concern for you, personally? Even if they demonstrate competence, it fractures the level of trust that you have with them. What happens to your confidence in any relationship when you feel that inauthenticity is at play? If enough relationship equity is built up, an opportunity may be available to rebuild trust, but if the infraction is strong enough, it can be difficult to recover from.

I chose to say that distrust occurs when “non-positive intent is demonstrated” to include the possibility of apathy. When apathy toward the relationship is displayed, it has a negative impact on trust, even when competence is present. Over time, demonstrations of apathy toward a relationship will have a profound effect on authentic trust.

Subjectivity and Reality

Can you use this formula to plot the trust you are earning on a real graph? Probably not. Trust is a problem of humanity and relationships, making it subjective. Trust is something that most sentient creatures experience, but only humans would attempt to describe and measure. Each of the factors in the equation is perceived by the observer: competence, caring, and the exponential factors that we would apply based on context are subjective. Time is the only component we could objectively measure. Each person being measured would use different factors and would describe them differently, making trust impossible to measure objectively. The best we can do is get an approximation based on the behaviors that we observe. If we want to scale the earning of trust on our teams, it pays to think clearly about how trust forms and what levers we can pull to systematically improve it.

Having these conversations, with your teams, is where the value lies. By taking the time to distinguish and define trust as a worthwhile component of your culture, you express its importance to your team, and you influence the conversations that are occurring in the hallways when you are not around to hear them. No matter how big your team or organization, every improvement that you make to your ability to improve trust is valuable and will pay off in spades.

Self-Determination Theory

For a future article, I will explore the relationship between The Self-Determination Theory (SDT) of human intrinsic motivation and the authentic earning of trust. The SDT is a collection of theories from the brilliant minds of Ed Deci, Richard Ryan, and their research teams that form a framework for human intrinsic motivation. At its core are three fundamental human needs, the need for competence, relatedness, and autonomy. This theory, in my opinion, can be used to describe a lot more than just what causes people to be intrinsically motivated, it can be leveraged to fully understand things that are universally important to all people, like trust. These three needs are core to our social-emotional health and to the healthy development of relationships, organizations, and teams. These needs, when met at scale, for groups of people, drive our success together. Alternatively, when we fail to achieve trust, as a group, it is often because one or more of these needs are not met at scale for the group. There is a distinct relationship between competence and caring (relatedness) in the context of this set of theories. If you were to separate Competence and Caring and put it on a three-dimensional graph with time, it would show trust emanating from the origin as a bubble where over time, trust elicits the autonomous, intrinsically motivated action from a group of people toward a shared goal.

I believe trust is a hallmark of great leadership and should be integrated into every organization’s strategy. Is trust something you could measure? Is it important enough to your relationships to think about and discuss more purposefully? Let me know what you think.

If you like this article share it widely, send it to your internet provider, and drop me a like or a clap.

References:

A Definition of Trust, Merriam-Webster.

The Objective Measurement of Trust, by Sean Flaherty (2020).

The Thin Book of Trust, by Charles Feltman (2008).

The Speed of Trust, by Stephen M. R. Covey (2006).

The Science of Trust, by John Gottman (2011).

Self Determination Theory, An Organization Dedicated to the Pursuit of Understanding Human Intrinsic Motivation.

The Handbook of Self Determination Theory, by Ed Deci and Richard Ryan (2004).

Ed Deci on Wikipedia.

Richard Ryan on Wikipedia.

Psychopaths, Sociopaths, and Great Leaders, by Sean Flaherty (2021).

Separate Your Strategy from Your Tactics, by Sean Flaherty (2021).

Sean Flaherty is Executive Vice President of Innovation at ITX, where he leads a passionate group of product specialists and technologists to solve client challenges. Developer of The Momentum Framework, Sean is also a prolific writer and award-winning speaker discussing the subjects of empathy, innovation, and leadership. 

The post The Calculus of Trust appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
71 / From Autonomy to Innovation https://itx.com/podcast/71-from-autonomy-to-innovation/ Tue, 02 Nov 2021 15:05:24 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=6127 Connecting the dots between theory and application is rarely an easy task. It’s made a bit easier, though, when the theory goes to the heart of human existence: we want – no, we need – to be the authors of our own narrative. And that narrative must be something that we endorse and take ownership …

The post 71 / From Autonomy to Innovation appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Connecting the dots between theory and application is rarely an easy task. It’s made a bit easier, though, when the theory goes to the heart of human existence: we want – no, we need – to be the authors of our own narrative. And that narrative must be something that we endorse and take ownership of. In other words, humans need Autonomy.

In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Scott Rigby, Ph.D. joins Sean and Paul for the first in a three-part series discussing Self-Determination Theory – specifically, the basic human needs of Autonomy, Competence, and Relatedness. This episode focuses on Autonomy, with future episodes addressing Relatedness and Competence.

Autonomy, Scott shares, is not the freedom do whatever we want to do. “Autonomy is this idea of endorsement…that even within the structure of an organization, even when there are assigned goals and objectives, I can still endorse what I am doing – that I’m on board.”

And that’s a very important concept for product managers to embrace, particularly within the context of assembling and motivating product teams to create complex technical software. We need our teams to endorse the role they play in translating shared goals into reality as we bring together multiple disciplines to meet the needs of our users.

“There’s a lot of structure there,” Scott Rigby adds. “So we can’t define autonomy as freedom and expect to get the job done. When we create that optimal balance of structure with our team’s self-expression, we create the space for them to innovate and to solve challenging problems for their users.”

The post 71 / From Autonomy to Innovation appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Connecting the dots between theory and application is rarely an easy task. It’s made a bit easier, though, when the theory goes to the heart of human existence: we want – no, we need – to be the authors of our own narrative. Scott Rigby, Ph.D., explains the basic human need for Autonomy, and why Autonomy helps product teams endorse their role in meeting user needs. Scott Rigby 1 1 71 71 71 / From Autonomy to Innovation full false 24:36
The Product Manager’s Dilemma: For Which Jobs Is Jobs-To-Be-Done Best Suited? https://itx.com/blog/the-product-managers-dilemma-for-which-jobs-is-jobs-to-be-done-best-suited/ Mon, 01 Nov 2021 16:40:40 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=6138 Demystifying Task Analysis of the JTBD Strategy. When I first waded into the JTBD pool a decade ago, I found myself conflicted. I was enamored with this theoretical approach to making disruptive strategies into executable roadmaps to solve customers' needs, but I was simultaneously confused by the cottage industry terms that cropped up around the JTBD community. The ancestry of the JTBD theory can be directly traced back at least 25 years to Tony Ulwick's book, Business Strategy Formulation, and later codified in Clayton Christensen's The Innovator's Solution. Before these, dozens of marketing and Human-Computer Interaction (HCI) works reference many forms of Task Analysis, which closely resemble Jobs processes.

The post The Product Manager’s Dilemma: For Which Jobs Is Jobs-To-Be-Done Best Suited? appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Demystifying Task Analysis of the JTBD Strategy

When I first waded into the JTBD pool a decade ago, I found myself conflicted. I was enamored with this theoretical approach to making disruptive strategies into executable roadmaps to solve customers’ needs, but I was simultaneously confused by the cottage industry terms that cropped up around the JTBD community.


The ancestry of the JTBD theory can be directly traced back at least 25 years to Tony Ulwick’s book, Business Strategy Formulation, and later codified in Clayton Christensen’s The Innovator’s Solution. Before these, dozens of marketing and Human-Computer Interaction (HCI) works reference many forms of Task Analysis, which closely resemble Jobs processes.

JTBD Is a Framework – Not a Process

With the benefit of hindsight, I can admit having found JTBD during a period best described as my Agile purist phase – having been recently liberated from Waterfall’s Gantt charts and person-hours estimation without Fibonacci’s.

The Scrum process offered such a refreshing change that I became overly protective of anything threatening its sacred ceremonies. Focused as a blue period Van Gogh, I needed only my monochromatic process; I was innovating masterpieces. Through this lens, you might understand why product people telling me to switch from user stories to job stories would produce such a visceral reaction.

Product management newcomers to the JTBD discussion inevitably end up tumbling down Jobs rabbit holes on Twitter or Medium. They quickly find that the most popular JTBD articles do more navel-gazing about who coined which terms than they do about the value of JTBD itself – which is considerable when hired to the right job. Still, many product professionals report having been turned off by JTBD literature; the conversation among them has become campy at times.

Tony Ulwick summarized the goal of JTBD best when he said, “[T]he goal of the framework is to solve the frontend innovation problem and allow us to understand what the customer is trying to accomplish, figure out how to find, how to secure, and how to claim a unique and valued position in the marketplace.”

So, from the product manager’s perspective, to which software product Jobs is JTBD best suited? Let’s have a closer look.

Right Job: Bringing Business Units and Developers Together.

User researchers and task analysts have been vocal proponents of the idea of utilizing developer time for more user interaction. Frameworks built up within the Jobs Theory can do wonders to help teams better understand the value of the software they are crafting. Some of the best discovery work happens when designers and developers share a common product vision, and Jobs is a great tool to hire and make that happen.

Adequate Job: Progress as Working Software.

As any Agile purist will tell you, the primary measure of progress is working software. Jobs Theory is highly concerned with progress, but not necessarily the advancement of finished technology. JTBD is concerned with the progress of the customer toward their goal.

As long as your iterations produce releases that incrementally improve a customer’s journey toward their desired outcome, Jobs is an exemplary descriptor of the scene being played out. “Working software is the primary measure of progress,” but the key word here is “working.” If the software is assessed as working when it meets the customer’s need, the team will find value in ideas from Jobs. If by working, we are to infer defect-free, then we will simply be delivering a solution in search of a problem.

Wrong Job: Agile Software Delivery.

Jobs Theory is not designed to tell you how to organize teams or deliver early and continuously valuable software. The processes and functions around the project management of teams who are building software, are better served by hiring Scrum. You can substitute Scrum with Kanban, SAFe, or XP, but the functional management of teams is a well-defined space. And the writing, refining, delivering, and demonstrating of user stories is a well-defined, saturated market. JTBD isn’t competing to upset the status quo here.

Right Job: Motivate Your Team, and Trust Them.

Jobs Theory is a beautiful fit here. Nothing empowers a software product team more than alignment around solving a problem that they know they can deliver. Articulate the outcomes of a market need to allow a team to build empathy for the human beings at the other end of the experience. If you struggle to articulate a vision, then pulling up from your 2-week sprint cycle for a day to conduct user interviews to gain a deep-dive understanding of the need being addressed can be a powerful experience.

Wrong Job: Defining Requirements.

A Job is not the same thing as a user story. Job stories have been promoted as viable alternatives, but in my experience, most software teams utilizing Jira or a Jira-alternative still have backlogs full of user stories. The Job story template replaces the role with the circumstance but is mainly unchanged beyond that — corporate needs you to find the differences between this picture and this picture.

Right Job: Enhance Agility through Good Design.

One of the least discussed aspects of Agile software delivery is that it becomes a lot easier to maintain speed and flexibility when an excellent design is at the center of a team’s vision. When the need is understood profoundly, and the idea is clearly articulated, Jobs Theory can free a group to act as empowered agents of the customer’s desired outcomes. For this Job, JTBD can be an incredible force multiplier.

Wrong Job: Shortest Timescale to Market.

Jobs To Be Done is a rigorous, time-consuming, and scientific approach to understanding deep customer needs. Often the experience that they have with a product fills a very differently shaped hole in their lives from the form of the product itself. Jobs Theory is an operational art (more on this in a bit). JTBD is deeply rooted in a methodical and consultative approach to understanding markets based on needs, articulated through VOC and unarticulated in contextual clues. Jobs Theory is best applied occasionally for validation and product-market fit.

Right Job: Maximizing Work Not Done.

Simplicity and software are two words rarely used positively within the same sentence. One of the most common fundamental needs that our customers value is Ease of Use. When simplicity can be laser-focused on the right need driving the most important outcome, the team, the client, and the user will be in lockstep toward a valuable, viable outcome. JTBD can excel here, but it may be dangerous to go alone. An excellent team – building and shipping software – may need help understanding which features are unimportant for the outcome. Having a user-researcher alongside to guide and shepherd the experience as the product is built can be a wise addition to a team’s bench strength.

Right Job: Reflect and Adjust on Effectiveness Improvements.

When you have defined a user persona and given a face to the problem you’re solving, it’s incredible what can happen to a team’s sense of accountability! JTBD tends to shun the use of psychographic or demographic personas, but a persona that encapsulates a need can be a fantastic tool to help teams assess and align during regular retrospectives. For this Job, JTBD is a great tool to hire.

Wrong Job: Efficient and Effective Information.

If shipping code is the goal, then JTBD is going to be seen as an impediment. Don’t implement it to get unstuck or to accelerate your team’s velocity. Inherent to most JTBD systems is sophisticated research and qualitative feedback; this is true in theory, and even more so in practice. The consequence of this requires our coming to grips with a very real sense of frustration. It’s no small feat understanding, analyzing, clustering, and ideating solutions to address the customer’s job, efficiency, and effectiveness – especially against time-based metrics.

Simply put, Jobs Theory analyses will not produce solutions to be built. It articulates users’ needs that could potentially be met. By definition, the job is agnostic of the technology solution that may fulfill it. The need is stable. The job is stable. Technology will come and go over time.

Right Job: Self-Organizing Teams.

JTBD is a Discovery or even Pre-Discovery activity, and software teams are by and large functionally diversified toward Delivery. JTBD can be a particularly well-suited tool for helping correct imbalances in teams that are biased toward execution over research. Jobs Theory enhances agility by focusing on the need, and the articulation of the need is likely something that will be a guided research process. For this reason, a team that focuses on job details can enhance trust with customers and establish a functional foundation on which to build a roadmap.

Wrong Job: Maintain Pace Indefinitely.

JTBD theories tend to be applied in sporadic consultant-driven scenarios. JTBD is difficult to impose on software delivery teams indefinitely because the analytical rigor inherent to user research requires that time be spent away from keyboards. The impact on pace doesn’t disqualify JTBD for use by software teams, but JTBD involves the input of a mountain of what Christensen calls “passive data.”

Jared Spool offered a pithy take on the concept when he said, “Passive data is hard-to-get qualitative data that will go beyond the market data. Christensen doesn’t say it, but passive data is what designers would call ‘user research.’ He argues you need to get out of the building and talking with customers, to uncover the true jobs those customers need to do.” JTBD would be fired on day one if the sustainable pace of software delivery was the goal; it is a great tool to hire for ongoing discovery.

The Sweet Spot: JTBD is Operationalized Product Management.

JTBD isn’t Product Ops, but it is Operationalized Product Management. It helps us to decouple product strategy from the tactical technology solution we’re building. When teams have developed high empathy for the users’ needs of their software, they will be more flexible, autonomous, and creative.

Jobs Theory is often shorthanded as a strategic thinking lens. As we examine the jobs at which JTBD can excel and at which it is best deferred in favor of other tools, we see that teams will be bringing the strategy with them to work every day and elevating the tactical toward the higher purpose of needs and outcomes. This is the sweet spot. It’s not just hitting a target, and it isn’t just developing visionary doctrine. It’s the intersection where the problem and the solution are manifest.


Want to learn more? JTBD guru Tony Ulwick guests on the ITX Product Momentum Podcast, while ITX’s Sean Flaherty joins Tony on Strategyn’s recent webinar.


Resources

Jobs To Be Done: Theory to Practice, by Anthony W. Ulwick

Jobs-to-be-Done: A Framework for Customer Needs

Mapping the Job-to-be-Done

Know the Two – Very – Different Interpretations of Jobs to be Done

The 2 Jobs-to-be-Done Interpretations - and Why It Matters

Jobs To Be Done: An Occasionally Useful UX Gimmick

Replacing The User Story With The Job Story

The Customer-Centered Innovation Map

Klement’s Fallacy Misleads The Jobs-to-be-Done Community

Alan Klement’s War On Jobs-To-Be-Done

Jobs-to-be-Done: How to Analyze the Market of Marketing

How Twitter Applied the “Jobs to Be Done” Approach to Strategy

A Practical Model for Jobs To Be Done (JTBD)

Use Cases, User Stories/Statements, and Jobs to Be Done

Designing features using Job Stories

How we accidentally invented Job Stories

Job Stories: A Viable Alternative to User Stories

Paul Gebel is Director of Product Management at ITX Corp. He earned his BFA and MBA degrees at Rochester Institute of Technology, where he currently serves as Adjunct Professor. A veteran of the United States Navy, Paul’s experience also includes extensive project and product management experience and consultancy. At ITX, he works closely with high-profile clients, leveraging technology to help solve business problems so they can move, touch, and inspire the world.


The post The Product Manager’s Dilemma: For Which Jobs Is Jobs-To-Be-Done Best Suited? appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
70 / Making Innovation Predictable https://itx.com/podcast/70-making-innovation-predictable/ Tue, 19 Oct 2021 13:26:09 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=6043 What if there were a way to know that your product was going to win in the marketplace – and to know it even before you begin development? In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Tony Ulwick – CEO of Strategyn and “father of the Jobs To Be Done framework” – joins Sean and …

The post 70 / Making Innovation Predictable appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
What if there were a way to know that your product was going to win in the marketplace – and to know it even before you begin development? In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Tony Ulwick – CEO of Strategyn and “father of the Jobs To Be Done framework” – joins Sean and Kyle Psaty, ITX’s VP of Marketing, to talk all things Jobs To Be Done (JTBD). Tony walks us along the process of innovation through the JTBD lens, offering a systematic way to deliver an innovative solution with every product release.

Innovation, Tony says, is “coming up with a solution that addresses unmet needs.” When you talk to users, he adds, you’re better able to identify and address their needs. Then you can segment them to make sure you’re providing the right solutions to the right people.

“Innovation doesn’t have to be a guessing game,” Tony Ulwick says. “Once we have those inputs, we have the necessary insights to make innovation predictable.”

Listen in to catch all of Tony’s insights, including his thoughts on:

  • When iteration is useful and when it is not
  • Different types of jobs that products can accomplish (Jobs To Be Done)
  • Other elements necessary for success

Register now for Strategyn’s next webinar on Thursday, October 21, @1:30 pm ET. Tony hosts Sean to discuss how empowered teams unite behind a shared product vision.

The post 70 / Making Innovation Predictable appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
What if there were a way to know that your product was going to win in the marketplace – and to know it even before you begin development? In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Tony Ulwick – CEO of Strategyn and “father of the Jobs To Be Don... Tony Ulwick, "father of the Jobs To Be Done Framework," offers a systematic approach that removes the guesswork from product innovation. Tony Ulwick 1 1 70 70 70 / Making Innovation Predictable full false 26:55
How to develop a product vision that unites and motivates your team https://itx.com/events/how-to-develop-a-product-vision-that-unites-and-motivates-your-team/ Wed, 13 Oct 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=6018 In this session, innovation thought leaders Sean Flaherty and Tony Ulwick will walk you through why you need a vision and the steps you can take today to create alignment within your teams. Watch Recording Now

The post How to develop a product vision that unites and motivates your team appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In this session, innovation thought leaders Sean Flaherty and Tony Ulwick will walk you through why you need a vision and the steps you can take today to create alignment within your teams.

Watch Recording Now

The post How to develop a product vision that unites and motivates your team appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
69 / Take Small Steps To Achieve Product Vision https://itx.com/podcast/69-take-small-steps-to-achieve-product-vision/ Tue, 05 Oct 2021 15:20:30 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=5990 Achieving product vision isn’t just about where we’re going, it’s also about where we begin the journey. A clear vision should also provide a path toward resolution of problems when they arise, Esther Derby says. Product teams should find their vision aspirational, yet relatable to their work and their values as humans. In this episode …

The post 69 / Take Small Steps To Achieve Product Vision appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Achieving product vision isn’t just about where we’re going, it’s also about where we begin the journey. A clear vision should also provide a path toward resolution of problems when they arise, Esther Derby says. Product teams should find their vision aspirational, yet relatable to their work and their values as humans.

In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Esther Derby joins Sean and ITX Innovation Lead Roberta Oare to discuss the leadership principles Esther has discovered in her career. Simple, but often overlooked, these principles help product leaders navigate the environment in which we work: how we define vision, the interpersonal dynamics on and between teams, and how we apply these principles to achieve sustainable transformation.

Examining our environment is especially useful for product people, Esther adds. “Talk about how things emerge and what conditions are present that will allow for something to take hold and take off. How do we create the conditions that allow us to align deeply with our customers? What are the conditions that currently exist for them? How can we shift those conditions to allow our product to become an integral part of their lives?”

Catch our entire conversation to hear Esther explain why –

  • Working on teams is messy.
  • Traditional job descriptions are not as well defined as we think.
  • Organizational structures and incentives get in the way of inter-team cooperation.
  • Working toward your vision is like planting a forest.

The post 69 / Take Small Steps To Achieve Product Vision appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Achieving product vision isn’t just about where we’re going, it’s also about where we begin the journey. A clear vision should also provide a path toward resolution of problems when they arise, Esther Derby says. Esther Derby explains how product teams can achieve their vision: examine your environment and create conditions for your vision to emerge. Esther Derby 1 1 69 69 69 / Take Small Steps To Achieve Product Vision full false 30:15
B2B Ecommerce: Uncover the Full Potential of Your Customer Data https://itx.com/events/b2b-ecommerce-uncover-the-full-potential-of-your-customer-data/ Tue, 21 Sep 2021 19:40:46 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=6036 How top-performing B2Bs harness data assets to optimize customer acquisition, retention, and service — and much more. Presented by Edgeworth Analytics and ITX with host eMarketer. Watch On Demand

The post B2B Ecommerce: Uncover the Full Potential of Your Customer Data appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
How top-performing B2Bs harness data assets to optimize customer acquisition, retention, and service — and much more. Presented by Edgeworth Analytics and ITX with host eMarketer.

Watch On Demand

The post B2B Ecommerce: Uncover the Full Potential of Your Customer Data appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
68 / Design Thinking’s Double-Edged Sword https://itx.com/podcast/68-design-thinkings-double-edged-sword/ Tue, 21 Sep 2021 13:53:55 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=5684 For people who love their work as much as UX designers do, it can be easy to get “lost in the sauce,” tackling projects for the love of the craft as opposed to applying your craft to solving complex problems for the benefit of others. Scott Berkun describes how design thinking helps keep us centered …

The post 68 / Design Thinking’s Double-Edged Sword appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
For people who love their work as much as UX designers do, it can be easy to get “lost in the sauce,” tackling projects for the love of the craft as opposed to applying your craft to solving complex problems for the benefit of others. Scott Berkun describes how design thinking helps keep us centered on our customers’ needs.

In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean is joined by co-host Brian Loughner, a talented interaction designer at ITX, and guest Scott Berkun. For years, Scott has been a leader in the UX design space, having worked as an interaction designer and project manager at Microsoft and WordPress. Scott, Sean, and Brian tackle design-related concepts in this thought-provoking episode.

Among them is a discussion centered around design thinking. Design thinking presents a double-edged sword, Scott says. On the one hand, it helps us understand what design is and designers do. But on the other, it tends to oversimplify and trivialize an extremely challenging role that requires immense talent and experience to perform well.

What’s also cool about this pod is the way Scott takes time to examine some of the words we use in our space. Important, meaty words like design maturity, externalization, co-design, and design theatre among others. Trust and integrity play a role too, helping us understand the optimal environment for effective design.

The post 68 / Design Thinking’s Double-Edged Sword appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
For people who love their work as much as UX designers do, it can be easy to get “lost in the sauce,” tackling projects for the love of the craft as opposed to applying your craft to solving complex problems for the benefit of others. Scott Berkun examines the two sides of design thinking and deepens our understanding to avoid trivializing the role of design and designers. Scott Berkun 1 1 68 68 68 / Design Thinking's Double-Edged Sword full false 34:33
67 / Innovation Through Digital Anthropology https://itx.com/podcast/67-innovation-through-digital-anthropology/ Wed, 08 Sep 2021 16:19:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=8724 For product people, a big part of the job is understanding not only what motivates our users, but also the systems they are tied to – and how those two things tie together. As it turns out, the bond that connects them is formed by the tools we build and the best practices we develop …

The post 67 / Innovation Through Digital Anthropology appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
For product people, a big part of the job is understanding not only what motivates our users, but also the systems they are tied to – and how those two things tie together. As it turns out, the bond that connects them is formed by the tools we build and the best practices we develop around them. We know these things thanks to digital anthropologists like Ali Colleen Neff, Ph.D., who joins Sean for this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast.

To Ali, the role of digital anthropologist is to “think through with other product leaders what it means to make the tools and what it means to introduce them to cultures and systems.” Her research helps us understand the impact our products have on the individuals who use them and the systems in which they operate.

“The tools we build serve as an extension of ourselves,” Ali Colleen Neff says. They enable us to achieve in ways that we wouldn’t be able to otherwise. But, she warns (citing media studies leader, Marshall McCluhan), the tools we build to address one problem can simultaneously foreclose other ideas.

Among Ali’s favorite research methods is directed storytelling, which helps us understand individuals’ thought and decision-making processes. Humans make up culture, so understanding individual stories is key to understanding culture. Tune in to catch some thought-provoking examples from Ali’s research.

You’ll also hear:

  • Journey mapping as a tool to understand user engagement at all stages
  • How to earn trust from customers
  • The importance of collaboration between engineers and social scientists
  • Key elements of successful teams that Ali has observed

The post 67 / Innovation Through Digital Anthropology appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
For product people, a big part of the job is understanding not only what motivates our users, but also the systems they are tied to – and how those two things tie together. As it turns out, the bond that connects them is formed by the tools we build an... Digital anthropologist Ali Colleen Neff uses directed storytelling to learn how human stories are key to understanding our culture. Ali Colleen Neff 1 1 67 67 67 / Innovation Through Digital Anthropology full false 27:45
Key Takeaways from the 2021 Design + Diversity Conference https://itx.com/blog/key-takeaways-from-the-2021-design-diversity-conference/ Thu, 19 Aug 2021 16:58:32 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=5730 Embedding inclusive design and user accessibility into our everyday ways of working starts with us designers. At ITX, we walk the talk and take our commitments seriously. So when we learned about the 2021 Design + Diversity Conference, we made a point to show up – in force.

The 3-day, virtual event featured a diverse set of speakers and attendees. Conference keynotes addressed the following topics, each fundamental to the growth and acceptance of inclusive design...

The post Key Takeaways from the 2021 Design + Diversity Conference appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Embedding inclusive design and user accessibility into our everyday ways of working starts with us designers. At ITX, we walk the talk and take our commitments seriously. So when we learned about the 2021 Design + Diversity Conference, we made a point to show up – in force.

The 3-day, virtual event featured a diverse set of speakers and attendees. Conference keynotes addressed the following topics, each fundamental to the growth and acceptance of inclusive design:

  • Equity and inclusion
  • Social justice and ethical design
  • Accessibility and universal design concepts
  • Lack of representation of women of color and minorities in design

The big theme at the conference: we’re all learning. When it comes to inclusion, no one person or organization is getting all of it right. And in order to learn, we need to listen to each other. At Design + Diversity, there was equal emphasis on developing tactics and sharing real human experience and emotion, which made for a really rich learning experience. It was awesome to spend a few days with people who are committed to design better and be better.

Here are the highlights from a handful of our favorite sessions:

Takeaway #1: How to lose a customer in only 8 seconds

In her keynote address, accessibility expert Sheri Byrne-Haber Paris spoke about integrating accessibility best practices and the importance of advocating for accessibility within your organization. Ninety-eight percent of the web is inaccessible, she shared, and people with disabilities are really constrained to 2% of the web. We were shocked but unfortunately not surprised by these statistics – reaffirming that everyone in our industry has much work to do.

Sheri told us about the eight key warning signs that will cause people with disabilities to quickly abandon your digital product for a more accessible alternative. Use of overlays such as AccessiBe, for example, is a major design no-no. We discussed in detail the criteria and practices we need to implement to open our business/service to an $8 trillion market.

Accessibility needs to be baked into the DNA of an organization, Sheri added, noting that, “accessibility is not just about the accessibility team. Everybody in the company or organization needs to participate in producing accessible products. Your communication, emails to customers, your surveys, or however you interact, those need to be accessible.”

When asked by attendees about challenges with affecting change within an organization or team, her response was that “leaders are not about titles, they are about actions.” She believes that every person can make a difference and her motto is ’make it accessible’ is always the right answer.”

This mindset resonated with us, as our design team has been leading several bottom-up initiatives around accessibility and inclusion over the past year. We know that this can have big impact.

Takeaway #2: Black Womxn Deserve Joy

Creative director Terresa Moses presented a panel of black womxn designers, guiding them through a series of questions prompted by Umbra, her art exhibit, on the topic of intersectionality. The panelists discussed social justice in design and gave insight into the personal experiences of Black womxn in the field, from education to where they are in their careers today.

One key topic was the challenges faced in an academic environment. The panel highlighted the lack of POC (People of Color) role models in design. Additionally, certain aesthetics can be questioned by educators and students alike (e.g., use of color or vibrant style).

As designers, we can be quick to discard anything that isn’t familiar or within certain popularized standards. This fixed mindset can lead dangerously to the tokenism of design rather than respecting an aesthetic that draws from a particular culture, location, or perspective.

The discussion struck a nerve with us. By delivering an intimate, eye-opening perspective on our design industry, it reinforced in us the fact that, intentionally or not, through our work we continue to exclude rather than include. We must acknowledge its existence and do our part to thoughtfully break the cycle.

Takeaway #3: Product Behavioral Design

In his workshop on “Product Behavioral Design,” Elsawy Yehia explained the foundations for growth techniques and how to apply behavioral economics and social science to design better solutions that influence the behavior of end users.

Elsawy made a point to refer to users as “humans” and highlighted the importance of ethical design. Behavioral design is not about manipulation, he offered, but about helping people to better achieve what they already care about, value, or can benefit from.

He noted, “with great power comes great responsibility,” alluding to the fact that designers play a key role in defining the environment we live in and interact with daily, and that we need to use our skills to do good in the world.

According to Elsawy, “Behavioural design focuses on how people think, how they make decisions, how they interact with the environment.”

To take an approach focused on this idea, he introduced what he’s coined as the DUDE framework. This is a design-minded and “democratized” alternate to existing behavioral design frameworks. It entails four simple steps:

1). D – Define desired behaviours

2). U – Understand psychological barriers

3). D – Design behavioral interventions

4). E – Experiment to measure impact

As a group, we found it interesting to learn about a modified framework that was created by a designer, for designers. Elsawy’s approach underscores the importance of human-centered, outcome-driven approaches in design.

The emphasis on classic cognitive biases in his framework is key. It’s easy to become enamored with the latest shiny new object in our industry, but we could benefit from going back to the tried-and-true basics.

Takeaway #4: Envisioning A World Without Supremacy Culture

In their workshop, Lennie Gray Mowris of Lenspeace, defines principles of a supremacy mindset so that we may recognize them in our daily work and takes steps to improve. They explained how a supremacy mindset has been woven into business modeling, economics, resource management, and organizational leadership, and how it continues to perpetuate supremacy culture.

Obvious examples of supremacy culture include:

  • White people appropriating other cultures and being accepted or fashionable, while the people whose culture is stolen get punished or diminished
  • A Google search for “wealth” returning mostly middle-aged white people, while “poverty” returns mostly young or older people of color

Lennie pointed out several less obvious ways supremacy can influence our work culture. Some include:

  • Perfectionism. A perfectionist mindset holds people to an unattainable standard. It focuses on failure and inadequacy, and that these traits are “a reflection of the person who made them, and not the mistake itself.” We can combat this mindset by embracing failure.
  • Worship of the written word. The importance of written language manifests in organizational culture through documentation-heavy practices, valuing writing over other skills, or the “if it’s not in a memo or e-mail it doesn’t exist” mentality. A solution to this mindset is the celebration of diverse human expression.
  • Progress = bigger/more. This is the idea that we must constantly be growing and moving forward. Placing value on growth in staff, projects, and revenue leaves little space for nontangible costs like environmental or social impact. An improved mindset would equate progress to sustainability. This means assessing those non-tangible costs along with financial costs, and creating goals for how you work.

Each of these influences forces people of different cultural and social-economic backgrounds to assimilate into western, white culture. By identifying, acknowledging, and actively changing these problems in our organizations, we can create a more inclusive work environment that fosters diversity.

Some final thoughts

Design + Diversity was a great opportunity to hear from speakers with different points of view. They taught us that representation in the industry is critical and that everyone should be able to see and work with people that they can relate to; that look or live like them.

They also paved the way for achieving a culture that supports diversity at work. These same principles of inclusion should be applied to our work/design process, so that our products are more inclusive. Adopting an inclusive mindset enables teams to be more human-centered and innovative.

The conference offered a safe space to engage in open discussions on diversity, inclusion, and accessibility. Through critical thinking and participation, attendees were able to challenge their own biases and assumptions.

It’s important that as a design community we continue to foster these types of spaces and moments so that we can reflect on how far we’ve come, understand what still needs to be done, and act.

As Annie Segarra advocates, “The future is accessible.”


Learn more about designing for inclusion with the ITX ebook: Getting Started with Product Inclusion – An imperfect guide to thinking bigger and building better digital experiences.


Nicole Btesh is a User Experience designer and facilitator. She uses contextual research and co-design workshops to create better products and services, and to innovate faster. At ITX, she co-created a framework to adapt in-person workshops to an entirely virtual environment. She also helped create a Diversity and Inclusion baseline training at ITX. She is passionate about design and gender studies and hosted Spain’s first-ever Gender Design Service Jam.

Headshot of Christina Halladay

Christina Halladay is a User Experience (UX) Designer with an educational background in Psychology and a passion for ‘people’ problems. She’s driven to understand how things work and how they impact the people that interact with them. At ITX, she is a Director of UX where she works with distributed cross-functional teams to build impactful, human-centered digital products. She co-founded and organized a UX conference series called ITXUX, which brings world-renowned speakers to various cities to educate and inspire the tech community. When she’s not designing digital products, she can usually be found somewhere outside with her husband, son, and two dogs, being amazed by the design of the natural world.


The post Key Takeaways from the 2021 Design + Diversity Conference appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
ITX Voted “Best Software Developer” in Rochester, NY https://itx.com/news/itx-voted-best-software-developer-in-rochester-ny/ Thu, 12 Aug 2021 05:56:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=5885 August 12, 2021 Rochester, NY — ITX Corp., a leading producer of custom software products headquartered in Rochester, NY, announced today that RBJ Reader Rankings has recognized ITX as the winner in the Technology: Best Software Developer category. The winners, as voted on by readers, were announced in a video presentation. Watch the video here.

“We’re humbled to have been voted best in the Software Developer category,” said ITX CEO Ralph Dandrea. “It reflects the value we deliver to our clients every day. Thank you to all who voted for us; we’ll continue to work hard for every individual and company we have the privilege of working with.”

The post ITX Voted “Best Software Developer” in Rochester, NY appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>

ITX Voted “Best Software Developer” in Rochester, NY
RBJ Readers Name Top Companies in Annual Competition

August 12, 2021 Rochester, NY — ITX Corp., a leading producer of custom software products headquartered in Rochester, NY, announced today that RBJ Reader Rankings has recognized ITX as the winner in the Technology: Best Software Developer category. The winners, as voted on by readers, were announced in a video presentation. Watch the video here.   

“We’re humbled to have been voted best in the Software Developer category,” said ITX CEO Ralph Dandrea. “It reflects the value we deliver to our clients every day. Thank you to all who voted for us;  we’ll continue to work hard for every individual and company we have the privilege of working with.” 

This marks the 5th consecutive year for the RBJ Reader Rankings. Rochester area businesses and organizations are nominated and voted on by Rochester Business Journal readers.   

About ITX Corp. ITX delivers software solutions to challenging business problems so that its clients can move, touch, and inspire the world. Since 1997, ITX and its more than 250 technology designers, product specialists, architects, and engineers have powered the development of customized software, digital tools, and web-based solutions worthy of the most treasured brands. Headquartered in Rochester, NY, ITX boasts a truly global presence with team members located across the United States, throughout the Americas, and around the world. 

The post ITX Voted “Best Software Developer” in Rochester, NY appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
65 / The Creation of Culture as a Competitive Advantage https://itx.com/podcast/65-the-creation-of-culture-as-a-competitive-advantage/ Tue, 10 Aug 2021 15:07:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=8690 What job are product leaders really paid to do? When you boil it all down, leaders are paid to deliver results. Quantitative, which many believe are more easily measured. And qualitative, which invites the notion of organizational culture: much more difficult to measure, but more important in today’s world than ever before, Chalmers Brothers claims. …

The post 65 / The Creation of Culture as a Competitive Advantage appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
What job are product leaders really paid to do? When you boil it all down, leaders are paid to deliver results. Quantitative, which many believe are more easily measured. And qualitative, which invites the notion of organizational culture: much more difficult to measure, but more important in today’s world than ever before, Chalmers Brothers claims.

In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean chats with Chalmers Brothers, who for the past three decades has served as author, speaker, and certified leadership coach for executives in some of the world’s best-known companies.

“I have had more conversations with leaders in the past 5 years about the conscious – not haphazard or accidental – creation of culture as a competitive advantage than I’ve had in the first 30 years of my career combined,” he says. “Something is going on.”

That something starts with the effective use of language. Language creates and generates, Chalmers adds. It defines culture, creating a context that enables effective conversation. “With language, we make visible that which was previously invisible.”

Tune in to hear more on this topic from Chalmers Brothers, including how:

  • Time management is really commitment management.
  • Effective conversation can help you manage your commitments.
  • Key elements of leadership lie within the context of innovation.

The post 65 / The Creation of Culture as a Competitive Advantage appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
What job are product leaders really paid to do? When you boil it all down, leaders are paid to deliver results. Quantitative, which many believe are more easily measured. And qualitative, which invites the notion of organizational culture: much more di... Chalmers Brothers explains how language creates the context for organizational culture to grow and develop into a true competitive advantage. Chalmers Brothers 1 1 65 65 65 / The Creation of Culture as a Competitive Advantage full false 25:55
66 / Key Elements that Foster the Product Mindset https://itx.com/podcast/66-key-elements-that-foster-the-product-mindset/ Sun, 08 Aug 2021 15:40:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=8700 There is an ongoing evolution in organizations toward an emphasis on the customer experience with your product versus a steady delivery of flashy new features. The former focuses on outcomes, known by Marc Abraham as “product mindset.” The latter embraces outputs, perhaps better known as “feature bloat” or “experience rot.” In this episode of the …

The post 66 / Key Elements that Foster the Product Mindset appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
There is an ongoing evolution in organizations toward an emphasis on the customer experience with your product versus a steady delivery of flashy new features. The former focuses on outcomes, known by Marc Abraham as “product mindset.” The latter embraces outputs, perhaps better known as “feature bloat” or “experience rot.”

In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean is joined by Marc Abraham, Head of Product – Engagement at London-based ASOS, and the author of two books, My Product Management Toolkit and Managing Product = Managing Tension. He compares evolutions in product teams in the US and abroad in terms of the product mindset. Teams that boast a product mindset, Marc says, focus their energies around the 4 C’s: creativity, curiosity, clarity, and customer.

“These elements are not unique to the domain of the product manager,” he adds. “But once you’ve got those four elements of the mindset, you’re really onto something in terms of creating that kind of customer-centric product culture organizations are looking for.”

Listen to the full episode to hear more from Marc, including:

  • The power of “W-H-Y” – the ultimate essence of being a good product person
  • Embracing tension in product management in a constructive way
  • Using a shared language for engagement within and outside of your organization

The post 66 / Key Elements that Foster the Product Mindset appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
There is an ongoing evolution in organizations toward an emphasis on the customer experience with your product versus a steady delivery of flashy new features. The former focuses on outcomes, known by Marc Abraham as “product mindset. Marc Abraham describes the 4 C's of the product mindset and explains that asking why is ultimately the essence of being a good product person. Marc Abraham 1 1 66 66 66 / Key Elements that Foster the Product Mindset full false 24:01
64 / Managing User Feedback to Prioritize Your Product Roadmap https://itx.com/podcast/64-managing-user-feedback-to-prioritize-your-product-roadmap/ Wed, 28 Jul 2021 14:54:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=8677 Product leaders need to be astute prioritizers. That means we have to say no – a lot. To the sales rep begging us to build “the next big thing.” And to the customer account rep pleading for a flashy new feature. The response from Keith Frankel to these cries for help is, “Make your case. …

The post 64 / Managing User Feedback to Prioritize Your Product Roadmap appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Product leaders need to be astute prioritizers. That means we have to say no – a lot. To the sales rep begging us to build “the next big thing.” And to the customer account rep pleading for a flashy new feature. The response from Keith Frankel to these cries for help is, “Make your case. Tell me why. Show me the user feedback for why we should reprioritize our long-term roadmap.”

In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean checks in with Keith Frankel, co-founder and CEO at Parlor.io. Parlor is a widely popular feedback management system for SaaS teams. Gathering and analyzing user feedback is key, Keith explains. As a product leader at HubSpot and chief product officer at educational technology startup called Firecracker, Keith recalls telling his reps, “I will prioritize anything that you can prove to me will have a material impact on this business, but I just cannot chase after every shiny new object.”

Sound familiar?

Faced with competing business cases and insufficient budget to do both (or either), Keith and his team created Parlor – a product designed for product people. It engages users at multiple levels and serves as a “tie-breaker” of sorts that drives decision-making wisdom through customer insights that align product and customer-facing teams.

Listen in to get Keith’s inside scoop on a super-interesting experiment he’s running that completely rethinks the role of internal meetings and their impact on workplace productivity in a remote-first environment.

Finally, be sure to catch Keith’s three paths to innovation. Cool stuff, indeed.

The post 64 / Managing User Feedback to Prioritize Your Product Roadmap appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Product leaders need to be astute prioritizers. That means we have to say no – a lot. To the sales rep begging us to build “the next big thing.” And to the customer account rep pleading for a flashy new feature. Keith Frankel, CEO at Parlor.io, describes the importance of user feedback as a decision-making tool to prioritize your product roadmap. Keith Frankel 1 1 64 64 64 / Managing User Feedback to Prioritize Your Product Roadmap full false 31:06
63 / Unlock Your Inner Genius https://itx.com/podcast/63-unlock-your-inner-genius/ Wed, 14 Jul 2021 14:43:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=8666 Attaining so-called “genius status” – Mozart, Steve Jobs, Einstein spring to mind – seems untouchable to us mere mortals. Or is it. As product people, we have more genius within us than we give ourselves credit for, Shawn Livermore says. In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Matt are joined by Shawn …

The post 63 / Unlock Your Inner Genius appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Attaining so-called “genius status” – Mozart, Steve Jobs, Einstein spring to mind – seems untouchable to us mere mortals. Or is it. As product people, we have more genius within us than we give ourselves credit for, Shawn Livermore says.

In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Matt are joined by Shawn Livermore. The author of Average Joe: Be the Silicon Valley Tech Genius and software architect/consultant with more than 20 years’ experience in our space, Shawn shares strategies the rest of us non-Mensa’s can use to create successful products.

Our best ideas often come to us in seemingly mundane moments, like on our morning commute or while taking a shower, Shawn explains. During these times of “mindless activity,” our minds are free to harness the latent creativity that exists just beneath the surface of our normal, everyday activities. Innovation often comes to us as a “progressive daily trickle,” and by structuring it, anyone can come up with genius ideas, he adds.

Genius may well be within our grasp, but we also need to give ourselves permission to fail. Thomas Edison once famously said, “I have not failed 10,000 times; I’ve successfully found 10,000 ways that will not work.” It’s all about perspective, right?

Like Edison, even icons in the tech industry have stumbled through some not-so-great product ideas. But by documenting our thought processes and sharing them, we signal to others that we are thinkers who are highly capable.

Shawn’s words to the wise: “Never underestimate a nerd with a good story.”

Tune in to the whole episode to catch more of Shawn’s stories and tap into his genius.

The post 63 / Unlock Your Inner Genius appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Attaining so-called “genius status” – Mozart, Steve Jobs, Einstein spring to mind – seems untouchable to us mere mortals. Or is it. As product people, we have more genius within us than we give ourselves credit for, Shawn Livermore says. Shawn Livermore offers simple strategies to transform everyday activities into innovation, unlocking the genius that has always been there. Shawn Livermore 1 1 63 63 63 / Unlock Your Inner Genius full false 30:59
Why Adopting a Diverse and Inclusive Mindset Matters in Your Product Development Process https://itx.com/blog/why-adopting-a-diverse-and-inclusive-mindset-matters-in-your-product-development-process/ Wed, 30 Jun 2021 16:59:46 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=5050 Whether you’re building products for hundreds, thousands, or millions of individuals, design that provides as many points of access as you have users is no longer a nice-to-have. For reasons based not only in social responsibility but in sound business management, inclusive design is a must. And embedding it into our everyday ways of working begins with the designers and design teams whose duty it is to carry the banner forward.
Over the past few years, the UX design team at ITX started thinking about adopting a more inclusive lens in our work and soon came to realize why it was so important to us as designers, but also as human beings.

The post Why Adopting a Diverse and Inclusive Mindset Matters in Your Product Development Process appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Whether you’re building products for hundreds, thousands, or millions of individuals, design that provides as many points of access as you have users is no longer a nice-to-have. For reasons based not only in social responsibility but in sound business management, inclusive design is a must. And embedding it into our everyday ways of working begins with the designers and design teams whose duty it is to carry the banner forward.

Over the past few years, the UX design team at ITX started thinking about adopting a more inclusive lens in our work and soon came to realize why it was so important to us as designers, but also as human beings.

So in 2020, we committed 3 months to research everything that was already out there about diversity and inclusion in design. Our research culminated in the development of our Diversity and Inclusion in Design Training Guide, which includes a compilation of our favorite curated resources. This works serves as a baseline for our team to help adopt a truly inclusive design mindset.

Why product inclusion benefits everyone

Annie Jean-Baptiste, author of Building for Everyone and Head of Product Inclusion at Google, spells out that “Product Inclusion is the practice of applying an inclusive lens throughout the entire product design and development process to create better products and accelerate business growth.”

According to the University of Cambridge’s Inclusive Design Toolkit, “Every design decision has the potential to include or exclude customers. Inclusive design emphasizes the contribution that understanding user diversity makes to informing these decisions, and thus to including as many people as possible. User diversity covers variation in capabilities, needs and aspirations.”

This does not mean that one design might fit everyone, since we are acknowledging that diverse groups might require different approaches. By applying an inclusive lens to product or service development, we are intentionally trying to incorporate several points of view, needs, and differences in use to create an overall better experience that will accommodate the greatest number of people. Just like Microsoft’s Inclusive Design Toolkit states, “Designing inclusively doesn’t mean you’re making one thing for all people. You’re designing a diversity of ways for everyone to participate in an experience with a sense of belonging.”

One of the premises of inclusive design is that in addition to permanent disabilities, there are temporary and situational disabilities that might affect us all. Microsoft’s toolkit explains that “as people move throughout different environments, their abilities can also change dramatically.” For example, if you’re trying to watch a video in a noisy environment, you might benefit from closed captions – originally created for the hearing-impaired community but later used by a wider audience.

As maintained by Microsoft, “designing for inclusivity not only opens up our products and experiences to more people with a wider range of abilities. It also reflects how people really are. All humans are growing, changing, and adapting to the world around them every day.”

To summarize, in Annie’s words, “product inclusion is about thinking holistically about the dimensions that make people who they are in the moments that matter. Your customers are multifaceted, and your products must be built with that in mind.”

Therefore, one could argue that the business case for inclusive design is self-explanatory, right?

— Nicole Btesh, ITX User Experience Designer

One could even think about product inclusion as a necessary step in the design process. In her July 2016 Ted talk, artist and human rights activist Elise Roy asks, “What if we changed our mindset? What if we started designing for disability first – not the norm? As you see, when we design for disability first, we often stumble upon solutions that are not only inclusive, but also are often better than when we design for the norm.”

Shifting social norms and inclusive design

Traditionally, diversity and inclusion (D&I) has been seen as the responsibility of the Human Resources department, with a focus on the hiring process and talent development, rather than on the products or services we put into the world. Though it’s true that inclusive design has been around forever, it has taken a center stage in workplace discussions in recent years.

Why now?

The rapid evolution of technology has had a significant impact on society, and these impacts have also been translated into the product development industry. Recent changes in demographics, heightened awareness of social inequities, and the clear mismatches between humans and technology have shifted into the mainstream.

Microsoft explains that “Disability happens at the points of interaction between a person and society. Physical, cognitive, and social exclusion is the result of mismatched interactions.” Also, Kat Holmes – technologist, entrepreneur, and author of Mismatch: How Inclusion Shapes Design – argues that designed objects reject their users, like not considering left-handed people for day-to day objects. She explains, that “these mismatches are the building blocks of exclusion.” Not only do they prevent users from experiencing them fully as intended, but they also leave an exclusion feeling attached. Further, “an exclusive design places a burden on people to find their own workarounds.”

The elevation of social consciousness has changed the way we approach design. The world continues to grow, yet becomes ‘smaller’ as humans become increasingly connected, thanks to technology. For all these reasons, the audiences we must consider are much more nuanced.

As Microsoft writes, “Every decision we make can raise or lower barriers to participation in society. It’s our collective responsibility to lower these barriers though inclusive products, services, environments, and experiences. (emphasis added)”

The (business) case for diversity and inclusion in design

What a huge opportunity! We can adopt new perspectives and therefore reshape how we want to design and for whom. As designers, we have a key role in what we design, who we consider to be our main user base, and who we inadvertently exclude. By understanding why diversity and inclusive design are important, we contribute not only to creating a more equitable world, but also to helping the businesses we work for expand too.

As Annie explains, “many people mistakenly assume that underrepresented users comprise an insignificant portion of the population, so making them a priority is a low priority business decision.” The fact is, the cohort of underrepresented users is vast, and the common misconception leads businesses to often overlook the lost revenue that untapped – i.e., excluded – audiences might bring.

In Building for Everyone, she writes that according to Google estimates, failure to serve these untapped segments of the population will yield a lost growth opportunity in the tens of trillions of dollars. What’s more, Google expects an approximate of 700 million additional users in the next few years, which would mean additional trillions of dollars for potential purchases or product usage.


According to McKinsey’s Delivering through diversity report, “Awareness of the business case for inclusion and diversity is on the rise…. Companies have increasingly begun to regard inclusion and diversity as a source of competitive advantage, and specifically as a key enabler of growth.”

In a more recent report, How Diversity & Inclusion Matter, McKinsey writes, “The shift to technology-enabled remote working presents an opportunity for companies to accelerate building inclusive and agile cultures.”

Moreover, as declared by the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C), “The market of people with disabilities is large and growing as the global population ages. […] In the U.S., the annual discretionary spending of people with disabilities is over $200 billion.” Therefore, it’s not just Google that might benefit from expanding their market reach through inclusive design.

Non-inclusive design is bad for business

Cambridge’s toolkit argues that “the importance of adopting good, inclusive design principles early in the conceptual design stage is demonstrated by a report from the Design Council (Mynott et al., 1994), which found that changes after release cost 10,000 times more than changes made during conceptual design.” Anyone who works in technology knows this to be true.

We’ve all seen countless projects get repurposed when they had already been implemented, and we understand how much that costs, not only in time and money (redevelopment, relaunch, and research), but also what it does to our end users: friction and user dissatisfaction. Such an experience can be deadly to certain brands, especially if people feel underrepresented and decide to pivot to a competitor.

As the Cambridge report explains, “One costly example of insufficient accommodation of user diversity relates to the U.S. Treasury. A court ruled that the Treasury discriminated against the blind and visually impaired by designing all denominations of currency in the same size and texture.” As a result, the court ordered the Treasury to absorb the cost and distribution of currency reader devices to eligible individuals.

Cambridge’s inclusive design business case materials offers yet another example: “Target Corporation was taken to court by the U.S. National Federation of the Blind over its website’s inaccessibility to blind and visually impaired users. Target settled for damages of USD6 million and attorney’s fees and costs over USD3.7 million. [Target] also had to make its site fully accessible.”

Conclusion

Applying a diverse and inclusive lens when designing products or services is a must. And you don’t need to take my word for it. In addition to this article, there are countless resources, research, and Ted talks that stress the importance of this subject. I’ve shared only a few. But I wanted to conclude with some thoughts:


As designers, developers, and makers, we need to adopt an inclusive mindset, not just because it’s good for business, but also because it’s the path toward building a more equitable society.


The benefits are countless, and there is also a lot to lose (business-wise) if you don’t incorporate it sooner rather than later. It’s important to encourage conversation and create the space to reflect and identify the systems in place that continue to oppress us. Building products in a non-inclusive way is one of them.

I passionately believe that it’s the product builder’s mission to help transform the organizations where we work and the clients whom we serve by initiating these conversations and reflections as to why this is mission critical.

Hope this article inspires someone!


Want to talk about adopting a diverse and inclusive mindset for your team? Contact us! And be sure to check out our Diversity and Inclusion Design Training Guide.


References

Design for All: Why Inclusion Matters in Business – a podcast featuring Kat Holmes

Mismatch: How Inclusion Shapes Design, by Kat Holmes

Building for Everyone, by Annie Jean-Baptiste

Annie Jean-Baptiste website

Product Inclusion Leadership: Insights from Google SVP Hiroshi Lockheimer, by Annie Jean-Baptiste

McKinsey Report – Diversity wins: How inclusion matters

McKinsey Report – Delivering through diversity

Microsoft’s Inclusive Design

Cambridge Inclusive Design Toolkit

British Standards Institute – Inclusivity standard

Disabled People in the World in 2019: Facts and Figures

Good Design is Inclusive, and Inclusive Design is Good for Everyone; These TED Talks Prove it, by The Carrera Agency/Designing North

Elise Roy Ted Talk – When we design for disability, we all benefit


Learn more about designing for inclusion with the ITX ebook:
Getting Started with Product Inclusion – An imperfect guide to thinking bigger and building better digital experiences.


Nicole Btesh is a User Experience designer and facilitator. She uses contextual research and co-design workshops to create better products and services, and to innovate faster. At ITX, she co-created a framework to adapt in-person workshops to an entirely virtual environment. She also helped create a Diversity and Inclusion baseline training at ITX. She is passionate about design and gender studies and hosted Spain’s first-ever Gender Design Service Jam.


The post Why Adopting a Diverse and Inclusive Mindset Matters in Your Product Development Process appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
62 / Brand Archetypes Help Our Products Speak to the World https://itx.com/podcast/62-margie-agin-brand-archetypes-help-our-products-speak-to-the-world/ Tue, 29 Jun 2021 15:54:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=8711 We don’t have to know what the word archetype means to recognize how it connects our brand with our users. Brand archetypes help us choose the right words, assemble them in the right order, and communicate the experience our users expect, Margie Agin explains. Our brand is how our products speak to the world. In …

The post 62 / Brand Archetypes Help Our Products Speak to the World appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
We don’t have to know what the word archetype means to recognize how it connects our brand with our users. Brand archetypes help us choose the right words, assemble them in the right order, and communicate the experience our users expect, Margie Agin explains. Our brand is how our products speak to the world.

In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean is joined by Margie Agin, award-winning marketer and founder/chief strategist at Centerboard Marketing. Margie works with B2B companies to identify and communicate key aspects of their brand and drive action. “We use brand archetypes to reflect our product’s personality,” Margie offers.

“It’s expressing your company, which includes your product, as a human – not just as technology,” she adds. “And when you do that, it makes you more relatable as a company, building trust and closing the gap between your brand and your customers.”

For B2B technology companies that aren’t consumer facing, finding the human elements of your brand can be more challenging. Are you the Hero? Jester? Or maybe your product brand speaks as a Pioneer, Explorer, Lover, or Sage.

Listen in as Margie shares valuable tips that make this task easier, including gathering people with different experiences with your product to identify and validate how it interacts with users.

The post 62 / Brand Archetypes Help Our Products Speak to the World appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
We don’t have to know what the word archetype means to recognize how it connects our brand with our users. Brand archetypes help us choose the right words, assemble them in the right order, and communicate the experience our users expect, Margie Agin works with B2B companies to identify and communicate key aspects of their brand and drive action using brand archetypes. Margie Agin 1 1 59 59 62 / Brand Archetypes Help Our Products Speak to the World full false 28:45
AMA 2021 Pinnacle Awards https://itx.com/news/ama-2021-pinnacle-awards/ Thu, 24 Jun 2021 16:02:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=11274 Software Firm to Capitalize on Need for Specialized Service Offerings
April 6, 2022 Rochester, NY – Custom software developer ITX Corp. is pleased to announce the promotion of Michael Lesher to the newly created role, Vice President of Technology. Lesher will leverage his 16 years of industry experience to sharpen the firm’s focus on technical practice area development as part of its growth strategy.

The post AMA 2021 Pinnacle Awards appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Software tech firm ranked 23rd on the Rochester Top Workplaces List

June 24th, 2021 Rochester, NY – ITX celebrated an accolade from the Rochester Chapter of the American Marketing Association, winning a Pinnacle Award in the Paid Search and /or Display category. Local companies are recognized by the American Marketing Association due to their program strategy, tactics, creativity, and, most importantly, the results of their creativity. 

ITX submitted their work with Greater Rochester Enterprise (GRE), a non-profit who encourages businesses and entrepreneurs to bring their business into the greater Rochester area. GRE needed help with lead conversion via site content and ad campaigns. ITX was extremely successful with this, increasing their targets by over 100%. Learn more about what we did by reading our case study.

ITX continues to grow and learn, while sharing our knowledge along the way. Our team now comprises nearly 250 talented product professionals and technologists, and we are growing every day. The company is adding to its team of software and design professionals, and open, remote-friendly opportunities can be found here: www.itx.com/careers.


About ITX Corp.

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies solve complex business challenges through product development, delivering software that builds trust, loyalty, and advocacy. Founded nearly 25 years ago, ITX has expanded beyond its roots in Rochester, NY into a team of hundreds of talented product professionals and technologists throughout the Americas and beyond. Visit itx.com for more.

Career inquiries: 585.899.4888

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing | 585.899.4895

The post AMA 2021 Pinnacle Awards appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
61 / Simple Steps for High-Touch User Engagement https://itx.com/podcast/61-simple-steps-for-high-touch-user-engagement/ Tue, 15 Jun 2021 18:00:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=8692 Maybe more than anything else, product people want good, honest, relevant feedback about their products. And their go-to source for the straight-up truth? Moms and best friends. They’re the ones who’ll give you the sort of “big-picture feedback you’re desperate for.” And the best part is they know enough not to give advice you didn’t …

The post 61 / Simple Steps for High-Touch User Engagement appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Maybe more than anything else, product people want good, honest, relevant feedback about their products. And their go-to source for the straight-up truth? Moms and best friends. They’re the ones who’ll give you the sort of “big-picture feedback you’re desperate for.” And the best part is they know enough not to give advice you didn’t ask for. This is the “mom test,” Rob Fitzpatrick explains.

In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, author-entrepreneur Rob Fitzpatrick joins Sean and ITX product strategist Matt Bush to discuss how best to do product discovery and get answers to these questions: “How do I get people to talk to me? How do I know if I have enough feedback? How do I figure out if I’m building the right thing?”

In his book, The Mom Test, Rob writes, “It’s not everyone else’s responsibility to tell you the truth; it’s your responsibility to go out and find it.” Coupled with his personal rule – i.e., to build products only for customers I actually want to be friends with – and you’ve got a recipe for product success. Even more than that, though, you’ve got a blueprint for research, discovery, and engagement that leads to better products and more interesting stuff to work on.

Listen in to catch more of Rob’s “how to’s” on user engagement and workshopping:

  • How (and where) to initiate the perfect learning conversation
  • How keen focus on your MVA will help you build your MVP
  • How to recognize compliments as the red flags that you’ve started asking bad questions
  • How to match the 5 teaching formats with the type of content you’re teaching

The post 61 / Simple Steps for High-Touch User Engagement appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Maybe more than anything else, product people want good, honest, relevant feedback about their products. And their go-to source for the straight-up truth? Moms and best friends. They’re the ones who’ll give you the sort of “big-picture feedback you’re ... Rob Fitzpatrick, author of "The Mom Test" discusses how to best do product discovery and improve user engagement. Rob Fitzpatrick 1 1 61 61 61 / Simple Steps for High-Touch User Engagement full false 35:57
60 / Define Your Brand With Innovative UX Design https://itx.com/podcast/60-define-your-brand-with-innovative-ux-design/ Thu, 03 Jun 2021 09:38:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=8703     As product people, how do we know when the time is right to “color outside the lines”? In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, award-winning product designer and strategist Bill Flora joins Sean and ITX’s Mike Thone (a designer/disruptor in his own right) to chip away at the question.  Maybe experiment with …

The post 60 / Define Your Brand With Innovative UX Design appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
 
 

As product people, how do we know when the time is right to “color outside the lines”? In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, award-winning product designer and strategist Bill Flora joins Sean and ITX’s Mike Thone (a designer/disruptor in his own right) to chip away at the question. 

Maybe experiment with a new design approach or re-create some of the early Wild West days when design standards were the exception, not the rule. After all, isn’t that a fundamental piece of the innovation puzzle – standing convention on its head by doing something that hasn’t been done before?

“I always feel like it’s our job to push,” Bill explains. “There are so many opportunities to innovate. But I also think there are areas where we can innovate within established patterns. You know, ‘let’s not try and reinvent here.’ At the end of the day, our job is to make sure our customers are happy.”

Bill’s resume includes stints with Microsoft, Nike, MasterCard, and NASA. And he is currently the Chief Creative Officer at Blink, a user experience consulting and usability research firm. So if you’re keen on defining your brand through UX design and collaboration, Bill shares some key insights throughout the pod. He also defines design language and explains the key role it plays in boosting company culture and user experiences.

Listen to hear more from Bill Flora, including –

  • Enhancing wonder and discovery through communication and design at NASA
  • Scrollytelling, the art of creating interactive experiences using content in multiple media to make stories come to life
  • Setting priorities as a designer, making time for things that fit in your vision

The post 60 / Define Your Brand With Innovative UX Design appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
    As product people, how do we know when the time is right to “color outside the lines”? In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, award-winning product designer and strategist Bill Flora joins Sean and ITX’s Mike Thone (a designer/disruptor i... Bill Flora shares learnings from UX design and collaboration that can help product managers in product branding. Bill Flora 1 1 60 60 60 / Define Your Brand With Innovative UX Design full false 28:24
59 / Balance Mission & Vision For Great Products https://itx.com/podcast/59-balance-mission-vision-for-great-products/ Tue, 18 May 2021 09:38:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=8674     What does it really mean to be obsessed with serving your customers? How can we balance mission and vision to build great products? In this episode of Product Momentum, ITX product leader Matt Bush joins Sean in a lively conversation with Esteban Contreras, a Senior Director of Product Management at Hootsuite. Like many so organizations …

The post 59 / Balance Mission & Vision For Great Products appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
 
 

What does it really mean to be obsessed with serving your customers? How can we balance mission and vision to build great products? In this episode of Product Momentum, ITX product leader Matt Bush joins Sean in a lively conversation with Esteban Contreras, a Senior Director of Product Management at Hootsuite. Like many so organizations in the space, Hootsuite deftly adapted to a pandemic-driven business climate to continue serving customers from a fully remote work environment. Esteban shares how celebration and culture were key to this process.

Some customers seem less concerned with the long-term vision of your product. Even product teams sometimes struggle to grasp their long-term goals when they don’t know the path for getting there. For some, Esteban adds, “A successful day simply means getting out of work on time.”  And that’s why mission is so important. Mission explains why we exist in the first place. It is our north star that gives meaning to our work. Along with culture, mission motivates employees to do more than the minimum.

Listen in to catch more from Esteban Contreras; learn about his unique entrance into product management and cool ways to celebrate activities that are integral to customer success.

The post 59 / Balance Mission & Vision For Great Products appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
    What does it really mean to be obsessed with serving your customers? How can we balance mission and vision to build great products? In this episode of Product Momentum, ITX product leader Matt Bush joins Sean in a lively conversation with Esteban C... Esteban Contreras of Hootsuite talks about the importance of mission and vision in building great products. Esteban Contreras 1 1 59 59 59 / Balance Mission & Vision For Great Products full false 24:13
How We Championed a Product Inclusion Mindset https://itx.com/blog/how-we-championed-a-product-inclusion-mindset/ Fri, 30 Apr 2021 13:18:18 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=3124 If the mission of User Experience is to design experiences that improve the lives of others, how can we allow the process we use to conceive these experiences, and ultimately the product or service themselves, to exclude whole segments of people? That is precisely what happens when we allow irresponsible design practices to deliver harm through the experiences we’ve helped create.

To begin to address these flaws, designers need education around inclusion, awareness of what inclusive design looks like, and a pathway to action that embeds inclusive practices into the design and development process.

The post How We Championed a Product Inclusion Mindset appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Join us as we take a deliberate approach to learning about diversity, equity, and inclusion in product design

If the mission of User Experience is to create experiences that improve the lives of others, how can we allow the process we use to conceive these experiences, and ultimately the product or service themselves, to exclude whole segments of people? That is precisely what happens when we allow irresponsible design practices to deliver harm through the experiences we’ve helped create.

To begin to address these flaws, designers need education around inclusion, awareness of what inclusive design looks like, and a pathway to action that embeds inclusive practices into the design and development process.

In 2021, our team of UX designers initiated an intentional dialogue around diversity and inclusion within our work. This moved us to do what designers do: ask questions, conduct research, and spark conversations with a lot of people.

During our research, we learned that 62.3% of respondents to a 2020 InVision survey said they recently had a team conversation about diversity, equity, and inclusion at work. Of those who responded, 26.4% said it was the first time they had done so. Inspired to ensure we were doing our part, we created space to engage our team in those same conversations. A big part of that effort required self-reflection about our own contributions.

As designers, we play a critical role in the product development process and, ultimately, in building the world we all live in. Our decisions – big and small – have a considerable impact on the lives of so many.

Simply put, our designs can help people or hurt them. It’s our duty to ensure our designs are conceived and implemented responsibly and with inclusion top of mind.

The social benefit is clear and undeniable. In her video presentation entitled The Case for Product Inclusion 2.0 Google’s Head of Product Inclusion Annie Jean-Baptiste makes a strong case for supporting inclusion through design, which also embraces business considerations and impact.

Product Inclusion emphasizes universality. It’s the practice of applying an inclusive lens throughout the entire product design and development process to create better products and accelerate business growth.

Product Inclusion means inviting in those with diverse perspectives, learning from their perspectives, and then embedding them at key inflection points in the process to create products that serve a more diverse consumer base [1].

ITX’s Inclusive Design Initiative

Objective and Guiding Principles

So our design team at ITX posed the question: how might we ensure that everyone on our team (current and future) has a foundational set of knowledge and tools to design inclusive products?

And with that, we kicked off Phase 1 of an expansive, ongoing initiative. A small group of us set out to achieve the following objectives over a 3-month period:

  • Establish a standard, baseline understanding of inclusion and how it applies to technology – specifically, digital products;
  • Provide foundational information and tactics required to practice inclusive product design; and
  • Empower the UX team to collaborate with our colleagues in Sales, Delivery, Product, and Architecture to advocate for and deliver products that are inclusive.

The following represent the four key principles we aligned around:

  • Focused. Limit scope to the audience of the UX design practitioner and (mostly) to the practice of design.
  • Impactful. See a tangible outcome within 3 months.
  • Collaborative. Include as many perspectives in the process as possible.
  • Scalable. Create something that can evolve and grow.

We first set out to understand how familiar our team was with the concept of inclusive design. We started with a basic survey to gauge our team’s level of experience with the subject matter and followed with several 1:1 interviews with team members to gather more detail.

Survey results confirmed our hypothesis; we learned that the depth of knowledge across the team varied. On an uplifting note, we also learned that team members highly valued inclusion and felt driven to learn more about it.

With that knowledge in hand, we launched a research phase. We scoured the broad expanse of the internet and vetted numerous resources. As I’m sure you’ll discover when you check out the outcomes of our initiative, there is a plethora of great stuff out there.

During the process, we leaned heavily on our objectives and principles to stay on track. We reminded ourselves that this was still Phase 1 and we had to start somewhere. Our goal was to roll something out and drive change as quickly as possible.

Tools That Support Our Collaborative Effort

Because of our rich experience with Miro and Zoom, we selected them as our preferred tools for collaboration and documentation. Our project sub-group conducted weekly working sessions and brought in other team members along the way to gather their input, too. In this way, we were implementing some of the product inclusion best practices we were researching.

An initial collection and organization of found resources in Miro

We compiled a set of quality, curated resources that we felt provided a strong introduction to Product Inclusion and that met the objectives we outlined for our team. We rounded them up into one neatly organized Trello board, called it a “Diversity & Inclusion Guide,” and rolled it out to our design team as required training.

ITX Diversity & Inclusion Design Guide in Trello

Crawl, Walk, Run Toward Continuous Innovation

Knowledge building is a deliberate, step-by-step process that begins with foundational education (as early on as possible). This was the logical starting point for our team. We believe strongly in continuous improvement through continuous learning. Every question we asked yielded new information, new knowledge, and confirmed the reality that the work we initiated will never be complete.

After each team member completed the learning guide, we surveyed the team again. And the results showed great promise:

  • More than 80% of team members “learned a significant amount of new information (50-75% of the information was new) about inclusion.”
  • 100% of team members answered ‘Yes’ to the question: “Do you think the information you consumed in this guide will change the way that you think about and approach design/technology problems in the future?”

Our confidence blossomed, knowing that the learnings were driving meaningful, positive impact.

Our next step, which has already begun, was to collaborate with the other departments in our organization (Development, Quality Assurance, Marketing, and Product Management) to ensure we’re all doing our part to build and ship inclusive products.

Our process of knowledge building is transitioning seamlessly into one of knowledge sharing. We are actively identifying training opportunities and process improvements.

The ITX Diversity & Inclusion Design Guide

In the spirit of collaboration, we invite you to check out a public version of our Diversity & Inclusion Guide. Some proprietary information has been removed or modified due to copyright, but most of the board consists of free, publicly available resources.

We hope that it inspires you to create, build, and ship more inclusive products, and to take the time to understand how your team might play a role in applying and expanding the concept of inclusion in design. Every opportunity we have to be better and to do better cannot be undervalued.

To complete the full learning guide, we recommend the following:

[1] Building For Everyone: Expand Your Market With Design Practices, from Google’s Product Inclusion Team. September 1, 2020.


We’re knowledge seekers and knowledge sharers, and we’d love to have you join us. If you have thoughts about the Trello board or insight into how your team is taking action to build more inclusive products, we’d love to hear! Contact us.



Learn more about designing for inclusion with the ITX ebook
Getting Started with Product Inclusion – An imperfect guide to thinking bigger and building better digital experiences.


Christina Halladay is a User Experience (UX) Designer with an educational background in Psychology and a passion for ‘people’ problems. She’s driven to understand how things work and how they impact the people that interact with them. At ITX, she is a Director of UX where she works with distributed cross-functional teams to build impactful, human-centered digital products. She co-founded and organized a UX conference series called ITXUX, which brings world-renowned speakers to various cities to educate and inspire the tech community. When she’s not designing digital products, she can usually be found somewhere outside with her husband, son, and two dogs, being amazed by the design of the natural world.


The post How We Championed a Product Inclusion Mindset appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
58 / Innovate With Continuous Discovery https://itx.com/podcast/58-innovate-with-continuous-discovery/ Fri, 30 Apr 2021 09:38:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=8665     Innovation is important, especially for digital products. However, it can also be an annoyance if a clear focus on customer needs is not present. This is where continuous discovery comes into play, Teresa Torres explains. In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul talk with Teresa Torres, a product discovery coach and …

The post 58 / Innovate With Continuous Discovery appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
 
 

Innovation is important, especially for digital products. However, it can also be an annoyance if a clear focus on customer needs is not present. This is where continuous discovery comes into play, Teresa Torres explains.

In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul talk with Teresa Torres, a product discovery coach and author of Continuous Discovery Habits. Continuous discovery has numerous benefits for companies, product people, and customers, but product leaders must make time for continuous discovery on a weekly basis. Only by talking to customers can real value-producing innovation occur.

Moving away from old-school ways of working can be difficult, no matter what industry your organization is in. Teresa says that you often have more influence than you might think and that a lot can be done if you have the confidence to “rock the boat a little bit.” 

Listen to glean more valuable insights from Teresa, including: 

  • Constantly evolving methods of work and how to contextualize them
  • How Continuous Discovery and the Continuous Mindset are related to Agile principles
  • The place for products that create joy, even if they don’t solve a problem
  • How to get started, no matter how daunting a new initiative might seem

The post 58 / Innovate With Continuous Discovery appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
    Innovation is important, especially for digital products. However, it can also be an annoyance if a clear focus on customer needs is not present. This is where continuous discovery comes into play, Teresa Torres explains. Product coach Teresa Torres discusses how continuous discovery can enable customer-focused, innovative products. Teresa Torres 1 1 56 56 58 / Innovate With Continuous Discovery full false 29:51
57 / The Product-Led Organization https://itx.com/podcast/57-the-product-led-organization/ Tue, 20 Apr 2021 19:27:52 +0000 https://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1810 What does “product-led” really mean, and how can you leverage it in your personal practice and throughout your organization? Terrence Liverpool has some answers on these topics.   In this episode of Product Momentum, Sean and Paul catch up with Terrence Liverpool, AVP, Consumer Bank Digital Product Manager at Synchrony Bank. Terrence is an innovator …

The post 57 / The Product-Led Organization appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
What does “product-led” really mean, and how can you leverage it in your personal practice and throughout your organization? Terrence Liverpool has some answers on these topics.
 
In this episode of Product Momentum, Sean and Paul catch up with Terrence Liverpool, AVP, Consumer Bank Digital Product Manager at Synchrony Bank. Terrence is an innovator who brings a wealth of insights that come from working across the digital sector, at companies such as Comedy Central and Nasdaq. He identifies as both an intrapreneur and an entrepreneur and he shares how product ownership is central to both of these roles.
 
 
Terrence also draws our attention to another key skill for product managers: intuition. He encourages PMs to question decisions that are made and then “dig deeper to get the story behind it all.” With changing business goals, it is important to continually refocus on the big picture and evaluate how short-term decisions impact your long-term goals.
 

Tune in to this episode to hear all of Terrence’s insights, plus more on:

  • Sustaining two-way communication with stakeholders to prioritize the user experience 
  • Leveraging your organization’s core values to guide long-term goals
  • Promoting customer advocacy through innovation
  • Choosing the processes that work best for your organization

The post 57 / The Product-Led Organization appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
What does “product-led” really mean, and how can you leverage it in your personal practice and throughout your organization? Terrence Liverpool has some answers on these topics.   In this episode of Product Momentum, Terrence Liverpool talks about intrepreneurship, entrepreneurship, and how to leverage intuition to build better products. Terrence Liverpool 1 1 57 57 57 / The Product-Led Organization full false 28:55
ITX Wins Best Tech Workplace 2021 https://itx.com/news/itx-wins-best-tech-workplace-2021/ Fri, 16 Apr 2021 16:04:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=11276 Software Firm to Capitalize on Need for Specialized Service Offerings
April 6, 2022 Rochester, NY – Custom software developer ITX Corp. is pleased to announce the promotion of Michael Lesher to the newly created role, Vice President of Technology. Lesher will leverage his 16 years of industry experience to sharpen the firm’s focus on technical practice area development as part of its growth strategy.

The post ITX Wins Best Tech Workplace 2021 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Software tech firm ranked 23rd on the Rochester Top Workplaces List

April 16th, 2021 Rochester, NY – ITX celebrated a win from the TechRochester 2021 Greater Rochester Excellence and Achievement in Technology (GREAT) Awards. ITX won the Best Tech Workplace Award. The GREAT Awards recognize individuals and organizations in the Greater Rochester community with an entrepreneurial spirit and those on the leading edge of both technological innovation and implementation. Entrants were judged based on workplace culture, engagement, innovation, and creativity. 

ITX continues to grow and learn, while sharing our knowledge along the way. Our team now comprises nearly 250 talented product professionals and technologists, and we are growing every day. The company is adding to its team of software and design professionals, and open, remote-friendly opportunities can be found here: www.itx.com/careers.


About ITX Corp.

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies solve complex business challenges through product development, delivering software that builds trust, loyalty, and advocacy. Founded nearly 25 years ago, ITX has expanded beyond its roots in Rochester, NY into a team of hundreds of talented product professionals and technologists throughout the Americas and beyond. Visit itx.com for more.

Career inquiries: 585.899.4888

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing | 585.899.4895

The post ITX Wins Best Tech Workplace 2021 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
56 / Lifelong Learners Propel Product https://itx.com/podcast/56-lifelong-learners-propel-product/ Tue, 06 Apr 2021 13:38:54 +0000 https://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1712 In today’s episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Carlos Gonzalez de Villaumbrosia, the Founder and CEO of Product School, shares his inspiration for Product School and its role in shaping the next generation of product leaders. Carlos has an unending passion for helping others succeed in the product space, and his enthusiasm is contagious! The …

The post 56 / Lifelong Learners Propel Product appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>

In today’s episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Carlos Gonzalez de Villaumbrosia, the Founder and CEO of Product School, shares his inspiration for Product School and its role in shaping the next generation of product leaders. Carlos has an unending passion for helping others succeed in the product space, and his enthusiasm is contagious!

The most successful and inspiring product leaders are all very curious and interesting people, but it can sometimes be difficult to find time in our busy lives for learning and self-improvement. Carlos Gonzalez de Villaumbrosia shares strategies to make lifelong learning, and connecting with other brilliant product managers, a reality.

“We are all creating the future together,” he says. Working towards product-oriented goals throughout your organization can eliminate silos and drive better customer outcomes. Likewise, sharing your insights and learnings with others can fuel long-term success in the industry.

Listen to hear more about:

  • Democratizing access to education in product management and more generally
  • Finding mentors, no matter what stage of your career you are in
  • Product managers as generalists and the importance of product-specific, on-the-ground experience if you are transitioning from a more specialized role
  • The future of product management now that the profession has gained traction and clarity

The post 56 / Lifelong Learners Propel Product appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In today’s episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Carlos Gonzalez de Villaumbrosia, the Founder and CEO of Product School, shares his inspiration for Product School and its role in shaping the next generation of product leaders. Carlos Gonzalez de Villaumbrosia, Founder & CEO at Product School, talks about the importance of constantly learning and sharing. Carlos Gonzalez de Villaumbrosia 1 1 56 56 56 / Lifelong Learners Propel Product full false 32:38
Why Client Advocates Are the New Currency in the Age of Digital Disruption https://itx.com/blog/why-client-advocates-are-the-new-currency-in-the-age-of-digital-disruption/ Wed, 31 Mar 2021 14:12:24 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=2552 The sooner business leaders turn their attention from Profit to Advocacy as the primary measure of success, the sooner they will see growth in both. Profit offers a snapshot of success, but Advocacy is predictive of future success. As long you as continue its care and feeding, Advocacy will remain the gift that keeps on giving.

Building a client base of advocates gives you a big leg up on the competition. It means that you’re surfing the wave of digital disruption instead of being dragged along the jagged reef below. It may even mean that you are the disruptor – not only of competitors in your space, but of yourself too. That’s a good thing. And advocates help you do both.

The post Why Client Advocates Are the New Currency in the Age of Digital Disruption appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Profit Is No Longer the Measure that Matters Most

The sooner business leaders turn their attention from Profit to Advocacy as the primary measure of success, the sooner they will see growth in both. Profit offers a snapshot of success, but Advocacy is predictive of future success. As long you as continue its care and feeding, Advocacy will remain the gift that keeps on giving.

Building a client base of advocates gives you a big leg up on the competition. It means that you’re surfing the wave of digital disruption instead of being dragged along the jagged reef below. It may even mean that you are the disruptor – not only of competitors in your space, but of yourself too. That’s a good thing. And advocates help you do both.

Whole industries have been replaced as digital disrupts our world. COVID-19 has only accelerated this change, yanking us from co-located workspaces and landing us in distributed work environments. Over the past year, we’ve even stopped shopping in our familiar brick and mortar haunts – opting for the relative safety and convenience of the online experience.

Focusing On Things That Do Not Change

Even as we come to grips with the blistering pace of technological change, Amazon’s Jeff Bezos reminds us to focus not on what will be impacted by technology, but instead on the things that technology won’t change.

In a world in which change is the only constant, how do we do that? How do we combat the disruption, overcome the uncertainty, and navigate the ambiguity that helps you be Apple, not Blackberry. Netflix, not Blockbuster. Fuji, not Kodak.

The way we do it is to embrace the job to be done. Acknowledge the fact that even though technology changes, the job we hire it to do does not.

Blackberry, Blockbuster, and Kodak were disrupted because they grew too attached to their specific technology – and not the fundamental user need. The trick is in defining the business you are in and then working hard to address your customers’ needs. Even then, there are no guarantees.

Blackberry, for example, could easily have defined themselves in the highly competitive field of business communications. And they delivered a device that led the market…until it was disrupted not only by a new technology, but by evolving user needs. Blackberry failed to realize that business communications would suddenly and unceremoniously be subsumed by the broader communications business.

The moral of their story – and so many companies similarly disrupted – is that you need to continually verify and define the business you are in. In hindsight, it is easy to see the business you should have been in. But by then, it is often too late.

Nurturing Customer Advocates to Confront Digital Disruption

So how do you stand up to the threat digital disruption presents? The secret lies in getting back to basics. It starts with remembering who pays our salaries: the customer. You need to understand who your customer is and what is important to them. It’s such a simple concept that it’s often overlooked or taken for granted. But let’s be honest: No customers = No business.

You don’t want just any customers. You want advocates. Advocates give you feedback and input that you don’t get from others. Over time, you’ve shared a series of micro-experiences with your advocates that have fostered mutual trust and loyalty.

Advocates believe in you; they provide the insight you need to improve your products and services. They’re also willing to defend you and tell their friends about you. As uncertainty creeps in and risk of disruption increases, advocates join the battle to help combat these uncertainties.

So ask yourself: Do you know who your advocates are? Do you have a strategy for growing their number and a plan for gathering their insights? Are you regularly seeking their input to understand how digital is impacting them and ways in which you can improve?

How to Avoid the “But My Customers Love Me” Trap

Understanding what customers truly want and listening to how you can deliver that to them is all part of the nurturing equation. Your advocates become a key part of doing this. When they’re delighted by the solution you’ve provided, they’ll be sure to let you know. Be beware: it’s not hard to become enamored with their lofty praise.

But this is the trap, especially hard to recognize when a shrinking number of customer-advocates embrace what you offer today. Too often companies don’t realize the disruption that’s taking place just beyond their periphery.

Think back to Blackberry. They had customer who told their product builders how they could not live without their devices. If you are old enough to remember when Blackberry was all the rage, I am sure you knew someone, or maybe were one yourself, who was completely devoted to their device.

But the Blackberry faded quickly as customers realized that emerging technologies served their communication needs better – including needs they didn’t even realize they had. Blackberry missed an important signal. Instead of listening to their customer-advocates, they ignored the coming disruption.

While Bezos tells us to focus on things that will not change, it’s easier said than done. What would Blackberry have done differently if they had asked that question? Maybe nothing. Then again, perhaps they might have discovered that the job their customers hired the Blackberry to perform – as well as the technology needed to perform it – had changed.

Blackberry users wanted to work on the go and easily connect both personally and professionally using only one device. Not just to do email, not just to play music, and not just make a call or send a text. They wanted it all, in one easy-to-use device that reduced complexity and decreased cost. And they didn’t realize this was even possible until Apple disrupted the market, and them right along with it.

Incorporating Advocate Feedback; Trust But Verify

So ask yourself: what will not change in my industry? Thinking about this question can help you uncover a strategy that you can confidently invest in.

As you mull over this one, be sure to keep an eye on technology trends. Conversations with advocates can be hugely impactful here. Seek them out and collect their insights on important developments that give you the inside track on potential business opportunities and strategies.

Follow people like futurist Peter Diamandis, who writes about nascent trends and how they will impact us all. His insights regularly address newer technologies – e.g., AI, 3D printing, VR, and AR – and how they will impact both business and society. Diamandis’ blog is but one source of information about digital disruptions that lie beyond our horizon.

Building a strategy around what will not change and identifying trends that could impact your business are critical steps to avoid digital disruption. Cultivate a client base of advocates to help secure your future. Like scouts on a reconnaissance mission, advocates will keep a sharp lookout for trends you need to be aware of.

Then listen to them; trust but verify. And make sure you are incorporate their feedback into your long-term strategy. Avoid getting caught up thinking that you already know what is happening around you. In fact, assume that your business will be disrupted. This mindset forces you to see the need of early warning feedback from your advocates and a strategy based on what will not change for your customers.


Interested in creating customer advocacy and building product loyalty? Learn from the experts! Check out our Product Momentum Podcast with guest Adam Bates, from Amazon.


Fred Breer is President and Partner at ITX Corp. He completed the Entrepreneurial Masters Program at MIT, and earned his B.S. in Electrical Engineering from the University of Rochester. Fred’s expertise lies in executive leadership, innovation, business growth strategies, and building strong corporate cultures.


The post Why Client Advocates Are the New Currency in the Age of Digital Disruption appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Build a Superior Product in 2021 https://itx.com/events/build-a-superior-product-in-2021/ Mon, 29 Mar 2021 21:04:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=3117 Learn the new design sprint playbook used to delight millions of users and hear how design leaders at Fortune 1000 company Paychex and ITX work through problems large and small. Watch now

The post Build a Superior Product in 2021 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Learn the new design sprint playbook used to delight millions of users and hear how design leaders at Fortune 1000 company Paychex and ITX work through problems large and small.

Watch now

The post Build a Superior Product in 2021 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
ITX Humbled to be Named a Top Workplace in 2021 https://itx.com/news/itx-humbled-to-be-named-a-top-workplace-in-2021/ Thu, 25 Mar 2021 19:20:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=14052 March 25, 2021 Rochester, NY – ITX was honored to be named to a Top Workplace, ranking #28, by the Democrat and Chronicle.

The post ITX Humbled to be Named a Top Workplace in 2021 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
In the first half of 2021, ITX was named a top Rochester NY workplace and we have our employees to thank.

March 25, 2021 Rochester, NY – ITX was honored to be named to a Top Workplace, ranking #28, by the Democrat and Chronicle.

ITX was established nearly 25 years ago as an organization committed to solving super complex problems – in fact, the thornier, the better. We’ve embraced that challenge: our cultural philosophy begins with a thorough understanding of the problem, then crafting a solution around both the job to be done and the users who will enjoy the benefit of our efforts.

While our headquarters is in Rochester, our “remote-first” approach to building our team is to seek, hire, and retain the best available talent regardless of zip code, time zone, or hemisphere. We match our global search for technical expertise with a pursuit of the values, experiences, and perspectives that power organizational diversity. Building our team in this way provides our clients and us with direct access to a world of domain experts who all share a common passion in discovery, exploration, and purposeful experimentation.


About ITX Corp.

ITX helps mid- to large-sized companies solve complex business challenges through user experience and product development, delivering software solutions that build trust, loyalty, and advocacy. Founded nearly 25 years ago and headquartered in Rochester, NY, ITX now celebrates 250+ product professionals and technologists across the U.S, throughout the Americas, and around the world.

Career inquiries: 585.899.4888

Media Inquiries: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing | 585.899.4895

The post ITX Humbled to be Named a Top Workplace in 2021 appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
55 / Encouraging Great Ideas https://itx.com/podcast/55-encouraging-great-ideas/ Tue, 23 Mar 2021 14:37:46 +0000 https://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1872 Great ideas can come from anywhere. It is the job of product leaders to seek out these ideas by taking educated risks, by thinking (and working) outside the box. In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul are joined by Aaron Cooper, the Enterprise User Experience Leader for Navigation and Sensors at …

The post 55 / Encouraging Great Ideas appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>

Great ideas can come from anywhere. It is the job of product leaders to seek out these ideas by taking educated risks, by thinking (and working) outside the box. In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul are joined by Aaron Cooper, the Enterprise User Experience Leader for Navigation and Sensors at Honeywell. Aaron shares key strategies for ideation, workshopping, and working across disciplines.

Aaron Cooper believes that “excellent facilitation helps you scale your ideation.” In fact, great ideas and great leadership go hand in hand. An idea can lay dormant for years waiting for just the right moment to be applied; the quietest team members often contribute the deepest insights. The key is creating a space for everyone’s contributions, then recognizing which can be applied to build better products.

Listen in to learn some strategies that improve your facilitation skills, and be sure to catch Aaron’s thoughts on:

  • Persona speed dating to keep customers’ needs front-of-mind across the organization
  • Gleaning deep insights by asking the right questions and asking them often
  • Challenging the status quo and choosing people who are “willing to be a little crazy”
  • The impact of AI on the future of product, especially for designers

The post 55 / Encouraging Great Ideas appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Great ideas can come from anywhere. It is the job of product leaders to seek out these ideas by taking educated risks, by thinking (and working) outside the box. In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, In this episode, Aaron Cooper shares tips for coming up with great ideas to build products that solve customers' real needs. Aaron Cooper 1 1 55 55 55 / Encouraging Great Ideas full false 36:40
Prioritizing Stakeholders Drives Targeted, Impactful Outcomes https://itx.com/blog/prioritizing-stakeholders-drives-targeted-impactful-outcomes/ Tue, 23 Mar 2021 14:13:17 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=24458 Why Treating Every Client As #1 Gets Us In Trouble.

Clarifying Our Vision Through Strategic Stakeholder Prioritization

In any thriving business, possessing a clear, mutually understood vision of whom your organization serves stands as the hallmark of robust strategy and compelling leadership. This understanding becomes particularly critical as organizations expand, necessitating that leadership teams grasp and effectively communicate the complexities of stakeholder hierarchies. These hierarchies guide more informed, effective decision-making that aligns with the organization’s long-term objectives.

However, misconceptions or misalignments within these hierarchies can lead to significant strategic missteps, often manifesting as widespread confusion about the primary focus of service. This blog proposes a structured approach to dissecting and prioritizing stakeholders to ensure targeted, impactful engagements.

Several years ago, I collaborated with a major corporation grappling with a technology crisis. To make a long story short, market criticisms about security vulnerabilities within their key software precipitated a hasty decision to overhaul and re-platform the application. Driven by a reactive concern for market perceptions – primarily focused on stock price impact – the corporation’s leadership mandated a rapid redevelopment cycle. This rush sidelined potential incremental improvements, aiming instead for feature parity with the legacy system.

Upon release, the new version (while technically superior) failed to meet user expectations. This led to market backlash and a tarnished brand reputation. While totally understandable, this scenario exemplifies a breakdown in understanding service hierarchies, where the focus skewed too heavily toward investor concerns at the expense of user satisfaction.

The post Prioritizing Stakeholders Drives Targeted, Impactful Outcomes appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Why Treating Every Client As #1 Gets Us In Trouble

Clarifying Our Vision Through Strategic Stakeholder Prioritization

In any thriving business, possessing a clear, mutually understood vision of whom your organization serves stands as the hallmark of robust strategy and compelling leadership. This understanding becomes particularly critical as organizations expand, necessitating that leadership teams grasp and effectively communicate the complexities of stakeholder hierarchies. These hierarchies guide more informed, effective decision-making that aligns with the organization’s long-term objectives.

However, misconceptions or misalignments within these hierarchies can lead to significant strategic missteps, often manifesting as widespread confusion about the primary focus of service. This blog proposes a structured approach to dissecting and prioritizing stakeholders to ensure targeted, impactful engagements.

Several years ago, I collaborated with a major corporation grappling with a technology crisis. To make a long story short, market criticisms about security vulnerabilities within their key software precipitated a hasty decision to overhaul and re-platform the application. Driven by a reactive concern for market perceptions – primarily focused on stock price impact – the corporation’s leadership mandated a rapid redevelopment cycle. This rush sidelined potential incremental improvements, aiming instead for feature parity with the legacy system.

Upon release, the new version (while technically superior) failed to meet user expectations. This led to market backlash and a tarnished brand reputation. While totally understandable, this scenario exemplifies a breakdown in understanding service hierarchies, where the focus skewed too heavily toward investor concerns at the expense of user satisfaction.

Identifying Whom We Serve

Every organization caters to a diverse array of individuals and groups, each presenting unique perspectives and demands. Drawing from Ken Wilber’s AQAL Model (below), I utilize a four-quadrant diagram to map these perspectives – internal vs. external and individual vs. collective. This framework facilitates deeper, more inclusive dialogues about stakeholder concerns, fostering a holistic strategic approach.

Ecosystem Map based on Ken Wilber’s AQAL Model

This ecosystem mapping aids in refining our focus, ensuring we address the needs of all relevant parties effectively. Jim Collins’ concept of the “Hedgehog Effect” underscores the importance of understanding one’s core focus – that is, what your organization can be best at. It’s about harmonizing this focus with the intricate web of stakeholder needs and expectations.

Navigating Dominance Hierarchies

The complexity of stakeholder interactions often mirrors the complexity of the organization itself. At the macro level, external group dynamics dictate how resources – e.g., capital, natural, and human – are procured and utilized. These resources flow from broad external pools (investors, global markets, local communities) inward toward the organization, fueling its operational capabilities.

Conversely, internal group dynamics focus on resource allocation and decision-making within the organization. Leadership must ensure that resources are distributed equitably across various internal groups to foster efficiency and innovation at all levels.

The Role of Individuals in Value Creation

At the individual level, the allocation of resources becomes even more granular. Here, the focus shifts to empowering employees to deliver exceptional value to the end users of the organization’s products or services. Understanding and leveraging the individual contributions within the internal hierarchy are crucial for maintaining operational effectiveness and nurturing a culture of accountability and innovation.

External Individuals: The End Recipients of Value

The ultimate test of an organization’s strategy and operational effectiveness is reflected in the satisfaction of its end users or customers. These individuals represent the final step in the value chain, directly interacting with the organization’s outputs. Ensuring that these interactions are positive is paramount for sustained business success and requires a nuanced understanding of the external individual dynamics.

Stakeholder Prioritization Is a Strategic Imperative

Mastering the art of stakeholder prioritization is not merely an administrative task, but it is also a strategic imperative that requires deep insight and thoughtful leadership. By clearly understanding and articulating the hierarchy of stakeholder needs, organizations can avoid the pitfalls of misaligned priorities and instead forge a path toward sustainable success and meaningful impact.

This approach not only guides strategic planning but also ensures that every decision made at every level of the organization aligns with its overarching goals and values. By prioritizing stakeholders wisely, we pave the way for not only meeting but exceeding the expectations of those we serve.

Recommended Reading


The ITX Advantage

Regardless of whether the client is new to ITX or a long-time strategic partner, our approach to client engagement and project management is structured around a clear understanding of their needs and strategic alignment with their objectives. Here’s how we address the key areas of our operations:

Using Discovery to Understand Stakeholder Needs

For ITX, the core focus begins with a deep dive into understanding as best we can each client’s industry, business model, and specific challenges. While we will never attain our client’s level of domain knowledge, we come close.

Our product strategists and user experience (UX) researchers conduct in-depth discovery sessions during which we gather essential insights through direct interactions that include interviews and workshops with key stakeholders. This important foundational work allows the product development team to grasp the entire scope of our client’s unique business challenges and tailor our services in a way that delivers the greatest possible value while addressing end users’ requirements.

Matching Resources to Client Needs

Resource allocation at ITX is driven by the client’s strategic goals, project requirements, and internal skill set. We begin with defining the scope and objectives of the project, followed by assessing the skills and tools needed to achieve the desired outcomes.

ITX resources are then allocated and deployed in a balanced way with special attention paid to the client’s existing domain and technical competencies, availability, and the potential for impact. For lots of reasons – unnecessary expense, role confusion, opportunity cost, etc. – we avoid adding redundancy of allocation.

To achieve this, our product teams continuously monitor and adjust resource allocation to respond to project dynamics and ensure that we are consistently positioned to deliver maximum value. This dynamic allocation allows us to maintain flexibility and adaptability while staying focused on delivering results that resonate with client expectations and contribute to their success.

Prioritizing Stakeholders

When ITX product teams partner with clients, we work very hard to demonstrate care and concern for all stakeholders. But we also recognize the hierarchy and prioritize our approach based on stakeholder impact on the project; from that analysis, we strategize our engagement to ensure alignment and buy-in at every level of the hierarchy.

We employ a structured (but not rigid) approach where we map out all stakeholders involved in the project. This mapping includes, among many factors, a deep understanding their influence, expectations, and communicationpreferences. Regular updates, strategic meetings, and feedback loops are integral to this process, ensuring that all voices are heard and considered.

In all these processes, ITX is committed to maintaining a high standard of quality and integrity, ensuring that our clients receive the most effective and efficient solutions tailored to their unique needs.

References:

Czikszentmihalyi, Mihaly (2008), Flow.

Segall, Ken (2012), Insanely Simple (Note: In his story about Steve Jobs, he describes the “Reality Distortion Field” created by Jobs that people were able to step into to create products and features that didn’t exist before.).

Flaherty, Sean (2021), A Healthy Dose of Confidence.

Broadwell, Martin M. (1969), Teaching for learning (XVI).

Flaherty, Sean (2021), An Advocacy Strategy is Nutrition for Your Culture.

Stanley, Kenneth O., Ph.D.(2015), Why Greatness Cannot Be Planned.


Sean Flaherty is Executive Vice President of Innovation at ITX, where he leads a passionate group of product specialists and technologists to solve complex client challenges. Developer of The Momentum Framework, Sean is also a prolific writer and award-winning speaker discussing the subjects of empathy, innovation, and leadership. 

The post Prioritizing Stakeholders Drives Targeted, Impactful Outcomes appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
54 / Navigating Complexity and Uncertainty https://itx.com/podcast/54-working-through-complexity-and-uncertainty/ Thu, 11 Mar 2021 23:53:59 +0000 https://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1710 As a product leader, it can be hard to work within a multitude of constraints: profits, product-market fit, time, customers’ needs; the list goes on. Giff Constable tackles the tough questions and elaborates on the product leader’s job as “chief synthesizer.” In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Giff Constable, …

The post 54 / Navigating Complexity and Uncertainty appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>

As a product leader, it can be hard to work within a multitude of constraints: profits, product-market fit, time, customers’ needs; the list goes on. Giff Constable tackles the tough questions and elaborates on the product leader’s job as “chief synthesizer.”

In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Giff Constable, thought leader, entrepreneur, and author. Giff is a self-proclaimed “healer” within the product community. He has a vast breadth and depth of knowledge pertaining to testing new ideas, innovation, and teamwork.

Giff’s experience in many roles such as chief product officer, CEO, and consultant in “messy situations” has given him unique insight into the role of product within organizations and how product leaders can position and advocate for their products in ever-changing markets. He shares some examples of companies who have succeeded in this, and some that unfortunately did not. All in all, he stresses the importance of “looking uncertainty in the eye” in everything you do.

Listen to hear Giff’s thoughts on:

  • Sacrificing short-term gains for long-term success in business models, research, and continuous improvement.
  • Asking the hard questions and challenging your assumptions as a product leader.
  • Experimentation and user research strategies for both new and seasoned product managers.

The post 54 / Navigating Complexity and Uncertainty appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
As a product leader, it can be hard to work within a multitude of constraints: profits, product-market fit, time, customers’ needs; the list goes on. Giff Constable tackles the tough questions and elaborates on the product leader’s job as “chief synthe... Giff Constable offers valuable insights for product managers on how to work within organizations to create the best possible products. Giff Constable 1 1 54 54 54 / Navigating Complexity and Uncertainty full false 31:46
Could IT Legacy Modernization Have Kept the Lights on in Texas? https://itx.com/blog/could-it-legacy-modernization-have-kept-the-lights-on-in-texas/ Thu, 11 Mar 2021 15:46:56 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=2495 Consider the recent weather-related tragedies in Texas. Most seem ready to pin the blame on Texas’ near-total isolation from the rest of the U.S. power grid. And they’d be right – but only in part. The Lone Star State’s grid independence actually got its start nearly 100 years ago as a way to avoid federal regulators.
Still, that piece of trivia ignores what many are calling leaders’ longstanding indifference to IT infrastructure problems that, when examined critically, could bear responsibility for the widespread power outages, extensive property damage, and tragic loss of life throughout Texas.

The post Could IT Legacy Modernization Have Kept the Lights on in Texas? appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>

Consider the recent weather-related tragedies in Texas. Most seem ready to pin the blame on Texas’ near-total isolation from the rest of the U.S. power grid. And they’d be right – but only in part. The Lone Star State’s grid independence actually got its start nearly 100 years ago as a way to avoid federal regulators.

Still, that piece of trivia ignores what many are calling leaders’ longstanding indifference to IT infrastructure problems that, when examined critically, could bear responsibility for the widespread power outages, extensive property damage, and tragic loss of life throughout Texas.

While the events in Texas were unprecedented and beyond anything we could have imagined, they were predictable. In fact, a similar (though less catastrophic) event took place in Texas a decade ago. In 2011, the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission and the North American Reliability Corporation produced a 357-page report on a widespread outage the same year that affected more than 3 million customers. (source: Austin American-Statesman, Feb. 22, 2021)

In the IT world, technologists apply legacy modernization practices to every customer’s tech environment. Think of legacy modernization analysis as your tech environment’s “annual physical” – information is gathered and analyzed about the health of the system, and an assessment is made about your application and system environment that. A good legacy modernization analysis always concludes with recommendations that address your tech environment’s specific challenges.

Legacy modernization triages system health and prescribes remedies that will optimize business systems, address technological constraints, and support the adoption of, and migration to, newer technology platforms. These remedies range from the least invasive and easiest to implement to more complex, involved procedures. Each is designed to keep your current applications and systems operating at peak efficiency.

Our system health is a lot like our personal health, in that far too often we take it for granted. But with such significant reliance on the IT ecosystems that support every aspect of our business, we can’t afford tolerance of such high-stakes vulnerabilities when it comes to the care and feeding of our applications and systems.

Perhaps most troubling is the fact that system failures like the ones in Texas – while not wholly anticipated – could have been predicted. Unfortunately, a level of risk was accepted (or ignored) without adequately planning to address it. Leaders understand it is their responsibility to recognize and measure your exposure to avoid problems in the first place, and to remedy them if and when they occur.

Infrastructure Maintenance Through Legacy Modernization

We have the opportunity to learn here – not just about power grids or winter weather – but about maintaining our IT infrastructures. In the same way we care for our own health – through regular monitoring, isolating variables, and targeting treatment – we must care for the systems and supports that drive our business forward.

With IT infrastructures, legacy modernization is the key. Once you understand your system’s challenges, you can prioritize and tackle them one by one. Start where it makes the most sense for your business to generate the biggest bang for the buck.

Legacy modernization provides seven possible approaches to achieve your system health objectives (source: Gartner):

  • Encapsulation. Entails retaining current features and extending them via an API or even a mobile application.
  • Rehost. Migrate the mobile app and most of the hosting to a different or updated provider, usually a cloud hosting provider.
  • Re-platform. While leaving your application code intact, update the underlying technology running your environment. Example: Upgrading the server platform from Windows to Linux.
  • Refactor. A more invasive tactic that involves making more significant changes to existing code to reach your objectives. Example: Adding an entirely new business function to your application, such as e-commerce.
  • Rearchitect. Re-architecture allows you to step back and take advantage of improved technology that may not have been available when your application was created. Example: containerization of your development pipeline to streamline new feature deployment.
  • Rebuild. Just as the term implies, during rebuild you are completely redesigning (or rewriting) the application component while continuing to meet current and future business challenges. This approach often requires performing maintenance of the existing system in parallel.
  • Replace. Start over from scratch, but this time you have the wisdom of past experience to guide the design and implement the new approach to solving problems. Example: Leaving behind an old SaaS product losing market share and deploying a new, faster solution that puts the needs of modern users first.

Legacy Modernization is not an “all or nothing” approach to maintaining and improving your applications and systems. As we can see in Texas, small steps could have been taken to mitigate the impact of recent events.


Interested in learning more about modernizing your legacy system infrastructure?Contact ITX today! We’re excited to work with you.

Peter Ryckaert is Production Support Manager at ITX Corp. He is an experienced leader who leverages IT to deliver business value to clients. Peter is an AWS Business Professional, a Microsoft Certified Professional, and is certified in ITIL Foundation v3.


The post Could IT Legacy Modernization Have Kept the Lights on in Texas? appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
53 / When You’re In Product, You’re the Connector https://itx.com/podcast/53-when-youre-in-product-youre-the-connector/ Thu, 25 Feb 2021 19:13:40 +0000 https://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1705 We often talk about product living at the intersection of technology, business, and UX. And that makes sense in a limited, Venn diagram way of thinking: Product as the place where these things converge. But as we have discovered, using a 3-piece diagram to explain what product is all about is a gross oversimplification. Nina …

The post 53 / When You’re In Product, You’re the Connector appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>

We often talk about product living at the intersection of technology, business, and UX. And that makes sense in a limited, Venn diagram way of thinking: Product as the place where these things converge. But as we have discovered, using a 3-piece diagram to explain what product is all about is a gross oversimplification. Nina Foroutan gives us a bit more detail and clarity.

Through her lens as a journalist-turned-product leader, Nina Foroutan, Director of Product Management at Forbes, sees product not at the intersection, but more as the oxygen each requires to sustain itself. In this episode of Product Momentum, Nina describes her role as participant in all things product, “in the in-betweens.”

Sometimes her day is technology-focused, on others it’s more on UX, and sometimes it’s more business and data. But one thing is clear: every day is focused on users.

“When you’re in product, you have to be involved in every aspect,” she says, “and understand user pain points and how the solution you’re trying to build helps get to the organization’s business goals.”

Where product truly plays its role, “where it’s actually actionable,” is as facilitator. “When you’re in product, you’re the connector. You’re the reason why and the one who makes it all make sense. That is where product lives.”

Be sure to catch more of our conversation with Nina to get her take on —

  • This period of awakening we’re in right now – especially as it relates to hiring for diversity and inclusion and creating an environment that’s accepting of everyone.
  • The importance of soft skills, like having the emotional intelligence to remain calm and roll with the punches when everyone else is panicking.
  • That in her world content is the product, and technology is the vehicle for delivering the user’s experience with it.

The post 53 / When You’re In Product, You’re the Connector appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
We often talk about product living at the intersection of technology, business, and UX. And that makes sense in a limited, Venn diagram way of thinking: Product as the place where these things converge. But as we have discovered, Forbes' Nina Foroutan describes Product as the oxygen that breathes life into technology, UX, and business. In Product, you're the connector. Nina Foroutan 1 1 53 53 53 / When You’re In Product, You’re the Connector full false 29:56
52 / Mindset, Process, and Tools https://itx.com/podcast/52-mindset-process-and-tools/ Thu, 18 Feb 2021 20:24:45 +0000 https://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1703 If you’ve never done product before, the journey can be super-scary. So many questions: Do I have what it takes? Is this the career I want for myself? What type of PM do I want to be? Where am I in my career product life cycle? Worry no more, because in this episode of ITX’s …

The post 52 / Mindset, Process, and Tools appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>

If you’ve never done product before, the journey can be super-scary. So many questions: Do I have what it takes? Is this the career I want for myself? What type of PM do I want to be? Where am I in my career product life cycle? Worry no more, because in this episode of ITX’s Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul are joined by ProductGo co-founder, David Wang. David is a true champion of product managers around the world – especially if you’re just breaking into the field. In our conversation, he outlines a prescribed path for product management newcomers who may not have a PM degree but who do have a passion for “creating things that can change the world.”

Our initial connection with David arrived compliments of podcast guest, Adrienne Tan.

David’s own path to product management took him 5 years “just to know what I was doing, and another 5 years just doing the job,” he says. “But what I realized was that everything I learned [about product management] can be categorized into one of these three areas: mindset, process, and tools.”

Once he started thinking about product management through that three-part lens, it helped him make sense of all the information he had read and practiced, he added.

David also realized that as our knowledge grows and technology evolves, the same happens to the mindsets, processes, and tools that once guided our thinking. Avoid tying yourself to one mindset or process or toolbox, he cautions. Part of learning product management is understanding that it is a repeatable, almost cyclical process.

“We can add mindsets to our mindset category and get rid of others over time. Tools and processes come and go. So as a PM, that realization has actually helped me learn management much faster.”

In this pod, David Wang shares what he means by “much faster.” He lays out a prescribed 12- to 18-month plan for what onboarding to a product career might look like and involve. But don’t be in a rush to make it happen, he advises.

“It takes time for that mindset to change, and product managers are really hired for their mindsets, not so much on their certifications.”

Listen in to hear David’s thoughts on: where ideas come from, the power of the Growth mindset, and what he means by your “origin story.” Knowing your origin story will help to remove any doubts about whether and where you belong in your PM role.

The post 52 / Mindset, Process, and Tools appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
If you’ve never done product before, the journey can be super-scary. So many questions: Do I have what it takes? Is this the career I want for myself? What type of PM do I want to be? Where am I in my career product life cycle? Worry no more, David Wang prescribes a path for newcomers on their way to their desired product management role. Focus on mindset, process, and tools. David Wang 1 1 52 52 52 / Mindset, Process, and Tools full false 30:51
Business as High Art (A Bird’s Eye View of Culture) https://itx.com/blog/business-as-high-art-a-birds-eye-view-of-culture/ Mon, 15 Feb 2021 17:43:43 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=23834 A well-run organization, with highly motivated and aligned people, is a powerful form of high art. It includes the performance art of your people delivering services and coordinating activities at scale and it has artifacts, symbols, and physical art that have the potential to leave a profound impression on the people it touches. The art manifests in and through all of the layers of the organization’s culture. 

The post Business as High Art (A Bird’s Eye View of Culture) appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
A well-run organization, with highly motivated and aligned people, is a powerful form of high art. It includes the performance art of your people delivering services and coordinating activities at scale and it has artifacts, symbols, and physical art that have the potential to leave a profound impression on the people it touches. The art manifests in and through all of the layers of the organization’s culture. 

Culture is a lot like the bulb of an onion. It has many interesting layers and if you leave it on the shelf for too long, and don’t pay attention, it will surely rot. It grows underground, mostly out of sight, and it serves as somewhat of a mediator between the roots of the plant which provide it water and nutrients, and the leaves which reach for the sky and convert carbon dioxide into oxygen. When it is ready to reproduce and grow, it sprouts a stem with an intricate, colorful, and aromatic flower. The culture of a company is similar in that it has many complicated layers. When it is not healthy, the effects are sometimes hidden from the outside world for a long time and the onion can rot from the inside out. This can actively sap the creative energy from everyone involved, turning a talented group of people into a collection of automatons churning out widgets for dimes and rushing out the door when the bell rings to find their purpose elsewhere. 

When an organization’s culture is healthy, it manifests as a deeply coordinated work of human art. Organizations made of people have the potential to be a sophisticated, complicated, and beautiful form of human art. According to the Internet, Peter Ferdinand Drucker (1909–2005) said: 

Culture Eats Strategy for Breakfast

Attributed to Peter Drucker

As with many quotes, which are prominently misrepresenting their authors, I cannot find any evidence of this one in his writing. This quote, however, does spark a series of fantastic questions, which I have seen many leaders struggle with. I will try to answer some of these questions with regard to culture as it pertains to the construction of organizations: 

  • What is culture? 
  • What are the characteristics of a good culture? 
  • How does culture relate to the strategy of the organization? 
  • How does culture impact outcomes, like profit? 
  • Is culture important? 
  • How can I impact the culture of my organization? 

Like most important words in the English language, it is difficult for a group of people to operate on it purposefully without a shared definition. For the purposes of our discussion, I will use this definition of culture in a modern organization. Culture is: 

The context that binds people together and results in actions toward a common goal. 

Culture is the context that a group of people share. It can be positive or negative, optimistic or pessimistic, risk-averse or risk-taking. It can be hard to describe what culture is, so leaders sometimes avoid discussing it and allow it to happen by default. I have observed many leadership teams work to craft powerful missions, visions, and values. These words, which hopefully serve as the foundation of a powerful culture, are not the complete context that binds people together toward a common goal. 

A powerful culture is one that creates strong connections between individuals and the group. 

Think “Connection over content” as a mantra as you steward the different layers of your culture. When you think and lead with this mantra, the mode of interaction is less relevant, i.e., remote vs. in-person working. 

The larger an organization becomes, the more complicated its culture. Every group of two or more people with a common goal has a culture. Culture exists in every family, in every neighborhood, in every nation, in every company, and within every department within every company. Unique cultures exist in friend groups, church groups, families, sports teams, hobby groups, and in any other assembly of people that intend to accomplish something together. Consider this thought experiment in the context of sporting teams: 
 
Ask the following questions to three athletes, from three different sports: soccer, volleyball, and baseball. 

  • When you close your eyes and picture a ball, what do you see? 
  • When the term “hit” is spoken, what do you hear? 
  • When someone yells “score,” what sequence of events plays out in your mind?

These are powerful distinctions with very different meanings for each of these athletes in the context of their teams. Without a shared understanding of the meaning of these contextual elements, like a ball, a hit, the score, or the rules, it would be challenging, if not impossible, to align a team to win a game. The same logic applies to the different teams inside of your organization. The larger an organization, the more deeply nested cultures can be. The more specific knowledge exists closer to the production of your products and services. It is for these teams of people that it is most important to have clear and powerful language and distinctions that are used to do their jobs, onboard new team members, and be more effective. 

Using this logic, it is easy to see how important it is for each team to have a culture. To maximize the effectiveness of an organization, each independent team needs to have components that are unique and specific to it, while staying true and aligned to the broader cultures that it thrives within. All of this context that manifests as a group’s culture, occurs in the language. 

Language 

Healthy and powerful cultures emerge from motivated teams that start with a strong foundation in language. But they must be nurtured to thrive. Language might be the single most powerful tool organizations have and it is clearly at the core of all cultures. An organization’s culture manifests and can only thrive through the language that gets used and repeated. The more purposeful a leader is at curating, refining, and refreshing the language used by the people in an organization, the stronger the culture will get for that organization. If you try to force-fit language when it is not working, however, it will likely backfire. Leadership teams have to start somewhere; thus, they craft the language they believe will inspire their teams and paint it on the walls. It is, however, foolish to think that the language that a leadership team creates, no matter how good it is or how well-intentioned the leaders are, will stay static forever. 

It might even be more foolish to believe that any small group of people can come down off the mountain top with their values etched into a stone and lead the people in the organization to magically live into those values. I have seen some leaders resort to using external, low-quality fear-based motivation to try to enforce the use of their chosen language, but I have not yet seen that type of leadership be sustainable. I have also seen attempts at incorporating language into performance management, and reward and recognition systems. While this can be a powerful way to “establish” your language, it can also distort behaviors if it is done without a more comprehensive and involved approach to amplifying and suppressing what is and is not working in your culture. 

The way language manifests in an organization should start with a purposefully created lexicon by a well-intended leadership team, but as the organization grows, the culture must be allowed to evolve and change. It will do so without the permission of the leadership, and it will evolve chaotically if no one is nurturing it. It will also diffuse the more an organization grows, the more people it has in its ranks, and the broader the organization is distributed. There is no way around this. Growth invariably leads to a diffusion of culture. 

Your culture must be allowed to be created and expand as the organization grows and diversifies.


Whatever is written down by the leadership team can only serve as the foundation. The culture must change and evolve over time in order to thrive. The values and mantras that are painted on the walls, but not used, are still valuable because they influence conversations. But it is more valuable to understand, through observation, which values and mantras are actually being lived and espoused by the leaders in your organization. An organization’s culture exists in the context that is spoken and lived, not in the context that is written down. When you hear the language showing up in repeated mantras, in the stories that are used and told, in the art and symbols that are repeated, and in the conversations that occur in the hallways when the leadership is not around, you know that the culture is being powerfully curated. 

Leaders cannot create culture, they can only set the foundation for it, set the boundaries around it, live the example, and nurture it.

Nature vs. Nurture  

An organization is not born with a great culture and an organization’s culture does not emanate solely from its founders. David Packard discussed a method of leadership that he called “Management by Walking Around,” in detail in his book about the building of HP. It is fundamental for leaders to maintain a real pulse on what is happening in their businesses by talking to real customers and real front-line workers on a regular basis. There are a few better ways for the leadership to understand how the culture is operating, identify what is working, and find things that are not working. They have to be authentically listening and observing at the ground level with some reasonable cadence. 

In order to scale this, demonstrate the importance of staying connected to the leaders that you are serving below you in the organization by getting out there. When you are connected, you can expect the people you lead to stay connected. Leaders who demonstrate that they are committed to walking the walk are most respected by the people they lead. The words must be used in the proper context by the leaders if the people in the organization are to follow and use them in the same way. Otherwise, the missions, visions, and values that we set forth have no power. When a leader professes personal integrity, for example, but behaves badly when few are looking, it is only a matter of time before the culture is undermined. Those stories of incongruity with the values will become the stories that are told, and they will influence the culture in ways that will be difficult to suppress. The SAY:DO ratio of leaders needs to be very close to 1:1. 

Components of Culture 

A culture manifests as a collection of language elements, artifacts, art, traditions, and performances that live in its context. It starts and grows out of a shared lexicon and moves through the stated beliefs and values that are authentically espoused, the mantras that are purposefully used, and the stories and lore that are told on a recurring basis. These language tools lead to the conversations that ultimately spark the actions that make a culture powerful. 

Culture is heard in the language that is spoken and felt in the actions that it inspires. You have a positive culture when there is openness and optimism around the language. You have evidence of a positive culture when the team is highly motivated toward positive action. Culture starts with the words that we choose to make important and the words that we choose to ignore. It becomes powerful when it manifests in positive actions toward the goals that are set by your team. That is momentum. 

Distinctions | Lexicon | Words. We choose what words we make important. When we are powerful with those words, we take the time to understand and define them in a meaningful way with our teams, and work toward more powerful shared usage. Chalmers Brothers, in his book, “Language and the Pursuit of Leadership Excellence” explains the importance of language as a leadership tool to create the future. When you chose important words like “Trust, Loyalty, and Advocacy” to represent your goals, it has a powerful impact on the actions taken. As I discussed before, the ability to use words, language, and communication skills are the most powerful tools that all the great leaders of our collective history had in common. It is their words that live on. It is their words that continue to inspire change today. In some cases, they are still motivating action, thousands of years later. 

Values | Shared Beliefs | Principles. Many leaders have been taught the importance of distinguishing values to align around. I have often seen values expressed as a set of four to twelve words or phrases that sometimes get defined and are less often measured. It is dangerous to articulate them for the sake of posterity without persistent and purposeful monitoring and curation. When they are acted upon consistently by the leadership and used in conversations, there is a much stronger chance that they will take hold. When they are not, leaders must act fast to rectify their behaviors or the behaviors they see that are incongruent with the stated values. When the values incorporate key language that we value as leaders, they will become more important and sustainable in the culture. In this layer, organizations might articulate their mission or vision statements through the written word. They might also establish written “Principles” as Ray Dalio describes in his work or as Jeff Bezos does at Amazon. 

Mantras | Short Sayings. When working really well, these manifest purposefully in parts of a mission or vision statement. When they are rarely remembered and not used at the ground level in your organization, however, they will be discarded. The mantras that get used and repeated in your business form the conversational context for a powerful culture. In their most powerful form, the mantras that are repeated are those that work for the teams using them while also supporting the shared mission and values in a clear way. Daniel Coyle describes how this has applied in the successful companies that he studied in “The Culture Code.” 

Each of your stated values, for example, could have an associated mantra or two. The best of them are those that inform decision-making at all levels of the organization, including the front lines. I see an organization’s mission statement as a primary guiding mantra. It should be memorable, pneumonic, and specific enough to be meaningful. 

Stories | Lore. The stories and lore that are told and retold in the hallways of your business are of core importance to the sustainability of your culture. Every culture has heroes and villains, and they play out in the lore that gets expressed by our people. The most powerful of these stories are those that show the heroes that are succeeding in the context of our business and the villains that are defeated as a result of our good work. Cultures live and die by the stories that are told when new people join the team and new customers show up for our services. The lore that is told has a powerful impact on the way people feel about the business and the culture that persists. When the lore has our mantras, our values, and the language that we have chosen to make important incorporated into it, we know we are on a good path. Josh Anon in his work at Pixar and Roblox, described how storytelling is at the core of these companies’ successful cultures. 

Art | Tradition | Rituals | Symbols. What would a culture be without its art? By art, I mean all of the various forms of art that come from any culture. In business, it manifests as our “brand,” in our logo and the symbols and iconography that we create for our day-to-day work. It also lives in the artifacts that we produce for the world, like our website, the documents that we print, or the videos that describe what we do. It also lives in the performance art that shows up in our rituals, traditions, ceremonies, and secret handshakes. The ways in which we celebrate our successes together, greet visitors when they walk through our doors, how we conduct our meetings and the music that we play in our phone tree are all important manifestations of our culture. A business is a work of art that is never complete and always evolving. It is expressed through its art every day. 

Being good in business is the most fascinating form of art.

Andy Warhol

Our ceremonies, traditions, and rituals happen in cycles. Internally, there are our daily meetings, standups, and interactions, our weekly recurring meetings and updates, and our monthly, quarterly, and annual cadences. Each of these represents an opportunity to steward an experience that will have an impact on our culture. With our customers, every experience that we provide for them is an opportunity to create a worthwhile cultural memory and story. The best companies realize this and pay close attention to their traditions, ceremonies, and rituals. 

Conversations 

None of the above layers is impactful until it has an impact on the conversations that occur in the hallways when the leaders are not around. It is in the conversations that culture lives every day. It is in the dialogs, discussions, arguments, celebrations, and meetings that the culture of a business is actually expressed. Unfortunately, leaders have very little control over these daily conversations unless they are in the room. In high functioning cultures, both the quality and the quantity of the conversations that occur lead to direct positive actions toward the group’s shared goals, without the leaders in the room. 

Keeping a pulse on the actual conversations that are occurring and stories that are being told throughout the organization is a powerful way to steward the culture. The better a leadership team becomes at scaling the quality of the conversations and listening to the language that is working, the better the result. When we actually improve the quality and the quantity of the conversations that occur around a subject, we will see the needle move on the behaviors that are associated with it. 

If we want people to care about a subject, they need to be talking about it and talking about how to change it for the better, together. Forcing people to sit through indoctrination classes may move the needle on their knowledge and understanding, but it will not create a sustainable, resilient culture for the organization. Resilience and adaptability come from the exhausting work of improving the conversations that are occurring every day throughout the organization. 

Culture exists in the conversations that occur in the hallways when the leaders are not in the room. 

Tell 

If there are silos within your organization where great things are occurring and the culture is thriving through high-quality conversations, study these groups deeply. I have seen, countless times, where leaders see that a group is successful by doing something a little different and label it a silo. Even though it is working well, they swoop in and demand change because a process is not being followed or they don’t like the way a particular member of the group operates. In most cases, they feel as though they are losing control or that their leadership is threatened in some way. This is a rookie leadership mistake. These are the parts of your organization that might hold the keys to the future through their innovative capabilities and they need to be carefully curated. 

The imperative with high-functioning silos is to learn from them and inspire them by telling their stories and training their peer organizations around what they have learned. Give them a stage upon which to tell their stories. Ask them to create classes or have them stand up and present in your all-hands meetings. Engage a marketing team to interview them to get their stories told. The goal is to integrate the great work they are doing into the rest of the organization. A great leader will work to connect these high-functioning teams and people to the impact their work will have. By telling their stories together, they will improve their team, the other teams in the organization, and the organization’s ability to better serve its customers. It should be a win-win scenario for all. 

If you allow siloed organizations to operate in their bubble, it will only be a matter of time before the bubble either explodes and you lose the value of their learning because people leave and take their knowledge and skills with them or it implodes and the outside world surpasses their growth. The larger an organization and the faster the growth, the more important it is to keep an eye on these scenarios. The goal should always be to share knowledge and maximize the growth of the organization as a whole.

Craft

The bottom of the chart represents where I see many organizational cultures. In the lower-left quadrant, with low-quality conversations happening without much consistency, an ad-hoc culture exists. Teams are willy-nilly with their language, words are used inconsistently, few stories exist and there are few if any heroes. People figure out how to share context on the fly and in the moment and there is very little repetition of useful context. It is difficult to scale a positive culture like this. In the lower right-hand quadrant, there may be consistent and high quantity use of low-quality context. In this situation, a culture of chaos may exist. With poorly defined language, stories that don’t match the corporate mantras, and lots of “fake news” floating around, the culture will not contribute to high-quality actions resulting from the conversations. If the organization’s culture lies somewhere in the bottom two quadrants, start over. It is not a “chicken or an egg” problem. The culture has to start with the leadership purposefully crafting what they want the culture to look like and deploying it smartly by finding the words that are important, crafting some mantras, deploying them by example, and searching out and telling the stories around what works, including stories of heroes who save the day for the organization. And, telling the stories around what doesn’t work, those where the villains in the ecosystem are defeated wherever they might lie. 

High performance cultures have consistent, powerful conversations fed by a purposeful lexicon, beliefs, mantras, supporting stories and art that result in momentum. 

Action 

When you have strong context feeding your culture, it is easier to scale the alignment of your teams. When you have a strong history of success expressed through stories and ways of being, it is easier to be confident. When all of these things are working well, it is easier to get your team committed to the actions that are needed to achieve a common set of goals. This combination of alignment, confidence, and commitment will result in a higher level of motivation from your team. This action, and this positive result, is “momentum.” Momentum manifests through the generation of authentic relationships between the people in your ecosystem. We will know we have it when we have a measured increase in Trust, Loyalty, and Advocacy in our business. 

Amplification and Suppression 

The best cultures adapt and evolve organically, thus the most powerful mantras and stories will emanate from within, through inspired people doing inspired work, and must be amplified by the leadership. When the mantras and stories are not working or have a negative impact, you must work with your teams to modify and suppress them. The faster you do that, the better. However, when the contextual elements of culture result in positive action, a leader’s job becomes to repeat them, encourage their use, celebrate them and amplify them as powerfully as you can. The leader’s role lies in the amplification of what works and the suppression of what doesn’t, in the context of your organization. The better job you do of hunting down the critical and more impactful elements of context, the more successful you will be. It is exhausting work. 

To address the quote from Peter Drucker from earlier, culture does not eat strategy for breakfast. Culture is an integral part of building a motivated team to achieve a meaningful vision. A strategy that includes an understanding of how culture, through language, relates to motivation and results in shared actions toward a positive result is one that is destined for success. The organization’s culture is the context in which the strategy is pursued and tactics are deployed. Culture, strategy, and tactics are deeply interrelated concepts that when working well together, form a healthy, thriving organization. You can have a culture without a strategy, lots of groups do. If you want to maximize the motivation of a group of people toward a shared goal, you need a definition of culture that results in action: 

The context that binds people together and results in actions toward a common goal. 

According to David Packard, we need to have a pulse on what is going on in the business. A phrase that he popularized in his book sums it up eloquently: “Management by walking around.” There is no substitute for getting out there and talking to your people at the ground level to find out what is happening day to day, or going out and visiting your customers and vendors. Keeping a pulse on the language, the mantras, and the lore that makes up the context of your culture will pay huge dividends to leaders. More importantly, leading through example, while creating this same expectation at all levels of your organization, will help you ensure that the culture stays healthy, and will have a direct impact on those conversations that are occurring when you are not in the room. It is these conversations that will inform the tactical decisions that your people make every day in the service of your customers. 

References and Further Reading: 

Sean Flaherty is Executive Vice President of Innovation at ITX, where he leads a passionate group of product specialists and technologists to solve complex client challenges. Developer of The Momentum Framework, Sean is also a prolific writer and award-winning speaker discussing the subjects of empathy, innovation, and leadership. 

The post Business as High Art (A Bird’s Eye View of Culture) appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
51 / Cognitive Bias and Software Development https://itx.com/podcast/51-cognitive-bias-and-software-development/ Thu, 11 Feb 2021 20:45:10 +0000 https://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1648   Without mental shortcuts to help, there’s no way product managers could process the daily waves of information coming at us. We apply these shortcuts, called cognitive biases, to drive efficiency in how we perceive and respond to the world around us. But when we’re unaware of, or not sensitive to, cognitive bias (that exists …

The post 51 / Cognitive Bias and Software Development appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
 

Without mental shortcuts to help, there’s no way product managers could process the daily waves of information coming at us. We apply these shortcuts, called cognitive biases, to drive efficiency in how we perceive and respond to the world around us. But when we’re unaware of, or not sensitive to, cognitive bias (that exists naturally within us, by the way), well, that’s when we make mistakes, Wolf Alexanyan says. Mistakes that manifest in our lives as product people as well as is our everyday lives as humans bumping along in our own existence.

In this episode of the ITX Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Wolf Alexanyan, Head of Product Management at The Software Development Company. Fresh off 2+ years of research regarding cognitive biases, Wolf recently published two significant works in our space: The Science of User Experience, which explains the importance of using our brain’s errors and biases to develop software product solutions, and UX CORE, a compilation of 105 hands-on examples of cognitive biases used in software development and team management.

“When I was working on UX Core,” Wolf says, “I wanted to show people not just how to use the biases to relate to others and protect yourself from being manipulated, but to show how powerful our brain is.

The moment we understand how to get in touch with our own cognitive biases is the moment we seize the power to make positive changes in our own lives as both human beings and product people. As Wolf explains, the power lies within each of us.

“This is the most important thing: if we focus on ourselves and spend some time just to understand the errors that we have – instead of trying to understand the capabilities of the world and opportunities that arise – we will benefit from that much more, much more.

Tune in to hear Wolf describe the role ego plays in cognitive bias, with specific reference to the Dunning-Kruger Effect, and hear him explain why the “Blind Spot Bias” is the one that new product managers need to learn and understand before all others.

The post 51 / Cognitive Bias and Software Development appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
  Without mental shortcuts to help, there’s no way product managers could process the daily waves of information coming at us. We apply these shortcuts, called cognitive biases, to drive efficiency in how we perceive and respond to the world around us.... Wolf Alexanyan explains how awareness of, and sensitivity to, our own cognitive bias helps us as software product builders and human beings. Wolf Alexanyan 1 1 51 51 51 / Cognitive Bias and Software Development full false 27:46
Celebrating 50 Episodes of ITX’s Product Momentum Podcast https://itx.com/user-experience/celebrating-50-episodes-of-itxs-product-momentum-podcast/ Thu, 04 Feb 2021 15:31:02 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=2230 When AJ&Smart CEO Jonathan Courtney roasted us on our own show about our podcast release cadence, we took the good-natured jab to heart.

Now, in welcoming SVPG’s Christian Idiodi as the 50th guest of the Product Momentum Podcast, we not only recognize an important milestone. We celebrate our connection with you – a growing community of seasoned product leaders, industry newcomers, and product specialists committed to improving the lives of others.

Since shaking those first episode jitters with guest Jeremy Durham, Sean and Paul have been an extension of the ITX mission: learning together, growing our knowledge, and delivering technology that solves complex business problems so our clients can move, touch, and inspire the world.

The post Celebrating 50 Episodes of ITX’s Product Momentum Podcast appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
When AJ&Smart CEO Jonathan Courtney roasted us on our own show about our podcast release cadence, we took the good-natured jab to heart.

Now, in welcoming SVPG’s Christian Idiodi as the 50th guest of the Product Momentum Podcast, we not only recognize an important milestone. We celebrate our connection with you – a growing community of seasoned product leaders, industry newcomers, and product specialists committed to improving the lives of others.

Since shaking those first episode jitters with guest Jeremy Durham, Sean and Paul have been an extension of the ITX mission: learning together, growing our knowledge, and delivering technology that solves complex business problems so our clients can move, touch, and inspire the world.

Product Work Is People Work 

At every step along the way, we’re reminded that product work is people work. We cannot build the right product without first knowing who we’re building it for, and who we’re building it with. The who is our end users, but also includes the team members who join us on this journey.  

From those early days, we’ve learned together from some of the brightest lights in our space. Each in their own way, based on their unique experiences, our guests have freely shared their learnings, their failings, and their continued search for knowledge. 

Let’s recall some of the memorable moments, the useful tools, and the major themes we’ve taken to heart over our first 50 episodes. 

We’ve had some pretty incredible memorable moments.

  • When we welcomed Stephen M. R. Covey to the pod, Sean was like a kid in a candy store. Stephen’s message resonates because he reminds us that Trust is “the ultimate collaboration tool;” it inspires the innovation we need to stay current and relevant with our product offerings.
  • Paul was just as excited when Jake Knapp walked us through the Design Sprint framework he crafted years before, while also urging us to Make Time for what matters most.
  • Lesley Betts nudged us beyond our comfort zone to see the parallels between digital and physical products. We get into trouble, she said, when we stop challenging ourselves to listen to what our users are telling us.

Some guests offered a peek into their product manager toolkit.

  • Kate Rutter and Christina Wodtke reaffirmed the importance of measuring performance against KPIs and OKRs that matter.
  • Nir Eyal shared his Hooked model, helping designers build the kinds of products that drive positive, habit-forming behaviors. 
  • Jared Spool introduced us to the concept of experience rot, which is what happens when designers indiscriminately add features to products and define roadmaps in terms of features.
  • Rohini Pandhi took the concept a step further, describing the product roadmap as the path that connects a customer’s problems with a solution that drives their business forward.
  • Fin Goulding and Jeff Gothelf asked us to think about what it is to be agile and to move beyond Agile’s prescribed step-by-step manifesto to embrace an organizational agility.

No one theme can adequately summarize the product manager role.

  • But Rich Mironov may have come closest when he said: “The product manager is the person nobody works for and who, it seems, works for everybody else. They carry all the responsibility but none of the authority.”
  • In their unique ways, Saleema Vellani and Roman Pichler taught us about the role of empathy in tech.
  • Through Bruce McCarthy we learned the hard truth that we cannot meet our product goals without first embracing the cultural aspects that explain our place in the world.
  • Dan Olsen encouraged us to get comfortable with the idea that our assumptions are wrong; that once we cross that mental hurdle, we can embrace the uncertainty and engage our anxiety to find product-market fit.
  • April Dunford argued that there’s no such thing as product-market fit; in fact, she called it “a myth.” April told us that “product positioning is foundation of everything that follows.”
  • No discussion of product management is complete without assessing the key question posed by Kasia Chmielinski: Is what I am building ethical? It’s a question that Miguel Cardona and Kim Goodwin examine through the lens of human-centered design, while Kasia addresses it through the quality of inputs we feed into existing tools and processes.

What is the future of product? 

  • InVision’s Richard Banfield asked point blank whether we had gotten better at product leadership.
  • Thankfully, Marty Cagan stepped in to answer, “Yes, and here’s how.” We listened and we learned.

So, if you find it humbling that you don’t know everything, relax. You’re in good company. Being part of this product community means we’re forever seeking knowledge. The realization shouldn’t squelch our pursuit of mastery. It should ignite it, feed it, and inspire it to burn even hotter.

“Product leaders change the world,” Adrienne Tan told us. “We’re the engine that drives the business forward.”

And through it all, we have to remember the human story attached to our work, Christopher O’Donnell added. “It doesn’t matter what we build. Every day and every interaction involve real people, with real people problems.”


Contact: Kyle Psaty, VP of Marketing at ITX | media_inquiries@itx.com | 585-899-4895

The post Celebrating 50 Episodes of ITX’s Product Momentum Podcast appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
50 / Product Problems Are People Problems https://itx.com/podcast/50-product-problems-are-people-problems/ Thu, 04 Feb 2021 15:15:02 +0000 https://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1671   Whether discussing onboarding, the challenges we product managers confront in today’s upside-down world, or the benefits of being a “lazy” product manager, all problems boil down to people problems in this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast with Christian Idiodi. As a leader in the product world from the beginning, Christian Idiodi of the Silicon …

The post 50 / Product Problems Are People Problems appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
 

Whether discussing onboarding, the challenges we product managers confront in today’s upside-down world, or the benefits of being a “lazy” product manager, all problems boil down to people problems in this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast with Christian Idiodi.

As a leader in the product world from the beginning, Christian Idiodi of the Silicon Valley Product Group explains that people problems are also leadership problems, because “leaders are responsible for the context, culture, and frameworks we apply” to help solve complex problems.

Christian’s approach may seem unconventional, but his wisdom reflects a set of commonsense best practices that really aren’t all that common! He jokes with his teams, saying, “If your product work is not hard, you’re not doing it right.”

Sometimes, though, the work is hard because over 70% of product managers today are self-taught (“Imagine going to a self-taught dentist.”), having missed out on the innovative “bootcamp-like” onboarding experience he devised for his product managers.

In the modern product world, Christian says, the best way to succeed is to find a great product leader who you can learn from. That’s the best way to know what good product management looks like.

Listen in to catch more of Christian’s unique insights. They’ll help you discover how understanding the people in and around a problem will lead to better solutions. You’ll also learn why being “a lazy product manager” has its advantages.

The post 50 / Product Problems Are People Problems appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
  Whether discussing onboarding, the challenges we product managers confront in today’s upside-down world, or the benefits of being a “lazy” product manager, all problems boil down to people problems in this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast with... Christian Idiodi says that product problems are people problems; the best way to solve them is to find a great product leader to learn from. Christian Idiodi 1 1 50 50 50 / Product Problems Are People Problems full false 39:27
Freedom and Structure: The Creativity Curve https://itx.com/blog/freedom-and-structure-the-creativity-curve/ Tue, 02 Feb 2021 13:52:15 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=24328 The motivation of the people you surround yourself with is the wellspring of creativity in your life.

There is a complex relationship between motivation, psychological safety, the structure you impose, and the innovation that results. It is not as simple as you might think. The guru on the subject, author Amy Edmonson, Ph.D., coined the term ‘psychological safety’ and has spent the bulk of her career as a professor and researcher at Harvard University studying teams, teaming, and the dynamics of this phenomenon.

The post Freedom and Structure: The Creativity Curve appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>

The motivation of the people you surround yourself with is the wellspring of creativity in your life.

There is a complex relationship between motivation, psychological safety, the structure you impose, and the innovation that results. It is not as simple as you might think. The guru on the subject, author Amy Edmonson, Ph.D., coined the term ‘psychological safety’ and has spent the bulk of her career as a professor and researcher at Harvard University studying teams, teaming, and the dynamics of this phenomenon.

‘Psychological Safety’ is a belief that one will not be punished or humiliated for speaking up with ideas, questions, concerns or mistakes.

Amy Edmonson

An epic, independent study done at Google, called Project Aristotle, confirmed her findings. The evidence demonstrates that teams who can safely make more mistakes are more innovative and more successful. It might naturally follow that we should simply strive to maximize psychological safety in the workplace. However, this doesn’t fit well into the patterns that exist in the real world. It doesn’t explain the healthy relationship that exists in successful organizations between chaos and order. We know, for example, that if someone lacks competence in an expected skill, is unable to obtain it over time, and contributes less value than they are being compensated for, it is only a matter of time before they produce so much drag on their team, they are squeezed out. That doesn’t produce a feeling of safety for those without competence. Yet, organizations that don’t grow, learn, and remain adaptable won’t survive for long. In contrast, history is replete with examples of organizations that achieve sustainable success through predictability, process, and order. Starbucks certainly didn’t build their empire by pouring inconsistent cups of coffee. Companies achieve success by generating relationships with their customers that deliver sustainable profit by predictability producing great experiences. This type of predictability only comes from the coordination of people and systemization of processes at scale. In the context of work, there is a describable relationship between the psychological safety that people feel and the amount of structure imposed on the work they do. Every organization is different, and the things that need to be predictable differ by organization and industry. Even within an organization, this balance is different by role.

This balance is crucial for leaders to understand. It is useful to demonstrate the relationship between psychological safety and structure in the context of work to explain this phenomenon using psychological safety as defined by Amy Edmonson above. If we were to draw a graph, it would look like a parabolic curve that diverges from a lower vertex, as follows:

There is a lower bound associated with psychological safety, represented by the lower blue horizontal line in the diagram above. Below this line, very little creativity will result. When people are made to feel like automatons, fear for their jobs and income, or feel as though their opinions are worthless, they will not take any interpersonal risks. They will come to work with their heads down, rarely smile, keep their mouths shut, and leave with their heads in the same depressing position they entered with. They may get their work done, but they will do nothing more to advance the organization.

You can buy a person’s hand, but you can’t buy his heart. His heart is where his enthusiasm, his loyalty is. You can buy his back, but you can’t buy his brain. That’s where his creativity is, his ingenuity, his resourcefulness.

Stephen R. Covey from the 7 Habits

On the diagram above, the bold white lines forming the inside of the parabolic curve in the upper-center (inside the “u”) represent worthwhile goals and established guardrails, within which the organization operates. These lines represent all of the “structure” that leadership imposes on the work to achieve the organization’s worthwhile goals. In an ideal world, they represent clear relationship goals, sustainability (profitability) goals and include values, principles, processes, regulations, and standards that must be adhered to. If we had a consistent, mathematical way to measure both psychological safety and structure, this parabolic pattern represents what we would see.

There is also an upper bound of high psychological safety represented by the upper blue horizontal line in the diagram for most organizations. Above this theoretical line, a business might not be economically viable. If there is too much safety with too big a gap in structure, even if aligned with a worthwhile goal, it may result in highly creative products or services that border on performance art. However, it is challenging to run a profitable enterprise under this scenario. Don’t get me wrong; I believe, deeply, that business is a form of long-term, collaborative high art. We spend a third of our adult lives working to produce things and services that make the world a better place for others. Our organizations put out artifacts and undertake a form of performance art every time people work together to accomplish something innovative. The strategic goals of every business should be to earn trust, loyalty, and advocacy from both the firm’s employees and its customers. Shouldn’t we strive to create beautiful things together and produce relationships with the people we are building them for along the way? With the right worthwhile and meaningful goals, business becomes a form of high art. However, business is different than pure art, as it will cease to exist if it can’t also operate sustainably. Ask any starving artist how hard it is to make a living on art, and you will understand what is represented by that upper section of the chart. Hobby businesses, volunteer sports organizations, musical groups, and artistic endeavors may operate in this range. This is where interpersonal risks are valued and celebrated and other, more concrete metrics might be subordinated. People in this environment may feel immensely “safe.”

Large businesses may have departments or subgroups or divisions that live in the far upper left-hand part of this range called Research and Development Organizations. I also think of organizations like Pixar or the entire video game industry as thriving in this region. In academic institutions, this might be referred to as tenure. In some industries, where human safety is paramount, like the airline or medical industries, it may provide solace to have a lot of structure in place so that your creative energy and mastery of your craft can be deployed in the event of a disaster. Jeffrey Skiles, the co-pilot of the miracle on the Hudson, describes his checklists as the accumulated knowledge of all the mistakes that have been made before him. In the split seconds that he and his pilot needed their own creativity the most, it was available to them. Atul Gawande, in The Checklist Manifesto, shows powerful examples of this phenomenon across several industries.

Herein lie two clear dilemmas for leaders to consider, demonstrated by the divergence of the white lines inside the green “U” as you rise in safety:

  1. Our natural desire for predictability is often executed through a rigid process to impose order. If not done carefully, these leadership behaviors have the potential to reduce personal risk-taking and eliminate creativity. I have labeled this area on the chart, below the divergence and approaching high structure and high safety, “The Prison of Predictability.” When the people you serve, as a leader, are operating in this space, you will observe them experiencing apathy and resistance.
  2. If we want to maximize intrinsic motivation, we might remove too much structure by reducing or minimizing the guardrails, regulations, and controls. However, if we go too far, a leader will wind up in the area of the chart labeled “Chaos.” This is the area below the divergence and approaching low structure and high safety. When the people you serve, as their leader, are operating in this area, you will observe them experiencing stress.

A business must stay in the vertically centered region to remain economically viable. The key is to strike the horizontal balance of structure through meaningful goals and well-understood guardrails that allows an organization to maximize innovation. People thrive when there is the right amount of structure that includes appropriate and memorable context. It gives them confidence. In my experience, people crave inspiring leadership that provides thorough context for their guardrails, processes, regulations, and other structures. This is what happens when leaders foster an inspiring culture. When they can learn from memorable anecdotes and stories about past mistakes made by previous colleagues it improves psychological safety while reducing cognitive load. However, When you implement structure without memorable context, you run the risk that people will feel as though they are executing a process for the sake of the process. Worse, they may feel powerless and controlled by the forces from ‘above’. Poorly constructed guardrails can push your team under the curve and serve to suppress creativity.

The next two regions that are important to understand in this chart are the known unknown region, beneath the green dashed line, and the near-infinite unknown unknowns region. Thinking in this way keeps us focused on building and planning for adaptability so that we don’t get pigeonholed by an unpredictable event in our unknown future. Authentic and meaningful competence — i.e., building our stock of known knowns — is how we achieve adaptability and agility as an organization. Based on what we and others know, we can attain the confidence to experiment with other pathways to success. On complex problems, the pathways have to be invented. Teams stay motivated by keeping their eye on the mission without getting paralyzed by the complexities lying in the way. It takes meaningful competence to turn our chaos into more predictable pr

I have learned to frame past mistakes by publishing a set of “current best practices” with memorable examples instead of as a “process” or a “regulation.” Doing so leads to more predictability, as people will not spend as much energy trying to understand why they are adhering to the practice or looking for ways to undermine the feeling that they are being controlled. More importantly, they will remain open to their own creativity looking for ways to exercise their creativity in a positive way to improve the practice at every step. This simple shift in language, utilizing the term “practice,” reinforces that there is always a better way, we just haven’t found it yet.

In the upper center part of the diagram lies this primary locus and source of creativity and innovation. It is shaded in green, and it expands with both an increase in psychological safety and the divergence of guardrails, resulting in the right amount of structure. When your people have an open awareness around meaningful goals and purpose, enough structure so that they are relying upon sound and understood best practices, and have a high degree of psychological safety, you can enhance their sense of autonomy in the context of their knowledge to unlock their creativity and derive innovations. Autonomy is described by The Self Determination Theory (Ed Deci and Richard Ryan) as one of the three necessary human needs required to achieve high-quality, intrinsic motivation for people. “Competence” and “Relatedness” are the other two (diagram below.) When high-quality, intrinsic motivation is present, all three of these needs are being met. Autonomy refers to:

…[B]eing the perceived origin or source of one’s own behavior.

Ed Deci, Ph.D. u0026 Richard Ryan, Ph.D.

When people perceive that low-quality motivators such as fear, manipulation, and control are being used to induce their behavior, psychological safety is reduced and intrinsic motivation is suppressed. Recall a time in your own life when you were clearly being manipulated, or when you felt humiliated by someone with more power or control than you. How creative were you in those scenarios? In my experience, when people are placed in humiliating or controlled scenarios, I see them exercising their creative energy on either undermining the leader who is in control or exhibiting extreme apathy in completing their tasks.

Competence appears more like an “S-curve” of learning for organizations. The Competence Continuum, shown below, is an attempt to integrate previous models about how people learn in a way that allows us to deconstruct knowledge. As a result, we can support the learning process and shift the entire curve toAs leaders, it behooves us to understand autonomy’s role in motivation if we want to maximize the creativity of the people we lead and serve. Motivation is the source of all human creativity, and creativity is our only unlimited resource.

The creativity of the people we surround ourselves with is an unlimited resource in life. Most of our other resources are finite.

Understanding autonomy is only one-third of the formula, as shown above. However, it is a vital third, as it can serve to shut down an individual’s desire for growth and mastery. The lack of autonomy can also undermine ‘relatedness’ and association with a firm’s purpose, no matter how meaningful it might be.

Perception plays a powerful role in this discussion. There are many things out of the worker’s control and unchangeable in most business environments in the short term. That’s OK. What is problematic is the employee’s feeling of helplessness or lack of control in their activities. When people feel a lack of psychological safety, the fear they have reduces their sense of autonomy. As a leader, you can go out of your way to ensure that those you serve understand the things in their control and work to encourage them to operate with maximum creativity within those domains.

As a young adult in the Navy, working in the line shack on F-14 Tomcats, I had an array of different leaders to study. The worst of whom was an overbearing micro-manager who would focus deeply on any detail that was wrong and would exercise his positional power using fear and humiliation. Everyone in the shop would avoid him wherever possible and demonstrated apathy in their work. “I did exactly as I was told” became a mantra. The creative energy and vitality on that team were non-existent. In contrast, one of the best bosses I ever had was as a teenager, flipping burgers and salting french fries at McDonald’s. While we had no control over how to push the button, put the fries in frier, pull them out immediately when the timer went off and how to precisely add ‘seasoning,’ she helped us to make sure our creative talents went to good use. Her energy focused on helping us understand the aspects of our job that we did have creative control over. Not only did she tell us where we might focus our energy, but she also backed it up through example. She would make us laugh and make sure we were all enjoying our interactions with each other. She would engage customers with vitality and joy and ask us what was going on in our lives when we were not. I have the fondest memories of my time in that job, and while I had little control over the production of the food, I worked with creativity and vigor with the people on my team and with our customers.

Helping the people you serve find places to invest their creative energy is a leadership imperative.

When people have the opportunity to express their creativity in their work, the impact on the culture can be profound. When you combine highly motivated people with a worthwhile vision for your work together, you will get better results and you will find it impacting your tangible metrics like attrition rates, work quality, and throughput.

We want our businesses to maximize the innovations that come out of our highly motivated research and development teams. We also want the surgeon- or pilot-like precision that comes from a motivated understanding of the broader learnings from the past. This comes from creating outward and upward pressure on this chart. In other words, we want to maximize the psychological safety that we produce, and we want to change the shape of the parabola in a way that expands the area in the green “U” while pushing the guardrails outward through clarity and understanding of the organization’s past learnings. If our guardrails are too rigid, we lose the opportunity to capture more creative energy from our people and we miss out on potential innovations both big and small.

It is also valuable to understand how this all works when recruiting and building your teams. Inside of an organization, each role has a different shape on this graph, with very different goals, guardrails, and cultures. Additionally, different people have different tolerances for both safety and structure, and they come to your organization with their own personal goals. This is a crucial conversation when matching people with their roles. Some people will not operate in highly structured environments where others will thrive. Here is a shortlist of leadership imperatives to help you get started changing the shape of the parabola:

  1. Create a shared understanding of where you are today on the chart and what direction you should be striving towards.
  2. Make sure your goals are meaningful and inspiring.
  3. Make sure you talk about your goals daily, and your team has an open awareness about what is important to the organization.
  4. Make sure your culture includes guardrails that are meaningful, memorable, and understood.
  5. Celebrate learning and purposefully raise the bar on psychological safety.
  6. Do the work required to establish competence so that you can loosen the guardrails.
  7. Help your people understand what is in their control and help them find a place to focus their creative energy.
  8. Work to understand how people fit into their roles with regard to their tolerance for structure.

In summary, understanding psychological safety and its role in intrinsic motivation has been an incredible gift to the business community. Combining this understanding with a framework that describes how structure and order are related to psychological safety in the context of work will improve your leadership. To answer the question posed in the title, specifically: No. I don’t think too much psychological safety is bad for business. On the contrary, a goal should absolutely be to maximize the amount of psychological safety that your people feel within very well-defined guardrails and values. It is much easier to just tell people what to do and establish a rigid process than it is to communicate the goals and guardrails thoroughly. It’s a dilemma, but it is some of the most important work a leader can do if the intent is to maximize creativity.

This framework will give you a way to purposefully represent where your organization or teams should strive to be. I hope it will help you better tap into the unlimited creativity of the people you serve and lead.

References:

Amy Edmonson’s TED talk.

Project Aristotle at Google.

Measuring Relationships, The North Star.

The Nature of Competition.

Seven Habits of Highly Effective People – Stephen R. Covey.

KPIs That Inspire.

Jeffrey Skiles.

The Checklist Manifesto – Atul Gawande.

Building an Inspired Culture.

Unlocking Creativity and Innovation.

Self Determination Theory.

Why We Do What We Do  – Ed Deci.

Extreme Teaming – Amy Edmonson.

Sean Flaherty is Executive Vice President of Innovation at ITX, where he leads a passionate group of product specialists and technologists to solve client challenges. Developer of The Momentum Framework, Sean is also a prolific writer and award-winning speaker discussing the subjects of empathy, innovation, and leadership. 

The post Freedom and Structure: The Creativity Curve appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Great Business Leaders https://itx.com/blog/great-business-leaders/ Sun, 31 Jan 2021 15:34:08 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=24413 The greatest of leaders shift the thinking and behaviors of those they lead in ways that cause more caring and more influence through competence. They transform the thinking of those they serve by shifting the language of the group from “I” to “We” thinking at scale. Their work transforms their followers into leaders, through language, by empowering them to each scale both caring and influence in their work. The most successful leaders craft language, create tools, and follow through with actions that allow their leadership to resonate for generations. Natural leaders have an uncanny ability to inspire others into action to create sustainable, long-lasting positive results. They do it by purposefully scaling both the capacity for influence and the capacity for caring in those they lead.
Great leaders profoundly scale the capacity for caring and the capacity for influence of the people they lead.

The post Great Business Leaders appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
How history’s top leaders expand their spheres of influence and caring

The Greatest Leaders Expand the ‘Spheres of Caring’ of Those They Serve

The greatest of leaders shift the thinking and behaviors of those they lead in ways that cause more caring and more influence through competence. They transform the thinking of those they serve by shifting the language of the group from “I” to “We” thinking at scale. Their work transforms their followers into leaders, through language, by empowering them to each scale both caring and influence in their work. The most successful leaders craft language, create tools, and follow through with actions that allow their leadership to resonate for generations. Natural leaders have an uncanny ability to inspire others into action to create sustainable, long-lasting positive results. They do it by purposefully scaling both the capacity for influence and the capacity for caring in those they lead.

Great leaders profoundly scale the capacity for caring and the capacity for influence of the people they lead.

Some people are easily motivated by great leaders, but not all will follow. While a leader may build competence in his organization with data, facts, and tools that provide a source of motivation for many of their people toward positive, inspired action, there are sometimes people who are not inspirable. It may simply be that they are not ever going to be inspired by the same things as the leader. Or it may be worse. These people fake it, in order to appear to fit in, but deep down inside, one might sense that something isn’t quite right. There are people around us whose motivations are profoundly different from most. They may not be driven by the greater good. They simply care about selfish things. These folks are dangerous to any organization and threaten its success. If they are smart or have manipulated their way into leadership positions, they can be challenging to root out.

The problem for many of us is that these people are often highly intelligent, and their core motivations differ from the norm. They can be entertained when they are able to complexify and undermine the ideas of others. They might only be inspired by being in control of those in their purview. One thing is certain, these are people who lack authentic care and concern for the people around them. The best you might hope for with the folks I am describing is that they pretend they are along for the ride and produce some positive results along the way. But keep your eye on them, as they are lying in wait for their opportunity to undermine your operation for their own personal gain or to meet their need for control and manipulation. Maybe the world needs these folk. Maybe there is some mysterious value they serve in the master plan. Maybe they are simply one of those evil parts of nature that we aren’t meant to understand, like mosquitoes or the bubonic plague. It is imperative to understand how to identify these folks if we want to build a scalable organization that adds sustainable value to the world through inspired people.

Psychologists have different labels for these souls, some of whom lack a conscience. In the book, The Sociopath Next Door, Martha Stout clearly has shown us that as much as 4% of the population has some of these traits. When I read that statistic, it dawned on me that if we have over 200 employees in our organization, it is statistically possible that I might have as many as eight people that meet the criteria for this diagnosis working around me. I am an optimist. As such, my biases make me certain that our hiring practices and our culture are better than in most companies, so I find it highly unlikely that we have eight. But it is probable that we have at least a few of them. A real problem arises when these people find their way into leadership positions.

Many of us are acutely aware that dark and successful forms of leadership abound. How you define success, however, plays a critical role in describing the leadership function. These are people who have derived immense levels of success (as measured by traditional metrics of fame, power, clout, and wealth). This is a real problem, as Martha Stout described in her book, because successful sociopaths require a high degree of intelligence in order to appear functioning. Indeed, she found that successful sociopaths and psychopaths tend to be very intelligent. According to Forbes, they often find financial and career success, in part, due to their sociopathy. Their success serves to create an unfortunate positive feedback loop for their behaviors. I think of the #MeToo movement in this way. Look at all of these power-hungry attorneys, CEOs, and business leaders who behave so badly while our society puts up with them because they have figured out how to manipulate and control the system and the people around them. Those we consider great leaders, on the other hand, care deeply for the people around them. They see themselves as servants to the people they lead. They make decisions that are not the best for themselves to serve the greater good. They look out for their people and have an innate ability to create more caring and more empathy in those around them. At the extremes, the greatest leaders of our collective history suffer greatly and have been killed and martyred as a result of their leadership.

If we can codify this concept, it will be useful to others. The leaders around me can more quickly determine who to spend their time growing and who to watch carefully. They can use this concept to decipher and analyze their own leadership behaviors to drive their own improvement. In business, we can use this concept to identify which clients to run away from (and learn from) and which to protect and defend. We might do an even better job of hiring prospective employees who demonstrate great potential for good leadership while identifying those we should never hire. Above all else, we would have a more systematic and clear way of identifying our current stars and future leaders.

I have a deep-rooted belief that most of us are good people who are generally motivated in the ways described by the science of self-determination theory by Ed Deci and Richard Ryan. We seek agency and control in our own lives. We seek growth. We seek to connect and relate to others.

Self-Determination Theory, from Ed Deci & Richard Ryan

Ultimately, we all want to contribute to the world in some meaningful way that connects us to the people around us. The entire field of psychology is dedicated to figuring out and classifying the human motivations behind behavior. When we behave in ways that don’t jive with what we call “normal,” to each other, we get classified into some sort of disorder and we label it. There are more than 300 disorders listed in the Diagnostic and Statistical Manual for Mental Disorders (DSM-5). It occurs to me that all of these disorders describe how we appear to others or how we behave in the context of others.

If all psychology and “psycho-pathology” occurs in the context of how we relate to others, then our capacity for different forms of empathy must play a huge role in this classification system. It is useful to describe most of the disorders that impact us, at least all of those that I am familiar with, in terms of our capacities for empathy. There are many types of empathy as described in the literature. But they can be simplified by separating two distinct forms of empathy, in terms of our leadership capacities for fostering them.

The first form of empathy is our capacity for caring. Often referred to as affective empathy or empathic concern. Our capacity for caring exists on a broad continuum. Some people simply do not have the capacity to care for anyone else while others authentically tear up at the thought of another’s suffering. At the extreme lower end of the scale, some may not even have the capacity to care for themselves while at the other end of the spectrum, there are people who care deeply and are willing to personally sacrifice for others. The continuum that describes our capacity to care deepens and then broadens as we extend away from the self. Each of us may draw this diagram a little differently, but it looks something like this:

Spheres of Caring | Leadership Capacity for Caring

When we are babies, we are only concerned with ourselves. We scream when we are hungry or uncomfortable. We learn to smile at our caretakers when we feel loved. If we grow up in a healthy environment and have the right biology, we grow and evolve to care more and more and we learn the importance of caring for others as it is one of the main motivating forces in a healthy life. We also learn that there is a dominance hierarchy to whom we care for and to the depth of our caring. We simply care more for the people in our family than we care for the neighbors that we have never met. We care more for the people who work in our company than for those who we have not met, who work for our competitor. We are normal. While many of us would say that we care deeply about the world and everything in it, our behaviors may betray us. Most of us end up somewhere in the middle, with a healthy eye on our own personal maximization formula and our internally established hierarchy of those whom we care for. We care, but not so much that we are willing to be martyrs. We might like to take vacations and buy nice clothes for ourselves. We might stay focused on saving our money and putting our kids through college. We might be disciplined enough to grow our own retirement plans. But we don’t do these things for our neighbors or for our colleagues. We are all somewhat “normal” in that respect and we expect they are doing the same. Everyone draws the lines around their “spheres of caring” in different ways.

What great leaders do differently, is they expand the spheres of caring for those whom they lead. Through language and follow-through, they cause more caring to occur for the people within their spheres and they serve to expand the spheres to include more people. They set visions that are meaningful, positive, and optimistic. They enroll, engage and educate people purposefully so that they are more effective in making the world a better place, together. This is what sets them apart.

The second form of empathy is our capacity for influencing the behaviors of others. Leadership is often described solely in these terms, as the ability to influence, to cause change, or to make something happen that wouldn’t have otherwise happened. In popular business literature, this has been described as our ability to understand ourselves and others and to adjust our behavior in order to influence others. EQ (Emotional Intelligence) is a term that has been made popular in describing how this form of empathy works. Some other terms for this might be “cognitive empathy,” or “tactical empathy.” This capacity for influence also exists on a broad continuum. At the low end of the scale, we don’t even understand our own emotions, so we have no chance of identifying and adapting to the emotions of others. At the upper end, we may have an innate ability to cause a change in the behaviors of others. Linearly, it would look something like this:

Emotional Regulation Cascade

Anyone who has raised children can recognize these lower levels. If we grow up in a healthy environment, our parents provide us with the necessary guardrails and teach us when we are being unreasonable. From that guidance, we learn how to self-regulate. As we get older, we quickly learn how to influence those around us to get the things we want. But our growth of these skills slows down, for most of us, when we begin to have our needs met. We continue to go through life misreading people, miscommunicating and as a result, we often fail to inspire others. As our capacity for influence expands and broadens, it gets more diffuse. We have less influence over the people on the outside than we have over the people closest to the middle of the diagram. If I were to draw it in spheres, it would look similar to what I drew for our capacity for caring:

3×3 Spheres of Influence | Capacity for Influence

When we have a high capacity for caring and we influence people, we call it inspiration. When we lack the capacity for caring and we influence people, we call it manipulation.

If we were to plot out a graph with these two capacities, some interesting patterns emerge. “Abnormal” conditions can be demonstrated on this graph, and it might look something like this:

Capacity for Caring vs. Capacity for Influence

This graph provides a simple tool to help identify where the people around you might be so that you might improve your ability to lead. Let’s take a look at some of the patterns that emerge on this graph, represented by the different colors.

In the bottom left, represented by the dark red area of the chart are the “takers” in our society. These are folks that don’t care much for people outside of their small sphere and they don’t develop much of a capacity to influence those around them. They don’t have much influence beyond the people they hurt achieving their gains, with the exception of the stories that are told about them. One corollary I see is in our prison systems. While studies differ in the exact percentage, it is clear that north of 20+% of the people in our prison systems can be diagnosed with some form of psychopathy. Fortunately, these people represent only between 1–2% of the general population.

In the bottom right portion of the chart live the dangerous folks. These are the people that Martha Stout described who are correlated to people with high I/Q. At the extreme, these are people who are able to use their cunning and intellect to achieve high degrees of influence. They learn to manipulate large groups of people or even whole societies writ large. Historical figures might include people involved in the highest echelons of the Nazi regime, Mao Zedong, Herod the Great, or Joseph Stalin who caused action at scale through their broad influence, not for the better. Some modern figures might include the inspirations for the #MeToo movement, which included some of the most powerful people in Hollywood for decades before they were caught and brought to justice. Another might be the father of the largest pyramid scheme in the history of mankind, who swindled thousands of people out of more than $50 Billion of their hard-earned cash over multiple decades, seemingly without remorse.

The upper left-hand portion of the chart represents people who may be high in their capacity for caring, but lack any significant ability to influence the people around them. I am certain that most of us know plenty of people who fit this bill. The danger to many of these folks is their vulnerability. They are ripe to be taken advantage of by those in the bottom right who yield the capacity for great influence. People very high in affect and caring may live life broke because all of their money goes to the latest charity that knocked on the door.

In the dead center of the chart, are most of us normal folk, myself included. We have a reasonable degree of both capacities, and we go about our days trying to influence those around us in normal ways. We behave, lead and influence the world without much thinking about how we are behaving. Very few people develop extreme capabilities on both of these scales. Some historical figures who are off the charts for both their capacity for caring and capacity for influence have had an immense, positive impact on the world.

The Greatest Leaders of Our Collective History

They proved to inspire troves of people and sometimes entire societies. Some great examples of this are people like Ruth Bader Ginsberg, Martin Luther King, Mother Teresa, Mahatmas Gandhi, Maya Angelou, and Nelson Mandela. It is often the case that these people are classified as martyrs because they suffered greatly or gave up their own lives to benefit others. We would show these folks in the upper right-hand area of the chart.

The Greatest Leaders

In my observation, none of us are fully “normal.” We all have thoughts or tendencies that others might classify as abnormal. We all have good days, and we all have bad days. We all exist in a psychological reality that is not black nor white but wonderfully grey. We all might act like a sociopath in certain scenarios and an empath in others. The context of each scenario matters. In many ways, this is what makes our lives so complicated and so interesting at the same time. Most of us live somewhere in the middle of this chart but our behaviors show up all over the chart. If you are anything like me, for example, sometimes you wake up on the wrong side of the bed and simply don’t want to talk to anyone. On those days, I don’t feel like engaging my powers of influence and hence, don’t have much impact. Other days, I find myself at my “wit’s end” and have been known to tell my children that “Santa Claus is real. And if your room is not clean by the time I come upstairs….there might be a consequence.”

For most of us, there is an upper capability limit to both of these scales (caring and influence). Fortunately, most of us are somewhat “normal.” The most beautiful thing about all forms of empathy, and our leadership capacities for both caring and influence, is that they can be learned. These are not “fixed” traits. Once you recognize this, it can transform every aspect of your life for the better. If it can be learned, it can also be taught. It can be purposefully systematized and built into our daily practices. This knowledge can influence how we teach leadership systematically and result in better leadership behaviors. Our goals might even be created with these concepts in mind so that we inspire those around us to grow in both of these leadership dimensions while always being on the path of growing our own personal capacities for both caring and influence.

A pattern that I have seen in business supports this concept. Business leaders who create sustainable success, beyond their death in many cases, are those who cause shifts in how people think, communicate and behave.

The Great Shift in Behavior (Expanded Caring, Expanded Influence) Toward a Worthwhile Goal

They cause normal people, who come to work, to care more for each other, for their customers, for their shareholders, and for their communities while building sustainable influence through their products and services. They cause a clear shift from the bottom-left to the upper-right for the people in their charge.

Great business leaders cause a shift in normal people, causing more caring to occur while creating great influence through their products and services.

They can’t be in the extreme upper right-hand section of the chart, as they are not martyrs. Because we live in a capitalistic system, we must recognize the importance of profitability for the survival of their organization. Profitability is crucial in this environment because it provides the ability for leaders to double-down and reinvest in their people, customers, environments, communities, research and development, and the planet to maximize their long term impact. In the best cases, after all of these considerations, it can also return a significant amount of capital to shareholders.

To sum it up, it is useful to identify where your leadership behaviors might plot on this chart. It is also useful to see the patterns exhibited by the people around you through this chart so that you can grow and positively influence the people that you serve as a leader. It is also crucial to identify sociopathic behavior and those with high intelligence who might be motivated by abnormal things. They may be brilliant, but they are cold, manipulative culture destroyers that will limit your growth and create unnecessary politics in your organization. If it is your boss, hopefully, this will encourage you to find another gig. If it is that client or customer that you just can’t seem to make happy, maybe it’s time to fire them. It is as simple as figuring out how much they authentically care about the people around them. The difference between a great leader and a highly successful sociopath is whether or not they authentically care about those they influence. It lies squarely in their intent.

The difference between a great leader and a highly successful sociopath is whether or not they authentically care about those they influence.

In our organization, we run workshops for leadership teams to help them inspire their customers. In our workshops, we find that most companies have the complicated challenge of inspiring business leaders with access to funding to inspire highly talented employees on teams to build products and services that inspire customers, most of whom the leadership team will never meet. There are many conflicting incentives in that mix. To earn sustainable success, there are lots of different personalities to inspire. Having had the honor of building hundreds and hundreds of software products, over decades, has provided me the opportunity to get a lot of “reps” with both successful teams and a few epic failures. This experience has provided access to a wide array of different leadership styles to which to correlate success, both short term projects and over the longer timeframes associated with products and platforms. More recently, I have presented the leadership framework that I am describing in this article to over 1,000 CEOs and key executives around the world through professional roundtable groups. We can infer that they work for reasonably successful organizations that can afford to be a part of these groups. These experiences have given me the ability to validate these ideas across entire businesses in hundreds of industries. These workshops and presentations have been a laboratory for studying motivation, group dynamics, and finding ways to communicate what constitutes great leadership while contrasting it with poor leadership.

We all set about to organize and categorize the world to make sense of what we see. This is an attempt to make the world a little better than it was yesterday. If you decide to apply this to your work and thinking, remember the words of one of the greatest statisticians who has ever roamed the earth:

All models are wrong; some models are useful.

George E.P. Box

If you found this framework and model useful. Please clap, recommend my article or share it with your community. I would love to hear from you.

References:

Eisenhower Matrix: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Time_management#The_Eisenhower_Method.

“The range of what we think and do is limited by what we fail to notice.” — Daniel Goleman.

Daniel Goleman’s book, Focus, discusses open awareness: https://www.amazon.com/Focus-Hidden-Excellence-Daniel-Goleman/dp/1408829118

The story of Post-It Notes from 3M: https://www.post-it.com/3M/en_US/post-it/contact-us/about-us/.

Making your sticky notes stick: I was shown this technique by a few consultants in my travels. The earliest reference I can find online to the technique in our industry is here: http://blog.whitehorses.nl/2013/05/17/how-to-stick-a-sticky-note/ There are also several

YouTube videos showing how to do it properly. Here is one: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jkWV-MAxsLE.

There are many prioritization schemes out there which attempt to provide more rigor to the process. Here are a few:

Sean Flaherty is Executive Vice President of Innovation at ITX, where he leads a passionate group of product specialists and technologists to solve client challenges. Developer of The Momentum Framework, Sean is also a prolific writer and award-winning speaker discussing the subjects of empathy, innovation, and leadership. 

The post Great Business Leaders appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
49 / The Many Paths to Product Management https://itx.com/podcast/49-equifinality-many-paths-to-product-management/ Thu, 28 Jan 2021 22:04:02 +0000 https://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1462   There’s no clear career path to product management. And while that sounds like just another obstacle keeping you from your dream job, it should actually come as a comfort to all you PM hopefuls. Lena Sesardic describes why through the lens of equifinality. Equifinality simply means that the same end result can be achieved by …

The post 49 / The Many Paths to Product Management appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>

There’s no clear career path to product management. And while that sounds like just another obstacle keeping you from your dream job, it should actually come as a comfort to all you PM hopefuls. Lena Sesardic describes why through the lens of equifinality.

Equifinality simply means that the same end result can be achieved by many potential means and from many points of entry along the journey. It’s one of those grad school textbook terms you never expect to encounter again – until, perhaps, you’re talking about the path to product management.

The term resurfaced recently, thanks to Lena Sesardic, who joined Sean and Paul in this Product Momentum Podcast episode. Lena’s own journey is a story of equifinality. She is Croatian, but lived portions of her life in Europe, the Pacific Rim, and North America. Her professional life is equally diverse. Once an innovation lab product manager and entrepreneur, Lena is now a product management consultant and author. Her recent book, The Making of Product Managers, offers an up-close look at 20 real-life humans whose varied paths to product management should inspire us all.

So hang in there, you product designers and technologists. Take heed, marketers and web developers, and you mathematicians and high school educators. If product management is the field to which you aspire, it’s very likely someone has come before you to show the way.

But don’t take it from me. Tune in to hear about equifinality from Lena. Here’s a bit of what you’ll learn!

[03:24] As a product manager, I found that writing a book is a lot like building a product. Iteration was a really big part of it, and adding important features too.

[04:46] It doesn’t matter what you did before. There’s likely to be a parallel that you can draw on, and there’s no limit to who can break into product.

[06:39] PMs require such a huge, diverse skill set. Decision-making, analytical, communication skills.

[06:58] There’s also less tangible, equally important, PM skills.

[08:32] Experience isn’t just the number of years, but it’s actually what have you done. Get a taste of everything.

[10:32] Diversity of experience is key in terms of prioritization. You really need to get the full picture, to be able to look at the problem from every perspective and think about the holes in your ideas.

[12:40] PMs get to own their role because the job of a product manager is actually carving out what their job description is.

[14:22] Predict the organization’s needs. Insiders are privy to how the organization is operating, growing, and changing. As an insider, you can predict when things are going to be needed – and step in to fill that void.

[15:49] The product manager is the glue that holds the team together.

[18:09] If you can crack the code to become a product manager, you can be a good product manager – and you deserve to be one.

[20:27] Innovation through Transplanting. Taking something that’s working in one industry, spinning it a certain way, transplanting it into another industry. Just like that, you have a new service and it’s actually Innovation.

The post 49 / The Many Paths to Product Management appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
  There’s no clear career path to product management. And while that sounds like just another obstacle keeping you from your dream job, it should actually come as a comfort to all you PM hopefuls. Lena Sesardic describes why through the lens of equifin... Author/consultant Lena Sesardic shares real-life stories how product managers reach their career goals by many different paths: Equifinality. Lena Sesardic 1 1 49 49 49 / The Many Paths to Product Management full false 23:49
48 / At the Intersection of Art and Technology https://itx.com/podcast/48-at-the-intersection-of-art-and-technology/ Mon, 25 Jan 2021 13:05:38 +0000 https://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1624 Defining the product manager role is a moving target. It’s tough to put our finger on the skill set we need to land the gig. And then we’re not always confident about what to do once we arrive. In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Josh Anon. Now a product …

The post 48 / At the Intersection of Art and Technology appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>

Defining the product manager role is a moving target. It’s tough to put our finger on the skill set we need to land the gig. And then we’re not always confident about what to do once we arrive.

In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Josh Anon. Now a product manager at Roblox, Josh has worked at the intersection of art and technology throughout his career. A quick review of his resume (in addition to sparking bits of envy) and you’ll understand why Josh’s approach to product management – blending the right amounts of creative expression and systematic analysis, with bias toward neither – provides the balance we need for our products to succeed.

Before Roblox, Josh’s career includes stops at Pixar, Lytro, and Magic Leap where he performed roles as a software developer, cinematographer, and product manager. Josh Anon is also author of The Product Book: How to Become a Great Product Manager, a best-seller written precisely for new product managers.

An amazing storyteller, Josh Anon shares key learnings and important insights from his unique journey. Listen closely to find a nugget that will nudge your career forward.

[02:13] No matter the industry, product is about being the voice of the customer.

[03:08] Keep in mind that the right solution depends on the situation.

[04:22] Expect to be disrupted. Better still, think about how to disrupt yourself.

[05:52] The scientific approach to goal setting. It’s reasonable, when you’re working on different goals, to start off with a hypothesis to test.

(06:23] We can develop intuition, and we can develop good instincts over time. The more experience you get, the better you can put yourself into a customer’s shoes.

[08:43] Product management, in a nutshell, is about who is the customer, what problem you’re solving for them, and can the technology deliver a solution with trade-offs that the customer will accept.

[12:19] Four critical PM skills. Learning, researching, writing, and experimenting.

[14:30] Storytelling and PRDs. Use documentation not as a massive, static thing that’s not going to change. But rather to tell a story about where we want to go and the key things we want to make sure we don’t lose as we execute toward it.

[17:46] What if my hypothesis is wrong? As a PM, one of the things that keeps me up at night is, what if I’m wrong about my hypothesis? Writing or telling a story is a quick way to do a gut check to answer: “is my solution going to fit into the customer’s life in a useful, meaningful way?”

[19:11] Detail matters to good storytelling. The right level of detail can help you realize, what are the features on your product that really are critically important, and what’s the stuff that just doesn’t matter?

[23:17] The technology is in service of something bigger.

[23:50] Saying no. You have to have a strong ability to say no to things. It’s better to do less that’s better than to do every single feature possible and deliver it poorly.

[24:32] The value of technology. Technology doesn’t exist because we’ve managed to figure out how to build a feature; the value in it is focusing on, what is it that a customer is trying to achieve?

[26:04] Innovation. Innovation has become a mix of, how do you have a novel solution to a problem that is way better than what people are doing now to solve it, and you’ve made it available in an accessible way that has minimal tradeoffs for the customer. You know you’ve achieved innovation when you actually see it out there and you see it being adopted. It’s not just that you’ve done the inventive process of that.

The post 48 / At the Intersection of Art and Technology appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Defining the product manager role is a moving target. It’s tough to put our finger on the skill set we need to land the gig. And then we’re not always confident about what to do once we arrive. In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Josh Anon blends creative expression and systematic analysis in product management, with bias toward neither. Josh Anon 1 1 48 48 48 / At the Intersection of Art and Technology full false 32:42
Can Large Enterprises Innovate Effectively? https://itx.com/blog/can-large-enterprises-innovate-effectively/ Mon, 18 Jan 2021 18:38:29 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=2126 Pathways to Growth for Mature Organizations and Startups

Of course, large enterprises can innovate, but it is harder for them than for startups. Many do not know where to begin. They look back and recall how, as a startup, they discovered the product-market fit that made them successful. And now, in full growth mode, they attack innovation with the mindset of growth they have today – which does not work.

The post Can Large Enterprises Innovate Effectively? appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Pathways to Growth for Mature Organizations and Startups  

Of course, large enterprises can innovate, but it is harder for them than for startups. Many do not know where to begin. They look back and recall how, as a startup, they discovered the product-market fit that made them successful. And now, in full growth mode, they attack innovation with the mindset of growth they have today – which does not work.

In a recent post, I talked about investment in innovation based on where your product is in its life cycle: Inception vs. Growth. The Inception stage comes before your organization discovers product-market fit, while Growth occurs only after you realize how to deliver value and present a strong strategy to the right audience.

Products in the Inception and Growth phases require different approaches; Inception requires business leaders to find product-market fit quickly with as little investment as possible, whereas Growth invites investment in opportunities where the fit is more sound.

But even more than that, large enterprise organizations have a lot more at stake. Their mission is made more complex because now they not only need to grow; they also need to protect the investments they have already made – investments that have earned them a place in the market, a reputation, a brand.

Talk about “skin in the game.”

A startup can take risks with their brand because they don’t really have one yet. But a large enterprise cannot take the same risks because of the potential impact to their brand, governance, financial oversight, etc.

This is the dilemma confronting organizations large and small: the large organization has the resources, but greater aversion to certain risks. The smaller organization is prepared to assume the risks but does not have the resources.

The dilemma presents challenges, but also opportunities depending on where your organization is within its technology cycle and investment mindset.

Challenges

Enterprise Orgs and Deceptively “Perfect” Iterations

“Perfect” Iterations describes the tendency of larger organizations to reduce risk and treat new products like mature ones. They try to be “perfect” vs. doing just enough to learn. In “Perfect” Iterations, enterprise organizations have brands they need to support. As a result, they face constraints on risk taking. They cannot afford the issues that will negatively impact their brand or internal governance. The damage to their brand caused by a security incident or a financial misstep is huge. So they have built up processes to protect against those risks.

Years ago I worked with a large Fortune 500 company that was testing a new product. They invested millions integrating a pre-product-market fit concept with their backend financial systems. The product vision was to develop more accurate revenue reporting and to meet internal legal requirements.

They quickly discovered that the market’s demand for the product was far lower than they thought; not surprisingly, they scrapped the whole project. They protected their brand and their financial reporting, but at the cost of millions in waste. The challenge they faced, like so many large organizations do, is how to iterate rapidly without wasting millions or negatively impacting their brand.

Startups’ Resource Scarcity Leads To Growth Stress

Startups run into Growth Stress when they find product-market fit, but lack the resources to capitalize on opportunities. Their task is to raise money, build their infrastructure, and change their approach to development to one that targets quality deliverables for their identified market.

This is hard work and often leads to startups losing ground to better-funded competitors. They cannot grow fast enough to take advantage of the market and lose the advantage they once enjoyed.

Opportunities

Startups With An Inception Mindset

Startups are a Great Fit for Inception, but only if they are nimble and prepared to pivot quickly – tasks for which they are ideally suited. They do not have the resources to stick at something that is not working, so their mission is to fail quickly and move on.

As Clay Christensen points out,1 93% of companies must pivot to be successful because their original plan does not work. A staggering figure that means if a startup is not prepared to fail and pivot multiple times on its way to product-market fit, they will almost certainly fail.

A word of caution, though. The greatest threat to a start-up believing they have product-market fit when they do not. One of the fastest ways to kill a startup is to give it too much money. Resources invested chasing a mirage is bad money.

On the other hand, embrace opportunities where product-market fit is confirmed and where good money leads to Growth.

Enterprise Organizations Leaning Toward Growth

Mature products within larger organizations are in the Growth stage. These are the bread-and-butter products that drive revenue. Enterprise organizations are a Great Fit for the Growth mindset; they have identified a defined target audience and know they can deliver value to them profitably. They have achieved product-market fit, and they know it.

This level of awareness makes scale, speed, and quality of paramount importance. The goal is to build a roadmap/release plan and build to that blueprint as quickly as possible before a competitor beats them to the punch. This is how most product people are accustomed to working. It is the mindset they are in –one that features a steady diet of deliverables along a well-planned roadmap and release plan.

Clarity of Mission and Position In The Product Life Cycle

Being clear about your organization’s mission and where it is in its product development cycle will guide your resource allocation. Without question, every company’s circumstances are different.

This is one reason large enterprises set up skunkworks that operate as entities separate from the organization. They can rapidly iterate without the overhead during inception. They work “outside” the norms and policies of the parent organization, allowing them to not be constrained in the same way. They enjoy the inception mindset of a startup and the financial backing of the enterprise.

Another approach many large organizations use is to acquire smaller organizations once the smaller organization has found product-market fit. This buy vs. build option presents a win/win for the enterprise, because it avoids the challenges that afflict so many startups – particularly those associated with growth stress – and delivers to the smaller organization the resources they need to scale.

Start-ups, to iterate quickly, should take advantage of the freedom that comes with not having an infrastructure to slow their progress or a brand that needs protection.

For example, do not build a complete system; instead, test ideas rapidly to fail fast and learn faster. Evaluate the effectiveness of new processes before investing in the software that will make them efficient. Build rapid learning cycles with the goal of finding product-market fit as inexpensively as possible.

I was once told that the definition of entrepreneur is someone who can present an idea at breakfast, gather feedback, and pivot as needed to present a new idea at lunch. A start-up has that flexibility to move nimbly, so they need to use it to their advantage.

Enterprise organizations can innovate. They must in order to remain competitive. And startups can achieve growth once they discover product-market fit. In the midst of that shift from growth to inception, or vice versa, both need to shift their mindsets to match their situation. The wrong mindset will lead to investment of bad money that creates unnecessary waste.

Product-market fit is elusive, especially if you have a few passionate customers who fall in love with your product. But remember, the measure of success is not that you can unprofitably please a few customers; it is whether you can scale to enough customers to deliver a profitable product.


The post Can Large Enterprises Innovate Effectively? appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>
Commitment is Rare In Business https://itx.com/blog/commitment-is-rare-in-business/ Fri, 15 Jan 2021 14:46:40 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=24117 Commitment is rare. Building a culture of commitment in your organization accelerates trust. People often avoid making small interpersonal commitments because they are risky. According to Daniel Kahneman, the Nobel Prize-winning and prolific academic, we value loss about twice as much as we value gains, thus it follows that we are more likely to avoid a negative experience resulting from a missed promise than to take the unnecessary risk of making a commitment. However, when you make commitments and keep them, even small promises, it builds trust faster.

The post Commitment is Rare In Business appeared first on ITX Corp..

]]>

Commitment is rare. Building a culture of commitment in your organization accelerates trust.

People often avoid making small interpersonal commitments because they are risky. According to Daniel Kahneman, the Nobel Prize-winning and prolific academic, we value loss about twice as much as we value gains, thus it follows that we are more likely to avoid a negative experience resulting from a missed promise than to take the unnecessary risk of making a commitment. However, when you make commitments and keep them, even small promises, it builds trust faster. Being purposeful about the promises and commitments you make to your customers, your colleagues, and your friends can transform your business and even your life. Building commitment into your culture and empowering your people to make measured and valuable commitments can have a big impact on how you earn trust. Companies often make contractual guarantees and issue warranties because they know how important commitments are, but the small promises that are made every day, through normal interactions can be just as important in helping your people and your firm earn trust from your customers. Lots of small, valuable interpersonal commitments add up, over time, and can be even more valuable to the people you serve than those big corporate commitments that we tout in our marketing materials. This small tactic also has the ability to transform your internal culture by boosting internal trust between colleagues. As long as the intent to keep them is certain.

The intent is critical here. Your Say:Do ratio has to be very close to 1:1. You do not, however, not need to be perfect. In fact, perfection in your commitments may indicate that you have a problem with perfection.

People trust imperfection with integrity way more than they trust a perfect façade.


Occasionally, you will mis-calculate your priorities and you will fail to keep a commitment. Everyone knows and recognizes that life happens. This is a good thing, as it demonstrates a little authentic vulnerability, again, as long as your original intent to keep your promise was firm. When you take the energy to reset the promise and clean up any inconveniences created as a result of your miss-calculation, you have an opportunity to earn even more trust. It tells the promissee that you are committed and doing your best, to stretching, to learning, and to some amount of authentic vulnerability. It sends a specific message that you are human and thus imperfect, but that you care about your commitments and the impact they have on the life of the person you are working with. It is difficult to trust wishy-washiness, loose and apathetic commitments. We trust more powerfully when commitments are made with a positive intent to fulfill them.

Minimum Valuable Promises: Bold, small interpersonal commitments that make a difference every day speed the creation of trust by demonstrating that you care and are competent.

Here is a basic thought experiment to explain how this works:

At some point in your personal history, you have visited a website that added value to the problem that we were trying to solve, and you may have been prompted to sign up for the organization’s newsletter or noticed the signup box in the upper right-hand corner of their screen. Suppose you were willing to exchange your name and email address for some evaluable content from these smart folks. Now, imagine experiencing these two different scenarios:

Scenario A: Give us your email address and we will send you our newsletter. You enter your email address.

>> The site pops open an intermodal message box that says, “thank you for your email address.”

Nothing out of the ordinary here. Your expectations are met. It’s not memorable. Maybe you will get a newsletter, maybe not. Maybe you will even read it, maybe not.

Scenario B: Give us your email address and we promise to send you the latest and greatest content in <this ecosystem that you care about> on the second business Monday of each month. You enter your email address.

>> They pop up the last newsletter in an unobtrusive intermodal window with a message at the top that says: “We promised that you would be getting the best, most relevant content in this ecosystem that you care about. Here is what it will look like. Thank you for signing up.”

 >> In parallel, that the sent, immediately to your inbox, a similar message including the last newsletter. You can look forward to on our next newsletter on <Date.>”

Note how that second scenario made you feel. The simple act of making a promise and keeping it can powerfully impact trust. The difference in the amount of trust that was earned in that small interaction was almost palpable. The language you use and the information that you include in these commitments makes all of that difference.

Here is a simple checklist for your commitments that will make sure they are worthwhile:

  • Use the language of commitment. Saying “We promise to X” or “We commit to Y.” Using this language maximizes the emotional impact because these words have a powerful, shared meaning for people.
  • Make sure the commitment is as specific and complete as possible. Without a specific action and a specific timeframe that includes a day and a time, it is much less powerful. When we include a specific timeframe, it reduces the cognitive load that the promissee feels when trying to determine their own future in the context of the commitment.
  • Verify that the commitment is valuable to your customer. Your promises may be more powerful if your customer is not expecting them from you. More importantly, make sure you think through the impact of your promise on the promisee’s life. If the promise does not have a material impact, it has the potential to reduce trust by making you look foolish. If you make commitments to things that are expected, you can also stand to reduce trust. For example, it would be silly to promise to show up to a meeting on time.
  • Honor the commitment. If you make promises that you do not have the ability to keep, you are much better off not making the commitment in the first place. Make sure you fully intend to keep the promise or are fully willing to make things right if you cannot. Be firm and be certain
  • Use the language of commitment when fulfilling your promise. For example: “We promised X; here we are keeping our promise.” Be careful that your language does not work against you by sounding or feeling like it is scripted, as this has the potential to reduce trust by making it feel less personal, and thus less authentic.

Here is a downloadable version you can print:

On your quest to minimize the amount of time it takes to earn trust from your customers and colleagues, analyze each experience you produce for them to figure out how to earn as much trust in each interaction as possible. Search for the minimum valuable commitments that you can make to your customers. Teach the people around you how and when to make those commitments and experiment with the language to learn how to maximize trust with your clients and your colleagues.

Commitment is one of many ways to earn trust faster. Check out my article on Gaining Trust for some more tactics.

    Thanks for reading. Claps, shares, and forwards honored!

    References and Further Reading:

    Thinking, Fast and Slow, by Daniel Kahneman.

    The Gifts of Imperfection, by Brené Brown.

    Speed of Trust, by Stephen Covey.

    Gaining Trust, by Sean Flaherty.

    How to Measure Trust, by Sean Flaherty.

    Sean Flaherty is Executive Vice President of Innovation at ITX, where he leads a passionate group of product specialists and technologists to solve client challenges. Developer of The Momentum Framework, Sean is also a prolific writer and award-winning speaker discussing the subjects of empathy, innovation, and leadership. 

    The post Commitment is Rare In Business appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    47 / Imagine A World Where Social Justice Reigns https://itx.com/podcast/47-imagine-a-world-where-social-justice-reigns/ Thu, 14 Jan 2021 17:34:06 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1402   In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Andrew Branch, Director of Product Engineering at Measures for Justice (MFJ). MFJ, an ITX client and Rochester, NY neighbor, is a criminal justice research organization whose mission is to make accurate criminal justice data available and accessible to all – and to …

    The post 47 / Imagine A World Where Social Justice Reigns appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
     

    In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Andrew Branch, Director of Product Engineering at Measures for Justice (MFJ). MFJ, an ITX client and Rochester, NY neighbor, is a criminal justice research organization whose mission is to make accurate criminal justice data available and accessible to all – and to leverage this same data to spur societal reform.

    These data are jarring. As Andrew reports –

    • As many Americans have a college diploma as have a criminal record – a statistic that mostly impacts people of color.
    • One in three black men born in 2001 will likely be imprisoned at some point in their lifetime. For Latinos, the number is 1 in 6. For white males, it’s 1 in 17.
    • The more than 3,000 counties in the U.S. adhere to their own variation of a criminal justice system – a vast, complex system that includes law enforcement, prosecutors and defense counsel, courts and jails, and so on. On top of that, these same jurisdictions craft their own policies and use their own data systems to track it all.

    These data demand answers to many questions, not least of which is how are we to make informed decisions about things we can’t isolate, measure, and compare? Thankfully, Andrew Branch and our friends at Measures for Justice are committed to building solutions that leverage technology to deliver vital societal change.

    “At MFJ, we collect countywide criminal case data, from arrest to post-conviction,” Andrew says. “We then clean it up, normalize it, and package it into performance measures that provide a comprehensive picture of how cases are being handled across the entire criminal justice system. We then make it available to the public on our free data portal.”

    Interviewing clients is a treat for us. So be sure to tune in. The lessons here are as vital to product people as they are to those of us imagining a world in which social justice reigns.

    The post 47 / Imagine A World Where Social Justice Reigns appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
      In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Andrew Branch, Director of Product Engineering at Measures for Justice (MFJ). MFJ, an ITX client and Rochester, NY neighbor, is a criminal justice research organization whose miss... Andrew Branch (Measures for Justice) is using data and technology to wage a county-by-county campaign for social justice and societal reform. Andrew Branch 1 1 47 47 47 / Imagine A World Where Social Justice Reigns full false 34:45
    The Difference Between Product Inception and Growth https://itx.com/blog/the-difference-between-product-inception-and-growth/ Wed, 30 Dec 2020 16:37:08 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=2106 Product builders chasing the elusive product-market fit move through two key stages in pursuit of long-term product success. The work they do on the path to product-market fit is a lot different than it is after they’ve achieved it. And the difference in the approaches they take to this work is critical.

    The post The Difference Between Product Inception and Growth appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Product builders chasing the elusive product-market fit move through two key stages in pursuit of long-term product success. The work they do on the path to product-market fit is a lot different than it is after they’ve achieved it. And the difference in the approaches they take to this work is critical.

    These two stages that come before and after product-market fit are Inception and Growth, respectively:

    Inception: Before finding the right fit, your product is not “profitable;” it does not have a solid basis for growth. The product is not providing enough user value, and the strategy is not on “target” yet. Scaling at this stage (i.e., invest in building lots of stuff) is bad money – it is waste.

    Growth: On the other hand, once you know how to deliver value and present a strong strategy – i.e., you’ve found product-market fit – then you want to invest as much as you can in growth. This, Christensen describes as good money.

    The Theory of Good Money and Bad Money

    The late Clay Christensen – renowned Harvard professor and creator of the Jobs To Be Done framework, among others – presents another theory about what he refers to as good money and bad money. Christensen’s theory asserts that good money comes from funding sources that are “patient for growth but impatient for profit,” whereas bad money comes from sources that take the opposite approach.1

    Christensen points out that 93% of all companies have to pivot to survive because their original plan does not work. While his theory discusses a company’s business model, individual products face similar challenges.

    It’s important, therefore, during the Inception stage to find product-market fit as quickly as you can with as little investment as possible. It’s a fine balance, to be sure. Money invested chasing a mismatch between your target market and the challenges your product solves for, is bad money. Avoid investment in areas that will not work. Instead, embrace the opportunities that arise where the fit is more sound and where good money leads to Growth.

    Thinking in this way about good money and bad money makes it important to realize whether you are in Inception or Growth. If your product is in the Inception stage and you approach product development as though you were in Growth, you’ll waste a lot of money building quality into features that you do not need.

    In the same way, iterating quickly and over-experimenting with your product in the Growth stage will annoy your customers and lose the competitive advantage you’ve worked so hard to earn.
    Inception is about discovering product-market fit – how the product delivers value to customers where there are enough of them to generate positive returns. Learning is the most important outcome during this stage – specifically, learning where value is generated, what customers want and will pay for, and whether there are enough customers to sustain the product.

    Product Momentum Podcast guest Marty Cagan refers to this as understanding the product’s viability and feasibility. Therefore, development time focuses on rapid iterations prioritizing learning about which customers value your product and why.

    Growth is about continuously improving the value that you deliver to your customers in a way that draws them in and retains them. During Growth, you need more stability. Quality becomes critical. You need to continue to iterate, but those iterations are focused on learning about how to better serve your chosen customers, delivering what they want at high quality and in ways that outperform your competitors.

    Learning From Experience

    I have worked with leaders at several start-ups who all said they knew what the market wanted. They specified the product features they wanted, and we built those features. The product’s success in the market was understandably underwhelming.

    The problem, of course, was the market did not want those features. The client discovered this only later, after they brought the product to market and tried to sell it to their customers. It landed with a thud. Few customers actually paid for the product. The entire build was waste.

    Had the start-up leadership team understood the product was in the Inception stage, they would have examined inexpensive ways to declare and test their hypotheses related to product value. And they would have learned. Instead, they built a complex solution to a question no user had posed. And they failed.

    In Inception, Effectiveness supersedes Efficiency. To learn quickly, you need to rapidly iterate and consider each iteration as a potential throw-away. That feels like waste, but the goal is learning not creating a solid product. Therefore, cost and profit per unit are not consideration. Do things manually if you can, create temporary facades that look real but are not – iterate rapidly. Learn first; scale second.

    Reid Hoffman, billionaire investor and founder of LinkedIn and other companies, offers this: “If you are not embarrassed by the first version of your product, you’ve launched too late.”

    This is a perfect example of Inception thinking. The goal is not to build a great product; it is to learn about product-market fit.

    Another example: a start-up we worked with wanted to go after the small business market that required a lot of self-service features they did not have. We jumped right in and started developing a proposal to build that out (Growth thinking).

    Our approach was wrong-headed from the start – as we soon discovered when the client said they may need to change because the small business market isn’t willing to spend money (thank goodness we didn’t waste their money!).

    Testing Assumptions

    Instead, we should have challenged them to identify the assumptions that would allow us to move confidently forward with a solid strategy. Then, as inexpensively as possible, ask how we can test these assumptions.

    So, for example, the conversation would sound something like this:Test: Create a simple form and an SEO campaign to learn whether prospective users will sign up to receive product information in the future.

    Assumption: Customers are willing to sign up for this service online.

    Test: Create a simple form and an SEO campaign to learn whether prospective users will sign up to receive product information in the future.

    Test: Call a few dozen potential users and engage them in conversation to learn more about their needs.

    Assumption: Customers are willing to pay for this service online.

    Test: Again, create a simple form, and this time inviting them to provide payment information to test this assumption.

    Assumption: Only customers from a certain demographic will sign up. Perhaps a small set of unique industries will consider the opportunity, with clients of a specific size would constitute a good fit.

    Test: Focus groups, user surveys, and seminars could help determine this.

    With a little creativity, astute product leaders can determine whether their hypotheses are valid, and do so inexpensively.

    Some assumptions may require more creativity and energy; some less. Some might require impressing an investor or a large partner (the assumption that investors will invest), which suggests that building a mockup or working prototype might be required.

    At Inception, the key is to spend the least amount of money necessary to prove/disprove the hypothesis. In some cases you may try something as simple as an unscientific survey. In others, you may need something more elaborate, like a mock-up or prototype. Money spent that is not required to prove/disprove your hypothesis is bad money.

    If we can prove our hypotheses, we can confidently press forward with a Growth strategy, from which we can move into a more “traditional” build process.

    The Inception approach is extremely iterative. It involves a series of experiments with actual users – defining all the areas and assumptions that need to be tested. Then test each one in small iterations, or cycles, each time learning more to determine whether you have achieved product-market fit.

    Inception deliverablesinclude an experiment plan, complete with hypotheses and tests that disprove/prove each (or as many as we can). Further, the plan will receive regular updates and refinements following each experiment as we learn more. The power of the experiment lies in the learning we gather about what does and does not provide value to our customers.

    Growth is also very iterative, but our objectives are different. In Growth, you deliver a functioning software product. The deliverable may be the next MVP in your roadmap, but it’s a high-quality, secure, well-architected solution that can scale as interest grows in your identified market. Learning draws its value from the incremental improvements that follow and from expanding/adjusting product-market fit based on competitors and so many other market dynamics. Understanding if you are in Inception still searching for product-market fit, or in Growth stage in full possession of it, is critical to how wisely you invest time and energy into building your product. Without this level of understanding, you will create lots of unnecessary waste.

    [1] How Will You Measure Your Life?, by Clayton M. Christensen, James Allworth, and Karen Dillon, p. 87.  © 2012 HarperCollins Publishers, New York, NY.


    The post The Difference Between Product Inception and Growth appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    46 / Whether Building Software or Snowboards https://itx.com/podcast/46-whether-building-software-or-snowboards/ Wed, 30 Dec 2020 14:14:50 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1395 One concern we product builders often cite with our C-suite sponsors is their disdain for discovery. “We know what users want,” is a frequent refrain when we recommend investment in user research. Sometimes, even we fall victim to that flawed “we got this” mentality. When we do, we limit our own market exploration by rejecting …

    The post 46 / Whether Building Software or Snowboards appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    One concern we product builders often cite with our C-suite sponsors is their disdain for discovery. “We know what users want,” is a frequent refrain when we recommend investment in user research. Sometimes, even we fall victim to that flawed “we got this” mentality. When we do, we limit our own market exploration by rejecting the notion that there’s always more to be learned. With that kind of thinking, we tend to get in our own way, says Lesley Betts, who joins Sean and Paul on this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast.

    As Senior Product Line Merchandiser for Burton Snowboards, Lesley Betts shows us how going beyond “our little maple curtain” – a Vermonter’s term for thinking outside the box – helps us align our role as product managers to what’s actually happening outside the industry.

    “We know the product so well and as snowboarders we’re users of the product,” she adds. “But that’s where we have to challenge ourselves to do things that are outside the norm. We have to listen and be mindful of what our users are telling us.”

    The lesson here actually goes much deeper.

    When we invited Lesley to join the pod, we thought it would be fun to get an expert’s insights into the physical product development space. We knew there would be similarities between our physical and digital worlds – but even we were amazed how exacting they are. In fact, aside from the product life cycles, the number and nature of parallels between software and snowboards are freakishly close. As are the responsibilities product managers share across industries.

    Listen in as Lesley Betts describes her role as “the hub of the wheel” when it comes to product leadership, “… as far as identifying problems, working with the creative team, collaborating with ‘team riders’ (i.e., in-house product experts), marketing, sales, and our customers…yeah, every single one of those touchpoints always comes back to the hub.”

    Sound familiar? We thought so too. Enjoy!

    [02:13] Creating the correct product requires a ‘rider-driven mentality’. We had to listen to our customers; we had to be advocates for them; we had to listen to ourselves as well. At the end of the day, we’re all snowboarders.

    [04:23] The PM role by any other name. Whether product manager or merchandiser doesn’t matter. I’m the hub of the wheel. Identifying problems, working with the creative team, working with our team riders, marketing, sales, our customers. Every touchpoint always comes back to the hub.

    [06:25] Physical product vs. software product. The life cycles may be different, but the development process is very much the same.

    [07:55] Self-awareness and trusting your team. If I were better at snowboarding, I could be the person leading that. But really, I just need to trust and lean into those guys.

    [10:26] Culture, mantra, rallying cry. At Burton, we call it “The Stance.” It’s what we believe and what we do. It bleeds throughout the building, and it’s the reason people come here:  because it feels like you’re part of something bigger.

    [12:11] The 7-minute focus group. Every time you ride the lift, sit with someone new. Just have a conversation: “Why are you riding that product? Why are you riding here? What brought you here? Where did you get your board? You can learn so much just from a few moments with a person, in the moment.

    [12:53] People don’t trust brands. People trust people.

    [14:22] Get out of your own way. Developing product, we can actually get in our own way; we know the product so well. That’s where we have to challenge ourselves to do things that are outside of the norm.

    [16:16] The ‘white room’. Like an innovation workshop or design sprint, we need to pause. To remove all other responsibilities so that we can truly focus on one problem statement.

    [18:53] Innovate for the little things too. We can’t always be solving the big things. It takes a special kind of mindset to maintain this concept of innovation within the day-to-day culture.

    [23:05] The power of why. We learned more about ourselves in the white room process about how we need to work together as a team. By sharing your why with the team, you’re just going to get the best results.

    [24:48] Innovation. If I can change something for someone. I know that seems very simple, but innovation is making something better for someone. Who that is, I don’t know. But if you take something and create an enhancement or a better experience –  a better day on the snow – then I feel like we’ve done our job.

    The post 46 / Whether Building Software or Snowboards appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    One concern we product builders often cite with our C-suite sponsors is their disdain for discovery. “We know what users want,” is a frequent refrain when we recommend investment in user research. Sometimes, Lesley Betts of Burton Snowboards discusses the connections and parallels between the development of physical and digital products. Lesley Betts 1 1 46 46 46 / Whether Building Software or Snowboards full false 29:52
    45 / Motivation and Self-Determination Theory https://itx.com/podcast/45-motivation-and-self-determination-theory/ Mon, 28 Dec 2020 17:40:35 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1398 With so many touchpoints between Self-Determination Theory and software product development, it’s difficult to know where to begin. In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Scott Rigby, Ph.D. to discuss the interplay between Self-Determination Theory and software product development. As product leaders strive to improve users’ lives, what better way to …

    The post 45 / Motivation and Self-Determination Theory appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    With so many touchpoints between Self-Determination Theory and software product development, it’s difficult to know where to begin. In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Scott Rigby, Ph.D. to discuss the interplay between Self-Determination Theory and software product development. As product leaders strive to improve users’ lives, what better way to fulfill this mission than to embrace the needs that drive them. Scott guides us well beyond the theoretical, venturing deep into its application founded on two critical shifts since his work in this area began.

    The first deals with motivation. Specifically, that motivation is ‘something I do to you’ and that ‘whatever I do to motivate you’ is good because the more I do, the more I’ll get. As it turns out, Scott says, that way of thinking is not only not correct, we just can’t get by with it anymore.

    The second shift, closely related to the first, deals with empowerment. We once lived in a world in which companies and institutions held all the power and made all the rules.  Consumers existed only in orbit around them, controlled and manipulated by the way they structured our existence. Not so these days, Scott offers.

    “We call it the Copernican turn; we realized that who’s in orbit around what has completely changed.” Over the past 15 years or so, the gravitational pull that companies and institutions once relied on has waned. Now they say, ‘I’ve got to do the right things to have [consumers] select me…I have to understand the thing that drives them to be motivated to make that choice.’

    Understanding these shifts introduces only a kernel of knowledge of Scott’s work over the past 30 years. But it’s fundamental to the real-world application of the vast theoretical issues that play out every day across on product development teams in our space.

    Listen in to catch even more insights from Scott Rigby. Discover what he refers to as the continuum of motivation; see the distinction between motivation and manipulation; and grasp ways to put the theory into practice – not only by creating “a consensual language that everyone can understand, but also by providing a roadmap that invites customers and team members to follow the continuum of basic psychological needs.”

    [04:35] The Copernican turn. We realized that who’s in orbit around what is completely changed.

    [08:02] We humans have 3 basic psychological needs. Autonomy, Mastery, and Relatedness.

    [08:12] Autonomy. I want to be the author of my life. It’s more than freedom, it’s about volition and it’s about engagement.

    [09:23] Mastery. I need to feel a sense of growth in what I am doing.

    [09:42] Relatedness. I don’t want to do this in isolation. I want what I do to matter to others.

    [10:02] Self-determination theory – and people. We can quantifiably measure how autonomy, mastery, and relatedness are being experienced by employees in a company as they interact with  managers and coworkers.

    [10:12] Self-determination theory – and product. We can see how those things are being satisfied by how products are designed…the informational feedback from user interfaces…user progression paths…and by how they are implemented in our program.

    [10:29] Self-determination theory – and marketing. How are communications telling a narrative that make me feel like those needs are being satisfied?

    [11:38] Manipulation and control. If we’re manipulating and controlling, ultimately, we’re undermining the delivery of those needs.

    [13:25] The continuum of motivation. High-quality and low-quality; intrinsic and extrinsic.

    [17:29] The problem with gamification.

    [21:59] When we satisfy those needs. The consumer value for products, value for services, the loyalty that comes from that is astounding.

    [29:20] The product of creativity + motivation. Yields an environment where facilitating basic human needs gives us the energy to create one’s own narrative and the confidence to know that I can do it in a way that is competent and masterful.

    [35:28] Innovation. Innovation is the emergence of a new idea that has the ability to fundamentally improve well-being. Innovation is very much tied to that sense of well-being.

    The post 45 / Motivation and Self-Determination Theory appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    With so many touchpoints between Self-Determination Theory and software product development, it’s difficult to know where to begin. In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Scott Rigby, Ph.D. Scott Rigby, PhD. applies Self-Determination Theory to help product leaders understand design that inspires autonomy, mastery & relatedness. Scott Rigby 1 1 45 45 45 / Motivation and Self-Determination Theory full false 38:47
    44 / Is What I Am Building Ethical? https://itx.com/podcast/44-is-what-i-am-building-ethical/ Mon, 21 Dec 2020 13:33:42 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1375 What is an ethical product? In an industry whose mission is to build technology that does good in the world, you’d think that by now we’d have figured this one out. You know, develop a checklist of criteria that helps chip away at our assumptions and biases and answer questions like, “is what I am …

    The post 44 / Is What I Am Building Ethical? appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    What is an ethical product? In an industry whose mission is to build technology that does good in the world, you’d think that by now we’d have figured this one out. You know, develop a checklist of criteria that helps chip away at our assumptions and biases and answer questions like, “is what I am doing meaningful?” and “is what I am doing ethical?” Kasia Chmielinski can help with this task.

    In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Kasia Chmielinski, co-founder of the Data Nutrition Project and technologist at McKinsey & Company in Healthcare Analytics. Unfortunately, or perhaps fortunately, Kasia says, ethics are not black and white. They cannot be captured in a series of boxes that will be applicable in every situation. There are, however, processes and strategies to intentionally build an ethical product, they say.

    “We already have these processes,” they add, “but the intent behind them is usually monetary or financial – something about growth or ROI. If we modify our processes and strategies to instead think about the end-user, think about the potential harms, think about how people are going to use it, we’d probably have better products for people.” It’s all about trade-offs and balance, they add.

    It’s a significant challenge (pardon the understatement). We’re solving big, hairy, complex problems for an audience of users whose experiences and ethics are as varied as snowflakes. With so many combinations and permutations – and so many dependencies – it’s no wonder the question about meaning and ethics remains unanswered.

    Or has it? Have a listen to the pod as Kasia Chmielinski methodically tackles the question – precisely as you would expect a trained scientist would – but with an added sprinkling of optimistic philosophy that suggests their answer will help us all create better products and do more good in the world.

    [02:00]  Use your powers for good. There are a lot of tools you can create that can be used for good or evil.

    [03:02] The stories we tell should be true. But they can’t just be true. They have to be engaging, and appropriate for our audience.

    [04:06] The user story is less about storytelling. It’s more about having the right components of the story…and phrasing it in a way that’s going to get you budget and people and resources.

    [05:38] You can’t use a story to fix a bad product.

    [07:44] In the realm of machine learning and AI, we’re so focused on the outcome of these models that we’re not really thinking about all the inputs that shape the outcome.

    [11:05] Ethics are not black & white. And they can’t be captured in a series of checkboxes that answer the question: “Is what I am building ethical?”

    [11:56] Tools are agnostic. It’s the use case that makes the difference. So we need to have the conversations and make the observations that help understand the necessary tradeoffs and balance.

    [13:59] How are people using my product? And how did their use align with the moral compass we established to begin with?

    [15:56] Iterate toward better products over time. That should be a big part of what we do as product managers.

    [16:43] Keep your tech people really close. There are so many points at which you have to make decisions technically that also could seriously impact the product.

    [18:45] It’s important to think about where we get our energy.

    [20:31] When considering your next position…. Is it challenging technically? Is it interesting from a product management perspective? What are we trying to accomplish? How will it affect people?

    [22:24] The Data Nutrition Project. Just this little team of people who are mostly volunteering our time on nights and weekends because we want to make the world a better place.

    [23:10] The hardest thing about product management. You don’t have direct power over anything.

    [23:56] ‘CEO of the Product’. I think they tell us that as a joke. It’s like, “don’t you wish?”

    [24:23] Innovation. There are categories of innovation. And they’re all related by movement. Movement of an idea or a concept or a product in a direction that hasn’t been explored. Or movement further in a direction that has.

    [25:44] Source of inspiration. The most inspiring things come from hanging out with like a 13-year-old. Nothing will change your mind like hanging out with a kid.

    The post 44 / Is What I Am Building Ethical? appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    What is an ethical product? In an industry whose mission is to build technology that does good in the world, you’d think that by now we’d have figured this one out. You know, develop a checklist of criteria that helps chip away at our assumptions and b... Kasia Chmielinski explains how trade-offs and balance are key considerations when building an ethical product. Kasia Chmielinski 1 1 44 44 44 / Is What I Am Building Ethical? full false 29:47
    43 / ProdMgmt101: The Influential Product Manager https://itx.com/podcast/43-prodmgmt101-the-influential-product-manager/ Fri, 11 Dec 2020 18:33:04 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1309 What does it mean to be an influential product manager? In short, it means doing the job well. Easier said than done, right? The product manager is the one role in the organization who seems to own all the responsibility for getting things done, but none of the authority to actually do it. And that’s …

    The post 43 / ProdMgmt101: The Influential Product Manager appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    What does it mean to be an influential product manager? In short, it means doing the job well. Easier said than done, right? The product manager is the one role in the organization who seems to own all the responsibility for getting things done, but none of the authority to actually do it. And that’s why influence is the key to success, and Ken Sandy wrote the book on influence in the PM role.

    In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Ken Sandy. His book The Influential Product Manager: How to Lead and Launch Successful Technology Products is a comprehensive primer for both seasoned PMs and newcomers. And as a lecturer at UC Berkeley, he pioneered and now teaches the first product management course offered in the Engineering school – choosing to ‘light a candle rather than curse the darkness.’

    There’s no aspect of our conversation with Ken Sandy that you’ll want to miss. He covers a lot of ground: behaving like a product manager; conquering self-doubt; understanding the power of trust; and finding your place within the 2×2 matrix of product manager ‘mindsets.’ You’re won’t be great in each of these quadrants, Ken says, or even comfortable.

    “But you shouldn’t avoid them either. You want to get in there to make sure you’re practicing those techniques, getting better at them over time. Because if you don’t, no one else is going to do it for you or your product.”

    Remember, the product manager is the one individual in the organization that nobody else seems to work for. And who, it seems, works for everybody else.

    Listen in:

    [02:18] Influence as a key skill. How do I teach that?

    [03:32] Different flavors of product managers. What connects them is how they operate within their organization – through influence, not authority.

    [05:35] The four mindsets. Explorer, Analyst, Challenger, and Evangelist.

    [12:26] Context matters. Especially in the product space.

    [15:10] The art of saying ‘no.’ Nothing challenges PMs more than trying to prioritize competing initiatives. Saying ‘no’ to stuff.

    [17:04] The prioritization methodology. You are empowered as a product manager to make the prioritization decisions about the product and the business. Don’t do that in isolation.

    [18:52] Goals and evaluation criteria. If you can’t agree on the goals, you’ve got no chance on anything else.

    [20:13] Build trust before you need it. Don’t wait until that first moment of having to deal with an issue or asking a stakeholder to do something on your behalf.

    [22:34] Stakeholders are not always ‘senior leaders.’ Don’t overlook the broad spectrum of where you need to build those relationships.

    [23:55] Communication is a two-way street. If you’re asking for something every time you talk to a stakeholder, you’re in the ‘self-interested land.’ But if you’re asking them about their goals and how you can help, you’re in a much better territory.

    [25:18] Constructive conflict and psychological safety allows for everyone to put their cards on the table and kind of get down to it.

    [29:10] Understanding bias. A very important skill for product leaders. The tools are getting much better.

    [30:22] Innovation. Bringing together people with different points of view and looking at problems in new ways. From there, being able to create solutions to those problems that may not have existed before.

    The post 43 / ProdMgmt101: The Influential Product Manager appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    What does it mean to be an influential product manager? In short, it means doing the job well. Easier said than done, right? The product manager is the one role in the organization who seems to own all the responsibility for getting things done, Ken Sandy explains why influence is a critical skill for today's product manager, who owns all the responsibility but none of the authority. Ken Sandy 1 1 43 43 43 / ProdMgmt101: The Influential Product Manager full false 35:24
    42 / Shaping: A Different Kind of Product Work https://itx.com/podcast/42-shaping-a-different-kind-of-product-work/ Thu, 03 Dec 2020 20:24:41 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1304 Product work is rarely (ever?) as straightforward and ordered as we’d like. It’s important for us as product leaders to embrace this fact and to plan for the interdependencies among all the moving parts. Shaping puts a name to this important work, Ryan Singer describes. We get clarity of direction from the guardrails Shaping provides. …

    The post 42 / Shaping: A Different Kind of Product Work appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    Product work is rarely (ever?) as straightforward and ordered as we’d like. It’s important for us as product leaders to embrace this fact and to plan for the interdependencies among all the moving parts. Shaping puts a name to this important work, Ryan Singer describes. We get clarity of direction from the guardrails Shaping provides. At the same time, we draw greater autonomy and room for learning and growth. Shaping offers product manager a different kind of work; we should do more than write tickets.

    In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul talk with Ryan Singer, Head of Product Strategy at Basecamp and author of Shape Up: Stop Running in Circles and Ship Work that Matters. Ryan has experience in all things software, giving him invaluable insights into what really works when designing products from start to finish. By doing the shaping work, he says, product managers enjoy a clearly defined vision for the product and create realistic constraints for the team to work within.

    Is Shaping the game-changer product managers have been looking for? Maybe. It isn’t waterfall. And it’s not pure Agile. But it might have a profound impact on the clarity to your direction and the anxiety level of your team.

    Be sure to listen in to catch Ryan’s unique takes on the nature of work and creating meaningful products.

    [2:20] Business challenges have changed. Now, we focus on defining progress rather than reacting to clients’ changing requests.

    [4:04] Product strategy. Defining the big things that differentiate your offering from others based on those who use it.

    [5:46] Don’t delegate strategy. Too many leaders delegate important design and product decisions.

    [8:52] Shaping provides vision without micromanagement or a lack of leadership.

    [11:41] Redefine your work. Shaping gives a name to important work that isn’t coding, design, or writing tickets.

    [12:59] Embrace constraints. Scarce resources create an environment that motivates us to make tradeoffs and collaborate differently.

    [17:29] Reduce risk. Do prototyping and figure out interdependencies before committing to a project that might take more time than anticipated.

    [21:19] Don’t be afraid to kill projects. If it were worth doing, you’d have done it. Set deadlines and constraints and stick to them.

    [24:05] Output vs. outcome. Be intentional about the product rather than focusing on deploying new features that may not be important to users.

    [24:20] What’s wrong? Diagnose problems from performance, shaping, betting, and building by clearly defining these processes.

    [27:55] The value of learning. Create an environment where the team is able to understand the big picture and how moving parts interact.

    [29:50] Take ‘management’ from the product manager, and move it to the team by creating realistic constraints.

    [37:02] Swimming in unknowns. The main work of the R&D phase.

    [38:02] Cleanup mode. Designate time for tying up loose ends.

    [42:39] Innovation. Doing something new that’s useful.

    The post 42 / Shaping: A Different Kind of Product Work appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Product work is rarely (ever?) as straightforward and ordered as we’d like. It’s important for us as product leaders to embrace this fact and to plan for the interdependencies among all the moving parts. Shaping puts a name to this important work, Ryan Singer offers a new kind of work for product managers. Shaping lets us pause, plan, and profoundly impact the products we build. Ryan Singer 1 1 42 42 42 / Shaping: A Different Kind of Product Work full false 44:09
    41 / No Such Thing As The ‘Perfect’ Product Manager https://itx.com/podcast/41-no-such-thing-as-the-perfect-product-manager/ Mon, 23 Nov 2020 13:13:02 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1307 Not every product management role is the same. Each requires a different skill set balance, a different temperament, and a different approach to problem solving, and Alicia Dixon knows this. Why is that? Because users are individuals. Unique individuals. And while we share basic needs, ranging from physiological to self-actualization, each of us draws satisfaction …

    The post 41 / No Such Thing As The ‘Perfect’ Product Manager appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    Not every product management role is the same. Each requires a different skill set balance, a different temperament, and a different approach to problem solving, and Alicia Dixon knows this. Why is that? Because users are individuals. Unique individuals. And while we share basic needs, ranging from physiological to self-actualization, each of us draws satisfaction and delight in different ways and from different sources.

    Given all that, can there be such a thing as the perfect product leader – the superwoman or superman who knows everything there is to know about a product, technology, market, set of users, and the team who builds it? It seems the space too complicated for that to be possible, right?

    That’s precisely why, in this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul were so eager to speak with Alicia Dixon, senior product manager at Apartment List. Alicia brings a hands-on, no-nonsense approach to doing product.  And she speaks from a rich, wide-ranging experience. Alicia started in product as a technical designer in the fashion industry before bringing her perspective to software.

    Alicia comes from the “builder sense,” she says, “the wanting to make things, and getting a sense of joy out of seeing someone use or wear what I worked on.” No matter your industry, she adds, “You really have to put yourself in the shoes of [each unique user]. I took the same approach then as I’m doing in product now. You know, understanding the user, knowing what their problems are, and solving for those problems. There’s actually a continuity there.”

    Lean in for more of today’s pod to hear Alicia Dixon discuss how equity and inclusivity must be part of every product conversation. Catch her thoughts about whether product managers can remain relevant as the lines between specialties begin to blur. Her takes on these and other topics are seriously on point!

    [02:09] Product managers are high achievers and go-getters. It’s a common thread that connects us.

    [02:09] Job descriptions for products managers stink. Not every product management role is the same, and some roles need skills that others don’t.

    [03:58] Three steps to building better product teams. Be intentional about team needs. Take time to develop people. Target specific learning.

    [05:28]  Driving equity and inclusivity in the product space. If product people are to serve a diverse set of users, we must do more to reflect the composition of our markets.

    [06:56] Tangible benefits of addressing inequity. There’s definitely an economic side to addressing problems.  There’s a very real return on investment.

    [07:42] Portability of product skills. Making things, experiencing someone’s joy, connecting with users.

    [08:08] Empathy. My work is to understand the user, know their problems, and solving for those problems.

    [09:16] Diversity is empowering. Geography, socio-economic, experiences…all contribute to the perspectives we have and can bring to the table.

    [11:32] Are product managers still relevant? If we get to a place where all those specialties can talk to each other and everyone’s working toward a shared goal and not their individual KPI, product management could go away.

    [13:13] Flow. We’re living at the intersection of everything, and it’s very hard to stay in flow.

    [14:28] Leading big products vs. leading small products. The elements of your day-to-day are similar, but what changes is how much you roll up your sleeves to help out.

    [15:51] Ambition. The trait that (almost) all product managers share.

    [16:32] Product manager’s dilemma. Where do I want to go? When am I most happy? Why do I get up for work every day? Answer these and then define success for yourself.

    [19:09] Toxic intellectualization. The act of over-thinking and delaying action.

    [19:58] Using a framework to solve a challenge. I would bet that most successful teams didn’t start with the framework. They started with a, “let’s get something done,” mindset, and that’s what they worked toward.

    [20:53] PM’s future. As long as we continue to add value – making someone’s life easier, releasing a product that helps us save money or time, or creating a thing of beauty that can be appreciated – there’s a long horizon for product to continue.

    [22:06] Find your own intrinsic satisfaction.

    [23:07] Why there’s still no Product Management Book of Knowledge. Even though they spent years writing it, what they came up with didn’t resonate. It’s too big a question.

    [25:14] Innovation. The process of coming up with a new way to do an old thing.

    The post 41 / No Such Thing As The ‘Perfect’ Product Manager appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Not every product management role is the same. Each requires a different skill set balance, a different temperament, and a different approach to problem solving, and Alicia Dixon knows this. Why is that? Because users are individuals. Alicia Dixon explains that while there's no such thing as the 'perfect' product manager but are things we can do to work toward that goal. Alicia Dixon 1 1 41 41 41 / No Such Thing As The 'Perfect' Product Manager full false 27:02
    ITX Corp. Appoints Two New Members to the Board of Directors https://itx.com/press-release/itx-corp-appoints-two-new-members-to-the-board-of-directors/ Thu, 19 Nov 2020 14:28:11 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=2052 Lisa Young and Nancy Neumann add operational wisdom and strategic vision

    (November 19, 2020) Rochester, N.Y. – ITX Corp., a leading producer of custom software products, announced today the appointment of two new members to the ITX Board of Directors, company vice presidents Lisa Young and Nancy Neumann. As ITX’s global team of technologists and product professionals continues to grow, these additions to the ITX Board deepen its operational wisdom and strategic vision.

    The post ITX Corp. Appoints Two New Members to the Board of Directors appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Lisa Young and Nancy Neumann add operational wisdom and strategic vision

    (November 19, 2020) Rochester, N.Y. – ITX Corp., a leading producer of custom software products, announced today the appointment of two new members to the ITX Board of Directors, company vice presidents Lisa Young and Nancy Neumann. As ITX’s global team of technologists and product professionals continues to grow, these additions to the ITX Board deepen its operational wisdom and strategic vision.

    Lisa Young, ITX’s Vice President of Delivery, has been with the company since 2005. Under her leadership, ITX’s Delivery organization has tripled in size, to more than 140 members across the United States and the Americas. Young has championed ITX’s steady growth and created the organizational structure and processes that have consistently delivered results for clients while enabling ITX’s continued evolution.

    Nancy Neumann, ITX’s Vice President of Interaction Design, joined ITX in 2008 following the company’s acquisition of Spider Graphics, an Ithaca-based graphic design company that she co-owned. Neumann has guided the team’s transition from a loose collection of freelance designers to a truly empowered 25-person unit of user experience specialists. Under Neumann’s leadership, ITX’s Design team has become a key source of differentiation, thought leadership, and customer value creation at ITX.

    “This is an important day in the history of ITX,” said company founder and CEO Ralph Dandrea. “The entire organization celebrates Nancy’s and Lisa’s appointments to our Board. And we can’t think of two more qualified individuals to help ITX craft and realize its long-term vision. We’re excited for the future of ITX,” he added.

    As mentors and role models for all who share their passion for learning – especially women in tech – Neumann and Young eagerly point to the role technology can play in solving business challenges. Their appointments to the ITX Board not only broaden its perspective and experience, they sharpen the focus through which the company perceives future challenges and opportunities.

    Learn more in this week’s episode of the ITX Product Momentum Podcast.

    Founded in 1997, ITX Corp. is a custom software development firm that helps mid- to large-size companies solve complex business challenges through custom software development. With locations across the Americas, the company’s 250+ professionals and technologists apply design thinking and time-tested methodologies to help smart companies across industries move, touch, and inspire their customers. For more information, visit itx.com

    Contact: Kyle Psaty, VP of Marketing at ITX | media_inquiries@itx.com | 585-899-4895

    The post ITX Corp. Appoints Two New Members to the Board of Directors appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Special Edition / Delivery + UX = Client Value https://itx.com/podcast/special-edition-delivery-ux-client-value/ Thu, 19 Nov 2020 12:45:57 +0000 https://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1552   Strong leadership and eager collaboration serve as the hallmarks in the long list of contributions made by ITX veterans and Vice Presidents Nancy Neumann and Lisa Young, the company’s most recent additions to its Board of Directors. In this special edition of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome fellow ITX leaders Lisa …

    The post Special Edition / Delivery + UX = Client Value appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
     

    Strong leadership and eager collaboration serve as the hallmarks in the long list of contributions made by ITX veterans and Vice Presidents Nancy Neumann and Lisa Young, the company’s most recent additions to its Board of Directors.

    In this special edition of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome fellow ITX leaders Lisa and Nancy to better understand the secret to their decades of success.

    Individually, they are responsible for establishing, growing, and retaining ITX’s global Delivery and User Experience organizations, respectively. Together, they share in each other’s challenges and successes, building a collective product team that delivers client value and improves users’ lives.

    “We look for people who have the right core technical competencies,” Nancy says, “but we also want people who are a fit for the work we do and how we do it.”

    Nancy and Lisa believe in ‘hiring hard, managing easy.’

    “What’s really important,” Lisa adds, “is that we encourage the growth of our people, helping them to feel related to each other. So that’s the collaboration we have…and it stems from the leadership team’s capacity for caring. It’s what makes people very sticky to ITX.”

    Listen in to catch more leadership insights about hiring, mentoring for growth, and empowering teams toward autonomy.

    [02:36] Access to experts in every department is key to our ‘special sauce.’ We work with our teams to break down the silos that divide us, which makes us much more collaborative.

    [03:51] We’re a collective product team. When we need expertise outside the team, it’s easy to reach out because we’re not just one team of one particular specialty.

    [04:48] It’s all about the people. Teams of people working with people to build software products that improve people’s lives.

    [05:10] Hiring hard, managing easy. Candidates need to have the core technical competencies that every manager is looking for. But we look for the person that is a fit for the work we do – and how we do it.

    [05:40] Passion and curiosity. We need people who have a passion for technology and are curious around where it has been, where it is today, and where it is going. That’s what’s going to drive innovation in digital product design.

    [06:16] Context. Putting together all the threads that make up a user in a way that we’re able to walk in their shoes and build empathy so that we understand the experience we’re delivering to them.

    [07:49] Finding the right fit. Our culture is so important. New hires need to be a good fit for our culture and our values.

    [09:51] There’s no ‘I’ in ‘Team.’ If we find great individual contributors that love shining on their own, that’s really not what we’re about.

    [11:53] Capacity for caring and management continuity. It makes people very ‘sticky’ to ITX.

    [12:48] ITX designers don’t ‘push pixels.’ We give our designers ownership of their work and turn them loose, empowering them to participate in our client’s work and in internal initiatives as well.

    [14:13] Relatedness, Competence, Autonomy. Self-Determination Theory personified.

    [16:37] Our job is to make people’s jobs easier. We have to get what we’re doing out into people’s hands to find out what’s working, what’s not working. And be prepared to respond to change really fast.

    [17:39] Heartfelt congratulations. We can’t think of two more qualified individuals to serve on ITX’s board of directors; and we’re excited to see how your fresh perspective helps ITX craft and realize its long-term vision.

    The post Special Edition / Delivery + UX = Client Value appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
      Strong leadership and eager collaboration serve as the hallmarks in the long list of contributions made by ITX veterans and Vice Presidents Nancy Neumann and Lisa Young, the company’s most recent additions to its Board of Directors.   Strong leadership and eager collaboration serve as the hallmarks in the long list of contributions made by ITX veterans and Vice Presidents Nancy Neumann and Lisa Young, the company’s most recent additions to its Board of Directors. In this special edition of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome fellow ITX leaders Lisa … ITX 1 1 full false 20:16
    40 / How A Well-Told Story ‘Weaves In Your Why’ https://itx.com/podcast/40-how-a-well-told-story-weaves-in-your-why/ Mon, 02 Nov 2020 21:37:43 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1301 The simple act of storytelling helps the audience believe that the story is actually happening to them. Whether you’re pitching a product idea to a group of users or to your team, the well-told story resonates, and Mark Cruth proves this. It identifies the key players. It describes the conflict. And as the plot unfolds, …

    The post 40 / How A Well-Told Story ‘Weaves In Your Why’ appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul catch up with Mark Cruth, part-time storyteller and full-time Enterprise Solutions Architect at Atlassian. When product managers weave just the right narrative, Mark says, we help our teams connect the dots between themselves and the experience they’re creating for users. We help them understand who they are, who their users are, what their mission is, and how they add value to the organization’s larger ambitions. In other words, we Weave in their Why.

    Tune in to the pod as Mark Cruth weaves his own engaging narrative about the power of storytelling.

    [02:17] The difference between user stories and storytelling.

    [03:29] Knowing your persona(s).

    [03:55] Anti-patterns – e.g., does our product serve only one persona?

    [06:57] Storytelling is how we talk to people, how we sell them on our ideas.

    [07:53] Oxytocin, dopamine, and cortisol.

    [10:25] Use the backlog to tell the story of your product’s evolution.

    [11:26] Value stream mapping the product backlog to describe your user’s journey as a narrative.

    [12:29] How the story plays out in product, we can build a better experience.

    [14:59] Integrate a team of teams to weave the story together.

    [17:06] Rapid prototyping to potential users.

    [18:21] Build advocacy by sharing the product story with users and the product team; both benefit by knowing what the next stage will be.

    [20:54] Communicating value. “Hey, we contribute to this part of the journey.”

    [21:45] Product Manager tip #1: Ask your teams to create their own canvas; talk about who they are, who their customers are, what their mission is, how they add value.

    [24:47] Product Manager tip #2. Ask yourself: When we implement this, what do we expect to happen? Make it a quantitative metric…and then measure it over time.

    [30:20] Connect the dots from the organization’s strategic level down to each individual user story.

    [31:36] What’s the why? Stories have a way of helping organizations discover their why and communicating it to their teams.

    [33:11] Innovation. Innovation is something that we do all the time. It’s allowing ourselves to let go of our preconceived notions and think differently. Thinking differently, that’s innovation.

    The post 40 / How A Well-Told Story ‘Weaves In Your Why’ appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    The simple act of storytelling helps the audience believe that the story is actually happening to them. Whether you’re pitching a product idea to a group of users or to your team, the well-told story resonates, and Mark Cruth proves this. Atlassian's Mark Cruth describes how storytelling connects product teams with their users and helps them understand the value they create Mark Cruth 1 1 40 40 40 / How A Well-Told Story 'Weaves In Your Why' full false 40:53
    39 / Behavioral Science and Product Design https://itx.com/podcast/39-behavioral-science-and-product-design/ Mon, 26 Oct 2020 12:13:28 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1298 As product builders, we use data science and behavioral science to help us design software solutions that line up with our users’ initial intent. Data science helps us understand who’s likely to take some action. Behavioral science looks at the factors that drive us to take action in the first place. With so many inputs …

    The post 39 / Behavioral Science and Product Design appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    As product builders, we use data science and behavioral science to help us design software solutions that line up with our users’ initial intent. Data science helps us understand who’s likely to take some action. Behavioral science looks at the factors that drive us to take action in the first place. With so many inputs influencing our decision-making process, it’s hard to know where to start. Nate Andorsky makes this process easier.

    In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Nate Andorsky, CEO of Creative Science and author of Decoding The Why. His many contributions to our space appear at the intersection of human behavior and the ways in which it can improve human outcomes.

    Nate recommends taking a behavior-first approach to solving product design challenges. “Zero in on the behavior you’re trying to change and work backward from there,” he says. “Oftentimes when we build products, we get into this habit of thinking solution first.”

    We collect all sorts of information about users from focus groups, surveys, and in-person interviews. Much of it lands in two big buckets: what people say and what people do. All that is great. But too often the say and the do don’t line up. So as product leaders we need to continue our discovery process to better understand the “Why?”

    Tune in to the pod as Nate shares insights around his concept of “say data, do data, and why data.” The why data explains the subconscious factors that are actually driving user behavior, the types of things your users aren’t even aware of themselves.

    Once you understand that, Nate Andorsky adds, you have a foundation and a decision-making framework to create amazing products that make a positive impact in the lives of others.

    [02:28] Behavioral science vs. Data science. Behavioral science looks at what factors drive us to take action? Data science looks at who’s likely to do what.

    [03:06] The $64,000 Question. How do product builders get people to do that thing. That’s where behavioral science layers back in.

    [03:47] How to institute change in a product ecosystem. Zero in on the behavior that you’re trying to change and then work backward from there.

    [05:09] Say data. Do data. Why data. Decode the WHY to understand the subconscious behaviors that drive user behavior.

    [06:36] The 15-year delay. Academic research precedes implementation by about 15 years.

    [07:17] The need for sophisticated individuals. It takes a sophisticated individual to understand how to convert academic theory into product solutions.

    [09:16] Hyperbolic discounting and present bias. How we think about our products doesn’t always align with how our users feel in the moment.

    [13:39] The ethics of product design. Use your powers for good; that is, design product solutions in ways that line up with users’ initial intent.

    [16:06] How do product managers discover the delta between say-do data and extrapolate the why?

    [18:25] Top 2 behavioral economics heuristics. The identifiable victim/beneficiary effect and the power of storytelling.

    [20:24] Personalities and behaviors. Behavior might not be driven by one’s personality, but even more so by one’s environment.

    [21:34] Digital experiences as motivators and organizers of behavior. Hopefully, behaviors we want to see in the world.

    [22:35] The value of personas. They’re definitely informative. But they’re neither industry specific nor individual specific. They’re human specific.

    [25:22] Advice to generate new ideas. It comes with experience and getting your hands dirty.

    [25:56] The biggest breakthroughs come with a new intervention or a new design that is pieced together from four or five different things that we’ve seen work.

    [26:51] Add fuel, remove friction. Avoid swimming against the current. Share a path with your users that matches the narrative they want for themselves.

    [27:59] Innovation. It’s the cross-discipline of different studies and ideas. Innovation is when you start to break down the silos that separate these disciplines and understand how they all fit together.

    The post 39 / Behavioral Science and Product Design appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    As product builders, we use data science and behavioral science to help us design software solutions that line up with our users’ initial intent. Data science helps us understand who’s likely to take some action. Nate Andorsky describes the power of behavioral science to help us build innovative products and develop digital strategies. Nate Andorsky 1 1 39 39 39 / Behavioral Science and Product Design full false 31:19
    How To Create – and Curate – Effective Documentation https://itx.com/blog/how-to-create-and-curate-effective-documentation/ Tue, 20 Oct 2020 17:30:15 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=1982 There’s more to creating effective documentation than merely gathering information. As a consumer of documentation, you know this to be true. Because you’ve been there. We all have.

    At first enthused by the seeming treasure trove of information assembled to guide your learning and project progress, your excitement is quickly dashed as your search for the proverbial needle in a haystack drags on. What first appeared as the holy grail of actionable knowledge becomes a fruitless quest for that one elusive piece of information you need to move forward on a task. Sheepishly, you turn to a more experienced colleague and ask for a lifeline.

    The post How To Create – and Curate – Effective Documentation appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    There’s more to creating effective documentation than merely gathering information. As a consumer of documentation, you know this to be true. Because you’ve been there. We all have.

    At first enthused by the seeming treasure trove of information assembled to guide your learning and project progress, your excitement is quickly dashed as your search for the proverbial needle in a haystack drags on. What first appeared as the holy grail of actionable knowledge becomes a fruitless quest for that one elusive piece of information you need to move forward on a task. Sheepishly, you turn to a more experienced colleague and ask for a lifeline.

    You explain that you weren’t able to find what you needed because you simply didn’t know where to look. Or perhaps the flimsy table of contents failed to help you navigate the reams of information efficiently. It may turn out that you actually found what you thought you needed only to discover that it’s out of date and no longer useful. When we experience these situations as information consumers, we tend to lose trust in available resources and stop using them altogether.

    When the roles reverse – i.e., when we become creators or curators of information – we need to remind ourselves to balance the effort we invest in creating documentation, so that we can move beyond the mindset that information collection is sufficient.

    Keep Documentation Intuitive 

    Depending on the amount of information you decide is necessary, be sure to apply a solid structure and logical organization to your documentation. These are crucial elements in the creation process. An intuitive interface ensures ease of access that makes using the information as simple and straightforward as possible. By providing a logical structure to information we might need in the future, we reduce users’ temptation to bypass the documentation altogether, re-establish their confidence, and regain their trust.

    Including brief overviews and executive summaries can also aid in directing our users to the most likely places we can find the information we’re looking for. Additionally, establishing a basic visual priority through section titles, text size, and formatting style helps to break up the content into something that can be quickly scanned and absorbed.

    Avoid Content Bloat

    For our documentation to remain useful over time, it’s important to collect and thoroughly explain key points of information. However, thoroughness doesn’t create value on its own. Documentation becomes valuable as it proves to be an effective tool for sharing knowledge.

    Give yourself permission to narrow the scope of content; your users will be happy you did, as precise treatment of the topics enhance their quality and maintain the content’s usability. It’s also important to remember that people learn differently.

    While well-considered, thoughtfully curated documentation effectively supports the needs of many of our users, others appreciate in-person communication to nail down the finer details. So consider keeping a list of contacts to serve as go-to resources who can provide additional details that may not be included. This has the added benefit of keeping your documentation lean and more easily navigable.

    Keep Documentation Up to Date

    Shared knowledge is a continuous and collaborative effort. The products and processes we are documenting are almost certainly going to need to change to remain in use. It’s important for us to remember that if we don’t plan to keep our documentation up to date, it will quickly become a source of incorrect, irrelevant information.

    Establish roles and responsibilities for maintaining assigned content. Set a schedule for reviewing and revising the documentation; it’s a simple, effective way to sustain the viability and freshness of your documentation. And assigning tasks to specific individuals provides an easy way for everyone to know to whom they should provide feedback and suggested updates.

    Communicate Documentation Updates

    By ensuring that we communicate when critical updates have been made to the documentation, we will continue to build collective trust that it is the one best place to find the information our users need.

    As we invest our effort in creating and curating intuitive, relevant, current, and timely shared documentation, we create actionable knowledge that is effectively used and, ultimately, trusted.


    The post How To Create – and Curate – Effective Documentation appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    38 / How To Recapture Lost Innovation ROI https://itx.com/podcast/38-how-to-recapture-lost-innovation-roi/ Tue, 13 Oct 2020 20:25:36 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1293 Investment in innovation will bring business energy, they say, and will enable new revenue growth. It will lead to more efficient business operation and will deepen your brand’s hold on existing clients while attracting more prospects. And investment in innovation will help level up your team’s skill set. Investment in innovation is a necessary condition …

    The post 38 / How To Recapture Lost Innovation ROI appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    Investment in innovation will bring business energy, they say, and will enable new revenue growth. It will lead to more efficient business operation and will deepen your brand’s hold on existing clients while attracting more prospects. And investment in innovation will help level up your team’s skill set. Investment in innovation is a necessary condition for any growing, visionary organization. But investment in ITD (innovation, transformation, and digital) is a means to an end. Growth remains the objective. According to Mark Zawacki, it’s a difficult lesson many have learned the hard way.

    In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Mark Zawacki joins Sean and Paul to closely examine true impact of investment in innovation on organizations large and small. As Founder and CEO of 650 Labs, Mark is intimately aware of the challenges confronting today’s businesses. And the news is troubling.

    “We’re experiencing a real crisis in corporate innovation,” Mark says. “Tens of billions of dollars invested every year, and it doesn’t appear things are coming out the other side. We’re finding it difficult to see the relationship between investment in innovation and ROI.”

    Much of Mark’s analysis stems from his work with large multinational organizations, but he makes clear that the same issues scale to the business unit and team levels too. “When you unpack it, we see the same issues appearing in five key areas: Structural, Organizational, Methodology, Cultural/Political, and Advisorial.”

    Here’s a quick look at the root causes of what Mark Zawacki refers to as poor ITD performance:

    • Structural. Large organizations are built for stability, reliability, and predictability with executive compensation aligned with near-term results. This is hardly the environment for nurturing innovation and a new way of doing things.
    • Organizational. Digital leaders in larger organizations are rarely on the fast track to the C-suite. This suggests that they are more interested in securing the incremental innovations that come along and not the big, strategic shifts that innovative organizations pursue.
    • Methodology. The traditional companies, the incumbents, follow a pretty standard playbook. But they’re aren’t showing results for a variety of reasons – mostly because their playbook has become obsolete.
    • Behavioral/Cultural/Political. So many organizations are filled with smart but risk-averse people who tend to hire in their own image. Organizational politics is the result of individuals acting in their own self-interests. Progress grinds slowly in that environment, and radical ideas are ridiculed.
    • Advisorial. These issues arise when your incentive/compensation system is misaligned with actual problem solving.

    So, how do we break through these big, hairy challenges to build an environment where innovation and risk-taking are not only welcome, but encouraged?

    The answer lies in creating a new “edge” business that operates separately, but in parallel, from the company’s “core” business. Where the core is focused on delivering short-term results with incremental innovations, the edge business is built for flexibility, uncertainty, and long-term growth opportunities.

    The key, Mark says, is to make sure you keep separate the core and edge pieces of your organization. Historically, we’ve tried to create the edge business within the core – and that’s where it’s not working. The edge business is designed and operated to ultimately replace the core business’ declining revenue. Why bring a high-growth asset into a low-growth environment?

    Tune in to the Product Momentum Podcast to hear more insights from Mark Zawacki on the core/edge organizational model and how to bring transformative innovation and ROI to your organization.

    [02:06] A crisis in corporate innovation. Tens of billions of dollars invested every year, and it appears there’s nothing coming out the other side.

    [05:35] The relationship between investment in innovation and ROI. At a macro level, we’re finding it difficult to find one.

    [06:36] At the micro-level, are companies working on the big things to replace declining revenue? If so, where? That’s when the conversation gets a little difficult.

    [07:10] What’s going wrong on the inside of these companies? There are five buckets, or problem areas, where large organizations are having difficulty.

    [07:32] Structural issues. Large organizations focus on the short term. They’re built for stability, reliability, and predictability. That’s the reverse of innovation and the reverse of doing new things.

    [09:15] Organizational issues. The company’s digital leaders are rarely on the fast track to the C-suite. This tells me the business isn’t really thinking about big strategic change.

    [10:15] Methodology issues. Start-ups don’t always play nice with corporates. They don’t make an appointment and say, “Hey, how do we partner together?” They break into your house at 3:00 in the morning and steal your stuff.

    [12:05] Behavioral, political, cultural issues. These are the issues that slow innovation. Failure is a bad word that translates to “no real risk-taking.”

    [12:50] Don’t confuse new ideas and great ideas. A great team with an average idea always beats an average team with a great idea.

    [13:28] Advisorial issues. The vast majority of advisors are fee-based; when you have a fee-based model, your incentives are misaligned with solving problems.

    [15:22] The hard stuff is easy. Hard stuff doesn’t mean difficult, but “hard” as in more scientific.

    [16:18] The soft stuff is hard. The people skills, knowing talent, applying leadership and management models. How do you go about upskilling? How do we build great teams? That’s hard.

    [18:43] Recipe for success. Small team, big goal. Get out of the way and they’ll figure it out.

    [20:27] Dunbar’s number. Overwhelming evidence that teams of 150 – ideally under 100 – are more high performing than monolithic teams of thousands working on a goal.

    [22:15] Merge the core business and the edge organization? No, never. Why bring a high-growth asset into a low-growth environment?

    [29:16] “Burn the ships.” Here’s how to test a person’s intrapreneurial spirit. Few people have the risk profile to forego pay for equity, to forego comfort today for opportunity tomorrow. It’s an example the reality that we’re in.

    [31:14] Pooh-poohing incremental innovation? Not at all. It’s necessary but insufficient. We are hurtling toward the technological singularity. We know in 10 years AI eats the world.

    [34:13] Three horizons of innovation. Incremental, the horizon three, and transformative.

    [37:11] Innovation theatre. You get all the buzz words, all the excitement. But when you push on it, when you look down the pipe to see what’s coming out the other side…that’s when results are disappointing.

    The post 38 / How To Recapture Lost Innovation ROI appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    ITX Corp. Named Amazon Web Services “Select Consulting Partner” https://itx.com/news/itx-corp-named-amazon-web-services-select-partner/ Wed, 23 Sep 2020 15:30:43 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1849 Certification recognizes the company’s mastery of the AWS platform

    September 23, 2020 Rochester, NY — ITX Corp., a leading outsourced custom software developer headquartered in Rochester, NY, announced today its recognition as a Select Partner within the Amazon Partner Network (APN). The APN is the global partner program for technology and consulting businesses that leverage AWS to build technology solutions for customers. Accreditation as a Select Partner affirms ITX’s demonstrated technical proficiency with the Amazon Web Services (AWS) suite of cloud computing tools.

    The post ITX Corp. Named Amazon Web Services “Select Consulting Partner” appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Certification recognizes the company’s mastery of the AWS platform

    September 23, 2020 Rochester, NYITX Corp., a leading outsourced custom software developer headquartered in Rochester, NY, announced today its recognition as a Select Consulting Partner within the Amazon Partner Network (APN). The APN is the global partner program for technology and consulting businesses that leverage AWS to build technology solutions for customers. Accreditation as a Select Partner affirms ITX’s demonstrated technical proficiency with the Amazon Web Services (AWS) suite of cloud computing tools.

    More than 90% of Fortune 100 companies (and the majority of those in the Fortune 500) utilize APN Partner solutions and services. ITX is actively leveraging APN’s business, technical, and marketing support to deliver its expanding AWS offerings.

    “We’re extremely proud of our status as a Select Consulting Partner with AWS,” said ITX VP of IT Services and Security Jonathan Coupal. “It recognizes ITX’s continuing effort to stay ahead of the curve as an organization. We have people on our team who can ‘speak to the platform’ in a way that a regular software house or AWS hosting facility might not be able to – which means ITX is better positioned to solve a customer’s problems using AWS resources.”

    The Select Partner status also showcases ITX’s real-world experience in the AWS ecosystem. Customers have been publicly referenced based on their numerous Customer Satisfaction responses – among the many criteria required to reach the Select Partner level.

    “It’s AWS acknowledging our mastery of their platform,” Coupal added. “But more than that, our partnership status grants ITX even greater access to Amazon’s specialized resources. For example, we’ve been able to reach out to engineers at Amazon to help us resolve highly complex client questions and address edge-case challenges.”

    Amazon also benefits from its network’s deepening knowledge as companies like ITX advance their certifications. As more companies increase their platform expertise, Amazon end users enjoy a more positive experience.

    ITX has already taken advantage of its hard-earned certification. Amazon has offered support in several key areas: access to AWS training credits, sponsorships that subsidize proof of concept development, and targeted buckets of funding available for special projects – including COVID-related efforts. During the depth of the pandemic, ITX received support from AWS in the form of an in-kind grant to develop the Vitals Update app in collaboration with Oklahoma State University Medical Center, which has saved lives and mitigated spread of the coronavirus. 

    “Amazon is interested in showing that their AWS platform is a powerful system for solving interesting problems,” said ITX CEO Ralph Dandrea. “We founded ITX more than 20 years ago as a problem-solving organization. So, it makes perfect sense for ITX and Amazon Web Services to join forces in meaningful ways to address opportunities in new problem domains,” Dandrea added.


    About ITX Corp. Founded in 1997, ITX is a custom software development firm that helps mid- to large-size companies solve complex business challenges through technology. With locations across the Americas, the company’s 250+ professionals and technologists apply design thinking and time-tested methodologies to help smart companies across industries move, touch, and inspire their customers. For more information, visit itx.com. 

    Contact: Kyle Psaty, VP of Marketing at ITX | media_inquiries@itx.com | 585-899-4895

    The post ITX Corp. Named Amazon Web Services “Select Consulting Partner” appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    37 / Validate and Verify the Customer Voice https://itx.com/podcast/37-validate-and-verify-the-customer-voice/ Tue, 22 Sep 2020 19:02:06 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1340 Whatever we think we know about our users doesn’t always hold true when we release our products into the wild. Faced with compressed cycle times and pressure to release something, product managers sometimes fall in love with a product only later to discover we were among the few who did. Our mistake isn’t being passionate …

    The post 37 / Validate and Verify the Customer Voice appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    Whatever we think we know about our users doesn’t always hold true when we release our products into the wild. Faced with compressed cycle times and pressure to release something, product managers sometimes fall in love with a product only later to discover we were among the few who did. Our mistake isn’t being passionate about the feature or solution; our mistake is failing to first measure our users’ response to it, Ash Maurya says.

    In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Ash Maurya, founder and CEO of LEANSTACK and creator of Lean Canvas, a popular business modeling tool. “It’s about bringing in the customer voice,” Ash says, “and gathering the right qualitative and quantitative metrics – starting with qualitative.”

    It’s the easier place to start, Ash continues. “With qualitative, we get to see patterns and learn the big themes – what I call ‘the signals and the noise.’ Validate qualitatively, but then verify quantitatively because otherwise you can get a lot of false positives.”

    Throughout the pod, Ash shares insights about how product teams can close the gap between pre-launch conjecture and post-launch reality. By bringing the customer into a Discovery phase conversation where probing and listening are front and center, we’re able to sharpen our focus, test theories through experimentation, and create new experiences based on customer voice.

    Product leaders come to understand their customers in a deeper context. When we engage them beyond the functional nature of their challenge, we’re more likely to understand the problem they’re trying to solve at a truly emotional level. With that depth of appreciation, we can create impactful product design.

    Be sure to catch the entire podcast conversation to hear Ash Maurya share the following:

    [01:44] A big movement putting product at the center. In some ways, it’s always been there, there’s just a new awareness of it.

    [03:40] The first order of business. Are we building something that gets used? Are customers engaging with this? That’s where I like to start; everything else layers on top.

    [04:04] Qualitative metrics. Qualitative can give you a very strong signal one way or the other that you may be onto something. It’s very effective in finding problems.

    [05:39] Validation and verification. An interesting distinction in light of the role qualitative and quantitative research plays.

    [07:44] Jobs to be Done (and other frameworks). At first, I’m fascinated. But the thing that always troubles me is that it feels a bit like a magic trick. I see the result, but I don’t know how they got to it.

    [08:19] Hiring and firing products. Even as I look across disruptive products, for every product that you build, there’s already a product, an existing alternative, that you are replacing.

    [09:00] The bigger context. With every product, there’s the functional job, and there’s the emotional job.

    [09:00] The drill bit example. Why are you drilling the hole in the first place?

    [11:39] Understanding irrationality. How behavioral economics helps the marketer, innovator, and entrepreneur.

    [12:59] Quantitative metrics. The quantitative is where the data proves the thing working at scale.

    [12:59] Insight generation. That’s where all the interviewing and the qualitative learning comes into play.

    [14:15] New products are fundamentally about some kind of behavior change.

    [16:32] Habit loops and reward loops. As product folks, we sometimes have to add some kind of feedback loop that this product is working.

    [17:35] “Using a lean canvas does not a lean startup make.” The difference between a team following process because they were forced to – not using the tool for its intended purpose.

    [23:27] MVP and MVA. Build something smaller and then iterate and refine. The challenge is that today customers have no patience. Rightly so, because they have so many choices.

    [25:50] The strategy of preeminence. If you can articulate user problems better than they can, they transfer expertise to you and that starts a conversation.

    [27:40] The innovator’s bias. I want to build something cool and different and I don’t want to solve the obvious problems.

    [27:40] The secret about new problems. They come from old solutions.

    [29:38] The speed of learning. The only true, unfair advantage that you have.

    [32:42] Innovation. I contrast innovation and invention. I look at invention as a new way of doing things, and I look at innovation as taking that new way, technology, method to market.

    The post 37 / Validate and Verify the Customer Voice appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Whatever we think we know about our users doesn’t always hold true when we release our products into the wild. Faced with compressed cycle times and pressure to release something, product managers sometimes fall in love with a product only later to dis... Ash Maurya says that validating & verifying the customer voice helps provide the context required to fulfill functional and emotional needs. Ash Maurya 1 1 37 37 37 / Validate and Verify the Customer Voice full false 35:10
    36 / Shaping the Product Manager’s Prime Directive https://itx.com/podcast/36-shaping-the-product-managers-prime-directive/ Fri, 11 Sep 2020 13:56:44 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1216 What is the product manager’s prime directive? Most would argue we’re here to make the world a better place through the software products we create. But what do we do when we see product decisions being made that conflict with that directive, that cause us to manipulate users to our benefit instead of inspire them …

    The post 36 / Shaping the Product Manager’s Prime Directive appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    What is the product manager’s prime directive? Most would argue we’re here to make the world a better place through the software products we create. But what do we do when we see product decisions being made that conflict with that directive, that cause us to manipulate users to our benefit instead of inspire them for the benefit of others? It’s the sort of question that makes you take a “look in the mirror.” And one that Product Momentum Podcast guest Michael Sacca posed in response to a deceptively simple one that Sean and Paul ask every guest: What’s a book that you recommend to others, one that has shaped your career or current thinking?

    We could not have anticipated Michael’s response: The Social History of the Machine Gun.  The John Ellis book describes how as a society we arrived at the machine gun as a form of deadly warfare. At every step in its evolution, Michael explained, product decisions were made to devise something that was more lethal than before.

    As VP of Product at Dribbble, Michael Sacca describes the work of product managers as having to make thousands of similar decisions every day of our professional lives. Though the context of our work is vastly different from weapons of warfare, we too define scope, select new features, and satisfy requirements as part of our daily routine. But do we ever consider whether any of it is really necessary. Is our work helping to serve the product manager’s prime directive – to make the world a better place?

    Michael’s assessment of Ellis’ machine gun example serves as a jarring reminder that the choices we make can have significant impact on the world around us. It’s also a reminder of how a product manager’s leadership and influence can shape the experience for our customers and their users.

    Michael Sacca put his own spin on the Shaping methodology (inspired by Ryan Singer’s book Shape Up) as a way to deliver impactful results for Dribbble. Listen in to hear more about how Shaping can help your team and organization to fulfill their prime directive.

    [03:21] Ship more meaningful work, faster. Start to time box the other way. Rather than requiring the team to tell me how long something’s going to take, we just gave them six weeks to figure out how to ship something meaningful.

    [04:26] Moving away from Agile, sort of. We’re not doing the usual Agile. We’re not going to stop and do a retro after 2 weeks. We’re not going to do grooming meetings. We’re not going to do any of that usual Agile stuff, because it didn’t give the team context.

    [04:48] Shaping the work to build a happier, more productive team.

    [06:18] The importance of building context. Our teams had a ticket, but they didn’t really know why we were doing what we were doing. Now all we do is give them a shaping document and they finalize the scope.

    [07:16] Before, everyone was scared to cut scope. Now we’ve been able to refine the process to where we’re always building the most important thing and not wasting time on features that probably wouldn’t matter anyway.

    [08:46] How to lose 70% of your team’s capability.

    [09:41] What goes into the shaping artifact.

    [11:43] “Inspiration is for amateurs.” – Chuck Close.

    [13:03] The Dribbblization of Design. I think it is a very human and natural concept to collaborate together, and I think what we do is collect that trending information and give it back to the design community.

    [14:58] Transforming product management from a cottage industry into a career that people now aspire to.

    [15:21] Product manager as the “CEO of the product”? I don’t think we ever really fulfilled that.

    [18:17] The constant evolution of product design. As humans, I think we’re always looking for something new. And that’s never going to change.

    [20:35] The art and science of working together, separately.

    [22:25] Shaping the space with 400 episodes of Rocketship.fm. What we’re trying to do is better understand the world around us as product managers.

    [25:49] The most common cause of product failure. Interestingly, when done well, it’s also the most common cause of product success.

    [27:41] Be aware of the influence we have as product managers.

    [28:42] What is Innovation. Put simply, it’s a milestone in evolutionary progress.

    [30:33] The book I always recommend to product people. The Social History of the Machine Gun, by John Ellis. It exemplifies what we have control of as product managers.

    The post 36 / Shaping the Product Manager’s Prime Directive appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    What is the product manager’s prime directive? Most would argue we’re here to make the world a better place through the software products we create. But what do we do when we see product decisions being made that conflict with that directive, Michael Sacca, VP of Product at Dribbble, describes how to deliver impactful results while building happier, more productive teams. Michael Sacca 1 1 36 36 36 / Shaping the Product Manager’s Prime Directive full false 33:34
    35 / Building the Solutions the World Needs https://itx.com/podcast/35-building-the-solutions-the-world-needs/ Tue, 01 Sep 2020 12:52:53 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1337   In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Christopher O’Donnell, Chief Product Officer at HubSpot. Their conversation kicks off with a discussion of Trust, closes with Christopher’s definition of Innovation, and checks nearly every box in the product manager playbook along the way. In a lively give-and-take that combines big …

    The post 35 / Building the Solutions the World Needs appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
     

    In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Christopher O’Donnell, Chief Product Officer at HubSpot. Their conversation kicks off with a discussion of Trust, closes with Christopher’s definition of Innovation, and checks nearly every box in the product manager playbook along the way.

    In a lively give-and-take that combines big ideas and “boots on the ground” pragmatism, Christopher O’Donnell explains how a product mindset, with clearly articulated goals and guardrails, brings a level of team autonomy that delivers product solutions and “delightful surprises.” Autonomous teams, he says, find better ways to solve problems than if leadership had simply given them their marching orders.

    “Creativity comes from the constraints,” Christopher adds. When we give people products to build and problems to solve – along with those goals and guardrails – we not only get better solutions; we get empowered, autonomous teams.

    “Let’s be clear. Autonomy is not chaos,” Christopher adds, “Autonomy is not doing whatever you want and optimizing for yourself or your team above the customer. Autonomy is the ability to make high-quality decisions without consulting a lot of people. But you don’t get that without the guardrails.”

    Above it all, Christopher O’Donnell reminds us of the human story attached to our work. “I don’t care what you build; every day and every interaction involves users of our software. They’re real people, with real people problems.”

    The ultimate goal of every product manager, he says, is to build the solution the world needs.

    Listen in to hear Christopher’s thoughts on these topics:

    [02:34] The Impact of Trust.  When you have organizational trust, you can attract really great people. You can retain really great people, and they will accomplish bigger, better things than what you could have told them to do.

    [03:40] Product ≠ Project. We don’t give people projects. We give people products, with clearly defined goals and guardrails. And they own the successes and failures along the way.

    [04:30] The Shift into Problems. Even better than giving people products is giving them problems.

    [05:29] Intrinsic vs. Extrinsic Motivation. Hire their hearts and their minds.

    [07:23] Titles do not matter. If it were totally up to me and I could start from scratch, everybody on our team would just have the title “Product.”

    [07:38] As a resource, there’s no limit to intrinsic motivation.    

    [11:07] Creativity comes from the constraints. In the same way that necessity is the mother of invention, creativity is borne from constraints.

    [12:52] Mainsail. Invoking Maslow’s hierarchy of needs.

    [15:26] A playbook, but not a process. It’s the mindset that things are not fixed in time, that we’re always here to adapt and learn.

    [16:16] Autonomy. What it is; what it is not. The autonomy is real. Teams are actually making decisions for themselves.

    [18:55] Size (of your release) matters. From a quality perspective, the larger your releases are, the harder they are to do in a really quality way. Smaller releases bring higher quality.

    [21:02] Demo in production, or it didn’t happen.

    [22:49] The problems Scrum solves. One is not being able to get to production and getting in front of customers. The second is getting hassled by everybody else at your company. Scrum is going to help you there.

    [29:09] Scrum is a valuable set of guardrails.

    [30:04] Building real empathy for your customers. Just how important is it?

    [31:40] Relax; all the front-line product managers are faking it. Product management is a game of incomplete information.

    [32:53] There’s always a human story. Users of software are people. And they have people problems. I don’t care what you build, there is a human story.

    [34:37] What skill set(s) product managers need to be successful.  Curiosity and truth-seeking, absolutely.

    [37:29] If the engineers lose faith, there is nothing I can do for you. If none of the teams is excited to work with you, you’re done.

    [38:36] It all boils down to interpersonal effectiveness. The growth mindset. Intrinsic motivation. Double down on that, and you can’t go wrong, whatever you work on.

    [38:51] Innovation. I think it’s one of two things. It’s either solving a problem that hasn’t been solved. Or solving a problem in a very different way.

    The post 35 / Building the Solutions the World Needs appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
      In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Christopher O’Donnell, Chief Product Officer at HubSpot. Their conversation kicks off with a discussion of Trust, closes with Christopher’s definition of Innovation, HubSpot's Christopher O'Donnell explains how having clear goals and guardrails will deliver product solutions and "delightful surprises." Christopher O'Donnell 1 1 35 35 35 / Building the Solutions the World Needs full false 41:54
    34 / Product Managers ‘Change the World’ https://itx.com/podcast/34-helping-product-managers-change-the-world/ Fri, 21 Aug 2020 11:40:24 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1373   Change the world. It’s a pretty tall order, even for today’s modern product leaders. But that’s precisely what product managers do, according to Adrienne Tan, who joins Sean and Paul in this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast. Co-founder and CEO of Brainmates, Adrienne Tan is a pioneer in the world of modern product …

    The post 34 / Product Managers ‘Change the World’ appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    Change the world. It’s a pretty tall order, even for today’s modern product leaders. But that’s precisely what product managers do, according to Adrienne Tan, who joins Sean and Paul in this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast.

    Co-founder and CEO of Brainmates, Adrienne Tan is a pioneer in the world of modern product management. Her impact on the product management community has been felt and appreciated both at home in Australia and around the world.

    “Product Managers are the key part of the business – the engine that drives the business forward,” Adrienne says. “They are the people who make the products and the people who change the world. That’s what product managers do.”

    Changing the world is a lot like eating an elephant. Trying either in one colossal bite will lead to certain failure – and a fair bit of indigestion.  But do it “one bite at a time,” like product managers do, and you may just have a chance.

    For Adrienne, bringing products to market that people love requires an approach that goes way beyond a series of sprints, ceremonies, and releases. Over the years, so many different kinds of tools and templates have emerged in response to trying to do better product management. Adrienne prefers to operate on first principles – foremost among them, putting the customer front and center.

    “I think when you start with the customer, that makes for a better product,” she adds. “The things that we put in the market are to serve our customers, so we need to be empathetic to who they are and empathetic to the people who build our products for us. Because if we aren’t and we don’t, it shows up in the product.”

    Adrienne’s insightful nuggets cover a broad range of topics, each focused on giving voice to product managers and leaders and guiding us on how to level up our technical and adaptive skills, build great product culture, and hire thinkers not doers.

    Adrienne Tan brings to the pod the same high level of energy that she and her Brainmates team bring to their product management conference. Going all digital in its 6th year, Leading the Product 2020 is designed for the product people and by the product people, bringing together some of the best minds in the product space.

    Listen to hear this and more from Adrienne Tan:

    [02:01] I wish there were a secret sauce. I think we all do. But that’s part of our problem. We’re all searching for some secret sauce.

    [02:57] Making sure we’re not ‘the tall poppy.’ Maybe it’s a cultural thing; Australians don’t want to be sliced down by others and that could be part of the way that we operate.

    [05:05] Avoiding tools, templates, and flash-in-the-pan gimmicks. I prefer to operate on first principles. But my favorite tool is definitely the customer journey map. It puts the customer front and center.

    [07:03] Agile: friend or foe? Agile and lean practices are enormously beneficial tools and methods, but we sometimes get so far down in the weeds that we forget what we’re trying to achieve.

    [07:54] The 7 Ps of Product. Problem, Purpose, Position, Performance, Price, Promotion, and Practice.

    [09:10] What’s old is new again. I’m looking back at the tools that were designed in the 60s and 70s to really reframe and rethink a modern way of doing product.

    [09:43] Technical Skills + Adaptive Skills. The connective tissue that brings together what we do on a day-to-day basis with our vision and strategy – where we want to take our products.

    [10:52] The Palm Model. The Brainmates product management framework addresses an over-emphasis on the technical aspects of the product manager role.

    [12:32] Hiring for product managers. We want and need their technical skills. But do they know how to show up? Do they bring empathy to their work?

    [13:59] Develop thinkers, not doers.

    [14:40] Empathy. If we are not empathetic to our customers, or to our people, it shows up in the product.  

    [16:48] Be yourself; you cannot succeed as somebody else. You cannot be another company. If you try, well then, you’ve already lost your secret sauce.

    [17:33] What’s your competitive advantage. People is our competitive advantage. Culture is our competitive advantage. If you want to adopt somebody else’s culture, what is your competitive advantage?

    [18:58] A step-by-step guide to building great product culture.

    [21:25] Leading the Product 2020. Going all digital in its 6th year, Australia’s favorite product conference is designed for the product people, by the product people, bringing together some of the best minds in the product space.

    [23:40] Helping product managers find their voice. I’ve always believed product managers to be the key part, the engine that drives the business.

    [24:10] A purpose in life. It may look like we sell training and consulting and a conference, but if you strip it all back what we sell is belonging. We all want to belong at some level.

    [26:03] Innovation. It’s great product management. I don’t see innovation as separate to what we do…

    The post 34 / Product Managers ‘Change the World’ appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
      Change the world. It’s a pretty tall order, even for today’s modern product leaders. But that’s precisely what product managers do, according to Adrienne Tan, who joins Sean and Paul in this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast. Adrienne Tan explains why product managers must balance technical and human skills in order to build products that change the world. Adrienne Tan 1 1 34 34 34 / Product Managers 'Change the World' full false 29:23
    ITX Corp. Expansion Continues with Launch of Data Science Offering https://itx.com/news/itx-corp-expansion-continues-with-launch-of-data-science-offering/ Thu, 20 Aug 2020 19:33:32 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1561 Melissa Royo Tapped to Lead New Service Area

    Data Science leverages the power of analytics technology platforms, Artificial Intelligence (AI) expertise, and industry acumen to help clients unleash business transformation

    August 19, 2020 Rochester, NY — ITX Corp., a leading producer of custom software products headquartered in Rochester, NY, announced today the launch of its Data Science offering. The new service area marks the second major addition to the company’s offering in as many years. In June 2018, the company introduced its Marketing Services offering, following the acquisition of eMedia Marketing Services, based in Cincinnati, OH.

    With the launch of the data science offering, ITX now helps clients confidently validate business decisions through the power of predictive analysis.

    The post ITX Corp. Expansion Continues with Launch of Data Science Offering appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Melissa Royo Tapped to Lead New Service Area

    Data Science leverages the power of analytics technology platforms, Artificial Intelligence (AI) expertise, and industry acumen to help clients unleash business transformation

    August 20, 2020  Rochester, NYITX Corp., a leading producer of custom software products headquartered in Rochester, NY, announced today the launch of its Data Science offering. The new service area marks the second major addition to the company’s collection of offerings in as many years. In June 2018, the company introduced its Marketing Services offering, following the acquisition of eMedia Marketing Services, based in Cincinnati, OH.

    With the launch of the data science offering, ITX now helps clients confidently validate business decisions through the power of predictive analysis.

    “We have long used data and analytics to help measure the effectiveness of our work and produce inspiring results for our clients,” said ITX President Fred Beer. “This announcement formalizes that history by making data science an official ITX practice – one that is capable of contributing advanced artificial intelligence and machine learning to further enhance the value we provide to clients.”

    The new offering delivers powerful new capabilities to ITX customers, allowing them to:

    • Solve challenging business problems with greater accuracy and speed.
    • Automate resource-intensive processes that were once entirely manual.
    • Monitor, measure, and continuously improve the customer experience.

    ITX also announced the hiring of Melissa Royo as Director of the Data Science practice group. Royo, most recently Lead Data Scientist at Brand Networks, earned Master’s and Bachelor’s degrees in Applied Statistics from Rochester Institute of Technology. Her particular areas of specialty include prediction, visualization, and data consultancy.

    Data Science gives us the tools we need to access and analyze previously untapped client datasets to address questions that were either too resource intensive or otherwise impossible to answer.

    Melissa Royo, ITX Director of Data Science

    “What excites me most about bringing data science to ITX is the incredible fit,” Royo said. “The focus we place on continuous innovation to help clients solve complex business problems is precisely what data science is meant to do,” she added. “It gives us the tools we need to access and analyze previously untapped client datasets to address questions that were either too resource intensive or otherwise impossible to answer.”

    Royo and her team will be working alongside ITX’s two dozen product teams, each presenting a dynamic blend of highly skilled architects, UX/UI designers, developers, and product strategists to add new value to the rich relationships they’ve established with their client team counterparts.

    This new service provides yet another opportunity for ITX to deliver increased value to our clients. Our data science team will help them understand the stories their data have been dying to tell. 

    Ralph Dandrea, ITX Founder & CEO

    With the addition of the data science offering, continued collaboration between ITX and their client partners will include transforming data from rudimentary operational reporting to predictive analytics in an environment of rapid migration to cloud-based analytics and AI.  

    “The culture at ITX combines continuous learning and innovation alongside our clients, for the singular purpose of delivering increased value,” said ITX CEO Ralph Dandrea. “This new service provides yet another opportunity for ITX to do just that. Our data science team will help our clients understand the stories their data have been dying to tell. When we bring that data to life, they will discover the limitless opportunities of predictive analysis to drive positive business transformation through better decision making.”


    About ITX Corp. ITX delivers software solutions to challenging business problems so that its clients can move, touch, and inspire the world. Since 1997, ITX and its more than 250 technology designers, product specialists, architects, and engineers have powered the development of customized software, digital tools, and web-based solutions worthy of the most treasured brands. Headquartered in Rochester, NY, ITX boasts a truly global presence with team members located across the United States, throughout the Americas, and around the world.

    Contact: Kyle Psaty, VP of Marketing at ITX | media_inquiries@itx.com | 585-899-4895

    The post ITX Corp. Expansion Continues with Launch of Data Science Offering appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    33 / Learn Fast, Learn Well With Experimentation https://itx.com/podcast/33-learn-fast-learn-well-with-experimentation/ Thu, 13 Aug 2020 20:48:21 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1274   Experimentation is not about right or wrong. It’s about learning things that you genuinely didn’t know. The secret is to become comfortable with the uncomfortable and to make room for your own sense of vulnerability, says Holly Hester-Reilly. When you’re able to embrace not knowing something, or have experiments come back that disprove your …

    The post 33 / Learn Fast, Learn Well With Experimentation appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
     

    Experimentation is not about right or wrong. It’s about learning things that you genuinely didn’t know. The secret is to become comfortable with the uncomfortable and to make room for your own sense of vulnerability, says Holly Hester-Reilly. When you’re able to embrace not knowing something, or have experiments come back that disprove your hypotheses, you’re going to discover amazing insights that benefit you, your team, and your organization.

    In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Holly Hester-Reilly, Founder and CEO of H2R Product Science. In this dynamic and fast-paced conversation, Holly discusses her approach to the product science method, one that focuses on using science and empathy to manage risk while building high-growth products and teams.

    “Our job as product people is to manage the risk of product failure,” Holly says. “Part of that risk is to avoid looking bad in front of our teams, peers, and managers. We have to shift the mindset and the conversation away from right or wrong so that we can begin to pride ourselves on learning new things.”

    Product leaders have an enormous role to play in encouraging experimentation, Holly adds. “The only way for us to make that mindset shift is for us to be the example by calling out when the people around us learn something new and saying, ‘that’s what we want to see more of!’”

    Listen in to catch more from Holly Hester-Reilly:

    [02:16] The product science method. It’s really about the difference between what people say they will do and what they actually do.

    [02:58] Design experiments around past behaviors, not abstracts and hypotheticals.

    [04:51] The role of data and metrics. The cool thing about software is we can actually measure how users behave. The right metrics …that’s the best possible predictor of future behavior.

    [07:42] Why smart companies with reams of data still make flawed product launches. They’re too comfortable.

    [08:25] The Emperor’s New Clothes. Do we have the willingness to be uncomfortable, to be the person who will stand up and say to the boss, “here are the reasons why your pet project is going to fail.”?

    [10:12] Confirmation bias. Channeling Richard Feynman, “you must not fool yourself, and you are the easiest person to fool.”

    [10:45] Rapid research. You have to be super-focused on the most important thing to learn and let go of the idea that you might not learn the other things.

    [12:38] Exposure therapy. The more times that you’re exposed to something, the more comfortable you become with it.

    [15:05] Optimism bias. Gets in the way of making good business decisions like so, so much.

    [16:14] How long does it take to change somebody’s mind about their pet project?

    [17:49] The role of experimentation. It’s not about being right. It’s about learning things we don’t already know.

    [21:19] Premortem risk assessment. Put yourself in a place where risk is already assumed to be real.

    [22:34] Our job as product people is to manage the risk of product failure.

    [24:02] The difference between good and fantastic product research.

    [25:46] Take a snapshot. Make sure that your team is situating who your customer is within the strategy of the product.

    [27:22]  Practicing discovery. As a product leader, you should have a strategy that is a series of product-market fits.

    [28:27] Measuring the value of research. Two parts: quantify the value of research and know when you’ve done enough of it.

    [32:10] “Faster horses.” At least you know what outcome your users want.

    [33:48] Innovation. Innovation drives a significant change. It doesn’t just increase the amount of something you’re selling: the revenue, the number of users. It changes the rate of that.

    The post 33 / Learn Fast, Learn Well With Experimentation appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
      Experimentation is not about right or wrong. It’s about learning things that you genuinely didn’t know. The secret is to become comfortable with the uncomfortable and to make room for your own sense of vulnerability, says Holly Hester-Reilly. Holly Hester-Reilly describes her data-driven approach to building high-growth products, teams, and businesses through experimentation. Holly Hester-Reilly 1 1 33 33 33 / Learn Fast, Learn Well With Experimentation full false 37:21
    New ITX Integration Connects Threat Modeling Process to Jira https://itx.com/blog/new-itx-integration-connects-threat-modeling-process-to-jira/ Mon, 10 Aug 2020 21:03:39 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1375 OWASP Accepts Tool For Re-use, Acknowledges as ‘Best Practice’
    When a team of ITX developers recently created – and contributed – a new integration to the Open Web Application Security Project’s (OWASP) threat modeling tool (Threat Dragon), they were simply living the company’s culture. Continuous innovation, thriving together, and giving back to the community are pillars of the ITX value system.
    The integration automatically pushes open, non-mitigated security threats created in Threat Dragon directly into our Jira backlog. ITX contributed the integration back to OWASP because we know there are a lot of dev teams in our community using Jira to manage their product backlog – especially if they’re doing it in an Agile mindset.
    OWASP has accepted the contribution, even acknowledging ITX as a “Company Collaborator” and posting the integration as a best practice on its website.

    The post New ITX Integration Connects Threat Modeling Process to Jira appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    OWASP Accepts Tool For Re-use, Acknowledges as ‘Best Practice’

    When a team of ITX developers recently created – and contributed – a new integration to the Open Web Application Security Project’s (OWASP) threat modeling tool (Threat Dragon), they were simply living the company’s culture. Continuous innovation, thriving together, and giving back to the community are pillars of the ITX value system.

    The integration automatically pushes open, non-mitigated security threats created in Threat Dragon directly into our Jira backlog. ITX contributed the integration back to OWASP because we know there are a lot of dev teams in our community using Jira to manage their product backlog – especially if they’re doing it in an Agile mindset.

    OWASP has accepted the contribution, even acknowledging ITX as a “Company Collaborator” and posting the integration as a best practice on its website.

    “In making this contribution to our Industry, we feel we’re supporting OWASP’s mission,” said ITX VP of IT Services and Security Jonathan Coupal. “We’re working right alongside them to improve application security – not for any self-serving purpose, but in the pursuit of knowledge and knowledge sharing.”

    The Integration

    Sounds simple enough, but any opportunity to automate an otherwise manual task is not only a timesaver; it serves as a barrier to human error creeping into the process. What’s more, the automation ensures that all threats flow gracefully into the Jira system.

    In fact, the integration flows both ways. Because each threat is logged in to Jira, it receives a unique Jira identifier. So the next time a dev team member or security analyst opens the threat model, they are immediately aware that the threat has already been synchronized into Jira.

    The impact is huge. But to truly appreciate it, it’s important to first understand ITX’s two-pronged approach to application security through risk-based threat modeling.

    In a way, it’s like ‘value signaling.’ We value application security, so much so that we developed a best practice to design it into the products we build while taking the time to educate our clients as to outstanding, unmitigated risks and the costs associated with addressing them – or not.

    — Jonathan Coupal, ITX VP of IT Services and Security

    Threat Modeling the ITX Way

    Threat modeling is a risk-based approach to designing secure applications and systems. The idea is to take the necessary steps to identify possible threats so that you can develop mitigations to them. As the value of digital assets increases, the hacks that threaten them grow more sophisticated, and more sinister. As organizations deepen their awareness of potential exposure and corresponding liabilities, software development and data security teams need increasingly effective ways to build security into their software.

    At ITX, we approach application security in two key ways.

    First is vulnerability and penetration testing. Essentially, we commission a team of “white hat” hackers to break into an app or website we’re building. It is more of a post-launch, quality assurance technique in which our hackers look for gaps and weaknesses in the app or website that undermine its security.

    Second is a more design-driven approach, which allows developers to build security features into the product as it is being designed. Using the OWASP-sponsored Threat Dragon tool, we build a model of the application in a Data Flow Diagram. Our developers’ attention is directed primarily to higher-risk areas of the application as the data flows through it, particularly as it crosses trust boundaries. With CT scan-like precision, we monitor the flow of data to pinpoint vulnerable locations in the model where our data is subject to attack.

    By designing security into the app pre-build, we present our clients with the opportunity to think about their data assets that need protection, the value of those assets, and the risks associated with threats to them. We generate reports directly out of Threat Dragon that present easy-to-digest summaries of all the threats we’re designing for, all the ones we’ve already mitigated, and – perhaps most valuable of all – the unmitigated threats that the client can choose to address.

    The conversation sounds a bit like this:

    • Ok, so we will be building this app/web platform/software product.
    • What can go wrong?
      • How might we be attacked?
      • What’s our exposure if/when we are?
    • How do we mitigate our risk? (note, we don’t use prevent here)
      • How do we fix it if we fail to mitigate the threat?
      • What steps can we take to design additional security features and add them to our backlog?
    • How can we test to ensure that we did a good job?

    Our design-driven approach to application security immediately escalates awareness of potential threats – and the proposed mitigation – to the client/product owner’s attention. Armed with this information, the client has both the burden and opportunity to decide what level of risk they are willing to tolerate, and how much budget they’re willing to part with to defend their data from attack as it flows through the app.

    From the ITX perspective, our approach to application security gives us an incredible opportunity to demonstrate Mastery to our customers.

    “In a way, it’s like ‘value signaling,’” Coupal adds. “We value application security, so much so that we developed a best practice to design it into the products we build while taking the time to educate our clients as to outstanding, unmitigated risks and the costs associated with addressing them – or not.

    The decision whether and when to act rests entirely with the client. The ITX development team has informed their client by identifying potential threat risks and the costs associated with them. By delivering this information in advance of the product’s next release we’re adding value to an already strong relationship.

    “In my experience,” Coupal adds, “customers want to know what their risks are ahead of time – even if they’re not choosing to resolve them. Providing our customers with that choice is a big part of how we think about designing security, as well.”

    In making this contribution to our Industry, we feel we’re supporting OWASP’s mission. We’re working right alongside them to improve application security – not for any self-serving purpose, but in the pursuit of knowledge and knowledge sharing.

    — Jonathan Coupal, ITX VP of IT Services and Security

    Solving our clients’ business problems through technology is what we do at ITX. Living our values is how we get the job done. By combining threat modeling and backlog management with a design-driven approach, we demonstrate not only the value we place in application security. Perhaps even more than that, it speaks to how we embed our culture into the value we deliver to our clients.


    The post New ITX Integration Connects Threat Modeling Process to Jira appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    32 / Take An Objective Approach to Prioritization https://itx.com/podcast/32-take-an-objective-approach-to-prioritization/ Mon, 10 Aug 2020 12:56:15 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1253 A lot of times product managers take a overly narrow view of prioritization without giving full consideration to the impact of decisions we make. Whether to add another new feature to our backlog – and which one? Is there a new market segment we should explore? Do we need a new vision for our product? …

    The post 32 / Take An Objective Approach to Prioritization appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    A lot of times product managers take a overly narrow view of prioritization without giving full consideration to the impact of decisions we make. Whether to add another new feature to our backlog – and which one? Is there a new market segment we should explore? Do we need a new vision for our product? For the organization? Too often, Jeff Lash says, stakeholders see the viability of an opportunity but not its feasibility (and vice versa). We take an overly subjective approach to prioritization and lose sight of the vision we set for the product and organization.

    In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul catch up with Jeff Lash – Vice President of Product Management Research at Forrester. Listen in as Jeff describes his approach to prioritization. By applying a more objective standard – in fact, Jeff recommends establishing a prioritization framework – product teams act with confidence guided by a vision and strategy that are both clearly articulated and widely communicated across the organization.

    Product managers, he believes, need to be general managers of their “commercially minded enterprise, so we need to act like the business owner, running our products like a business.”

    Here’s more:

    [02:51]  Why the product manager role is so misunderstood. Has anyone ever taken the time to explain, “this is what we expect of you.”?

    [03:39]  Vision and strategy. Do product managers understand that this is part of their role?

    [05:11]  Balancing the tactical and strategic. It’s about mindset, understanding all the responsibilities.

    [07:03]  Product management in a remote environment. The more distant you are from your team, the more you need to document and communicate.

    [08:40]  What’s your horizon? If your vision and strategy hold true for the long term, avoid dramatic shifts.

    [10:21]  3 levels of prioritization. Sprint, Release, Organization.

    [11:36]  Is there such a thing as the perfect formula?

    [13:12]  Decision making in the absence of strategy and vision. Good luck.

    [15:07]  Frameworks. Help the process along by making it as objective as possible.

    [18:53] The definition of product management.

    [20:32] Which personas need your attention most? Understand (and balance) the broad range of user personas as well as buyer personas.

    [21:41] Incremental revenue vs. Retention effect. One addresses why people buy, the other why people stay.

    [26:30]  Guiding principles. Does this feature help one of our guiding principles? If yes, add it to the backlog. If not,.…

    [28:44] Fly your banner. Discipline in the face of initial challenges.

    [29:29] Decision making is not about yes and no. It’s about understanding the impact of both.

    [31:32] Hidden treasures. If you want to find those hidden treasures, the unmet needs, you have to apply different techniques.

    [33:10] Citing Margaret Mead. “What people say, what people do, and what people say they will do are entirely different things.”

    [35:15] Innovation. How do you take an idea and make it a reality? How do you take an idea and turn it into something that is actually in the market?

    The post 32 / Take An Objective Approach to Prioritization appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    A lot of times product managers take a overly narrow view of prioritization without giving full consideration to the impact of decisions we make. Whether to add another new feature to our backlog – and which one? Jeff Lash explains why an objective approach to prioritization is critical for product managers to succeed in their business owner role. Jeff Lash 1 1 32 32 32 / Take An Objective Approach to Prioritization full false 38:34
    31 / How To Get The Positioning Right https://itx.com/podcast/31-how-to-get-positioning-right/ Wed, 29 Jul 2020 19:12:45 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1209 In tech, as in life, there’s more than one way to skin a cat. That might be one of the coolest aspects about building super-exciting software products. There’s any number of ways to get the job done. As product people, we lend our education, our experience, and our intuition to improving people’s lives. Our varied …

    The post 31 / How To Get The Positioning Right appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    In tech, as in life, there’s more than one way to skin a cat. That might be one of the coolest aspects about building super-exciting software products. There’s any number of ways to get the job done. As product people, we lend our education, our experience, and our intuition to improving people’s lives. Our varied life circumstances inform both our efforts and the many potential means by which we pursue success. For April Dunford, who joins Sean and Paul in this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, getting your product Positioning right is the straw that stirs the drink. “Positioning is foundational to everything that follows,” April confidently points out. “It essentially defines how your product is uniquely qualified to be a leader at something that a well-defined set of customers cares a lot about.”

    April isn’t shy in proclaiming the mission-critical role that Positioning plays in product success. Nor is she bashful in calling out product-market fit as “a myth” (and making an interesting case in the process).

    Listen in to catch thoughts from April Dunford on the following:

    [02:20]  Product managers & product marketers. We’re sort of becoming hip. We’re cool now.

    [04:27]  Positioning is foundational. In fact, it’s so foundational that we either think it’s already been done…or that we can’t do anything about it anyway.

    [06:32]  Positioning. What it is; what it isn’t.

    [09:16]  Good-fit customers. You want a pipeline of those.

    [09:38]  Bad-fit customers. Cull the herd.

    [13:13] Good fit means “good for the customer and good for the business.”

    [13:50]  Segmentation. So much more than demographics and firmographics.

    [15:51]  Actionable Customer Segmentation. Catch how April’s discovery process leads to actionable customer segmentation.

    [19:45]  Product-market fit. “I do have a bit of hate on for product-market fit.”

    [26:10]  Product-market fit part deux. “It’s baloney. It’s not a thing.”

    [27:32]  Magic marketing moment. When everything feels easy. Like you’re running down hill.

    [30:01]  (product + category) x Trend. Trends are accelerants to positioning. They make your stuff seem sexier.

    [31:04]  Trends part deux. The trend answers the question, “Why now?”.

    [32:49]  In competition with the status quo. Doing nothing is always an option for customers.

    [34:00]  Positioning: investors vs. customers. Why the pitch is so different. (hint: it’s about value)

    [36:39]  Innovation. There’s lots of ways to be innovative outside of the technology.

    [38:23]  Acquisition features and retention features. One to set the hook, the other to make sure it stays there.

    [43:23]  Positioning as a superpower. It can change the way both your team and the world think about the problems you solve, your technology, or even your entire market.

    The post 31 / How To Get The Positioning Right appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    In tech, as in life, there’s more than one way to skin a cat. That might be one of the coolest aspects about building super-exciting software products. There’s any number of ways to get the job done. As product people, we lend our education, April Dunford says Positioning is how your product is uniquely qualified to be the best at something for a well-defined set of customers. April Dunford 1 1 31 31 31 / How To Get The Positioning Right full false 44:52
    30 / Essential Components of Product Culture https://itx.com/podcast/30-bruce-mccarthy/ Wed, 01 Jul 2020 19:33:42 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1204 Before we jump headlong into implementing Lean or Agile. Before we decide that OKRs offer the best chance to set goals and measure results. And before we determine that a particular design methodology will lead us to successful product development, product leaders need to understand the “underlying cultural things about teams and about companies that …

    The post 30 / Essential Components of Product Culture appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    Before we jump headlong into implementing Lean or Agile. Before we decide that OKRs offer the best chance to set goals and measure results. And before we determine that a particular design methodology will lead us to successful product development, product leaders need to understand the “underlying cultural things about teams and about companies that need to be addressed first,” Bruce McCarthy says.

    “You’ve got to get straight the ‘why are we here?’ questions,” says Bruce McCarthy, who joined Sean and Paul in this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast. According to Bruce, the founder of Product Culture and author of the book, Product Roadmaps Relaunched, we cannot meet our lofty goals – let alone the aspirational ones – without first embracing the cultural aspects that explain our place in the world.

    What problems are we solving? Why, and for whom? How will we work together to achieve our objectives? What is our mission – our purpose in the world?

    When we focus on these questions, we begin to understand the intersection of product culture and product management. In many ways the two overlap, Bruce explains.

    Product management is “a role, a discipline, and a set of tools and responsibilities.” Product culture, on the other hand, is less tangible. It gives valuable insight about how product managers prioritize resource allocation, formulate decisions, and deliver value for their customers.

    In many ways, good product culture is a “we know it when we see it” sort of thing. What’s most enlightening is the way Bruce brings to life an organization’s culture through the eyes of the customer.

    Product culture has a Vision that empowers the customer, a Plan that delivers value in incremental steps along the path to vision fulfillment, and an outcome-based effort by a diverse Team aligned around that common vision.

    Tune in to hear more from Bruce, including:

    [02:01] Product Culture talks about those cultural aspects of why we’re here, how we work together, how we think about the purpose of going to work every day that’s mostly on my mind.

    [03:49] Product management and product culture. Considerable overlap, but significant differences.

    [03:49] Three elements of product culture: vision, plan, team.

    [06:45] “Things are impossible until they’re not.” It’s the history of Innovation.

    [07:52] Innovation is not about changing technology. It’s about our perception of what’s possible.

    [10:33] Have you heard the story of General Magic?

    [13:29] Product as vehicle. Radhika Dutt: “A product is a vehicle for making change in the world.”

    [14:01] What killed Blackberry? They forgot, or never realized, that they were a status symbol.

    [15:15] Product success and the Venn diagram. When feasible and viable come into overlap.

    [15:59] The product manager’s role in roadmapping. Speak vision into the roadmap.

    [17:30] The right feature? It depends on what problem you’re trying to solve.

    [21:20] Outcome teams. The 4th level of product teams.

    [24:49] The nature of software development. Building one-offs for the first time, every time.

    [28:04] Prioritization. Why it’s the fundamental skill of the product manager.

    [32:34] Tactics for up-and-coming PMs. Agree, prioritize, align, repeat.

    [37:40] Imagination. The ability to envision something that does not yet exist.

    [40:31] Innovation. Feasible, viable, badass.

    The post 30 / Essential Components of Product Culture appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Before we jump headlong into implementing Lean or Agile. Before we decide that OKRs offer the best chance to set goals and measure results. And before we determine that a particular design methodology will lead us to successful product development, Bruce McCarthy explains the essentials of Product Culture (vision, plan, and team) & describes how product culture informs product management. Bruce McCarthy 1 1 30 30 30 / Essential Components of Product Culture full false 44:19
    29 / Empathy is the Catalyst for Innovation https://itx.com/podcast/29-empathy-is-the-catalyst-for-innovation/ Tue, 30 Jun 2020 14:55:39 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1110 Design thinking calls on product people to put themselves in their customer’s shoes. To empathize with them. Saleema Vellani agrees, but adds that empathy is borne out of self-awareness and that understanding others requires us first to understand ourselves.  In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Saleema Vellani, author of the …

    The post 29 / Empathy is the Catalyst for Innovation appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    Design thinking calls on product people to put themselves in their customer’s shoes. To empathize with them. Saleema Vellani agrees, but adds that empathy is borne out of self-awareness and that understanding others requires us first to understand ourselves. 

    In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Saleema Vellani, author of the soon-to-be-released Innovation Starts with I. Saleema explains how practicing empathy, more specifically compassionate empathy, requires a shift in mindset that helps us truly connect with our product’s users in deeper, more meaningful ways. 

    “Compassionate empathy is becoming increasingly important,” Saleema says. “It’s not about just understanding a person, what they’re feeling. It’s actually feeling moved to help them.” To understand that connection, she adds, is to be the catalyst for innovation.

    Listen in to catch easy-to-implement practical tips for product managers and their teams from Saleema Vellani. What you’ll hear:

    [01:59] The future of our product space. AI, machine learning, and automation is creating a lot of job displacement. But with it is coming exciting new product roles and opportunities.

    [02:12] The “Augmented Age.” The human skills (e.g., emotional intelligence, empathy, critical thinking, cultural intelligence, technology, and data science.)

    [03:39] 3 types of Empathy. Emotional empathy, cognitive empathy, and compassionate empathy.

    [03:46] Innovation Starts with I. Practicing empathy starts with first understanding oneself.

    [03:55] Design thinking guides us understand our customers, to put ourselves in their shoes.

    [04:00] Associative thinking helps us first understand who we are and then connect seemingly unrelated things.

    [04:50] Be a “dot connector.” Applying associative thinking to move from self-awareness to compassionate empathy to innovation.

    [05:02] Can empathy be learned?

    [06:03] Empathy and innovation. Empathy is the engine behind innovation.

    [07:12] The “sweet spot” of innovation lies at the intersection of feasibility, viability, and desirability.

    [09:11] Product radical listening. The key to a more holistic understanding of the problem.

    [09:50] Groupthink. Creativity’s kryptonite.

    [10:44] Product people, heal thyself. Starting with I requires an openness to learning about yourself.

    [11:52] Product thinking. A newer concept in which product managers need to become product coaches, and more organizations must become product-led.

    [12:15] Product thinking, part deux. It’s not just about the products; it starts from understanding yourself.

    [13:50] Inclusion as the catalyst for innovation. Inclusion requires learning as much as possible about different stakeholders using tools like empathy mapping, journey mapping, and user experience mapping.

    [15:22] Innovation. The process of taking all the things that are already out there and reassembling them in a new way.

    [15:49] A “recovering perfectionist.” Wanting to be perfect is counterproductive.

    [16:25] Outcomes > outputs. Perfectionists think about outputs. Problem solvers think about outcomes and how they make us feel.

    [17:17] GSD (get stuff done). Better to implement something that’s not perfect than have a bunch of half projects hanging waiting for perfection.

    [17:56] Compassionate empathy. The kind of empathy that actually moves us to help. It’s solution focused.

    [19:59] Tips for product managers. Create psychological safety; let failure be OK. Practice inclusion. Be outcome focused. So many more!

    [20:53] The job of product managers is to give value. Giving value starts with using empathy to understand yourself and your customer.

    [21:44] Be an intrapreneur in an organization. Help others by giving them autonomy and flexibility, understanding what will make them happy in their work.

    [23:50] The difference between listening and making a person feel heard.

    [25:06] Understand the problem before jumping to hypotheses. When we take the time to understand the problem, we often learn that the real problem is very different than we initially thought.

    [25:14] Innovation is putting together existing things in new ways that create value.

    The post 29 / Empathy is the Catalyst for Innovation appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Design thinking calls on product people to put themselves in their customer’s shoes. To empathize with them. Saleema Vellani agrees, but adds that empathy is borne out of self-awareness and that understanding others requires us first to understand ours... Saleema Vellani explains that empathy is the catalyst for innovation; it is born out of self-awareness and an openness for personal growth. Saleema Vellani 1 1 29 29 29 / Empathy is the Catalyst for Innovation full false 29:05
    Overcoming Barriers To Successful Product Discovery https://itx.com/blog/overcoming-barriers-to-successful-product-discovery/ Thu, 25 Jun 2020 20:59:54 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1372 To those in the digital product space, the term “Discovery Phase” will likely wash over us like many of the other oft-touted buzz words of our industry. But a healthy discovery process allows us to understand product-market fit and identify key user needs. What’s keeping us from incorporating this valuable learning into our products? We believe it’s either ignorance, intuition, or inertia that stands in the way of successful discovery.

    The post Overcoming Barriers To Successful Product Discovery appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Authored by Mike Thone and Paul Gebel

    To those in the digital product space, the term “Discovery Phase” will likely wash over us like many of the other oft-touted buzz words of our industry. But a healthy discovery process allows us to understand product-market fit and identify key user needs. What’s keeping us from incorporating this valuable learning into our products? We believe it’s either ignorance, intuition, or inertia that stands in the way of successful discovery. 

    Delivering production-quality software is expensive, and doing this work when we’re not even sure it’s what the customer wants or needs can be a huge waste of resources. Regardless of whether it’s intentional, every digital experience involves the Discovery process. Whether you do it purposefully in preparation or accidentally after the fact, is the decision you need to make.

    Performing effective discovery involves recognizing and overcoming these barriers.

    Barrier #1: Ignorance

    The availability of information limits decisionmakers’ effectiveness and efficiency as they set out to build new products. They may be tempted to begin building before their plan has been vetted. Once an idea begins to take shape, stakeholders are eager to begin development right away. Without first understanding key user needs and assessing product-market fit, a team could easily spend a lot money building the wrong things and solving problems their users do not have.

    Product leaders must combat the affliction of ignorance, whose symptoms manifest in an unbridled eagerness to jump right into the hands-on-keyboard project work. It’s important to first identify the business goals, competitive benchmarking, user research, architectural assessment, and (most importantly) user experience outcomes.

    The antidote for ignorance is education. With Agile methodologies, modern UX practices, and an MVP approach, product managers can take an iterative approach in which we adjust our plan as we learn more about what will be successful. 

    What story do you tell those who battle ignorance of discovery? The risk of not knowing is greater than the risk of increased cost.

    Barrier #2: Intuition

    The mantras of the fatally intuitive design leader are: “I know what I want” and “I know how to build it.” The BIG IDEA is theirs, and it’s perfect. By kicking off an effort where leadership has unknowingly fallen into confirmation-bias, we enter confirmation-based discovery.

    The team may be working to identify product-market fit and user need, but if their findings stray from the leader’s vision, there’s sure to be unnecessary arguments that hinder your progress. These projects burn time chasing final sign-off and burn money with scope creep as inconsequential details are included.

    With effective discovery, it’s important to identify and address the biggest risks first. We want to create something valuable to users, viable for the business, and feasible with our technology and development resources.

    When leadership insists you build their vision, the antidote is to work with them to identify the true problem they’re trying to solve. When the actual pain point is discovered and discussed with the stakeholder, they feel listened to, even understood, and become less attached to a singular vision. This approach allows your team the space necessary for data to inform your approach.

    What story do you tell those who already have all the answers? “If we want our users and their needs to be present in our minds as we’re creating our designs, we need to regularly see them.”

    — Jared Spool, Maker of Awesomeness at UIE

    Barrier #3: Inertia

    Some teams don’t plan for discovery and end up fitting it in as they go with a slow grind of trial-and-error, dissatisfied user feedback, and budgets that aren’t lining up with initial projections. They’re chasing release dates and aren’t allowing new data to influence their approach.

    Still other teams confront the opposite problem. They invest months-worth of time trying to figure out every single thing before they start development. As a result, they lose sight of the end product they envisioned. They’re unwittingly creating a continuity problem, where some folks are concerned only with vision and others only with execution. Such an approach leaves little room for a team to influence the product in real time. 

    We don’t always enjoy the luxury of dictating when to let our teams stray from the plan; but what happens when you discover something so significant that it threatens your success?

    Isn’t this precisely the type of challenge Agile is supposed to address?

    This is a planning problem in which management has lost its way by growing too attached to a particular feature set or timeline. Any change that affects the annual roadmap becomes a battle.

    The antidote to the paralyzing effects of inertia is continuous feedback that influences the roadmap. Discovery and delivery must work together continuously, and leadership needs to reserve space for incorporating key learnings to deliver a successful product.

    What story do you tell those who realize too late that discovery was improperly or incompletely done? It’s never too late to change tack and turn the ship around!

    Embed Continuous Discovery Into Your Products

    A healthy team will build continuous discovery into their products so that what’s built is valuable and meets users’ real needs. 

    When ignorance is the problem, trust that an iterative approach will allow a team to build momentum and learn continuously. When intuition is the obstacle to success, focus on identifying the real problem and allow data gleaned from effective discovery to influence our solution. When inertia prevents us from incorporating useful learning into a product build, examine your process and allow continuous feedback from discovery and delivery to influence decisionmakers.

    It’s far cheaper to discover that an approach isn’t viable than to build a product that fails to thrive. 

    Related Sources

    Discovery vs. Delivery. https://svpg.com/discovery-vs-delivery/

    Product Discovery: Pitfalls and Anti-Patterns. https://svpg.com/product-discovery-anti-patterns/

    Fast Path to a Great UX – Increased Exposure Hours. https://articles.uie.com/user_exposure_hours/


    Mike Thone is an Interaction Designer (Ux/Ui) at ITX Corp. He earned his BFA degree from The School of the Art Institute of Chicago. Mike specializes in end-to-end user experience design for web applications. His passion for delivering high-quality products has allowed him opportunities to serve many roles on a cross-functional team, including Product Manager, Scrum Master, Front End Developer, and Lead Designer.

    Paul Gebelis Director of Product Management at ITX Corp. He earned his BFA and MBA degrees at Rochester Institute of Technology, where he currently serves as Adjunct Professor. A veteran of the United States Navy, Paul’s experience also includes extensive project and product management experience and consultancy. At ITX, he works closely with high-profile clients, leveraging technology to help solve business problems so they can move, touch, and inspire the world.

    Interested in learning more about Effective Discovery? Contact ITX today. We’re excited to work with you!

    The post Overcoming Barriers To Successful Product Discovery appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    28 / Savvy PMs Engage All Their Audiences https://itx.com/podcast/28-savvy-pms-engage-all-their-audiences/ Wed, 17 Jun 2020 13:26:55 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1105   It was the best of jobs; it was the worst of jobs. (apologies to Mr. Dickens) While everyone else has carved out their own place in the organization, the product manager is the person nobody works for. And who, it often seems, works for everybody else. But their role also puts them at the …

    The post 28 / Savvy PMs Engage All Their Audiences appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
     

    It was the best of jobs; it was the worst of jobs. (apologies to Mr. Dickens) While everyone else has carved out their own place in the organization, the product manager is the person nobody works for. And who, it often seems, works for everybody else. But their role also puts them at the center of the action, wielding influence that drives product success, Rich Mironov says.

    In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul welcome Rich Mironov – a 40-year Silicon Valley product veteran, executive coach, writer, and self-proclaimed smoke jumper (more on that later in the pod). The product manager’s sphere of influence isn’t limited to the user, Rich says, or even to the client. PMs dance to the beat of many drummers, working to convince finance, sales, and customer support – not to mention industry analysts and C-suite executives – why their product is worthy of investment.

    As the non-hierarchical leader in the organization, product managers have to meet our audiences where they are, Rich adds, “instead of expecting them to love product management so much that they just want to do it my way.”

    Whether you’re a junior product manager still practicing the hard skills or a savvy product leader refining the soft ones, the job of the product manager is about understanding all your audiences and how each rewards you for delivering what’s important to them.

    What you’ll hear from Rich Mironov:

    [00:51]  Validation & discovery. Convincing the C-suite to invest here is really hard.

    [02:09]  Mistakes we make. We believe our users when they tell us how to fix the problems instead of doing the hard work to figure out what problems they actually have.

    [04:20]  Timing. The time to figure out what the market wants is 9, 12, even 15 months before we give the product to the sales team and tell them to go bring money in.

    [05:29]  Shock me and surprise me. Use open-ended questions when interviewing users to extract everything out of their heads.

    [06:52] Don’t lead the witness. Only after drawing unprompted, unaided insights from customers should you show them mock-ups of your design.

    [07:12]  Validate ideas way before we code. Most ideas don’t play out. Better to have them fall flat before we spend the next $2 million dollars building it.

    [08:20]  The job of salespeople is to bring money in, not to get all fussy about the technology.

    [08:30] When PMs aren’t helping salespeople bring money in, they should make sure they’re building the right product and preparing answers to questions users are going to have.

    [09:17]  2 huge changes in product management. The availability of data to help make decisions, and the social network to talk them through.

    [10:50]  Why product management is like parenting. We’re not really parents until we’ve gotten some poop on our hands – and laughed about it.

    [13:12]  Why product management is like smoke jumping. In both roles, we’re bringing order to chaos.

    [14:29]  A note to CEOs. When you’re looking for a product leader, hire for the right skill set.

    [16:48] KPIs, OKRs, MAUs, and GA. Performance metrics are not one-size-fits all.

    [18:14] The mark of success. Be sure you’re measuring your users’ success, not your own.

    [20:23] Keep your developers happy. When they love the product as much as PMs do, they’ll do anything to make it right and keep it that way.

    [23:16] Guerilla discovery. How eager are you to embarrass the executive team?

    [24:56]  Discovery. You can pay for discovery now, or you can pay later. But make no mistake. You are going to pay – whether by design or default.

    [26:10]  The evolution of a product leader’s skills. From the hard skills and workflows to the soft skills and communication.

    [27:08]  Outputs vs. outcomes. Which should you invest in?

    [27:41]  Resilience. A measure of the product leader’s emotional range.

    [28:20]  Product Managers are the product person nobody reports to.

    [32:09]  Innovation exists at every level of the organization, at every level of scale.

    [34:12]  It’s okay to “beat your chest.” We have to not only love our products; we have to make sure our team gets the credit.

    [35:01] Saying ‘thank you’ doesn’t cost a nickel.

    The post 28 / Savvy PMs Engage All Their Audiences appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
      It was the best of jobs; it was the worst of jobs. (apologies to Mr. Dickens) While everyone else has carved out their own place in the organization, the product manager is the person nobody works for. And who, it often seems, Silicon Valley product veteran Rich Mironov explains how savvy PMs engage all their audiences when doing product discovery and validation. Rich Mironov 1 1 28 28 28 / Savvy PMs Engage All Their Audiences full false 39:01
    27 / Product Success Starts with a Clear Vision https://itx.com/podcast/27-product-success-starts-with-a-clear-vision/ Thu, 11 Jun 2020 17:29:00 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1103 A product’s vision communicates the change we want to bring to the world, Radhika Dutt says. It starts with why, but in the same breath also answers for whom. That’s why a great vision statement is outwardly focused. Product teams craft them not to declare our own goals and aspirations, but to focus attention and …

    The post 27 / Product Success Starts with a Clear Vision appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    A product’s vision communicates the change we want to bring to the world, Radhika Dutt says. It starts with why, but in the same breath also answers for whom. That’s why a great vision statement is outwardly focused. Product teams craft them not to declare our own goals and aspirations, but to focus attention and energy around the problems we want to solve for our users.

    In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Radhika Dutt sits down with Sean and Paul to explain how vision-driven products not only clarify the why and for whom. But they also resist the common diseases that afflict product success. In the absence of a clear vision statement that is uniquely our own, we work without direction. We confuse activity with purposeful effort. And we deliver solutions to problems our users don’t have.

    But bringing vision and strategy isn’t enough. Product leaders and their teams need to translate vision and strategy into action. Radical Product Thinking, a movement co-founded by Radhika, provides a step-by-step approach to help teams build game-changing products. It guides teams through a process of applying sound vision, actionable strategy, and effective prioritization to prevent the ailments that end up killing products.

    What to listen for:

    [01:09]  Maintaining momentum through iteration. The right way to build products is through iteration, but we also need to limit the number of iterations by eliminating the unnecessary ones.

    [03:29]  The 2 extremes of Vision statements. One aims to disrupt, reinvent, or revolutionize. The other is focused on business objectives.

    [05:03]  Vision statements must be outwardly focused. Users don’t care about a company’s “best in class” aspirations.

    [05:36]  3 product diseases. Strategic swelling, obsessive sales disorder, pivotitis.

    [06:21]  Radical Product Thinking. It’s a response to repeatedly running into these same diseases no matter the size of the company or the industry you’re in.

    [07:58]  Follow your North Star. But don’t be afraid to step back and say, “Wait a minute; we’re following the wrong star.”

    [10:34]  Is there risk in being too tied to a vision?

    [13:00]  Use your vision as a filter. Does this feature I’m working on align with my vision?

    [14:07]  A strategy has to be flexible enough to allow you to adapt in the face of market realities.

    [16:25]  Anything can be a product. Based on the commonalities, even a government policy can be a product.

    [21:05]  Align your vision to where people want to go anyway. That way, the product isn’t forcing people to change. It’s adapting to what is going to be.

    [22:41]  Serving multiple personas in 2-sided markets. Use your North Star to determine where your true loyalty lies.

    [25:19]  How to prioritize a feature. A balance between helping me survive the quarter and fulfilling my vision.

    [27:37]  Business KPIs and Product KPIs. The Ying and Yang that helps you progress toward the vision while tracking your business success.

    [31:14]  Innovation. Changing people’s lives for the better.

    [32:00]  Accidental Villains. As you change one person’s life for the better, you’re changing someone else’s for the worse.

    [33:36]  Empathy. It’s not just about product managers showing empathy for their users. It has to happen across the whole organization.

    [34:05]  Organizational cactus. The internal friction that leads to the accumulation of vision debt.

    The post 27 / Product Success Starts with a Clear Vision appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    A product’s vision communicates the change we want to bring to the world, Radhika Dutt says. It starts with why, but in the same breath also answers for whom. That’s why a great vision statement is outwardly focused. Radhika Dutt explains how a clear vision makes a successful and how Radical Product Thinking translates a vision statement into action. Radhika Dutt 1 1 27 27 27 / Product Success Starts with a Clear Vision full false 38:25
    How To Design Secure Systems That Support Remote Teams https://itx.com/blog/how-to-design-secure-systems-that-support-remote-teams/ Tue, 09 Jun 2020 20:56:57 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1363 If you’re concerned about security now that your team is working remotely, you’ve been doing it wrong.

    Even as the economy slowly reopens, the global coronavirus pandemic is forcing many businesses to ask employees to continuing to work from home. While system security is always a top priority, a number of clients have only recently shared their security concerns now that their folks are working remotely.

    The post How To Design Secure Systems That Support Remote Teams appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    If you’re concerned about security only now that your team is working remotely, you’ve been doing it wrong.

    Even as our economy inches toward reopening, the global coronavirus pandemic has forced many businesses to ask employees to continuing to work from home. While system security is always a top priority, a number of clients have only recently shared their security concerns now that their folks are working remotely.

    My first response is that they’ve been operating under a false sense of security if their controls are based on the physical location of their employees. Then, once I’m confident I have their undivided attention, I explain how a change in perspective can provide them with system security in our new remote work environment.

    When I started working in the IT field, networking was a local concern. Especially for small businesses, you knew who had access to your local systems and could easily control for bad actors. Even in a larger university or multi-campus setting, these controls worked because there was a responsible party who could restrict or revoke system access.

    In essence, security was local because all of your assets and users were local; you knew who you could explicitly trust because everyone who wasn’t local wasn’t trustworthy.

    Setting Trust Boundaries in Systems

    Confidentiality, Integrity, and Availability (CIA) could be maintained by securing everything and everyone within the building or within the known infrastructure. Think about this in terms of a Trust Boundary with users and assets secured together inside the boundary, behind the firewall. Everything else lives outside the boundary created by that device.

    The Trust Boundary concept implies that users within it are trusted in a way that allows them special access to systems and services.

    When connecting systems to the internet, the model pretty much continued to work the same way; generally speaking, the model had not changed. Business assets and employees continued to be local, with everything else outside.

    The model implicitly tells us that we trust users and systems inside the boundary created by the firewall, and we do not trust users outside the boundary to make connections into our secured assets:

    So historically, we “trusted” systems within the firewall and treated systems outside of the firewall as not trustworthy.  But economies of scale began to break this model.

    Subverting Trust Boundaries in Systems

    I was certainly among those who suggested that fighting spam and maintaining high availability on a private mail server exposed to the internet was an exercise in futility. Better to leave it to organizations like Google and Microsoft that could devote an appropriate effort to keeping these systems up and protected. But the model changed slightly without our noticing. Suddenly, we have a “trusted” system outside of our Trust Boundary:

    What happened here?

    We moved a protected asset (mail services) outside of the Trust Boundary without changing the way the local systems were configured or changing the relationship users had with the service.

    This has led to literally billions of dollars’ worth of time and money lost to email attacks. Consider the effects of viruses like the popular Melissa virus and malware attacks like Ransomware, each of which takes advantage of an internal “trusted” user downloading an email and launching an application that has the trusted user’s access to local systems:

    Security Risks Associated with Remote Work

    An additional problem we’ve created is improperly extending this model to allow our users to work remotely. The use of VPN extends access to private servers to remote users without changing the trust boundaries:

    The problem is that by identifying this person by a username and a password, we can no longer identify them by associating their login event with a physical location. So if and when a remote user’s log-in credentials are stolen, an attacker has full access to trusted resources within our Trust Boundary.

    Additionally, we relinquish physical control over the user’s workstation itself – this leaves it open to local or remote attack in a way that was much harder to do when in a controlled environment (i.e., behind the company firewall and within the Trust Boundary).

    How do we solve for this problem?

    Response to a Changing World

    People need to do work. They need to use systems that are hosted in the cloud or on servers in a data center, or work remotely but on servers in the server closet.

    Right now, people need to work from home. When the current pandemic draws to a close, either a lot of people will choose to continue working from home or their employer will look with anticipation to the reduction in overhead they will realize by more of their employees working remotely.

    This situation of supporting remote workers is unlikely to change, but it’s clear that something has to if we are to ensure adequate system security. The model that we’ve used in the past, that worked so well when everyone was in the office, is unsustainable.

    Avoiding False Assumptions Leads to Robust Solutions

    Let’s go back in time, to when we started using the internet.

    We assumed at the time that we could maintain the existing Trust Boundary and put workarounds in place, like spam filters and stronger passwords and more expensive firewalls. But we learned quickly that more workarounds result in more complexity. This complexity increases the number of points of failure, resulting in a brittle system that is likely to fail spectacularly and repeatedly.

    I suggest a more robust solution, starting with a simple first step.

    Go back to the beginning with all users looking the same, but with a new twist: all users live outside the Trust Boundary, and no one has special “high trust” access to systems within it:

    This new model no longer makes assumptions about trusted users. Rather, it assumes that all users are untrustworthy.

    To clarify, the move isn’t to change your current security stance. The new model asks us to assume that everyone is already an untrusted remote/distributed user (even if they’re in your office), and to make sure that there are no exceptions that add complexity to the system.

    If you’re not sure that you can trust the actors in your system, what changes does that require? Well, maybe not a lot. It’s likely that some of these items are in place in some form already but aren’t fully developed.

    Here’s the top three things I would do to get things “solid”:

    1. Maintain simplicity by managing all users in the same way.

    Not a “to-do” in our top 3 per se but a necessary mindset. In each of the following items, be sure to keep things as simple as possible. Manage everyone the same way, from the mail room to the C-suite. Attackers specifically target executives in companies because they often have more access, are very busy/inattentive, and tend to avoid inconvenient security controls.

    1. Strongly authenticate all users, everywhere.

    Because computers are not very good at telling the difference between Sarah down the hall in Accounting and Karl in Russia, Multi-Factor Authentication is a method that can positively identify a computer user’s credentials by testing at least two factors of identification.

    The most common factors are:

    • Something you know (typically a username/password)
    • Something you have (a single device like a cell phone that is hard to reproduce)
    • Something you are (a biometric test, like a fingerprint)
    • Somewhere you are (your location, maybe identified by an IP address)
    • Something you do (a gesture or physical cadence)

    By combining two or more of these authentication factors, your systems can know for sure that your users are who they say they are, which allows you to provide them with levels of expanded access. Once you have a reliable system of authentication in place, you can integrate it with every system, providing what we call “Single Sign On.”

    1. Tightly control access to everything.

    There are two ways to assign permissions. The more convenient method is to assign a user full access to everything and then disable access to those parts of the system you might not want that user to have access to.

    While this seems like a sensible approach, it’s prone to failure – you only need to overlook one check box to allow a person more access than they should have. Even the best-intentioned user can make a mistake and delete something. Additionally, doing this for every user in the system compounds the number of mistakes that you can make when assigning permissions.

    A more complete approach is to combine an additive approach, called “default deny all” with the use of roles to grant similar permissions to a set of similar users. We refer to this as “role-based access control.” Simply create a group of users who share the same job and assign permissions to them one at a time until they have sufficient access to fulfill their role. And then stop. Work through every department in the company until everyone has the access they need.

    1. Assume that something is going to go wrong.

    Lots of things can go wrong, from system corruption to accidental deletion to ransomware attacks. Let’s just assume that they will. We can turn this from unmitigated disaster to inconvenient nuisance simply by ensuring that all of our systems and assets are backed up.

    Start with an inventory of internal systems, and work through finding a way to back them up to an offsite, secure location. Traditional methods have been to back up to an inexpensive medium like tape or removable cartridge. But today you can often use inexpensive online backup systems to accomplish the same task but without the requirement of physically handling backup media.

    Once done with internal/local systems, it’s useful to make sure that you back up as many of your online systems as possible. There are even services that can back up online mail/data services like Gmail or Office365 to another cloud provider’s storage facility, ensuring that human failures can be handled.

    Finally, no backup system is truly in place without a regular test of that system. Work with your team to do test restores of each of your systems on a regular schedule. This will provide you with the confidence to be sure that you can weather the storm if and when there’s a problem with your data or systems.

    Treat all of your users with a basic set of solid security principles and defend your systems with the assumption that they’re at risk no matter where your team is working from. You’ll be more comfortable that your assets are defended and secure, and your team will be able to get their job done with a system that is as simple as possible.


    Jonathan Coupal, CISSP, MCSE, is the Chief Technology Officer at ITX Corp., headquartered in Rochester, NY.  Jonathan specializes in security, cloud and hybrid hosting architecture, problem solving, and research. ​

    The post How To Design Secure Systems That Support Remote Teams appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    26 / Empowered Teams Build the Best Products https://itx.com/podcast/26-marty-cagan-discusses-empowered-teams/ Thu, 04 Jun 2020 15:57:27 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1099 The difference between the best product companies and the rest is pretty stark. And you don’t have to wait until the end of the fiscal quarter to figure which is which. Those lagging indicators will tell you only what happened. Past tense. On the other hand, if you’re more interested in what will happen, begin …

    The post 26 / Empowered Teams Build the Best Products appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    The difference between the best product companies and the rest is pretty stark. And you don’t have to wait until the end of the fiscal quarter to figure which is which. Those lagging indicators will tell you only what happened. Past tense. On the other hand, if you’re more interested in what will happen, begin by examining the level of empowerment within those companies. In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul sit down with Marty Cagan, product thought leader, mentor, and founder of the Silicon Valley Product Group (SVPG), to discuss the power of empowerment. The job to be done by empowered teams, Marty says, is to solve the hard problems. Sounds simple, but the implications are enormous.

    So take heed, product people. Whether you’re new to the field or a seasoned product veteran, there’s something for you in our no-holds-barred conversation with Marty Cagan. What to listen for:

    • Feature Teams, Product Teams, Delivery Teams (06:47). The differences between them and empowered teams are real, and significant.
    • Empowered Teams (08:33). Like start-ups, they need to figure out the products customers are willing to buy (value) and whether those products can sustain a business (viability).
    • Innovation (11:25). Solutions to hard problems that add value for our customers and our business.
    • Role of the Product Manager (13:13). They have to go figure out something worth building. So they have a bigger responsibility on an empowered team.
    • For New & Up-and-Coming Product Managers (16:32). What hiring managers are looking for is much more about how you think about solving problems, coming at it with a different perspective.
    • The Best Single Source of Innovation (21:56). Marty’s comments may surprise you…though maybe not.
    • Value of Developers (25:00). If you’re just using your developers to code, you’re only getting about half their value.

    The post 26 / Empowered Teams Build the Best Products appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    The difference between the best product companies and the rest is pretty stark. And you don’t have to wait until the end of the fiscal quarter to figure which is which. Those lagging indicators will tell you only what happened. Past tense. Marty Cagan explains how empowered teams mark the difference between the best product companies and the rest. Marty Cagan 1 1 26 26 26 / Empowered Teams Build the Best Products full false 41:50
    25 / 5 Ways That Trust Inspires Innovation https://itx.com/podcast/25-5-ways-that-trust-inspires-innovation/ Mon, 18 May 2020 12:59:28 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1067 Trust is the ultimate collaboration tool within teams. So says Stephen Covey, who joins Sean and Paul on this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast. In fact, trust is so vital that innovation cannot occur in its absence. Steven is the best-selling author of The Speed of Trust who has taught leadership around the world. …

    The post 25 / 5 Ways That Trust Inspires Innovation appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    Trust is the ultimate collaboration tool within teams. So says Stephen Covey, who joins Sean and Paul on this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast. In fact, trust is so vital that innovation cannot occur in its absence.

    Steven is the best-selling author of The Speed of Trust who has taught leadership around the world. Trust is the currency that inspires innovation, which Stephen sees as a “continuum of staying current and relevant with our product and service offerings.” It is the enabler, guiding teams from coordination to cooperation to collaboration. Innovation cannot be achieved by one person working alone. These are such simple statements, but important not to confuse simplicity with underlying truth. Creating a culture of trust takes time and intention.

    There are so many takeaways from our conversation with Stephen Covey; here are just a few –

    • Discover the 5 ways Trust inspires Innovation.
    • Product leaders need to speak the language of trust. We never used to talk this way, but today it’s what makes a leader credible.
    • Trust is foundational to all great product development. This is as true for our product’s users as it is for the team working on it.

    Listen in to learn even more.

    The post 25 / 5 Ways That Trust Inspires Innovation appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Trust is the ultimate collaboration tool within teams. So says Stephen Covey, who joins Sean and Paul on this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast. In fact, trust is so vital that innovation cannot occur in its absence. Stephen Covey explains how Trust inspires Innovation. To be successful, today's product leaders must learn to speak the language of trust. Stephen Covey 1 1 25 25 25 / 5 Ways That Trust Inspires Innovation full false 40:52
    24 / How to Overcome Barriers to Innovation https://itx.com/podcast/24-make-time-to-overcome-barriers-to-innovation/ Mon, 11 May 2020 16:17:36 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1080 Product people chase innovation. Sometimes we grow frustrated by how much time it takes “to get there” and how many barriers to innovation stand in our way. We’ve been led to believe that sprinting as fast as we can toward innovation will help us catch that lightning in a bottle, all the while failing to …

    The post 24 / How to Overcome Barriers to Innovation appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    Product people chase innovation. Sometimes we grow frustrated by how much time it takes “to get there” and how many barriers to innovation stand in our way. We’ve been led to believe that sprinting as fast as we can toward innovation will help us catch that lightning in a bottle, all the while failing to consider that innovation is a long game. Jake Knapp, author of Sprint, provides a refreshing perspective on today’s episode of the Product Momentum Podcast.

    Imagine the irony, says Jake, who joins Sean and Paul for a conversation about innovation. The goal of the design sprint is not to help us move faster – at least not in the short term. It’s to get us to slow down. To pause, even for just a few days, by breaking down barriers to innovation and making time for one thing that really matters.

    Here are three key takeaways from our conversation with Jake Knapp:

    • Be aware of the defaults in life that rob your attention, energy, and time.
    • Ask yourself: “what keeps me up at night?” And then listen closely for the answer.
    • Innovation is authentic and different and unique. It is the product of clarity in your mind and harmony in your heart.

    The post 24 / How to Overcome Barriers to Innovation appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Product people chase innovation. Sometimes we grow frustrated by how much time it takes “to get there” and how many barriers to innovation stand in our way. We’ve been led to believe that sprinting as fast as we can toward innovation will help us catch... Jake Knapp offers strategies for breaking down barriers to innovation and prioritizing what matters most in our work and personal lives. Jake Knapp 1 1 24 24 24 / How to Overcome Barriers to Innovation full false 48:53
    Vitals Update App Creates Hope Through Innovation https://itx.com/blog/vitals-update-app-creates-hope-through-innovation/ Thu, 07 May 2020 20:52:05 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1360 With the launch of the Vitals Update app, everyone at ITX Corp. is so incredibly proud to take a stand in the fight against novel coronavirus. We developed the Vitals Update software solution to enable healthcare professionals to monitor potential COVID-19 cases while patients report their symptoms from quarantine.

    The post Vitals Update App Creates Hope Through Innovation appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    High Tech Joins Healthcare in the Fight Against Coronavirus

    Authors: LeAnn Zumwalt and Peter Sullivan

    With the launch of the Vitals Update app, everyone at ITX Corp. is so incredibly proud to take a stand in the fight against novel coronavirus. We developed the Vitals Update software solution to enable healthcare professionals to monitor potential COVID-19 cases while patients report their symptoms from quarantine.

    What’s more, ITX is currently providing the life-saving tool completely free of charge to hospitals, urgent care, and healthcare facilities. For the past 3 weeks, our friends at Oklahoma State University Medical Center have been using the tool to manage the care of potential and confirmed COVID-19 patients.

    By bringing together high tech and healthcare, Vitals Update is delivering a more precise diagnosis earlier in the treatment cycle. The collaboration symbolizes the limitless power of innovation that will continue to move, touch, and inspire our ever-shrinking world.

    Vitals Update Is Saving Lives

    The app has already proven to be a game-changer. Not only is it helping are hospitals, clinics, and urgent care facilities run more safely and efficiently, it’s literally saving lives.

    The Vitals Update app is a simple tool that’s helping us monitor the vitals and symptoms of COVID persons under investigation and positive patients — ultimately allowing us to save lives.

    — Heidi Holmes, Chief Information Officer at OSU Medical Center

    No longer are medical staff required to spend time evaluating patients who fear they might be positive – but show no symptoms. Vitals Update is designed for hospitals to monitor patient symptoms while patients use the app to self-report their symptoms from home, safely and responsibly. Patients are directed to seek treatment when their symptoms cross a threshold pre-determined by medical personnel.

    In a way, patients who use the Vitals Update tool become the true “first responders.” They’re doing their part by reducing exposure, eliminating the unnecessary use of precious medical resources – time, personnel, and PPE among them – and allowing medical staff to devote themselves entirely to the treatment of those who truly need to visit a medical facility.

    ITX: A Culture of Innovation and Service

    For almost 25 years, our global team of 250+ designers, architects, engineers, and product specialists have earned a reputation as tenacious problem-solvers. We seek out our clients’ thorniest business challenges and leverage the power of technology to deliver innovative solutions.

    We also embrace service to others as a cornerstone of our culture. In fact, it’s times like this when we’re truly at our very best. Vitals Update combines our mission to solve complex problems with a desire to give back to our communities. It is no surprise, then, why everyone here is so proud of Vitals Update.

    Our CEO, Ralph Dandrea, believes that “healthcare professionals combating the disease on a daily basis deserve every solution the software world can provide them.”

    Team members from across the country and around the world contributed expertise to build the life-saving tool. Their work on Vitals Update was in addition to all their other client commitments.

    ITX’s technology teams are committed to providing these heroes with the necessary tools to make sure patients whose needs are most critical get the treatment they require.

    — Ralph Dandrea, ITX Corp. CEO

    That’s how we roll at ITX. But we also know that we can never stop rolling, and we never roll alone.

    Support from key partners – a grant from AWS Healthcare and medical insight from OSU Med – made the app possible and contributed to its success. But it’s cool to know that ITX design, development, and delivery expertise brought Vitals Update to life, and life to Vitals Update users.

    How To Use the Vitals Update App

    With a mobile device or desktop, patients enter their information directly into the app. The simple interface captures symptoms associated with the virus: temperature, presence of a dry cough, difficulty breathing, headaches, nausea, and fatigue. And because it’s used at home, patients avoid the risk of exposure that’s so prevalent in a hospital setting.

    For medical personnel, risk of exposure comes with the territory. So the stakes are even higher. Vitals Update reduces that risk by distinguishing who is likely positive for COVID-19 from those whose symptoms suggest a less-threatening cause. The app collects and stores patient information, displays it on a monitor, and alerts medical staff when a patient’s symptoms require action.

    Patients concerned about privacy need not be; the system integrates seamlessly with the hospital’s electronic health records and is HIPAA-compliant.

    Vitals Update Prepares Us for an Uncertain Future

    As a global population, we are now better prepared for the next pandemic with Vitals Update.

    With recent history as our guide, we’ve learned that physical distancing works and political posturing does not. We can see and appreciate the finite capacity of supply chains to provide the PPE we need. And while we stand in awe of our healthcare providers, we’re also coming to grips with their limited power to sustain life. This is the harshest reality of all.

    But just because these are today’s realities does not mean they are tomorrow’s as well.

    We are right to be concerned for the health of our world, but tools like Vitals Update give us reason to be hopeful. What’s more, Vitals Update offers exciting new evidence that the ongoing collaboration between high tech and healthcare is alive and well.

    A collaboration we can be confident knows no limit.  

    Learn more at Vitals Update by checking out ITX’s recent press release.

    The post Vitals Update App Creates Hope Through Innovation appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    ITX Product Momentum Podcast – Episode 23: The Product Leader’s Path to High Performance https://itx.com/blog/itx-product-momentum-podcast-episode-23-the-product-leaders-path-to-high-performance/ Fri, 01 May 2020 20:47:09 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1357 As a community, have we gotten better at product leadership? And if we haven’t, what’s it going to take to get there? The answer to both depends on who we ask and by what yardstick we use to measure our performance. For example, is there alignment between the big organizational vision and our individual product vision? Have we mastered the softer skills to bring together such a diverse group of people? And do our teams know how to think through complex problems and adapt when the ground shifts beneath them?
    In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul pose these questions to Richard Banfield, VP of Design Transformation at InVision. Richard’s natural curiosity provides some helpful takeaways:
    The notion of high performance is not new; powerful examples exist in every industry and sector. Find one that works for you and imitate it.
    Effective product people first need to be people people.
    Building a practice of high performance requires us to teach our teams how to work together, think together, and decide together.

    The post ITX Product Momentum Podcast – Episode 23: The Product Leader’s Path to High Performance appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    As a community, have we gotten better at product leadership? And if we haven’t, what’s it going to take to get there? The answer to both depends on who we ask and by what yardstick we use to measure our performance. For example, is there alignment between the big organizational vision and our individual product vision? Have we mastered the softer skills to bring together such diverse groups of people? And do our teams know how to think through complex problems and adapt when the ground shifts beneath them?

    In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul pose these questions to Richard Banfield, VP of Design Transformation at InVision. Richard’s natural curiosity provides some helpful takeaways:

    • The notion of high performance is not new; powerful examples exist in every industry and sector. Find one that works for you and imitate it.
    • Effective product people first need to be people people.
    • Building a practice of high performance requires us to teach our teams how to work together, think together, and decide together.

    Better Performance Through Team Alignment

    Product leaders have gotten better in part because we’ve come to understand the challenges we face, Richard says. Part of that is sharing the realization that we’re not the first to go down this road. High-performing teams happen in every industry and across sectors, and it’s been this way for a long time. Many powerful examples exist for us to model and pick out the things that work.

    Once we do, the secret to unleashing that power is figuring out a way to get people to work together, he adds.  

    We don’t know how to work together. It’s not that we don’t want to. We do. But we’re struggling to figure out what’s the best way to do that.

    — Richard Banfield,  VP of Digital Transformation at InVision

    “We don’t know how to work together,” Richard says. “It’s not that we don’t want to. But we’re struggling to figure out what’s the best way to do that. What models, what modalities, what communication, what leadership skills are appropriate in different organizations?”

    For product leaders and their teams, that’s a lot to absorb. Now more than ever, product leaders are being called on to get all the people in the room – architects, developers, designers, product managers – aligned around a common goal.

    For Product Leaders, Soft Skills Are the New Hard Skills

    “We need leaders who not only understand the hard skills – the technology and the systems,” Richard offers. “But even more so we need leaders who have the softer skills.

    “And maybe we should call ‘soft skills’ the ‘hard skills’ because as we’ve seen they really are difficult to master.”

    To be effective in the roles, product people first need to be “people people.” Just because we’ve got friends and colleagues and connections doesn’t mean that we know how to work with them, that we know how to collaborate.

    A special set of interpersonal skill is required. And it’s not merely the assimilation of team member ideas, intellect, and insight that elevates the challenge – though that’s clearly part of it.

    Maybe we should call ‘soft skills’ the ‘hard skills,’ because as we’ve seen they really are difficult to master.

    — Richard Banfield, VP of Digital Transformation at InVision

    The thornier prospect is in mediating people’s biases and backgrounds and providing a structured framework within which creativity is simultaneously harnessed and then set free; those are components to an advanced skill set that will bring about a different kind of understanding to what’s going on.

    The design sprint is a useful example of this skill set in action. It’s not the only one, Richard stresses, but it offers a popular framework where creativity and formality co-exist.

    “I like design sprints because you can learn a great deal in a very short space of time,” Richard adds. “You can practice them, you can experience them, and you can select from them the things that you care about and discard the things that are not relevant to you at that time.”

    The Decision Stack

    Richard points to co-author Martin Eriksson’s decision stack as an important tool for teams that struggle with where to invest time and other resources. High-performing teams embed the decision stack into their making daily decision-making process – a process that connects an organization’s vision all the way through strategy, objective, and principles and values.

    It helps to create true alignment – the sort of alignment that doesn’t occur by luck or happenstance. High-performing product teams achieve this point in their evolution because they’re actively and intentionally doing all the things that need to be done to make it happen, Richard says.

    “High-performing teams spend a disproportionate amount of time doing the decision stacking and the value work to find mutual agreement. Once that’s in place, they can always turn to that as an objective source of truth and say, “hey, I don’t agree with you on this thing, but we’ve got a higher cause. We have an objective thing that we can use as the tiebreaker, as the way to reach a decision.”

    High-performing product teams achieve this point in their evolution because they’re actively and intentionally doing all the things that need to be done to make it happen…and they spend a disproportionate amount of time doing the decision stacking and the value work to find mutual agreement.

    — Richard Banfield, VP of Digital Transformation at InVision

    Building a Practice of High Performance

    This objective truth is a big part of building a practice of high performance. A smattering of high-performance in an organization is positive start; but the key is to get to a point where you’ve institutionalized high performance into the organization’s very culture.

    Highly performant organizations like the ones Richard describes are the product of getting people to think through problems together.

    “When building a practice of high performance within an organization,” he adds, “the most important thing you can do is teach people how to work together, think together, and make really interesting choices and decisions every day.”

    The Essence of Product Leadership

    Have we gotten better as product leaders? It’s all about the eye of the beholder. But at least we now what yardstick we should use.

    “A lot depends how much you are able to distance yourself from the day-to-day work and take a bigger picture viewpoint,” Richard concludes. “If you’re in the weeds every day, it’s hard to believe that we’re making progress because those daily challenges haven’t necessarily gone away. But if you take a step back and look at the entire industry, you can see we’ve got better at a bunch of things.”

    Technology will continue to evolve. So the value delivered by product leaders who are capable of adapting to continuous change by thinking through problems, above all else, will be timeless. The essence of product leadership is creating an environment in which teams are equipped to sense and respond to complex new situations, and then learn from them.


    Related Product Momentum Podcasts:

    Developing Organizational Agility, with Jeff Gothelf.

    Evolution of the Product Manager Role, with Jake Sorofman.

    Simple Steps to Achieve High Performance, with Christina Wodtke.

    The post ITX Product Momentum Podcast – Episode 23: The Product Leader’s Path to High Performance appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Product Leadership and Sticky Notes https://itx.com/blog/product-leadership-and-sticky-notes/ Thu, 30 Apr 2020 12:35:45 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=24362 Our industry owes sticky notes a tribute.
    Sticky notes have become a prized item in the product leader toolbox. We use them to brainstorm, sort, prioritize, vote, organize, group and rearrange everything from thoughts, domains, and problems to ideas, concepts and user stories. It is fair to say we would be lost without them in the product development world today.
    We have learned a lot about how to use them and how not to use them along the way. Stick-note sorceresses, whiteboard wizards & flip-chart fortune tellers might improve their craft by learning from our misfortunes and innovations over the last couple of decades, so I am sharing them here.

    The post Product Leadership and Sticky Notes appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    A Two-Decades-Long Romance

    The Evolution of Our Sticky Notes

    Our industry owes sticky notes a tribute.

    Sticky notes have become a prized item in the product leader toolbox. We use them to brainstorm, sort, prioritize, vote, organize, group and rearrange everything from thoughts, domains, and problems to ideas, concepts and user stories. It is fair to say we would be lost without them in the product development world today.

    We have learned a lot about how to use them and how not to use them along the way. Stick-note sorceresses, whiteboard wizards & flip-chart fortune tellers might improve their craft by learning from our misfortunes and innovations over the last couple of decades, so I am sharing them here.

    At their best, sticky notes help us to create alignment for our visions, gain confidence in our planning and drive commitment from our teams. My team thrives or dies by their ability to elicit magic and wonder from teams of passionate business leaders with nothing more than sharpies, sticky notes, and the occasional flip-chart – which is, after all, nothing more than an oversized sticky note.

    They have a storied history. When Dr. Spencer Silver discovered the low tack, reusable adhesive, he had no idea how it would impact the world. He was searching for a stronger and more powerful adhesive and it did not solve the problem. But he knew he had discovered something of value. It took the better part of a decade, persistence and another man’s mind to unveil a problem Dr. Spencer’s discovery might solve. Art Fry, another engineer at 3M had an issue organizing hymns at his local church when he had his “Eureka Moment” which allowed the modern sticky note to find its way into the modern business landscape.

    What we have here, is not just a bookmark, it’s a whole new way to communicate.

    Art Fry

    The story of these two men embodies the power of the sticky note. They allow groups of divers’ minds, inspired by a shared goal, to better communicate, visualize, organize and prioritize their collective thoughts in real-time. Groups of people with shared goals can use sticky notes to get ideas out of our brains and into a visual format which is shareable in a way. This was difficult and time consuming to do before the invention of the sticky note. In essence:

    Better Than The Sum of Its Parts

    Sticky notes allow a group of smart people to operate on ideas together.

    Open Awareness” occurs when a group of people have a shared challenge, with shared goals and the motivation to solve it. The story of Dr. Silver and Art working together to derive the sticky note is a great example of what makes them such an impactful tool. Dr. Silver created awareness by sharing his discovery with his fellow engineers at 3M and serendipitously, one of them (soon afterward) had a problem the adhesive could solve and boom — they had the spark which became the sticky note. The hard problems of today will rarely be solved by a single person on demand. Solving them requires many diverse skillsets and such a broad knowledge base, teams of people are required to analyze, theorize and experiment their way into a successful solution. We need to engage smart groups of people, with open awareness, to find those sparks (both small and large) of innovation if we want to see impactful changes.

    The range of what we think and do is limited by what we fail to notice.

    Daniel Goleman

    In “On Dialog,” David Bohm discusses the power of participatory thought and the need for healthy dialog. We form teams because we know the potential of a team which is aligned, confident and committed to a shared result is much greater than the potential of its individual parts working independently.

    Thus, with an environment which fosters open awareness and participative thought, a motivated group of people with some sticky notes can help teams tap into their joint creativity, improve alignment and improve clarity through open and joint refinement and prioritization. Sticky notes can help you to extract and visualize not just the big ideas, but also the micro-thoughts and micro-innovations from people — in real time. Even more powerfully, in workshop environments, they help to tap into the diverse minds in the room when used properly, to assist in extracting the best ideas from everyone, even the most introverted of leaders. I have seen the best ideas in a workshop extracted from the most introverted people because we used sticky notes as a forcing function to extract ideas from the individuals in a workshop. They are a brilliant tool for this.

    Over the last two decades ago, sometimes randomly, my team and I have stumbled on some tricks with sticky notes to improve the alignment, confidence and commitment of teams in a workshop environment even more. We regularly gather diverse groups of highly intelligent business people, each with a unique perspective and all with broad differences in opinion about what to do next. Achieving alignment can be the hardest part of leading these workshops, but it is also their most valuable result.

    The late 1990’s and early 2000’s were an amazing time to be in the software development space — everything on the Internet was basically green-field. While invigorating, we had so many ideas and so many things to experiment on, it was also overwhelming and often frustrating. We had limited resources on all fronts, and it seemed as though time was our biggest enemy. Competitors would sometimes swoop in out of nowhere and do it faster and better. It was essential for us to derive a way to better steward our resources and prioritize our investments. We had to do it quickly.

    After a couple of years of struggling through leadership driven prioritization schemes and many failed attempts to make prioritization more objective, we were all frustrated.

    In one workshop, we tried writing all of our ideas on individual sticky notes so we could see them all in one place. We had previously determined a prioritization scheme for ideas by using a prioritized list of customer “concerns,” so we sorted them into categories based on those concerns. Seeing them in this way caused us to recognize the importance of “sizing” each initiative so we could effectively prioritize. This had us randomly assigning sizes to each idea and using what was effectively an Eisenhower matrix. Approximate size as a proxy for cost and risk is a necessary component for people to properly prioritize. The value side of the equation is where intuition plays a key role. Once sized, we serendipitously used the three conveniently separated panes of glass in the room to stick the idea laden sticky notes into boxes we then labelled “phases.”

    Early Attempt With Prioritization

    It allowed us to share all of our various concerns in real-time discussions around priorities and to give-and-take. The result was still imperfect, but it was the manifestation of our group intuition, it was powerful and it was, hands-down, better than anything we had done prior.

    It was an experience which caused us to unanimously agree to use this process for all future prioritization in our workshops. It rapidly became one of the foundations of our roadmap generation process for all of the software products the firm went on to build for the next two decades and is still in use today.

    Continuous Innovation

    Since our first experiment, we have been privileged to have run hundreds of workshops in lots of diverse industries. Our team has a philosophy and a tradition of experimenting with different tools and tactics in every single workshop, so it should come as no surprise we have iterated on our use of sticky notes many times.

    Here is a brief list of many of our practical learnings when using sticky for sizing and prioritization:

    1. Use a doubling scale. As products and features get more complex, as you know if you have been in this industry long enough, they often get exponentially more complex. We recognized this early and started by using the following sequence: 2, 4, 8, 16, 32 & 64 for sizes. The exponential scale has been easy to understand and implement and gives us a good separation of risk between ideas.

    Exponential Scale

    2. Separate actual effort and real timelines from the immediate discussion of priority. When teams get bogged down in actual timelines in the workshop environment, we have found it stifles the creative process and undermines our ability to achieve alignment. We need a green-field mindset to maximize creativity. We figured out, through experimentation, it is important to use relative sizing for your ideas or initiatives. At the beginning of the sizing exercise set the smallest item in the list to the smallest number in your scale and the largest item to the largest number in your scale and be clear this scale is intended to help create “relative” sizes where each feature is only sized relative to each other. This helps us to reduce the possibility the attendees will create expectations about sizes and timelines in their relation to real-world effort and keep us all focused on the problems at hand. We also recommend steering away from terms which refer to time and effort like “Time-boxing” or “Phases” as they inherently result in false expectations.

    Use Relative Sizing

    3. Use easy math. For prioritization, we add up the total number of points from all of the sticky notes and divide by the number of “buckets” we want to prioritize into. Adding up the 2’s and 64’s makes the math unnecessarily complex. In a very recent experiment, one of our innovation leads (Thank you Paul Gebel) came up with the idea of using a base of 5 for sizing and after a couple of experiments in live workshops, we all agreed this is another brilliant innovation which reduces the cognitive load, saves time and keeps the energy high at the end of our workshops. We initially tried using 5, 10, 15 & 20 to make the math simpler for those in the workshop. It was not, however, exponential and thus did not allow for enough of a spread between the smallest and the largest. The effect of this simple change, however, was the powerful reduction in the cognitive load on the attendees when having to separate priorities for initiatives. We have since decided to adopt 5, 10, 25 & 50 to stick with the exponential (approximately) nature of the scale to support the previous arguments. Unfortunately, it took us decades to figure this lesson out.

    Easier Math

    4. Use a completely different scale than your delivery teams. We discovered, for similar reasons as above, it was important to separate the sizing scale used with business people in a workshop environment from the scales used by the actual delivery teams. At some point in

    the history of agile, the industry began using the Fibonacci scale (0, 1, 1, 2, 3, 5, 13, 21, 34) for sizing of user stories. I think this is fine, as it has a similar effect and the story behind it is super cool and interesting. We did experiment with using the Fibonacci scale in the workshop environment, but quickly abandoned it because of the cognitive load problem when prioritizing. Using a separate scale allows the technology people to operate without fear of false expectations being set on the work they will have to accomplish. It also keeps the team focused on achieving alignment and commitment.

    5. Use sticky notes with enough space to complete an idea, but not too much space. One of the key value propositions of the sticky notes is their small size. They force you to be concise and thoughtful with your words. They help you to consider breaking bigger things down into smaller and more digestible things. Keeping them small also helps you to go faster.

    3×3 vs. 5×3: Find the Right Size

    The traditional three inch square version is simply too small for our workshop purposes. We have experimented with various sizes and found 5 inches x 3 inches to be optimal for our teams and workshops.

    6. Allow for categorization. We also found it useful to keep a standard part of the sticky clear so you can categorize them if you need to. We did this by leaving a space in the bottom right hand corner of the sticky available and called out. It can be a powerful tactic when you have lots and lots of ideas to work with to go through a rapid categorization process to help your group filter and refine. Having this space available is a powerful tool to enable this on the fly.

    A Space for Categorization

    7. Use color for size. Color can help you categorize and prioritize faster. We started with the traditional canary yellow sticky, but using different colors to represent different sizes reduces cognitive load and improves your ability to better take advantage of the room geography.

    The color allows larger groups to see what is going on even across the room in a more powerful way. While we experimented with using color for categorization, we determined color works better when you assign a different color to each size. It allows you to more quickly find ideas to fill gaps in your priority “buckets” and creates clarity around what is big and what is small. We started by just using different colored standard sticky notes. Through experimentation, we discovered it would save us some time to have the notes with pre-assigned colors and hand wrote the sizes on them.

    It Definitely Helped to Organize with Color Coding by Size

    About a decade ago, we had them pre-printed with our exponential scale on them using our brand colors.

    With the ITX Brand Colors

    8. Use stickers for the sizes. For years we struggled whenever we had to change a size on a sticky note. We would scribble it out our rewrite it to a new sticky note. It was time consuming. One of our Innovation leads at the time came up with the idea to use size based stickers. So we could quickly adjust the sizes without rewriting the entire sticky note. This turned out to be a huge innovation for us which saved time in the workshop by allowing us to quickly adjust the idea sizes. You just pop a new size sticker over the top of the old one!

    Circle Stickers to Match Our Stickies

    Beyond prioritization, there are lots of other ways to effectively leveraging sticky notes in workshops, idea days, design thinking or brainstorming sessions. Here are a few other ways in which we have found them to be useful:

    • Silent ideation: Ask a question and have everyone in the room answer it on sticky notes in silence. This will ensure everyone’s ideas, especially those quiet introverts are heard. There is a reason you brought a diverse group into the room. You can use this tool to make sure everyone’s opinions are heard, put on display and operated on.
    • Categorization: It might seem obvious, but sticky notes allow for rapid and simple organization. They allow for fluid and robust organization. It is important to make sure whomever is responsible for adjusting and moving the notes in a workshop does not “lead the witness” and allows everyone’s opinions about categorization to be heard.
    • Facilitating Open Awareness: When you start with the goals at the top of everyone’s minds during a workshop and frequently reference them, ideas will pop up in your leadership team’s mindset unexpected times often while we are solving somewhat. Sometimes those ideas will be good ideas and other times they may be distractions. Either way, they are often disruptive to whatever problems you are trying to solve. Have everyone keep a pad of notes handy and encourage them to carefully capture any ideas which arise on sticky notes for future sharing.
    • Empower participatory thought: More minds, focused on the same goal is generally better than less. In the acting and improv realm, rule number 1 is to use “Yes, and” because it allows you to acknowledge what came prior without dismissing it and add to it.
    • Managing a Parking Lot: To keep everyone focused, when any distractions come up, capture them on sticky notes in a simple parking lot for later discussion. This allows participants to release these ideas for later and focus on the task at hand without losing them.
    • Managing Group Dynamics: When there are team members who appear to be over influencing others or causing others to suppress ideas or thoughts, a good facilitator will leverage sticky notes to quiet the room and refocus on the goals at hand. This is especially useful if the facilitator feels as though some of the folks in the room are not participating enough. There is usually a reason they were selected to be in the room. It is the facilitator’s responsibility to know when to leverage silent ideation with the use of these tools.

    We have been executing parts of our workshops remotely using tools like Miro for online white-boarding for years and had naturally migrated all of these ideas into the online environment with ease. This has become even more important recently with the recent outbreak of the corona virus and our “shelter-in-place” work environment. If you do, however, actually have to use real sticky notes again in the future, you will find this bonus helpful.

    Bonus: How to improve their stickiness: If you peel a sticky note from the bottom corner (bad) or from the bottom up (the worst), as your intuition might direct, you will peel them so they curl up on the end and they will not stick well. If you gently start at the top on either side of the pad and peel them across as to ensure they don’t curl, you significantly enhance the contact surface area of Dr. Spencer Silver’s magic adhesive and your notes will stick much better on all surfaces.

    If you like this article, check out this article to give you a unique little tweak for your flip-charts.

    I hope this was helpful. If you have anything to add, I would be honored if you would share. If you experiment with any of these ideas, please let me know what worked and what didn’t. We are eager to learn more.

    References:

    Eisenhower Matrix: https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Time_management#The_Eisenhower_Method.

    “The range of what we think and do is limited by what we fail to notice.” — Daniel Goleman.

    Daniel Goleman’s book, Focus, discusses open awareness: https://www.amazon.com/Focus-Hidden-Excellence-Daniel-Goleman/dp/1408829118

    The story of Post-It Notes from 3M: https://www.post-it.com/3M/en_US/post-it/contact-us/about-us/.

    Making your sticky notes stick: I was shown this technique by a few consultants in my travels. The earliest reference I can find online to the technique in our industry is here: http://blog.whitehorses.nl/2013/05/17/how-to-stick-a-sticky-note/ There are also several

    YouTube videos showing how to do it properly. Here is one: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=jkWV-MAxsLE.

    There are many prioritization schemes out there which attempt to provide more rigor to the process. Here are a few:

    Sean Flaherty is Executive Vice President of Innovation at ITX, where he leads a passionate group of product specialists and technologists to solve client challenges. Developer of The Momentum Framework, Sean is also a prolific writer and award-winning speaker discussing the subjects of empathy, innovation, and leadership. 

    The post Product Leadership and Sticky Notes appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    23 / The Product Leader’s Path To High Performance https://itx.com/podcast/the-product-leaders-path-to-high-performance/ Tue, 28 Apr 2020 00:12:57 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1050 As a community, have we gotten better at product leadership? The answer depends on who we ask and what we use to measure performance. In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul pose the question to Richard Banfield, VP of Design Transformation at InVision. “A lot depends how much you are able to …

    The post 23 / The Product Leader’s Path To High Performance appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    As a community, have we gotten better at product leadership? The answer depends on who we ask and what we use to measure performance. In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul pose the question to Richard Banfield, VP of Design Transformation at InVision. “A lot depends how much you are able to distance yourself from the day-to-day work and take a bigger picture viewpoint,” he responds. “If you’re in the weeds every day, it’s hard to believe that we’re making progress because those daily challenges haven’t necessarily gone away. But if you take a step back and look at the entire industry, you can see we’ve got better at a bunch of things.” It can be easy to lose sight of this in the midst of the ever-increasing complexity in the tech space.

    How can product leaders ensure that they are getting better and keeping pace with the industry? Richard Banfield offers these tips in today’s episode:

    • Taking tips from other fields, like Formula One racing and high-performance athletes
    • Mastering the ‘hard skills’ – the soft skills that are difficult to master
    • Defining how you make decisions in a team environment with shared principles and values

    Read the full blog post here

    The post 23 / The Product Leader’s Path To High Performance appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    As a community, have we gotten better at product leadership? The answer depends on who we ask and what we use to measure performance. In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul pose the question to Richard Banfield, Richard Banfield describes what it takes for product people to become product leaders and guide teams to high performance. Richard Banfield 1 1 23 23 23 / The Product Leader's Path To High Performance full false 35:13
    How To Conduct Effective Virtual Design Sprints https://itx.com/blog/how-to-conduct-effective-virtual-design-sprints/ Tue, 21 Apr 2020 20:42:43 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1348 Coronavirus Adds New Opportunity For Distributed Design Teams To Go Virtual
    Even before coronavirus isolated us from our software product team members, UX designers at ITX Corp. created a guide for translating the design sprint process to a virtual environment. Our already-distributed workforce has enjoyed using the virtual design sprint for months. And they’re confident its value will outlive the pandemic that inspired its expanded use.

    The post How To Conduct Effective Virtual Design Sprints appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Authors: Elisa Goyeneche, Nicole Btesh, and William Wells — Interaction Designers (Ux / Ui)

    Coronavirus Adds New Opportunity For Distributed Design Teams To Go Virtual

    Even before coronavirus isolated us from our software product team members, UX designers at ITX Corp. created a guide for translating the design sprint process to a virtual environment. Our already-distributed workforce has enjoyed using the virtual design sprint for months. And they’re confident its value will outlive the pandemic that inspired its expanded use.

    Embracing Design Sprints at ITX

    Design sprints are a key strategic exercise at ITX. They’ve become a way of life since we adopted them as a best practice more than 5 years ago.

    The notion of compressing weeks or months of work into a handful of highly focused days is really appealing, and they have enabled us to truly  collaborate with our clients. Together, we get to generate, test, and validate ideas that address their critical business questions.[1]

    But even more than that, design sprints foster team alignment by reducing the number of feedback loops and conversations needed to uncover requirements. So, as you might expect, they’re a big time-saver. We’ve found that our frequent interactions among our clients and team members are so much more valuable and meaningful. Isn’t that really what it’s all about? 

    We love design sprints for all those reasons. They’re effective. They’re efficient. And they draw our teams closer together, and more aligned with our clients.

    Since we started conducting them, we’ve completed dozens. We’ve come face-to-face with some pretty gnarly challenges along the way and learned a great deal from our experiences, including:

    • The design sprint process puts us in the best position to be truly agile.
    • The process is just as impactful working remotely as when we’re in the same room.

    Virtual Sprints for a Remote Work Environment

    ITX’s global culture promotes distributed team collaboration; we have several physical offices across the U.S., but we also have a large number of team members and clients located all over the world. 

    We’re also a remote-first company, so the concept of working as distributed teams is part of our DNA. As many companies adapt to this new work environment, it’s standard operating procedure at ITX. And so it is with the virtual design sprint.

    Which is not to say the virtual design sprint is easy. It’s not. The process of bringing client and product teams together in shared collaboration is thrilling, but not without challenges:

    1. Design sprints are intense, and the mental drain is even greater when conducting them online.
    2. Videoconferencing – an absolute necessity for the virtual design sprint – requires high levels of focused engagement.
    3. Virtual design sprint facilitators and participants must be prepared to deal with (at least) two types of technological risk: the general technical difficulties associated with digital systems, tools, and connectivity; and the tech-savviness of their participants.

    In our experience conducting virtual design sprints, we’ve gathered considerable participant feedback and improved our process each time. What we’re sharing here is a process that works, a set of tools tailored specifically to the virtual environment, and some guidance that we hope you’ll find beneficial.

    Pro tip: Be sure to check out the References section at the end of this article. These resources helped to inform our approach and can be used along with our ITX Design Sprint Miro Board and ITX Facilitator Guide Trello Board. More on those later!

    Conducting a Virtual Design Sprint, ITX-style

    Manage the Agenda’s Space-Time Continuum

    Our design sprint agenda contains a mix of on- and off-line activities that are based on the 2.0 version of the Design Sprint. If the challenge you’re facing is particularly complex or ill-defined, we recommend splitting Day 1 into two parts. Adjust your Miro board as needed and don’t forget to lock everything once it’s ready!

    Account for Various Time Zones

    Let’s face it. Time zones can be confusing – especially when you throw in daylight savings time!

    We prepare each agenda mindful of our participants’ geographic locations. When balancing multiple time zones, make sure participants are aware of the time differences and their impacts on the schedule so that they can properly prepare for breaks, meals, etc.

    Adjust the sprint schedule by distributing blocks of exercises throughout the day. Insert breaks about every 90 minutes; all the better if they coincide with typical mealtimes. It can be tricky, but making the attempt demonstrates a level of respect for everyone.

    Meet the Day Before

    A pre-sprint get-together is a great opportunity to introduce the design sprint framework and familiarize everyone with the tools and technology – and with each other. Participants are directed to do some “offline homework” and arrive on sprint Day 1 prepared with examples for the lighting demos.

    The Virtual Design Sprint Tool Belt

    Zoom

    Zoom is among the most popular videoconference tools in the market today. Teams and Skype are other popular choices; but Zoom is our preferred tool for virtual design sprints. Remember to set a password for your room to ensure privacy. We also recommend using Zoom’s “waiting room” feature to monitor participant access to your meeting.

    Trello: Facilitator Resource

    To assist the facilitator, we created a Trello board that provides quick access to curated information about what to do before, during, and after the design sprint. It’s also intended to be a resource in case the exercises or the agenda needs to be adjusted.

    You can check out our Trello board here.

    Miro: Virtual Design Sprint Whiteboard

    We use Miro as our collaboration space; it has worked well for our distributed teams. Miro is a virtual whiteboard with drawing tools, sticky notes, and other really cool features. The best part is that it’s easy to learn.

    We began by merging a couple of pre-existing templates found during our research phase and then went through several rounds of modifications in order to come up with our unique virtual design sprint template. 

    How is our template different?

    We created one common space for all things design sprint. Not only does our board template contain the design sprint activities and exercises, it includes facilitator notes, “icebreakers,” a retrospective board, organized list of frames, and a resource section.

    By default, the Miro board template is set up for 6 participants and 1 decider, but it flexes easily to accommodate additional participants and modified activities.

    You can check out our Miro board here.

    Translating Design Sprint Activities to the Virtual Environment

    Noting, Voting, and Mapping

    At our Fall 2019 UX design conference, friend of ITX and keynote speaker Jake Knapp validated the importance of using the Note-n-Vote and Note-n-Map approaches. These are especially helpful for the more complex activities, like the map and the storyboard.

    For voting activities, we opted for circular shapes. Miro offers a built-in voting functionality, but it didn’t work well for us. In our opinion, the voting process could be improved. We wanted a visual representation of the votes and their various hierarchies and heatmaps.

    When we began running design sprints virtually, those guidelines helped tremendously in translating activities to the virtual environment. Why? Because the noting and voting take place individually. Quietly. Working remotely might even make these critical tasks easier to complete!

    User Test Flow

    The User Test Flow, when combined with the note-n-vote approach, makes it easy for participants to jump to the storyboard, since the whole team defines what to test during the previous activity before, and this serves as a baseline. And as a bonus, reduces the amount of people working on the activity at once, ensuring a more effective use of time.

    Our experience running different versions of sprints helped us realize that concept solution and sketching worked offline just as well as online. So we leave that decision to each facilitator’s discretion on how to conduct this activity.

    We recommend explaining why we are asking participants to take notes first, before shifting their mindset to a lateral thinking state (important for boosting creativity) and jumping to the final sketch. Explaining our rationale to participants was key to making sure they completed the process offline and created amazing sketches!

    Virtual Design Sprint Deliverables and Artifacts

    Finally, we created a recap document to present a digestible summary of the design sprint process and the major findings, which is especially useful for client stakeholders and C-level executives.

    This recap document, the test results, and the Miro board all serve as the final deliverables for the team/client.

    The Miro board retrospective helps the team and stakeholders achieve a common understanding of the test findings and to define next steps.

    Advice for the Virtual Design Sprint Team

    Go 100% Virtual

    Level the playing field. Require the facilitator and all participants to be virtual. In our experience, having half the team co-located and the other half remote doesn’t work well. Everyone needs to share the space equally.

    The facilitator should have a two-monitor setup; since they’re screen sharing for the majority of the session. For participants, it’s recommended.

    For more tips and insights from ITX’s remote-first team members.

    Prepare in Advance for Your Virtual Design Sprint

    Collecting relevant research in advance is key to properly framing the design sprint challenge. In our experience, providing participants with user research data adds welcome contextual background.

    Pro tip: We expedited our planning process by defining communication guidelines and creating a set of templates for emails and calendar invites that could be reused for each subsequent sprint.

    Assign a Co-pilot

    Running a virtual design sprint is no time to “go solo.” Facilitators need an extra set of hands. So make sure you find a trusted co-pilot to help with support tasks – e.g., bringing all elements forward in the board, scribing during activities, etc. The facilitator is then able to focus on her/his presentation. Your co-pilot should also be prepared to run the design sprint in case of technical difficulties, or if the facilitator becomes otherwise unavailable.

    Virtual Design Sprint Participant Guidelines

    Design sprint engagement is different in an online environment, so we offer a few recommendations:

    • Be present. Respect your fellow participants and your shared mission by remaining attentive to the discussion.
    • No (other) devices. We encourage participants to turn off notifications and avoid answering emails and using their phones. Being present and multi-tasking don’t mix.
    • Camera on! Non-verbal cues represent about 70% of all communication. Without video, we run the risk of missing a lot. So keep the camera rolling; if you need to step away for a short time, simply turn it off and mute your microphone.
    • Share ideas visually. Take full advantage of the Miro board to explain your thought process rather than risk misinterpretation.

    Closing Thoughts

    One of our biggest concerns was that by running design sprints virtually, we would lose the team bonding experience you get from in-person time together. We’re happy to report that the relationship-building component translated amazingly well into the virtual sessions. Our reinforcement of communication, icebreakers, and video helped us stay connected throughout the sprint.

    Each day, we did our best to remind the team of the value of the design sprint sessions. This way, everyone understood the ‘why’ behind each activity. Setting clear expectations, we learned, is a must for running successful sprints. 

    During our final-day wrap-up, some participants noted how much they loved the virtual design sprint experience; they realized that we achieved the same objective – helping clients solve gnarly business problems through technology – while greatly reducing the number of meetings and the span of time we needed to conduct them.

    At ITX, we’re proud to continue serving our clients in this way, and we’re excited to be able to share our virtual design sprint experience with you!


    References

    We started this initiative by researching everything we could get our hands on related to virtual design sprints. In our search, we came across amazing templates, blog posts, videos, and webinars that we credit below. Be sure to check them out too.

    Remote Design Sprint Template, by Miro.

    The Design Sprint Kit for Miro, by Tanya Junell. Nov. 6, 2019.

    The Ultime Guide to Remote Work, by Anna Savina. March 2020.

    The Definitive Guide to Facilitating Remote Workshops, by MURAL.

    The Design Sprint Note-n-Map, by Stephane Cruchon. May 2, 2018.

    User Test Flow, a Design Sprint 2.0  Storyboarding Hack from AJ&Smart.

    Sprint, by Jake Knapp, John Zeratsky, and Braden Kowitz.

    The Design Sprint 2.0: What is it and what does it look like? July 9, 2018. By Jonathan Courtney, AJ&Smart.

    Product Momentum Podcast, Validating Products Through Design Sprints, with guest Jonathan Courtney.


    [1] When you have a chance, be sure to read the original book Sprint, authored by Jake Knapp, John Zeratsky, and Braden Kowitz.

    The post How To Conduct Effective Virtual Design Sprints appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    A Guide to Roadmaps and Release Plans for Software Product Teams https://itx.com/blog/a-guide-to-roadmaps-and-release-plans-for-software-product-teams/ Thu, 16 Apr 2020 20:35:33 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1344 Let's talk about two very important artifacts that play a pivotal role within our product development teams: roadmaps and release plans.

    The post A Guide to Roadmaps and Release Plans for Software Product Teams appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Let’s talk about two very important artifacts that play a pivotal role within our product development teams: roadmaps and release plans. 

    The Product Roadmap

    The product roadmap is a key component of the Momentum Formula. If you’re a regular visitor to the ITX blog, you know that software teams can create momentum to support the products they build by inspiring the people within their ecosystem. The product roadmap is a key ingredient in generating that momentum.

    If you’re new to the ITX blog, here’s a simple graphic of the Momentum Formula that provides context as to how it works:

    As the formula shows, software product teams establish critical momentum for their digital products when they combine all the right ingredients. This momentum helps eliminate obstacles that get in the way of team and client goals. Care is required, though. Failure to include even one ingredient can result in unwanted outcomes.

    The product roadmap is intended to be dynamic and flexible as product and market needs shift and evolve. It reflects a high-level understanding of the product’s current status, what problems or objectives the team might be tackling next, and the longer-term opportunities to improve the product on the more distant horizon.

    User feedback, customer usage data, and market demands can change the product evolution periodically, and these same factors influence and inform your roadmap. Remember that your roadmap is designed to flex and adapt to changing circumstances. So it should change and evolve. Therefore, you should be revisiting it regularly and refining it as needed.

    To keep your teams motivated and continuously delivering value to your users, be sure to create bold commitments for both your short- and long-term roadmap.

    Frame roadmap checkpoints through the outcome-based lens of “what problems are we solving?” instead of the outputs-based perspective that leans toward “what features can we build?”

    Friend of ITX Jared Spool described that mindset shift during a December 2018 Product Momentum podcast. In defining innovation, Jared said, “We get to innovation not by generating additional features, necessarily, but by investing the time needed to study problems.”

    When you do that, your roadmap assumes exponentially greater value.

    A roadmap is a promise to solve problems, not a promise to build features.

    – Jared Spool, Maker of Awesomeness at Center Centre – UIE

    Your roadmap is not – and shall never be – your release plan. Your roadmap answers the why and the what of the equation. “What problems are we solving for our customers? Why have we chosen to solve those specific problems?”

    The Release Plan

    Your release plan is not – and shall never be – your roadmap.

    Your product’s release plan is a product of your roadmap; it answers the when and the how. “When can we forecast the solution to be delivered? How are we going to deliver?”

    The release plan supports your roadmap as a tactical artifact that forecasts when specific milestones will be met and, in most cases, when new features or feature-updates will be delivered to end users. It should also contain more granular information about what you’re delivering, including schedule dependencies, budget information, dates, and release versions.

    Based on your product vision and the strategy driving your efforts, your product development teams can begin to assemble around the product backlog and to outline how they will execute the scope of work to deliver on roadmap objectives.

    This includes, but is not limited to, leveraging exercises (such as epic and story mapping) within your scrum teams, assumption hunting, and dependency mapping.

    These exercises and discussion that follows bring clarity to the team early on. They are critical to ensuring that teams have the resources they require to deliver meaningful product solutions – truly impactful outcomes.

    Vision, a clear roadmap, and a release plan are great amplifiers when grounded in what they deliver for a core customer. Having a clear vision aligns people and focuses them on delivering value. The roadmap and release plan then take that vision and provide the steps for how we are moving toward the vision.

    – Fred Beer, President, ITX Corp.

    The timeline for your product release plan will likely be much shorter than for your product roadmap. It is largely driven by how often your organization chooses to deliver software iterations to end users.

    For some product teams, the cycle is yearly. But it’s not uncommon in software product development to see release schedules compressed down to every 1-4 months. Timelines vary depending on how frequently the team or organization makes changes to the roadmap and strategic vision.

    If an opportunity presents itself to differentiate their product due to shifting market conditions, product leaders may decide to change tack entirely – a decision that would result in considerable waste if your product’s release plan had locked in with a 12-month cycle.  

    The product roadmap and release plan are critical to building momentum and sustaining the team’s alignment, confidence, and predictability. They confirm your team’s readiness and competence. Revisit them regularly, and be sure not to silo them away, permitting access to only a small percentage of the team. These artifacts should be shared broadly and discussed with the entire team, because we’re all in this together.


    For more on roadmaps, check out the Product Momentum podcast and blog, featuring Rohini Pandhi, a member of the product management team at Square.

    The post A Guide to Roadmaps and Release Plans for Software Product Teams appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    The Nature of Competition https://itx.com/blog/the-nature-of-competition/ Wed, 08 Apr 2020 13:46:00 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=24229 Economists have argued for centuries about the nature of competition.
    According to Adam Smith in the 18th century, every individual “intends only his own gain.” Therefore, he exchanges what he produces with others who sufficiently value what he has to offer. One thing many economists agree on is the elusive nature of individual utility. What one man values, others often ignore. This simple fact is what drives human innovation and ingenuity.
    I was taught many things about competition and positioning in the course of earning my MBA, We read about Michael Porter’s five-forces model, Jerome McCarthy’s 4 P’s of Marketing, and a few other generic frameworks, which invariably describe the relationship between cost and target positioning. One model that stuck with me, as I have seen it used countless times in business, is a more traditional contextual model for determining the positioning of your product, your services and ultimately for your firm called “The Tradeoff Triangle.”

    The post The Nature of Competition appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    Experience is what creates sustainable competitive advantage. This is the nature of competition.

    The Experience Puzzle

    Economists have argued for centuries about the nature of competition.

    According to Adam Smith in the 18th century, every individual “intends only his own gain.” Therefore, he exchanges what he produces with others who sufficiently value what he has to offer. One thing many economists agree on is the elusive nature of individual utility. What one man values, others often ignore. This simple fact is what drives human innovation and ingenuity.

    I was taught many things about competition and positioning in the course of earning my MBA, We read about Michael Porter’s five-forces modelJerome McCarthy’s 4 P’s of Marketing, and a few other generic frameworks, which invariably describe the relationship between cost and target positioning. One model that stuck with me, as I have seen it used countless times in business, is a more traditional contextual model for determining the positioning of your product, your services and ultimately for your firm called “The Tradeoff Triangle.”

    In the software development and project management industries, it is called the “Iron Triangle,” and it is used to force conversations about constraints and compromises, which must be dealt with when running a project or a business. It may serve as an important contextual model in those spaces for having “in-the moment” discussions about tradeoffs. The three components of the triangle are speed or convenience, quality and price or cost. We are told we must purposefully choose two of the three to focus on because it is not possible to dominate in all three.

    I believe this line of thinking might have been useful in a previous age where slow, massive advertising led almost all sales. Today, however, much has changed. The competitive playing field has been leveled as Thomas Friedman’s work in “The World is Flat” unequivocally demonstrates. But we are in a complicated race. Let me explain.

    Speed or Convenience: In a world in which we are always connected and always on, immediate gratification is expected.

    If you are not capable of providing your product or service to your customer when and where they need you, your competitor will. If you are not fast and you are not convenient, you will not be slow and inconvenient for very long. You will be gone. Everyone has a cell phone in their pocket with instant access to all of your competitors. They don’t even have to press a button; they can just ask their device for it.

    Quality: In a world of hyper-connected social media, product or service quality is expected.

    People make decisions around crowd-sourced rating data every day and consumers are not afraid to speak out on social media for the world to hear when you drop the ball. Your customers can find each other and have conversations with a few simple clicks. There is nowhere to hide if your products and services suck. You simply have to be great at what you do to compete in the future.

    Price: In a world of near perfect information symmetry between marketers, consumers and competitors, pricing your product or service fairly is necessary.

    You can be more expensive than your competitors, but you must be able to rationalize the difference in the value you provide. While many services are being commoditized and you cannot get away with price gouging, we are not all on a race to zero. Chris Anderson in his book “Free: The future of a radical price,” the author talks a lot about the things being commoditized. But there is one thing that is difficult to sustainably commoditize.

    Sustainable competitive advantage comes from the way you make your customers feel.

    Experience is the final frontier of competition.

    Howard Shultz, Jeff Bezos, Steve Jobs and Walt Disney all built successful companies by focusing on their most important goal, which is to build advocates through memorable and thoughtful customer experiences.

    With Apple, for example, the performance specs on their hardware devices aren’t near what you can get built into other comparable devices at a similar price. When you buy their products, you are even locked into their closed ecosystem and are forced to use the ever changing and proprietary connection systems, which Apple puts into their products. However, Apple consistently provides the best in class experience for their consumers. It is an experience that competitors have found difficult to replicate even though they are fervently trying. From pre-sales to purchase, to opening the box, all the way to product upgrades when their product reaches the end of its useful life, Apple has mastered the consumer experience. Amazon also takes this customer focused and experience-based approach to everything they build because it works.

    Starbucks doesn’t sell a cup of coffee. They have mastered experience as a competitive differentiator and have created a tribe of consistently loyal customers with their service.

    Starbucks is not an advertiser; people think we are a great marketing company, but in fact we spend very little money on marketing and more money on training our people than advertising.

    Howard Schultz

    Think about the last time you saw a Starbucks advertisement. Starbucks makes sure every detail around your experience and every person in their firm is trained and hyper-focused on the customer experience.

    Experience is the differentiator with the most transformative and disruptive power.

    It explains why Starbucks, as well as Disney, Amazon and Apple are such powerful brands. The products these companies produce are not much better than their competition. They have, however, figured out how to compete on experience. As a result, their consumers are happy to pay a fair premium for the products and services those companies provide.

    The same is true of most successful companies today. Not only do the leaders obsess about their customers and the experience their firms produce for them, but they also create a culture that purposefully puts people at the center of everything they do and they work to create a great experience for all of them.

    So yes, quality, speed and price do matter. It also matters to some of your customers whether or not your product is available in fire-engine red or lilac lavender. Some will also decide to buy your product today based upon the available feature set. But at the end of the day, you create a sustainable competitive advantage when you focus on understanding your customers and the problems you are capable of solving for them in ways that will convert as many of them as possible into advocates. In the graph below, I show how staying as focused as possible on the core group of people whom you can turn into advocates is a key.

    Note, however, this won’t last forever.

    When you do this well, the puzzle pieces fit together for your community of core advocates, and you have your sustainable competitive advantage.

    To compete tomorrow, we need to think about how we are making our customers feel today.

    References and further reading:

    The World is Flat, by Thomas Friedman.

    Free: The future of a radical price, by Chris Anderson.

    An Inquiry into the Nature and Causes of the Wealth of Nations, by Adam Smith.

    Competitive Advantage, by Michael Porter.

    Basic Marketing, by Jr. William D. Perreault, Joseph P. Cannon, E. Jerome McCarthy.

    Howard Shultz Video.

    Jeff Bezos Video.

    Steve Jobs Video.

    Sean Flaherty is Executive Vice President of Innovation at ITX, where he leads a passionate group of product specialists and technologists to solve client challenges. Developer of The Momentum Framework, Sean is also a prolific writer and award-winning speaker discussing the subjects of empathy, innovation, and leadership. 

    The post The Nature of Competition appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    22 / Combining Empathy with Tech https://itx.com/podcast/product-leaders-must-combine-empathy-with-tech/ Tue, 07 Apr 2020 17:19:41 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=1022 For today’s product leaders, it’s not enough to have technical proficiency or apply the right techniques. These skills are necessary to be sure – vital even – but no longer sufficient by themselves. Effective product leaders deliver even more. To make and implement effective strategy decisions, product leaders need buy-in from key stakeholders. In a …

    The post 22 / Combining Empathy with Tech appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    For today’s product leaders, it’s not enough to have technical proficiency or apply the right techniques. These skills are necessary to be sure – vital even – but no longer sufficient by themselves. Effective product leaders deliver even more. To make and implement effective strategy decisions, product leaders need buy-in from key stakeholders. In a role that brings great responsibility but little direct authority, product managers need to build rapport throughout their ecosystem. With over 15 years of experience teaching product managers, Roman Pichler cites the importance of people skills in building rapport and becoming an effective leader.

    In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, product management expert and leadership consultant Roman Pichler joins Sean and Paul for a behind-the-scenes deep dive into the role the softer skills – specifically, empathy – play in effective software product management. Empathy, Roman says, means recognizing that the human aspect of our job is really at the core of it – no longer just a ‘nice to have.’ Empathy is the capacity we have to understand each other’s feelings and needs, perspectives, and interests, building rapport with those we work with every day. With rapport comes the trust required to influence the many people in our domain and involve them in delivering solutions for customers.

    The post 22 / Combining Empathy with Tech appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    For today’s product leaders, it’s not enough to have technical proficiency or apply the right techniques. These skills are necessary to be sure – vital even – but no longer sufficient by themselves. Effective product leaders deliver even more. Product development consultant Roman Pichler offers tips on empathy and other soft skills to every product leader's management toolkit. Roman Pichler 1 1 22 22 22 / Combining Empathy with Tech full false 38:34
    Measuring Loyalty https://itx.com/blog/measuring-loyalty/ Mon, 06 Apr 2020 19:32:47 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=23771 Authentic, self-determined loyalty only occurs after hard-earned, authentic trust is well established. This is true for interpersonal relationships just as it is for the relationships between customers and firms or between employees and firms. Trust is always a fundamental prerequisite to loyalty. If you are serious about earning sustainable and authentic loyalty, you must have established an authentic and thorough foundation of trust.

    Once you have gained trust, the next natural step in your customer relationships is loyalty. The “buy 12 cups of coffee and get the 13th cup free” type of loyalty behaviors some companies use to bribe through discounts or freebies are not sustainable. You have to keep giving the discounts to continue to get the behaviors. The type of blind loyalty demanded by drug warlords or mafia boss “leaders” who use fear, manipulation or outright bribery is generally feigned as well. When a more powerful, more frightening or higher paying leader comes along, loyalty is quickly questioned.

    The post Measuring Loyalty appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    Authentic, self-determined loyalty only occurs after hard-earned, authentic trust is well established. This is true for interpersonal relationships just as it is for the relationships between customers and firms or between employees and firms. Trust is always a fundamental prerequisite to loyalty. If you are serious about earning sustainable and authentic loyalty, you must have established an authentic and thorough foundation of trust.

    Once you have gained trust, the next natural step in your customer relationships is loyalty. The “buy 12 cups of coffee and get the 13th cup free” type of loyalty behaviors some companies use to bribe through discounts or freebies are not sustainable. You have to keep giving the discounts to continue to get the behaviors. The type of blind loyalty demanded by drug warlords or mafia boss “leaders” who use fear, manipulation or outright bribery is generally feigned as well. When a more powerful, more frightening or higher paying leader comes along, loyalty is quickly questioned.

    Self-determined loyalty, when it is purposefully earned, results in long-term, profitable relationships with customers is the type of loyalty that creates long-term value and resilience for a firm. It is much easier to sustain. Earning this type of loyalty takes time, positive intent and commitment. When you have earned it, your customers don’t consider your competition for anything they know is in your wheelhouse. If they have a need and you might be able to solve it, you are always their first call. Loyalty represents a key point in the relationship, as they have determined for themselves to engage your firm for your products or services in the future. So how do we measure loyalty?

    Similar to trust, we have to start by creating a shared definition of loyalty for our organization, or our department within our firm, to make it measurable. Since many of us have a deep emotional connection to the word loyalty, we have to abstract our personal definitions from how we use it for our business. Loyalty is a powerful and important word in our language and yet, many businesses have superficial and sometimes deceptive ways of measuring it. A common definition I have seen companies use is “recurring purchases,” but this can be dangerous. While it is important to understand the financial transactions, the profitability and the lifetime value of your customers, recurring purchases do not mean your customers have self-determined and sustainable loyalty.

    In fact, they may feel trapped. They may be buying from you because it is too difficult to switch, and you have become “the devil they know.” If this is the case, you have no opportunity for triggering advocacy. They may, unfortunately, be talking negatively about you when you are not around.

    A simple and objective definition I found in a Merriam Webster dictionary is: “The quality or state of being true and constant in support of someone or something.”

    How might we measure if someone is “true and constant” in an objective way?

    The closest proxy we have for “true and constant” is regular engagement. If we can determine how to objectively measure engagement behaviors with a modicum of consistency, we will be well on our way to a powerful metric. When these specific behaviors occur at a regular and recurring interval, is reasonable to assume we have earned and are sustaining loyalty as shown in the contextual model below:

    I’ve seen many companies get lazy and ignore loyal customers because they are only paying attention to the recurring purchases. Without focusing on actual engagement with these customers, we are missing important cues about the relationship. It is tempting to focus on growth alone and focus merely on new sales or those squeaky-wheel customers. Often, the quiet, loyal customers just chug along buying products and service without complaining and they end up ignored. If you don’t have a pulse on how engaged your customers are with your firm, you are missing a powerful and important metric. Let’s look at how loyalty occurs. Similar to trust, loyalty occurs incrementally in a step function. When experiences occur, if they are consistent and positive, they move the customer upward on the graph over time, as shown above. We all start at the bottom left corner of the chart with little or no loyalty until a series of things happen, experiences that move us either up or down the trust continuum. When negative experiences occur, loyalty can definitely decrease. Early in the relationship, this can be detrimental. The more consistent we have been over time, the less impact one negative experience will have. Daniel Kahneman’s work in behavioral economics demonstrates this powerfully. When negative things happen, we tend to “value” them more strongly than those that are positive. This is called a negativity bias.

    Now, imagine a line across the top of the chart called the “Loyalty Threshold.” Once we establish a clear measure for when our customer is regularly exhibiting loyalty behaviors, this line would represent this point in the relationship. Our goal is to reduce the amount of time it takes to get our customers to cross the “Loyalty Threshold.”

    Loyalty generally takes much longer to earn than trust. But here is the beautiful thing about loyalty, the more you build, the more your customers have invested in learning how to use your products or services, the relationships they have with your team and in learning how to navigate your systems and processes. You are the incumbent. Every time they engage with you, they invest in learning your platform and becoming experts. They literally become “vested” in your solution.

    The Math: If you were to actually create a loyalty function for your firm expressed in engagements over time, it might look something like this:

    Calculus is the mathematical study of continuous change. It can be used to graphically show us the relationship between different factors. If we were to take the integral of this function, we would have a clean mathematical representation of how much investment they have made in your product or service in terms of time.

    With each interaction and engagement, they learn who to talk to, how to use your product or service and they get more comfortable, more familiar and more capable. They build relationships with the people in your ecosystem. The integral represents the area under the curve.

    When I run workshops, I use a simple thought experiment to explain how this works: “Most of us use a word processor every day to work on documents. How likely would you be to switch to a new word processor? Even if it were free?” The answer is consistently — “I’m not switching.” When I ask why, it is because they are familiar with the product and they know where things are and how to use it. They have people to ask if they get stuck. The investment required to learn a new word processor would not result in enough gains in those other forms of equity.

    When you measure recurring purchase to mean ‘Loyalty’ you fool yourself. It is a lazy form of leadership.


    Experiences give you the ability to cause your customers to feel more cared for and to meet more of their higher level needs.

    Loyalty often happens without your customers actively realizing it is happening. It is a result of valuable tactics you deploy to solve their problems and build relationships. Customers don’t usually set out to become loyal to your firm. You have to earn it from them over time.

    The next step in the loyalty ladder is to trigger the first advocacy event.


    Sean Flaherty is Executive Vice President of Innovation at ITX, where he leads a passionate group of product specialists and technologists to solve complex client challenges. Developer of The Momentum Framework, Sean is also a prolific writer and award-winning speaker discussing the subjects of empathy, innovation, and leadership. 

    The post Measuring Loyalty appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    ITX Corp. Named 2020 Top Rochester Workplace https://itx.com/news/itx-corp-named-2020-top-rochester-workplace/ Wed, 01 Apr 2020 20:31:30 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1341 Employees Cite ITX Culture, Values, Service to Community
    (April 1, 2020) Rochester, N.Y. — ITX Corp., a leading producer of custom software products, announced today its selection as one of the Rochester region’s top workplaces. Selections for the prestigious award are based on a scientific survey of company employees who rate their workplace culture. For the 7th year, the survey was administered through a partnership between the Rochester Democrat & Chronicle and Philadelphia-based Energage.

    The post ITX Corp. Named 2020 Top Rochester Workplace appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Employees Cite ITX Culture, Values, Service to Community

    (April 1, 2020) Rochester, N.Y.ITX Corp., a leading producer of custom software products, announced today its selection as one of the Rochester region’s top workplaces. Selections for the prestigious award are based on a scientific survey of company employees who rate their workplace culture.  For the 7th year, the survey was administered through a partnership between the Rochester Democrat & Chronicle and Philadelphia-based Energage.

    “I am so grateful for our wonderfully talented team, who have chosen ITX as their professional home,” said CEO Ralph Dandrea. “Through their extraordinary capability and commitment, ITX is well-positioned to contribute to our clients’ success. I started ITX to be a problem-solving organization on behalf our clients. As we grow and expand, we continue to pursue complex problems to solve that will help our clients improve the lives of their customers. That’s what lies at the core of ITX culture, and it is only through our people that this is possible.”

    ITX culture is based on the company’s 5 Values – Integrity, Innovation, Elegance, Mastery, and Success. Employees live and celebrate these values daily both within its global employee workforce and in the U.S. and international communities where ITX has a presence. Service to others is a hallmark of the company’s values-driven culture, as evidenced by its decades of support to Bivona Child Advocacy Center, National Center for Missing and Exploited Children, and many others.

    ITX employees also embrace the company’s remote first approach to work-life balance. Remote first reflects management’s philosophy to seek, hire, and retain the finest talent available – regardless of address, time zone, or hemisphere.

    “Our remote-first philosophy gives ITX employees the flexibility they need to be successful,” Dandrea added. “Each member of our team has contributed to our continued growth and expansion. We’re extremely proud of our team here, and we’re thrilled that they have voted ITX as a Top Workplace in Rochester.”


    About the Top Workplace Survey. The Democrat & Chronicle invited 1,300 Rochester-area employers (with at least 35 employees in the region) to participate in the survey, which was administered by Energage. This year, a record 100 employers representing 16,288 employees agreed to participate. Of those employees who received questionnaires, 10,002 submitted responses to 24 survey questions that addressed 7 issues relating to workplace culture: Alignment, Coaching, Connection, Engagement, Leadership, Performance, and “the Basics” (i.e., salary & benefits, and professional development, etc.).

    About ITX Corp. ITX delivers software solutions to challenging business problems so that its clients can move, touch, and inspire the world. Since 1997, ITX and its more than 250 technology designers, product specialists, architects, and engineers have powered the development of customized software, digital tools, and web-based solutions worthy of the most treasured brands. Headquartered in Rochester, N.Y., ITX boasts a truly global presence with team members located across the United States, throughout the Americas, and around the world.
     

    Contact: Kyle Psaty, Vice President of Marketing at ITX — 585-899-4895

    The post ITX Corp. Named 2020 Top Rochester Workplace appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Business Leaders Must Navigate Digital Transformation To Survive https://itx.com/blog/business-leaders-must-navigate-digital-transformation-to-survive/ Wed, 01 Apr 2020 20:29:11 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1338 Coronavirus Signals Need for Rapid, Lasting Societal Change
    As I write this, I am closing out week three of the coronavirus lockdown across New York State. We’re all focused on the immediate impacts, and rightly so. But business leaders can ill afford to overlook the more profound, longer-lasting systemic changes.
    Among them is our society’s readiness to accept, let alone embrace, the speed of technological evolution. Throughout human history, our resistance to change has delayed technological expansion and adoption.

    The post Business Leaders Must Navigate Digital Transformation To Survive appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Coronavirus Signals Need for Rapid, Lasting Societal Change

    As I write this, I am closing out week three of the coronavirus lockdown across New York State. We’re all focused on the immediate impacts, and rightly so. But business leaders can ill afford to overlook the more profound, longer-lasting systemic changes.

    Among them is our society’s readiness to accept, let alone embrace, the speed of technological evolution. Throughout human history, our resistance to change has delayed technological expansion and adoption.

    Resistance To Change Slows Digital Transformation

    In the mid-20th century, as consumers of media shifted their attention from print to television, advertisements evolved slowly. It wasn’t a question of technical capability; early television ads were little more than magazine pages moved to the small screen. Audiences simply had not yet adapted to the new medium.

    Similarly, at the dawn of the internet age, early websites were mostly text and fixed images with infrequent instances of blue underlined text. It took years for consumers to warm to the notion of the World Wide Web – a shift from “print on screen” to truly interactive web solutions.

    Imagine the mind-bending shift required by even early adopters as they grappled with apps no longer residing on their computers, but living in the cloud.

    My own kids stare in amazement at pictures of rotary phones. As dials gave way to keypads, and cordless phones later freed us from our wired tether, the jump to cellular phones seemed much more manageable. Had Steve Jobs introduced the iPhone in 1990 (instead of nearly 20 years later!), would it have succeeded? Was our society capable of the seismic conceptual shift? I don’t believe we were. To be just the right product, a product must arrive at just the right time.

    To be just the right product, a product must arrive at just the right time.

    — Fred Beer, President, ITX Corp.

    When the chasm of digital transformation is too wide, our leap falls short. Societal behaviors haven’t kept pace with technology. Many felt the Newton – a series of digital PDAs (personal digital assistants) developed by Apple Computer, Inc. in the late-1980s and ’90s – was “ahead of its time.”

    The bottom line is we weren’t ready to have a computer in our pockets. We needed iterations of cell phones, PalmPilots, iPods, and other personal device technologies to evolve before our attitudes and behaviors were truly ready for the smart phone.

    Business Leaders Must Embrace Digital Transformation

    The same thing is happening to the digitalization of our businesses. Business leaders’ resistance to change – often masked as comfort in the familiar or fear of the unknown – is the biggest obstacle to digital transformation, which can occur only as fast as our behaviors will accommodate.  

    As we’ve seen over the past several weeks, an ominous external force has changed the rules of the game. The coronavirus pandemic and subsequent lockdown have abruptly forced every facet of society to figure out how to use digital technologies: to connect with loved ones, to conduct meetings, to order food and groceries, to attend school, and to live life in the absence of personal interaction.

    Business leaders’ resistance to change – often masked as comfort in the familiar or fear of the unknown – is the biggest obstacle to digital transformation, which can occur only as fast as our behaviors will accommodate.

    — Fred Beer, President, ITX Corp.

    Applying yesterday’s rules, society would have plodded through adoption with all deliberate speed. Coronavirus has dramatically cut our response time, accelerating digital transformation from years to weeks and days.  

    Can Society Keep Pace With Change?

    Many have said that the coronavirus pandemic is another “9/11 moment,” a sudden realization that our lives, our businesses, and our society will never be the same. Under our current lockdown, we remain sheltered in place, isolated from those we love and those with whom we conduct business.

    We will soon learn to at least tolerate working from home. Out of necessity, we will leverage digital transformation to connect virtually to our grocery stores and other retail businesses. Years of practice shifting from physical to virtual retailers may have prepared us for this new world order.

    Companies that respond proactively with creative vision will find their way through this; those that don’t will be gone. Business leaders who cannot navigate the digital transformation divide will have their companies devoured over the next 12-18 months. Many will blame their demise on coronavirus, failing to see that the pandemic is merely the catalyst that accelerated the move to digitalization. I think history will prove many to be right on this point.

    Organizations that rely on in-person service as their key differentiator are particularly vulnerable. In retail, as shoppers avoid brick and mortar stores and place their orders online, their interpersonal customer support becomes less impactful.

    Many will blame their demise on coronavirus, failing to see that the pandemic is merely the catalyst that accelerated the move to digitalization. I think history will prove many to be right on this point.

    — Fred Beer, President, ITX Corp.

    Managing Business Relationships in a Virtual World

    A local retail chain partnered a while ago with a third party to manage home deliveries. As I see it, the chain runs the risk of ceding the customer relationship aspect of their business – which has long been the strength behind their brand – relegating their role to a warehouse and distribution hub. Much has yet to play out, of course. But it is life-changing events like coronavirus, and 9/11 before it, that impact our lives and our businesses in truly significant ways.

    Many other examples exist.

    • Professional services industries – e.g., banking, insurance, legal and financial services, etc. – are conducted with real people in local branches with whom we establish trusting relationships.
    • In education, what role is distance learning now playing from K-12 to post-graduate studies – including professional development?
    • In software product development, will videoconferenced meetings continue deliver the short-term effectiveness we’ve enjoyed to-date?
    • Will business leaders in these industries adapt quickly enough to survive the digital transformation of a post-corona world? If they do, what will our new world look like?

    Far more questions than answers at this point; the truth is that in a virtual world our agents, advisors, and customers can be anywhere – across town, across the country, or beyond. As client-advisor relationships adapt, we will likely see a change in how advisors work among themselves.

    Have a car insurance question? Your agent can just as easily confer with her partner in another city as down the hallway to help answer your question. Clients receive the benefit of the personal connection without bearing the costs of their rep’s distributed staff.

    Digital transformation will open markets for buying and selling regardless of location, issue, or circumstance. Soon, if not already, physical geography will no longer serve as a barrier to competition or consumption.

    In what ways do you see this rapid move to digital transformation impacting your business? Are you ready? What are you doing today to address this rapid change?

    Join the conversation.

    The post Business Leaders Must Navigate Digital Transformation To Survive appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Software Product Development Best Practices In The Age of Social Distancing https://itx.com/blog/software-product-development-best-practices-in-the-age-of-social-distancing/ Wed, 01 Apr 2020 20:26:46 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1329 ITX Corp.’s Remote-First Culture Eases Transition To A New Normal
    “ITX is a remote-first workplace,” marked the first words uttered by my HR contact during our initial screening interview. If they’re going to start the conversation with that, I thought, it must be pretty important.
    Over that past couple years – but especially the past couple weeks – I’ve learned exactly how important these words truly are.

    The post Software Product Development Best Practices In The Age of Social Distancing appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    ITX Corp.’s Remote-First Culture Eases Transition To A New Normal

    “ITX is a remote-first workplace,” marked the first words uttered by my HR contact during our initial screening interview. If they’re going to start the conversation with that, I thought, it must be pretty important.

    Over that past couple years – but especially the past couple weeks – I’ve learned exactly how important these words truly are.

    ITX’s remote first approach reflects a management philosophy that emphasizes the seeking, hiring, and retaining the finest talent available – regardless of address, time zone, or hemisphere.

    During these initial days of coronavirus-inspired social distancing, remote first means a lot more than merely working from home in sweatpants and slippers. What may have started as a concept to support employee work-life balance has transformed into a genuine competitive business advantage. Companies ill prepared to adapt in the short term will fall behind quickly and confront a rapidly closing window of opportunity to recover.

    Most business leaders have never managed an entirely distributed workforce. Now they find themselves running their business with almost no face-to-face interaction.

    While other organizations find themselves wrestling with their new normal, working remotely through distributed teams is quite literally ITX’s standard operating procedure.

    Throughout our 23-year history, ITX software product development teams continue to refine the tools, techniques, and best practices that make us highly collaborative, truly consultative, technology partners with and on behalf of our clients.

    We’ve gathered a few of those insights here from key leaders; it is our hope that by sharing what we have learned over the past 2+ decades will help ease your organization’s transition to a new normal.

    REMOTE WORK ADVICE FOR SENIOR LEADERS

    Stay Connected With Your Product Teams

    Make it a priority to engage regularly with your teams – as groups and as individuals. Prepare for the long haul. Practice empathy by listening well to your team members’ concerns. This is always important, but even more so during unsettling times when circumstances require us to work remotely.

    Videoconferencing is the best alternative to in-person interaction; it lets you capture important non-verbal cues that make up the majority of our communication.

    Develop a “ways of working” document that outlines team roles and responsibilities, methods of interaction, policies and procedures, and decision-making protocols. It’s not too late to create this artifact, and gathering inputs from your team members will help them feel like they’re part of the solution.

    — Fred Beer, President, ITX Corp.

    Maintain Alignment Between Goals, Mission, Vision

    It’s easy to underestimate the frequency and value of water cooler conversations – i.e., the “non-meeting meetings” we often use to set context and gain alignment. Leaders of distributed product teams should invest the time to maintain “line of sight” that connects individual and team goals to the organization’s overall mission – its reason for existence – and your vision of the future.

    Team leaders and their teams should record their goals in a document that everyone can access. At ITX, we create shared folders to store important documents. We use Trello to keep track of team and individual assignments and project statuses.

    — Fred Beer, President, ITX Corp.

    REMOTE WORK ADVICE FOR SOFTWARE ARCHITECTS

    The New Software Product Development Paradigm

    Software architects share a common misconception that crafting infrastructure solutions requires you to have people physically in a room, bouncing ideas off of one another, and sketching diagrams on a whiteboard. Not so!

    At ITX, our software architects span the globe, collaborating virtually in real time using tools like Miro, Zoom, Teams, SharePoint, and so many others. Information architecture lays the groundwork for the amazing design and development that follow. Our ability to connect with exceptionally talented team members – from anywhere in the world – and collaborate in real time is truly the new software product development paradigm.

    — Michael Lesher, Director of Architecture, ITX Corp.

    REMOTE WORK ADVICE FOR PRODUCT MANAGEMENT TEAMS

    Don’t Just Show Up; Be Present

    When you’re unaccustomed to working remotely, you quickly find yourself confronted by even more distractions than in your co-located office workspace. Roommates, kids, pets, and dirty dishes suddenly command your attention. Your upcoming Zoom meeting, you may hope, will provide an opportunity to mute your microphone and shut down video. Avoid falling into this trap. Don’t log in just so you can tune out.

    Be present. Respect your colleagues and your shared mission by remaining attentive to the discussion. If that means establishing remote workplace norms – e.g., work hours, accessibility, and channels of communication – so be it. Eliminate other distractions when you need to be “at work.”

    — Jon Gacioch, Director of Product Innovation, ITX Corp.

    Reinforce a “Team” Mentality

    Abruptly switching to a mandatory remote work situation can make even the most adaptable team members feel like they’re alone on an island. The absence of the “water cooler” conversation can lead to feelings of isolation, confusion, and depression. Business leaders need to engage with their teams as informally and frequently as they can. Just a quick check in with a supportive, “anything I can help you with today?” might be all it takes. The goal is to reinforce that just because we’re apart, we’re still a vibrant, cohesive team.

    — Jon Gacioch, Director of Product Innovation, ITX Corp.

    Communication: The Difference Between Mediocre and Exceptional

    Consistent communication that drives clarity is a crucial success factor for every remote team. It entails the use of multiple channels. Teams, Slack, Skype, and FaceTime give you the flexibility you need to reach team members in a way that’s most comfortable for them. Never assume you know what your team knows. Be diligent about verifying alignment across the team. It’s hard work to create clear, concise, and consistent communications through multiple channels. But for remote work teams, it’s often the difference between mediocre and exceptional.

    – Diana Casale, Director of Product Innovation, ITX Corp.

    REMOTE WORK ADVICE FOR SOFTWARE DEVELOPMENT TEAMS

    Retro’s Build Camaraderie

    A big part of my role is to build and sustain a cohesive team. It’s hard enough in a shared workspace, but even more challenging when everyone is remote. We still need to find ways to get to know each other better, to socialize, and to bring more of ourselves into the team. This is especially important when on-boarding new members to our delivery teams. Icebreakers at the start of a Retrospective give the team a chance to answer fun questions, post pictures of their kids or pets, or share our “bucket list” items. Our work lives are only a part of who each of us is. When we share a little bit more of ourselves, we lower barriers and invite trust – the hallmark of cohesive teams.

    — Christine Rosica, Delivery Director, ITX Corp.

    Chat Tools Bridge the Virtual Gap

    For organizations unaccustomed to working remotely, chat tools like Slack, Skype, or MS Teams are essential. These tools provide “a bridge” between e-mail and video that allow people to collaborate in real time just like they would in their co-located workspace. Concerned about frequent interruptions? These digital tools come with settings to block outside chatter when you’re on calls or otherwise trying to focus.

    — Lisa Daly Lehman, Delivery Manager, ITX Corp.

    Trust Through Teambuilding

    In a remote-first environment, trust-building within teams is vital. Videoconferencing plays a key role, especially in 1:1 discussions or high-stakes situations, allowing for face time and reading body language. This aligns with the dynamic nature of webcam chatrooms around the world, emphasizing the importance of visual connections in fostering meaningful interactions. Social distance makes trust-building a potentially more challenging problem to solve. Videoconferencing is such an important ingredient here that its role cannot be over-stated. Use video whenever possible. Just be aware of the potentially wide variation in your team members’ bandwidth and connectivity. If video falters, abandon it and keep the audio. In 1:1’s, video is even more important. During high-stakes discussions – e.g., performance issues, client conversations over scope or schedule changes – face time is critical and gives both parties the benefit of reading body language and not just hearing the words.

    — Lisa Young, Vice President of Delivery, ITX Corp.

    REMOTE WORK ADVICE FOR SYSTEMS ADMINISTRATORS

    Data Security, Preservation Remain Paramount

    Whether in your co-located workspace or in a remote environment, back up your work product! Systems in place at the office are not always available in a remote work environment. Take the necessary steps to preserve your data. This is of paramount importance to your team’s success.

    If you’re using a shared computer while working remotely, prevent “cross-contamination” by creating a new account on the computer that is limited to only your work.

    It’s Called ‘Help’Desk for Good Reason

    Your organization’s HelpDesk is your friend! Scammers and hackers take advantage of the vulnerable. Check in with your HelpDesk / IT department if you receive a weird or unfamiliar email or other message. Maintaining data and system security in our virtual world are critical.

    Stuff happens, right? When you call it a day, prevent any accidental mishaps by securing your device or logging off your work account. Kids can do the darndest things!

    — Jonathan Coupal, CTO/CISO, ITX Corp.

    REMOTE WORK ADVICE FOR PRODUCTION SUPPORT

    Optimize the Audio-Visual Experience

    Virtual teams have been around for years. Even though cool new technologies have adapted to meet our rapidly evolving needs, a couple things still ring true: headsets deliver better audio than the speakers/microphones attached to your device. Plus, headsets help block out distractions – e.g., dogs barking, appliances humming, and that annoying feedback you get when your software misses on echo cancellation.

    As for video, be sure your face is lit from the front (using extra lighting if necessary), and eliminate backlighting yourself. Close the blinds and dim the lights behind you. If that doesn’t work, orient your workspace so that you are facing the light source/window.

    – Jonathan Coupal, CTO/CISO, ITX Corp.

    Preparation & Practice Make Perfect

    When running virtual meetings – perhaps for the first time – do a couple “dry runs” to boost your comfort level with the system. Be sure to log in well before the meeting is scheduled to begin. And if you’re simply attending the virtual meeting, be patient with your product team leader.  For some, this is brand new territory. And we’ll make the best progress by working together.

    – Peter Ryckaert, Production Support Manager, ITX Corp.

    Remote first is not only the way ITXers work, communicate, and socialize. It also represents the company’s purposeful approach to workabilitya condition optimally suited for generating favorable results.

    Remote first and workability lie at the core of our culture – a culture that, in concert with the preceding best practices, has quite literally prepared ITX and our clients for success during these unsettling times.

    The post Software Product Development Best Practices In The Age of Social Distancing appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    The Leadership Flip https://itx.com/blog/the-leadership-flip/ Tue, 31 Mar 2020 15:36:46 +0000 https://itx.com/?p=23599 Keys to Stewarding the Client Investment & Maximizing ROI

    Getting to the heart of a client’s concern is the crucial first step to delivering an effective software solution. But deciphering complex requirements and balancing competencies between a client and a technology partner can be a daunting task. This is where discovery comes into play.
    In our series’ first post, Discovery: Understanding the Problem Space, we learned that discovery begins before kickoff with a client-focused “needs analysis session.”
    In this blog, we’ll explore how discovery activities help teams gain powerful insights, establish trust, and deliver impactful solutions as they work to steward the client investment.

    The post The Leadership Flip appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    I’ve found that the best leaders create inspiring environments where the group of people being led authentically care more for each other, care more for the people they are serving and continue to autonomously develop better and better capabilities in their work. One of the patterns I have found in these environments is the use of “we” language vs. “I” language amongst the team. I believe this to be a leadership imperative.

    To effectively maximize the creativity in an organization, the group of people you are leading has to shift their thinking from how they are each serving themselves, by showing up for a paycheck, to thinking about how to continuously improve the products and services the organization provides for the people it calls customers.

    “What makes an effective executive? “They thought and said “we” rather than “I.”

    Peter Drucker

    It is an exercise in causing more caring to occur in the world (the creation of affective empathy) while causing more influence through the capabilities of our products and services. Leaders inspire this to occur for their employees, their customers, and even their vendors. They inspire more empathy in both depth and breadth for those whom they lead. They inspire employees to care more for each other and more for their customers. The best leaders bring about an environment in which the customers also care for the people who work for the company. In essence, serving to simultaneously expand the spheres of influence and the spheres of caring in the context of the organization. Inspiring a large group of people is hard and logic would infer that the larger the group, the harder it is.

    I call this “The Leadership Flip,” from “I” thinking to “We” thinking. And it can’t be done in a single short cycle. It is the marathon of human performance art that we call leadership.

    The marathon of human performance art called leadership involves getting more smart people to think in terms of “We.”


    The Self Determination Theory is a broad set of theories, which include great detail, about how human motivation works. The theory, through years of research and troves of scientific experiments, proposes that there are three core needs that must be met in order to maximize intrinsic motivation. These are the needs of Autonomy, Competence, and Relatedness.

    From the “Handbook of Self Determination Theory“.

    Competence  is the need for mastery, progression, achievement, learning, and growth. When we can see how we can contribute to a meaningful goal with our skills and knowledge, we develop more self-esteem. This contributes to high-quality, intrinsic motivation toward our work.

    Autonomy — is the need for volition, freedom of control over our choices, and the way in which we go about accomplishing tasks. When have agency and thus feel a sense of safety around our near-term future, we act more purposefully and with more energy in our work.

    Relatedness — is the need to feel as though we matter to others and that others matter to us. When we have a sense of connectedness, purpose, and meaning in our work, we fully show up to devour the tasks at hand. We tend to care more about those “missions” when we can see how our work results in a better outcome for others.

    There is a complicated relationship between these needs, similar to the relationship Abraham Maslow first proposed with his “Hierarchy of Needs.” While the relationship is not definitive, and each of us will balance these needs differently for ourselves, the relationship is important to consider in different contexts. We need to feel safe and in control of our own futures before we will work to maximize our competence or work with full motivation toward any sort of goal. If we were to use the Hoshin star methodology, popularized by Dr. W Edwards Deming, to describe the relationship between these needs, it would graphically look like this:

    Again, while not a definitive hierarchical relationship, autonomy and its requisite sense of both safety and control will drive more effective competence building in the context of the skills required to achieve the leader’s goals. It will also drive more powerful relatedness in the context of those goals. Without safety, competence building might be achieved through manipulation or extrinsic motivators, but the research shows that using extrinsic motivators often reduces motivation (See References Below.)

    Again, while not purely hierarchical, individuals must have either adequate competence or at least see a path toward the required competence in order to drive powerful relatedness in the context of the group’s goals. If the individual does not appreciate or believe the “competence” required for the role is within their capabilities, it will be difficult to achieve relatedness. You might experience resistance or apathy from them. Competence and the pursuit of mastery clearly drive relatedness when thought about in this context.

    This complete Hoshin Star allows us to create a cascade of needs that looks like this:

    Stated more simply, for an individual:

    Having a sense of autonomy, feeling safe, and feeling in control will lead to a more self-determined achievement of competence and mastery which will, in turn, lead to a more passionate drive toward relatedness in the context of connectedness with their team and with the goals of the group. It is, of course, necessary to have goals, which are motivating and relatable, to connect how competence building and action will solve problems for other people in the context of the work.

    Self Determination Theory for a group of people is more complicated. Autonomy, Competence, and Relatedness manifest as a group of people who, together are motivated toward a common goal. They must believe that they:

    Are competent: They are on a shared path to mastery, are progressing, growing, and achieving. This manifests as their shared confidence in their shared abilities.

    Are autonomously driven: They act powerfully of their own volition and have freedom of control over their shared choices. This manifests as a group of people who are committed to each other and to their shared goals.

    Share a sense of relatedness: They feel as though they matter to each other, and they are working together to make the world a better place for people who matter to them. When they are connected and share goals, this manifests as alignment.

    The contextual model below shows how a group of individuals might stack up in terms of self-determination theory. The A’s represent individual Autonomy, the C’s represent individual Competence and the R’s represent individual Relatedness.

    Something interesting happens when we use the Hoshin Star methodology to describe the relationship between these needs of self-determination in the context of a group of people. Common sense would tell us, the larger the group, the more complicated it is for the leader to inspire the people in the group. The relationship between the needs is imperfect, as it is with individuals, and each person in the group will balance these needs differently.

    This is what I observe:

    Together, we need to achieve relatedness and be aligned to each other through a shared “purpose” before we will work together to maximize our shared competence to produce collaborative self-determined, autonomous action. When we do those things, the leader will know we are motivated. If we were to use the Hoshin star methodology to describe this relationship, it would graphically look like this:

    While not an absolute relationship, maximizing the relatedness to each other and your team’s shared purpose, in the context of solving problems for others, will drive more effective shared competence building toward the skills required to achieve the shared goals. It will also drive more powerful autonomous action in the context of those goals. Without relatedness, competence building, and some autonomous action might be achieved through manipulation or extrinsic motivators, but it will not be done with maximum motivation.

    Again, while the relationship, either having adequate competence or at least seeing a path toward the required competence will drive more powerful and autonomous action in the context of the shared goals. If the group does not appreciate or believe the team or group has the competence required to achieve the goals, autonomous action from the team will not be maximized. Without competence, the group’s confidence will flounder and the leader will experience resistance, apathy of burnout on the team. Shared competence and the collaborative pursuit of mastery will obviously drive more powerful autonomous action from the group.

    This complete Hoshin Star allows us to create a cascade of needs for the group looks like this:

    Stated more simply, for a group:

    Feeling relatedness to each other and to a shared and powerful human based goal will lead to a more self determined achievement of competence and mastery amongst the team which will lead to a more passionate expression of autonomous action toward the shared goals.

    If we swap out the group language that we used above, to be clear when we are communicating to the “We” vs. the “I,” we get this contextual model:

    Again, this is, of course, provided the goals are motivating and relatable goals that will help people to connect to how competence building and action will solve problems for other people in the context of the organization.

    Notice these two cascades run in opposite directions. The same needs, but with a completely opposite approach because of the different context. This is a powerful concept. It demonstrates the importance of causing “The Leadership Flip” to occur for as many individuals as possible from the “I” to the “We” in the context of the group’s goals. It is the leader’s job is to recognize when people or factions on the team are not operating in the “We” context and inspire the movement of the group’s capacity for caring for one-another and for the benefactors of the work. It is also a formula that demonstrates how stewarding the systematic improvement of the groups competence and their capacity for influence through confidence will lead to this shift.

    The best leaders use language to create clarity for both their employees and their customers about how their products and services improve empathy. They do this by purposefully developing a positive culture through the language, mantras, lore and actions {Another Article to come} that result through the creation of alignment, confidence and commitment from a group of people.

    Always keep in mind the importance of understanding how intrinsic motivation works for each individual on our team, as their individual needs for self determination never go away. But in the context of our work together, we have to understand how to prioritize the needs to maximize the motivation of the team by stewarding alignment, confidence and commitment — in that order.

    Note: Daniel Pink wrote the book “Drive” based on the Self Determination Theory. I often use the words “Drive,” “Purpose,” and “Mastery” similar to Pink in the context of Self Determination Theory:

    Drive: To represent the maximization of autonomous action that results from high-quality, intrinsic motivation.

    Purpose: To represent relatedness in the context of connection to goals, how we are solving problems for other people, and thus demonstrating our care for them.

    Mastery: To represent learning, growing, and the building of competence in pursuit of goals.

    If you found this article useful, please clap, highlight and leave me some feedback. If you use it in your work, I would be honored to learn how you are using it and what you are learning so we might grow and learn together.

    Reading List:

    “What makes an effective executive? “They thought and said “we” rather than “I.” — Peter Drucker {Adapted from the Introduction to The Effective Executive}.

    The Handbook of Self Determination Theory, by Ed Deci and Richard Ryan.

    Why We Do What We Do, by Ed Deci.

    A Theory of Human Motivation, by Abraham Maslow.

    The Hoshin North Star Process, by Matthew K. Cross.

    Drive, by Daniel Pink.

    KPI’s That Inspire, by Sean Flaherty.

    How to Identify Natural Leaders, by Sean Flaherty.

    The other authors and books that have influenced my thinking on this are numerous. To name a few:

    Maslow on Management, by Abraham Maslow.

    Modern Man in Search of A Soul, by Carl Jung.

    Science and Human Behaviour, by B. F. Skinner.

    Mindset: The New Psychology of Success, by Carol Dweck.

    Sean Flaherty is Executive Vice President of Innovation at ITX, where he leads a passionate group of product specialists and technologists to solve client challenges. Developer of The Momentum Framework, Sean is also a prolific writer and award-winning speaker discussing the subjects of empathy, innovation, and leadership. 

    The post The Leadership Flip appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    The Agile Product Team’s “Work From Home” Checklist https://itx.com/blog/the-agile-product-teams-work-from-home-checklist/ Wed, 25 Mar 2020 20:18:12 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1325 Social distancing is forcing Agile product teams to become truly (small ‘a’) agile. At ITX, adapting and collaborating virtually are part of our culture. With our long-standing remote first philosophy, we’re prepared to seamlessly transition from co-location to remote work. Let our architects, designers, and developers help ease the transition to your new normal.
    Review our remote work checklist for everyday best practices. You can also catch some of their personal anecdotes and insights to help you and your product development teams become truly agile. We hope these tips enhance your productivity, effectiveness, and morale.

    The post The Agile Product Team’s “Work From Home” Checklist appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Social distancing is forcing Agile product teams to become truly (small ‘a’) agile. At ITX, adapting and collaborating virtually are part of our culture. It’s in our DNA. With our long-standing remote first philosophy, we’re prepared to seamlessly transition from co-location to remote work. Let our architects, designers, and developers help ease the transition to your new normal.

    Review our remote work checklist for everyday best practices. You can also catch some of their personal anecdotes and insights to help you and your product development teams become truly agile. We hope these tips enhance your productivity, effectiveness, and morale.


    For Senior Product Leaders

    1. Establish and document “ways of working” for your team(s) – e.g., guidelines for personal interaction, productivity, and decision-making. Share it across your organization. As circumstances change and knowledge grows, be prepared to update the document regularly with new ideas.
    2. Connect regularly with your teams. Assume that anxiety levels are high. A listening ear and soothing tone will help calm many concerns.
    3. Now more than ever, clarity around vision, expectations, and goals is vital to team success.
    4. Where in-person contact is dissuaded, videoconferencing is the next best option. Remember, distributed work teams don’t enjoy the benefit of water cooler conversations. So if it feels like you’re over-communicating, it’s probably just right!
    5. Make sure all your team members know how to use the communication and productivity tools you provide – especially newer members. It’s not too late to re-share user instructions. Your teams will welcome the refresher.
    6. Ensure online access to Technical Support and Helpdesk.

    Maintaining a healthy work-life balance is much more difficult when work and home are one and the same. Create a space that’s just for work, so you can just walk away. It’s tempting to cozy up on the couch every day. But after a while, the couch becomes a place of business and not a place to relax. Keeping your workspace separate from your “play” space will help you to turn off your work brain and shift into relax mode.

    — Ray Fox, Colorado Springs, CO


    For Distributed Product Teams

    1. A craftsperson is only as good as their tools. Remote work for distributed product teams requires a special set of tools: Trello, Miro, Jira, Zoom, Microsoft Teams are among our favorites.
    2. Provide support to team members who might need it, especially those new to your company or team. Uncertainty about process and procedure often creates anxiety and decreased productivity.
    3. Share visibility into each other’s calendars. The best way to start working together is to create transparency into what everyone’s working on.
    4. Insist on multiple, redundant modes of communication. Video, phone/text, Slack or Teams (with multiple chat groups), e-mail. Whatever works best for your group. Over time, make it clear what tools should be used for what kinds of communication.
    5. Be mindful of time zones in which your team members reside. Be respectful of personal time: sleep, taking meals, exercise, meditation, etc. If your organization spans time zones and hemispheres like ITX, we think you’ll like fiopp.co and timezone.io. Check them out!

    At ITX, remote meetings is something we’re already used to. Virtual sessions work great when presenting designs, for co-designing with other members, and discussing product vision and roadmap with our distributed teams. If you can make it happen, having two monitors should be a big piece of your workspace toolkit. Show your sketches with one monitor and have the other with a note taking software to keep track of changes – or even have your script or interaction notes. You can also use software like Axure or InVision to display your work and also write notes/comments in the segments you’re showing. 

    — Nicole Btesh, Buenos Aires, Argentina


    Conducting Remote Meetings & Agile Ceremonies

    1. Consider going ‘fully remote’ to level the playing field. Even if some team members are co-located, encourage everyone to participate individually as if everyone were remote.
    2. Use video to boost engagement; so much of our interpersonal communication is non-verbal cues, take advantage of video to personalize the conversation.
    3. Screen share when note taking so everyone can follow along
      1. Pro-tip: use collaborative tools where everyone can contribute in real time – e.g., Quip, and other cloud-based documents.

    When you work from home full time, it’s easy to get sucked into work. After all, you don’t have to travel anywhere to attend meetings. Keep in mind, though, that you’re actually more productive when you take small breaks during the day, especially between meetings. Keeping yourself refreshed by getting up to grab a glass of water, do some stretches, or take a walk is a necessity, not a luxury. Remember: full-time doesn’t mean “all the time.” 

    — Conrad Ng, Portland, OR


    Workspace Essentials

    1. Use the same workspace every day in the beginning to enable an “at work” mindset.
    2. Reserve a workspace that is separate from “the rest of your life.” Limit distractions.
    3. Bring your “A” game to your remote work – dress and groom yourself as if you’re going into the office. You’ll feel more professional as well.
    4. Move artificial lighting into position behind your computer to ensure your face is properly lit; this makes video conferencing effective and productive.
    5. Consider upgrading your modem and router to enhance connectivity.

    Use co-workers to bounce ideas off of. Set up a 15-minute break for yourself to step away from your work and share it with someone. We often get too close to our work and sometimes overlook something in our solutions. It’s good to step away for a bit, and then revisit the same design with a fresh perspective to verify your solution makes sense. 

    — Shannon Baird, Rochester, NY


    Making It All Work

    1. Notify friends and family that while you may be home, you’re actually “at work.”
    2. Structure your workday as you normally would. Schedule time to manage e-mail, meetings, and other interactions. Take regular breaks. Be as physically active as your schedule and environment provide.
    3. Save your work to the cloud. Enhance access to data and avoid system interruptions.
    4. Don’t be afraid to “call it a day” when the workday ends. When work life and home life collide, distinguishing one from the other can be difficult; consider creating a habitual behavior that separates the two like going for a walk or stretching.

    Dogs, plants, and light! 

    — William Wells, Geneseo, NY

    The post The Agile Product Team’s “Work From Home” Checklist appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    ITX Product Momentum Podcast – A Pragmatic Approach to Product Management https://itx.com/blog/itx-product-momentum-podcast-a-pragmatic-approach-to-product-management/ Mon, 09 Mar 2020 20:13:02 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1322 Imagine a colleague asks you to describe the software product manager role. Where would you begin? So few of us actually studied this stuff in college. How can we hope to explain it when we’re not even sure we’re doing it right? We deliver MVPs for MVAs. We set goals using OKRs and KPIs. And we apply a host of methodologies to build all this incredible software. But in the midst of all the jargon, it’s easy to lose sight of our greater purpose.
    In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul chat with Johanna Rothman. Also known as the “Pragmatic Manager,” Johanna helps product leaders identify problems, recognize opportunities, and remove obstacles in their development process. Though she has authored more than a dozen books on digital product management, Johanna sees software not as the end goal – but as the means by which we achieve that greater purpose – inspiring our teams to improve the world around us.

    The post ITX Product Momentum Podcast – A Pragmatic Approach to Product Management appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Imagine a colleague asks you to describe the software product manager role. Where would you begin? So few of us actually studied this stuff in college. How can we hope to explain it when we’re not even sure we’re doing it right ourselves? We deliver MVPs for MVAs. We set goals using OKRs and KPIs. And we apply a host of methodologies to build all this incredible software. But in the midst of all the jargon, it’s easy to lose sight of our greater purpose.

    In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul chat with Johanna Rothman. Also known as the “Pragmatic Manager,” Johanna helps product leaders identify problems, recognize opportunities, and remove obstacles in their development process. Though she has authored more than a dozen books on digital product management, Johanna sees software not as the end goal – but as the means by which we achieve that greater purpose – inspiring our teams to improve the world around us.

    The Path to That Greater Purpose – 3 Steps

    Johanna’s no-nonsense, pragmatic approach to software product management helps us understand how product professionals create software. Put simply, we generate the best results when teams are aligned, confident, and committed to the goals they set out to achieve together.

    These things don’t happen by themselves. Alignment speaks to a shared agreement on desired outcomes. Confidence builds when visionary product leaders develop the skills of their talented teams. And commitment reflects the team’s obligation to not only the mission and each other, but to the product’s end users whose lives will improve as a result.

    Start with Why[1]

    When product leaders start by explaining why, we increase the likelihood of motivating our teams to do the right thing, or at least more of the right thing than they might have done otherwise.

    Like tipping that first domino, the magic really unfolds when we begin by describing the desired outcome, Johanna offers.

    By starting with why, we’re able to meet people where they are. What I have said to people is this: “Here is our goal, our purpose, our task; we will solve our customers’ problems and we will use software to do it.” – Johanna Rothman

    “By starting with why, we’re able to meet people where they are. What I have said to people is this: “here is our goal, our purpose, our task; we will solve our customers’ problems and we will use software to do it.” Again, Johanna points out software’s role as enabler and facilitator – not as the ultimate objective.

    Framed in this way, she adds, the motivated team creates its own product vision and its own release criteria. When leaders communicate the desired outcome, and leave the team to come up with the path for achieving it, the team becomes responsible for defining “done.”

    As Johanna explains in detail, teams arrive at “done” from sometimes vastly different points of origin.

    Balance Team Incentives and Individual Rewards

    Much of Johanna’s recent writing has focused on the notion of modern management and self-management, helping product leaders create an environment where we’re fostering growth and development for everyone on our teams and in our community.

    It’s important to remember, though, that teams are comprised of individuals. Individuals bring their own dreams and aspirations to the table, regardless of how team-focused they may also be. Johanna’s insights, based on real-world experiences, help team leaders incentivize individual behaviors that support team goals without creating a “lone wolf” culture that distorts the ecosystem.

    “The way we’ve organized our workplaces reflects too much the way we used to organize our schools,” Johanna says. “Students were graded on what they accomplished as individuals. But if we think in terms of how teams learn together today, how we produce together as teams…how can we possibly reward people for their individual work?”[2]

    During the podcast conversation, Johanna underscores the point, sharing an enlightening story about a team she once worked on and how she and her colleagues modeled this balance of team incentive and individual reward.

    Explore Together: Symmathesy and Communities of Practice

    Johanna introduces us to the idea of symmathesy – pronounced si-MATH-uh-see. Coined by Nora Bateson and popularized by Jessica Kerr, symmathesy means “learning together” and applies with equal validity in the workplace and the classroom.

    The more we can learn together and the more we think together about software, this whole idea of an agile community starts to come together. – Johanna Rothman

    Symmathesy is a fundamental building block within the context of agile product teams in which “we learn from and with the people we work with.

    “The more we can learn together and the more we think together about software, this whole idea of an agile community starts to come together,” she says.

    “The act of working together in small, cross-functional teams and figuring out how to do simple, safe-to-fail experiments as we proceed, this stuff is all about learning.”

    When we have multiple teams performing similar functions across an organization – testers and developers, architects and designers – it’s really helpful when they can get together, Johanna suggests.

    “They get to geek out about their particular functional skills, ask the questions they have, and share all the tricks they’ve learned,” she adds.

    Learning from other people who do similar things to what we do, but maybe not on the same product or in the same project, can really help the entire organization share knowledge. That’s the point of a community of practice.

    “This whole business of, ‘how can we explore together? How can we grow together?’ That’s a really big deal,” Johanna says.

    Check out the Product Momentum Podcast and catch Johanna’s straightforward approach to not only understanding the software product manager role – but actually doing software product management.


    [1] See Start With Why, by Simon Sinek. See also the ITX blog Momentum, in which ITX EVP of Innovation Sean Flaherty describes The Momentum Framework, referencing Sinek’s research around The Golden Circle.

    [2] Refer to our podcast conversation with Professor Miguel Cardona, as he describes the notion of Contributive Design – leveraging tools to evaluate the performance of project teams while isolating the contributions of each individuals.

    The post ITX Product Momentum Podcast – A Pragmatic Approach to Product Management appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    21 / A Pragmatic Approach to Product Management https://itx.com/podcast/a-pragmatic-approach-to-product-management/ Tue, 25 Feb 2020 22:22:22 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=989 Imagine a colleague asks you to describe the software product manager role. Where would you begin? So few of us actually studied this stuff in college, and the field is evolving every day. How can we hope to explain it when we’re not even sure we’re doing it right? We deliver MVPs for MVAs. We set …

    The post 21 / A Pragmatic Approach to Product Management appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    Imagine a colleague asks you to describe the software product manager role. Where would you begin? So few of us actually studied this stuff in college, and the field is evolving every day. How can we hope to explain it when we’re not even sure we’re doing it right? We deliver MVPs for MVAs. We set goals using OKRs and KPIs. And we apply a host of methodologies to build all this incredible software. But in the midst of all the jargon, it’s easy to lose sight of our greater purpose. This is where Johanna Rothman comes in to help.

    In this episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Sean and Paul chat with Johanna Rothman. She is the author of 17 books and her advice is valued for its frankness and depth of expertise. Also known as the “Pragmatic Manager,” Johanna helps product leaders identify problems, recognize opportunities, and remove obstacles in their career development process. Though she has authored more than a dozen books on digital product management, Johanna sees software not as the end goal – but as the means by which we achieve that greater purpose – inspiring our teams to improve the world around us.

    Read our blog post here

    The post 21 / A Pragmatic Approach to Product Management appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Imagine a colleague asks you to describe the software product manager role. Where would you begin? So few of us actually studied this stuff in college, and the field is evolving every day. How can we hope to explain it when we’re not even sure we’re do... Johanna Rothman, the "Pragmatic Manager," offers commonsense tips that enhance the product development process and teams' purpose. Johanna Rothman 1 1 21 21 21 / A Pragmatic Approach to Product Management full false 30:48
    20 / Flow: Visualize the Possibilities https://itx.com/podcast/flow-visualize-the-possibilities/ Tue, 11 Feb 2020 17:27:33 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=966 It’s ironic that companies comprised of teams that have embraced Agile methodologies can at the same time find themselves in search of organizational agility. With all the best intentions, proponents of Agile dutifully adhere to its prescribed set of principles. But then we suddenly find ourselves constrained by the same demons we had sought to …

    The post 20 / Flow: Visualize the Possibilities appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    It’s ironic that companies comprised of teams that have embraced Agile methodologies can at the same time find themselves in search of organizational agility. With all the best intentions, proponents of Agile dutifully adhere to its prescribed set of principles. But then we suddenly find ourselves constrained by the same demons we had sought to escape. We seem to have lost our ability to experiment and learn, to adapt and grow, and to be resilient and flexible in the face of ambiguity. This is where Flow can come into play, Fin Goulding explains.

    In this 20th episode of the Product Momentum Podcast, Fin Goulding joins Sean and Paul as together they explore an increasing demand for a more business agile way of working. Through the evolving lens of Flow, Fin shares his insights based on a rich career as a C-level executive in large organizations, prolific author, and expert in the field of business and technical agility. Soft-spoken yet firm, he reminds us that, “agile is really a thing that you are; it’s not something that you buy.” Flow, he adds, helps us move away from a very rigid methodology into something that’s more of a philosophy, a way of being.

    Have a listen to find out how.

    The post 20 / Flow: Visualize the Possibilities appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    It’s ironic that companies comprised of teams that have embraced Agile methodologies can at the same time find themselves in search of organizational agility. With all the best intentions, proponents of Agile dutifully adhere to its prescribed set of p... Fin Goulding explains how the Flow toolkit helps companies visualize a true end-to-end way of making their organizations more business agile. Fin Goulding 1 1 20 20 20 / Flow: Visualize the Possibilities full false 28:55
    ITX Product Momentum Podcast – Episode 19: The Significance of Contributive Design https://itx.com/blog/itx-product-momentum-podcast-episode-19-the-significance-of-contributive-design/ Wed, 29 Jan 2020 20:10:21 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1319 As organizations move inexorably to a team-based, agile methodology, how do individual contributors effectively demonstrate what they're working on or what they’ve accomplished? If performance is measured based solely on the team’s deliverables, how do team leaders appropriately acknowledge each member’s contribution or target their professional development? Enter the concept of contributive design, in which involvement of the individual is made clear. Contributive design fosters an environment in which team members collaborate as one, but also where they're not necessarily dependent on others for their own outcomes.
    In this episode of ITX’s Product Momentum Podcast, hosts Sean and Paul welcome Miguel Cardona, professor of design, artist, and keynote speaker at ITX’s 2nd annual ITX UX 2019: Beyond the Pixels design conference. Miguel introduces us to contributive design and its far-reaching impact – not only in the classroom, where contributive tools help him evaluate the performance of project teams and isolate the contributions of each student. Contributive design applies with equal significance in the workplace as we consider the modular nature of teams, design systems, and the user experience.

    The post ITX Product Momentum Podcast – Episode 19: The Significance of Contributive Design appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    As organizations move inexorably to a team-based, agile methodology, how do individual contributors effectively demonstrate what they’re working on or what they’ve accomplished? If performance is measured based solely on the team’s deliverables, how do team leaders appropriately acknowledge each member’s contribution or target their professional development? Enter the concept of contributive design, in which involvement of the individual is made clear. Contributive design fosters an environment in which team members collaborate as one, but also where they’re not necessarily dependent on others for their own outcomes.

    In this episode of ITX’s Product Momentum Podcast, hosts Sean and Paul welcome Miguel Cardona, professor of design, artist, and keynote speaker at ITX’s 2nd annual ITX UX 2019: Beyond the Pixels design conference. Miguel introduces us to contributive design and its far-reaching impact – not only in the classroom, where contributive tools help him evaluate the performance of project teams and isolate the contributions of each student. Contributive design applies with equal significance in the workplace as we consider the modular nature of teams, design systems, and the user experience.

    Roles, Silos, and Modularity

    Years ago, “Many hands make light the work” was an oft-used phrase that spoke to the benefits of sharing the workload to get jobs done.  Today, we synthesize that sentiment with words like collaboration, teamwork, and harmony. The gist remains the same: individuals coming together to complete tasks that would be far more difficult if done alone.

    Miguel explains this everyday experience with another even more recognizable mantra: “The whole is greater than the sum of its parts.” This is true mostly because skill specialization lets one team member be really good at “their thing” while teammates excel at others.

    It’s not so much that everybody’s making these super bespoke bits; they’re adding in and building upon something that’s better as a whole. – Miguel Cardona

    What follows, though, is the unwitting codification of roles and their definitions. The finer we hone them, the higher the walls between roles and teams become. It’s not an insurmountable problem, Miguel points out. And it may not even be a bad thing. Without clearly defined roles, team members are more likely to step on each other’s toes.

    We reach the diminishing return when our walls – our silos – limit communication and interaction. “Not my job” replaces others as the new phrase of the day. Incomplete hand-offs contribute delay, frustration, and animosity. Conflict, competition, and discord among teams and their members convert those “many hands” into unworkable disharmony and waste.

    Designs that Balance the Whole and Its Parts

    Product people build software products that impact human behavior in the real world. Devising a framework that encourages interaction and facilitates that greater whole is a big lift.

    We seek solutions that are testable, Miguel says. Our world is frequently shrouded in ambiguity that renders us rudderless, even paralyzed. Like Dorothy’s Tin Man in search of his oil can, we need access to the tools and systems and processes that will release the friction that stymies our progress.

    Miguel uses collaborative software to give his students the opportunity to experience broad-scope projects where they can “get a sense of the larger outcome as well as the individual contribution that is very evident in that outcome.”

    We’re not treading unplowed ground here. In fact, as Miguel points out, if you look at some of the older modernist designers – he cites Massimo Vignelli specifically – they came up with systems to streamline their approach to work and to connect disparate components into the greater whole.

    Within those tools, he adds, “we’re seeing a lot [of those connections] and we’re seeing a lot of modularity. And with that modularity, that whole notion of contribution is really important. It’s not so much that everybody’s making these super bespoke bits; they’re adding in and building upon something that’s better as a whole.”

    Contributive Design and Collaboration

    With contributive design, a team member’s value-add may stand out more; at the very least, their contributions are distinguishable from others. They’re more clearly identified.

    That’s not to say that collaboration is dismissed, or that team members put on their blinders and work in isolation.

    “We still have instances of brainstorming,” Miguel says. “We still have activities we run … that inform the constraints or identify what [teams are] going to be building. So we’re still benefiting from the group collaborative aspects.”

    Clarifying product requirements, identifying the technologies to be utilized, and prototype development provide lots of opportunity to engage, interact, and collaborate. “But I still want their work contributing to those desired outcomes,” Miguel adds.

    Modularity of Design Systems

    It’s not merely a function of the team-based collaboration that speaks to contributive design, but also the way that software products themselves come together – the modularity of design systems.

    Today’s systems apply a structured format to their own creativity, Miguel says. They outline how an organization’s product looks, feels, and works. Indeed, these systems drive how the product is experienced by users.

    A product’s consistent feel and function play a huge role in driving the trust, loyalty, and advocacy we seek from our clients and their users. A critical component in delivering that modularity is the way in which designers, developers, and product people can interlock different aspects into it.

    “Memory is Malleable, Glossy, and Prone to Failure”

    How do humans recognize things and come to understand them? How do we relate these things with life events that happen around us?

    Humans perceive contrast. We identify hierarchy in the same way that you might navigate a memory. We engage with these things in a spatial way, so it’s important to understand when things kind of happen. – Miguel Cardona

    “Humans perceive contrast,” Miguel says. “We identify hierarchy in the same way that you might navigate a memory. We engage with these things in a spatial way, so it’s important to understand when things kind of happen.”

    And that very much applies to designing an experience for an individual. What are those key or signature moments individuals will remember, Miguel asks. What are the contrast points that are going to take place for them?

    The designer’s role is to manage contrast and hierarchy in the same way.

    So what is our takeaway? Perhaps it’s this concept of cognitive load.

    A manageable cognitive load, researchers say, includes 7 plus or minus 2 items. Miguel says that when designers are creating an experience, they need to ask themselves: What are my users able to take in? What are they remembering? What are they holding on to as they move through that experience?

    To be effective, designers must consider memory and accessibility as modular components within our designs – what UK designer Andrew Duckworth discussed in his blog, One thing per page.


    Have a Listen!

    Tune in to ITX’s Product Momentum Podcast and catch all of Professor Miguel Cardona’s thought-provoking insights.

    The post ITX Product Momentum Podcast – Episode 19: The Significance of Contributive Design appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    19 / The Significance of Contributive Design https://itx.com/podcast/19-the-significance-of-contributive-design/ Thu, 02 Jan 2020 12:44:18 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=926 As organizations move inexorably to a team-based, agile methodology, how do individual contributors effectively demonstrate what they’re working on or what they’ve accomplished? If performance is measured based solely on the team’s deliverables, how do team leaders appropriately acknowledge each member’s contribution or target their professional development? Enter the notion of contributive design, as explained …

    The post 19 / The Significance of Contributive Design appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    As organizations move inexorably to a team-based, agile methodology, how do individual contributors effectively demonstrate what they’re working on or what they’ve accomplished? If performance is measured based solely on the team’s deliverables, how do team leaders appropriately acknowledge each member’s contribution or target their professional development? Enter the notion of contributive design, as explained by Miguel Cardona. Contributive design fosters an environment in which team members collaborate as one, but also where they’re not necessarily dependent on others for their own outcomes. The involvement of each individual in the project is distinguishable, but not distinct.
    In this episode of ITX’s Product Momentum Podcast, hosts Sean and Paul welcome Miguel Cardona. He is a professor of design at Rochester Institute of Technology (RIT) and an artist. He is also the keynote speaker at ITX’s 2nd annual ITX UX 2019: Beyond the Pixels design conference. Miguel introduces us to the notion of contributive design and its far-reaching impact. In the classroom, contributive tools help him evaluate the performance of project teams while isolating the contributions of each student. Contributive design applies with equal significance in the workplace as we consider the modular nature of teams, design systems, and the user experience.

    Read our blog post here

    The post 19 / The Significance of Contributive Design appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    As organizations move inexorably to a team-based, agile methodology, how do individual contributors effectively demonstrate what they’re working on or what they’ve accomplished? If performance is measured based solely on the team’s deliverables, RIT Professor Miguel Cardona applies contributive design concepts to help us understand teams, design systems, and the user experience. Miguel Cardona 1 1 19 19 19 / The Significance of Contributive Design full false 39:02
    People Skills: The Foundation of Effective Software Development https://itx.com/blog/people-skills-the-foundation-of-effective-software-development/ Tue, 19 Nov 2019 20:08:03 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1316 The culture of the software development world has sometimes valued technical know-how above all else. Developers may see cultivating the "soft" skills of social interaction, teamwork, and communication as a distraction from the work of writing beautiful code. In reality, we need these skills in order to do our jobs properly.

    The post People Skills: The Foundation of Effective Software Development appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    The culture of the software development world has sometimes valued technical know-how above all else. Developers may see cultivating the “soft” skills of social interaction, teamwork, and communication as a distraction from the work of writing beautiful code. In reality, we need these skills in order to do our jobs properly.

    Naturally, developers do have to master specific tools and coding techniques. (And we can still celebrate and take pride in our technical mastery!) More than ever, though, we can’t work in isolation – from our own team members, or from our clients and their users. We’ve learned that we work more effectively and build better products when acting as a cohesive team than we could ever hope to do as a collection of individuals.

    Software is everywhere.

    The range of problems that we solve with software and the range of people who use technology every day have both grown enormously over my lifetime. The way we build software today reflects that change and growth. We now build not just specialized business applications meant to be operated by a few professionals, but a huge array of software products used by everyone.

    This evolution demands that we move beyond thinking of building software that is simply functional, to creating products that are a joy to use. We can’t count on highly trained professional operators to power through a less-than-ideal user experience; we need to build software that is easy for everyone to use – intuitive, appealing, even fun. To do that requires developing a deeply personal relationship with our users.

    Start with “why.”*

    We have to understand not just what task a user wants to complete, but how they would prefer to do it and even why they’re doing it in the first place. Developing that knowledge takes real empathy, inquisitiveness, and clear communication when working with clients and users.

    Building that rapport gives us the insight we need to anticipate and accommodate users’ needs and preferences. When we understand why a client asks for a particular feature, or why their users need to perform a particular task, we grasp the client’s desired outcome more deeply. This positions us to confidently deliver solutions that meet those needs. Without that level of understanding, we risk developing software that is hard to use or doesn’t deliver the outcome users expect, even if it meets a narrowly defined set of technical specifications.

    Some technical challenges aren’t as challenging as they once were; others are more complex than ever.

    Widely available libraries and platforms have steadily reduced the need to reinvent the wheel in the world of software. Nobody has to write a modal dialog box from scratch anymore! This, coupled with the increasing use of automation to manage and deploy code, highlights the need to sharpen our higher-level architecture, decision-making, and problem-solving skills – areas that involve working closely with team members and clients.

    Today, a developer’s greatest contribution comes not from producing small, perfectly defined units of code, but from seeing the larger picture and knowing how to fit smaller pieces together into a well-functioning whole.

    At the same time, the range of concerns we face in developing software products has only grown broader. Not only are more people using software for more purposes than ever, but they use software in more contexts than ever too – crucially, on a huge range of devices with varying physical characteristics and resource limitations. It’s no longer practical for a single developer to pursue mastery across every aspect of developing a large application. Instead, we need to work smoothly as a team leveraging our complementary skills.

    We’re all responsible for a higher level of quality.

    As developers, we rely on project management specialists to maintain the roadmap for our projects. We can’t just accept technical instructions without participating in the broader context and vision for the product, however. Such an approach will lead to misapplied effort, missed opportunities, and waste. Developers should be prepared to tactfully point out potential pitfalls, humbly advise when we see a more efficient or elegant way to accomplish project goals, constructively share knowledge with each other, and confidently suggest entirely new features that will result in a better product, based on our familiarity with the tools and resources available.

    Developers should be prepared to tactfully point out potential pitfalls, humbly advise when we see a more efficient or elegant way to accomplish project goals, constructively share knowledge with each other, and confidently suggest entirely new features that will result in a better product, based on our familiarity with the tools and resources available.

    Tying it all together is our job.

    Today, a developer’s greatest contribution comes not from producing small, perfectly defined units of code, but from seeing the larger picture and knowing how to fit smaller pieces together into a well-functioning whole. These are inherently social, people-focused concerns. We need to be able to work with our team members, clients, and end users to understand root concerns, describe a solution that works for everyone, and coordinate with each other to deliver a coherent, elegant product.

    All this means that the old stereotype of the developer as a clever misfit can finally be retired for good. It was never really accurate, and certainly not constructive. Now more than ever, good developers understand both the practical value of interpersonal skills and the deeper satisfaction to be enjoyed from our work when we forge real connections with the people who use the software we build.


    * Start with Why: How Great Leaders Inspire Everyone to Take Action, by Simon Sinek. The Penguin Group, New York, New York. 2009.

    The post People Skills: The Foundation of Effective Software Development appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    IT Incident Response: Avoiding the New Normal https://itx.com/blog/it-incident-response-avoiding-the-new-normal/ Fri, 08 Nov 2019 20:03:51 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1313 Imagine being audited by the IRS. Every minute, every day, 365 days a year. Stress builds and anxiety deepens, relieved (but only momentarily) when daily reports come back free of incident. For now.

    That’s what it is like to work in Production Support. Audits of one sort or another (formal and otherwise) and the incident reports that sprout from them have become the new normal in the age of “everything tech.” In our world, incidents mean smart phone apps that don’t work, super-slow websites, social media platforms that are down, and more. And our “auditors” number in the thousands, maybe even millions (if we’re “lucky”).

    The post IT Incident Response: Avoiding the New Normal appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Act 1

    The Setup

    Imagine being audited by the IRS. Every minute, every day, 365 days a year. Stress builds and anxiety deepens, relieved (but only momentarily) when daily reports come back free of incident.

    That’s what it is like to work in Production Support. Audits of one sort or another (formal and otherwise) and the incident reports that sprout from them have become the new normal in the age of “everything tech.” In our world, incidents mean smart phone apps that don’t work, super-slow websites, social media platforms that are down, and more. And our “auditors” number in the thousands, maybe even millions (if we’re “lucky”).

    In our media-blitz environment, incidents get noticed, reported, and shared. These “disasters” – like being unable to upload a picture of your dog rolling over – are treated like breaking news in today’s online environment. The size of our audience and the extent of inconvenience these incidents create are what drives the swiftness and severity of the backlash.

    Rarely do such incidents rise to the level of unrecoverable catastrophe. Or so you’d think. But keep in mind: the only thing that has advanced as far and as fast as technology is user expectation. Incident is not narrowly defined as just the failure of a product or service. It’s also the reduction in quality of that same product or service (however small). In other words, the frustration end users experience qualifies as an incident.

    Incidents may now be a “normal part of life in the age of tech,” but that doesn’t mean we should lower our standards to accommodate this new normal. Most of us agree that we are capable of learning from our mistakes and becoming more adept at avoiding them in the future.

    But I’m getting ahead of myself. Let’s examine a handful of fictional scenarios to get a sense of the incidents that can arise, and then evaluate how they were handled.

    Act 2

    Scenarios, confusion, and restoration

    If you’ve ever fallen victim to a favorite smart phone app that simply refuses to respond, you’re in very good company. Despite the vast population of similarly situated victims, your own response is often one of personal affront. “Why does this happen only to me?” you may exclaim! When the dust settles and you consider the situation more rationally, you likely begin to consider what should be happening during this time of inconvenience (Let’s assume the unresponsive app limits your ability to communicate in an emergency, as opposed to playing a video game).

    Based on my years of experience, I can assure you that incidents of this type and complexity generate significant confusion on the part of the production support folks working behind the scenes to recover your app’s lost functionality.

    Why would there be confusion? Let’s review a list of thoughts and questions that usually barrage any team during an incident response.

    1. What happened?
    2. How could this have happened?
    3. Who’s responsible?
    4. What can we do to make sure it doesn’t happen again?
    5. How quickly can we get an incident report out for this?
    6. What do we have to do to get our app back online as quickly as possible?

    At the start of the inquiry, only one of the above truly matters. And only that response is relevant during an incident. That is number 6, “What do we have to do to get our app back online as quickly as possible?” It’s the only one that truly supports the app’s sole reason for existence – i.e., to facilitate digitized communication through text or phone.

    Especially in emergency, the app must be available at all times. And when it’s not, our users feel isolated, frustrated, and angry. In our production support roles, we endure similar feelings because we’ve failed to deliver the app’s original intent.

    What can we learn?

    Let’s continue our review of a few more fictional incidents to see what we can learn or understand from the information that has been shared with the public with respect to an active incident.

    • A large and prestigious web blog hosting company suffers a complete outage. Fortunately, communications and status updates were timely and transparent throughout the event. Additionally, event details leading up to the outage were disclosed in a public blog post.
      • Incident creating action – a software change was developed and deployed to all sites hosted.
      • Insights – knowing that a software change was deployed to all sites revealed several planning deficiencies.
        • Software change was not adequately tested.
        • Software change should have been rolled out to subset of sites.
        • Rollback plan was inadequate; following the incident, there was a long delay in restoring all sites to pre-incident status.
    • A large search engine company suffered a complete outage of all API functionality. All sites, applications, and clients calling or depending on this API were impacted.
      • Incident creating action – the change was pushed out using automation.
      • Observation – rollback process had a long duration.
      • Insights – incident report was shared publicly.
        • Software change was not adequately tested.
        • Rollback plan was inadequate.
    • A very large company’s cloud-based desktop computing applications became unavailable.
      • Incident creating action – the sudden event resulted from the release of new security features.
      • Insights – while no formal incident report was released, knowledge of the security update was enough to extrapolate the following.
        • Software change was not adequately tested.
    • A large online video streaming provider experienced an outage in some key large regions.
      • Incident creating action – infrastructure change was underway in a number of regions.
      • Insights – a formal incident report disclosed that the pre-approved response plan was not adhered to.

    Act 3

    Magical Planning vs. Experiential Wisdom

    In each of the incidents described above, investigation led to assignment of a root cause. On many occasions, this suggests that a single individual’s action or inaction was responsible for the incident. (As an aside, please remember that assigning responsibility should not be the first action an inquiry should attempt. As we noted earlier, working to determine what we need to do to get our app back online is the priority.)

    That said, as we examine the commonalities across incidents, it becomes clear that our assignment of a root cause jumped the gun – the sole exception being lack of adherence to the response plan. In that instance, the pre-approved plan should not have permitted granting to any individual(s) the administrative credentials to implement changes in the first place. Had those change permissions been configured correctly, the ability to ignore them would’ve been significantly diminished.

    The common thread here is a general lack of planning. I call it “magical planning,” which means that teams are hoping for the best while failing to anticipate or prepare for the worst. Why is magical planning such a popular approach to implementing change? Simple. It’s easy, and it doesn’t cost a thing (at least not up front). In fact, it’s not really planning at all. With magical planning, you’re merely hoping that magic will fill in the performance gaps that will inevitably occur. But when it’s not your lucky day, the gaps remain unfilled.

    Experiential wisdom delivers a better approach:

    Magical PlanningExperiential Wisdom
    Inadequate pre-change testingAnticipate incidents, document response process, implement training
    Inadequate scoping of the changeA phased-in approach to a subset of users to mitigate the impact
    Inadequate post-change back-out plansA more thorough post-change plan would have restored service much more quickly

    Earlier I outlined six potential responses that an organization could employ during an incident. I’m confident there are additional workable responses, but of the six I offered, only one was truly useful: service restoration (getting back online as soon as possible).

    If you are involved in an incident response, be sure to show compassion to your incident responders. Your shared objective is service restoration. And remember, when you find yourself in the throes of a service disruption incident, set aside your eagerness to identify the root cause or to determine who’s at fault. To prevent future disruptions. None of those responses will help your customers in the short term.

    Service disruptions just like the ones we described above are preventable. Research suggests that strong, documented processes – supported by regular training and situational practice – could eliminate 80 percent of today’s IT incidents. Craftsmen and women rarely blame their tools; in other words, architecture and equipment may play a role in the flaw or the solution, but the source of the problem frequently lies elsewhere.

    When you plan with honesty and inclusiveness, your teams will be prepared even for the unanticipated incident. Share your war stories so that others can learn from earlier mistakes. In the heat of the moment, focus on service recovery to ensure you are delivering available and performant systems for your customers.

    There’s no way to avoid all incidents; admittedly, they have become a “normal part of life in the age of tech.” But we can resist this new normal by crafting incident response processes, documenting them, and training on them. By learning from such incidents – whether catastrophic or not – our customers’ expectations will shift from frustration to gratitude.

    The post IT Incident Response: Avoiding the New Normal appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    18 / Simple Steps to Achieve High Performance https://itx.com/podcast/18-simple-steps-to-achieve-high-performing-teams/ Wed, 06 Nov 2019 21:19:07 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=894 We’ve been working together in teams forever, right? After all, humans are social creatures. So it only makes sense that we would come together, organize around common objectives, and apply our energies and intellect to solve problems and deliver outcomes that move our world forward. If that is so, why do so many organizations simultaneously …

    The post 18 / Simple Steps to Achieve High Performance appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    We’ve been working together in teams forever, right? After all, humans are social creatures. So it only makes sense that we would come together, organize around common objectives, and apply our energies and intellect to solve problems and deliver outcomes that move our world forward. If that is so, why do so many organizations simultaneously implement dubious structures and practices that conflict with their pursuit of high-performing teams? The answers may be more obvious than they seem, Christina Wodtke explains.

    In this episode, Sean and Paul catch up with Christina Wodtke – professor, speaker, and author of Radical Focus – to discuss techniques that help organizations create and sustain high-performing teams. Christina has admittedly made a career out of stating the unstated, exposing the proverbial elephant in the room. Whether it’s questioning the value of meetings and status reports or how companies conduct their hiring practices and performance reviews, Christina unabashedly critiques the ways in which those same organizations treat their most important asset – and in the same breath offers remedies that address them.

    Listen to the full episode to hear more from Christina, including:

    • The role of managers on so-called “autonomous” teams
    • Shaping and constantly re-evaluating rules of engagement for your team
    • Creating psychological safety in a variety of environments

    The post 18 / Simple Steps to Achieve High Performance appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    We’ve been working together in teams forever, right? After all, humans are social creatures. So it only makes sense that we would come together, organize around common objectives, and apply our energies and intellect to solve problems and deliver outco... Christina Wodtke states the unstated and gives advice to help organizations create psychologically safe, high-performing teams. Christina Wodtke 1 1 18 18 18 / Simple Steps to Achieve High Performance full false 40:11
    Acceptance Criteria Checklist: 7 Easy Steps To Better Quality https://itx.com/blog/acceptance-criteria-checklist-7-easy-steps-to-better-quality/ Thu, 24 Oct 2019 19:41:12 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1309 We created a quantitative checklist to assess requirements consistently that reduces production delays and improves long-term AC quality.

    The post Acceptance Criteria Checklist: 7 Easy Steps To Better Quality appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    While it may seem odd to propose “acceptance criteria for acceptance criteria” as a way to specifically address the quality of AC requirements, that’s precisely what we’re doing here.

    We believe a checklist of quantitative AC measures is necessary to measure the requirement’s quality over time; this goes well beyond the more vanilla approach we often hear. There’s less chance of misinterpretation of acceptance criteria, and by doing so, we prevent significant delays early in production.  

    Developing a checklist leaves a more explicit set of conditions for requirements. Empowered development teams reject stories at will when AC lack clarity. Assumptions about improving AC quality over the implementation lifecycle rarely bear out, leaving no trustworthy route toward enforceable high-quality requirements. But it is so important to have well-written requirements.

    So let’s start there by developing a checklist for Acceptance Criteria. 

    A Checklist for Acceptance Criteria – AC for AC

    1. Write AC That Is Understandable by All Stakeholders

    A bias often exists toward writing overly technical acceptance criteria when writing user stories. AC that spends time defining technical requirements within the checklist of AC is inadvertently stating the desired solution instead of articulating the requirement’s intent.

    While there is room for technical user stories in the backlog, often called Non-Functional Requirements, the bulk of the product backlog comprises Functional User Stories. Within these stories, anyone reading the acceptance criteria should be able to understand the intent of the requirement.

    2. Write AC in First Person, Active Voice

    Write acceptance criteria in the voice of the person who draws value from the story. Similarly, the writer’s language should reflect words the user would say. Widely accepted within Agile circles is the recommendation to write AC in the first person, using active voice.

    For example, “I can search for a name” is an acceptance criterion that is clear, straightforward, and easily understandable by anyone reading it. It communicates the value the user gains from their unique perspective and uses language that the user would choose to share the value they derive.

    Another technique to consider is developing a vernacular within your AC to know the general direction of the solution you intend – without stating the implementation. For example, the AC above “I can search for a name” indicates the existence of a search field, that perhaps there is an active click required, and that my action generates results.

    In yet another instance, you might consider writing your AC by suggesting the intent driving the solution you’re looking for. “I can search for registered names” might imply that the search is validated. “I see names that I am likely to search for” might steer the developer toward implicit search or some caching of previous searches.

    The art of writing in the user’s voice includes enough detail to influence the result while not specifying the solution in the AC itself.

    3. Write Using Concise, Prosaic Sentences

    Brevity is the key to writing well, especially when writing good AC. “Omit needless words… Make definite assertions,” as Strunk & White said in The Elements of Style. When AC begins to include technical or business jargon, they become unnecessarily long and complex. They also start to be fragile from a testing perspective. Many solutions may be successful when designing for user needs, but not all will pass long or technically complex acceptance criteria. The reason for driving toward short, prosaic sentences is that readers can easily converse about them.

    Also, brevity and prose are not necessarily unambiguous. “Definite assertions” in this context does not mean “mathematically provable.” Judgment often resides in the eye of the user or product owner. Powerful AC comprise words that the user would speak. AC will always require disambiguation, but it is not the AC’s place to do that. Disambiguation should be taken care of in the specification of tests.

    4. Make An Assertion

    One of the most common errors in writing AC is to annotate the technology. There is a place for annotation, but AC is not it. AC should be an assertion. You can tell that you are wandering from opinions into annotations when you begin to see AC that sound like, “The search bar is in the header” or, “The button is light blue.” These annotations are fine and sometimes helpful when receiving wireframes or updated UX. However, these statements speak nothing of user value and should be avoided.

    Another common mistake is writing acceptance criteria in terms of the actions that need to be completed to deliver the value. There seems to be a natural tendency for people to think about tasks vs. outcomes – e.g., “What do we need to do?” instead of “What value do we need to produce?” This mistake happens at the story definition level as well. Many will write about a specific action rather than writing a story title or description regarding value. Actions are necessary, but they are not AC.

    5. Write AC with Focus on a System Output, a Resultant State, or a Response

    Much good AC will start with phrases such as I can…; I see…; or I have…. Sometimes negative statements will also produce the proper response: I cannot…; I do not…. By beginning AC with these phrases, we constrain ourselves to the story’s intent.

    Complex scenarios can exist, many of which are not easily distilled down to short, prosaic system outputs. In such situations, you can supplement AC with a truth table or annotated wireframe, but these addenda should not be considered replacements for clear, testable outputs.

    6. Good AC Is Independent of Implementation

    As in the test of communicating value in the voice of the one deriving it, the test of implementation independence will allow for developers to approach the conversation creatively. When AC becomes prescriptive, creativity and innovation are stifled.

    Technology professionals with years of experience can share war stories of 300-page PRDs that became instantly obsolete with the first version update. AC should be evergreen in that the user will get the value they need, regardless of whether the implementation is changed or updated.

    7. Stay in the Problem Space, not the Solution Space

    Writing good acceptance criteria is about staying in the problem space and out of the solution space. In The Lean Product Playbook, Dan Olsen defines problem space as “a customer problem, need or benefit that the product should address.” In contrast, the solution space is “a specific implementation to address the customer need or requirement.”

    Olsen offers additional insight in a Medium blog entitled A Playbook for Achieving Product-Market Fit:

    “Problem space vs. solution space helps you to understand what is that true competition and substitutes for the need that you are addressing,” Olsen writes. “The classic example is that in the 1960s, NASA contractors spent millions to develop a space pen so that American astronauts could write in space, whereas the Soviet cosmonauts used a pencil.”

    People live in the solution space without ever asking about the real problem. In the product world, many teams rush into the solution space by coding new features without getting a clear idea of the problem space in which they find themselves. A user story’s AC should stay in the problem space, focusing on why a customer wants or needs your product. The solution space can live in the story, not in the AC.

    Focus on the Fundamentals!

    To improve the success rate of software projects, focus on the fundamentals. One of those fundamentals is requirements definition. On Agile projects, acceptance criteria are a form of requirements definition. Does your team’s acceptance criteria follow the guidelines we wrote here? If not, we would encourage you to consider them. Focus as much attention on improving the quality of your acceptance criteria as you do on other quality improvement initiatives.

    Editor’s note: This post was originally published in October 2019 and has been edited and updated for accuracy and comprehensiveness. 


    Get started with writing clear acceptance criteria.

    Download a PDF version of our AC for AC Checklist.

    Professional headshot of Paul Gebel.

    Paul Gebel is the Director of Product Innovation at ITX Corp. He earned his BFA and MBA at Rochester Institute of Technology, where he currently serves as Adjunct Professor. A veteran of the United States Navy, Paul’s experience also includes extensive project and product management experience and consultancy. At ITX, he works closely with high-profile clients, leveraging technology to help solve business problems so they can move, touch, and inspire the world.

    Professional headshot of John Roets.

    John Roets is a Principal Software Engineer at ITX Corp. He and the teams he works with follow Agile development practices. John has an MS degree in Software Development and Management from Rochester Institute of Technology and a BS degree in Electrical and Computer Engineering from Clarkson University. His interests lie at the intersection of technology, business strategy, and software processes.

    The post Acceptance Criteria Checklist: 7 Easy Steps To Better Quality appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    How Human-Centered Design Delivers Tomorrow’s Solutions https://itx.com/blog/how-human-centered-design-delivers-tomorrows-solutions/ Thu, 10 Oct 2019 19:31:52 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1304 ITX UX 2019: Beyond the Pixels Conference Takeaways

    ITX UX 2019: Beyond the Pixels design conference created one of those potentially historic moments. The kind of moment that, looking back years from now, we may realize the true measure of its significance.

    The post How Human-Centered Design Delivers Tomorrow’s Solutions appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    ITX UX 2019: Beyond the Pixels Conference Takeaways

    ITX UX 2019: Beyond the Pixels design conference created one of those potentially historic moments. The kind of moment that, looking back years from now, we may realize the true measure of its significance.

    For 3 days, we listened and learned to industry experts and each other. And at its conclusion, we left the conference embracing the idea of product design based on its ethical impact on our human users. As we pursue answers to tomorrow’s questions, these conference takeaways have the power to change the trajectory of future design efforts in terms of human-centered empathy and compassion.

    Target Investment in UX Decision Systems

    A direct connection exists between organizational objectives and the design systems we create to deliver them. Kim Goodwin kicked off the conference keynotes by calling on decision makers and designers alike to understand how their decision and design systems shape the world we humans experience.

    Decisions made by business leaders create the design system used to implement them, she said. It is those decisions that create the human experience with the products we design. But Kim urged us to think in new ways about how decision systems impact our work. If leaders adapt, we can envision a world in which human-centered design guides our future work.

    The most important thing we can do as design leaders is to worry less about design and more about human-centered decisions. — Kim Goodwin

    “We need to invest as much in enabling better UX decisions across the organization as we do in UI design,” Kim said. “Our task as designers is to help our teams understand what it means to be human-centered. The most important thing we can do as design leaders is to worry less about design and more about human-centered decisions.”

    Outcomes > Outputs

    For so long, our culture of delivery has blinded us to the reality that merely delivering a product doesn’t mean that product has value. We’ve been so focused on delivering features that no one stopped to ask, “so what?”. Keynote speaker Jeff Gothelf tells us, “When we free ourselves from that mindset, we shift from a culture of delivery to a culture of learning.”

    In other words, outcomes > outputs.

    During his talk, Jeff guided us to this discovery, explaining that product design and development – by themselves – represent neither the problem nor the solution. “It is the organization that must adapt to today’s market realities if we are to enjoy long-term success” Jeff said. “We accelerate the pace of our progress when we value learning over delivery.”

    I see humility as the ability to change your mind in the face of evidence. — Jeff Gothelf

    In a waterfall world, learning is a lagging indicator that comes only after we launch a product. Oftentimes, the learning comes too late, and we’re humbled (sometimes humiliated) by the output. In today’s modern agile environment, the iterative nature of the sprint allows us to ship, sense, and respond as more-frequent learning opportunities let us proceed or pivot. In this case though, we do so wisely and with humility, which Jeff defines as “the ability to change your mind in the face of evidence.”

    Take an Ethical Approach to Design

    As Assistant Professor in the School of Design at RIT’s College of Art & Design, Miguel Cardona comes to UX design through primarily an academic lens. In his closing keynote, Miguel walked us through the role of ethics in design, and with it, industry expectations to focus on responsibility at the micro-decision level. It’s the little things, he said, that often bring the greatest impact.

    My objective is to have designers think more intentionally and critically about everyday design decisions, with a lens focused on human values like security, inclusivity, and accessibility. — Miguel Cardona

    As designers, Miguel said, “we need to think about the decisions we make that lead to the intentionality – the decision systems – that drive our designs.” He urged us to begin our introspection early in the process, and in the “error space” using a premortem, assuming the perspective that something is wrong.

    “We will see progress when we place emphasis on the power and accountability of the designer to attune with human values and promote these expectations to others.… Only then,” Miguel concluded, “can we determine whether our efforts are benefiting our human users, or perhaps some other stakeholder.”

    It’s the self-assessment tool that will guide the future of ethical design.

    “What Got You Here Won’t Get You There”

    During ITX UX 2019: Beyond the Pixels, together we came to understand what it is to be human-centered and to invoke human-centered design principles. We examined the evolution of design from featured-focused to user-focused. And we firmly planted ethics at the core of future design.

    In a race that has no finish line or predetermined path,* we learned that the same tools that got us here will be insufficient to advance our future work. We need new perspectives, diverse ones, if we are to get there. Our pursuit of mastery continues nonetheless. When we come together to learn from industry experts and each other, we draw ever closer to achieving our goal.


    * BBVA Group Executive Chairman, Francisco González, excerpted from Jeff Gothelf’s presentation, entitled “Almost Everything I Learned from 9 Years of Lean UX.” Oct. 5, 2019.

    The post How Human-Centered Design Delivers Tomorrow’s Solutions appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Human-Centered Design https://itx.com/blog/human-centered-design/ Fri, 04 Oct 2019 19:28:56 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1299 Product people get excited about solving problems that make people’s lives better. On that we can all agree. It’s the approach we choose to achieve that goal where differences arise. Sometimes the differences are significant and obvious – Agile vs. Waterfall, for example. Sometimes, they seem much less so. Take user-centered design vs. human-centered design. Aren’t users of our products human? Of course they are, but there’s more to the difference than a mere distinction.

    The post Human-Centered Design appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Product people get excited about solving problems that make people’s lives better. On that we can all agree. It’s the approach we choose to achieve that goal where differences arise. Sometimes the differences are significant and obvious – Agile vs. Waterfall, for example. Sometimes, they seem much less so. Take user-centered design vs. human-centered design. Aren’t users of our products human? Of course they are, but there’s more to the difference than a mere distinction.

    In this episode, hosts Sean and podcast newcomer Paul Gebel welcome Kim Goodwin, author, coach, consultant, and a featured keynote speaker at ITX’s 2nd annual ITXUX2019: Beyond the Pixels design conference. Kim explains that the people closest to the problems, those who confront them every day, hold the key to their solution. To apply our designs in ways that solve those problems, we need to think in terms of meeting human needs.

    Maslow’s Impact on Human-Centered Design

    The terms human- and user-centered design are often used interchangeably.

    “When I speak of human-centered design,” Kim says, “I see it as helping people self-actualize, without getting in anybody else’s way.”

    Kim’s comment hints that it’s difficult to discuss human-centered design without invoking the name, Abraham Maslow. Maslow’s work describes the range of human needs from basic physiological (“I am safe; I can function”) to self-actualization (“I contribute to something bigger than myself), and everything in between.

    By delivering technology solutions that address innately human problems, designers have the power to advance users up Maslow’s hierarchy pyramid and give us a taste of the self-actualization we all crave.

    Kim explains Maslow in a much simpler way; in fact, when she’s asked in social settings what kind of work she does, she responds, “I don’t even use the ‘D’ word (design). I just say, ‘I make companies better at humans. I like that because that’s really what it’s all about.”

    Designers and Human-Centered Metrics

    At the core of their being, designers are problem solvers, right? So, at the start of any engagement it’s important that we understand precisely what we are trying to accomplish. What’s the problem? What’s the goal? And Why?

    “If we don’t ask those fundamental questions at the outset,” Kim says, “we usually end up with a misaligned team.  If people respond by telling you we should build X, Y, and Z, we need to ask ‘Why? What is that going to accomplish for us and for whose benefit?’”

    When we design with the goal of delivering primarily for our clients and employers, as opposed to the humans who actually use our designs, we risk targeting the wrong measures of success, Kim says. “When we over-optimize to one metric, we get distorted behavior. We get measured on the things we’re incented for…those things tend to be what’s easy to measure. What we don’t measure, though, is the impact that our products and our services have on people and on their lives,” she adds.

    When we over-optimize to one metric, we get distorted behavior. We get measured on the things we’re incented for…those things tend to be what’s easy to measure. What we don’t measure, though, is the impact that our products and our services have on people and on their lives. — Kim Goodwin

    The Evolution of Personas – A Hammer with No Nail

    Perhaps the most challenging aspect of design work is truly knowing who we’re solving problems for. We gather demographic and psychographic data to guide our perception of the people who will benefit from our design work. These are important pieces of the puzzle, Kim offers, “but a lot of people have latched on to personas a little too much and use them like creative writing tools.

    “As standalone tools, personas are not that worthwhile,” she adds. “It’s kind of like a hammer with no nail. If all you say, ‘Here’s our persona; here’s your goals,’ and proceed to tack on some fictitious details…, that may help clarify your thinking, but without a scenario your persona is not going to do much for you.” When combined with the context, personas are “hugely useful,” Kim argues.

    When designers observe people in their environments and understand their technology and domain competencies, they see them in much richer detail. Designers possess the rare ability to understand how people perceive the world, as well as the tools to design experiences for that. A combination that when applied correctly draws us closer to the human-centered solution.

    Designers possess the rare ability to understand how people perceive the world, as well as the tools to design experiences for that. A combination that when applied correctly draws us closer to the human-centered solution. — Kim Goodwin

    When you listen to our entire podcast conversation, you’ll get to hear Kim’s answers to these and other questions:

    • What’s one of the biggest mistakes that product people make when using personas?
    • According to Kim, what’s only way to get a team truly aligned around what humans need?
    • Why is it so important to have diverse voices on product teams?
    • Which provides greater impact: technology skill? Or skill in the user’s domain?

    The post Human-Centered Design appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    3 Positive Steps That Address Tomorrow’s Design Challenges https://itx.com/blog/3-positive-steps-that-address-tomorrows-design-challenges/ Tue, 24 Sep 2019 19:26:25 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1296 As product people, we pursue mastery in an evasive world that bobs and weaves all around us. As markets shift and our users react, we’re required to learn and adapt and to perceive our circumstances in different ways. Just as our clients and their customers do. And as we question whether yesterday’s answers will solve tomorrow’s problems, we realize the need to seek new learning.

    The post 3 Positive Steps That Address Tomorrow’s Design Challenges appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    As product people, we pursue mastery in an evasive world that bobs and weaves all around us. As markets shift and our users react, we’re required to learn and adapt and to perceive our circumstances in different ways. Just as our clients and their customers do. And as we question whether yesterday’s answers will solve tomorrow’s problems, we realize the need to seek new learning.

    For nearly a decade, Agile and Lean UX delivered many of those answers – and still do. There’s no organization out there today that will admit to not being agile. They may not actually be applying Agile principles, or doing it well, but they’ll never admit it. What they will admit, though, is that every answer generates at least two new questions. It’s how we learn, right? How we expand the domain of knowledge exponentially. How we pursue mastery.

    1. Modernizing Agile

    It’s been almost 10 years since Jeff Gothelf and Josh Seiden authored Lean UX. As an industry, we learned from them that getting feedback as soon as possible allowed us to make quicker decisions. “Fail quickly” was the mantra of many, as it underscored the unavoidable (and invaluable) truth that we’re not always going to be right. And the sooner we realized where we went wrong, the sooner we could pivot, toss out the old design, and start from scratch – this time armed with a sprint’s-worth of knowledge that let us work rapidly and efficiently, and do both well at the same time.

    There’s talk these days of a modern Agile. In a recent conversation with ITX, Jeff characterized it as “cross-functional, collaborative, customer-centric, and evidence-driven.” All of which, he believes, was part of Agile’s original intent. As we learn, it takes time for us to navigate the framework to truly assimilate a concept’s underlying benefits. Effective product design requires creativity. But it’s not creativity in a random, abstract sense. This brand of creativity flourishes within a well-honed process, one that flexes as scenarios change. Modern Agile also infuses a sense of team autonomy that empowers product people to experiment and learn, and to do so in concert with the technical and support disciplines that successful product design requires. 

    1. Envisioning Solutions Through Scenarios

    The ability to envision the right solution for the right audience is a highly advanced skill with which effective UX designers have been blessed. It is best revealed by deep study of the problem to be solved, the circumstance of a specific situation, and a rich appreciation for whom the problem is being solved.

    In a Product Momentum Podcast conversation, Kim Goodwin shared that crafting personas helps us get to a user-centric solution, but that personas present only a shadow of the complete user story. Scenarios, when combined with well-defined personas, she added, help designers and their teams explore visual design options and define products based on insights drawn from using “the right user research.”

    Our customers know precisely the problems they need to solve. The task of designers and their teams is to meet users there, in the problem space, before applying their gift of vision to formulate solutions. Like modern Agile, the use of scenarios is inclusive. It’s process-agnostic, in that scenarios work equally well whether your creative canvas is Agile, Waterfall, or somewhere in between.

    1. Engaging a Human-Centered Approach

    As the world around us evolves and grows more diverse, our teams, tools, and technologies must keep pace. We need to focus on the end users of our designs; but even more than that, we need to think more deeply about them. Just as we need to apply context (i.e., scenarios) to our data-driven personas, we must think beyond customers as merely users of our tools. They are humans.

    Miguel Cardona, a Product Momentum Podcast guest, asks us to consider the following: What might a normal human expect in this situation? What experience would make them feel great, maybe even giggle with glee? What would help them be even more effective or feel acknowledged and cared for in whatever the situation is. As a designer, it can really be distilled down to those simple questions, the micro-decisions we make every day.

    When considered through that eye-opening lens, designers may want to think even more deeply about their role in terms of ethics in design, and with it, industry expectations to focus on responsibility at the micro-decisions level. It’s the little things, right, that often bring the greatest impact.

    Imagine the impact of focusing our efforts on human-centered design principles – not (necessarily) those that deliver desired outcomes for clients and employers. Imagine if we aligned our work in a way that fulfilled such fundamental human needs as security, inclusivity, and accessibility. This mindset, of course, requires a higher level of thinking.

    What might a normal human expect in this situation? What experience would make them feel great, maybe even giggle with glee? As a designer, it can really be distilled down to those simple questions, the micro-decisions we make every day.

    In Conclusion – Ours Is a Noble Calling

    But when product people share a passion for solving complex problems and leveraging technology to move, touch, and inspire our world, we take giant leaps forward to improve the lives of others. In today’s high-tech, digital age, can there be a more noble calling?

    Our pursuit of mastery may never end. But when we come together to learn from industry experts and each other, we continue the chase armed with many of today’s answers, drawing ever closer to achieving our goal.

    Want to join the chase? Learn from world-renowned industry experts and each other. Register now for ITX UX 2019: Beyond the Pixels design conference, Oct. 3-5 in Rochester, NY and Nov. 6-8 in Portland, OR.

    The post 3 Positive Steps That Address Tomorrow’s Design Challenges appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    17 / Human-Centered Design https://itx.com/podcast/17-human-centered-design/ Tue, 24 Sep 2019 15:05:29 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=865 Product people get excited about solving problems that make users’ lives better. On that we can all agree. It’s the approach through which we choose to achieve that goal where differences arise. Sometimes the differences are more clear – Agile vs. Waterfall, for example. On other occasions, the difference is less obvious. Take user-centered vs. …

    The post 17 / Human-Centered Design appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    Product people get excited about solving problems that make users’ lives better. On that we can all agree. It’s the approach through which we choose to achieve that goal where differences arise. Sometimes the differences are more clear – Agile vs. Waterfall, for example. On other occasions, the difference is less obvious. Take user-centered vs. human-centered design. On their face, they seem synonymous; after all, users are human. But as we’ll hear from Kim Goodwin, the difference between them is more than a mere distinction.

    In this episode, hosts Sean and podcast newcomer Paul Gebel welcome Kim Goodwin, author, consultant, and a featured keynote speaker at ITX’s 2nd annual ITX UX 2019: Beyond the Pixels design conference. Paul is a new host for the show and a Senior Product Management at ITX.

    Kim discusses the power of human-centered design, in which product people must draw ever closer to those most familiar with the problems they face every day. It is those most familiar with the problems our product aims to solve, she says, who hold the key to their solutions. If we are to create products that solve those problems, we need to think in terms of meeting human needs.

    Read our blog post.

    The post 17 / Human-Centered Design appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Product people get excited about solving problems that make users’ lives better. On that we can all agree. It’s the approach through which we choose to achieve that goal where differences arise. Sometimes the differences are more clear – Agile vs. Kim Goodwin urges product teams to spend time with users in their actual context to achieve human-centered design. Kim Goodwin 1 1 17 17 17 / Human-Centered Design full false 35:15
    Introducing Gender Perspective Into Design https://itx.com/blog/introducing-gender-perspective-into-design/ Thu, 19 Sep 2019 19:24:07 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1290 Earlier this winter (summer in the northern hemisphere), I enjoyed facilitating the first-ever Gender Jam in Buenos Aires, Argentina. The event was organized by Buenos Aires Service Jams, the local chapter of the Global Service Jams – a non-profit and volunteer-based network of service design aficionados – and MásMujeresUXar, the local chapter of Mas Mujeres Ux, a community of women from Latin America who work in user experience and try to empower women in technology and enhance their visibility through workshops and access to educational courses.

    The post Introducing Gender Perspective Into Design appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Earlier this winter (summer in the northern hemisphere), I enjoyed facilitating the first-ever Gender Jam in Buenos Aires, Argentina. The event was organized by Buenos Aires Service Jams, the local chapter of the Global Service Jams – a non-profit and volunteer-based network of service design aficionados – and MásMujeresUXar, the local chapter of Mas Mujeres Ux, a community of women from Latin America who work in user experience and try to empower women in technology and enhance their visibility through workshops and access to educational courses.

    Gender-Inclusive Hackathon

    The event consisted of a ‘hackathon style workday,’ in which participants were provided 48 hours to improvise, build, and create services based on a specific theme. The event theme asked dozens of participants to consider the extent to which gender affects design and, if possible, to introduce ‘gender perspective’ into the design of the day-to-day services. Throughout the weekend, participants were supported by user-centered methodologies to design and build real-life prototypes of the solutions they discovered.

    A Design Thinking Methodology

    Event participants followed a traditional design thinking process; as such, they began by brainstorming ideas and collectively prioritized which topics would better suit the challenges they wanted to approach. They then engaged in various ideation techniques and validated their insights with assistance from people residing in the neighborhood surrounding the event’s location.

    Armed with those findings, event participants prototyped their service solutions and went out again to test their prototypes. After some iterations, participants presented their findings – including the pain points about each of the themes they decided to study.

    Topics Presented & Guest Speakers

    During the event, attendees discussed the following topics:

    • False Neutrality, with Griselda Flesler.
    • What Is a Gender Perspective, with Belén Sanchez.
    • Transgender Patient Identification, specifically discussing an inclusive form design by the Technology Department of the Hospital Italiano of Buenos Aires.

    Griselda Flesler, who teaches the “Design and Gender Studies” class in Argentina’s National University, FADU-UBA, delivered the keynote address. Griselda also serves as coordinator of the Gender Unit of the General Secretary of FADU.

    During her lecture, she discussed “false neutrality” in design. Griselda analyzed how gender has affected the design of products and services throughout the centuries, as well as the tacit understanding that there is almost always a gender-biased chain of thought in the decision-making process.

    She emphasized the concept that gender ideologies have a direct impact when choosing some styles of design over others.  Indeed, she shared that in her faculty lectures, she tries to open a dialog that examines the rhetoric of neutrality and provides awareness about the importance of adding a gender perspective into the design thinking process. The goal, she states, is to derive an inclusive and flexible deliverable that embraces a more ‘genderless’ and universal approach to how we articulate design projects.

    The event also included a “gender clinic,” which offered participants the opportunity to get important advice on a variety of gender-based topics. Available for consultation were specialists in the field of anthropology, a consultant from Bridge the Gap (an organization that promotes gender equality and inclusive leadership in work environments), a member of the Buenos Aires Gender Observatory of Justice, and a service designer specialized in sensitive service design.

    A Gender Perspective in Future Design

    As the activities concluded and Gender Jam drew to a close, attendees departed with a clear understanding about the importance of applying a gender perspective in the initial phase of any project.  In the same way design thinking techniques taught us ‘Empathy is everything,’ Gender Jam deepened our awareness that ‘Empathy without introspection cannot exist.’ Therefore, to deliver a more universal perspective, we must first understand the gender stereotypes and privilege we may be perpetuating through our designs; and in that way, we open our eyes to more universal and inclusive designs that serve a much broader array of users with products and services that improve their lives.

    In the same way design thinking techniques taught us ‘Empathy is everything,’ Gender Jam deepened our awareness that ‘Empathy without introspection cannot exist.’ — Nicole Btesh,UX/UI Interaction Designer, ITX Corp.

    Just to gain some context, this Jam was established as a way of starting conversations that incorporate gender perspective into the design of products and services. Argentina is experiencing a strong feminist movement that is slowly clearing a path for more inclusive language and product design, as well as an array of protocols that seeks to involve all people without regard for gender and sexual orientation.

    Supporting a More Inclusive Society

    Therefore, I strongly believe that it’s imperative to encourage our broader society to accommodate and support events like Gender Jam, in which people from diverse backgrounds can come together in an environment to share their spirit while feeling safe to consider the services of the future with a different perspective – one that breaks with the traditional male-dominated way of thinking. For that reason, this Jam in particular served as a way of introducing gender as a key topic in today’s social agenda, by bringing gender issues to the forefront and challenging the status quo.

    This Jam also identified which gender stereotypes continue to pervade contemporary society and examined how frequently a gender-biased perspective plays an oppressive role and encourages an unfriendly environment to people who refuse to be defined by their gender identities.

    What’s Next?

    In addition to bestowing a gender perspective among colleagues and students, going forward the plan is to replicate Gender Jam in different countries so that the global chapter of Service Design Jam can incorporate it into its annual array of events.


    Learn more about designing for inclusion with the ITX ebook:
    Getting Started with Product Inclusion – An imperfect guide to thinking bigger and building better digital experiences.


    The post Introducing Gender Perspective Into Design appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    ITX Product Momentum Podcast – Episode 16: Developing Organizational Agility https://itx.com/blog/itx-product-momentum-podcast-episode-16-developing-organizational-agility/ Fri, 13 Sep 2019 19:18:11 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1287 Imagine a world in which we drop the labels that segregate us as Lean. As Agile. As waterfall. As design thinkers. Imagine a world where instead we build the kinds of organizations and cultures that encourage and reward learning and customer centricity, that incentivize teams to deeply understand their customers and to ensure that we're always delivering value on their behalf. Let that sink in.
    In this episode, hosts Sean and Joe chat with Jeff Gothelf, author, coach, consultant, and a featured keynote speaker at ITX’s 2nd annual ITX UX 2019: Beyond the Pixels design conference. The world Jeff hopes for is not necessarily the one he predicts, but it is a world that allows us to freely pick and choose the components and methodologies that work best within our respective domains.

    The post ITX Product Momentum Podcast – Episode 16: Developing Organizational Agility appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Imagine a world in which we drop the labels that segregate us as Lean. As Agile. As waterfall. As design thinkers. Imagine a world where instead we build the kinds of organizations and cultures that encourage and reward learning and customer centricity, that incentivize teams to deeply understand their customers and to ensure that we’re always delivering value on their behalf. Let that sink in.

    In this episode, hosts Sean and Joe chat with Jeff Gothelf, author, coach, consultant, and a featured keynote speaker at ITX’s 2nd annual ITX UX 2019: Beyond the Pixels design conference. The world Jeff hopes for is not necessarily the one he predicts, but it is a world that allows us to freely pick and choose the components and methodologies that work best within our respective domains.

    Promoting a Best Result

    The coolest takeaway from listening to Jeff is that, even as the author of Lean UX and Lean vs. Agile vs. Design Thinking, he seems less concerned about defending a particular belief than about promoting a best result. As you listen to the podcast, it’s clear that Jeff is focused more on helping teams build healthy collaborations that deliver products and services that customers love, than about holding fast to a philosophy that may yield less-than-optimal results.

    Modern Agile

    Jeff leads with a discussion of Agile – more specifically, “modern Agile,” which he describes as a “cross-functional, collaborative, customer-centric, and evidence-driven” approach that he says was the original intent for Agile. He quickly and seamlessly transitions to Agile’s growth in popularity since its inception nearly 2 decades ago and the challenges that have arisen throughout its evolution.

    Not surprisingly, as more teams within an organization have adopted (and continue to adopt) Agile as an underlying construct, scalability has surfaced as a key obstacle. With Agile teams popping up like daisies within their respective organizations, ensuring that these teams are not working at cross-purposes  becomes an obvious challenge.

    When leaders communicate an outcome, they provide a measure of success that empowers teams to experiment. To take risk. To iterate. And to learn. In essence, you’ve empowered them to be agile. — Jeff Gothelf

    As organizations embrace the very popular objectives and key results concept (OKRs, by the way, is a topic presented by 2019 Product Momentum: Beyond the Features conference guest speaker Christina Wodtke), they need to be mindful of the risk that one team’s efforts may conflict with another’s. As teams manage to their own desired outcomes, the organization needs to coordinate their efforts to ensure the progress of all teams.

    Balanced, Autonomous Teams

    Autonomy combined with a proactive communication loop mitigates these challenges, Jeff states. But it all begins with an understanding of how to assign work to teams, and how leaders structure their work. Jeff’s advice is simple: Frame the work as a challenge to be solved, not a solution to implement.

    In his keynote address at last year’s ITXUX2018: Beyond the Pixels design conference, Jared Spool explored ways to resist the temptation of choosing feature-based solutions over problem-based ones. Similarly, during his own 2019 Product Momentum: Beyond the Features workshop, Dan Olsen explained the critical distinction between working in the problem space versus the solution space.

    Jeff explains it this way: “Customers and end users know exactly what they need to get done. They work in the problem space. Our job [as product builders] is to meet them there. Understand their specific challenges. Embrace the problem to be solved, the job to be done.”

    Customers and end users know exactly what they need to get done. They work in the problem space. Our job [as product builders] is to meet them there. Understand their specific challenges. Embrace the problem to be solved, the job to be done. — Jeff Gothelf

    Working in the problem space also allows balanced, autonomous teams to embrace an outcome as opposed to having a roadmap prescribed for them, Jeff adds. “When leaders communicate an outcome, they provide a measure of success that empowers teams to experiment. To take risk. To iterate. And to learn. In essence, you’ve empowered them to be agile.”

    Sense & Respond

    One of the other (many) compelling points Jeff makes is that, even though it was conceived by 17 software engineers and may be guided within that frame of reference, Agile is an inclusive framework. Despite the fact that the majority of Agile’s implementations have launched from the IT department, Jeff says, “The reality is that today we can’t deliver successful digital products and services without product management. Without design. Without copywriting. And without content strategy. We need those disciplines to build great customer experiences….”

    The reality is that today we can’t deliver successful digital products and services without product management. Without design. Without copywriting. And without content strategy. We need those disciplines to build great customer experiences….” — Jeff Gothelf

    Is this where Agile finds its greatest value, in its “discipline inclusivity”? An acknowledgement of the need for a comprehensive, well-rounded approach to product development?

    I don’t claim to know the answer. But one thing I learned from listening to Jeff is that, even team members who work in a part of an organization that doesn’t specifically work on product, their work is truly impactful. Their work effects positive organizational change in significant ways, mostly by influencing customer behavior.

    “This realization of impact and of value-add increases the agility of the entire organization, employee by employee and department by department,” he says. “And it helps workers and teams in non-product disciplines to learn and adapt. They develop an improved sense of their impact and are equipped to respond by better supporting inter-related product disciplines.”

    Sense and respond. The teams capable of this are the ones most comfortable in the problem space, delivering valued results on behalf of their customers.

    Want More Jeff?

    When you listen to our entire podcast conversation, you’ll get to hear Jeff’s answers to these and other questions:

    • What’s the biggest obstacle to overcome when speaking with clients about making additional investments in user research?
    • What does “less research done more often” mean, and how does it fit the continuous feedback loop that Agile requires?
    • What’s the “one metric” that matters? Is it the same for every organization?
    • What does Jeff think about Steve Jobs’ comment, “Customers don’t know what they want until we tell them.”? His response might surprise you!

    Can’t get enough? We don’t blame you! Meet Jeff in person by registering for ITX UX 2019: Beyond the Pixels, October 3-5 in Rochester, NY.

    The post ITX Product Momentum Podcast – Episode 16: Developing Organizational Agility appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    16 / Developing Organizational Agility https://itx.com/podcast/16-developing-organizational-agility/ Wed, 04 Sep 2019 13:50:06 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=810 Imagine a world in which we drop the labels that segregate us as Lean, as Agile, as Waterfall, as Design Thinkers. Instead, imagine a world where we build the kinds of organizations and cultures that encourage and reward learning and customer centricity, that incentivize teams to deeply understand their customers, and that ensure that we’re …

    The post 16 / Developing Organizational Agility appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Imagine a world in which we drop the labels that segregate us as Lean, as Agile, as Waterfall, as Design Thinkers. Instead, imagine a world where we build the kinds of organizations and cultures that encourage and reward learning and customer centricity, that incentivize teams to deeply understand their customers, and that ensure that we’re always delivering value on their behalf. This is organizational agility as Jeff Gothelf describes it.

    In this episode, hosts Sean and Joe chat with Jeff Gothelf. He is an author, coach, consultant, and featured keynote speaker at ITX’s 2nd annual ITXUX2019: Beyond the Pixels conference. As you listen to the podcast, it’s clear that Jeff is focused on helping teams build healthy collaborations that deliver products and services that customers love, rather than holding fast to a philosophy that may yield less-than-optimal results. The world Jeff hopes for may not be the one he predicts will come to pass. But it’s a world that allows us to freely pick and choose the components and methodologies that work best.  “Our job [as product builders] is to meet them there. Understand their specific challenges, embrace the problem to be solved, the job to be done.”

    Read our blog post here.

    The post 16 / Developing Organizational Agility appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Imagine a world in which we drop the labels that segregate us as Lean, as Agile, as Waterfall, as Design Thinkers. Instead, imagine a world where we build the kinds of organizations and cultures that encourage and reward learning and customer centricit... Jeff Gothelf asks us to work towards an agile world with cross-functional, collaborative, customer-centric, evidence-driven organizations. Jeff Gothelf 1 1 16 16 16 / Developing Organizational Agility full false 38:03
    Design Your Own ROC’n UX Conference Experience https://itx.com/blog/design-your-own-rocn-ux-conference-experience/ Tue, 03 Sep 2019 19:15:46 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1284 The momentum is building! ITX is in full growth mode; we’re designing our snazzy new digs in downtown Rochester’s Innovation Zone; and soon we’ll be celebrating all the excitement and more during our 2nd annual ITXUX2019: Beyond the Pixels design conference, Oct. 3-5. We’re psyched for you to join us and our amazing guest speakers for three awesome days of intimate workshops, dynamic keynotes, and plenty of networking with your colleagues and newfound friends.
    Are you ready to pull the trigger and reserve your seat? Or are you still wondering whether ITXUX2019 is right for you? Fair question. But once you check out our line-up of guest speakers and their many accomplishments, you’ll realize we designed this UX conference with specifically you in mind.
    Still not convinced and looking for more? Well look no further than this post. Cuz we’ve asked the experts – our fellow ITXers – what they love to do when they’re not creating great software. As you’ll see, just like UX design the options are limitless!

    The post Design Your Own ROC’n UX Conference Experience appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    The momentum is building! ITX is in full growth mode; we’re designing our snazzy new digs in downtown Rochester’s Innovation Zone; and soon we’ll be celebrating all the excitement and more during our 2nd annual ITX UX 2019: Beyond the Pixels design conference, Oct. 3-5. We’re psyched for you to join us and our amazing guest speakers for three awesome days of intimate workshops, dynamic keynotes, and plenty of networking with your colleagues and newfound friends.

    Are you ready to pull the trigger and reserve your seat? Or are you still wondering whether ITX UX 2019 is right for you? Fair question. But once you check out our line-up of guest speakers and their many accomplishments, you’ll realize we designed this UX conference with specifically you in mind.

    Still not convinced and looking for more? Well look no further than this post. Cuz we’ve asked the experts – our fellow ITXers – what they love to do when they’re not creating great software. As you’ll see, just like UX design the options are limitless!

    START THE DAY RIGHT!

    Infuse a little java to get your creative juices flowing!  Rochester and its suburbs offer plenty of your favorite national chains to help jump start your day – Starbucks and Dunkin’, for example – as well as some local/regional shops, including Tim Hortons, Bruegger’s Bagels, and Village Bakery & Cafe. We love the small, private establishments also, and think you will too:

    Fuego Coffee Roasters

    Spot Coffee

    Café Sasso

    Ugly Duck Coffee

    UNPLUG & UNWIND

    Take in some of Upstate New York’s crisp autumn air after an exhilarating day of information gathering and networking. Bring along your hiking boots and mountain bike to savor the more than 12,000 acres of parkland in the City and surrounding areas!

    Highland Park. Home to the world-famous Lilac Festival in the month of May, but October’s fall foliage is equally stunning. Highland Park offers miles of paved walkways winding through the oaks and maples, plus a natural path through the park’s arboretum.

    Powder Mills Park. Literally just around the corner from ITX headquarters, be sure to check out the active fish hatchery and the “mushroom house” in the center of the park, along with ample hiking trails and picnic areas.

    The Genesee Riverway Trail. We call it urban hiking. Just a few blocks from downtown Rochester, enjoy extraordinary vistas from paved and wooded paths along the Genesee River as it winds its way past the University of Rochester, over a series of impressive waterfalls, through the City to the south shore of Lake Ontario.

    The Erie Canal. With access less than a mile from ITX headquarters, the Erie Canal meanders through charming towns and villages, each dotted with an eclectic array of restaurants and a dynamic craft beer and spirits scene. Bring your bike or favorite walking shoes and enjoy a serene stroll along the historic Erie Canal.

    Letchworth Park. About an hour south of the city and carved by the same Genesee River that shaped Rochester’s landscape and history is Letchworth State Park – aka, “The Grand Canyon of the East.” Nearly 1,000 feet deep, the gorge will be ablaze in hues of red, yellow, and orange. Letchworth Park is home to miles of walking trails, picnic areas, and panoramic views.

    RENEW, REFRESH, REFUEL…REPEAT

    ITXers love to relax after a long day creating new technology solutions for their clients. The Genesee River and Erie Canal crisscross the region offering numerous choices that match every palate and passion.

    REDD. Rochester native and Michelin-starred chef Richard Reddington has returned to his roots to open REDD Rochester. Reddington was the owner and chef of Redd (Napa Valley) for more than 13 years. Make reservations soon, as demand is high to sample Reddington’s culinary excellence.

    Dinosaur BBQ. Overlooking the falls in the heart of the City, lovers of hickory- and mesquite-smoked brisket, pork, and chicken will have their barbecue dreams come true. The ever-changing beer menu is sure to find a fit with every guest.

    Richardson’s Canal House. Enjoy a drink and appetizers with friends on the patio and lawn as you watch the paddlers and tour boats glide past on the Erie Canal. Fine dining awaits you inside, less than a mile from ITX headquarters in the hamlet of Bushnell Basin.

    Craft beer. Again, the options are limitless. Seven Story, Lock 32, Three Heads Brewing, and Rohrbach Brewing Company are just a handful of the many outstanding craft beer destinations in the Rochester Region’s dynamic and fast-growing industry. Perhaps most famous of all is Genesee Brewing Co., perched high above the upper falls of the iconic Genesee River. Grab the traditional Genny or try something new, with conference friends and colleagues and enjoy dinner overlooking the falls.

    The East End Experience. Just a few blocks from downtown lies Rochester’s “East End” district, home to a vibrant entertainment scene for everyone from boomers to millennials. Dozens of casual dining options, live music, and a metropolitan vibe will provide a relaxing end to an information-filled day of learning.

    Nick Tahou Hots has been serving after-hours diners for more than 100 years! You can’t come to Rochester without a visit to the home of the world-famous Garbage Plate!

    SAVOR THE CREATIVE

    Rochester, NY is world-renown for its arts and entertainment scene, featuring –

    The Eastman School of Music

    The Little Theatre

    Strong National Museum of Play

    Geva Theatre

    Rochester Museum & Science Center

    Strasenburgh Planetarium

    George Eastman Museum

    Memorial Art Gallery 

    One thing all these exciting venues have in common is their shared location in Rochester’s Neighborhood of the Arts.

    DESIGN! MORE DESIGN!

    Can’t get enough UX Design? Check out daily tours at the Rochester Institute of Technology’s College of Art & Design. Many ITXers proudly boast their RIT sheepskin; your next design professional may too!

    “It’s time to design your ROC’n UX conference experience! Register Today!”

    The post Design Your Own ROC’n UX Conference Experience appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Gender Balance in Tech – Hope for the Future https://itx.com/blog/gender-balance-in-tech-hope-for-the-future/ Fri, 16 Aug 2019 19:12:20 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1281 As a woman in tech, I rarely discuss my work with other women in my social spheres. This is by choice, as I grow weary of hearing the same phrase over and over: “I could never do what you do.”

    The post Gender Balance in Tech – Hope for the Future appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    As a woman in tech, I rarely discuss my work with other women in my social spheres. This is by choice, as I grow weary of hearing the same phrase over and over: “I could never do what you do.”

    Despite my protests, it seems as though the women in my life have no interest in learning more about computer science, programming, or being a developer. As a person who performs this work every day, I have little doubt that my friends and family could not only learn to program as I have, but would excel at it.

    What is it that keeps them from taking the leap? Or even dipping their toe just a little bit? My sense is it’s a combination of things. Fear of the unknown for sure. Likely some lingering misconceptions about computing as a career option for women. Many women I know were brought up before the Internet age, before there was a computer in every household much less in the palm of every hand. This was a time when telecommunications, software design, and programming were fields seemingly reserved for men – once again leaving us women on the outside looking in.

    We might be on to something.

    In a 2015 study conducted at the University of Washington,[1] researchers determined the presence of gendered stereotypes surrounding computer science courses for high school-aged students that led to a disparity in the gender of the students who enroll.

    “Computer scientists are stereotyped in contemporary American society as male, technologically oriented, and socially awkward. Other stereotypes about the culture of computer science include a perception that it requires ‘brilliance.’”[2]

    The stereotype also suggests that the field of computer science can seem isolating. Being stuck behind a computer screen all day with little personal interaction, or sitting in a predominantly male classroom, can inhibit collaboration among peers. Such an environment causes women to feel as though they do not belong. Many choose to not continue with their computer science program, or to not enroll in the first place, due to feelings of low self-esteem or to avoid the risk of judgment from their male peers.

    My experience in previous workplaces supports the glaringly obvious prevalence of these stereotypes. As a woman in tech, I have felt inadequate. Reluctant to ask for help. Isolated and unable to complete my assigned tasks. I have felt as though I do not belong…   – Claire Pickhardt

    My experience in previous workplaces supports the glaringly obvious prevalence of these stereotypes. As a woman in tech, I have felt inadequate. Reluctant to ask for help. Isolated and unable to complete my assigned tasks. I have felt as though I do not belong, despite the fact that I have earned positions in much the same way as my male counterparts.

    When I graduated college, I convinced myself that I did not want a job developing or coding, instead applying for positions as a technical writer or in technology sales. I knew I loved technology and computers, but felt that I would not succeed due to past experiences of sexism and feelings of isolation.

    Cue ITX.

    When I arrived at ITX, I was incredibly nervous due to past experiences. Nervous that the people I worked with would not take me seriously. Nervous that my work would be ridiculed. Nervous that I would not belong.

    However, the women technologists at ITX resolved my “belonging” concern without really trying. They solved it without even overtly acknowledging the issue in the first place. Within my first couple of months at ITX, some of my “women in tech” colleagues started a company chat in the name of boosting morale and creating a place for women to share experiences and connect with one another. In group chats and occasional calls, ITX’s women in tech from all around the globe became familiar with one another and created a support system that directly counteracted any potential feelings of isolation, any sense of not belonging, and any feelings of being the minority in our field.

    Even in predominantly male teams, the women expressed that they were listened to and respected as team members, rather than just as a “token female,” which is a trope that many of us made references to in our calls. In fact, when I asked one of my female coworkers if she felt respected at ITX, her response was, “Actually, ITX is the place I feel most listened to out of all my jobs for the last 15 years.”

    When I asked one of my female coworkers if she felt respected at ITX, her response was, “Actually, ITX is the place I feel most listened to out of all my jobs for the last 15 years.”   – Claire Pickhardt

    While it is wonderful that the women of ITX created this open, comfortable space to converse with one another, the rest of the organization has always felt like a safe space to me, a junior female developer who has been here for less than 2 years. Our culture at ITX is one of inclusion, regardless of gender (in reality, regardless of membership in any underrepresented class), and it permeates into the lives of its employees. I see this routinely during the workday, at meetings and conferences, and at company-sponsored events.

    My co-workers and I feel a warm sense of family, especially when our work relationships evolve into friendships and we choose to spend time with each other outside of normal business hours. At ITX, employees are people, regardless of gender, and are respected as such. It is extremely refreshing.

    I can’t wait to discuss this with other women in my social spheres. At least there’s hope.


    [1] Master, A., Cheryan, S., & Meltzoff, A. N. (2016). “Computing whether she belongs: Stereotypes undermine girls’ interest and sense of belonging in computer science.” Journal of Educational Psychology, 108(3), 424-437.

    [2] Ibid., p. 424.

    The post Gender Balance in Tech – Hope for the Future appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    15 / Test Assumptions to Achieve Product-Market Fit https://itx.com/podcast/15-testing-assumptions-to-achieve-product-market-fit/ Tue, 06 Aug 2019 12:38:33 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=761 Software product development is hard enough. It’s harder still when our investment of resources is based on a set of untested assumptions. The probability that we perfectly address each of the hundreds or thousands (millions?) of assumptions, hypotheses, and decisions is super low. Once we get comfortable with the idea that many of our assumptions …

    The post 15 / Test Assumptions to Achieve Product-Market Fit appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    Software product development is hard enough. It’s harder still when our investment of resources is based on a set of untested assumptions. The probability that we perfectly address each of the hundreds or thousands (millions?) of assumptions, hypotheses, and decisions is super low. Once we get comfortable with the idea that many of our assumptions are wrong, we can embrace the uncertainty and engage the anxiety that comes from it, says Dan Olsen.

    In this episode, Sean and Joe chat with Dan Olsen, Silicon Valley-based consultant, author, speaker, and proponent of the Lean Startup approach to software product development. He also hosts the Lean Product & Lean UX Meetup – a monthly gathering of nearly 8,000 members who come together to learn from industry experts and one another about product management, UX design, Lean Startup, growth hacking, and Agile development principles. Dan reminds us that the surest way to eliminate anxiety is to confront its causes. Articulate your hypotheses and test them. Whatever the outcome, the evidence you gather from user testing will boost your confidence and increase product-market fit as your anxiety fades. Dan’s unique insights on product-market fit – a perspective that serves as a melting pot where all the best ideas come together – are sure to be useful to you no matter your role or the product you work on.

    Read the full blog post here.

    The post 15 / Test Assumptions to Achieve Product-Market Fit appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Software product development is hard enough. It’s harder still when our investment of resources is based on a set of untested assumptions. The probability that we perfectly address each of the hundreds or thousands (millions?) of assumptions, Dan Olsen encourages product builders to challenge their assumptions and test design hypotheses to achieve optimal Product-Market fit. Dan Olsen 1 1 15 15 15 / Test Assumptions to Achieve Product-Market Fit full false 45:24
    ITX Product Momentum Podcast – Episode 14: Taking Product Design Beyond Today’s Conventions https://itx.com/blog/itx-product-momentum-podcast-episode-14-taking-product-design-beyond-todays-conventions/ Wed, 24 Jul 2019 19:07:54 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1278 The common understanding is that to be successful in today’s digital environment designers need to solve problems while building products that people want and need to use. While that may be the core of it, it’s only the core. There’s so much more to it. When we talk about interaction design, designing software products, and today’s rapidly emerging next-gen experiences, designers now need to think about what it means to learn, to adapt, and to change.
    In this episode, Sean and Joe chat with Tim Wood. Tim wears a couple hats these days, one as Professor of Industrial Design and Interactive Design at Rochester Institute of Technology (RIT), the other as Design and User Experience Innovation Lead at Corning Inc. Playing in both sandboxes gives Tim the opportunity to engage in the private sector while peering beyond the horizon through the lens of higher education.

    The post ITX Product Momentum Podcast – Episode 14: Taking Product Design Beyond Today’s Conventions appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    The common understanding is that to be successful in today’s digital environment designers need to solve problems while building products that people want and need to use. While that may be the core of it, it’s only the core. There’s so much more to it. When we talk about interaction design, designing software products, and today’s rapidly emerging next-gen experiences, designers now need to think about what it means to learn, to adapt, and to change.

    In this episode, Sean and Joe chat with Tim Wood. Tim wears a couple hats these days, one as Professor of Industrial Design and Interactive Design at Rochester Institute of Technology (RIT), the other as Design and User Experience Innovation Lead at Corning Inc. Playing in both sandboxes gives Tim the opportunity to engage in the private sector while peering beyond the horizon through the lens of higher education.

    Big ‘D’ Design

    The convergence of Tim Wood’s research and professional work are shaking things up, inspiring his students and colleagues to think differently about the role of design in our world. While solving problems remains its primary purpose, the breadth of design’s impact makes defining it an elusive target.

    “It’s such a big, amorphous thing,” Tim says. “Design is fundamentally transdisciplinary and influences many other fields. We need to be active learners, to be able to engage in this rapidly changing environment, to develop and create these new types of things that are coming to market.”

    Tim speaks of “Big D Design,” a large umbrella that gathers in all the other design disciplines. ‘Big D’ Design is about understanding not just how various methods are applied to solving interesting problems. It’s a new way to perceive the world. “The tools we have at our disposal today make possible this new way of thinking, which brings deep implications in terms of how we think about interfaces and interactions in a digital environment,” he says.

    “There’s all kinds of new possibilities, new ways to present that information, to manifest that into our environment, to explore and understand connections between things in very compelling ways because of the new visualization method.”

    Breaking Free of Legacy Conventions

    This new method is driven forward by the powerful new tools and processing power that deliver rich insight into interfaces and interactions never before possible. We’re able to break the bonds of yesterday’s conventions and experience our world in exciting new ways. The cycle spins faster as momentum builds. And as it does, designers’ eagerness and ability to engage these new interactions open up new opportunities. When we broaden our perspective beyond what is, we begin to imagine what tomorrow’s conventions may be.

    “There’s so much conversation around this sort of XR environment, augmented reality, virtual reality, mixed reality sorts of spaces,” Tim points out, “where we’re not so much limited by these two-dimensional screens or the traditional X-Y kind of matrix going on. The conventions we’re dealing with today are legacy ideas that date back to the 60s and 70s,” Tim adds. “We’re on the cusp of embracing new and emerging spatial computing models that will allow us to manipulate data through physical interaction in space.”

    Challenges Yield Opportunities

    A new way of seeing the world is not without its own challenges. One of the fundamental challenges facing designers, and interaction designers specifically, is now that we recognize these issues, how do we address them? How do we want to rethink our interactions inside of digital environments with information, with functionality? And what does that really mean?

    As today’s technologists wrestle with these issues, radical change will continue. And it speaks back to Tim’s current work. It also presents interesting opportunities for product developers and business leaders who are thinking about these new types of emerging applications.

    It’s a really exciting time right now to be a design professional.  – Tim Wood

    How We Make Users Feel

    The more designers can create the tools that relieve users of the decision-making burden – that is, the more we can infer about intent and then execute – the more we can drive toward greater degrees of automation that requires less direct action from the user, Tim says. “Our devices are watching our faces all the time now. So if they’re looking at your face and understanding your emotions – and maybe monitoring your heart rate at the same time – we can capture those data points and begin to really understand the context of what they’re experiencing.”

    This idea of how we make somebody feels is really what differentiates the designer from other disciplines. – Tim Wood

    “Designers look holistically at the user,” Tim shares. “We study their emotional state, their excitement around a product, whether they love a product or hate a product.  This is the space the designer is focused on…. Ultimately, we’re designing products for human beings, and humans are very complex things that live in a very complex environment. Designers are the ones who address all those dimensions in addition to the more tactical executional challenges.”

    Don’t Miss Out!

    Sean and Joe cover a broad range of topics during their conversation with Tim Wood; be sure to tune in to Episode 14: Taking Product Design Beyond Today’s Conventions and catch all of Tim’s responses to the following questions –

    • What is the one trait that truly distinguishes successful designers from others in their field?
    • Why is it important for all parties – developers, product managers, and other stakeholders – to understand the nature of an experience before diving in to build that experience?
    • How do you do product development on a limited budget? Tim discusses some methods and techniques that bring more information, more context, more detail into the project to create better experiences for your users.

    The post ITX Product Momentum Podcast – Episode 14: Taking Product Design Beyond Today’s Conventions appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    14 / Taking Design Beyond Today’s Conventions https://itx.com/podcast/14-taking-design-beyond-todays-conventions/ Tue, 02 Jul 2019 09:00:24 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=726 The common understanding is that to be successful in today’s digital environment designers need to solve problems while building products that people want and need to use. While that may be the core of it, it’s only the core. There’s so much more to it these days, Tim Wood explains. When we talk about interaction …

    The post 14 / Taking Design Beyond Today’s Conventions appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    The common understanding is that to be successful in today’s digital environment designers need to solve problems while building products that people want and need to use. While that may be the core of it, it’s only the core. There’s so much more to it these days, Tim Wood explains. When we talk about interaction design, today’s rapidly emerging next-gen experiences, and the future of product design, designers now need to think about what it means to learn, to adapt, and to change.

    In this episode, Sean and Joe chat with Tim Wood, a designer with over 20 years of experience in the software and electronics spaces. Tim wears a couple of hats, one being a Professor of Industrial Design and Interactive Design at Rochester Institute of Technology (RIT), and the other as Design and User Experience Innovation Lead at Corning Inc. Playing in both sandboxes gives Tim the opportunity to engage in the private sector while peering beyond the horizon, to the future of product design, through the lens of higher education. His ability to draw conclusions relating to design from a variety of fields sets him apart, and you are sure to learn a lot from him in this episode.

    Read our blog post here

    The post 14 / Taking Design Beyond Today’s Conventions appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    The common understanding is that to be successful in today’s digital environment designers need to solve problems while building products that people want and need to use. While that may be the core of it, it’s only the core. Tim Wood shares his insights on the future of product design as a profession as tech is constantly evolving and its growth is accelerating. Tim Wood 1 1 14 14 14 / Taking Design Beyond Today’s Conventions full false 39:31
    Product Conference Ignites Momentum in Software Product Community https://itx.com/blog/product-conference-ignites-momentum-in-software-product-community/ Fri, 28 Jun 2019 19:05:37 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1274 As markets shift with end user needs and preferences, product people respond. The pace at which problems are solved is exceeded only by the next round of challenges that rush in to replace them. This unrelenting cycle generates two kinds of momentum: first, at the micro level, product teams generate momentum by aligning around a Vision and Roadmap that are brought to life by Motivated teams who have the Capability to solve complex technology problems.

    The post Product Conference Ignites Momentum in Software Product Community appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    As markets shift with end user needs and preferences, product people respond. The pace at which problems are solved is exceeded only by the next round of challenges that rush in to replace them. This unrelenting cycle generates two kinds of momentum: first, at the micro level, product teams generate momentum by aligning around a Vision and Roadmap that are brought to life by Motivated teams who have the Capability to solve complex technology problems.

    The second kind of momentum is more macro. It’s the kind that ignites when a community of product people come together to grow and share their knowledge. What starts out as just a kernel of an idea soon finds itself nurtured by the broader community’s thoughtful care and feeding. Before you know it, the community eagerly throws open its doors, inviting  business leaders and entrepreneurs; designers, developers, and architects; and industry leaders to join the conversation.

    Enter Product Momentum: Beyond the Features. It’s hard to believe, with all the high-tech expertise and opportunities in the Greater Rochester area, that ITX Corp.’s product conference was the first of its kind in the region.

    But there we were, shoulder to shoulder with industry influencers and best-selling authors Dan OlsenChristina Wodtke, and Nir Eyal. Each conducted an intimate, mid-week workshop in support of product people generally, but with a special emphasis on the product manager – a role that sits boldly at the hub of the product development wheel.

    Christina’s keynote address, Influence Without Authority, tackled one of the most significant challenges faced by product managers today. “PMs have much of the responsibility for a product’s success, but little of the authority to actually make it happen,” she suggested,  before offering tips and best practices to establish strong relationships across the organization. Christina stressed “creating ‘psychological safety’ that allows colleagues to have the difficult conversations and make the tough decisions.

    “To be a successful product manager,” she added, “you need to be curious. You need to be good at self-learning. Because if you love learning, you’ll make a great product manager.”

    Right on cue, Nir took the stage and picked up on Christina’s theme. “What can we learn from all the successful companies and business leaders we see out there?” he asked. “Apple, Facebook, and Slack…” Each of these great companies, Nir said, builds their products with specific intent, with designs meant to trigger the impulsive behaviors that consumers give little or no thought to. One of the biggest challenges product managers face, he added, is deciding what to build. There’s no shortage of suggestions. The boss, your investors, the loudest customers. They all have opinions. But with such an overwhelming backlog, how do product managers prioritize?

    Dan Olsen took the stage next, wasting little time to address that question while concluding the conference with a comprehensive discussion of the Product-Market Fit. He offered The Kano Model and Value Proposition Grid as valuable tools to help product managers prioritize customer needs and weigh the impact of feature importance vs. customer satisfaction. Dan also offered advice to the product managers in attendance: “Put yourselves in positions to learn more and to grow more. Compare notes with others,” he said. “Find someone to talk to, a peer or maybe someone who’s 10, 15 years ahead of you in your career. Learn about the other functions within adjacent knowledge areas. It’s hard, but it’ll make you a better product manager, and a better teammate.”

    Inquiring. Learning. Sharing marked the essence of ITX’s Beyond the Features product conference. Actually, it was the whole vibe of the place.  Momentum may well be the straw that stirs the product development drink, the key to success within a team and throughout an entire tech community. Vision, tactics, roadmap, and capability coming together to deliver technology solutions that improve the lives of our users.

    The post Product Conference Ignites Momentum in Software Product Community appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    7 Tips for Driving Clarity Through Better E-mail Communication https://itx.com/blog/7-tips-for-driving-clarity-through-better-e-mail-communication/ Thu, 27 Jun 2019 19:01:42 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1271 According to a recent McKinsey study, highly skilled workers spend an average of 28 percent of their work week reading and responding to e-mails, but give very little time to thinking about how to make their e-mail communications more effective.
    This is a waste.
    Why? Clear e-mail communication saves time and energy that could be better used elsewhere. Instead of wasting time drafting and decoding confusing, lackluster e-mails, colleagues can focus on serving their organization’s mission.

    The post 7 Tips for Driving Clarity Through Better E-mail Communication appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    According to a recent  McKinsey study, highly skilled workers spend an average of 28 percent of their work week reading and responding to e-mails, but give very little time to thinking about how to make their e-mail communications more effective.

    This is a waste.

    Why? Clear e-mail communication saves time and energy that could be better used elsewhere. Instead of wasting time drafting and decoding confusing, lackluster e-mails, colleagues can focus on serving their organization’s mission.

    Fortunately, there are a few simple things that we can all do to improve our communication via e-mail. Doing these things will result in more useful, timely responses, reduced mental fatigue, and saved time.

    1. Consider when a phone call might be better.

    Before we get into improving e-mail content, it’s important to note that some things aren’t meant to be communicated via e-mail.

    Any time you suspect your message might include highly emotional content, consider whether a phone call or in-person conversation might be more appropriate. In these cases, non-verbal cues such as tone of voice and facial expression are vital, and e-mail just doesn’t give you that. No amount of careful wordsmithing or softening emoticons can provide the critical tonal information and feedback needed in those sensitive situations.

    Another indication that e-mail may not be the best mode of communication is when you anticipate a lot of back-and-forth interaction. For example, if you know you’re going to have to ask several questions before adequately responding to a message’s central concern, a real-time phone or face-to-face conversation would be much more convenient and effective. This way, you don’t have to lay out every possibility or go through multiple rounds of e-mail questions before getting to the point of your communication.

    1. Get more from subject lines.

    How many threads are currently going around your office right now with a subject line that ceased being relevant days ago? This issue can and should stop now, and anyone in the thread has the power to correct it. Be the person who changes the subject line when the subject changes. This serves two key functions: first, it makes content easier to find. Second, it helps people understand what awaits them before reading the body of the message.

    Here are some tips for writing subject lines:

    • Use standard subject line prefixes with agreed-upon meanings.
    Examples:
    INTERNAL ONLY:
    CONFIDENTIAL:
    FYI ONLY:
    TIME SENSITIVE:
    IMPORTANT:

    Each prefix conveys important and easily recognized information before your recipients even read the body of the e-mail.

    • Use EOM (“End of Message”) or END in subject lines. 
    Examples:
    SUBJECT: Thanks! EOM
    SUBJECT: Done. EOM
    SUBJECT: Received. END

    EOM messages are little e-mail gifts to your colleagues – an e-mail they don’t even have to open to get the message.

    When it comes to regaining control and clarity on runaway threads, it can be tempting to try to be a hero and wrap up everyone’s concerns. There is, unfortunately, only one tried and true method to stopping the madness, and that is pulling the conversation offline.

    Example:
    “Hi, I can see that this thread has generated a lot of discussion and questions. I have put a meeting on the calendar with Joe, Serena, and Nancy so that we can get better clarity on this and report back to the larger group.” [And then report back to the thread with a clear accounting of what the group agreed upon.]
    1. Proofread before sending.

    Proofread, proofread, proofread! Sounds obvious, right? But all too often we send e-mails with poorly articulated comments, typos, and a general lack of clarity. The more important your message is, the more important it is to re-read it carefully before hitting Send – not after the fact from the Sent Items folder. If it’s a particularly high-stakes message, consider saving a draft, sleeping on it, and then re-reading it the next morning.

    Proofread, proofread, proofread! Sounds obvious, right? But all too often we send e-mails with poorly articulated comments, typos, and a general lack of clarity.

    1. Build the address list after finalizing your e-mail’s content.

    Don’t add e-mail addressees until you have proofread and finalized your message content. That way, you avoid the risk of accidentally sending your unfinished message to everyone by inadvertently clicking “Send” before you’re ready.

    Also, unless you are sending a bulk e-mail like a newsletter, don’t blind copy recipients. Blind copying amounts to talking behind someone’s back, which is unprofessional. It is deceptive, and you can get caught. It is very easy for the blind copy recipient to fail to realize he’s not actually on the main distribution list, and might reflexively reply all, sharing information that wasn’t meant to be circulated. If you absolutely must copy someone covertly, use forwarding instead of blind copying.

    1. Don’t bundle easy items with harder ones.

    In my experience, the single biggest reason that a person might not respond to an e-mail is that there is something in it they don’t know what to do with: e.g., a question they can’t answer, an element they don’t understand, or dependencies that require action from another individual. Bundling the easy parts with the harder parts often means the whole thing will sit unanswered until the recipient can gather the mental energy to tease it apart.

    Poor example:
    Hi Susan,
    I saw that the website was down for a few minutes this afternoon. Could you please get me a report on why and what we can do to prevent that in the future?  Also, I need a budget update, and could you please let me know some times when we could meet to discuss the new designs?
    Thanks,
    Karen
    Better example:
    Hi Susan,
    I would like to set up a call to discuss the new designs. I think we probably need about an hour. Our team can be available at any of the following times. Please let me know if there is an hour in there that works for you.
    Mon. 10–11 a.m., 3–4 p.m.
    Tues. 12–1 p.m.
    Fri. 9–11 a.m., 4–5 p.m.
    Thanks,
    Karen

    [And then separate e-mails for the other two requests]

    Note the first request in the “poor example” is almost impossible to answer (the outage is not pinpointed to a specific time, and it was transient.) The other two items are straightforward, but they are bundled with the really hard one. Also, the non-specific request to meet puts the scheduling onus on Susan, instead of moving the ball forward with what times Karen’s team will be available and how much time might be needed for the meeting.  

    1. Don’t leave important information buried in an attachment.

    When attaching a document to an e-mail, bring the document’s important information into the body of your message instead of relying on your readers to find it for themselves. By helping them in this way, you’re also showing respect for your audience.  Not only do you save time for each recipient on your distribution list, but you also proactively ensure your audience focuses on the content you want them to. The simple act of copying and pasting an attachment’s most important content into the body of the e-mail, or summarizing the key findings, makes it far less likely that your message will get buried in the pile, while simultaneously saving your colleagues precious time.

    Poor example:
    Hi Susan,
    I have attached our report on site performance.  Please let me know if you have any questions.
    Thanks,
    Karen
    Better example:
    Hi Susan,
    I have attached our report on site performance.  Please note that we found a 50 percent improvement over last month’s numbers, but are recommending a couple of small enhancements to improve this even further:
    • We recommend implementing site caching, which we expect to provide an additional 20 percent improvement.
    • We recommend clearing out some old records in the database, which we expect will provide a small additional improvement.
    Please let me know if you have any questions, and if you would like us to move forward with those recommendations.
    Thanks,
    Karen
    1. Focus on the WHAT and the WHY.

    Consider what is important to your recipients as well as what is important to you, and then decide what to lead your e-mail with. Consider the extra step of explaining why that thing is important. Providing context around the “why” for a request can do wonders for getting a better response.

    Example:
    Hi Joe,
    Do we have a sense of whether we as a company will be pursuing more Oracle-based work?
    I ask because I understand that Kevin, on the team working on the current Oracle-based Acme project, is working for us on a short-term basis, but would like to join us on a more permanent basis. (And we would also like that; he’s been wonderful!)
    My current concern is that the uncertainty around Kevin’s future here is a definite risk for the work we are doing and will do for Acme going forward. (Also, I think we have a good person, who we would like to keep.)
    Susan

    Being more specific about the why behind the question allows Joe to better understand and address the real concern rather than just the initial stated question.

    Key takeaways.

    Investing care and thought into better e-mail communication can save everyone time and frustration. Doing that will give you and your team more time and mental energy to focus on what is truly important.

    Whether it’s by working to untangle complicated messages or composing them yourself, struggling with e-mail presents a big challenge. A poorly written e-mail can lead to misinterpretation and costly mistakes. Because so much time and effort are dedicated to e-mail communication, improving quality should be a prioritized, long-term goal.

    When a work environment communicates well, it shows. To get there, it’s worth spending some of the workday reviewing e-mail strategies with your team and saving everyone significant time and frustration. Instead of wasting hours trying to decipher e-mails, your team will be better focused on handling the problems that those e-mails address.

    The post 7 Tips for Driving Clarity Through Better E-mail Communication appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    ITX Product Momentum Podcast – Episode 13: Product Design Driving Positive Behaviors https://itx.com/blog/itx-product-momentum-podcast-episode-13-product-design-driving-positive-behaviors/ Fri, 07 Jun 2019 18:58:51 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1267 Product people possess the creative and ethical wherewithal to persuade users to behave in ways that materially improve their lives – using our powers for good. The secret is to understand that, if we want to connect our product’s use to a repetitive consumer habit, we must identify the internal trigger that drives consumer behavior. Understanding this crucial piece can explain how software products become so habit forming.
    In this episode, Sean and Joe chat with Nir Eyal, keynote speaker at ITX’s Product Momentum: Beyond the Features product conference (June 19-21), whose work on Behavioral Design has brought him and us to the intersection of psychology, technology, and business. The goal of his work is to help product people design the products and services that consumers want to use and that drive positive, habit-forming behaviors. Nir combines a gift for observation with an uncanny awareness to convert life experiences into problem statements that ultimately lead to research, learning, and discovery.

    The post ITX Product Momentum Podcast – Episode 13: Product Design Driving Positive Behaviors appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Product people possess the creative and ethical wherewithal to persuade users to behave in ways that materially improve their lives – using our powers for good. The secret is to understand that, if we want to connect our product’s use to a repetitive consumer habit, we must identify the internal trigger that drives consumer behavior. Understanding this crucial piece can explain how software products become so habit forming.

    In this episode, Sean and Joe chat with Nir Eyal, keynote speaker at ITX’s Product Momentum: Beyond the Features product conference (June 19-21), whose work on Behavioral Design has brought him and us to the intersection of psychology, technology, and business. The goal of his work is to help product people design the products and services that consumers want to use and that drive positive, habit-forming behaviors. Nir combines a gift for observation with an uncanny awareness to convert life experiences into problem statements that ultimately lead to research, learning, and discovery.

    The Hook Model

    Nir developed The Hook Model as a way to understand more deeply the technology behind how companies like Facebook, Twitter, Instagram, and others design products that become so habit-forming. The model represents a four-step process that product builders embed into their creations that subtly influence consumer behavior. The habits that form create the hook, “which is critical to the survival of many products” Nir says.

    The most important step is attaching your product’s use to a consumer habit – finding that internal trigger, the itch that needs scratching. That’s the first domino to fall, leading to the model’s three succeeding steps: Action, Reward, and Investment. The goal, Nir says, is to create the habit between the internal trigger and the regular – if not frequent – use of your product. But not just any product, he adds.

    We need to be thinking, “What if we could design our products and services in a way that could help people form healthy habits in their lives?” 

    Designing for Habits – Why It’s a Better Way

    Nir makes clear at the outset that not every product or service is (or needs to be) habit-forming. That said, every product that needs a habit also needs a hook.

    “Lots of businesses deliver value to their customers without becoming a habit,” Nir adds. “The problem is if you don’t have a habit, you need to find some other competitive advantage. Without it, you’re constantly fighting on price and features. To get out of that constant battle, focusing on habits can be a huge competitive advantage.”

    But if my product isn’t necessarily habit forming, how do I create the hook that leads to greater consumer engagement?

    Content and Community – “Bolting On” Habit-forming Behaviors

    E-commerce sites are so eager to help you complete your online order, to get in and check out as quickly as possible. Sure, they offer a “continue shopping” opportunity, but most sites focus on closing the sale. Nir says that’s a mistake, a lost opportunity. Instead, he adds, we need to figure out how to get people to engage with us more frequently by bolting on these habits.

    One way to do so is through content. Consuming the products we build and sell may not be a recurring behavior, Nir says, using the purchase of cookware as an example. But consuming content about new and interesting recipes, techniques, and cuisine is a recurring behavior. Creating positive, habit-forming behaviors around content consumption is a way to keep our audience engaged with our products.

    Companies need to learn not only what makes consumers click, but also what makes them tick. – Nir Eyal, Hooked

    Another way to set the hook is through community, Nir adds. “If you can build some kind of community around your product – even if it’s not used all that frequently –  the community aspect of that product can keep people engaged [with the product and with one another] so that again the result of each engagement is monetization at some point.”

    If you aren’t able to attend ITX’s Product Momentum: Beyond the Features product conference (June 19-21), be sure to catch the latest ITX Product Momentum Podcast episode with Nir Eyal: Product Design Driving Positive Behaviors, where you’ll hear Nir–

    • Explain how product designers manipulate consumer behavior in two very different ways, through persuasion (helping consumers do things they want to do) and coercion (getting people to do things they don’t want to do).
    • Discuss his new book, Indistractable, in which he helps us understand that we become distracted because we are looking for a distraction – i.e., some opportunity to escape the discomfort in our lives.
    • Describe the 4-step Hooked model in detail, specifically the Trigger, Action, Reward, and Investment – and learn more about Reward in terms of the Tribe, the Self, and the Hunt.

    * The Hook Model. Used with permission. Hooked: How To Build Habit-Forming Products. © 2014 Nir Eyal, with Ryan Hoover. The Penguin Group. New York, New York.

    Nir’s Book recommendations:

    Suggestible You: The Curious Science of Your Brain’s Ability to Deceive, Transform, and Heal, by Erik Vance.

    Lost Connections: Uncovering the Real Causes of Depression – and the Unexpected Solutions, by Johann Hari.

    Where you can catch Nir:

    Nir’s top articles.

    NirandFar podcast.

    Hooked: How to Build Habit-Forming Products, by Nir Eyal with Ryan Hoover.

    Indistractable: How to Control Your Attention and Choose Your Life.

    Join us on June 21 to hear Nir speak at the Product Momentum: Beyond the Features product conference, in Rochester, NY.

    The post ITX Product Momentum Podcast – Episode 13: Product Design Driving Positive Behaviors appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Setting , Pursuing, and Reaching Goals: Implementing OKRs with Christina Wodtke https://itx.com/blog/setting-pursuing-and-reaching-goals-implementing-okrs-with-christina-wodtke/ Thu, 06 Jun 2019 18:56:11 +0000 http://staging.newitxcom.flywheelsites.com/?p=1264 Success is the most highly valued commodity in the business world, though it can mean different things to different people depending on circumstance. Regardless of how you define it, where does success come from without goals? Working hard toward an unclear target is like fishing in a puddle – trying to make a catch where there’s nothing to be caught. A business without well-articulated goals won’t be a business for long.

    The post Setting , Pursuing, and Reaching Goals: Implementing OKRs with Christina Wodtke appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Success is the most highly valued commodity in the business world, though it can mean different things to different people depending on circumstance. Regardless of how you define it, where does success come from without goals? Working hard toward an unclear target is like fishing in a puddle – trying to make a catch where there’s nothing to be caught. A business without well-articulated goals won’t be a business for long.

    It might be easier to stay close to home and avoid the trek to a more promising fishing hole altogether. But we have to invest in order to profit. And we must declare the objective of our investment and provide milestones that guide our path toward a vision of what success will look like when we arrive.

    Setting goals is hard, though, whether it be due to lack of experience or because we don’t want to over- or underestimate our team’s ability to achieve them. We have to be ambitious and persistent in our pursuit of success, preparing for obstacles and working through them as they arise.

    Bringing the team together to brainstorm ideas and goals can sometimes deteriorate into a lot of quiet thumb-twiddling. To get beyond that, we need to commit to the work and avoid getting stuck in the mud. We need to make the extra effort to get to where the fish are.

    So many parts of the goal-setting process are complicated and loose. They are difficult to weave together, but techniques exist that help us sharpen our focus and lay out a clear and navigable map of goals for ourselves and our teams. According to Christina Wodtke, a keynote speaker at ITX’s Product Momentum: Beyond the Features conference (June 19–21), the most effective of these methods is the Objectives and Key Results (OKRs) methodology.

    OKRs aren’t just about hitting targets, but about learning what you are really capable of. – Christina Wodtke

    In her blog post The Art of the OKR, Christina says: “OKRs aren’t just about hitting targets, but about learning what you are really capable of.” We know that there’s more to goal setting than just reaching a certain number and checking off a box, but how do we apply that knowledge to our actions? We need to push ourselves by setting goals that are difficult but not impossible; we need to learn where our limits lie and figure out how we can overcome them in order to be successful.

    Christina’s books, essays, and blog posts present techniques like OKRs in great detail with helpful examples and diagrams. Her insights on the implementation of OKRs are assembled in her most recent book, Radical Focus, where she uses real-life examples to clearly articulate the value of OKRs for all kinds of businesses.

    “To be successful, you have to focus on what matters,” Christina says in her blog post The Only Silver Bullet. “You have to say ‘no’ a lot […] and hold people accountable for their promises. You have to argue about whether or not your tactics are working, and admit when they aren’t.” Objectives need to be honest before they can be successful.

    The whole team needs to be on the same page, too, and that can only happen when there’s a trusted, reliable leader at the helm. One of the things we can learn from Christina is how to rely on that leader while remaining independent so that we can properly align with each other and focus our efforts together.

    Setting measurable, realistic goals takes practice, especially when those goals are designed to include a whole group of people. That practice, combined with the use of OKRs, has the potential to create a reliable, embedded system of goal setting for your team. Transitioning from insight to execution, however, is the hard part. And that’s exactly what Christina trains companies to do. She has enjoyed many great successes throughout her career (for example, co-founding the Information Architecture Institute), which is how we can be sure that her time at the Beyond the Features conference will be informative and inspirational.

    Learning from such an accomplished expert will give us a chance to transform the way we look at goal setting, and, with experience, we will adjust to that new perspective. Once we master all of the steps that will get us to our destination, we’ll have no problem taking the journey and casting our nets into the ocean.

    The post Setting , Pursuing, and Reaching Goals: Implementing OKRs with Christina Wodtke appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    13 / Product Design Driving Positive Behaviors https://itx.com/podcast/13-product-design-driving-positive-behaviors/ Tue, 04 Jun 2019 09:00:22 +0000 http://www.productmomentum.fm/?p=692 Product people possess the creative and ethical wherewithal to persuade users to behave in ways that materially improve their lives – using our powers for good. The secret is to understand that, if we want to connect our product’s use to a repetitive consumer habit, we must identify the internal trigger that drives consumer behavior. …

    The post 13 / Product Design Driving Positive Behaviors appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>

    Product people possess the creative and ethical wherewithal to persuade users to behave in ways that materially improve their lives – using our powers for good. The secret is to understand that, if we want to connect our product’s use to a repetitive consumer habit, we must identify the internal trigger that drives consumer behavior. Understanding this crucial piece can explain how software products become so habit forming, Nir Eyal explains.

    In this episode, Sean and Joe chat with Nir Eyal, a keynote speaker at ITX’s Product Momentum: Beyond the Features product conference (June 19-21), whose work on Behavioral Design has brought him and us to the intersection of psychology, technology, and business. The goal of his work is to help product people design the products and services that consumers want to use and that drive positive, habit-forming behaviors. Nir combines a gift for observation with an uncanny awareness to convert life experiences into problem statements that ultimately lead to research, learning, and discovery.

    Listen to this episode to hear more from Nir about:

    • The rationale behind his two books, Hooked and Indistractable
    • How human tendencies play into habit and distraction
    • How to ensure your product is creating a positive impact in the world

    Read our blog post here

    The post 13 / Product Design Driving Positive Behaviors appeared first on ITX Corp..

    ]]>
    Product people possess the creative and ethical wherewithal to persuade users to behave in ways that materially improve their lives – using our powers for good. The secret is to understand that, if we want to connect our product’s use to a repetitive c... Through keen observation, Behavioral Design expert Nir Eyal works to build product design solutions that yield positive behaviors. Nir Eyal 1 1 13 13 13 / Product Design Driving Positive Behaviors full false 44:05